SAE OT be Vedat ae is rey tt 2 a bites SVE ; 2 as) r 7 Se eS ae , Oe ne : iets + BiG OW , : y at ' Revert a ! ae ee Ch yaks Mtg AC Fiake at Y A ed a , i a " K rey v : ahs Dena Gil ee te Cerra Ah DADA ae a oe ; ae : ; Poe : aieae wt x 4 b : - 3 : a > ‘ PR ate ae ah ahs eben m ts i 3 ‘ . ey Rp han cca oE SR ea ek aH pr TA Mo! Simla tee ‘ ba Z L, fre Ke Be ¥ 1 ag Bars f - oe ow) a ad es ; i “ : Se eed y : ye My ae «be pte at in Aha Sa oP gk ae at! hie BY Heian ee. br ms EDA Reh al tal ITT bee TO hn Bae Dh F iS ‘ i : Dy PONS E AY faa Lett Cat off toh det ' Ct Nn er eae fae . Yas Y : eerie ava «f ee Tee Pe > f TE ate fe bee Mh iy (RAE! 7 . a He AG Feet Mag fi we : 3 t mz : ee a ee Me: c - Yiactnless . Pc rte ees , Shen. rote ha ed : : : - : % = Matin hy Paettores Ae oe 4 _ : * + r _ bs = Fala ta tam Area S MR wy Ee ye ery " ~e~ u PP a Nett Date 1 ¥< Y . 4 eee ae ee wt tet em et Saft Ee attrd J ; se } jean, 9.4 . Me hese re moe eo eer ee ee a ws aft Fos 7 ony ate ae » LE FMM BIMBO er tek At nee By 7 coe x Pe Pee Ne ee eS Le Se a ee \\ Q = ~ -) 4. re 2 ; -~ Sot es er S = Se ——<~ Z 3! RU Se +) Saran ee Wie ie = 117 DN Sonn | IQ LYY Yb 5 = tbs; ~~ ee ’ Gp KS a SiS % f < INS Me cut iy ( N ; , 1 ‘ w ’ i f ¢ . ot” ’ N Y } - ae res fr ~ Ss ‘ s f n i { 4 t Y 4 i yt. Volume 13 1959 Number 1 JOURNAL, of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY (Formerly The Lepidopterists’ News) Published by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue PUPAL DEFENCES BAITING PHILIPPINE BUTTERFLIES ASYMMETRICAL SPEYERIA MINUTES OF THE LAWRENCE MEETINGS (Complete contents on back cover) 10 August 1959 EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL Editor-in-Chief: CuHartes L. REMINGTON Associate Editor (Literature Abstracting) : PETER F. BELLINGER Associate Editor F. Martin Brown Associate Editor (“Especially for Collectors’) : FreD T. THORNE Associate Editor (News of the Lepidopterists’ Society): J. W. TmpENn Harry K. CLencu — N. S. OprAzTsov — EUGENE G. MUNROE NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE “JOURNAL” Contributions to the Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society may be on any aspect of the study and collection of Lepidoptera in any part of the world. Particularly appropri- ate are: 1) review papers on subjects of general interest to lepidopterists (such as hered- ity, migration, light traps, etc); 2) papers on such subjects as behavior, hybridization, larve, and comparative taxonomy (descriptions of new higher taxa, genera, species, and sub-species—NOT individual variants—will be accepted) ; 3) field notes of more than a very local nature; 4) notes on well-tested techniques. Papers of more than twenty pages will not normally be accepted, but if they are, authors may pay for overage. Manuscripts should be typed if possible, but clear hand-written manuscripts are acceptable. ALL MANUSCRIPTS SHOULD BE DOUBLE SPACED (blank lines alternating with written lines), and wide right and left margins are needed. Use only one side of the paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of the manuseript. Legends of figures and tables should be written on separate sheets. Half-tones and tables must be kept within economical limits, and authors are normally charged for the cost of engraving and tables. Photographs should be glossy prints. Titles must be kept as short as possible; Latin names of genera and species will be italicized, and authors of such Latin names WILL NOT APPEAR IN THE TITLE of any paper but must appear once in the text. The title should indicate the family of the subject. The style should conform to that used in recent issues of the News. PLEASE NOTE EXACT STYLE FOR REFERENCES. Footnotes should be kept at a minimum. The editors reserve the right to adjust style to fit standards of uniformity. At least 50 gratis separates of papers of more than one page (25 of short notes) will be povided to authors if requested at the time galley proof is received for correc- tion. Additional reprints and covers may be ordered at cost, at the same time. Material not iintended for permanent record, such as notices, should be sent to the News Editor, Dr. J. W. TILDEN, 125 Cedar Lane, San Jose 27, California, U. S. A. Address correspondence relating to the News to: Dr. C. L. Remincton, Gibbs Research Labs., Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U.S.A. Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. C. L. Remincton, Gibbs Re- search Labs., Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. Address remittances to: Mr. Georce EH Le, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster, Penna., U.S.A. Printed in U. 8. A. Dentan Printing Company Colorado Springs, Colorado TOURN AL OF fee LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Volume 13 1959 Number 1 OneronE DWERENCES OF LEPIDOPTEROUS PUPZ IN REEAITON LO THE OVIPOSITION BEHAVIOUR OF CERTAIN ICHNEUMONID/® by L. R. Coe Anyone who has collected pupz of Lepidoptera in the field knows only too well that from many of his finds will emerge ichneumon flies, some of which will have developed from eggs laid in the larve, others from eggs inserted into the pupe. In this account I hope to draw attention to some of the defences of pupz against the attempts of these insects to deposit eggs within them. I shall not be concerned with the concealment of the pupa or with its physiological reaction to the introduction of an egg, but with the course of events between its being discovered by an Ichneumonid and its being either penetrated by the ovipositor or abandoned unscathed. With the diversity of pupation sites in the Lepidoptera is associated a wide variety of habitat preferences and searching behaviour in the Ichneu- monidz. A searching Ichneumonid of a given species will find a certain more or less restricted range of species of pupze which evoke the series of actions leading to oviposition. These can be arranged in an order of vulnerability peculiar to that Ichneumonid’s species. At one end of the scale will be those species of pupae that, though found and attacked, are impregnable, and at the other, those that always succumb. Between the extremes are those whose individuals are capable of delaying and sometimes averting their being stabbed by the ovipositor of the attacking female, even though their species may be regular hosts of that species of Ichneumonid. Without further research it is impossible to assess the advantage to an individual pupa of merely delaying the consummation of an Ichneumonid attack. The obvious direct advantage is that an attack of long duration is more likely to be interrupted by some outside agent such as a predator of the Ichneumonid. Besides this, however, there is a practical justification for taking the power of prolonged resistance in a pupa as an indicator of the effectiveness of its defences. Females of an Ichneumonid species vary from time to time and from individual to individual in their ability to overcome pupal defences. A resistance by which a pupa delayed oviposition in the at- tack actually observed would perhaps have ensured complete success had the pupa been found and attacked by another Ichneumonid female, or by the same female at a different time. The outcome of an encounter between Ichneumonid i 2 CoLe: Pupal defences Vol.13: no.1 and potential host is not a foregone conclusion but can be influenced by (a) external agents, (b) characteristics of the host individual, and (c) charac- teristics of the Ichneumonid female, mainly differences in size and _ per- sistence. Persistence is itself affected by many little-known factors, which might include, for instance, the condition of the ovaries, or the number and species of hosts successfully attacked in the past. Despite the importance of the host’s means of protection as a component of host selection in the wide sense (vide Salt, 1935), and despite the number of lepidopterous pupe that are killed by Ichneumonid parasites, the nature and effectiveness of pupal defences in this direction have received very little attention. Hinton (1955), reviewing the known protective devices of en- dopterygote pupz, makes no particular reference to the Ichneumonide. Jackson (1937) mentions a female of Pimpla turionelle (L.) [=examina- tor (F.)], capable of piercing a soft-cuticled pupa in 30 seconds, that re- mained for two hours drilling a hole in a pupa of the Geometrid Selenia Fig.1. Apechthis resinator female about to pierce a folded leaf. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 3 bilunaria (Esp.), and another that failed after repeated attempts to puncture a pupa of the Notodontid Cerura vinula (L.) though it succeeded in piercing the hard cocoon. The Lepidoptera referred to below were encountered in the first place as known or suspected hosts during a biological study of three species of the Ichneumonid tribe Pimplini [—Ephialtini of some American authors]. They are to be found, either naked or in cocoons in folded leaves, in the places where these Ichneumonids search, viz., amongst the foliage of trees and under- growth in woods and hedgerows. The Pimplini in question, [toplectis macu- lator (F.), Apechthis rufata (Gmel.), and A. resinator (Thunb.), all op- erate in much the same way, by alighting on the pupa or on its cocoon and examining it with the antennz, then flexing the abdomen and thrusting the stout ovipositor through the cocoon if present and into the pupa (Fig.1). In the field they attack a wide range of hosts. In laboratory experiments females of dpechthis would usually attack any of the Lepidoptera mentioned in th’s paper, while those of J. maculator were offered only Tortricids, which they accepted readily. ‘The ovipositor in the genus A pechthis differs from that of other Pimplini in being decurved at the tip (fig. 1). The significance of this will be discussed later. Ovipositor lengths vary from 3.3 to 5.6 mm. in Apechthis rufata, 2.5 to 4.3 mm. in JA. resinator, and 2.8 to 4.0 mm. in I. maculator. It is clear from the mode of attack of these ichneumon flies that hard cuticles and thick cocoons are potentially valuable defences, as will be any feature of the pupa making the attacker’s grip less secure or causing its ovi- positor to slip. The cocoon may in fact be a liability, for it can provide an excellent foothold. While other predators must get inside it to reach the pupa, a Pimpline Ichneumonid can easily push its ovipositor through even a very hard cocoon. DEFENCES OF NAKED PUP The first examples are chrysalids of three species of butterflies. “They are freely suspended, without cocoons, so that Ichneumonids must alight on them in order to oviposit. Laboratory observations suggest that the females of Apechthis species are often unsuccessful against fully hardened chrysalids and that concealment is not the only means of defence for pupe not enclosed in cocoons. If chrysalids of the Nymphalid Aglais urtice (L.) were gently squeezed or stroked with a camel hair brush they gave a few sluggish move- ments of the abdomen. But the slightest touch of antenna or tarsus of an A pechthis female resulted in movements so violent that the Ichneumonid was often thrown into the air as soon as it had alighted. A persistent attacker was usually able to stab a newly formed pupa with the cuticle still soft, but when a pupa was more than 24 hours old the movements of the abdomen, so rapid as to be almost vibrations, together with the burnished surface of the cuticle, made it impossible to press the ovipositor against any part for more than a moment, or to get any anchorage with the tarsi. Only very large fe- 4 CoLEe: Pupal defences Vol.13: no.1 males, able to clasp their tarsi around the pupa, met with any success. Parasiti- zation of the most intractable pupe could, however, usually be secured in the laboratory by restricting their movements, either by removing them from their pads and laying them on the floor, or by holding them with forceps. The pro- vision of a foothold for the Ichneumonid by covering the pupa with muslin still further facilitated the operation. This state of affairs recalls that described by Picarp (1922), who found that captive females of Pimpla instigator (F.), a species with oviposition habits similar to those of 4 pechthis, were usually unable to pierce suspended pupe of Vanessa [—=Pyrameis| cardui (L.) be- cause of the rapid vibrations of the abdomen that were produced at the slightest touch. The chrysalis of the Satyrid Pararge egeria (L.) is a winter host of A pechthis resinator (Cole, 1957), and its cuticle is easily pierced by females of this species in its first 24 hours. Later the cuticle becomes very hard. ‘Though the abdomen is, unlike that of the Nymphalids, capable of only slight movements, my attempts to get oviposition by dA pechthis females in older pupz often failed. When the attack was successful it was usually because the ovipositor had been thrust through the flexible cuticle between the fourth and fifth abdominal segments. Less often penetration was through the wing- case. The Ichneumonids would sometimes persist for half an hour or more, though they usually abandoned their attempts before this. The effectiveness of this passive resistance is due to the smooth, rounded surface of the cuticle, as well as to its thickness. he tarsi and ovipositor of the Ichneumonid slip continually, so that the necessary pressure cannot be brought to bear. In this connection a waxy bloom which appears on the surface of the pupal cuticle after 24 hours may help to prevent the adhesion of the tarsal pads. The im- portance of the smoothness of the surface was often demonstrated when, on my placing a previously abandoned chrysalis in a fold of muslin, the Ich- neumonid’s tarsal claws found anchorage, and the cuticle was pierced in a minute or two. The chrysalis of the Pierid Pieris brassice (L.) is in contrast fairly easily pierced by captive females of A pechthis. Though its cuticle is thick it is also rough enough to afford an adequate grip for the tarsi. Moreover the movements of the abdomen are not sufficiently strong to dislodge the attack- ing female. According to Picarp (1922) females of Pimpla instigator, also, have little difficulty in ovipositing in this species. EXPERIMENTS WitTH CocooN-SPINNING “JORTRICIDA= The examples given in the rest of this paper are all cocoon-spinners. The following three species of Tortricidae pupate amongst foliage, usually spinning their cocoons in leaves that they have folded or fastened together. They are parasitized in the field by all three species of Ichneumonid, to which the pupze fall easy prey when the cuticle is still soft. In casual observations the female Ichneumonids often became involved in prolonged struggles with the pupz in their cocoons, suggesting that the pupe in their exposed leaf- envelopes on the trees were not quite-as helpless in face of attack as might 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 5 be supposed. In early June, 1958, I carried out a series of small experiments to investigate the outcome of encounters between females of J. maculator and of A. resinator and pupe of Tortrix viridana (L.). MATERIAL. (a) Pupez. Folded oak leaves containing cocoons and pre-pupe of J’. viridana were collected in Wytham Wood, near Oxford, and kept in plastic bags out-of-doors. “—The contents of each cocoon were examined twice daily through the anterior end, left unsealed by the larva. his made necessary some tearing of the cocoon so that, although the elasticity of the leaves returned the openings almost to their original sizes, the material as used was not quite in its natural condition. Further, some wilting of the leaves was inevitable, though surprisingly little in three days. he time of pupation of each individual was recorded so that pupz of known age were available. (b) Ichneumonids. . 1. A rather small female J. maculator, caught flying in oak foliage on 25th May 1958. Wing length: 5.6 mm.; ovipositor length: 3.0 mm. 2. A medium-sized female 4. resinator, from a chrysalis of P. egeria, 2nd May 1958. Wing length: 7.5 mm.; ovipositor length: 2.8 mm. 3. A large female 4. resinator, caught in oak foliage on 23rd May 1958. Wing length: 10.6 mm.; ovipositor length: 3.8 mm. ProcepuRE. The folded leaves containing pupze of the required age were offered singly to the Ichneumonids, each of which was confined by itself in a glass cylinder of dimensions 17 cms. by 8 cms. The folded leaves were held near them with forceps. In all cases they readily accepted the of- fered hosts and began their attacks without delay. An attack was timed from the moment the female flexed her antennz to examine the leaf until she either succeeded in penetrating the pupa, or left the pupa by walking or flying away, or was removed by the experimenter. [he experiments extended over seven days, and no more than four pupe were offered to each female in a day. RESULTS. 1. Of 12 pupz with ages ranging from 2 to 5 days offered to [. macu- lator all survived without being stabbed. The attacks lasted from 1 to 21/4 minutes. Three of these pupze, removed from their cocoons immediately after being abandoned and offered again in a fold of muslin, were stabbed in 3, 134 and 414 minutes respectively. 2. Of 4 pupz aged 24 hours or less offered to J. maculator 3 were stabbed, in 1, 14 and 234 minutes respectively. A fourth had not been pierced after 19 minutes, when the experiment was stopped. 3. All 9 pupz aged from 2 to 5 days offered to the large 4. resinator were stabbed, though 4 of them withstood the attack for over 2 minutes. 4. Of 7 pupe with ages ranging from 2 to 5 days offered to the small A. resinator 4 had not been stabbed after 10 minutes, when the experiments were stopped. By this time the Ichneumonid had made between 15 and 24 attempts to impale each of them. 6 CoLe: Pupal defences Vol.13: no.1 CONCLUSIONS. Remembering that only three individual Ichneumo- nids were used in these experiments and that the J. maculator was a small one of its kind, one may nevertheless conclude that the defences of the fully hardened T. viridana pupa free in its cocoon are capable of delaying an at- tacking female and can often frustrate its attempts, whereas young pupe are easily overcome while their cuticles are still soft. It is evident also that the defences are less effective against 4. resinator than against I. maculator, which apparently is rarely able to oviposit in hard-cuticled T. viridana pupe unless an artificial foothold is provided. In the field, on four occasions I have seen [. maculator females attack soft pupz of J. viridana, and each time the pupa was stabbed in less than thirty seconds. I have witnessed one attack on an older pupa in which a female of this species persisted for fifteen minutes, piercing the leaf over fifty times before impaling the victim. Both species of A pechthis are much scarcer than J. maculator in early summer, and I have not been able to observe their oviposition in T. viridana. Watching these encounters, one soon realizes the great importance, after its hardness, of the pupa’s agility. It is well known that by movements of the abdomen, which has four free segments in the male, the pupa of T. viri- dana works its way forward to protrude from the cocoon before the emergence of the moth. But throughout life the abdomen is capable of strong move- ments which cause the pupa to rotate or move about within its spacious cocoon. Now when the attacking A pechthis, say, has located with the an- tenne the pupa through the enveloping leaf it quickly inserts the ovipositor in this place, but often suceeds only in scraping the pupa, not striking it squarely. At once the pupa wriggles out of reach of the probing ovipositor so that the Ichneumonid must withdraw its weapon, re-locate the pupa, and stab again. The pupa may even leave its cocoon and fall to the ground though if, as sometimes happens, it should become stuck half way out it is an easy victim. Sometimes, when the cocoon is spun in the half-eaten stub of a rolled leaf, there is not enough room for such manceuvres. But still the rotary move- ments may delay or prevent its being stabbed by causing the threatening ovi- positor to slip. There is, however, a conflict between the requirements of a continuous thick cuticle and the mobility necessary in the first place to escape from the cocoon before emergence of the moth. A mobile abdomen must have ef 5 mm. : y. Ox ~ 2. Tortrix viridana Cacoecia lecheana Pandemis cerdasana Fig.2. Sections across the cocoons of three species of Tortricide. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society J extensive areas of flexible cuticle between its segments and though the mobility can be turned to advantage as a means of taking evasive action, as described above, it may be that a smooth, completely obtect pupa would be even safer. In the experiments, if an ovipositor did penetrate the pupa it was almost always thrust through these flexible areas. The cuticle here is armoured with small polygonal sclerotized plates and can be completely covered by the over- lapping edges of the segments on one side of the abdomen at a time (Fig. 3). \\\\ a 3d SSS eed O-S mm. \\ OVIPOSITOR OF Apechthis Geb \ Fig.3. Longitudinal section of dorsal cuticle of pupa of Tortrix viridana, showing flexible ring between two abdominal segments. Abdomen flexed (a) ventrally, (b) dorsally. This at least protects it from the thrusts delivered at right angles to the sur- face by the species of Pimpla and Itoplectis, which have straight ovipositors. It is much less effective, however, against the hook-tipped ovipositors of the species of 4 pechthis, which I interpret as an adaptation towards the inserting of the ovipositor between such overlapping segments (Fig. 3b). Females of I. maculator and A pechthis species tend to thrust forward when attempting to stab pupz, and since they turn about frequently during the operation, at least some of the thrusts will be towards the anterior end of the pupa, so taking advantage of the direction of overlap of the segments. Now the more nearly parallel the ovipositor is to the surface of the pupa the more likely it is to penetrate. [he decurved ovipositor tip enables its owner to press it forward almost horizontally without sacrificing depth of penetration. Al- though the leaf-envelope is very thin-walled and the cocoon a mere sheet, an ovipositor must be inserted perhaps two millimetres before it can press against the pupa owing to the way in which this is held in the middle of the chamber by the cocoon (Fig. 2). 8 CoLe: Pupal defences Vol.13: no.1 The TYortricid Pandemis cerasana (Hibn.) [=ribeana (Hibn.) ] spins a very flimsy cocoon, sometimes in a folded leaf, more often between leaves (fig. 2). he pupa is very active indeed and again seems quite impregnable, once fully hardened, to J. maculator. Four cocoons containing pupz were collected in the field and offered singly to the larger 4. resinator used in the Tortrix experiments, with the following results: — 1. ‘The first pupa was stabbed after a struggle lasting 10 minutes, in which the Ichneumonid pierced the enveloping leaf 19 times. The pupa finally wriggled half way out of the cocoon, when the Ichneumonid mounted it and stabbed it at the junction of wing-case and abdomen. 2. ‘The second pupa wriggled out of the cocoon and dropped to the ground after the resinator had pierced the leaf 6 times in 114 minutes. The Ichneumonid continued to examine and stab the empty chamber. 3. The resinator female attacked the third pupa for 6 minutes, piercing the leaf 9 times before abandoning the attempt. 4. “The female succeeded in stabbing and ovipositing in the fourth pupa in 214 minutes. The Tortricid Cacacia lecheana (L.) has in the pupal stage an even harder cuticle than has T. viridana. It is then capable of extremely vigorous rotary movements, and its cocoon differs from the two above in many re- spects (Fig. 2). The pupa is suspended in the centre of the triangular chamber by strands of silk. I have several casual records of captive females of the Pimplini unsuccessfully attacking the hardened pupz, defeated, it seems by the hardness, activity and loose suspension. OBSERVATIONS ON OTHER COCOON-SPINNERS Salebria betula (Goez) (Phycitide) pupates amongst the foliage of birch (Betula spp.), suspending its cocoon in a web of silk incorporating sev- eral leaves. ‘The diameter of the mass is such that a large captive female of A. resinator, removed after five minutes of thrusting its ovipositor into one of these webs, had barely touched the pupa. This species is probably an ex- ample of the one extreme of the scale of vulnerability, being unavailable to these Pimplini because of its extensive cocoon. (For comparison, in the Ich- neumonid Ephialtes inquisitor (Scop.), which sometimes parasitizes the full- grown larva of S. betule in its web, the ovipositor is about 6.5 mm. in length.) The Pyraustid Notarcha ruralis (Scop.), too, seems fairly safe from attack by these Ichneumonids. It spins together the edges of a nettle leaf (Urtica dioica L.) and pupates in the pod so formed. In the laboratory an A. resinator female could easily reach the pupa with its ovipositor but was not able to pierce it. The smooth, unattached pupa simply rolled away. When the pod was compressed with forceps, however, the _Ichneumonid soon stabbed it and deposited an egg, which completed its development in due course. An- other 4. resinator female was removed after five minutes of attempting to pierce a pupa of the Drepanid Drepana lacertinaria (L.), when it was evi- dent that she had little chance of succeeding. This species spins a thin cocoon, 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 9 usually in a folded leaf of Birch. The pupal cuticle, though rough, is very hard and is armoured at the three flexible abdominal joints with small sclerotized plates. In this and in the overlap of the abdominal segments the pupa resembles that of the three Tortricids, though it is less active. In con- trast, ‘the CEcophorid Diurnea fagella (Schiff.) seems to have no effective means of protection against the species of A pechthis. It is a winter host of A. rufata (Cole, 1957), pupating in autumn between thin sheets of silk in a chamber made by spinning two dead leaves together, either on the tree or on the ground. The pupa is capable of rotary movements, but its cuticle is thin and offers little resistance to a thrusting ovipositor. In the laboratory, pup of this species have always been parasitized within two minutes of being attacked by A pechthis females. Evidently, there is scope for detailed studies in the morphology and be- haviour of pupz in relation to animals that attack them. Ichneumonids are particularly interesting in this respect since, unlike other predators, those species that ovipost in pupz attack nothing else (except, sometimes, pre- pupez), so that the relation between the adaptations of host and parasite will be especially close. Although most Pimplini parasitize a wide range of pupz, some Ichneumonidz are restricted to small groups of taxonomically related hosts. It would be interesting to compare the effectiveness of the host’s defences against the more and the less specialized Ichneumonide. “The sub- ject Is important, too, in the study of populations. As might be expected, pupz are very vulnerable to Ichneumonide while their cuticles are soft. But in most examples it turns out that the Ichneumonid female must spend a sur- prising amount of time and energy in order to oviposit in older pupez. If the host population all pupate together, the effective oviposition period of the Ichneumonids may be shortened, and so more likely to be affected by, for instance, weather conditions. However, a full investigation of these aspects awaits further advances in the study of Ichneumonid behaviour and _physi- ology. I am very grateful to Dr. C. L. REMINGTON and Prof. G. C. VARLEY for their help in the preparation of this paper. —The observations were made during my tenure of a Research Studentship of the Department of Scientific and Industrial Research. SUMMARY Searching females of an Ichneumonid species attacking lepidopterous pupz find a certain range of potential host species in which they will oviposit. Some of these are readily parasitized when found, while others always escape by virtue of their defences. Yet others may escape on some occasions only, and the success of attacks on pupz in this category depends on the individual characteristics of the Ichneumonid female, as well as on the host and on ex- ternal agents. The power of a pupa to delay an Ichneumonid attempting to oviposit in it can be used as an indication of the effectiveness of its defences. 10 CoLeE: Pupal defences Vol.13: no.1 The defences of the pupz of ten species of Lepidoptera have been investi- gated by offering them to females of three species of Pimplini (Ichneumon- ide) of which these Lepidoptera are known or possible hosts. Hardness and smoothness of the cuticle, and sometimes activity, were important defences of the naked pupe of butterflies. Hardness, activity and certain properties of the cocoons were important to three species of Tortricidae. “The species of Ichneumonidz differed in their ability to pierce Tortricid pupz. The defences of four other species of cocoon-spinning Lepidoptera were studied in less de- tail. It is concluded that some species of pupze are very vulnerable to attack in their first few hours, but that after the cuticle has hardened Ichneumonid females must spend much time and energy if they are to deposit eggs in them. The main period of oviposition in such cases may be very short. References Cole, L. R., 1957. The biology of four species of Ichneumonide parasitic on Tortrix viridana L. [ Abstract]. Proc. Roy. ent. Soc. London (C) 22: 48-49. Hinton, H. E., 1955. Protective devices of endopterygote pupe. Trans. Soc. Brit. Ent. 12: 49-92. Jackson, Dorothy J., 1937. Host-selection in Pimpla examinator F. Proc. Roy. ent. Soc. London (A) 12: 81-91. Picard, F., 1922. Contribution a l’étude des parasites de Pieris brassicae L. Bull. biol. 56: 54-130. Salt, G., 1935. Experimental studies in insect parasitism. III — Host selection. Proc. Roy. Soc. (B) 117: 413-435. Hope Department of Entomology, University Museum, Oxford, ENGLAND 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 11 PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS TO THE NINTH ANNUAL Mie wING OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY A quarter of a century has now elapsed since the time when I could claim with any justification to be a working Lepidopterist concerned with the systematics of the Rhopalocera. “Though from time to time since then brief opportunities to return to this field have occurred, they have been rare. Under these circumstances I fear I cannot offer you an address of the kind to which you are rightly accustomed. With these few words of apology, let me turn to other fields. An interest in lepidopterology arose early in the British Isles. I suppose the first Englishman for whom it can be claimed that he published a systematic synopsis of insects was Epwarp Wotton (1492-1535). This was included in his De differentiis animalium (Paris, 1552). “Though his work is gen- erally considered to be a compilation based upon much earlier ‘‘authorities”’ (e.g. ARISTOTLE and others), careful perusal of his account of the insects shows it to contain at least a few personal observations. —he Lepidoptera were included in the section dealing with “caterpillars and what develops from them.’”’ A much better known work is, of course, MOUFFET’S ( MOFFET) Insectorum sive Minimorum Animalium Theatrum eventually published in 1634. ‘The origins of this were contemporary with WorTton who, indeed, had some part in it, and it suffered many vicissitudes, passing through several hands, before being printed in London thirty years after MouFFET’s death. The original manuscript is preserved in the British Museum, and the very handsome original title page (which was not issued with the published work) is reproduced by Matcotm Burr in The Insect Legion, and includes vig- nettes of GESNER, PENNY, WoTTON and MorFFet, each of whom, and in that order, contributed to this outstanding work. “To this period there also belongs one other great figure, namely JOHN Ray (1628-1705), the brilliant son of a village blacksmith who renounced a career of the highest promise for the sake of religious scruples, and posthumously gave us as a result his Historia Insectorum. He might well be acclaimed as the ‘patron saint’ of the British naturalist; indeed to pursue the analogy, his name has already long been enshrined by naturalists in the works published by the Ray Society, which exists for no other purpose than the publication of annual volumes on the British fauna and flora. Publication, however, has already outrun the calendar for, though founded in 1844, in 1957 the one hundred and fortieth volume in the series was issued — a worthy monument. Perhaps I might allude to one other seventeenth century figure, but for a very different reason. Lady GLANVILLE is commemorated in the popular name of one of our rarest British butterflies, the Glanville Fritillary (Me- litga cinxia), now exceedingly local and jealously watched over by the Insect Protection Committee of the Royal Entomological Society of London. Moses Harris, who was responsible for introducing the name, recounted at the same time the well known story of the law-suit brought by Lady GLANVILLE’S 12 Rivey: Presidential address Vol.13: no.1 heirs to set aside her will on the grounds of insanity. That three hundred years ago such opinions should be current is perhaps not altogether surprising. But what should one think of a very distinguished judge who within the last quarter of a century held in a British court that the collecting and study of butterflies (by J. J. Jotcey of the Hill Museum, in this particular in- stance) was evidence, if not of insanity, at least of some form of mental deficiency; or of the French spouse who, observing me and my son waving nets in the Pyrénées, remarked, on being assured that we were hunting butter- flies, ‘“Tiens! Mais ils ont l’air tout-a-fait intelligent!”’ With the opening of the eighteenth century works began to appear of a more specialised nature. ALBIN’s Natural History of English Insects (1720); Wiikes’ English Butterflies and Moths (1747); The Aurelian (1766) and othe charmingly illustrated works of Moses Harris who, on one of the title pages describes himself as “Secretary to the Aurelian Society” ; Dru Druryis (/ustrations... 2. of Exotic Insects (1770-1782) ; LEwIn’s Papilios of Great Britain (1795) ; Martyn’s Psyche (1797) and DonovANn’s Natural History of British Insects (1792-1813) are examples. They are a delightful blend of art and science. A work of this period that is of par- ticular interest to North American lepidopterists is the Natural History of the rarer lepidopterous insects of Georgia, by J. E. SMITH with JOHN ABBOT. PETIVER stands apart rather, and is largely a “carry-over” from the previous century, for his Gazophylacium is a dry methodical catalogue, of which the illustrations are not in the same class. His collection is in the British Museum (Natural History) and is the oldest extant entomological material of which I have any knowledge. The specimens bear numbers which correspond with those in the Gazophylacium, but many are now missing. Of particular interest to American lepidopterists perhaps is the fact that among these missing speci- mens there was the “Alexippus’’ quoted first by LINNaUs in his list of refer- ences: “Pet. Mus. 58. n. 527”. The number is still there, but not the speci- men. Its presence might have helped in the protracted argument as to whether the American Milkweed or the Oriental species with the white band on the forewing should carry the name, an argument only recently settled by the use of the plenary powers of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature. What shall we say of the next century’s British lepidopterists? In the first fifty-years it produced HAwortH (to whom we owe most of our Eng- lish names, which are more stable than their scientific counterparts), CURTIS, STEPHENS, the DousLepays, Epwarp NEWMAN and STAINTON, all first- class entomologists but yet not quite up to the standard of the stars of contt- nental Europe, whom they tended to treat rather as ‘authorities’ and to follow rather uncritically. Leecu and his particularly picturesque disciple SAMOUELLE also adorn this period. There had been, as Moses Harris tells us, an Aurelian Society around the 1750’s. Little is known of it, but scattered references here and there indicate that its spirit lived on, even if somewhat precariously, well into the next century. It is to SAMOUELLE, whose relatively successful attempts to popularise entomology did nothing to increase his own 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 13 popularity with the Trustees of the British Museum (who employed him) that we owe the foundation of the oldest entomological institution still extant in the British Isles. This is the Entomological Club, founded wth three other entomologists in 1826 and still flourishing in spite of many ups and downs. The number of members was soon increased to twelve and later limited to eight, and at that level it has remained ever since. “They met in each other’s houses once a month, they started the Entomological Magazine (in 1832) the first purely entomological journal to be published in the British Isles; they formed a library and collections; they appear to have been largely Instrumental in founding the (now Royal) Entomological Society of London (1833) ; and there is no doubt whatever that for at least half a century they gave enormous encouragement to the study of entomology amongst a wide circle of Londoners. ‘Their collections soon proved an embarrassment and were given away or sold, and by the turn of the century they had become mainly a social club, the nature of their meetings being somewhat ambiguously indicated by the following extract from the minutes “.... This very en- joyable . . . . meeting came to a close in the late afternoon when those guests who required it were conveyed to the station and the remainder left in their own cars.’ Why they were left in their cars is not stated! However, the Club could do much better than this. In 1911 they instituted the annual Verrall Supper, in memory of one of their members, a function which must be unique. Each year some 200 entomologists sit down together and over a meal and afterwards “talk bugs’ with old friends they may otherwise seldom meet ; no subscriptions are asked for, yet they come in so freely that, although the Club set up a guarantee fund, it has never been called on. Quite recently, in the hope of still further justifying itself and advancing the study of entomology, the members of the Club have set up a British Trust for En- tomology in the hope of giving encouragement in fields not at present covered by existing organisations. But I fear I weary you. When I started these notes I had, I confess, little idea where they would lead me, and indeed I hardly know now. Some day, perhaps, somebody will write a history of our pursuit as it developed in the British Isles. There is so much of interest in it. Why was there such an outburst of enthusiasm in the early nineteenth century, with even a weekly journal paying its way? Why, around the 1850’s, did purely entomological societies spring up all over the country, to last a few years and then die? Who were the men who inspired these activities? Why have the robust polemics of those early days been lost to us? In the end, though, is it worth while to delve laboriously into the past, however fascinating, rather than to look to the future where so much lies still to be discovered? Good hunting to all of you, and one word of advice. When you discover new facts, publish them, don’t let them die with you as is the reprehensible custom of so many otherwise excellent lepidopterists. N. D. RILEY British Museum (Nat. Hist.), London, S. W. 7, ENGLAND 14 Vol.13': nol ASYMMETRICAL DEVELOPMENT IN AN ARGYNNID by PauL GREY Occasional minor departures from pattern symmetry are not especially rare in butterflies. Conditions in which either both forewings or both hind- wings depart from normal coloration are seen fairly often, in both sexes. Oc- casional partial gynandromorphs are known, with a patch of the opposite sexual characteristics developed on one or more of the wings. Bilaterally sym- metrical gynandromorphs are not so rare as might be supposed; I know of four specimens of Speyeria in this category. They occur in a ratio of 1 to 25,000 — 50,000 in wild populations, one would estimate. Misplaced pattern elements (the underside color appearing above, in patches, or on one or more wings, or forewing pattern running over to hindwing, for examples) are rare but still of record. I have examined recently a female specimen of Speyeria atlantis dodgei taken by Ray ALBRIGHT in Josephine County, Oregon, at 5000 ft. near Oregon Caves, August 13, 1958, which falls in no category familiar to me in this genus, and I would appreciate an explanatory note from anyone who can offer the rationale. he rather numerous conditions of asymmetry de- scribed by Forp, in British Butterflies, seem to offer no exact parallel to this particular specimen, afflicted as follows: The left hindwing is well advanced in the usual argynnid aberrational pattern, that is, the band and marginal spotting below are replaced by large buff rays, the disk suffused solidly except for a few enlarged splotches replac- ing the usual spots. Above, the outer third of the pattern is replaced by buff raying as below, the inner two-thirds solid except for the enlarged and dis- torted black spotting, a facies entirely familiar to ali who have seen the usual sort of “aberrations” found in this group, ordinarily accompanied by extreme melanism, particularly in forewings, but in this instance not especially melanic except for the blurred and enlarged spotting above. Only the one wing is thus aberrant; the remainder of the insect is per- fectly normal with the usual population facies at this geographical point, 2.e., running to small size, dirty and unaccented coloration, narrowed band and trace of silvering only in marginal lunules. ‘The occasional minor deformities of this nature, seen in one hindwing, usually cons'st of some crumpling or dwarfing with consequent pattern dis- tortion rather easily attributable to damage on emergence, a mechanical in- terruption of perfect development. ‘The fully symmetrical melanic aberra- tions of argynnids are often taken to be simply recessive, and population sta- tistics indicate that explanation since they tend to recur in single localities. But how to account for this, perhaps partially developmental oddity? In one wing only it got a full dose and perfect expression of whatever produces the usual aberrant argynnid. Route 1, Box 216, Lincoln, Me., U. S. A. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 15 [Ed. note: — A simple explanation is that this individual was heterozygous for the presumed recessive gene for the aberration and that a somatic mutation occurred very early in embryonic development, perhaps at the four-cell stage. This could have pro- duced homozygous recessives in all the cells descending from the mutating cell, and of course in these the aberrational gene would be expressed. C. L. REMINGTON. ] [ Alternatively, the chromosome carrying the normal allele might have failed to attach to the spindle at the same division and therefore have been lost. Tissue descended from the daughter cell lacking this chromosome would contain only the mutant allele. P. F. BELLINGER | MORE PROBLEMS WITH PROBLEMA IN KANSAS (HESPERIID) by P. S. REMINGTON: In a previous paper (1956) on Hesperiide of the vicinity of St. Louis, Missouri, I reviewed the uses of the name Atrytone kumskaka (Scudder), gen- erally presumed to be a synonym of Problema byssus (Edw.). A. kumskaka had been recorded from Kansas in 1875 by SNow, but the specimen was re- ported by FiELtp (1938) to be Atrytone logan (Edw.). Both Dr. PAuL R. EHRLICH and Kent H. WILson of the Entomology Department of the Uni- versity of Kansas have recently verified that this specimen is actually a fe- male 4. /ogan, and they say that it now bears an additional label ‘determined by A. W. LinpsEy.” So then the question arises, what species did SCUDDER have in mind when he described Atrytone kumskaka in 1887? I believe I have discovered the answer to this question right in Chancellor SNow’s back yard, so to speak. It could scarcely have been 4. logan, which he must have been familiar with, for Epwarps had described logan in 1863, twenty-four years before, and we know that Epwarps and ScUpDDER corresponded and exchanged specimens. In the summer of 1958 I received a National Science Foundation fellow- ship to study at the University of Kansas for eight weeks. On several Satur- days I went collecting around Lawrence, and between June 21 and July 12 I collected four males and eight females of P. byssus no more than five miles west of Lawrence. They were feeding on blossoms of milkweed and Pearly Everlasting, and I think I could have taken many more had I not been divert- ed by numerous fine specimens of the Regal Fritillary, Speyeria idalia (Drury). Only later did I realize the significance of my find. 16 REMINGTON: Problems with Problema Vol.13: no.1 ‘The Kansas specimens average 3 mm. wider wing spread in the males and 4 to 5 mm. wider in the females than do Illinois or Florida specimens. Dr. Eur vicH has kindly reported that the genitalia of a male Lawrence byssus “compares very well with the figure published by Linpsgty, BELL, and Wi.iiAmMs.” Lawrence specimens tend to be a little more strongly marked, especially the females, and the band of spots across the upper side of the fore wing is wider and lighter in the females. Could it be possible that Dr. SNow also collected some of these skippers around Lawrence and sent them to SCUDDER in the 1870’s and that ScuppER decided that they deserved a separ- ate name? Evidently too some collector in Iowa sent similar specimens to SCUDDER. It would be interesting to search for byssus in Iowa in late June and early July and see if it can be rediscovered there. SCUDDER would not be the only writer who has given specific or subspecific names to western races of skippers which also occur further east. It is often true that the western representatives tend to be larger and of more robust appearance. EHRLICH and GILLHAM mention this in naming a race of Atrytone conspicua from eastern Nebraska. AVERY FREEMAN has done the same with Hesperia /eo- nardus Harris and H. metea (Scudder) from the southwest. To sum up, then, the Problema problem seems to me to have resolved itself into the facts that up to the present there are only two species known in this genus that has been erected for them: bulenta from North Carolina and Georgia, and byssus from the Southeast and the middle Mississippi Valley. The western representatives of byssus show some differences from Florida specimens, but genitalic comparison shows they are not separate species. SCUDDER did not make this comparison and gave the name kumskaka to the western specimens. This name is definitely a synonym of byssus. The habits of byssus show that, although it is a swift flyer, it is extremely local and se has not been widely observed or collected. Perhaps if more of us look care- fully for it, we shall extend its range. Much remains to be learned about the biology of both species of Problema offering challenges to future students of skippers. So there are still problems of Problema to be solved. References Field, W. D., 1938. A manual of the butterflies and skippers of Kansas. Bull. Univ. Kansas 39 ne. 105 327) pps, 2 pls: Remington, P. S., 1956. Some observations on the Hesperiide of the St. Louis area. Lepid. News 9: 190-195. 5570 Etzel Avenue, St. Louis 12, Mo., U.S.A. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 7 aN ALTEMPT TO REAR EREBUS ODORA IN NEW JERSEY by JosEPH MULLER Nobody likes to admit a failure, but being convinced that negative results may be of value to other lepidopterists I am communicating to members of the Lepidopterists’ Society my experiences in rearing Erebus odora (Linné) in the hope that they will profit thereby. When I caught this female Erebus odora | had hoped that the title of this note would be “The Successful Rear- ing of Erebus odora in New Jersey,” but that dream did not come true. Nevertheless, having been urged by a brother lepidopterist to prepare these notes, I now hope that they will reach the eyes of someone who has had experience in rearing this insect and will be able to point out my mistakes, especially in the selection of the proper food plants. If luck is with me, I will perhaps catch another female next season. Last summer on August 11th, for the third time in recent years, I took a female Erebus odora. It was a battered specimen, the primaries as well as the secondaries being almost half gone, but to make up for its condition it was extremely lively. The moth was put in a paper bag with a small piece of cotton soaked in sugar water. Each two days the cotton was resoaked. At the expiration of the first two-day period almost two hundred surprisingly small eggs were laid. —The moth was then transferred to a second bag and the eggs cut from the first bag and placed in a jar. On August 18th, to my surprise, all eggs hatched. The larve were rather large considering the small- ness of the eggs, and very lively, acting somewhat like geometrid larve. With the appearance of the larve I thought my troubles were over, but soon found to my disappointment that they were only beginning. To select the proper food I first consulted ‘“The Lepidoptera of Pennsylvania” by Harrt- son M. Tietz (1952), which had proven valuable before in similar cir- cumstances. There the following food plants were mentioned: Acacia decur- rens, Cassia fistula, Ficus trigonata, Gymnocladus diocus, Pithecollobium un- guiscate, and Saman sp. In ‘“The Lepidoptera of New York and Neighboring States” by W. IT. M. Forzses (1920), Acacia alone was given as the food plant. Not quite satisfied with this list because of the scarcity of those plants in New Jersey, I inquired from three fellow collectors for suggestions. “(hese proposed Papaw, Acacia, Virginia Creeper, Privet, and Urticacee (Elm, Hackberry, Hop, Nettle, and Fig). With this information I prepared four jars, one containing Elm and Hackberry, the second Virginia Creeper and Privet, the third Black Locust and Honey Locust, and the fourth Tulip Tree leaves and Hickory. The two hundred larve were divided equally in the four containers. The first day they did much moving around, as if search- ing for something, the second day their pace was slower and on the third day they merely rested on the sides of the container, becoming smaller, shrivel- ing up and dying for lack of the proper food. All this time the larve were watched carefully for signs that something was being eaten, but only one 18 MULLER: Erebus odora Vol.13: no.1 appeared to have fed a little on the surface of the leaf of the Virginia Creeper. Two hundred larvae — and healthy ones — were dead. Opening the second paper bag I found to my surprise three hundred fifteen more eggs. This fact appeared to give me another chance. Removing the female to a third bag, again four containers were prepared. When the larvee were hatched in a few days they were placed in them and the following plants added: Mulberry, Sumac, Honeysuckle, Wild Cherry, Oak, Catalpa, Osage Orange, and some leaves from unknown garden bushes. But the results were exactly similar to the first lot. After two days I got in touch with a botanist who helped me find two species of Cassia and some Kentucky Coffee ‘Trees. One larva only ate the surface of a Coffee Tree leaf, but again they all perished. Then my obliging female laid one hundred thirty more eggs, giving me still a third chance — like a new lease on life. ‘These larvee were put on Coffee Tree, Cassia, and Fig, three food plants upon which Erebus odora is supposed to feed, but again the results were negative and after three days all the larve were dead. This female lived in captivity for nineteen days laying six hundred forty-five eggs from which emerged healthy, lively larve. Can anyone tell me why I failed to rear them? What is the food plant for Erebus odora in New Jersey? I am much puzzled. R.D. 1, Lebanon, Nap roe VANESSA ATALANTA YAKEN AT ATLANTIC CITY Ai eere REMINGTON (1948) noted that more information was needed on the habits of Lepidoptera, including the location of night resting for diurnal species. Mrs. MATHER and I observed that Vanessa atalanta was rather common at Atlantic City, Atlantic Co., New Jersey, during the period 16 through 21 June 1957. We were surprised however to find two individuals resting on the boardwalk within about 50 feet of each other at about 2:00 A.M. on the morning of 21 June. They were easily approached and taken by hand. Reference Remington, Charles L., 1948. Lepidoptera biology — open for study. Lefid. News WE ST. BRYANT MatTuer, P. O. Drawer 2131, Jackson, Miss., U. S. A. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 19 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS (Under the supervision of FrepD T. THORNE, 1360 Merritt Dr., El] Cajon, Calif., U.S.A.) BAITING PHILIPPINE BUTTERFLIES by JuLIAnN N. JUMALON In the Phillippines many interesting forms of butterflies can be taken with baits. Several natural baits present in the insect’s habitat have been observed to be favored by certain species of butterflies, while baits artificially prepared and planted in places where these insects frequent, have also been found to entice them successfully, more especially those belonging to the family Nym- phalidz. ‘The writer found an opportunity to work on the baiting method of collecting insects during several of the annual summer collecting and ex- ploring expeditions carried out by the University of San Carlos of Cebu City. In these annual visits to various types of localities, he was able to take notes of the interesting results, and at the same time discover various kinds of jungle sauce piquants to which some butterflies make regular calls. Earlier observations made in the island of Leyte disclosed the habit of a tawny Charaxes of locating heaps of civet-cat ordure. In many occasions, the same butterfly has been seen sitting comfortably before a heap of human ex- creta. Butterflies of this genus have a strong attachment to offensive-smelling things. Charaxes fabrius, an easier species to encounter in this city, where its favorite foodplant, the Camanchile tree (Pithecolobium dulce), abounds, is popuarly known as the ‘‘palahubog“‘ (drunkard), because it has a penchant for tuba, the coconut wine. It is frequently seen near tuba stores, often un- steady in flight after one drink too many. Not infrequently it dashes against walls of houses, like a person who acts queerly after a drinking spree. It has even been seen several times chasing delivery trucks rushing tuba into the city for distribution to stores. Places where the tuba gatherers empty their bam- boo tubes of ground mangrove bark, which is used for coloring the coconut sap, are fine spots at which to expect these butterflies. About three kinds of Charaxes, several species of satyrs and dusky nymphalids, two kinds of Mel- anitis, and the huge Amathusia phidippus of the twilight world, are among the regular patrons easily encountered atop coconut trees which are marked for the coconut wine production. Usually, coconut trees groomed for the tuba industry are towering domains of the acrobatic tuba sap harvesters, and are beyond the reach of the collector’s net. Out in Mindanao and Leyte islands, a tree called “haguimit” (Ficus minahasse) sends down bushy clusters bearing thousands of succulent fruits which attract hundreds of insects when ripe. The overripe fruits form a thick layer on the ground and ferment, and this heap attracts the same or 20 ESPECIALLY HOR COLLECTORS Vol.13: no.1 other types of visitors which prefer it stronger. On sunny days, dazzling Ptychandra schadenbergi, orange-striped Euthalia, Clerome kleis, several Mel- anitis, wood satyrs, occasional jungle danaids, and the mountain Zethera thermea, can be seen elbowing each other on the broom-like spray, unmindful of the hundreds of droning bees and wasps and flies. A whole day may be profitably spent near the tree, where a fastidious collector can select his prizes from the ever-changing faces of winged visitors. A shrub-tree thriving on the edges of forests and wooded hills, known locally as “‘anagasi,” is the favorite parking place of a beautiful, rare Neorina. Parts of its trunk or branches which are grazed by carabaos or blazed by the farmer’s bolo, secrete a sap which catches the nose of this shy nymph. Unlike other nymphalids, this blue-violet beauty alights upside down upon its vertical dining table. In their first encounter with this shade lover in Leyte in 1955, it took the writer and his son a whole week to collect the three specimens which were partial to a single tree. It was at home in the semi-twilight dim- ness of early morning and late afternoon of cloudy days. Yet, in Agusan last summer, several fine specimens were taken at an altitude of about two thousand feet on bright afternoons. In Mindoro, in 1956, at nearly four thousand feet elevation, a couple were encountered browsing contentedly in the foggy fringes of pigmy negrito trails. A friend collecting in southern Luzon reported encountering this butterfly upon the same tree, which is known there by the same name, hence its common name, the Anagasi butter- fly. his woodland beauty has the habit of returning to its favorite glade again and again, oftentimes choosing the same perch with unerring accuracy. A trick employed in Leyte in the early thirties, which the writer learned from two mountain boys, was the simple process of debarking a part of the hanagdong tree. He remembered that, with cat-like agility, the boys would climb the tree and cut a ring around the trunk about six inches in width and about three meters above the ground. Left for two or more days, the scorch- ing April sun would work wonder with the sap. When revisited, the bait yielded scores of brilliant butterflies and huge black stag beetles. In the passage of years, the writer had forgotten the likeness of that tree, and had had no chance to repeat the trick. And the two boys have grown into young men and were killed by guerillas during the resistance, for faults for which, ordinarily, mothers would feel reluctant to whip their own erring children. Scents were employed with certain results in the mountains of Zambo- anga in 1954. Cheap perfumes were tried in a small gulley where handsome wood nymphalids were observed shying at our approach while they feasted on the fruits of the haguimit. A few drops of perfume placed upon a wad of cotton and hidden in a bell-shaped flower immediately created a stir. In a matter of seconds, a couple of Mindanao T’anecia came and excitedly hovered around to locate the disturbing odor. In this case, Dana perfume was used. Spirit of anise, vanilla, and thinner were used in another portion of the woods with discouraging results, although once, in the city, a nymph was attracted to the strong fume from a newly opened can of thinner. A more interesting incident occured along a stream in Leyte when several butterflies and a 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 21 skipper were attracted to the spilled liquid from a can of sardine and also of salmon. Once, in the same place, the writer’s wet denim trousers was dog- gedly hounded by a tawny skipper, and even the pretty Symbrenthis lucina and a swallowtail were observed to appreciate something out of the wet hik- ing gear. In Bohol Island, Rev. Fr. H. ScHOENIc of the University of San Carlos and the writer tried the conventional bait suggested in books. Stale beer, wine, molasses, sugar and mashed ripe fruits, were tried in various combina- tions at the foot of a well-wooded hill where previous visits disclosed an abundance of a variety of butterflies. Except for a battered Zethera thermeaa, a Symphedra panopus, and a couple of grass satyrs, nothing eventful came. Sunshine was then intermittent as the day was generally cloudy. The party, however, did not pay much attention to their baits, as they had a greater thrill that day ambushing the huge males of the Ornithoptera magellanus which were remarkably wonderful as they repeatedly made sorties over the red lantana flowers beside a rice field close to the hills. Or, perhaps, it was the wrong bananas. Mashed cooked sweet potatos (camote) with sugar and molasses also failed. Lately, with the University of San Carlos expedition to northern Min- danao (Operation Papilio idzoides), the same team resorted to baits in their last two days in the mountain of Agusan. With an over-supply of ripe bun- gulan bananas, a kind which remains green when ripe, it occurred to the party to try baiting forest butterflies despite their great success with nets. Response was immediate and rich, especially from the mountain’s beautiful Brush-footed butterflies. At an elevation of over two thousand feet on a Mamanua (neg- rito) trail, tree trunks and outcropping roots were painted with the banana mash. Taken were an interesting, finely striped Elymnias, elegant blue 4do- lias, Euthalia panopus, Clerome, a jungle Charaxes, the wary Tanecia leuco- tenia, and small brown satyrs. The climax however came when, on our last day, a huge, very rare Zeuxidia (ottomana ?) was seen sitting on the bait placed ona root along a side trail. Patient stalking enabled the writer to take the crepuscular beauty which first flew away and later returned and alighted on a tree trunk nearby. It was evident that several more kinds of retiring mountain nymphs could be taken with bungolan banana bait. For even the more elusive and beautiful violet Zeuxidia was seen near the area baited. Observed to attract Lycenids are the tips of a leguminous vine common in mountain clearings known as coot. Fresh cane-trash strewn along forest trails invited the velvety blue Adolias, Euthalia panopus, Clerome kleis, and two species of Tanacia. A very rare green-banded Euthalia identified only with tree-tops in the forest was taken upon the chopped tip of freshly cut rattan vine. Bark of logs scattered on the banks of a stream in the mountains of eastern Mindoro is favored by a rarely seen forest nymphalid. ‘These formed colonies of sixes or more on the juicy bark and could be taken quite easily while absorbed in their feast. Bleeding parts of the Jackfruit tree and 22 ESPECIALLY FOR COLLECTORS Vol.13: no.1 its fruits attract the Doleschalia polibete and Charaxes fabrius. But some- thing different was seen to attract the mountain Terias hecabe of Leyte. On a round, slightly mossy stone about six inches in diameter beside a stream at about eight hundred feet elevation, nearly one hundred oriole-yellow butter- flies sat, giving it an appearance of a stone upon which a painter poured a can of chrome yellow paint. Many smilar stones scattered around were not patronized. In the summer of 1956, with the Ethnological study team from the University of San Carlos in northern Mindoro, the writer had his most thrill- Ing experience in “‘picking” butterflies. Rev. Fr. H. ScHoENIG, head of that expedition, discovered a sulphur spring just one kilometer away from the ex- pedition’s headquarters at Bagtu, a logging town some fifteen miles east of the capital. Here, a few square meters of sandflat beside a swift stream re- vealed a sight which will thrill even a less excitable collector. Squatting singly and in groups at various points, were trim Papilio sarpedon, P. jason, P. anti- phates, Hebomoia glaucippe, Appias domitia, A. albina, Leptocircus meges with long quivering tails, and several other mountain butterflies. Woisps of smoke and steam curling in the early morning air caused traveling butterflies to swerve from their course and settle down on the moist, strange-smelling sand. Between early morning and noon, butterflies kept coming to the spring. The kite papilios composed most of the visitors to the place. The writer, simply by sitting on a stone beside the most liked spot, took in one sitting around seventy perfect specimens. A dead Papilio sarpedon, placed on the spot with spread wings, would collect as many as a dozen individuals beside it. Allowed to stay for a while, the insects could be taken or picked with bare fingers or forceps. The party took around five hundred P. sarpedon alone. It was strange that several Hypolimnas philippinensis which kept passing a few feet over the spring were noted to pay no attention to the smell which excited other butterflies. Other species collected at the spring were a skipper, the rare Papilio stratocles, a Snout Butterfly, a huge Neorina, the casual Papilio medon, and Symbrenthia lucina. A party of Manila collectors was able to locate the spring six months later, but was disappointed because a flood in the early part of the rainy season washed the area, submerging it under a foot of water. While many butterflies, in answer to their natural needs, can thus be lured with baits to enable the collector to make them his prey, there are how- ever some which could be coaxed to come within the net’s reach simply by one’s playing upon their nature. Some butterflies here for instance, could be lured to a live decoy. Others respond with the same greediness to artificial butterflies. Call it jealousy, aggressiveness, or plain curiosity, but certain but- terflies will readily dart toward such baits if placed conspicuously on their way. In fact most local butterflies which are active in the air possess that habit. In the thirties, the writer took over one thousand males of Catopsilia crocale, using several live baits of both sexes, tied to a twig and jerked occa- sionally, in the small acacia grove where hundreds of males were gamboling 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 23 and chasng egg-laying females. And in Zamboanga, four years ago, in a desperate last effort to bag a Hestia to enable the writer to represent the place in his series of these huge “ghosts’’, a piece of bristol board was torn into a crude shape of a butterfly. ied to a long stick and dangled overhead, it finally attracted the jungle aristocrat. In this manner four were ultimately taken. A new butterfly enthusiast, ALBERT L1Ao, has recently developed a great fondness for the elusive and fleet Papilio dedalus. While one has to outrun JESSE OWENS, the sprinter, to enable him to get his first P. dedalus, this neophyte gets his weekly quota by the dozen merely by sitting calmly under the shade of the lantana bush and netting passing speedsters as they tarry over the decoy (a dead or fresh specimen) pinned to the red cluster of strong- smelling flowers. Another collector harvests scores of Orange-tip butterflies from the same area, using the same method. It is a thrilling experience to observe a butterfly sailing in the sunshine and suddenly dart toward an alleged intruder upon its “domain.” But for this peculiar habit of some butterflies, it would have deprived the writer and the most patient stalker, Mr. SamUEL OCHOTORENA of the U. S. C., of the rare privilege of bagging several Papilio medon out in the unfriendly, rugged hills of northern Mindoro where these trim, high-soaring swallowtails are in their elements. It was incredible, but the white nets set to constant wig- wagging motion made these elegant teasers plummet earthward to investigate the apparently officious interlopers. No better guerdon could have replaced these space gambolers, which, together with several male Papilio semperi which prompted the pair of collectors to ascend the hills as their last assign- ment, served as a fitting climax to their most fascinating adventure in the strange land of the fast-vanishing tamarau. College of Architecture and Engineering, University of San Carlos, Cebu City, PHILIPPINES 24 ESPECIALLY FOR COLLECTORS Vol.13: no.1 SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES TO RECENT PAPERS IN THE NEWS SYMPOSIUM ON TAXONOMY OF LEPIDOPTERA Hovanitz in h’s paper “The role of genetics” (Lepid. News 11 : 12; 1957) makes the following statement: — “Colias hyale and Colias croceus of Europe blend together in southern Russian territory and separate on the other side as two different species Colias erate and Colias fieldi.” his appears to imply that erate, for example, is only hyale plus certain genes received from croceus and minus others lost to freldi. Is there any real evidence that this is so? Would it not be more correct to say that a Western yellow and orange pair (hyale and croceus) meet a similar Eastern pair (erate and fieldi) in Southern Russia and there form a hybrid population? Personally I was not aware that the yellow and orange species were known to hybridize in Southern Russia, though I knew well that this area produced hybrids between hyale and erate and between croceus and freldi. EARLY STAGES.-OF EUTACHYPTERA PSIDT Tene CAMPID): — The ova of the European Lasiocampa quercus L. and L. trifoli Esp. are always laid loose, so that the fact that the ova of E. psidit are laid in a similar manner is not so surprising. (Lepid. News 11: 100; Wie) OBTAINING OVA FROM RHOPALOCERA: — With reference to the remarks at the Seventh Annual Meeting of the Society (Lepid. News 11: 158-9; 1957) I have found that almost all species of Rhopalocera will lay freely if confined with fresh sprays of the food-plant in a screw-top glass jam jar illuminated by an ordinary table lamp. The lamp should be placed close enough to give a really bright light without an appreciable rise in tempera- ture inside the jar. Many butterflies so confined will lay an adequate number of eggs almost immediately, so that the necessity of feeding is avoided. As regards the size of the jar, I have found the usual one pound size quite large enough for butterflies of up to about 2!4 inches in wing expanse, with pro- portionately larger sizes for larger ones. In East Africa exposure to sunshine is almost always fatal as the temperature inside the jar rises to a lethal height. LIGHT AND LIGHT TRAPPING: — I was surprised to read the remarks (Lepid. News 11: 161; 1957) on this subject. In England a 125 Watt Mercury Vapour Bulb used wiith a voltage of 200-250 is considered to be far and away the best, and has become almost standard. I use a similar lamp in East Africa with the greatest success. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 25 Peru G. AND SHIPPING PAPERED LEPIDOPTERA: — With reference to Messrs. KENDALL’s and ‘[THORNE’s notes on this subject (Lepid. News 11: 168; 1957), I do not think that the old-fashioned tri- angular paper con be bettered. With this the specimen can be easily packed with its antenne properly protected between the forewings, it can be extracted without any risk of breakage, it can even be relaxed without removing it from its paper and, if full data is written on the outside, the need for visibility is greatly reduced if not abolished altogether. Against these advantages the glassine envelope offers visibility only; the insect cannot be arranged inside with any ease, it is extremely liable to breakage when being taken out, the envelope does not take writing easily and the insect must be removed from the envelope for relaxing. If the triangular papers are made in definite sizes they can be stored easily in triangular boxes made of thin card or stout papeer cut as per the diagram below. Two similar pieces are cut. The flaps A, B and C are folded along the dotted lines, the two are fitted together and the flaps A and A and C and C are stuck together, leaving flap B open for the insertion of the papered speci- mens. I use boxes of a uniform height of one inch, z.e. the flaps are one inch in breadth. These boxes can be numbered and stored in large tins with naph- thaline or paradichlorbenzene and a separate list maintained giving the con- tents of each numbered box. If the actual triangular papers, and their triangular containers, are made so that short side of each is half the length of the long side of the next larger size, packing is still further facilitated. For folding the papers, I use rec- tangles measuring (in inches) 8 X 5,5 X 314, 4 X 214, 2144 X 13% and 2 x 114. A sheet of paper 8 X 5, half the standard letter size, will make one envelope of size 1, four of size 3 and sixteen of size 5, or, by cutting an inch off the end, two of size 2 and eight of size 4. 26 ESPECIALLY POR COLLECTORS Vol.13: not I have sent consignments of papered insects from East Africa to several Society members, and they will, I think, agree with me on the merits of this packing. D. G. SEVASTOPULO, P. O. Box 881, Mombasa, KENYA A SWARM OF NOCTUID MOTHS IN SOUTHEASTERN KANSAS On May 9, 1958, I was returning from a butterfly collecting trip in Southeastern Texas where I had spent the preceding week colleeting Papilio palamedes, P. troilus ilioneus, Atlides halesus, and a number of other butterflies all in Harris County, Tex. All the way back to Kansas I stopped along the way wherever I encountered any- thing likely in the way of Lepidoptera. Stopping for breakfast one morning at Conroe, Texas, yielded a good catch of Automeris io and Actias luna rubromarginata at a roadside cafe in the pine and palmetto barrens. ‘The weather in Texas was warm and humid. As we crossed Oklahoma in the Kiamichi Mountains we drove through inter- mittent downpours. In one place the highway was washed out over one of the normally dry washes in the Ouachita ranges and we had to detour miles out of our way through Fort Smith, Ark., to reach Kansas. We crossed the Kansas line at Baxter Springs at about eleven o’clock that evening. By this time we had left Oklahoma’s storms behind us and the evening air at Baxter Springs was still, warm and humid with only a few flashes of lightning in the southern horizon. We stopped at the south end of Baxter Springs at a filling station for gas. I saw a sight that was more spectacular than any of the southern butterflies I had caught. There were swarms of noctuid moths flying about the gas station. There were thousands of them. We had to stop every few blecks to wipe the crushed bodies off our car windshield. As we drove down the main street of Baxter Springs there were so many moths flying around the street lights that the thoroughfare was darkened by their flights casting an eerie sight to the pavement below. Since I had my collecting equipment in the car I asked my driver to stop the car and I got out and netted a quantity of the moths. Since I have a rather extensive collection of the Noctuide I had no trouble identifying all of the species that made up the swarms. Over half proved to be the common Army Worm, Pseudaletia uni- puncta. Fully a third of the remaining half were the common Chorizagrotis introferens. The remainder were a mixture of Autographa brassicae, A. ou, A. biloba, A. simplex, Plusia erea, and a few specimens of Plusiodonta compressipalpis. Curiously enough members of other moth families did not seem to participate in their frenzied ranks. I searched very diligently for other moth species and found only one specimen of Estigmene acrea and a single specimen of Isa isabella, the “Isabella Tiger Moth”, both Arctiids seated sedately on a Dairy Creme stand. They seemed in- dependent of the noctuid hordes and made no attempt to join in their flight. It is thus doubtful that these two arctiid moths had any association with the noctuid flight. We reached Pittsburg, Kansas, where we spent the night before coming up to Ottawa and there were no inordinate flights of noctuids at all. These spectacular flights were ap- parently confined to the immediate Baxter Springs area. The flight took place on May 9th, 1958. There was no directional flight evident in the swarm, only an aimless flight about the lights. All the specimens were in good condition and looked freshly emerged and had not flown in from any major distance, in all probabilities. What factors were responsible for such a swarm I have not the remotest idea. I have never seen such a swarm of Lepidoptera personally before. WILLIAM H. Howe, 822 East 11th St., Ottawa, Kansas, U. S. A. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 27 OBITUARIES OTTO BUCHHOLZ (1874-1958) Otto BUCHHOLZ, a well known lepidopterist, died on the 14th day of September 1958 in the East Orange General Hospital, East Orange, New Jersey, two days before his 84th birthday. He was born in Hanover, Ger- many, the son of GUSTAVE and PAULINE BUCHHOLZ. He had two sisters. During his entire life OTTo was interested in butterflies and moths. At the early age of ten he started his first collection in Germany. His daughter has today in her possession his first butterfly book entitled Hermann’s Raupen und Schmetterlings Jaeger by Dr. E. REUTHER, 1877, which he used at that time and brought to the United States with him when he immigrated to this country without his parents at sixteen years of age. During the following years his collection grew rapidly and became at the time of his death the largest private collection of Lepidoptera in the United States. Otto BuUCHOLZ married Wanda Held on the 2nd day of April, 1897. They had one child, a daughter, AGNES, now Mrs. Harry Evans of Roselle Park, New Jersey. One Acronicta form he named for his wife, who died after a long illness on November 30th, 1936 at Westfield, New Jersey. ‘Thereafter he lived with his daughter and her family. At first they lived in Elizabeth, then Westfield, and for the past twenty years at Roselle Park, all in New Jersey. At all of these localities Orro collected many rare species which no longer occur there because of the changes of environment caused by the growth and development of the country. By profession Otto was a mechanical engineer. He was employed for twenty-five years by the Aluminum Corporation of America at its Garwood, New Jersey, plant. He made at least one trip to Germany for that Company in connection with the opening of a new plant. Since his retirement in 1944, he devoted his entire time to his collection, spreading new acquisitions and respreading old ones, because he always sought perfection in all his material and some specimens in the course of time had become partly relaxed. When the family moved to Roselle Park, the top floor of the house consisted of a bedroom with a bath and a “bug” room larger than the other two combined. There he spent all his days and evenings when at home. The accompanying photograph shows him at his desk there; it was taken in 1949. In the pursuit of his hobby, Orro traveled through half of the forty- nine states in search of new specimens. His first cross-country trip was made over fifty years ago in 1907. Numerous other trips followed in rapid succes- sion. All of these trips were made by car, loaded to the top with necessities for a collector planning to be away for many months. Generally he traveled alone and stayed in the chosen localities for the full season. Often he returned home with over 10,000 specimens neatly packed away in cigar boxes between layers of cotton. His favorite collecting places were the Florida Keys, the Carolinas, Okeechobee Swamp in Georgia, Virginia, and the Rio Grande Valley in Texas. Several trips were taken to each of these localities as well 28 BUCHHOLZ obituary Vol.13: no.1 as to many others. His last trip was to California, when he was already in his seventies, with HERMANN WILHELM of Willimantic, Connecticut. Orro was an excellent collector in the field and at his best as a field naturalist. His endurance was remarkable. Never seeming to tire, he competed easily with much younger men and outdid many of them. With his mechanical training Orro was very handy with tools. Most of his collection was contained in boxes about 12 * 16 inches which he made with great skill. In these the specimens were pinned on both sides. Even the cork used in these boxes was pressed by him. He made his own forceps and butterfly nets, also his light and bait traps which were quite original in design. Everything he made along these lines was most accurate and suitable for the purpose intended. Many fellow collectors are using kis equipment today. All of his specimens were spread and labeled in the most exact manner. Even for one not interested in Lepidoptera it was a pleasure just to look at his collection and see everything so neatly arranged and in such perfect order. No one was ever a better curator. His huge collection is estimated to contain about 130,000 specimens, with the butterflies alone accounting for almost ten percent of that number. All of these are housed in about four hundred double boxes and one cabinet with forty-eight large sized glass-covered drawers containing Catocala only, a genus in which he was much interested. In addition, his favorite groups were Sphingide, 4 pantesis, Eubaphe, Acron- icta, Graphtolitha and Papaipema. A great number of species he reared him- self and also inflated their larve. In the course of this work he discovered many lepidopterous food plants previously unrecorded in the literature. His companions in the field in the earlier days were CHARLES RUMMEL, T. D. MayFIELD, FREDERIC LEMMER, HENRY Bird, GEORGE KELLER, and many others. Many members of the Newark Entomological Society took field trips with Orro and visited him in his home, where they were always wel- come to compare specimens or help themselves from his large accumulation of duplicates. Others visited him for his advice or information with which he was most liberal. Orto, with an amazing memory and a keen eye, was a mine of infor- mation. It is to be regretted that he published so little but it was his nature to collect, build a collection, and take care of it, and not to write. He im- parted his knowledge freely to everyone who inquired. Several butterflies and moths were named after him, among them being: Feltia buchholzi Barnes & Benjamin, 1929. Pseudoboarmia buchholzaria Lemmer, 1937. Plebeius icarioides buchholzi dos Passos, 1938. Zale buchholzi McDunnough, 1943. Strymon melinus buchholzi H. A. Freeman, 1950. Atrytone conspicua buchholzi Ehrlich & Gillham, 1951. Megathymus yucca buchholzi H. A. Freeman, 1952. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 29 Also two generic names were proposed in his honor by BARNES and BENJAMIN: Buchholzia (1926) and Eubuchholzia (1929). BUCHHOLZ was a Charter and Sustaining Member of the Lepidopterists’ Society. He was also a member of the Brooklyn Entomological Society and a former President thereof, the New York Entomological Society, and the Newark Entomological Society of which he was also President for some years. Otto BUCHHOLZ was acquainted personally or by correspondence with most North American lepidopterists. He will be greatly missed by all of them who will remember him as a friend and good companion, always encouraging and inspiring. His collection including 5 holotypes, 3 allotypes, and 551 paratypes has been sold by his daughter to the American Museum of Natural History and will be incorporated in the general collection of that institution. My thanks to Cyrit F. pos Passos of Mendham, New Jersey, for his help and additional information. PAPERS BY OTTO BUCHHOLZ 1917. A new species of Acronycta. Ent. News 28: 183. 1926. Geo. J. Keller. Journ. New York Ent. Soc. 34: 293. 1951. Muitoura gryneus octoscripta n. var. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 46: 78. 1957. A new species of Papaipema (Noctuide) from New Jersey. Lepid. News 10: 139-140. JosepH Mu ter, R. D. 1, Lebanon, N. J., U. S. A. 30 Vol.13: no.1 WILLIAM PHILLIPS COMSTOCK (1880-1956) A full account of the life and entomological work of W. P. Comstock has been published elsewhere by C. F. pos Passos (Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 64: 1-5; 1957). That account includes an excellent portrait and a bibliog- raphy listing the 32 published works of Mr. Comstock. Mr. pos Passos has kindly allowed us to summarize his biographical sketch; News readers need- ing fuller details are referred to the 1957 article. Comstock was born in New York City on 1 March 1880. He lived most of his life in and near the city. He was educated at the Horace Mann School and then Columbia University, from which he received the B. A. degree in 1903. From about 1910 to 1932 he was in the construction business, but with the depression he gave it up and turned more fully to his life-long interest in the Lepidoptera. This had been fostered by his close friend F. E. Watson. From 1934 to 1937 he was Research Assistant in entomology at the Newark (New Jersey) Museum, and from 1937 to his death he was Research Associate in the Department of Insects and Spiders of the American Museum of Natural History. Aside from a 1920 paper co-authored with Warson, all of his publications appeared from 1909-14 and 1940-52. Many were on his favorite group, the New World Lycenide, and he wrote im- portant taxonomic studies of the butterflies of the Antilles, dnza (with F. JOHNSON), Ascia, and Heliconius charitonius (with F. M. Brown). At the time of his death his monograph of the genus 4na and its near relatives was awaiting publication and has not yet appeared. This is the magnum opus of his life. Mr. Comstock joined the Lepidopterists’ Society in 1948; he was also a member of the New York (President 1943), Brooklyn, and Newark En- tomological Societies. His passing on 23 September 1956 in Neptune, New Jersey, came after a long illness. CHARLES L. REMINGTON 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 31 MINUTES OF THE NINTH ANNUAL MEETING Oh th EE PIDORTERISRS: SOCIETY The ninth annual meeting of the Lepidopterists’ Society was held at the Department of Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas, on 29-30 December 1958. At 10:40 A.M., 29 December, Dr. Ropertr E. Beer, Acting Chairman of the Department of Entomology, welcomed the group to the University. He gave a short talk on the history of the Department, emphasizing its tra- dition of summer collecting trips. “These trips have added tremendously to the fine Snow Entomological Collections. Dr. BEER discussed the interests of the present staff, and explained that the University of Kansas Department is oriented towards basic entomological research, while that of Kansas State College is oriented towards applied research. Dr. PAUL EHRLICH made some announcements and thanked Dr. F. W. PRESTON and Mr. Kent H. WI son for their tireless efforts on the prepara- tions for the meeting. He explained that the original meeting notices had been lost by the freight company en route to Colorado Springs for mailing, and the resultant necessity of sending out a late ‘““emergency’’ notice. Mr. J. Donatp Err, a member of the Society’s Executive Council, presided over the business meeting. The Treasurer’s report was read for Mr. Hesser. The Society operated in the black for the year by a small margin. There was considerable discussion of the financial situation of the society. It was moved and carried unanimously that “it is the consensus of this meeting that if it is necessary the dues should be raised to $5.00 per year for Regular Members.”’ (The minutes of the morning session were compiled from notes taken Dy Mr. P. S. Remincron). Dr. EnR.icuH presided over the afternoon session. He read the Presi- dential Address for Mr. N. D. Rirry (see this issue), and then gave a brief introduction to the symposium on “Ihe systematics of the skipper genus Megathymus and allies.” Contributors to this very interesting session were Mr. H. A. Freeman, who spoke on the generic classification of the Mega- tymide, and Mr. D. B. Sratiincs and Dr. J. R. TURNER, who discussed a selection of species. Following the symposium there was a lively round table discussion of “Modern techniques in systematics”, with introductory talks by Mr. Kent H. Witson on morphological studies, Dr. JouNn C. Downey on biological studies, and Mr. H. V. Daty on quantitative methods. After dinner Dr. Preston gave the group a demontration of the use of the University’s IBM 650 Digital Computer. This was followed by demon- strations of the integumental anatomy of butterflies by Mr. Writson and Dr. EHRLICH. The morning session of Tuesday, December 30, was chaired by Dr. Preston. The following papers were presented: 32 set 1B Minutes of Ninth Annual Meeting Vol.13: no.1 “A Florida Lepidoptera collecting trip.” Wutt1am H. Howe, Ottawa, Kansas. “Interesting aberrations collected in Colorado.’ Denver, Colorado. ‘‘A quick field method for putting comprehensive data on envelopes.” GeEorcE W. Byers, Dept. of Entomology, University of Kansas. “The problem of Problema.” P. S. RemiNcTon, St. Louis, Mo. ‘“Parasitism and its effect on polymorphism in the Lycenide.” JOHN C. Downey, Dept. of Zoology, Southern Illinois University, Car- bondale, Illinois. (Invitational paper) “The theory that Lepidoptera are able to remain as pupe over 1-2- or 3 years.” RAYMOND J. JAE, Denver, Colorado. “The value of labels.”’ Kent H. Witson, Dept. of Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. ) RAYMOND J. JAE, The afternoon of the 30th was occupied with an open house in the Entomology Department, lively trading of specimens, etc. The Annual Banquet was held the evening of the 30th. Following the banquet, slides by F. W. Preston and A. B. Kiots were shown. ‘The following members and guests were present: R. E. BEER, Mrs. R. E. Beer, R. BuCHMILLER, G. W. Byers, H. V. Daty, K. Dixon, J. C. Downey, J. D- Err, Mrs. J. D. Err, P. R. Eneiicu, Mrs. P: ROB eReier, Maria ETCHEVERRY, H. A. FREEMAN, J. R. Herrzman, Mrs. J. R. Hetrzman, W. H. Howe, R. J. Jaz, E. M. Kincn, N. Marston, J. K. NeEwLIn, F. W. Preston, Mrs. F. W. Preston, P. S. Remineton, C. P. SLATER, D. B. STALLINGS, Mrs. D. B. STALLINGS, JACK STARPINGS miaEE STALLINGS, J. R. TurNeER, K. H. Witson, Mrs. K. H. WItson. Respectfully submitted, Paut R. EHRLICH Secretary 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 33 REVIEWS PAE LEPIDOPTERA OF IRAQ, Revised Edition. By E. P. Wiltshire. 1957. 162 pp., 17 pls. (2 col.), 6 text-figs. Publisher: Nicholas Kaye, Ltd., London [available from E. W. Classey, 4 Church St., Isleworth, Mddx., England; price £2.5.0.]. For many years Mr. WILTSHIRE has collected and studied the Lepidop- tera of Iraq intensively. In 1944 the Government of Iraq published his first edition of this work as an agricultural bulletin, and since that time the num- ber of species definitely identified from Iraq doubled, more than 900 being known. A substantial number of these are species new to science, collected by Mr. WixtsuHireE and named primarily by H. G. Amsext, C. Boursrn, and WILTSHIRE himself. 136 species are butterflies, 302 Noctuide, 103 Geo- metride, 209 Pyralidide, and the remaining 288 scattered among the smaller families. Obviously this is a disproportionate number of butterflies, as is usual for an area not yet thoroughly collected. No Micropterygide, Eriocraniide, or Hepialide have yet been found in IIrag, and WILTSHIRE relates this to the aridity of the Middle East. “The number of Cossidz is large (15), in comparison to such groups as Arctiide (16), Hesperiide (19), and Vortrici- de (19). Of course very many more of the last family doubtless will be found, but the Cossidz will remain in larger proportion than in most other regious of comparable size. In an interesting Introduction it is shown that about one-half of the species are found only in mountains, about one-quarter only in the plains (z.e., below 1500’), and the remainder in both. ‘The text is principally a list of species, with brief comments on biotopes, phenology, foodplants where known, and the general distribution of each species. [en new species and subspecies are described. The excellent plates include two in color and three in half-tone showing spread specimens of the ten new entities and a few other species. Finally there are twelv plates of line-drawings, mainly of genitalia, reproduced from AMSEL’s plates which had been published in 1949 in the Bulletin de la Société Fouad I d’Entomologie. C. L. REMINGTON, Hope Dept. of Entomology, Univ. Museum, Oxford, ENGLAND WHE BUTTERFLIES OF MISSISSIPPI. By Bryant Mather & Kath- arine Mather. Tulane studies in Zoology, vol. 6: pp. 63-109, 6 figures. [ Price $1.00; available from: Meade Nat. History Library, Department of Zoology, Tulane University, New Orleans, 18, La., U.S.A. | This paper is one of the finest annotated state lists of Lepidoptera that has ever been published and deserves to be used as a model for future lists for other state and provinces. The authors, scouring Mississippi for about ten seasons, produced a majority of the specimens themselves. They have 34 REVIEWS Vol.13: no.1 gleaned additional records from every source they could discover. As a result, they present records of 122 species of butterflies from 189 localities in all of the 82 counties of the state. Only 13 of these species were not collected by the authors. “The Maruers have thus eliminated the largest void in the pub- lished knowledge of Nearctic butterfly geography, for the area between Georgia and Texas. Many new records for Alabama and Tennessee, mainly produced by CHERMOCK and ROoEVER, are a valuable supplement to the Mississippi core. An appendix to the list of 122 verified species is an in- formative commentary on 41 additional species which can reasonably be ex- pected in Mississippi. The total is therefore very large and reflects the wide faunal range, from the Upper Austral northeastern corner of the state (with such northern residents as Melitea gorgone, Incisalia augustinus, I. niphon, Colias philodice, Hesperia metea, Amblyscirtes vialis, and A. hegen) to the semi-tropical Gulf Coast (with Danaus gilippus, Heliconius charitonius, Pyrgus syrichtus, Hesperia attalus, Atrytone arpa, and Oligoria maculata, etc.) and with special habitats such as the salt marshes (with Panoquina pano- quin and probably Brephidium pseudofea). In a future revision of this list it would be of great value to have two or three half-tone plates showing one or more crisp photographs of several species whose Mississippi form would be of unusual interest, such as Strymon ontario, Mitoura gryneus, Incisalia henrici, Poanes yehl, Agraulis vanilla, Melitaa gorgone, Limenitis archippus, Wallengrenia otho, Atrytonopsis spp., and Atrytone dion. Readers of the Lepidopterists’ News will have seen the thorough popula- tion analyses by Mr. MaTHER of some of the most interesting Mississippi species: Papilio glaucus, Eurema daira, and Danaus plexippus. Similar data on forewing length and seasonal variation are tabulated in the list for Papilio cresphontes, Colias eurytheme, Phoebis senna, Eurema nicippe, and Poanes yehl; it would have been most interesting if the authors had been able to pro- vide such details for some other species such as Anthocaris genutia, and on the seasonal frequency of forms of Polygonia interrogationis and Phyciodes tharos. The treatment of migrants has been carefully documented, particularly with Vanessa cardui. As is essential for this irregular species, the precise year of each record is given. When this is done in several other regional lists, a pic- ture can be developed of the periodicity and extent of the migrations. For Danaus plexippus 1 fee Ithere is still a large uncertainty about its summer residency: the discovery of larvae in April, May, and even June does not prove that it is a permanent summer resident. Observations for July and early August will be necessary, and the precise locality is required for each date cited, especially for larve. Foodplant records and life historynotes are almost entirely lacking. One reason the MATHER paper is so significant is that numerous active specialists were freely consulted for the most difficult questions. —The MATHERS have usually given the view of each authority, and in several instances a fas- 11959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 35 cinating symposium of divergent views emerges, as for Incisalia henrici, Colias eurytheme, and Limenitis archippus. However, in a few other instances one wishes that equally full investigations had been made. Surely any grounds for retainng Limenitis astyanax as a race of arthemis are extremely weak, and ignore the biological evidence. The nomenclature is as current as possible. Fortunately, the confusions of the EvANs Catalogue did not get into the MATHER list. The format is attractive and the paper carefully edited. The use of quotation marks rather than italics, to distinguish forms from subspecies is most welcome. This device, long followed in the News, reminds the reader of the fundamental difference in kind between forms and aberrations on one hand and subspecies and species on the other. C. L. REMINGTON, Dept. of Zoology, Oxford University, Oxford, ENGLAND A CENTURY OF PROGRESS IN THE NATURAL SCIENCES. California Academy of Sciences. x + 807 pp., illus. San Francisco, 1955. [ Available from the Academy, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco 18, Calif., Pes. A. | This volume, published in celebration of the centennial of the California Academy of Sciences, contains a series of essays on developments of the past century in various branches of science. Not all fields are covered, but most groups of insects are treated in individual essays by specialists; here the emphasis is on the development of modern classification. The excellent brief review on “Lepidoptera” by Wm. T. M. Forsss is of course of particular interest; but to the lepidopterist the volume may be even more valuable for its summaries of groups with which he is less familiar. The essays on other groups of insects and on the classification of all groups of plants provide in- formation which can hardly be found elsewhere in such convenient form. Re- views of progress in biography, paleontology, and conservation are also valu- able, though these subjects have been treated more fully in other books. The scope of the essays is worldwide, but the book should be particularly interest- ing to Californians because of Ewan’s introductory chapter on early na- turalists in the state. PETER F. BELLINGER San Fernando Valley State College Northridge, Calif., U. S. A. 36 Vol.13: no.1 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA (Under the supervision of PETER F. BELLINGER) Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to lepid- opterists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended that every work on Lepidoptera published after 1946 will be noticed here; omissions of papers more than 3 or 4 years old should be called to Dr. BELLINGER’s attention. New genera and higher categories are shown in CAPITALS, with types in parentheses; new species and subspecies are noted, with type localities if given in print. Larval foodplants are usually listed. Critical comments by abstractors may be made. Papers of only local interest and papers from The Lepidopterists’ News are listed without abstract. Readers, particularly outside of North America, interested in assisting with this very large task, are invited to write Dr. BELLINGER (San Fernando Valley State College, Northridge, Calif., U.S.A.). Abstractor’s initials are as follows: [P.B.] — P. F. BELLINGER; [1-C.] — I. F. B. Common; [W.C.] — W. C. Cook; [A.D.] — A. DiaxonorF; [W.H.] — W. Hackman; [T.I.] — Taro Iwase; [J.M.] — J. Moucua; [E.M.] — E. G. Munroe; [N.O.] — N. S. Opraztsov; [C.R.] — C. L. Remincton; [J.T.] — J. W. TIEDEN = *[e.V-) — Pes sy VIEDRE: B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE Roenke, W., “Attacus dohertyi dammermani nov. subspec., and some notes concerning the genus Attacus L. (Lepidoptera Heterocera, Family Saturniide).” Zool. Meded., Leiden, vol. 22: pp. 49-56, 2 pls. 1953. New ssp. from W. Sumba. Records names so far applied to populations of 4. atlas, by localities, & suggests that most are indi- vidual variations; notes on a specimen of A. crameri from Flores. [P. B.] Roepke, W., “Four lasiocampids from Java (Lepidoptera WHeterocera).” Tijdschr. Ent. vol. 96: pp. 95-97, 1 pl. 1953. Describes as new Gastropacha acutifolia (Perba- wattee); MICROPACHA (monobasic), M. kalisi (Mt. Ardjuno, Djunggo, 1500 m., E. Java). Redescribes Taragama proserpina (n. spp?), previously SEO only from New Guinea. [P.B.] Roepke, W., “Some new or little known Lepidoptera from Indonesia and New Cues lie Tijdschr. Ent., vol. 97: pp. 257-262, 1 pl., 4 figs. 1954. Describes as new: (Saturniide) Actias manas groenendaeli (Mataloko, 1000 m., central Flores) ; (Nyctemeride) Nyctemera regalis (1200 m., central Flores), N. floresicola (Hua Besi, 700’ m., central Flores), iV: timorensis (Soé Timor) ; ’ (Noctuidz) Taviodes javanica (W. Java). Notes on Nyctemera SPP. Paranagia rufostrigata, Melipotis kebea borneensis, & Sarbanissa albifascia. [P. B Roepke, W., “The species of the genus Spilosoma Steph. in Java (Lep. Arctiide).” O. S. R. -Publ. no. 41: 7 pp., 1 pl. 1954. Describes as new S. toxopei (Wanasari, near Bandung, W. Java), S. holopheum (Tyjibodas, 1400 m., Gedeh, W. Java), S. xanthosoma (Patuhawattie, 1750 m., W. Java). Annotated list of 12 other spp., with systematic notes. [P. B. Roepke, W., “The butterflies of the genus Delias Hubner (Lepidoptera) in Nether- lands New Guinea.” Nova Guinea, n. s., vol. 6: pp. 185-260, 4 pls. 1955. Describes as new D. lecerfi cyclosticha (Rattan Camp), D. abrophora (L. Paniai, 1750 m.), D. geraldina siderea (Araucaria Camp), D. g. vaneechoudi (Wissel Lakes, 1750 m.), *D. hypomelas fulgida (Sigi Camp, 1500 m.), D. h. lieftincki (Ibele Camp, 2250 m.), D. argentata (Ibele Camp), D. sphenodiscus (Araucaria Camp, 800 m.), D. cuningputi ibelana (Moss Forest Camp, 2600-2700 m.; Ibele Valley, 2220-2300 m.), D. aroa balimensis (Balim Valley, 1650-1700 m.), D. eichhorni antara (Moss Forest Camp, 2700 m.), D. e. germana (Moss Forest Camp & Ibele Camp, 2250- 2850 m.), D. e. heliophora (Arabu R.), D. carstensziana alcicornis (L. Habbema, 3300 m.), D. leucobalia ericetorum (L. Habbema, 3000-3250 m.), D. catisa aurostriga (Ibele Camp, 2250m.), *D. c. wisseliana (L: Paniai, 1700 m.), *D. toxopez (Ibele Camp, 2250 m.), D. ¢t. morosa (Arabu R. Valley, 1800 m.), D. nais holophea (Rat- tan Camp, 1200 m.), *D, zebra (Ibele Valley, 2200-2300 m.), *D. mesoblema flavis- triga (Moss Forest Camp), D. m. arabuana (Arabu R., 1800 m.), D. luctuosa arch- boldi (Moss Forest Camp, 2700-2800 m.), D. callista callipareia (Ibele Valley, 2200- 2300 m.), D. hapalina amena (Ibele Valley, 2250 m.), D. h. adnexa. (Arabueke 1800 m. Ws D. campbelli microleuca (Lower Mist Camp, 1450-1600 m.), *D. phippsi 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 37 wisseli (Arabu R., 1800 m.), D. rosamontana (Ibele Valley, 2200-2300 m.), D. -kummeri fumosa (Araucaria R. Camp, 800 m.), D. ligata interpolata (Sigi Camp, 1450-1500 m.), D. alepa orthobasis (Mist Camp, 1800 m.), D. wollastoni bryophila (Moss Forest Camp, 2700-2800 m.), D. discus apodiscus (Araucaria R., 700-800 m.), D. catocausta nigerrima (probably “headwaters of Andreae R.”), D. marieé walshe (Ibele Valley, 2250 m.), *D. m. boschmai (Arabu R., 1800 m.), D. mira autumnalis (Moss Forest & Ibelle Valley, 2200-2700 m.), D. m. hiemalis (above Arabu R. Camp, 2200 m.), D. klosst chrysanthemum (Moss Forest, 2600-3000 m.), *D. meeki hypochrysis (several localities), *D. m. hypozantha (Balim Valley, 1700- 2000 m.), D. parennia (Araucaria Camp, 800 m.). Also names some “forms.” The paper is based on an unfinished manuscript by Toxopeus, and the new names (except those marked with an asterisk) should apparently be credited to him. 53 spp. and numerous sspp. are recorded, with descriptive notes on those already known; distribution is discussed at length, and biology & flight habits are described when known. The extraordinary development of the genus in New Guinea is re- vealed by the fact that the collections on which this paper is based were made in only 2 rather small areas; the present total of 72 species in the island will very likely increase still further. [P. B.] Roepke, Walter, ‘‘Weitere Untersuchungen tiber die stidostasiatische Gattung Trabala Walk. (Lasiocampide)” [in German]. Zeitschr. Lepid., vol. 3: pp. 143-150, 1 pl., 4 figs. 1955. Desribes as new JT. bhatara (NE Sumatra, ‘‘Battakberge stidl. Deli’), T. sugata (Mt. Maquiling, 50 m., Philippines). Briefly describes additional material of known spp. from China (especially T. vishnow) & Sumatra. [P. B.] Roepke, W., “Some new or little known Lepidoptera from Indonesia and New Guinea, Il.” Tijdschr. Ent., vol. 99: pp. 23-30, 2 pls. 1956. Describes as new: (Saturniide) Actias selene vandenberghi (Pangkalan Brandan, Sumatra); (Noctuide) A patele javanica (Tjibodas, 1400 m., W. Java); Elusa orion (MacCluer Gulf, Bintuni Bay, R. Tisa, New Guinea); PSEUDOSICCIA (monobasic, Erastriine), P. lichen- aria (Tyjibodas, 1400 m., W. Java); Sarrothripus javanus (Mt. Lawu, central Java); Hypetra modista (Samarinda, SE Borneo). Notes on Gadirtha cuprescens fakfakensis, ee pryeri, Savara longipectinata, Anomis dealbata, & Hyblea joiceyi. [P. Ronninger, a “Rin bisher unbekanntes Cecidium in Niederoésterreich. Biologie und systematische Stellung des Erzeugers dieser Galle, der Gelechiide furfurella Stgr.” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 40: pp. 177-183, 4 figs. 1955. Transfers furfurella from Gelechia to Caulastrocecis. Redescribes adult & describes gall, on Aster linosyris. [P. B.] Rosier, J. P., “Notes on Lepidoptera. 1. A new Charaxes from Java. II. Metamorphosis of some Javanese butterflies.’ O. S. R.-Publ., no. 35: pp. 1-4, 4 figs. ?1953. De- scription of C. scylax, thought at the time to be unnamed. Describes early stages of Poritia erycinoides, on Castanea argentea. [P. B.] Ross, Edward S., “Proposed use of the Plenary Powers to validate the generic name Dictyoploca Jordan, 1911 (Class Insecta, Order Lepidoptera) by suppressing the name Dictyoploca Krauss, 1911 (Class Insecta, Order Embioptera).” Bull. zool. Nomencl., vol. 15: pp. 80-83. 1957. Requests conservation of former name & its type, simla. EP: Be] Rougeot, P. C., “Description d’une nouvelle espéce de saturniide du Gabon et de ses premiers états” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol. 19: pp. 224-227, 3 figs. 1950. Describes as new Tagoropsis genovief@ (Oyem, Gabon) ; describes larva & pupa. Distinguishes Tagoropsis & Pseudantherea in early stages. [P. B.] Rougeot, P.-C., “Description d’une nouvelle espéce de saturniide du Gabon” [in French ]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol. 21: pp. 112-114, 3 figs. 1952. Describes as new Micragone martine (Oyem, Gabon). [P. B.] Rougeot, P. C., “Sur les attacides éthiopiens décrits par Joh.-Christ. Fabricius’ [in French. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol. 26: pp. 187-188. 1957. Note on some species of Ethiopian saturniids described by Fabricius, chiefly Bombyx irius. [P. V.] Rousseau-Decelle, G., “Contribution 4 l’étude des Papilio de la faune Indo-Océanienne” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol. 51: pp. 128-133. “1946” [1947]. Describes as new P. epyades camilla (Hoa Bihn, Tonkin), P. ascalaphus haliaetus (locality unknown). Names 17 “forms”. [P. B.] Rousseau-Decelle, G., & F. L. Johnson, “Note sur une sous-espéce nouvelle de Charaxes africain (Lep. Nymphalide)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol. 62: pp. 151- 153, 1 pl. 1957. Description of the ssp. C. boueti ghanaensis, a new ssp. from Vane, South British Togoland. [P. V.] 38 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.1 Rozhkov, A. S., “Larch and cedar races of Dendrolimus sibiricus Tshetw.” [in Rus- sian]. Rev. Ent. URSS, vol. 36: pp. 72-74, 1 fig. 1957. Genitalia characters. [N. O.] Rungs, Ch., “Notes de lépidoptérologie maracaine (xv): Noctuide nouvelles” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Sct. nat. Maroc, vol. 25/27: pp. 328-332, 1 pl. 1949. Describes as new Antitype boursini (Bou Ouchane, 20 km. SW of Mogador, Morocco) ; Cleophana chabordis mogadorensis (near Mogador) ; Amphipyra pyramidea berbera (Ifrane, Middle Atlas, Morocco); also a new “form” of Sesamia vuteria. [P. B.] Rungs, Ch., “Notes de lépidoptérologie marocaine (xvi): descriptions et notes cri- tiques” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Sci. nat. Maroc, vol. 28: pp. 142-166, 2 pls. 1950. Describes as new Euchloe tagis atlasica (N. Middle Atlas, 1900 m.); Melitea aurinia ellisoni (Ifrane, Middle Atlas, 1650 m.); Euxoa hastifera marocana “Bour- sin & Rungs” (Ifrane); Dasypolia templi powelli (Ifrane), D. ferdinandi haroldi (Ifrane) ; Eumichtis susica (Ain Chaib); Sidemia dimorpha (Ail Melloul, S. of Agadir); Caradrina (Paradrina) danieli (Mogador-Safi Rd.); Axia vaulogeri iblis (Sidi Oueddar); Ortholitha feliciaria hebes (Ifrane); Boarmia umbraria mimeur: (Ifrane); Selenia lunaria gamra (Ifrane valley, 1550 m.), Yaragama regraguei (Ain Chaib); also several ‘forms’. Notes on variation, distribution, etc. of other spp. (Papilionide, Danaide, Noctuide, Geometride, Zygaenide, Cossidz). 2. IB] Rungs, Ch., “Un nouvel arctiide tunisien (Lep.)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol. 56: pp. 99-101, 1 fig. 1951. Describes as new Manas chneouri (Sbeitla, central Tunisia) ; keys to separate sp. from M. breveti & M. joycei. [P. B.] Rungs, Ch., “Deux nouvelles Cuculliane marocaines (Len. Phalenide)” fin French]. C. R. Soc. Sci. nat. Maroc, vol. 18: pp. 137-139, 2 figs. 1952. Describes as new Metopoceras driss (Mestigmeur, NE Morocco); Allophyes powell: (ifrane; larva on Crategus). [P.B.] Rungs, Ch., “Notes de lépidoptérologie marocaine (XVIII). Nouvelles formes et espéces rares du Maroc” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Sci. nat. Maroc., vol. 31: pp. 75-92, 7 figs. 1952. Describes as new Agrotis (Powellinia) baetica “race” variata (Ait Melloul), 4. b. “race” mateui (Rio de Oro, Poso Yerifia) ; Ochropleura candelisequa zernyl (Taanezoult); Saragossa seeboldi maroccana (Sangal); Cucullia bubaéeki nokra (Mestigmeur) ; Xylena lunifera buckwelli (Ifrane, 1650 m.); Apamea arabs boursini “Powell & Rungs” (Oued Djdida); Heterographa piingeleri occidentalis (Maajez); Toxocampa cracce riata (Bab Taka Pass, S. of Taza); Phigalia buck- well: (Ifrane, 1650 m.); Parasa thamia (“Vallée de l’oued Cherrat”’); Hypopta vaulogeri meirleirer (N. of Sidi Srhir). Notes on identity & distribution of other Moroccan spp. (Pieride, Noctuide, Geometride, Cosside, Pyralide, Blastobasida, Gelechiide, Micropterygide). [P. B.] Rungs, Ch., ‘‘Notes de lépidoptérologie marocaine (XXII). Nouvelles additions a la faune marocaine; descriptions; observations sur la répartition ou l’écologie de cer- taines espéces” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Sci. nat. phys. Maroc, vol. 36: pp. 277-298, 6 figs. “1956” [1957]. New additions to the lepidopterological fauna of Morocco, notes on the distribution or the ecology of some spp. with descriptions of new spp. & sspp.: Ochropleura atlas (Middle Atlas) ; Xylocampa areola srira (Ait Melloul) ; Simyra albovenosa africana (NW Morocco); Cerura bifida beida (near Agadir) ; Notodonta ziczac reisseri (Rif). [P. V.] Sailer, Reece I., “Common names of insects approved by the Entomological Society of America.” Bull. ent. Eoc. Amer., vol. 1, no. 4: pp. 1-34. 1955. Lists economically im- portant insects by common & scientific names; also gives approved common names for higher groups. Inadvertently validates the generic name ANAGASTA (for ae kiihniella) & possibly other new names as well. List of proposed additions. (ian: Salmon, J. T., “New species of New Zealand Lepidoptera.” Trans. Roy. Soc. New Zealand, vol. 83: pp. 573-576, 2 pls. 1956. Describes as new Melanchra meridiana (Portobello & Dunedin), M. boldensis (Bold Peak, Lake Wakatipu) (Noctuidz) ; Azelina gallaria venustula (Little Barrier Island) (Geometride) ; Bactra flammea (Upper Hollyford Valley, 3,000 ft.) (Tortricide); & Archyala homerica (Homer Cirque) (Tineide). Photographs of types; genitalia not described or figured. [I. C.] Sanford, Leonard J., & Neville H. Bennet, “New Delias from the central highlands of New Guinea (Lepidoptera, Pieride).” Entomologist, vol. 88: pp. 1-4, 1 pl. 1955. Describes as new D. gilliardi (Mt. Wilhelm, Bismarck Mts., 9500 ft.), D. hallstromi (Mt. Hagen, 7500-12,000 ft.) ; D. mira roepke: (Mt. Hagen), D. doylei (Kup, 5000- 7000 ft.) ; all figured in color. [P.B.] - 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 39 Schitze, Eduard, ‘“Eupithecien-Studien I. (Lep. Geom.). Vier deutsche impurata- Rassen” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 36: pp. 164-170, 1 pl. 1952. Describes as new E. 1. gremmingerata (Wutach region, Black Forest), FE. i. badiniata (Kaiserstuhl, Baden), E. 1. langeata (Zschopautal, Saxony), E. 1. germanicata (Eder- see/Waldeck). Populations of this sp. are isolated; 3 of above races are said to breed true when reared under varying conditions (on Campanula spp.). [P. B.] Schtitze, Eduard, “Eupithecien-Studien II (Geometride). Zur Frage der Artberechti- gung von Eufithecia pyreneata Mab.’ [in German]. Zeitschr. Lepid., vol. 2; pp. 177-187, 1 map. 1952. Distinguishes between this sp. & E. pulchellata. 8 geni- talia are indistinguishable, but there are differences in egg, larva, & adult; former sp. is confined to Digitalis ambigua & latter to D. purpurea. [P. B.] Schiitze, Eduard, “Eupithecien-Studien VII und VIII” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 41: pp. 306-320, 328-339, 3 pls., 13 figs. 1956. Describes as new sub- genus DIETZEA (type E. semigraphata), E. (D.) semigraphata gravosata (Gra- yvosa, Dalmatia), FE. (D.) impurata thiiringiata (Blankenstein, Thiringen), E. (D.) 7. franconiata (Pottenstein, Frankischer Jura), E. (D.) subumbrata iliata (Gouldscha, Fergana), FE. (D.) limbofasciata “Dietze spec. nov.” (no evidence that sp. was described by Dietze) (Alexander Mts., N. Tibet), E. (D.) orphnata fer- ghanata (Gouldscha, Ferghana). Revises semigraphata group (Dietzea) wiith de- scriptive notes, especially on E. pecilata & E. exactata. Notes on biology of spp. of this subgenus (larve on Campanula, or polyphagous). Descriptive notes also on E. mesogrammata, E. lithogrammata, E. undulifera, & E. harenosa. [P. B. | Schulte, Adolf, “Chiasma clathrata hoénei ssp. nov. (Lep., Geom.)”’ [in German]. Bonner zool. 'Beitr., vol. 5: p. 156, 3 figs. 1954. Type locality Tapaishan in Tsinling, S. Shensi, 1700 m., China. [P. B.] Schwingenschuss, Leo, “Eine fur Osterreich neue Zygena in Niederosterreich. Peuwce- danophila (Zygena) [sic!] cynare Esp. und ihre Formen” [in German]. Zeitschr. qwiener ent. Ges., vol. 36: pp. 135-137. 1952. Describes as new P. c. austriaca (Theyernerhohe, near Herzogenburg) ; notes on variation in sp. Eee Bal Schwingenschuss, Leo, “Interessante Heterocerenformen aus meiner Sammlung” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 39: pp. 218-219. 1954. Describes as new (very briefly) Rhyacia LEASE piemonticola (Col di Sestriere, Piedmont) ; Eupithecia egenaria amurensis (“Radde am Amur’), E. distinctaria piemonticola (Col di Sestriere); Minoa murinata lutea (Tuapse, Caucasus, & Crimea; ‘Form (oder spp.?)”’). Also names several “forms” (Notodontide, Geometride). [P. B.] Schwingenschuss, Leo, “Nachtrage und Berichtingungen zu den Lepidopterenfaunen des Libanon, Grossen Atlas, Irans und Neubeschreibungen” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 40: pp. 225-231. 1955. Describes as new Eupithecia spissilineata libanotica (Lebanon); Rhyacia candelisequa atlantivolans (High Atlas); Scoto- gramma pugnax atlantis (High Atlas); Eupithecia santolinata barbaria (no local- ity); Rhyacia elegans iranica (Iran); Auchmis comma demavendi (Demavend, Tran) ; Anaitis annexata iranica (Iran). Some other new names may be valid (e.g., after brief description of Middle Atlas race of Bryophila pyrenea, “Boursin wird diese spp. tachdirta benennen”). Also names several “forms’’. Systematic notes on papers by Zerny on Lepidoptera from Lebanon & from Atlas Mts., & by Schwingen- schuss on Lepidoptera from Iran (citations incomplete). New entities very briefly described, without figures or mention of type specimens or type localities. One may pardon the author of this most unsatisfactory paper, since it was published after fp Hae it is hard to forgive the editor for permitting it to appear in this form. PB. Sevastopulo, D. G., “The genetics of East African Lepidoptera—VII.” Entomologist, vol. 90: pp. 255-257. 1957. Dasychira aprepes reduced to “form” of D. daphne as a result of breeding experiments; 2 other “forms” named. [P. B.] Sheljuzhko, Leo, “Uber die Ubertragung von Aberrationsnamen auf Subspezies” [in German]. Mitt. miinchner ent. Ges., vol. 46: pp. 291-303. 1956. Disapproves of ele- vation of names given to aberrations to subspecific rank, at least in cases where name was originally given to a form which is aberrant in the subspecies; thinks latter should receive new name. Discusses 4 cases in which aberrational name was elevated, thereby changing its meaning, & proposes new names for 2 sspp.: Hyperm- nestra helios hyrcana, & Parnassius nomion irkutskensis. The cases discussed are unfortunate, but by the present rules the new names are junior synonyms, respec- tively, of persica Rothschild & dis Bryk & Eisner (authorities for these names are the authors who first treated them as being of subspecific rank). [P. B.] 40 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.1 Shirézu, Takashi, “Butterflies.” Im Kihara, H., ed., Fauna and flora of Nepal Hima- laya, vol. 1: pp. 317-381, 4 pls., 77 figs. Kyoto: Fauna and flora research society. 1955. List of 16 Papilionide, 15 Pieride, 6 Danaide, 1 amathusiid, 21 Satyridz, 39 Nymphalide, 5 Riodinide, 33 Lycenide, & 7 Hesperiide; with references, notes on distribution & habitat, & some systematic notes. Figures many adults & some ¢ genitalia (especially of Satyride & Lycenide). Names an aberration of Byasa polyeuctes letincius. [P. B.] Shirozu, Takashi, ‘New or little known butterflies from the north-eastern Asia, with some synonymic notes. III.” Sieboldia, vol. 1: pp. 229-236, 5 pls. 1955. Describes as new Colias erate formosana (Pianan-anbu, 1810 m., Taihoku Pref., N. Formosa) ; Hestina assimilis shirakii (Yuwan, Amami-Oshima), H. japonica seoki (Kyosho, Kiesho-nondo, S. Korea); Bremeria nycteis pallescens (Chung Chan, Manchuria). Places Pantoporia hirayamai as ssp. of Tacorea opalina. [P. B.] Shirozu, Takashi, “A new Pithecops from the Tsushima Islands, Japan (Lepidoptera, v ycenide).” Sieboldia, vol. 2: pp. 35-37, 1 pl., 5 figs. 1957. Describes as new P fulgens tsushimana (Susuna-mura, Tsushima Islands; larve on flowers of Desmo- dium racemosum). Figures series of new & typical races. [P. B.] Shirozu, Takashi, “An unrecorded thecline butterfly from Formosa (Lepidoptera, Lycenide).” Szeboldia, vol. 2: pp. 41-42, 1 pl. 1957. Describes as new Wagimo slugerit insularis (vicinity of Musha, central Formosa): [P. B.] Shirozu, Takashi, “Iwo new subspecies of Erebia niphonica Janson from Honshu, Japan (Lepidoptera; Satyride).” Szeboldia, vol. 2: pp. 39-40, 1 pl. 1957. Describes as new E. n. shibutsuana (Mt. Shibutsu, Gumma Pref.), E. 2. sugitanii (Kiso- Komagadake, 2950 m., Kisu Mts., Nagano Pref.). [P. B.] Shirozu, Takashi, & Hideho Yamamoto, “Systematic position of the genus Curetis (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera).” Sieboldia, vol. 2: pp. 43-51, 15 figs. 1957. Proposes new family CURETID for this genus; describes pupa & ¢ genitalia, & points out differences from Lycenide in all stages. Genus shows some riodinid characters & is regarded as transitional to “Nymphalides”.. [P. B.] Sieder, Leo. “Zweite Vorarbeit tiber die Gattung Solenobia (Lepidopt., Psychide- Taleporine). Gen. nov. PRASSOLENOBIA. Subgen, nov. Solenobia SOLENOBIA Zeller. Spec. nov. Sol. Brevantennia saxatilis’ [in German]. Zettschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 39: pp. 241-254. 1954. Describes as new PRAESOLENOBIA (type Psyche clathrella); S. (B.) saxatilis (Rattendorfer Alm, Karnisch Alps, 1100-1400 m.). Formally erects “typical” subgenus SOLENOBIA, selecting S. manni as subgenero- type; this is unfortunately impossible, since manni was not included in Solenobia when genus was erected (by Duponchel, not Zeller). Lists spp., with their distribu- tion; describes 92 of S. manni,; repeats original descriptions of S. clathrella & S. manni, & Zeller’s description of Solenobia. Notes on identity of some other spp. es | Sieder, Leo, “Dritte Vorarbeit tuber die Gattung Solenobia (Lepidopt., Psychide- Taleporiine). Spec. nov. Sol. Solenobia meieri. Bericht 1954 tiber Solenobien” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 40: pp. 4-9. 1955. Describes as new S. (S.) mezert (Gaberl, Styria, 1300 m.); larval cases mostly found on larch trunks. Records spp. collected in 1954. [P. B.] Sieder, Leo, & Friedr. Loebel, “Wissenwertes tiber die Gattung Epichnopterix Hb. (Lep. Psychide)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 39: pp. 310-327, 1 pl. 1954. Repeats original descriptions of genus & some spp.; redescribes & figures central European spp. known to authors. E. pulla is stated to be the generotype, although pulla was not originally included in the genus and the name was not originally applied to the species for which it is used here; this action avoids drastic name changes, but is unfortunately illegal. [P. B.] Sieder, Leo, ‘“‘Erster Beitrag zu: ‘Wissenwertes tber die Gattung Epichnopterix Hb. (Lep. Psychide)’. Epichnop. kovdcsi spec. nov.” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 40: pp. 157-164. 1955. New sp. described from “Budaérs Csiki-hegyek” (Hungary). Discusses distribution & phylogeny in genus. Gives list of European spp., with distribution & notes on larval cases. [P. B.] Sieder, Leo, “Zwei neue Taleporia-Subspecies aus dem Pannonicum. Talep. tubulosa gozmdnyi ssp. nov. Talep. politella széczi ssp. nov.” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 40: pp. 204-206. 1955. New sspp. described from “Bulgaria C. Stani- maka”, & “Buda6érs Csiki-hegyek” (Hungary), respectively. [P. B.] Sieder, Leo, “REISSERONIA gen nov. (Lepidoptera, Psychide)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 41: pp. 162-170. 1956. Type of new genus is Epic- 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 41 nopterix tarneriella; genus also includes E. hoffmanni & Rebelia nigrociliella. Re- describes these spp. [P. B.] Sieder, Leo, ‘“Vierte Vorarbeit liber die Gattung Solenobia Z. (Lepidopt., Psychide- Taleporiine). Die Nachuntersuchungsergebnisse der acht Typen van Solenobia Sol. alpicolella Rebel. Solenobia Sol. meierella spec. nov. Neue Solenobienarten aus der Schweiz (Dr. W. Sauter, Ziirich)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 41: pp. 192-204, 218-225. 1956. Describes as new S. meierella (Kosmatica, 1500 m., Karawanken, Carinthia, Austria). Redescribes §. alpicolella (=meteri Sieder, new synonym); describes biology. Reproduces paper by Sauter (1954) describing Swiss Solenobia spp. Lists spp. of Solenobia. [P. B.] Silver, G. T., “Separation of the species of arborvite leaf miners in New Brunswick (Lepidoptera: Yponomeutide and Gelechiide).”’ Canad. Ent., vol. 89: pp. 97-107, 26 figs. 1957. Distinguishes Argyresthia thuiella, A. aureoargentella, A. freyella, & Recurvaria thujaella, in larval, pupal, & adult stages; points out differences in min- ing patterns. [P. B.] Soffner, J., “Die mitteleuropdischen Phycitine (Mikrolepidoptera)” [in German]. Mitt miinchner ent. Ges., vol. 46: pp. 61-81, 42 figs. 1956. Key to 36 genera, based mainly on wing venation (figured). Describes characters of subfamily, & technique for examining venation.[P. B.] Soffner, Joseph, ‘“‘A new tortricid from Morocco: Semasia lucasiana sp. nov.” [in Ger- man & English]. Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol. 69: pp. 192-193, 1 pl. 1957. Taken near Ifrane. [P. B.] van Someren, V. G. L., “Revisional notes on Lepidochrysops (Lycenide: Lampidine) of Kenya and Uganda, with descriptions of new species and subspecies” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Afr., vol. 20: pp. 58-78, 2 pls. 1957. Describes as new L. pterou suk (Lacheliba Suk, Kenya), L. neonegus borealis (N. Acholi, Madi Opei, Uganda), L. budama (Tororo Hills, Uganda), L. jacksont (Tororo Hills), L. labwor (Kara- moja, Aremo, Uganda), L. lukenia (Athi River Ridge (Kathini Ridge), Kenya), L. elgone moyo (NE Aberdares, Moyo Ridge, Kenya), L. jansei (Mbagathi Ridge, E. Ngong Hills, Kenya). Figures new entities, & nominotypical races of new sspp., in color (both sexes & both surfaces). List of 9 other spp. known from this area, with notes on distribution. [P. B.] Sourés, B., “Contribution a |’étude des lépidoptéres de la Tunisie. Famille Axiidz (Cimeliide)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Sci. nat. Tunisie, vol. 4: pp: 30-41, 4 pls. 1951. Describes & figures all stages of Axia vaulogeri. Notes on the other 5 spp. of this Mediterranean genus & family. Foodplants Euphorbia spp. [P. B.] Sperry, John L., “Two apparently new geometrid species from the Southwest.” Bull. southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 48: pp. 41-45. 1949. Describes as new Racheospila noél (Borrego, Calif.) ; Chlorochlamys fletcheraria (Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument, Arizona). [P. B.] Sperry, John L., “Four South American geometrid moths apparently undescribed.” Bull. southern Calif. Acad. Sct., vol. 50: pp. 159-163. 1951. Describes as new Callipia brenemane (Yungas del Palmar, 2000 m., Bolivia) ; Spargania randalle (Pudahuel, Chile); Salpis clarkei (Cajon del Maypo, Santiago Prov., Chile Cordillera, El Canelo) ; & a “form” of Callipia constantinaria. [P. B.] Sperry, John L., “Notes on the genus Glena Hulst and description of new species. Lepidoptera, Geometridz.” Bull. southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 51: pp. 71-78, 13 figs. 1952. Describes as new G. mcdunnougharia (Granite Wells, San Bernardino Co., Calif.), G. thomasaria (S. Fork of Little Colorado R., White Mts., Arizona), G. minor (Montague Co., Texas); “G. kirkwoodaria, var.n.” (var. of G. inter- punctata). Notes on interpunctata, quinquelinearia, & pexata. [P. B.] Stallings, Don B., & J. R. Turner, “Four new species of Megathymus (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera, Megathymide).” Ent. News, vol. 68: pp. 1-17, 4 pls. 1957. Describes as new M. allie (15 miles W. of Cameron, Arizona; foodplant Agave utahensis), M. judithe (Hueco Mts., Hueco, Texas, 5300 ft.; foodplant Agave parryi), M. carls- badensis (head of Yucca Canyon, Guadeloupe Mts., Carlsbad Cavern National Park, New Mexico, 5470 ft.; foodplant Agave parryi & perhaps A. chisosensis), M. florencee (Davis Mts., Ft. Davis, Texas, 6200 ft.; foodplant Agave sp., young specimens). Notes on spp. of meume@geni group. [P. B.] Stempffer, H., “Note sur Lysandra thersites (Cantener) et Polyommatus icarus ab. icarinus (Scriba)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1947: pp. 41-44, 4 figs. Compares these very similar forms; gives localities for former [P. B.] Stempffer, H., “Contribution 4 l’étude des Lycenide de la faune éthiopienne” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol. 56: pp. 119-128, 5 figs. 1951. Describes as new 42 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.1 Deudorix (Hypokopelates) tenuivittata (Ituri district, Irumu, Belgian Congo), D. (Virachola) vansomereni (Teita Hills, Kenya); Hypolycena amanica (Amani, Usambara) ; Jolaus bolissus gabonensis (Port Gentil); Epamera nolaensis (Nola, Haute Sangha, Fr. Congo), E. 2. amanica (Amani, Usambara); Uranothauma vansomerent (Makueni, 3500 ft., 80 miles S. of Machakos, Ukamba district, Kenya). Gives first description of 2 2 of Deudorix leonina & Anthene talboti. Note on “form” of Hypolycena buxtoni. [P. B.] Stempffer, H., “Contribution a l’étude des Lycenide (Lep.) de la faune éthiopienne” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol. 57: pp. 114-121, 1 pl. 2 figs. 1952) De- scribes as new Epamera emulus apatosa (20 miles S. of Mombasa); Euchrysops jacksoni (Madi Opei, N. Acholi, Uganda); Termoniphas fumosa (Chang, Camer- oons) Describes @ of Deudorix violetta. Notes on Liptena congoana, Syntarucus jeanneli, S. babaulti, Azania sitalces (=rubropuncta). [P.B.] Stempffer, H., “Lépidoptéres récoltés par A: Barbezat au cours de l’expedition lyonnaise 1951 au Garhwal. II. Lycenide” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol. 21: pp. 181-184. 1952. Annotated list of 13 spp., with descriptive notes on Albulina metallica & related spp. [P. B.] Stempffer, H., “Contribution a létude des lépidoptéres Lycenide de |’Afrique équa- toriale’ [in French]. Ann. Mus. Roy. Congo belge, Sci. Zool., vol. 49: 52 pp., 31 figs., 3 pls. 1956. Contribution to the study of the lycenids of equatorial Africa. Describes as new Liptena flavicans equatorialis, L. f. katera, L. stempfferi kigezi; Eresina bergeri, E. maesseni, E. katangana, E. saundersi, E. fontainei, E. rougeoti, E. theodori, E. conradti; TOXOCHITONA (type species: gerda Kirby); Epi:tola decellei; Deudorix kayonza; Epamera fontainei; Zeritis fontainei; Chloroselas over- laeti, Thermoniphas fontaine, T. kigezi, T. cerulea, T. albocerulea. Notes on some other Saja. (2 Wo) Stempffer, H., “Lycenides”, in Les lépidoptéres de Ll’ Afrique noire francaise [in French]. Inst. franc. Afrique noire, Initiations africaines, vol. 14, no. 3: 228 pp., 331 figs. 1957. This volume of the series “Initiations Africaines’”’, ‘published by the Institut Francais d’Afrique Noire, Dakar, is devoted to the Lycenide of West Africa, and intended, like the series as a whole, for amateurs. In spite of the great knowledge of the author and of the value of his study, I think that it will be difficult to determine correctly a lycenid from West Africa, for an amateur, with this book, chiefly because of the absence of keys of determination. This publication could have been a useful catalogue, if the author had been able to give the refer- ences to original descriptions and the synonyms. [P. V. Stempffer, H., “Un nouveau Lycenide (Lepidoptera)” [in French]. Mem. Inst. franc. Afrique noire, vol. 48: pp. 207-208, 2 figs. “1956” [1957]. Description of a new lycenid from the National Park of Niokolo-koba in Senegal, French West Africa: Hypolycena condaminti. [P. V.] Stempffer, H., & N. H. Bennett, ‘“‘A revision of the genus Teriomima Kirby (Lepidop- tera: Lycenide).” Bull. Brit. Mus. (nat. Hist.), Ent., vol. 3: pp. 77-104, 7 pls. 1953. Describes as new BALIOCHILA (type Liptena aslauga), B. barnesi (Minchi Valley, Manica, SE Trop. Africa), B. neavei (Mlanje, Nyasaland), B. dubiosa (Ochweni Forest, near Witu, Br. E. Africa), B. myase (Mlanje, Nyasaland), B. fragilis (Meru, 6000 ft, Kenya), B. minima amanica (Amani, Tanganyika), B. lipara (Mlanje, Ny- asaland), B. singularis (Durban, S. Africa); CNODONTES (type Durbania pal- lida), C. vansomereni (Migori Valley, 4200 ft., S. Kavirondo, Kenya). Redescribes Teriomima, the 6 spp. left in this genus, 5 spp. assigned to Baliochila, & the type of Cnodontes; gives present generic assignment of 22 spp. formerly placed in Terzo- mima. Revision based on 6 genitalia, since external appearance is too variable for reliable determination. [P. B.] Sterace, Luciano, “Ropaloceri dell’Africa orientale—VIII. Su alcune Pieride, can descriziono di nouve forme (Lep. Rhop.)” [in Italian]. Ann. Mus. civ. Stor: nat., Genoa, vol. 68: pp. 335-350. 1956. Describes as new Colotis pleione antinorii (Ma- haluonz, Abyssinia) ; also several ‘“‘forms’’. Records of 20 pierids from E. Africa, with notes on distribution & variation. [P. B.] Storck, E., “Les Erebias francais. Un essai de classification” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1947: pp. 2-6, 1 fig. Presents suggested phylogeny (of living spp.), bas- ing conclusions in large part on habitat & behavior. [P. B. Sugi, Sigero, “Notes on Mocis ancilla Warren (Noctuide, Catocaline)” [in Japanese; English summary ]. Trans. lep. Soc. Japan, vol. 8: pp. 17-18, 4 figs. 1957. Confirms occurrence in Japan; compares M. ancilla with M. annetta, figuring @ genitalia. [P. B.] 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 43 C. MORPHOLOGY Arnold, J. W., “The hemocytes of the Mediterranean Flour Moth, Ephestia kiihniella Zell. (Lepidoptera: Pyralide).” Canad. Journ. Zool., vol. 30: pp. 352-364, 18 figs. “1952” [1953]. Describes & figures blood cell types, & describes their development & their frequency in different stages. Spheroidocytes, most abundant type in prepupal stage, serve then for fat accumulation. [P. B.] Arvy, Lucie, “Histologie comparée de l’organe leucopoiétique juxta-alaire chez quelques lépidoptéres” [in French]. Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol. 79: p. 165. 1954. Abstract. Arvy, L., & L. Coupin, “Presentation d’un élevage de Malacosoma neustria (lépidop- tere Lasiocampidz) et d’anomalies du sang chez cet insecte”’ [in French]. Bull. Soc. z00). France, vol. 77: p. 230. 1952. Avinoff, Andrey, “An analysis of color and pattern in butterflies of the Asiatic genus Karanasa.’ Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 31: pp. 321-332, 2 pls. 1950. Presents charts classifying color and pattern types; discusses evolution of some elements. A by- product of the revision of Karanasa by Avinoft & Sweadner. [P. B.] Balazuc, J., “Une anomalie chez Papilio podalirius L. (Lep. Papilionide)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol. 51: p. 149, 2 figs. 1947. Figures specimen with notched forewings, probably caused by tight pupal birdle. [P. B.] Barth, Rudolf, “O orgao odorifero dé um macho do género Eriopyga (Lepidoptera, Noctuidez, Hadenine)” [in Portuguese & German]. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, vol. 49: pp. 599-640, 8 pls. 1951. Describes scent organ on abdomen of ¢ E. lamptera. ee Bs] Barth, Rudolf, ‘““Esteudos sébre os 6rgaos odoriferos de alguns Hesperiide Brasilieros” [in Portuguese & German]. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, vol. 50: pp. 423-556, 14 pls. 1952. Describes general structure of scent scales in Hesperiide; structure of scent scales & wing areas which bear them in ¢ ¢ Hylephila phyleus,, “Thymelicus” vibex, “Hesperia” syrichtus, Heliopetes arsalte, & Eudamus simplicius,; metathoracic scent organs of “Chiomara” gesta, Diphoridas phalenoides, Pellica bromias, Pachis geometrinus, Myscelus epigona, “H.” syrichtus, & H. arsalte; & scent scales of @ Ebrietas ecliptica. Notes on sexual behaviour & use of scent by Hesperiide. [P. B.] Barth, Rudolf, “Os o6rgaos odoriferos masculinos de alguns Heliconiine do Brasil” [in Portuguese & German]. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, vol. 50: pp. 335-422, 9 pls. 1952. Describes location & structure of scent scales on wings of some spp. of “Dione” [A graulis], “Colenis”’ [Dryas], Eueides, & Heliconius. [P.B.] Barth, Rudolf, “Consideracoes gerais sObre os 6rgaos odoriferos sexuais dos machos dos lepidopteros” [in Portuguese & German]. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, vol. 51: pp. iveZOZe eel t953. 2 scent generally functions to attract ¢ ¢; 4 scent, as a stimulus to mating. Notes constancy of type of scent organ in some groups of Lepi- doptera, & species-constancy in fine structure. Scent organs of nocturnal Lepidoptera are in general more concentrated, complex, & evolved than those of diurnal spp. Figures types of scent scales in some Nymphalide. [P. B.] Barth, Rudolf, “Estudos sébre as placas das glandulas de céra da lagarta de Tolype serralta (Lepidoptera, Lasiocampide)” [in Portuguese & German]. Mem. Inst. Os- waldo Cruz, vol. 51: pp. 262-275, 3 pls. 1953. Describes paired wax-secreting glands on under surface of 1st, 3rd, & 8th larval abdominal segments. [P. B.] Barth, Rudolf, “O 6rgao odorifero abdominal do macho de Caligo arisbe Hbn. (Lepi- doptera, Brassolide)”’ [in Portuguese & German]. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, vol. 51: pp. 203-226, 5 pls. 1953. Describes scent organ on abdomen & apparatus for scent distribution on hind wing (@). [P.B.] Barth, Rudolf, “Orgaos odoriferos masculinos do algumas Syntomide Brasilieras (=Ctenuchide; Lepidoptera)” [in Portuguese & German]. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, vol. 51: pp. 227-262, 7 pls. 1953. Describes small @ scent scale areas on fore- leg of Cosmosoma ignidersia & on hind wing of Androcharta diversipennis (both of which mate in daytime), & complex scent organ of @ C. auge (which mates at mmedne) LP. B. | Barth, Rudolf, “Estudos histolégicos das células glandulares dos insetos peconhentos. I. Os 6rgaos urticantes da lagarta de Automeris incisa Walker (Lepidoptera, Hemi- leucide)” [in Portuguese & German]. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, vol. 52: pp. 93-124, 8 pls. 1954. Describes urticating hairs & associated unicellular poison glands of anya Ee. B: | Barth, Rudolf, “Estudos histolégicos nas células glandulares dos insetos peconhentos. II. Os é6rg4os urticantes da lagarta de Megalopyge albicollis superba Edwards (Lepi- 44 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.1 doptera, Megalopygide)” [in Portuguese & German]. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, vol. 52: pp. 125-147, 4 pls. 1954. Describes hypodermal poison glands, automatic “pump”, & urticating hairs of larva. [P. B.] Barth, Rudolf, “Estudos sobre os Orgaos odoriferos de alguns Hesperiide Brasilieros. 24. parte: estudos histologicos” [in Portuguese; German & English summaries]. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, vol. 52: pp. 261-285, 5 pls. “1954” [1955]. Describes scent organs of metathoracic apophyses of Sebaldia busirus, Pellicia bromias, P. polyctor, Heliopetes arsalte, & “Hesperia” syrichtus. Organs associated with hair pencils on hind tibia. [P. B.] Barth, Rudolf, “O orgao odorifero do macho de Mocis repanda Fabr., 1794 (Lepidop- tera, Noctuide, Sarrothripine)” [in Portuguese & German; English summary]. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, vol. 52: pp. 287-314, 8 pls. “1954” [1955]. Describes structure & operation of scent organs on 1st & 3rd pairs of legs. [P.B.] Barth, Rudolf, & José Lobo Junquiera, “Estudos histologicos nas células glandulares dos insetos peconhentos. III parte: Sébre as areas glandulares da lagarta de Sibine nesea (Stoll-Cramer, 1781) (Lepidoptera, Eucleide)” [in Portuguese & German; English summary]. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, vol. 52: pp. 497-516, 6 pls. “1954” [1955]. Describes poison apparatus of larva. Glands on 7th & 8th abdominal seg- ments open by spiny projections of body wall, which break off & work their way into tissue of animal touching them. [P. B.] Barth, Rudolf, “Estudos histologicos das células glandulares dos insetos peconhentos. IV parte: As cerdas dos espinhos da lagarta de Sibine nesea”’ [in Portuguese & German]. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, vol. 54: pp. 359-372, 7 figs. June 1956. De- scribes urticating spines on warty projections of larva, & associated poison glands (these are separate from structures described in last paper). [P.B.] Barth, Rudolf, “Maennliche Duftorgane Brasilianischer Lepidopteren. 13. Mitteilung: Die Fluegeldruesen einiger Phegopterine (Arctiide)” [in German; Portuguese sum- mary]. An. Acad. Brasil. Cienc., vol. 28: pp. 321-331, 15 figs. 1956. Describes scent glands of Melese cruenta, Bertholdia specularis, & Paranerita campos-portoi (on forewing), & of Automolis juvenis (on hind wing). [P.B.] Barth, Rudolf, “Maennliche Duftorgane Brasilianischer Lepidopteren. 14. Mitteilung: Phellinodes zikani Prout (Geometride)” [in German; Portuguese summary]. Az. Acad. Brasil. Cienc., vol. 28: pp. 333-340, 7 figs. 1956. Describes scent gland & hair pencil on fore leg. Summarizes distribution of scent organs of ¢@ @ of 5 subfamilies of Geometridz, each of which seems to have characteristic types. [P.B.] Barth, Rudolf, “Maennliche Duftorgane Brasilianischer Lepidopteren. 15. Mitteilung: Lampostrola pascuala Schs. (Arctiide, Lithosiine)” [in German; Portuguese sum- mary]. An. Acad. Brasil. Cienc., vol. 28: pp. 341-355, 18 figs. 1956. @ has 3 types of scent glands: on hind wing, under 6th abdominal! tergite, & under 7th abdominal sternite; all are described. [P. B.] Barth, Rudolf, “Maennliche Duftorgane Brasilianischer Lepidopteren. 16. Mitteilung: Metalobosia cuprea Schs. (Arctiide, Lithosiine)” [in German; Portuguese summary]. An. Acad. Brasil. Cienc., vol. 29: pp. 129-140, 16 figs. 1957. Describes abdominal scent organ of ¢. [P.B.] Barth, Rudolf, “Maennliche Duftorgane Brasilianischer Lepidopteren. 17. Mitteilung: Illice fasciata Schs. (Arctiide, Lithosiine)” [in German; Portuguese summary]. Az. Acad. Brasil. Cienc., vol. 29: pp. 141-152, 15 figs. 1957. Describes @ scent organs on both wings & in abdomen. [P. B.] Barth, Rudolf, “Os tubos abdominais dos machos de alguns Arctiide e Ctenuchide do Brasil” [in Portuguese; German summary]. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, vol. 54: pp. 499-515, 21 figs. “1956” [1957]. Describes scent organ in form of bristle-bearing eversible tubes with glandular area, opening ventrally between 8th & 9th abdominal segments of ¢, in Aclytia heber & Delphyre suffusa (Ctenuchide), & in Eucereon discolor & Galethalea pica (Arctiide). [P.B.] Barth, Rudolf, “Ueber die Hautdrusen des Maennchens von Odozana obscura Schs. Arctiide, Lithosiine)” [in German; Portuguese summary]. Rev. Brasil. Biol., vol. 17: pp. 97-114, 24 figs. 1957. Describes 9 sets of dermal glands; 1 appears to be rudimentary, 2 probably secrete substances preventing evaporation or mingling of other secretions, & 6 produce sexual odors, perhaps all different & used in successive stages of courtship. [P. B.] Beams, H. W., & Everett Anderson, “Light and electron microscope studies on the stri- ated border of the intestinal epithelial cells of insects.” Journ. Morph., vol. 100: pp. 601-619, 5 pls. 1957. Study on larve of Malacosoma. [P.B.] 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 45 Bittner, A.. “Untersuchungen tber den Proventriculus der grossen Wachsmotte (Gal- leria mellonella L.)” [in German]. Wiss. Zeitschr. Univ. Greifswald, vol. 3: pp. 519-531, 9 figs. “1953/1954”. Describes morphology, histology, & function of proven- triculus. Bibliography of 149 titles on G. mellonella. [P.B.] de Boer, S., “Bilateral gynandromorph van Lymantria dispar L.” [in Dutch]. Ent. ibepeente, vol. 13: p. 236, 1 fig. 1951. Brunold, E., “Die Entwickung des weiblichen Genitalapparates von Solenobia tri- quetrella wahrend des Puppenstadiums. (Vorlaufige Mitteilung)” [in German]. Revue suisse Zool., vol. 62: pp. 208-210, 4 figs. 1955. Preliminary account of develop- ment of 2 genitalia. [P.B ] de Buen, Ana Maria, “Algunas observaciones sobre la citologia de las glandulas protoracicas de Halysidota carye Warr. (Lepidoptera)” [in Spanish]. An. Inst. Biol., Mexico, vol. 20: pp. 465-472, 13 figs. 1949. Study of histology of prothoracic gland & changes in nuciear form during last 2 larval instars. [P. B.] E. DISTRIBUTION & PHENOLOGY Adamczewski, Stanislaw, “On faunistic changes caused by the war in Warsaw’ [in Polish; English summary]. Bull. ent. Pologne, vol. 18: pp. 268-275. 1948. Gives some observations on the fauna of Warsaw (mainly Lepidoptera), made in the ruins of the city and its environs during World War II. [J.M.] Allan, P. B. M., “Sterrha serpentata Hufnagel in England.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol. 67: pp. 76-79. 1955. History of confusion over identity of this sp. [P. B.] Allan, P. B. M., “The Middle Copper.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol. 68: pp. 68-73. 1956. On possible surviving colony of Lycena virgauree in Britain. [P. B] Allard, H. A., & E. C. Leonard, “Animal life of the Cabin Mountain — Stony River Dam area.” Proc. W. Virginia Acad. Sci., vol. 24: pp. 31-35. 1953. Includes records of 23 spp. of butterflies. [P.B.] Alberti, Burchard, “Notiz tber Hesperia armoricanus Obthr. in Oberbayern” [in Ger- man]. Zeitschr. Lepid., vol. 1: p. 126. 1951. H. a. disjuncta locally common in Bavaria, ~P.B.] Alberti, Burchard, “Eine Lepidopteren-Ausbeute aus Stidost-Polen” [in German]. Zeitschr. Lepid., vol. 2: pp. 51-58. 1953. Describes Zamosc area in SE Poland; an- notated list of some 150 macros. [P. B.] Amsel, Hans-Georg, “Die Deutsche Afghanistan-Expedition 1956 der Landessammlun- gen fur Naturkunde in Karlsruhe” [in German]. Beitr. Naturkundl. Forsch. Siid- westdeutschland, vol. 16: pp. 5-29, 3 pls.. 1 map. 1957. Report of expedition; some notes on Lepidoptera. [P. B.] “An Old Moth Hunter” [P. B. M. Allan], “Hadena blenna Hiibner in England.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol. 64: pp. 174-177. 1952. Perhaps a native, though local, sp. (not taken in 90 years) ; notes on biology. [P. B.] “An Old Moth Hunter” [P. B. M. Allan], ““A matter of coppers.” Ext. Rec. G& Journ. Var., vol. 69: pp. 157-158. 1957. Notes recent northward spread of Lycena virgauree in Europe; suggests that climate has changed enough to permit survival of this extirpated sp. in Britain at present. [P. B.] Ander, Kjell, “Paralispa gularis Zell. (Lep. Pyr.), en for Sverige ny forradsskadeinsekt” [in Swedish; German summary]. Opusc. ent., vol. 16: p. 64. 1951. New Swedish record; a pest in candy factory. [P. B.] Anonymous, “Immigrant insect records for the year 1951.” Proc. Hawaiian ent. Soc., vol. 14: pp. 537-538. 1952. Includes Stenoptilia parva, new to Hawaii. [P.B.] Anonymous, “Immigrant insect records for the year 1953.” Proc. Hawaiian ent. Soc., vol. 15: p. 371. 1954. Includes Blepharomastix acutangulalis, new to Hawaii. [P.B.] Anonymous, “Cucullia fraudatrix Ev., in N. O.” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., Vienna, vol. 2, no. 3: p. 6. 1955. New record for Austria. [P. B.] Anonymous, “Sammelanweisungen” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 39: pp. 91-93, 133-135, 173-174, 206-208, 237-239, 269-271, 300-303, 364-368. 1954. Notes on where to find interesting spp. throughout the season in lower Austria. [P.B.] Armitage, H. M., “Current insect notes.” Bull. Calif. Dept. Agric., vol. 44: pp. 164-166. 1955. Mentions the spread of the Oriental Fruit Moth (Grapholitha molesta) in Caltrornia. [J.T .] Ash, John, “Records of Lepidoptera from an area in Berkshire in 1949.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol. 62: pp. 85-88, 93-96. 1950. 296 spp. of Macrolepidoptera recorded. Pe. B. | 46 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.1 Augustin, J. L., “Capture de lépidoptéres dans les Basses Pyrénées” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 15: pp. 134-135. 1956. List of ‘Rhopalocera’ (only 4 ‘Heterocera’ are cited) from the western Pyrenees. The nomenclature is generally old. [P. V.] Aubert, Jacques-F., ‘‘Une géométride nouvelle pour la faune francaise: Entephria (Cidaria auct.) contestata Vorbr. (Note préliminaire)” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol. 21: pp. 226-227, 4 figs. 1952. New French record; figures holotype & allotype. [P. B.] Badham, Russell, ‘Some records from the Lundi District, Southern Rhodesia.” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol. 17: pp. 86-89. 1954. Lists 57 butterflies from this area, and Cyrestis elegans (new to South Africa) from Transvaal. [P.B.] Baeta Neves, C. M., “Deux especes nouvelles pour l’entomofaune portuguaise: Evetria tessulatana Stgr. (Lepidoptera — Tortricide) et Crasos septentrionalis L. (Hymen- optera — Tenthredinide)” [in French]. Bol. Soc. portuguesa Ciénc. nat., vol. 15: pp. 56-59, 1 pl., 3 figs. 1947. New records for Portugal. [P. B.] Baeta Neves, C. M., “A propésito das Ultimas contribucoes para o estudo da entomo- fauna de Portugal. Apontamentos para a sua bibliografia” [in Portuguese]. Bol. Soc. portuguesa Ciénc. nat., vol. 16: pp. 107-133. 1948. Summary of work on insect fauna of Portugal since 1941, with bibliography. [P. B.] Baker, B. R., “Burghfield Common today.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol. 67: pp. 53-56. 1955. Present fauna of a well-known English locality. [P. B. ] Baker, B. R., “Light at Studland.” Ext. Rec. S Journ: Var., vol: 69> pps 35-57 loon Late summer moth collecting on Dorset coast. [P. B.] Balfour-Browne, Frank, “The aquatic Coleoptera of the western Scottish islands with a discussion on their sources of origin and means of arrival.” Ent. Gaz., vol. 4: pp. 79-127. 1953. Gives information suggesting that many Lepidoptera of these islands are recent or regular immigrants; strongly opposes Beirne’s view that most of fauna must have arrived by land bridges. [P. B.] Bank, G., jr., “Merkwaardige vlindervangsten in 1955 (Lep.)” [in Dutch]. Ent. Be- UMUC YO, WSs jo 133. W956. Barbezat, A., ‘“Lépidoptéres récoltés par A. Barbezat au cours de l’expedition Lyonnaise 1951 au Garhwal. I. Introduction et description de la région explorée” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol. 21: pp. 127-134, 1 map. 1952. General description of region & notes on butterflies at various stations on the Alaknanda River & its tributaries. [P. B.] Barbotin, M. F., “Le bombyx processionnaire du pin dans le Morbihan (Cuethocampa pityocampa Schiff)” [in French]. C. R. Sect. Sci. Congr. Soc. savantes, 1951: pp. 79- 83, 1 map. 1952. Note on range extension in France, biology, & control. [P.B.] Baynes, E. S. A., “Polychrisia moneta Fabr., (Golden Plusia) in Ireland.” Ext. Gaz., vol. 4: p. 286. 1953. Second record; species perhaps newly established. [P.B.] Baynes, E. S. A., “The Lepidoptera of Glenageary, Co. Dublin.” Ent. Gazette, vol. 8: pp. 151-160. 1957. Annotated list. Beirne, Bryan P., “Zoogeographical significance of distributional changes in British Macrolepidoptera.” Trans. Roy. ent. Soc. London, vol. 107: pp. 117-123. 1955. Be- lieves that long-term climatic changes are responsible for population fluctuations not attributable to human agency. Maintains that present ranges of Britsh species may properly be used to deduce origin and history in Britain of these species, since only about 3% are known to have undergone such fluctuations. [P. B.] Benander, Per, “Elf ftir Schweden neue Kleinschmetterlinge (Lep.)” [in German]. Opusc. ent., vol. 17: pp. 63-64. 1952. 11 new spp. of micros for Sweden (in Coleo- phora, Bedellia, Elachista, Phalonia, Nemophora, Argyresthia, Euxanthis, Incurwaria, Monochroa). [P.B.] Benander, Per, “Catalogus insectorum Suecie. Additamenta ad pars VI. Méicrolepi- doptera.” Opusc. ent., vol. 18: pp. 89-101. 1953. List of spp. & localities, supple- mentary to original catalogue of Swedish micros; 75 spp. are added, bringing Swedish list to 1470 (14 doubtful). [P.B.] Bentinck, G. A., “Nieuwe en zeldzame Lepidoptera in 1953” [in Dutch; English sum- mary]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 15: pp. 286-287. 1955. Duoryctria mutatella new to Holland. Notes on rare spp.; names “ab.” of Coleophora fuscedinella. [P.B.] Bentinck, G. A., “Vangsten van zeldzame Lepidoptera in 1954” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 15: pp. 393-394. 1955. Records of rare spp. in Hol- land.e es: Bentinck, G. A., “Vangsten van zeldzame Lepidoptera in 1955 en enige faunistische mededeelingen” [in Dutch]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 16: pp. 139-140. 1956. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 47 Bentinck, G. A., “Vangsten van zeldzame Lepidoptera in 1956” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 17: p. 128. 1957. Berezina, V. M, “Izmeneniya vy sostave 1 chislennosti vrednoy pochvennoy entomofauny pod vlianiem preobrazovaniya Kamennoy stepi” [in Russian; Changes in the body and number of the injurious insect fauna as a result of the reconstruction of Kamen- naya Step’]. Ent. Obozrenie, vol. 32: pp. 3-14. 1952. Observations in Voronezh region; mentions Euxoa tritici. [N.O.] Berger, L. A., “Mission E. Janssens et R. Tollet en Greéce (juillet-aoat 1953). Lepi- doptera — Rhopalocera. Families: Papilionide, Pieride, Libytheide, Lycaenidea, Hesperiide” [in French]. Bull. G Ann. Soc. ent. Belg., vol. 91: pp. 349-352. 1955. Annotated list of 28 spp.; descriptive notes on specimens of Parnassius mnemosyne athene. [P.B.] Berger, L. A., “Contribution a l’étude de la faune entomologique du Ruanda-Urundi. — Lepidoptera Heterocera” [in French]. Ann. Mus. Congo Belge, Tervuren, Zool., vol. 51: pp. 440-441. 1956. List of a small collection of Macroheterocera from Ru- anda-Urundi (Belgian Congo). [P. V.] Bernardi, G., “Lepidopteres Pieride recoltes au Cameroun par C. de Raemy” [in French]. Bull. Inst. franc Afr. noire, ser. A, vol. 17: pp. 185-190, 3 figs. 1955. An- notated list of 5 spp.; discusses distribution of sspp. of Psewdopontia paradoxa. | P.B.] F. BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES Blair, K. G., “Some records of Gelis Thunberg (=Pezomachus Gravenhorst) (Hym., Ichneumonide).” Ent. mo. Mag., vol. 87: pp. 194-195. 1951. Records various spp. as parasites of Depressaria heracliana, Coleophora lutipenella, and hyperparasites of some macrolepidoptera (primary parasites listed). [P.B.] - Blais, J. R., “The relationship of the Spruce Budworm (Choristoneura fumiferana, Clem.) to the flowering condition of Balsam Fir (Abies balsamea (L.) Mill.).” Canad our. Zool. vol. 30: pp. 1-29, 11 figs. 1952. Populations are larger on flowering trees, which are preferred for oviposition; they provide sites for hiber- nacula (in flower scars) & a succulent food source in early spring (staminate flowers). Larval development was accelerated when pollen was included in diet, & retarded if larve were forced to eat old growth exclusively. [P. B.] Blanchard, Everardo E., “Descripcion de un himenoptero (Braconide) parasito de Riculoides gallicola sp. nov.” [in Spanish]. An. Soc. cient. Argentina, vol. 154: pp. 78-80, 1 fig. 1952. Parasite reared from new sp. of tortricid described by Pas- trana in adjoining paper. [P.B.] Blest, A. D., “The function of eyespot patterns in the Lepidoptera” [in English; German summary]. Behaviour, vol. 11: pp. 209-256, 14 figs. 1957. Demonstrates that large eyespot patterns (such as those of Nymphalis 10) release escape responses in birds, & that small eyespot patterns direct the attacks of birds toward themselves. The responses of the birds are innate; the former response, at least, may be sup- pressed after experience with edible butterflies which have eyespots. The protective value of eyespots, either in frightning predators or in directing their attacks to parts which are not vital, seems well established. [P. B.] Blickenstaff, C. C., K. D. Arbuthnot, & H. M. Harris, “Parasites of the European Corn Borer in lowa.” lowa State Coll. Journ Sct., vol. 27: pp. 335-379, 9 figs. 1953. Lists numerous parasites of Pyrausta nubilalis, & discusses their status in Iowa, biological motes. '[/P. B:] Blickenstaff, Carl C., “The nature of damage to field corn by the Corn Earworm, Heliothis zea (Boddie), and the Fall Armyworm, Laphygma frugiperda (A. and S.).” lowa State Coll. Journ. Sci., vol. 32: pp. 133-135. 1957. Abstract. Blunck, H., “Zur Kenntnis des Massenwechsels von Pieris brassice L. mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Durrejahres 1947” [in German]. Zeitschr. angew. Ent., vol. 32: pp. 141-171, 5 figs. 1950. Analysis of factors producing fluctuations in numbers of P. brassice and P. rape: weather, parasites of various stages. In the hot, dry summer of 1947 both species produced complete third generation in Germany. [P. B.] Blunck, H., ‘“Parasiten und Hyperparasiten von Pieris rape L.” [in German]. Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankh., vol. 58: pp. 25-54, 14 figs. 1951. Describes early stages & biology of Apanteles rubecula, & gives notes on 2 other parasites of P. rape; notes on para- sitization of A poria crategi. [P.B.]| Blunck, H., “Zur Kenntnis der Hyperparasiten von Pieris brassice L. 4. Beitrag: Gelis cf. transfuga Forst. 5. Beitrag: Hemiteles simillimus sulcatus. Die Metamorphose” 48 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.1 [in German]. Zeitschr. angew. Ent., vol. 33: pp. 217-267, 26 figs.; pp. 420-459, 43 figs. 1951; 1952. Morphology and biology of these hyperparasites attacking A pan- HATA, Wee 1B] Blunck, Hans, “Zur Kenntnis der Hyperparasiten von Pieris brassice L. 6. Beitrag: Gelis corruptor Forst. und Gelis faunus Forst.” [in German]. Beitr. Ent., vol. 2: pp. 94-109, 3 figs. 1952. Morphology & biology of G. corruptor, parasite of A pan- teles; lists alternative hosts, including Lepidoptera. [P. B.] Blunck, Hans, “Uber die Schliipfzeit der Falter bei Aporia crategi L. und Pieris bras- sice L.” [in German]. Zool. Anz., vol. 151: pp. 237-252, 10 figss953) Agultcnor A. crategi emerge at any time; in P. brassice there is a strong peak of emergence in morning hours. Time of emergence not controlled by light, temperature, or humidity; suggests that it is associated with greater ionization of air in morning. peasy] Blunck, Hans, “Mikrosporidien bei Preris brassice L., ihren Parasiten und Hyperpara- siten” [in German]. Zeitschr. angew. Ent., vol. 36: pp. 316-333, 15 figs. 1954. Nosema polyvora and other microsporidians attacking the P. brassice host-parasite complex. [P. B.] Blunck, Hans & Margot Janssen, “Zur Kenntnis von Hemiteles melanarius Grav. (Ichn.). Ein Fall des Ubergangs vom Ekto- zum Endoparasitismus” [in German; English summary]. Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankh., vol. 64: pp. 600-606, 2 figs. 1957. Describes biology of parasite of Pieris brassice & many other insects. [P. B.] Behm, F., “Lysandra hylas ab ovo” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1947: pp. 33-36. Describes early stages & rearing on Anthyllis vulneraria. [P.B.] Boer Leffef, W. J., ‘“Lepidopterologische opmerkingen” [in Dutch]. Ext. Berichten, vol. 14: pp. 361-362. 1953. Rearing notes on Rhyparia purpurata, & other miscel- laneous notes. [P. B.] Bogush, P. P., “Sexual activity and duration of periods connected with oviposition in the Beet Armyworm” [in Russian]. Trudy Inst. Zool. Parasitol. Akad. Nauk Uzbek- skoi SSR, vol. 1: pp. 457-464. 1954. Laphygma exigua. [Not seen]. Bogush, P. P., “Parasites of the Cotton Boll-worm Chloridea obsoleta F. (Lepidoptera, Agrotide) in Turkmenistan” [in Russian; English summary]. Rev. Ent. URSS, vol. 36: pp. 98-107. 1957. Boldaruev, V. O., ‘“‘Parasity sibirskogo shelkopryada (Dendrolimus sibiricus Tshtv.) v Vostochnoy Sibiri” [in Russian; Parasites of Siberian lasiocampid in eastern Si- beria]. Ent. Obozrenie, vol. 32: pp. 56-68, 3 figs. 1952. Lists 22 parasites (Hymen- optera & Diptera). Describes external characters of some of them. [N.O.] Boldaruey, V. O., “Fertility and food specialization of the Siberian Moth (Dendrolimus sibiricus Tshtv.)” [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn., vol 34: pp. 810-821. 1955. [Not seen]. Bollmann, Hans-Gunther, “Die Raupen mittleleuropdischer Pyraustine (Lepidoptera: Pyralide)” [in German]. Beitr. Ent., vol. 5: pp. 521-639, 255 figs. 1955. Describes external morphology; gives keys to larve of subfamilies of Pyralide, genera of Py- raustine, & spp. of these genera. Describes larve of 47 of some 90 central European spp., and a few exotic spp. An impressive work. [P. B.] Bonhomme, Ch., “Contréle histologique du systeéme nerveux des chenilles de noctuides paralysées par les ammophiles” [in French]. Bull. Acad. Sci. Lettres Montpellier, no. 78/81: pp. 32-34. 1952. Effects of wasp venom on central nervous system of noctuid larve (species not named). [P. B.] Boucly-Urison, M., “La chenille de Galleria mellonella L. et son évolution entre deux mues successives” [in French]. Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol. 76: pp. 171-177, 3 figs. 1951. Describes changes in appearance & behaviour which take place in the course of a single larval instar) see b: Bourgogne, Jean, “Les lépidoptéres” [in French]. Nature, Paris, no. 3194: pp. 175-181, 5 pls., 13 figs. 1951. Interesting popular account of biology. [P.B Bourquin, Fernando, ‘““Metamorfosis de Syssphinx molina obtusa Strassberger 1952. Lep. fam. Adelocephalidz” [in Spanish; English summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol. 7: pp. 403-408, 1 pl. 2 figs. 1949. Describes & figures egg & larva; also figures adults & @ genitalia. Foodplant Erythrina cristagalli. [P.B.] Bourquin, Fernando, “Nota sobre la metamorfosis de Lineodes hamulalis Hamps. (Lep. fam. Pyraustide)” [in Spanish; French summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol. 7: pp. 419-422, 1 pl., 4 figs. 1949. Gives figures of all stages & setal pattern of larva; foodplant Cestrum parqui. [P.B.] Bourquin, Fernando, ‘Notas sobre la metamorfosis de Aciftilia alternaria Zeller 1874. Lep. fam. Pterophoride” [in Spanish; French summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol. 7: 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 49 pp 415-417, 1 pl., 1 fig. 1949. Gives figures of all stages & larval setal pattern. Foodplant Echium plantagineum. [P.B.] Bourquin, Fernando, “Notas sobre la metamorfosis de Arrhenophanes perspicilla (Stoll) 1790 (Lep. fam. Arrhenophanide” [in Spanish; English summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol. 7: pp. 409-413, 1 pl., 3 figs. 1949. Describes & figures larva & pupa & figures adults. Larve live in cases attached to Polyporus sp. & made of fragments of the fungus, which is the probable foodplant. [P. B.] Bourquin, Fernando, “Notas sobre la metomorfosis de Chlanidoptera patagiata Berg 1877. Lep. fam. Arctiade” [in Spanish; English summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol. 7: pp. 393-394, 1 pl., 3 figs. 1949. Describes & figures larva & pupa & figures adults; foodplant Chlorea piquichen. [P.B.] Bourquin, Fernando, “Notas sobre la metamorfosis de Cucullia heinrichi Kohler 1949. Lep. fam. Cuculliane” [in Spanish; French summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol. 7: pp. 401-402, 1 pl., 4 figs. 1949. Describes & figures larva & pupa & figures adult; foodplant Lantana camara. [P.B.| Bourquin, Fernando, “Notas sobre la metamorfosis de Eugliphys bridarolliana Kohler 1949. Lep. fam. Lasiocampide” [in Spanish; French summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol. 7: pp. 385-391, 1 pl, 3 figs. 1949. Describes & figures all stages; foodplant Ocolia acutifolia. [P.B.] Bourquin, Fernando, “Notas sobre la metamorfosis de Heliconius phyllis F. 1775. Lep. fam. Heliconiide” [in Spanish; French summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, vol. 7; pp. 395-399, 1 pl., 2 figs. 1949. Describes & figures all stages; foodplant Passiflora cerulea. [P.B.] Bovey, Paul, “Un nouveau ravageur en Europe: l’écaille fileuse (Hyphantria cunea Drury)” [in French; German summary]. Schweiz. Zeitschr. Forstwesen, vol. 105: pp. 1-12, 2 pls., 1 fig. 1 map. 1954. European distribution, biology, & control. [P. B.] Bowden, S. R., “Interrupted imaginal development: experiments on pupz of Pueris napi.” Entomologist, vol. 88: pp. 107-108. 1955. Return of pupz to cold storage after period at room temperature resulted in crippling of some adults. [P. B.] Box, Harold E., “Palpozenilla palpalis (Aldr.), a tachinid parasite of sugar cane moth borers (Castnia and Diatrea).’ Proc. Hawaiian ent. Soc., vol. 14: pp. 485-490, 2 figs. 1952. Brazzel, J. R., & D. F. Martin, “Behaviour of Pink Bollworm larve.” Journ. econ. Ent., vol. 48: pp. 677-679. “1955” [1956]. Studies in infesting cotton bolls with eggs of Pectinophora gossypiella showed that larve were cannibalistic, and that they could also, when newly hatched, move to other bolls and become established. [W. C.] Brazzel, J. R.. & D. F. Martin, “Oviposition sites of the Pink Bollworm on the cotton plant.” Journ. econ, Ent., vol. 50: pp. 122-124. 1957. Eggs mostly on vegetative parts of cotton plant for first 6 weeks; more eggs on vegetative than on fruiting part until August. Pectinophora gossypiella. [W.C.] Break, Jaroslav, “Hepialus lupulinus L. Skudce konvalinek v prazskych zahradkach” [in Czech]. Ochrana Rostlin, vol. 23: pp. 236-238, 3 figs. 1950. Larve found in Prague as pests of roots of Lily-of-the-Valley. [J.M.] Break, Jaroslav, ‘“Motyli naSich raSelinist’” [in Czech]. Ochrana Prirody, vol. 5: pp. 77-80. 1950. Gives some information about Lepidoptera of peatbogs in Czechoslo- vakia, without precise localities. [J.M.] Breeland, S. G., “Winter studies on the Armyworm, Pseudaletia unipuncta, in Ten- Messcee: bwil. ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 3: p. 32. 1957. Abstract. Bretherton, R. F., “The occurrence of double broods among moths in north-west Surrey.” Ent. Gaz., vol. 4: pp. 287-295. 1953. In Macrolepidoptera and Pyralide. Broekhuysen, G. J., ‘““The ‘Potato Grub’ (Agrotis sp.). A serious pest of potatoes on the island of Tristan da Cunha.” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol. 12: pp. 96-108, 3 figs. 1948. Biology and control of Peridroma porphyrea. [P.B.] Brower, Jane Van Zandt, “Experimental studies of mimicry in some North American butterflies.” Nature, vol. 180: p. 444. 1957. Shows effectiveness of mimetic resem- blance of Limenitis archippus to Danaus plexippus, and of Papilio troilus & P. poly- xenes to Battus philenor, using jays as predators. [P. B.] Brower, Lincoln P., & Jane Van Zandt Brower, “Cryptic coloration in the anthophilous moth Rhododipsa masoni.” Amer. Nat., vol. 90: pp. 177-182, 2 figs. 1956. Brightly colored noctuid is inconspicuous in its normal feeding position on flowers of Gail- lardia aristata in Colorado. Authors demonstrate that moths at rest tend to assume the concealing position more frequently than chance would predict. [P. B.] 50 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol:i13 not Brown, S. C. S., “The Spotted Flycatcher aye and eating a Red Admiral butterfly. Gvepay Journ. Soc. Brit. Ent., vol. 3: p. 45. 1949. Brown. S. C. S., “Loxostege palealis (Schif.) (Lep., Pyraustide) carrying the pollenia of an one nnd.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol. 90: p. 119. 1954. Brown, S. C. S., “drgynnis lathonia (L.) (Lep., Nymphalide) attacked by a lizard.” 15k GOs WHO, SON. S32 je Sil, a anes, OH, Buck, John, & Margaret Keister, “Host-parasite relations in Agapema pupe.’ Ann. ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 49: pp. 94-97. 1956. Notes on behavior of Phorocera sp. (Dip- tera) in 4. galbina. Suggests that termination of diapause in host and parasite is linked, perhaps hormonally. [P. B.] Bunzli. G. H., & W. W. Buttiker, “Insects in Southern Rhodesian tobacco culture. Parts II-III. Insects occurring in the fields. Hymenoptera, Diptera.” Acta tro pica, vol. 14: pp. 236-250. 1957. Records parasites of Gelechia spp., Agrotis segetis, Heliothis eee eS Laphygma exempta, & vespid predator on Diparopsis castanea. |P.B.] Buttiker . W. G, “Drosica abjectella Wik. (Lepidoptera: Tineide) a predator on aoa te mealybug, Dysmicoccus brevipes Ckll. (Homoptera: Coccidae).” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Afr., vol. 20: pp. 162-163. 1957. Notes on biology & distribution; larve ate up to 12 mealybugs each in last instar. [P. B.] Buhr, Herbert, “Betrachtungen tber die Wirtskreise von Parasiten. Besrnen zwischen den von oligophagen Cruciferen-Parasiten befallenen Substraten verwandschaftlich Beziehungen?” [in German]. Ber. deutsche bot. Ges., vol. 65: pp. 419-426. 1953. Survey of host-plant range in Pvueris, Plutella maculipennis, & other enemies of crucifers. [P. B.] Buhr, Herbert. “Die Frassbilder und weiteren Nahrungspflanzen der an Vicia faba L. lebenden Minierinsekten” [in German]. Beitr. Ent., vol 3: pp. 258-278, 7 figs. 1953. Biology of Cnephasiella obsoletana, Cnephasia alternella, C. interjectana, A proerema anthyllidella (Gelechiidae), and several Diptera; gives key to larve of the 3 tort- ricids; lists alternative foodplants. [P. B.] Buhr, Herbert. ‘“‘Interessante Minen an Myosotis und Pulmonaria aus Thuiringen” [in German]. Mitt. miinchner ent. Ges., vol. 46: pp. 1-13, 6 figs. 1956. Notes on biology of Colephora pulmonariella, Dyselachista myosotivora, Cnephasia wahlbomiana, C. alternella, & Cnephasiella pasivana, mining leaves of these plants. [P. B.] Burges, H. D., “Some effects of the British climate and constant temperatures on the life-cycle of Ephestia cautella (Walker).’ Bull. ent. Res., vol. 46: pp. 813-835, 5 figs. 1956. Burmann, Karl, “Die Raupe und Puppe von Oxyftilus kollari Stt. (Microlepidoptera, Pterophoridz)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 35: pp. 146-147, 1 fig. 1950. Describes larva & pupa; foodplant Hieracium amplexicauda. [P.B.] Burmann, Karl, “Aus dem Leben eines hochalpinen Kleinfalters, Plutella geniatella Z. (Plutellide)” [in German]. Zeitschr. Lepid., vol. 2: pp. 73-75. 1952. Foodplants Draba aizoides & perhaps Cerastium. Notes on biology & flight periods. [P. B.] Burmann, Karl, “Die Lebensweise und Veranderlichkeit von Orodemnias cervini Fall. Beobachtungen vom Nordtiroler Fundplatz (Lepidoptera, Arctiide)” [in German]. Mitt. miinchner ent. Ges., vol. 42: pp. 162-184, 2 pls. 1952. Sp. spends most of its life under stones at high altitude (3000 m.); adults fly little. Author describes be- haviour & biology, & lists parasites; also describes variation, naming 2 ‘forms’. List of 26 other Lepidoptera characteristic of this very inhospitable zone. [P.B.] G. PHYSIOLOGY Allan, P. B. M., “Some observations on the larval legs of Stauropus fagi Linn.” En- tomologist, vol. 90: pp. 211-216, 219-226, 1 pl. 1957. Discussion of movement & be- haviour of larve with special reference to the greatly elongate prothoracic legs. [P.B.] Amanieu, Michel, “Recherches sur les relations entre l’évacuation de la soie et l’accom- plissement de la métamorphose chez les lépidoptéres” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Toulouse, vol. 90: pp. 257-286, 1 pl., 5 figs. 1955. Forced retention of silk by cutting or sealing duct of silk gland is fatal to larva; removal of gland or failure of silk production through starvation still permits normal metamorphosis. [P. B.] Anderson, Lauren D., & Henry Nakakihara, “Effect of substrate color on Corn Earworm moth oviposition.” Bull. ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 3: p. 30. 1957. Abstract; Heliothis zea. Anonymous, “Why insects change form.” ‘Life, vol. 32, no. 6: pp. 79-87, 23fissaageee Figures of normal metamorphosis in Hyalophora cecropia and of some of Williams’s experiments on control of metamorphosis. [P. B.] 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 51 Arnold, J. W., “Effects of certain fumigants on hemocytes of the Mediterranean Flour Moth, Ephestia kiihniella Zell. (Lepidoptera, Pyralidide).” Canad. Journ. Zool., vol. Ba pp. 365-374, 19 figs. “1952” [1953]. Asahina, Eiz6, et al., “Resistance mechanism to frost injury of overwintering slug caterpillar (Cnidocampa flavescens Walker, Cochlidionide)” [in Japanese; English summary]. Kontyt, vol. 20: pp. 11-17, 2 pls. 1953. Freezing process seems to be the “extra-cellular freezing” and exerts no harmful effects on the caterpillar, even 20 215 (OA aa id ta Sl Auclair, Jacques L., & Robert Dubreuil, “A simple ultramicromethod for the quantita- tive estimation of amino acids by paper partition chomatography.” Canad. Journ. Zool., vol. 30: pp. 109-113. 1952. Includes data on concentration of amino acids in blood of Galleria mellonella larve. [P.B.] Auclair, Jacques L., & Robert Dubreuil, “Etude sur les acides aminés libres de l’hemo- lymphe des insectes par la méthode de chomatographie sur papier filtre’ [in French; English summary]. Canad. Journ. Zool., vol. 31: pp. 30-41. 1953. Data on blood amino acids of Galleria mellonella, Phegethontius quinquemaculatus, Archips cerasi- vorana, & Malacosoma americana. [{P.B.] Autrum, H., “Das Sehen der Insekten” [in German]. Studium generale, vol. 10: pp. 211-214. 1957. Summary of insect vision with special reference to perception of foom. (| P..B.] ; Beck, Stanley D., “A bimodal response to dietary sugars by an insect.’ Bzol. Bull., vol. 110: pp. 219-228, 3 figs. 1956. Larve of Pyrausta nubilalis show positive re- sponse to sugar concentrations above .001 M, but negative response to lower con- centrations. [P.B.] Beckel, William E., & Howard A. Schneiderman, “Insect spiracle as an independent effector.” Science, vol. 126: pp. 352-353, 2 figs. 1957. Closing muscle of spiracle of Hyalophora cecropia can respond to oxygen and carbon dioxide levels by contracting or relaxing in absence of any nervous connection. Normal innervation serves to coordinate activity of spiracles. Morphology of spiracle & associated structures de- scribed. [P. B.] Bounhiol, J.-J., “Essai de localisation d’un centre de métamorphose imaginale chez Bombyx mori L.” [in French]. C. R. XIII@ Congr. intern. Zool.: pp. 470-471. 1949. Study of metamorphosis in parts of pupe cut transversely at various times after pupal molt. [P.B.] Bounhiol, J. J.. M. Gabe, & L. Arvy, “Données histophysiologiques sur la neuro-secre- tion chex Bombyx mori L. et sur ses rapports avec les glandes endocrines’’ [in French]. Pubbl. Staz. zool. Napoli, vol. 24, suppl. 1: pp. 52-53. 1954. Abstract. Buck, John, & Margaret Keister, “Cyclic CO, release in diapausing pupe — II. Tracheal anatomy, volume and pCO,; blood volume; interburst CO, release rate.” Journ. Insect Physiol., vol. 1: pp. 327-340, 4 figs. 1958. Work done on Agapema galbina & Hyalophora cecropia pupe. [P.B.] Buckmann, Detlef, “A morphological color change controlled by molting hormone in Lepidoptera.” Biol. Bull., vol. 113: p. 326. 1957. Cerura vinula, abstract. Buckmann, Detlef, “Die Wirkung des Metamorphosehormons der Insekten’” [in German]. Bericht iiber die Hundertjahrfeier der Deutschen Entomologischen Gesell- schaft, Berlin: pp. 238-249, 2 figs. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag. 1957. Review of cur- rent knowledge of hormonal control of insect metamorphosis. [P. B.] Buckmann, Detlef, “Die Wirkung des Prothorakaldrtisenhormons als Farbwechselhormon bei Schmetterlingsraupen” [in German]. Zool. Anz., Suppl. 20 (Verhandl. Deutschen zool. Ges. in Hamburg): pp. 220-225, 4 figs. 1957. The hormone “ecdyson” in low concentrations causes (normal) color change from green to red in abdomen of Cerura vinula larva ligatured at end of feeding period; higher concentrations produce meta- morphosis of larval cuticle & change in shape of abdomen, but no color change. [P.B. ] Busnel, René Guy, & Andrée Drilhon, “Sur les ptérines de la chrysalide de Pieris brassice L.” [in French]. Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol. 74: pp. 21-23. 1949. Two pterines found in pupa, bound to protein and probably acting as enzymes. [P.B.] Butenandt, Adolf, “Uber Wirkstoffe des Insektenreiches. I. Zur hormonalen Regulation der Metamorphose” [in German]. Naturqwiss. Rundschau, vol. 7: pp. 355-358, 5 figs. 1954. Review of processes in endocrine control of insect metamorphosis; report of isolation of pure hormone (from Calliphora, but effective in saturniids). [P. B.] Butenandt, Adolf, “Uber Wirkstoffe des Insektenreiches. II. Zur Kenntnis der Sexual- Lockstoffe” [in German]. Naturwiss. Rundschau, vol. 8: pp. 457-464, 7 figs. 1955. Review of knowledge of sex attractants in insects. [P. B.] 52 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.1 Butenandt, Adolf, “Wirkstoffe des Insektenreiches” [in German]. Nova Acta Leopol- dina, N. F,, vol. 17: pp. 445-471, 13 figs. 1955. Describes purification and properties of metamorphosis hormone (ecdyson) and of sex attractant of Bombyx mori. [P.B.] Callahan, Philip S$, “Oviposition response of the imago of the Corn Earworm, Heilio- this zea (Boddie), to various wave lengths of light.” Ann. ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 50: pp. 444-452, 4 figs. 1957. Greater numbers of eggs were laid, and greater numbers of adults rested, on surfaces illuminated with shorter wave lengths. No difference in response to normal and polarized light was observed. More eggs were laid on lighted surfaces than on plants. [P. B.] Chino, Haruo, “Conversion of glycogen to sorbitol and glycerol in the diapause egg of the Bombyx silkworm.” Nature, vol. 180: pp. 606-607, 1 fig. 1957. Clark, Edgar W., “A review of literature on calcium and magnesium in insects.” Ann. ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 51: pp. 142-154. 1958. Danilevsky, A. S., ‘“Photoperiodism as a factor of formation of geographical races in insects” [in Russian; English summary]. Rev. Ent. URSS, vol. 36: pp. 5-27, 10 figs. 1957. Mode of adaptation of polycyclic “long-day” species, chiefly Acronycta rumicis & Spilosoma menthastri. [N.O.] Denucé, J. M., “Microélectrophorése des proteins de |’hémolymphe des larves de Gal- leria mellonella” [in French]. Ann. Soc. Roy. zool. Belg., vol. 86: pp. 151-156, 3 figs. 1956. Study of protein content of blood and its changes in the late larval and pre- pupal stages. [P. B.] Denucé, M., “Over de aanwezigheid van polyphenol oxidase in de hemolymphe van Galleria mellonella” [in Flemish]. Arch. intern. Physiol. Biochem., vol. 65: p. 161. 1957: Fodor, Paul J., “The specificity of the lipases and esterases contained in the larvae of the Silkworm (Bombyx mori L.)” [in English; German summary]. Exzymologia, vol. 13: pp. 66-72. 1948. Gives evidence that lower and higher esters are split by dif- ferent enzymes. [P. B.] von Frisch, K., “Wie Insekten in die Welt schauen” [in German]. Studium generale, vol. 10: pp. 204-210, 7 figs. 1957. Summary of structure & function of insect com- pound eye, with special reference to perception of different wavelengths and of polarized light. [P.B.] Frost, S. W., “The insect repellent lamp?” Ent. News, vol. 67: pp. 261-263, 2 figs. 1956. Fewer insects attracted to yellow lamp than to white lamp. [P. B. Fukuda, Soichi, “Factors determining the production of the non-diapause eggs in the Silkworm.” Proc. Japan Acad., vol. 27: pp. 582-586. 1951. Bombyx mori eggs in- cubated in dark at 15° C. produce moths which develop without diapause; but if brain is removed from moth directly after pupation, eggs laid enter diapause. The factor producing diapause is produced by the subesophageal ganglion in the absence of the suppressing effect of the brain. [P. B.] Fukuda, Soichi, “The production of the diapause eggs by transplanting the subeso- phageal ganglion in the Silkworm.” Proc. Japan Acad., vol. 27: pp. 672-677. 1951. Transplanting ganglion from Bombyx mori larve which would, as adults, lay dia- pausing eggs, to other larye which normally would not, results in laying of dia- pausing eggs by recipients. Subesophageal ganglia from Lymantria dispar, Dictyop- loca japonica, or Antherea larve were equally effective. [P. B.] Fukuda, Soichi, “Function of the pupal brain and subesophageal ganglion in the pro- duction of non-diapause and diapause eggs in Silkworm.’ Annot. zool. japon., vol. 252 Pps rool Sone L952: Fukuda, Soichi, “Determination of voltinism in the univoltine Silkworm.” Proc. Japan Acad., vol. 29: pp. 381-384. 1953. Evidences, from transplantation experiments, that brain stimulates production of egg-diapause hormone by subesophageal ganglion; in univoltine race this normally takes place and all eggs enter diapause. [P. B.] Fukuda, Soichi, “Determination of voltinism in the multivoltine Silkworm.” Proc. Japan Acad., vol. 29: pp. 385-388. 1953. Presents evidence that in multivoltine races of Bombyx mori the production of egg-diapause hormone by the subesophageal ganglion is inhibited by the brain; in some races the occurrence of this inhibition depends on environmental conditions during development. [P. B.] Fukuda, Soichi, ‘Alteration of voltinism in the Silkworm following transection of pupal cesophageal connectives.” Proc. Japan Acad., vol. 29: pp. 389-391. 1953. Shows that controlling effect of brain on production of egg-diapause hormone by subesophageal ganglion operates mainly by way of connectives. [P.B.] 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 53 co RECHNIOUE Adams, C. Vyvyan, “Preservation of lepidopterous larve and pupe.’ Turtox News, vol. 32: pp. 214-216, 1 fig. 1954. Describes inflation technique for larve, and alco- holic storage following fixation. [P. B.] Adams, C. Vyvyan, “A method of preserving Lepidoptera.” Turtox News, vol. 33: pp. 122-124, 1 fig. 1955. Describes method of setting adults. [P. B.] Adams, C. Vyvyan, “Papering, relaxing and treatment of grease.’ Turtox News, vol. 33: pp. 66-68, 1 fig. 1955. Useful notes on field technique. Recommends trichloro- ethylene for removing grease. [P. B.] Amanshauser, Hermann, ‘“Leuchten mit Ultra-Licht’ [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 41: pp. 3-9. 1956. Describes advantages & disadvantages of several types of UV light. Recommends setting light before house wall or white sheet. Notes on attractiveness to different groups of moths. Annotated list of spp. taken in Salz- burg. [P. B.] Amiuot, Ph., “Conseils pratiques pour l’élevage des chenilles” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1956: pp. 25-28, 1 fig. 1956. Advice on rearing methods, in glass jars or in sleeves on foodplant. [P. B.] Anonymous, “Field work.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol. 67: pp. 241-244, 1 fig. 1957. Describes technique for pupa-digging. [P. B.] Anonymous, “Field work.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol. 70: pp. 22-25, 50-53. 1958. Notes on care of wintering pupe. [P.B.] Barth, Rudolf, ‘“Métodos de trabalho no anatomia e histologia entomologica” [in Portuguese & German]. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, vol. 51: pp. 95-186. 1953. De- scribes special procedures in preparing insect material for microscopic examination. Gives a list of especially suitable subjects for preparation, with recommended pro- cedures. A very useful work, by a leading student of morphology of Lepidoptera. BP B:| Baynes, E. S. A., “Attracting insects by ultraviolet light.” Ent. Gaz., vol. 1: pp. 159- 160. 1950. Beirne, Bryan P., “Some notes on the design of light traps.” Ent. Gaz., vol. 2: pp. 259-262, 6 figs. 1951. Notes that funnel-type traps are relatively inefficient for light- bodied, slow-flying spp. Suggests a box-type trap with glass or plastic plates on all sides sloping in to narrow horizontal slits. [P. B.] Bretherton, R. F., “The behaviour of moths at light traps: a comment.” Ent. Gaz., vol. 1: pp. 102-104, 1 fig. 1950. Criticism of Robinson’s theories and light-trap technique; reply by H. S. and P. J. M. Robinson, pp. 105-107. [P. B.] Bretherton, R. F., “Moth traps and their lamps: an attempt at comparative analysis.” Ent. Gaz., vol. 5: pp. 145-154. 1954. Comparison of catches at several types of or- dinary and mercury vapor light traps (in different seasons), with reference to fami- lies and some individual spp. as well as total catch; mercury vapor lamp generally more productive, but there are exceptions. [P. B.] Bryk, Felix, “Entspricht die heute tbliche Spannstellung der praparierten Schmetter- linge den wissenschaftlichen Forderungen? (Lepidoptera)” [in German]. Ent. Tidskr., vol. 74: pp. 69-74, 1 fig. 1953. The customary method of spreading destroys natural pattern without revealing all wing markings. Recommends spreading one hind wing to overlap the fore wing, which will make all surfaces visible. [P. B.] Buck, F. D., “Black and white entomological drawings for reproduction.” Proc. Trans. south London ent. nat. Hist. Soc., 1954-55: pp. 160-179, 19 figs. 1956. Useful sum- mary of techniques for line drawing and shading. [P. B.] Burmann, Karl, “Spinnennetze und Bergseen als Fundgruben fiir die Lepidopteren- sammler” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 37: pp. 10-14. 1952. Spider- webs and the water surface in alpine ponds & pools are useful sources of specimens, valuable for distribution records if not for mounting. [P. B.] Castle Russell, S. G., “Suitable killing agents.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol. 64: pp. 150-151. 1952. Recommends pin dipped in oxalic acid solution. [P. B.] Chamberlain, W. F., “An improved ethyl acetate jar for trap light collecting.” Journ. econ. Ent., vol. 49: p. 702. 1956. Instead of putting plaster of paris as a layer in the bottom of the jar only, the jar is rotated while plaster is still liquid, and a layer placed around the sides of the jar. [W.C.] Clarke, C. A., “Breeding the Large Blue butterfly in captivity.” Ent. Rec., vol. 66: pp. 209-210, 4 pls. 1954. Useful notes on rearing the myrmecophilous lycenid, Maculinea arion. [P.B.] - 54 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.1 Clarke, C. A, & P. M. Sheppard, ‘“Hand-pairing of butterflies.” Lepid. News, vol. 10: pp. 47-53, 3 figs. 1956. Cloudsley-Thompson, J. L., “The design of entomological aktograph apparatus.” Ento- mologist, vol. 88: pp. 153-161, 8 figs. 1955. Describes various types of apparatus designed to record the activity of individual insects under experimental conditions. (PBs Dasch, Clement E, “Larval inflation technique.” Turtox News, vol. 33: pp. 216-217, 3 figs. 1955. Recommends inflating by hypodermic needle connected to beach ball (for easy control of pressure), and drying in flask which has been preheated on sand bath. [P.B.] David, W. A. L., “Breeding Pieris brassicae L. and A panteles glomeratus L. as experi- mental insects.” Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankh., vol. 64: pp. 572-577, 3 figs. 1957. De- scribes technique for continuous mass rearing of this butterfly and its parasite. [P. B.] Deay, H. O., & J. G. Taylor, “Preliminary report on the relative attractiveness of different heights of light traps to moths.” Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., vol. 63: pp. 180-184, 2 figs. 1954. Recommends 2 traps, at ground level and at 12-16 feet on same pole, for survey work. [P. B.] Dexter, Ralph W., “Another improved technique in making cyanide killing jars.” Turtox News, vol. 31: p. 61. 1953. Recommends covering sawdust layer with ab- sorbent paper before pouring in plaster. [P. B.] Doull, K. M., “An electrified barrier for caterpillars.” Nature, vol. 176: p. 842. 1955. Describes a method of preventing wandering of larve from an uncaged area. [P. B.] Driesbach, R. R., “Preparing and photographing slides of insect genitalia.” Syst. Zool., vol. 1: pp. 134-136, 2 pls. 1952. Describes procedure beginning with removal of genitalia. Based on experience with psammocharid wasps. [P. B.] Dufay, C., “Chasse de coléopteres et lépidoptéres a la lampe a vapeur de mercure” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol. 19: pp. 44-45. 1950. Mercury vapor lamp reported to attract greater number of individuals than incandescent lamp of same power. [P.B.] Dufrane, A., “Technique — contre la moisissure”’ [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 54: pp. 89-90. 1954. Technical note on protection against moisture: alcohol, chloroform, and solution of paradichlorobenzene in carbon tetrachloride. [P. V.] Fischer, Ch., ““Quelques conseils pour faire pondre les femelles fécondés de papillons” [in French; summary in Esperanto]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1947: pp. 58-60. Technique for inducing oviposition; particular habits of some families noted. [P.B.] Friend, W. G., “A vibration-resistant instrument stand.” Canad. Ent., vol. 87: pp. 187-188, 1 fig. 1955. Frost, S. W., “The Pennsylvania insect light trap.” Journ. econ. Ent., vol. 50: pp. 287-292, figs. 1957. Comparative captures of 12 varying types of light traps at State College, Penn. [W.C.] de Giusti, Dominic, & Leon Ezman, “Two methods for serial sectioning of arthropods and insects.” Trans. Amer. micr. Soc., vol. 74: pp. 197-201. 1955. Describes fixation, embedding, sectioning, and section handling techniques suitable for insects, including larve of Lepidoptera. [P. B.] Gozmany, L. A., “The examination of Microlepidoptera coenoses mining on trees” [in English; Hungarian summary]. Acta zool. Acad. Scient. Hungarica, vol. 1: pp. 53- 67. 1954. Describes a method of determining composition of leaf-mining communities by defoliating trees in fall and identifying the mines. This method gives more re- liable information than adult trapping. Considerable information on the communities on Quercus spp., Sorbus terminalis, and Frangula alnus. [P.B.] Gray, P. H. H., “An apparatus for the rapid sorting of small insects.” Entomologist, vol. 88: pp. 92-93, 1 fig. 1955. Describes device for spreading out light-trap catch; insects are allowed to slide through inclined paper cylinder onto sorting plate. [P. B.] Gray, P. H. H., “An apparatus for weighing small insects.” Lepid. News, vol. 9: pp. 58-60, 1 fig. 1955. Gray, P. H. H., “Mold-free relaxing bottles for Lepidoptera.” Lepid. News, vol. 11: wSAT AO5S. Ge, G. W., W. F. Baldwin, & C. R. Sullivan, “The use of radioactive cobalt in studies of the dispersal of adult females of the European Pine Shoot Moth, Rhyacionia buoliana (Schiff.).” Canad. Ent., vol. 89: pp. 379-383, 2 figs. 1957. Cobalt, applied to abdomen in glue solution, did not affect behaviour of animals and permitted their recovery after one to several days. [P.B.] 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 55 Haeger, E., “Aus meiner Lichfangpraxis” [in German]. Bericht iiber die Hundert- jahrfeier der Deutschen Entomologischen Gesellschaft, Berlin: pp. 199-203. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag. 1957. Notes on light-trap technique, & on fauna of Mark Brand- enburg. [P. B.] J. MISCELLANEOUS Akester, W. J., “A cross-pairing of Dilina tilie (L.) 2 and Laothoe populi (L.) @ (Lepidoptera: Sphingide).” Ent. Gazette, vol. 7: p. 96, 1 pl. 1956. Without issue; pair figured. [P.B.] Allan, P. B. M., “The ‘trade’ in the nineties.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol. 69: pp. 274-277. 1957. Notes on dealers in Lepidoptera. [P. B.] Amsel, H. G., “Erinnerungen an Carl Borner” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 39: pp. 152-166, 1 fig. 1954. Memories of an outstanding entomologist. Con- cludes with some recent correspondence between Borner and Amsel, devoted mainly to the phylogeny of Lepidoptera. [P.B.] “An Old Moth Hunter” [P. B. M. Allan], “A good year.” Ent. Rec. @ Journ. Var., vol. 69: pp. 277-279. 1957. Collecting in Britain in 1898. [P.B.] Beirne, Bryan P., “Some critical comments on the study of British Lepidoptera.” Ent. Gaz., vol. 3: pp. 197-212. 1952. Points out how much remains to be learned even in Britain, and suggests some particular lines of investigation, which would be worth while in other countries also. [P.B.] Betz, J. T., “Que doit-on entendre par ‘Rareté’?” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 56: pp. 82-88. 1956. Notes & discussion about the so-called ‘scarce species.” [P. V.] Bischoff, H., “Hundert Jahre Deutsche Entomologische Gesellschaft” [in German]. Bericht iiber die Hundertjahrfeier der Deutschen Entomologischen Gesellschaft, Ber- lin: pp. 27-43. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag. 1957. History of society. [P.B.] Boursin, Charles, & G. Warnecke, “Bitte um Mitarbeit!” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 41: pp. 209-210. 1956. Announcement of projected work on Noctuide of central Europe, and request for information on distribution of a first list of spp. (“Agrotine” & “Bryophila’). [P.B.] Bradley, P. L., “An assemblage of arthropod remains from a Roman occupation site at St. Albans.” Nature, vol. 181: pp. 435-436. 1955. Including Arctia caja puparium. iP. B] Brown, F. Martin, ‘““The Wheeler expeditions to the southwestern United States, 1869- 76.” Lepid. News, vol. 9: pp. 124-126. 1955. Brown, F. Martin, “Itineraries of the Wheeler Survey naturalists 1871 — Theodore L. Mead.” Lepid. News, vol. 9: pp. 185-190, 1 map. 1956. Bryk, F., “Wer hat Linnés Pafilio Deianira erbeutet?” [in German]. Ent. Tidskr., vol. 74: pp. 100-101. 1956. Question whether Schreber or Schaller collected type of Pararge achine dejanira; unimportant in itself, but casts doubt on correctness of Linneus’ identification of collectors and, therefore, of his localities. [P.B.] Cass, L. M., “A unique association of two species of Lepidoptera.” Canad. Ent., vol. 89: p. 484, 1 fig. 1957. Egg of Pieris rape laid on larva of Plutella maculipennis. PPB.) Crane, Jocelyn, “Keeping house for tropical butterflies.’ Nat. geogr. Mag., vol. 112: pp. 193-217, 32 figs. 1957. Popular account of New York Zoological Society work at Simla, Trinidad, on courtship behaviour and other aspects of butterfly biology; sup- erb color photos of various stages, mainly Heliconiide. [P. B.] Daniel, Franz, Hans Forcher-Mayr, & Josef Wolfsberger, “Aufruf zur Mitarbeit an einer Lepidopteren-Fauna von Sidtirol”’ [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 41: pp. 326-327. 1956. Appeal for assistance in preparation of work on Lepi- doptera of this region. [P. B.] Diakonoff, A. N., “Obituary Alesandr Mikhailovich Djakonov.” Ent. Berichten, vol. 17: pp. 114-115, 1 fig. 1957. Diakonoff, A. N., “Aleksandr Mikhailovich Djakonov (1888-1956). Lepid. News, vol. 11: pp. 55-56. 1958. Eisner, C., “In Memoriam Felix Bryk” [in German]. Ent. Berichten, vol 17: p. 78. 1957. Bisner, C., “Felix Bryk (1882-1957).” Lepid. News, vol. 11: p. 55. 1958. Esaki, Teiso, “History of entomology in Japan. (1) The Yedo Era” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol. 5, nos. 8-12; vol. 6: no. 1; 35 pp., 21 figs. 1952, 1953. Many 56 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.1 accounts on the history of lepidopterology in Japan included. Excellent work by the outstanding author. [T.I.] Esaki, Teiso, “A chat on the ‘National Butterfly’” [in Japanese]. Trans. lep. Soc. Japan, vol. 4: pp. 1-4, 3 figs. 1953. Papilio xuthus gained 75 votes against 34 votes for Sasakia charonda (Nymphalide) in a ballot sponsored by Zephyrus (1936), but failed to obtain a majority. [T.I | Esaki, Teiso, ‘Foreigners’ collecting in Kyasht” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol. 6, no. 3: pp. 2-7. 1953. Itineraries of J. J. Rein, G. Lewis, J. H. Leech, A. E. Wileman, H. Fruhstorfer, & F. Silvestri recorded. Chronology for 1690-1939 supplemented. (alee van Eyndhoven, G. L., “Merkwaardige overwintering van Lepidoptera” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 15: p. 223. 1954. Scoliopteryx libatrix & Nymphalis antiopa hibernating together. [P. B.] Fiori, Attilio, “Graf Emilio Turati” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 37: pp. 96-98. 1952. Obituary & bibliography of Italian lepidopterist. [P.B.] Gerris, V., “Drinkende 4 patura iris L.” [in Dutch]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 14: p. 386, 1 fig. 1953. Photo of butterfly sucking moisture from stone, taken at 25 cm. dis- tance. [P.B.] Gothan, Walther, “Uber den fossilen Kautschuk” [in German]. Sitzber. math.-natw. KI. deutsche Akad. Wiss. Berlin. 1949. no. 4: 24 pp., 2 pls. 1950. Describes and figures lepidopterous scales and small larve, magnificently preserved in gum of Middle Eocene age. [P. B.] Harford, Henry, “Moths of the arc.” Audubon Mag., vol. 58: pp. 168-169, 186, 1 fig. 1956. Reminiscences on collecting at street arc light. [P.B.] Hemming, Francis, “My highest catch of butterfly species in a single day: Digne (France), 6th August 1926.” Lepid. News, vol. 9: pp. 144-145. 1955. Hoffmann, Emil, “Ignaz Schiffermiller’ [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 37: pp. 57-65. 1952. Brief biography and discussion of his work on Lepidoptera, with a list of new entities described. [P.B.] Hoffmann, Emil, “Bemerkungen uber Parnassius apollo L. und P. phoebus F. (delius Esp.)”) [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 41: pp. 97-105. 1956. Post- humous publication of miscellaneous notes: on geographic origin of P. apollo, habitats, size differences depending on foodplant, impossibility of exterminating a species by collecting, supposed close relationship between Saturniide & Parnassius. Reports larve of P. apollo with yellow, rather than orange, spots. [P.B.] Huard, P., “Les vietnamiens et les insectes (1)” [in French]. Terre et la Vie, vol. 100: pp. 109-113. 1953. Gives recipes for Bombyx mori pupe. Larve of Brihaspa atrostigmella also eaten in Indochina. [P. B.] Iwase, Taro, “The Japanese butterflies: by whom, when and where, were they named scientifically?” [in Japanese]. New Entomologist, vol. 2: pp. 23-52, 2 figs. 1952. Short history of scientific discovery, divided into 4 periods: 1758-1854 (Nagasaki as a centre), 1854-1867 (Hakodate as another centre), 1869-1904 (Foreign residents active), 1905 — (indigenous lepidopterists active). ['T.I.] Janmoulle, E., “Une ancienne collection de lépidoptéres revient au jour” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 57: pp. 43-45. 1957. Rediscovery of an old Belgian collection: the collection of Lepidoptera of J. Jacobs. [P.B.] Kautz, Hans, “Die Haufigkeit der Lepidopteren” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 36: pp. 138-141, 1 fig. 1956. Points outh that few spp. are really rare, apparent rarity being the reflection of our ignorance of their habits; also that adult stage is least numerous. Illustrates latter point with graph of yearly fluctuation in numbers of Pzeris brassice (all stages). [P.B.] Klimesch, [J.], “S. Le Marchandt}” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges.,-vol. 39: pp. 17-18. 1954. Obituary. Kromer, Erich, “Beobachtung einer Kopula zweier Parnassius apollo-Mannchen” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 42: p. 44. 1957. Fresh @ succeeded in grasping with claspers abdomen of worn, dark ¢. [P.B.] Kusdas, [K.], “Emil Hoffmant” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 39: pp. 369-372, 1 fig. 1954. Obituary & list of publications of Austrian lepidopterist. [P. B.] Kusdas, Karl, “Erwin Kranzl}’ [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 40: pp. 210-212, 1 fig. 1956. Obituary & list of publications of Austrian lepidopterist. [P. B.] Lea, A., “A. J. T. Janse — a biographical sketch.” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol. 20: pp. 5-6, 1 pl. 1957. Introduction to issue dedicated to South African Lepi- dopterist; followed by list of his publications, compiled by L. Vari. [P. B.] THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1958 OFFICERS President: EuGEeNe G. Munroe (Ottawa, Ontario, Canada) 1st Vice President: Z. Lorkxovic (Zagreb, Yugoslavia) Vice President: Josz Orricica F.° (Rio de Janeiro, Brazil) Vice President: Don B. STALLINGS (Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A.) Treasurer: GeorGE Exe (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Secretary: Pau. R. EuruicH (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) _ Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expires Dec. 1959: Hirosui INove (Yokosuka, Japan) J. W. Titpen (San Jose, Calif., U. S. A.) Term expires Dec. 1960: DonaLp ErF (Boulder, Colo., U. S. A.) P. H. H. Gray (Digby, N. S., Canada) Term expires Dec. 1961: C. A. CLaRKE (Caldy, Cheshire, United Kingdom) G. W. Rawson (New Smyrna Beach, Fla., U.S. A.) and ex-officio: the above Officers and the Editor-in-Chief The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology am/all its branches,...... to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the fiield; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these aims (Constitution, Art. Il). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among the lepidopterists of all countries. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Jourzal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the publications but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full due for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members—annual dues $4.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members—annual dues $10.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members—single sum $75.00 (U. S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 4, Church Street, Islesworth, Middx., England. Each year a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. ‘There are four numbers in each volume of the Jourzal, and eight numbers in each volume of the News. | All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are distributed by the Secretary each year. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol.13: no. TABLE OF CONTENTS — SOMMAIRE — INHALT Defenses of lepidopterous pupze against ichneumonids by L. R. Cote te Re RCM ORE a 1-10 Presidential address to the Ninth Annual Meeting by N. D. Ritey - ~ - - - - - - - + ~ 11-13 Asymmetrical development in an argynnid by PAUL GREY - ~ . = - - - - ° - ° 14-15 More problems with Problema in Kansas by P. §. REMINGTON” - - - ~ ~ - - - - - 15-16 An attempt to rear Erebus odora in New Jersey by JosEpH MULLER - - - - . - - - - - 17-18 FIELD NOTES Vanessa atalanta taken at 2 A.M.; by BRYANT MATHER - ~ - 18 Swarm of noctuid moths in Kansas; by WitL1am H. Howe - = 26 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS Baiting Philippine butterflies; by JuL1AN N. JUMALON - - - 19-23 Notes on recent papers in the News; by D. G. SEVASTOPULO-~ - = 24-26 OBITUARIES Otto Buchholz (1874-1958); by JosEpH MULLER ~ - - - 27-29 William Phillips Comstock (1880-1956); by C. L. REMINGTON -— - 30 Minutes of the Ninth Annual Meeting - - - + -+ - - 31-32 REVIEWS Wiltshire, Lepidoptera of Irag; by C. L. REMINGTON - -~ = Dae Y.' Mather, Butterflies of Mississippi; by C. L. REMINGTON - -— -& 33-35 Century of progress in the natural sciences; by P. F. BELLINGER - 35 Recent literature on Lepidoptera me ams Sc mm i PN Se 36-56 Volume 13 1959 Number 2 JOURNAL of the __LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY (Formerly The Lepidopterists News) of a we Ee” ie ae Published by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue A TRANSPARENT LIGHT TRAP MIGRATIONS AND LIFE HISTORIES IMPRESSIONS OF COLLECTING IN BRAZIL COLLECTING IN TEXAS AND NEW MEXICO (Complete contents on back cover) 12 February 1960 EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL Editor-in-Chief: CHARLES L. REMINGTON Associate Editor (Literature Abstracting) : PETER F. BELLINGER Associate Editor F. MARTIN Brown Associate Editor (“Especially for Collectors”) : Frep T. THORNE Associate Editor (News of the Lepidopterists’ Society): J. W. TmpDEN Harry K. CLenco — N. S. OsRAzTSOV — EUGENE G. MUNROB NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE “JOURNAL” Contributions to the Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society may be on any aspect of the study and collection of Lepidoptera in any part of the world. Particularly appropri- ate are: 1) review papers on subjects of general interest to lepidopterists (such as hered- ity, migration, light traps, etc.) ; 2) papers on such subjects as behavior, hybridization, larve, and comparative taxonomy (papers naming new higher taxa, genera, species, and sub-species—NOT individual variants—will be accepted) ; 3) field notes of more than a very local nature; 4) notes on well-tested techniques. Papers of more than twenty pages will not normally be accepted, but if they are, authors may pay for overage. Manuscripts should be typed if possible, but clear hand-written manuscripts are acceptable. ALL MANUSCRIPTS SHOULD BE DOUBLE SPACED (blank lines alternating with written lines), and wide right and left margins are needed. Use only one side of the paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of the manuscript. Legends of figures and tables should be written on separate sheets. Half-tones and tables must be kept within economical limits, and authors are normally charged for the cost of engraving and tables. Photographs should be glossy prints. Titles must be kept as short as possible; Latin names of genera and species will be italicized, and authors of such Latin names WILL NOT APPEAR IN THE TITLE of any paper but must appear once in the text. The title should indicate the family of the subject. The style should conform to that used in recent issues of the Journal. PLEASE NOTE EXACT STYLE FOR REFERENCES. Footnotes should be kept at a minimum. The editors reserve the right to adjust style to fit standards of uniformity. At least 50 gratis separates of papers of more than one page (25 of short notes) will be provided to authors if requested at the time galley proof is received for correc- tion. Additional reprints and covers may be ordered at cost, at the same time. Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, should be sent to the News Editor, Dr. J. W. TiLpeNn, 125 Cedar Lane, San Jose 27, California, U. S. A. Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. C. L. Remincton, Gibbs Re- search Labs., Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U.S.A. Address remittances to: Mr. Georce EuLE, 314 Aikins Ave., Lancaster, Penna., U.S.A. Printed in U.S. A. Dentan Printing Company Colorado Springs, Colorado JOURNAL OF ae LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Volume 13 1959 Number 2 PAN SPARENT LIGHT TRAP FOR THE PEED COLLECTION OF LEPIDOPTERA by I. F. B. Common In recent years significant advances have been made in the design of in- sect light traps, especially by Ropinson and Roginson (1950). The su- periority of the Robinson trap to the Rothamsted trap (Williams 1948) for the collection of the larger Lepidoptera was demonstrated by WHLLIAMS (1951). “Traps constructed to the Robinson specifications are now widely used and are available commercially. Field use of a portable trap of this kind during the summer months in Australia indicated that Coleoptera, particularly Scarabeide, frequently pre- dominated in the catches. When beetle catches were high, the Lepidoptera were often so severely damaged that identification was greatly impeded. A transparent trap has therefore been designed which tends to exclude Scara- beidz, and automatically segregates from the remainder of the catch most of those which do enter the trap. In practice this trap has proved to be ex- tremely efficient for the collection of most insect Orders, excepting Coleop- tera, and the quality of the specimens collected has been consistently high. FEATURES OF THE | RAP As in the Robinson trap, the transparent trap (Fig. 1) is operated on the ground with the light source completely visible from above. However, sloping transparent ‘‘Perspex” sides and funnel (A) enable the light to be seen from all sides as well. For convenient use, the dimensions of the trap have been kept small. At the same time, the slope of the funnel is steep, ensuring that few insects come to rest in it without entering the trap. To achieve this, the funnel is an inverted truncate cone, 10 inch in diameter above and 51% inch in diameter below. The lower opening has centered within it a small opaque cone (D) upon which the lamp holder is mounted. This pre- vents the escape of insects once they have entered the trap. The electric lead to the lamp passes through the bottom of the trap and up through a central cylindrical core to the lamp holder, thus eliminating shadows. Provision is made for rain water to be drained through the trap, but a transparent hood (G) can be fitted above the trap during heavy rain to protect both the lamp and the catch. a7 58 CoMMON: Transparent light trap Vol.13: no.2 In order to segregate the Scarabezide from the Lepidoptera, the trap is divided horizontally into an upper and a lower chamber by two shallow ring- like trays surrounding the central core of the trap. Upon entering the trap, all insects drop into the inner tray (FE), but advantage is then taken of the behaviour of most scarabs to crawl rather than to fly. Whereas other insects tend to fly immediately after entering the trap, the scarabs crawl around the side of the inner tray and drop into the lower chamber (F) through the one (e) or two access holes provided. Most of the other insects, including Lepi- doptera, remain in the upper chamber and drop into the outer tray (B). 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 59 ‘The removable outer cover and the attached funnel are constructed of Vf, inch colourless “Perspex.” The remainder is made of 1/16 inch celluloid. The trap is transported when completely assembled, but can readily be dis- mantled to extract the catch, to charge two plaster of Paris blocks (b, f) with the killing agent, tetrachloroethane, or to clean the trap. In the field, it is normally operated with the 125 watt mercury vapour discharge lamp (c) recommended as a light source by RoBINSON and Rogpinson (1950). PERFORMANCE Preliminary testing of the transparent trap suggested that the catches of Scarabzidz were considerably lower than those in a Robinson trap with an opaque funnel, but that the catches of other insects were still satisfactory. ‘The performance of the transparent trap was therefore compared experi- mentally with that of a similarly constructed opaque trap, using the method recommended by WituiaMs (1951). The two traps were operated for two hours immediately after dark on each of eight nights, each trap being tested four times in each of two com- parable positions about 75 yards apart. The first four tests were on nearly consecutive nights in December, while the second four were on nearly con- secutive nights in January. A Philips 160 watt blended lamp, which incor- porates both a mercury vapour discharge tube and an incandescent filament, was used as the light source in each trap. Table 1. GEOMETRIC MEANS OF INSECT CATCHES IN A TRANSPARENT AND AN OPAQUE TRAP. ‘Transparent Opaque Significance Total insects 942 1406 N.S: Coleoptera WG 672 n.s Scarabeide Tih 475 E<@05 Total Lepidoptera 468 414 n.s Microlepidoptera 324 Zh Nes: As might be expected, the catches in both traps varied greatly and, in order to avoid the overwhelming effect of very high individual catches, loga- rithms of the observations were used in the statistical analyses (see Williams 1951). The important difference between the two traps (Table 1) is shown in the catches of Scarabzeidze which, in the opaque trap, were so high on most nights that the softer-bodied insects were seriously damaged. ‘The total catches of all insects in the opaque trap were higher than in the transparent, this difference being due to the Coleoptera. The difference between the catches of all Coleoptera approached significance at the 5 per cent level. The 60 CoMMON: Transparent light trap Vol.13: no.2 statistical analysis indicated that interchange of the position of the traps had no effect on the relative numbers of any insect group caught in the two traps. The proportion of insects finding their way into the lower chamber varied significantly and markedly between insect groups. For all groups there Was a significant increase in this proportion when two holes instead of one gave access to the lower chamber. Thus where Scarabeidz are plentiful, two access holes are desirable to ensure a high quality in the bulk of the Lepi- doptera, whereas one is sufficient where scarabs are less common. About 72 per cent of the Lepidoptera remained in the upper chamber when two access holes were provided, and this figure rose to about 87 per cent when one of these was closed. The percentage of scarabs remaining in the upper chamber similarly increased from 16 per cent with two access holes to 35 per cent with one access hole. Table 2, GEOMETRIC MEANS OF INSECT CATCHES IN THE UPPER AND LOWER CHAMBERS OF A TRANSPARENT TRAP. One access hole Two access holes Upper Lower % in upper Upper Lower % in upper Total insects 939.7 203.7 82.2 479.0 307.6 60.9 Coleoptera 107.4 66.4 61.8 48.9 125.3 2801 Scarabeidz 16.4 30.4 35.0 19.2 104.2 15.6 Lepidoptera 533.3 82.3 86.6 257.0 97.7 IPAS DiIscussIoN In explaining the merits of the Robinson trap, Roprnson (1952) pointed out that the shadow cast by the opaque funnel materially increased the insect catch. He stated that, as insects are positively phototactic only when their eyes are in the dark-adapted condition, those which fail to enter the trap on first approaching the light soon become light-adapted and no longer sensitive. Many of these settle in the area of shadow surrounding the trap, where their eyes again become dark-adapted. When further flight is attempted, these in- sects once more approach the light and are likely to be caught. Theoretically, this procedure may be repeated indefinitely until all the insects which approach the light source are captured. This explanation might easily be true for Scarabzeide and for some of the rapid-flying Lepidoptera. However, the efficiency of the Robinson trap for capturing the slower-flying Lepidoptera has been questioned both by BRETHERTON (1951) and by BetrNE (1951). BeIRNE recognised that most slow-flying Lepidoptera approach a light source close to the ground and con- cluded that a box-type trap was more efficient than a funnel-type trap for these species. Ihe great disadvantage of the box trap, like the Rothamsted trap, is that the light source is not visible from above. It therefore tends to exclude rapid-flying Lepidoptera altogether. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 61 ‘The present observations have shown that, when it is warm and wind- less, many Lepidoptera first land on the ground in the vicinity of the trans- parent trap and then approach it either at once or in a series of short flights close to the ground. When a light wind is blowing, they approach the trap chiefly up wind, in a series of short flights close to the ground or even by crawling along the ground. Most Scarabeide likewise usually land on the ground in the vicinity of the transparent trap and then usually crawl to the base of the trap, or approach it with a rapid low, somewhat circular flight. Most of the latter individuals usually strike the sloping sides of the trap and drop to the ground at the base. Seldom do they take to sustained flight again, but continue to crawl around on the ground at the base of the trap. When moths reach the base of the trap, they either crawl or flutter up the sloping surface and, once within the steep funnel, rapidly enter the trap. Some rest on the outside, but later are often disturbed by other crawling and fluttering insects and once more move up the slope towards the light source. Under all conditions, of course, some become immobilized in the vicinity of the trap, as observed by Rosinson (1952). The device described above for segregating Scarabeidz from Lepidoptera can readily be adapted to the insect container of any light trap. It has been used successfully at Canberra for several years in a cylindrical celluloid con- tainer below a simple funnel-type trap. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author is indebted to Mr. W. J. Rarrerty and Mr. P. Fox for assistance in constructing the trap, to Mr. R. SrraaTMAN, Mr. M. 5. UpTon and Miss L. James for assisting in the sorting and counting of insect catches, to Mr. L. A. MarsHatt who prepared the line drawings, and to Mr. G. A. Mc Inryre for the statistical analysis. References Beirne, B. P., 1951. Some notes on the design of light traps. Ent. Gaz. 2: 259-262. Bretherton, R. F., 1951. The behaviour of moths at light traps: a comment. Ent. Gaz. 1: 102-104. Robinson, H. S., 1952. On the behaviour of night-flying insects in the neighbourhood of a bright light source. Proc. Roy. ent. Soc. London (A) 27: 13-21. Robinson, H. S. & P. J. M., 1950. Some notes on the observed behaviour of Lepidoptera in flight in the vicinity of light sources, together with a description of a light trap designed to take entomological samples. Ent. Gaz. 1: 3-20. Williams, C. B, 1948. The Rothamsted light trap. Proc. Roy. ent. Soc. London (A) 23: 80-85. : , 1951. Comparing the efficiency of insect light traps. Bull. ent. Res. 42: 513-517. Division of Entomology, C. S. I. R. O., Canberra, AUSTRALIA 62 Vol.13: no.2 NOTES ON BUTTERFLY MIGRATIONS IN ae PENINSULA OF YUCATAN by Epuarpo C. WELLING Ever since I first began working on the fauna of the Yucatan peninsula, I have been aware of certain years conspicuous for migrations of butterflies and certain other insects. I herewith present a few notes on these observations. As is well known, the vegetation of certain areas in the Neotropical re- gion is determined not entirely by the average amount of rainfall over many years, but also the ability of that vegetation to resist certain dry- and wet- year periods. Therefore, in some places we might even find a comparatively raquitic flora which could be richer if unvariable yearly rainfall were present. But, as is the case, we find certain dry-year periods which tend to limit the development of the flora. “These same dry- and wet-year periods appear to control the populations and relative abundance of many butterflies and other insects as well. It is now apparent to me that most butterfly migrations occur here, at least in this peninsula, during these wet-year periods. The first year I noticed such migrations was in 1954. After having compared this year with 1955-56- 57 and early 1958, I am of the opinion that it was a very wet year, and prob- ably the tail end of a succession of wet-years. During May and June of that year, two great migrations were noticed. The first occured about the 14th to the 16th of May following a torrential downpour quite abnormal for that month. I had just returned to Chichén-Itza from Uayéma, Yuc., where we had attended a fiesta. “his migration consisted of just about everything ima- ginable, all flying at tree- and house-top level from south to north. Upon climbing up on the roof of my aunt’s house, now pretty high up and at a good level with the branches of some tall trees immediately behind the house, I could get a good look at some of the things that were passing by, and also catch a few samples. Hundreds of pierids, especially Anteos clorinde Godart and A. marula Fabr. passed by, the former seeming to have the apex of the primaries margined with a smoky gray color, rather unusual and quite different from the normal white-apexed form found all the rest of the year. Several Papilio also flew by, but as I did not know well the species during the first migration, I could not tell what they were. From atop the roof I also observed that many Eunica tatila H. S. and E. monima Cramer probably made up the bulk of the migration. A Heliconius charitonius Linné was caught as it stopped momentarily to inspect some leaves. Several red and orange butterflies were seen as well as various other small and medium sized things, but as I said, I was not well acquainted at that time with the fauna and could not take notes of those species which I could not catch for future reference. Eurema species and many Libytheana carinenta Cramer also were noted, as well as a single Danaus and a few Blues. Many Hairstreaks were noted, but after closer ob- servation, they seemed to be swirling about the branches of the trees behind 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 63 the house and not actually taking part in the migration. On the 16th of that month of May, at 5 o'clock in the afternoon, a great rainstorm came up and apparently put an end to the whole business, for the day after I saw not one butterfly engaged in what so many had been doing during the preceding days; at least not until the 18th, when once again I noticed Anteos, Pheebis, Eu- rema, and several nymphalids flying north along the Mérida-Valladolid road. On the 19th I believe the migration stopped for good. The second migration that year was in the month of June, when in the afternoon of one day there suddenly appeared a large number of Kricogonia lyside Godart. This migration lasted only a few hours and was in a southerly direction. Perhaps only several hundred specimens were noticed, coming 3 or 4 at a time, in the place where I was. They were quite wary and difficult to catch, some of the difficulty arising from the fact that a strong wind ac- companied them. The next four years were rather dry, being what we could probably consider a dry-year cycle. Of course there always was a certain amount of rainfall, but it was probably somewhat below the average. The season of 1957 was especially bad, not having rained for 2!4 months be- ginning in mid-June to late August, in what should have been the height of the rainy season. It is curious to note that many species existed during these years in lesser numbers; even FE. monima was almost completely absent if not extremely rare. No insect migrations of any sort were noticed during these years, except for a few local grasshopper plagues. With the end of 1958, there began a marked increase of rainfall. Nor- mally the rains cease here in the state of Yucatan about early October. How- ever the months of October-December of that year were rather wet, with frequent rain squalls that lasted into March of this year, 1959. Most of these squalls were directly due to many ‘“northers” that come down from the United States, which after crossing the Gulf of México and picking up much moisture, cause frequent rains along the hot lowlands of southern México. Then in May, many torrential rains fell over Quintana Roo and parts of Yucatan, giving at once a hint that we might be entering one of the wet- year periods. So far I have observed two migrations this year. The first was in Quintana Roo, between Santa Cruz, X-yatil, and Polyuc, on the 15th of May. Great swarms of L. carinenta, E. tatila, and E. monima were noticed flying at ground and tree-top level from north to south closer to the Car- ribean coast near Santa Cruz; and from northwest to southeast further in- land at X-yatil and Polyuc. There were great numbers of them, perhaps as many as 1,000 passing by every minute per 100 feet of roadway. The whole migration covered the road for a length of about 50 kilometers. The second migration was noticed on June 12th, from about Xocchel to Tahmek, Yuc., a distance of about 10 kilometers along the road. Here the only species were E. monima and L. carinenta, or at least these were the only ones I observed. They were both flying rather weakly, and were in worn condition, whereas the migration in Quintana Roo the month before consisted of fresh specimens in almost all cases. Here they were crossing the road at say 100 per minute for 100 feet of roadway. E. monima has since been com- 64 Vol.13: no.2 mon everywhere. I even took about 30 specimens at blacklight one night right here in the middle of Mérida. Any further migrations that may possibly occur in the current season will be commented upon in the Journal at a later date. Calle 66 Norte, No. 426, Mérida, Yucatan, MEXICO LARGE NUMBERS OF NYMPHALIS CALIFORNICA IN THE PACIFIC NORTHWES® IN 1958 Nymphalis californica Bdv. has been seen in very large numbers in several localities in the Pacific Northwest in 1959. My atention was first called to them on July 13 along highway 410 approaching Chinook Pass in Washing- ton from the east. Considerable numbers of very worn, ragged specimens were flying along the road or resting where there was moisture, at 4,000 to 5,000 feet elevation. They had not been there June 30 and were practically gone by July 20. It was evident that they had come a long way. They could not have emerged locally, as I saw not more than two or three in that area in 1958. On a trip to northern California late in July, I saw very few of this species. But returning by way of Crater Lake, Oregon, I encountered hun- dreds of them on August 4, flying about the rim of the lake, mostly going from north to south, perhaps just drifting with the wind. Many were lying in the road, having collided with cars. The elevation along the rim is about 7,000 feet. On August 7, I drove to the summit of Mt. Spokane (elevation about 5800 feet) and began to see californica at wet spots along the road at 3,000 feet. “The numbers reached a maximum at about 5,000 feet, where there were literally thousands of them, apparently flying aimlessly about or resting in the road where there was moisture. At one such spot I counted 50 in a square yard. At the summit they were also flying in considerable numbers, going in and out of the open door of the lodge, and sunning themselves on the bare rocks. Very few were on flowers. Mt. Spokane is northeast of the city of Spokane, about 425 miles from Crater Lake by airline. On August 9 I was on Gisborne Mt., in the Priest River Experimental Forest in Bonner Co., Idaho, about 40 miles northeast of Mt. Spokane. Here there were only moderate numbers of californica at 4,000 to 5,000 feet. All of the butterflies seen at Crater Lake, on Mt. Spokane and in Idaho were in fresh or nearly fresh condition. But in 1958 I was on Gisborne Mt. on July 20 and did not see any. So it is probable that in spite of the fresh- looking condition of this year’s flight, they had come from some distance. But I have no information as to where they came from. E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U. S. A. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 65 POSSIBLE MIGRATION TENDENCIES OF EREBUS ODORA AND OUHER SIMILAR SPECEES by FRANK P. Sara Having read the most interesting account of the experiences of JosEPH Mutter in his “An Attempt to Rear Erebus odora in New Jersey” (Journ. Lepid. Soc. 13: 17-18; 1959), the author was prompted to an answer, since Mr. Mutuer’s problem seemed a manifestation of some thoughts the author has been investigating. The following are ideas and conclusions reached as a result of observing and collecting this species and others similar to it. The author has had several meetings with Erebus odora, both here in southern California and years ago as a boy in the Rochester area of New York state. To attempt an answer Mr. Mutter’s question, ‘“What is the foodplant of Erebus odora in New Jersey?”, there probably is no foodplant for E. odora in New Jersey. How then does the insect get there, and why, one might ask. The author believes E. odora is a complete migrant visitor, and here are some reasons why. In southern California, as along the Eastern Seaboard, E. odora is an occasional (probably annual) visitor. Here in southern California the insect generally undergoes one abortive generation, usually in the August-September period. Foodplants here are Acacia delbotta (principal foodplant) and other — introduced ornamental Acacias along the coastal areas, and the native Acacia greggi, Prosopis juliflora, and P. pubescens of the deserts. Erebus odora is only a visitor here, however. Several factors contribute to this condition. First, E. odora has no diapause that the author has been able to note, passing continuously from generation to generation. Second, EF. odora cannot tolerate frost, even fleeting freezes. “—The weather here in southern California, from November on, is subject to freezes at any time, and whenever they come, all activity of migrant tropical species such as E. odora is terminated for the year. How then does EL. odora come to be found here and in places like New Jersey and New York? ‘The answer, in part, is in Mr. MUuL.LeEr’s account wherein he says, “It (E. odora) was a battered specimen — but — extremely lively.” This indicates a probable lengthy period of previous-to-capture imaginal life. “The fact (as his account states) that it lived nineteen days in captivity allows for a probably three to four weeks or longer imaginal span. A long imaginal span is not unusual for many Lepidoptera, especially members of the Catocalinz. The species of the genus Catocala all live many weeks of the summer imaginally, terminating imaginally also with the frosts of autumn. E. odora is in addition a strong flier, capable of long distance flights. Thus the major requirements for a migrator are present. Little directed research has been done on the subject of migration, es- pecially where the species are on the move singly. The author believes both E. odora and Thysania zenobia (taken in New York, but not yet seen here 66 SALA: Erebus odora Vol:13= 162 in southern California) are prime and spectacular examples of this category, surplus specimens leaving their normal habitat of Mexico and the West Indies during the chosen months of July and August to investigate northern areas. It is significant that the weather patterns agree with this trend, perhaps even becoming the cause for it. Invading tropical airmasses push northward the farthest at this time. Along the Atlantic Seaboard the tropical storms and warm fronts lead the way. Likewise in the Central Plains. Along the West Coast, the northern edge of the tropical trade winds pushes the moist air from the Gulf of Mexico into the western deserts, causing sporadic and often heavy downpours, occasionally extending all the way to northern Cali- fornia and Nevada, along the eastern slopes of the Sierras. “These airmasses possibly constitute the impetus for migration northward of hardier tropical species. In California, at least three Sphinxes, Erinnyis ello, Pachylia ficus, and Erinnyis obscura also wander in, along with several butterflies. This account, which the author’s investigations have led him to believe is the answer, in part at least, for misplaced species, is offered as food for thought. Certainly much additional effort is needed even to scratch the sur- face of problems like these. The author shall welcome specimen data, pro and con, and all thoughts, critical and other, as stimulus for further investigation and discussion. 1912 Hilton Drive, Burbank, Calif., U. S. A. A NEW NAME FOR PAPILIO ORION CRAMER, A PREOCCUPIED NAME IN THE HESPERIIDA: by Pappy B. McHENRY Typhedanus crameri McHenry, new name, is proposed for Papilio orion (Cramer 1779) which is a homonym of both Papilio orion (Fabricius 1775) and Papilio orion (Pallas 1771). No new name is required for Papilio orion Fabricius since it is a synonym of Papilio odius (Fabricius 1775) as pointed out to me by Mr. C. F. pos PAssos. Evans (1952) places this species in the genus T'yphedanus Butler in his arrangement of the New World skippers. References Cramer, P., 1779 [1777]. Pap. Exot. 2: 92, pl. 155; figs. A-B. Evans, W. H., 1952. Cat. amer. Hespertide (2): 64, no. 1. Fabricius, J. C., 1775. Syst. Ent.: p. 457, no. 60 and p. 485, no. 185. Pallas, P. S., 1771. Reise Russ. Reichs 1: 471-472, no. 65. 1032 E. Santa Anita Ave., Burbank, Calif., U. S. A. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 67 ie IPE HISTORY OF HERCULIA PHGZALIS (PYRALIDINZE) by JoHN ApAmMs ComsTocK ‘This species was orginally described by Dyar (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 10: 108; 1908) from 13 examples: “Los Angeles Co., May, (A. Koebele) ; Mosmomectes Co., Cal.. (D. W. Cogquillett) ; Santa Monica, Cal., (J. J. Rivers).”’ He noted that ‘Mr. Koebele’s specimens are labeled old branches of Cupressus and fresh bark of orange.” Dr. E. O. Essic (Pan-Pacific Ent. 1: 93; 1924) reports the species “taken in destructive numbers on Monterey Cypress at San Diego, California, June, 1924. The twigs were attacked and the cocoons, which occurred abundantly, were covered with frass and dead leaflets.” The Los Angeles County Museum collection contains examples collected at Santa Barbara, California, by CarL KirKwoop. I first encountered H. phezalis as larve in 1937, feeding on dead leaves of Lombardy Poplar, in Los Angeles. The leaves were held in an isolated crotch of the tree, and no damage to the bark or adjacent foliage was noted. Several examples were reared to maturity in the decomposing material after it was removed. This year (1959) in Del Mar, California, I observed a large number of moths hovering over a compost heap which I had built up from dead leaves and small twigs of Monterey Cypress, Torrey Pine, Tecate Cypress, Euca- lyptus, and Adenostoma. This heap of rotting vegetation was not in contact with any living plant tissue. It represented three or four years of accumulation, and was heavily infiltrated with molds (fungi). It yielded large quantities of cocoons and many larve. The majority of the cocoons contained pupal cases that had given forth imagines in previous seasons, but a good percentage had viable pupe. From this investigation it was apparent that Herculia pheezalis is pri- marily a feeder on dead and rotting vegetation, including many species of plants, and that the reports of its damaging bark and live twigs was incidental to occasional close contact of infested compost with live plant tissues. The larval habits and activities of H. phaezalis are apparently similar to those reported by DeTHteR (Can. Ent. 74: 6-7; 1942) for a related species, Herculia intermedialis Wik. H. phaezalis larve form fragile runways of loose silk mixed with frass, along which they travel, back and forth, while feeding. When disturbed, they wriggle backward, and drop on a strand of silk. They can be easily recovered by agitating the compost mass over a metal screen (14 inch mesh). EGG: Length approximately 0.75 mm. long by 0.5 mm. wide. In form, it is regularly oval. The entire surface is covered by an irregular reticulation. The color is lustrous pearl-white. 68 Comstock: Herculia phezalis Vol.13: no.2 Fig. A. Mature larva, dorsal aspect, enlarged X 9. Fig. B. Egg, enlarged approximately X 45. Fig. C. Cremaster in ventral aspect, enlarged approximately X 35. Fig. D. Pupa, ventral aspect, enlarged X 10. Fig. E. Pupa, dorsal aspect, en- larged X 10. [Drawing by the author. ] 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 69 MATURE LARVA: Length 15 mm. Head width 1.5 mm. The larval body is cylindrical, the head and first thoracic segment being slightly flattened and smooth, and somewhat narrower than the remaining segments. The color is predominantly brownish-black, with a slightly lighter shade on the head and first segment, and a faint blotching of soiled yellow on the caudal area. There is a suggestion of a narrower longitudinal middorsal black stripe with an indefinite marginal band of a lighter shade, more noticeable on the caudal segments. _ All of the body segments, except the head and first, are thrown into numerous transverse ridges and folds that are difficult to describe, but are accurately illustrated on the plate. The legs are dull yellow, with black segmental junctures. The prolegs and anal prolegs are dull yellow, and the crochets, hyaline. The spiracles are inconspicuous, and concolorous with the body. The setz are light yellow-brown. EMieke = tensth 7 mm. to 11 mm: width 2 mm. to 3.1 mm. The female pupz are noticeably larger and more robust than the males. In shape, they are fusiform, with evenly rounded heads, and abdominal segments gradu- ally tapering to a smaller rounded cauda. The antennz extend to the distal margins of the wings, and the maxille are slightly shorter. The eyes are small, slightly protruding, and relatively close together. The spiracles are minute and inconspicuous. The cremaster is a rounded button, tipped with six recurved hooklets, in line latero-laterally, the longest about 0.1 mm. The hooklets recurve laterally. The color of the pupa is a uniform glistening light yellow-brown, except for the darker eyes and tip of the cauda. Herculia phazalis being primarily a feeder on decomposing vegetation plays an important and beneficial role in converting this waste into fertilizer. Possibly the occurrence of molds in the compost is a factor in their nu- tritional requirements. Preserved larvee and pupz, and reared imagines, will be deposited in Peabody Museum of Natural History of Yale University. 1373 Crest Rd., Del Mar, Calif., U. S. A. 70 Vol.13: no.2 ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF INCISALIA ERY POM (LYCAENIDA!) ON SOUTHERN VANCOUVER ISLAND by GeorcE A. Harpy Incisalia eryphon Bdv. is one of the first of the seasonal butterflies to appear in our district, being on the wing from March to May. In the spring of 1957 they were noticed in fair numbers early in April feeding on the cat- kins of Salix mackenziana,; later in the month and in early May they were to be seen flitting and darting about the tips of the branches of the Lodgepole Pine Pinus contorta where they were busily mating or ovipositing. One or two females were confined over a twig of the pine on May 24, 1957. These had laid several ova at the base of the needles of new shoots by May 29. The following observations were made: OVUM. Size 0.75 mm. by 0.50 mm.; a somewhat flattened sphere, depressed in the centre, dull due to coarse reticulations, chalky white. The larva escaped by a small hole on the side of the upper margin of the ovum. It did not eat the remaining part of the shell. The first ovum hatched on June 1, 1957, others in succession for the next day or two. IST INSTAR. June 1. Length 1.5 mm. Head light brown. Body onisciform, honey colour, lighter on the sides. The larva com- menced feeding by eating a small hole through the sheath at the base of the needle and then it burrowed in to feed on the soft and succulent base. Z2ND INSTAR. June 12. Length 5 mm. Colour a dark honey-brown, two lighter lines on dorsum, scattered long hairs with minute papillae between. 3RD INSTAR. June 25. Length 8-10 mm. Head brown. Body apple green, subdorsals and spiracular lines cream colour, segments covered with a fine light brown pile. The larva feeds on the base of the needles, the part above the sheath dropping off as the base is consumed. Having finished one needle the larva moves to the base of the next, always first boring a hole through the hyaline sheath, 4TH INSTAR. July 1. Length 15 mm. Head as be- fore. Body tapering slightly from head to anal segment. Colour a rich velvet green with the four cream stripes clearly indicated; a fine short, brown pile covers the segments. As the larva grows, it feeds openly on young needles, where the green colour broken up by the cream stripes renders it inconspicuous. On July 20 the larva is now full fed measuring 20 mm. in length. Colour and markings as before. It has left the twig and sought a corner of the cage where first spinning a silken mat it anchored itself by the cremaster and a silken girdle round the thorax. Other larve pupated among the debris at the bottom of the cage, without any obvious fixation. PUPA. Size 10 mm. by 4 mm., dumpy, a uniform dark brown colour. A small tuft of short undifferentiated hairs replaces the more definite cremaster of most species of Lepidoptera. Head and abdominal segments covered with fine hairs which are absent on the thorax and wing cases; wing cases finely etched with numer- ous short feathered lines. Abdominal segments closely and finely punctuate. IMAGO. Emerged, March 26-28, 1958. Provincial Museum, Victoria, B. C. CANADA 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 71 Pees RELIES OF MISSISSIPPI—SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 by BRYANT MaTHER and KaTHARINE MATHER Information developed since ‘““The Butterflies of Mississippi’ went to press permits two species to be moved from the ‘‘probable or possible” list to the list of those known to occur and requires two of those listed as “known”’ to be moved to the probable or possible category. Thus there are still 122 species known to occur in Mississippi. Information on these four species is summarized below; the numbers are those used in the check list and in the annotated list: 37. Strymon favonius (J. E. Smith). S. favonius was included on the basis of a letter stating that a specimen had been found in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History. We have now examined this specimen and discussed it with Prof. A. B. Ktiors. It is Strymon ontario. S. favonius is therefore not yet known to occur in Mississippi. This specimen however extends the known range of occurrence of S. ontario in Mississippi from Hinds Co. in the central section to the Gulf Coast— Biloxi, Harrison Co. 88. Erynnis baptisia (Forbes). E. baptisie was included on the basis of two ? 2 taken at Clinton, Hinds Co., on 8 and 9 June 1951. The one taken on 8 June was examined by Mr. Joun M. Burns of the University of California, together with 535 other specimens of various species of Eyrn- nis from our collection, and determined to be Erynnis zarucco. Since the other specimen was taken at the same locality one day later, we assume that it too is E. zarucco and that FE. baptisie is not yet known from Mississippi. 130. Strymon kingi Klots & Clench. We took two oo’, one each on 30 May and 1 June 1958 at Brownsville, Hinds Co. Both were resting on leaves in the shade along side a dirt road. They were examined at the AMNH by Prof. Kiots and determined as S. Aingi. These dates suggest that S. kingt occurs in central Mississippi at about the same time that it occurs in the Atlanta, Georgia, area since Mr. Lucten Harris Jr. told us that it is most abundant there during the last week in May. This occurrence extends the recorded range by about 220 miles southwest from Sipsey, Walker Co., Alabama. 160. Lerodea neamathla Skinner & Williams. We took a male on 2 August 1958 at Ocean Springs, Jackson Co. It was examined by Prof. Kiors at the AMNH, compared with Evans’ figure of the @ genitalia, and deter- mined as L. neamathla. Ocean Springs is only about 45 miles from Mobile, Ala., the locality of the specimen figured by Kiots (1951). Two species may be removed from, and one added to, the list of those of which only a single Mississippi specimen is known. 8. favonius is removed and L. neamathla added, as described above. Amblyscirtes carolina 1s re- moved since Mr. and Mrs. E. C. RosHore took a second specimen at Browns- ville, Hinds Co., on 15 June 1958, very close to the locality where they m2, MATHER & MATHER: Supplement Vol.A3senow took the previous specimen on 2 September 1957. These dates may be com- pared with the report by the CLarxKs that there appeared to be three broods in Virginia: March-April, May-August, and August-September. Numerous additions to the data for distribution of species in time and space could be recorded. The most recent is the record of the occurrence of Euptychia hermes sosybia in Mississippi in February (Raymond, Hinds Co., 28 February 1959). A significant. deletion from the data on distribution in time is the dele- tion of the September record given in Table 3 for E. brizo brizo. HUTCHINS (1933) reported: “Thanaos brizo somnus Lint. One specimen in State Col- lege collection determined by Dr. H. G. Dyar.”’ Through the courtesy of Dr. HutTcuHiIns, we borrowed this specimen for determination. The label reads: “26 Sept 1928, Utica, Hinds Co., Miss., F. Lewis, feeding on Daubentonia longifolia, determined by H. G. Dyar.”’ Before sending this specimen to Mr. JoHN M. Burns, we had been unable to obtain a determination of it. Mr. Burns advises: ‘““The specimen, though very worn, clearly possesses a set of hyaline spots and is a zarucco @.’ With the correction of this error, the flight period of FE. b. brizo in Mississippi is now confined to February, March, and April; and E. b. somnus may be deleted from the Mississippi list. The association with Daubentonia is consistent with the reference in KLotTs (1951) to Sesbanea grandiflora as a foodplant of E. zarucco in Cuba. We have noted seven typographical errors in ““The Butterflies of Miss- issippl, as follows: p.69, col.2, item 10, for “tucgeri’”’ read “tuckeri”’ p.81, par.37, 3rd line from end, for “AMNM” read “AMNH” p.85, par.53, 3rd line from end, for ‘Septembre’ read “September” p.99, par.118, lines 3-4, delete “through July and September” DlOZ par l59) Nimes2. tor’ Kictz? read Wlots, p.104, Table 3. line 59, for “curytheme’”’ read “eurytheme”’ p.105, Table 3, line 105, for “alabamac’ read “alabama’”’ We plan to prepare additional supplements as further data are developed. We are compiling data on Mississippi moths with the hope of publishing at a future date. We would greatly appreciate any data that can be sent to us as well as comments, suggestions, and notation of other errors in ‘“The But- terflies of Mississippi’. References Hutchins, Ross E., 1933. Annotated list of Mississippi Rhopalocera. Canad. Ent. 65: 210-213. Klots, Alexander B., 1951. A field guide to the butterflies. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, 349 pp. Mather, Bryant, & Katharine Mather, 1958. The butterflies of Mississippi. Tulane Stud. Zool. 6: 63-109, 6 figs. P; QO. Drawer 2131, Jackson; Misse Up oaroe 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 73 PEUORESCENCE IN THE COLORS OF CERTIAN LEPIDOPTERA OBSERVED UNDER ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT by Ltonarp S. PHILLIPS ‘The type of light used for the following observations was a General Electric Purple X 250-watt lamp. This lamp is a weak source of ultraviolet since it is in the 3200-4000 Angstrém unit region. It was used because it was a simple convenient source, requiring no auxiliary operating equipment, ex- cept that it was placed in a reflector which could be held in the hand so that the lamp could be moved about freely. The bulb gets very hot since it must absorb much energy and for that reason it should be operated not more than five minutes at a time. Certain colors or pigments in our North American Lepidoptera are more or less fluorescent under ultraviolet light. Some species are more so than others, whereas some show no signs of fluorescence. The fluorescence as observed in our Lepidoptera is not particularly brilliant especially as com- pared to some of the tropical and exotic species which show a very brilliant fluorescence when exposed to ultraviolet light. The intensity of the fluorescent color of our Lepidoptera for the most part is approximately the same as the colors are under ordinary so-called white light or daylight. Species with struc- tural colors such as the Morphos and Uranias, as would be expected, defin- itely do not fluoresce. These observations are based on 3122 specimens and 1069 species which have been viewed under the ultraviolet light, all from the author’s own collection. The orange-brown colors which are found in the Nymphalidz fluoresce in varying shades of red and red-orange from dull to bright. The dark mark- ings do not show any visible signs of fluoresence. The silver-white spots on the undersides of our eastern Speyeria species appear pale silver-lavender under the black light. The reddish-brown markings in our western Euphydryas be- come bright red, and the white spots are creamy white. The orange-brown areas of the genera Melita and Phyciodes fluoresce a bright red color. Poly- gonia satyrus Edw. is a bright red whereas the other Polygonia are not so bright. The yellow border on the wings of Nymphalia antiopa L. becomes orange of about the same intensity as the yellow color under ordinary light. The blue spots are also blue under the ultraviolet. The red band across the wings of Vanessa atalanta L. is a very bright red under this light, and the white spots fluoresce white with a slight purple tint. VY. cardui L., V. vir- giniensis Drury, and V. carye Hbn. are all bright red also with the orange areas fluorescing a brighter red. The orange red spots on the undersides of the wings of Limenitis astya- nax Fabr. become a very bright red, but the black-blue area shows no signs of fluoresence. The white band across the wings of L. arthemis Drury is a bright light purple. Anca floridalis Johnson & Comstock, which is a red- colored butterfly ,shows up bright dark red. 74 PHILLIPS: Fluorescence Vol.13: no.2 The brown colors in the family Satyridz fluoresce a dull reddish color. The yellow bands of the forewing of Cercyonis p. pegala Fabr. appear orange, whereas the yellow ocher colors of Canonympha ampelos Edw., and C. ochracea Edw. become a dark peach shade. Creamy white C. california galac- tinus Bdy. is a very lovely shade of bright pink under this black light. Members of the family Lycenidze do not show much fluorescence. The Thecline (Hairstreaks) are quite dull except for the species with red spots, which fluoresce red. The red areas in the Lyceninze (Coppers) also fluoresce red. The colors found in the Plebeiinz (Blues) are a purple-blue. The red band on the margin of the hindwing of Plebeius acmon Westwood shows a bright red fluorescence. In two specimens of Glaucopsyche columbia Skinner, the fluorescence was red-purple for the female and no change for the male. The black and dark brown areas in the family Papilionide show no change under ultraviolet, but some of the other colors show interesting effects. In a series of several specimens of Papilio polyxenes asterius Stoll the yellow spots fluoresce yellow in some and orange-yellow in others. This same obser- vation was also made in a series of specimens of P. palamedes Drury. Why this should occur remains a question at the moment. The yellow found in P. cresphontes Cramer turns orange, and the yellow of P. zelicaon Lucas be- comes orange-yellow. The green color found in P. troilus L. appears the same under the ultraviolet light as under natural light, but the yellow-green mar- ginal spots of P. troilus ilioneus J. E. Smith change to orange making it a very attractive looking butterfly. A series of over 24 specimens of Papilio glaucus glaucus L. P. glaucus canadensis R.&J. and P. rutulus Boisd. show a light yellow fluorescence in some specimens and dark yellow to orange- yellow in others. The blue color on the hindwing of the females of P. glaucus in the yellow-colored ones as well as the black-colored ones changes to a lovely bright purple. Both P. marcellus Cramer, which is black and white, and P. eurymedon Boisd., which is black and pale creamy white, look the same under the purple light as they look under ordinary light. The same holds true for Parnassius clodius Ménétries. The yellow colors found in the Pieridz of both North America and other parts of the world fluoresce in varying shades of bright orange to bright red-orange. The orange colors turn to a deeper bright red-orange. The white colors appear a rather dull pinkish purple. An albino specimen of Eurema lisa Boisd. & Lec. from Florida fluoresced a pale blue. An outstanding example of color change was observed in a female specimen of Pieris melete aglaope Motsch. (f.vern.) from Japan, which is creamy white and black; it turned to a beautiful velvety rich bright red-purple burgundy color, the black mark- ings being darker and the light area being a lighter color of burgundy. The male of this species was rather dull under the ultravoilet light. The colors in our North American Hesperiide exhibit for the most part a rather dull fluorescence either reddish or reddish-orange. However, the following species show a bright red fluorescence: hindwing of Ancyloxt- pha numitor Fabr., forewing of Polites vibex Geyer, and the light areas of 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 75 Poanes viator Edw., Copeodes minima Edw., which is a bright orange color, looks like a little ruby jewel under the ultraviolet. Now, turning to our North American moths, an interesting observation was made. ‘There was a bright green fluorescence in the eyes of all moth speci- mens, the fluorescence being particularly brilliant in the eyes of the Sphingide, which glowed like little fire-flies. This has been reported by MERKER (1929a, 1929b). The eyes of the living Cecropia moth which emerged early from a cocoon did not fluoresce. he eyes of this same moth when freshly dead still did not fluoresce, but after the moth became dried, the eyes became green under the black light. The moth was then placed in a moist chamber and when fully relaxed the eyes again did not fluoresce, the fluorescence return- ing, however, when the moth became dried out again. Also it was noted that the eyes of dried butterflies were fluorescent, but not quite as brilliant as the moths. The wings of most species of the Noctuide are not particularly flu- orescent, being somewhat dull reddish. The Catocalas, however, are very at- tractive under ultraviolet. Catocala sappho Strecker, which is light gray and dark on the forewing and black on the hindwing is a bright red-purple with dark markings. C. relicta Walker, which is white and black, is a bright pale purple on the white areas. The red and yellow colors fluoresce a bright red. The very dark colored areas on the wings of our Saturniide do not seem to be fluorescent, but the red, yellow, brown, and reddish brown colors fluoresce in varying shades of bright red. The red colors found in Hyalo- phora (Platysamia) cecropia (L.) are especially bright red, particularly the red hairs on the thorax. The pale green of Actias luna (L.) does not fluoresce, but the purple-brown edges of the wings change to a very bright red. Eacles imperialis Drury, which is yellow with brown-lavender markings, shows an orange with brown-lavender fluorescence. The red and yellow colors found in the Arctiide fluoresce red but not very brilliantly. However, all of the orange abdomens of about a dozen speci- mens of Diacrisia virginica Harris fluoresced a brilliant pale yellow, whereas the white wings were not fluorescent. The colors of the Sphingide fluoresce mostly in carying shades of red but with no outstanding brilliance. The eyes are particularly so, as previously noted. Out of 203 specimens of the family Geometride only three showed flu- orescence. The most vivid one was Sabulodes lorata Grote, which is a creamy white color with a faint brown line across the wings; it glowed a brilliant intense pale yellow-green under the action of the ultraviolet. Mesoleuca gra- tulata, Walker, which is black and white on the forewing and white on the hindwing was next in brilliance of fluorescence, being an intense black and white. The third specimen was Xanthotype crocataria Fabr., which is yellow with brown-lavender spots, fluoresced a bright red color. All of the other specimens were either red or reddish-purple but not especially brilliant, and none were outstanding. The following species of tropical and exotic Papilionide are extraordin- 76 PuHILuips: Fluorescence Vol.13: no.2 ary in their brilliance of fluorescence; when viewed under ultraviolet, they actually glow like the light of a fire-fly: Papilio alphenor Cramer 3 (Philippines)—white spots intense pale green. P. alphenor Cramer 9 —It is interesting to note that the white patch on hindwing does not fluoresce. P. semperinus Haase (Philippines)—pink area becomes brilliant light red. P. antiphulus philippus Semper (Philippines)—red spots on hindwing are brilliant red. P. (Ornithoptera) rhadamantus Lucas & (Philippines) ——Hindwing gold- en yellow is brilliant golden yellow; same for P. (Ornithoptera) hel- ena hephestus Felder & (East Indies) which is also golden yellow on the hindwing. P. helenus nicconicolens Butler (India, Japan)—hindwing white patch is an intense pale green. P. euchenor euchenor Guérin (New Guinea)—creamy white area is an intense pale yellow-green. P. ambrax egipius Miske (New Guinea)—hindwing pale gray-blue patch becomes a very brilliant pale green. P. polytes cyrus Fabricius (India)—white spots are pale green. P. cynorta Fabricius (Africa)—white part glows pale blue. P. gallienus Distant (Africa)—-creamy white spots and band changes to pale green. P. demodocus Esper (Africa)—light yellow markings and spots are a pale yellow-green. P. mackinnoni E. Sharpe (Africa)—band of yellow spots are a bright pale green. P. phorcas ansorgei Rothschild &@ (Africa)—light green area glows pale green; the female is very dull under ultraviolet. P. nireus lyaus Doubleday & (Africa—brilliant blue band is an intense bright green. P. bromius bromius Doubleday & (Africa)—is the same. P. rex Oberthiir (Africa)—white spots are intense pale green. P. menestheus lormieri Distant (Africa)—band of creamy yellow spots be- comes brilliant pale green, and orange crescents on anal margin of hind- wing glow bright red. P. dardanus polytrophus R. & J. & (Africa)—pale creamy yellow portion glows a very brilliant pale blue-green, whereas black markings do not glow at all; females are dull under ultraviolet light. P. nobilis Rog. & (Africa)—brownish yellow with reddish brown mark- ings changes to bright red. References Giral, F., 1940. Pigmentos fluorescentes de insectos y bacterias. Rev. Soc. Mexicana Hist. Nat, 1: 243-254, 7 figs. Lawrence, R. F., 1954. Fluorescence in Arthropoda. Journ. Ent. Soc. S. Africa 17: 167-170. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 77 Merker, Ernst, 1929a. Die Pigmentverschiebungen in Netzauge der Insekten unter dem Einfluss von ultraviolettem Licht. Zool. Jahrb. 46 (Abt. Allgem. Zool.) : 297-374, 6 figs. Ne pidete eee , 1929b. Die Fluoreszens im Insektenauge, die Fluoreszens des Chitins der In- sekten und seine Durchlassigkeit fur ultraviolettes Licht. Zool. Jahrb. 46 (Abt. Allgem. Zool.) : 483-574, 2 pls. Mottram, J. C., & E. A. Cockayne, 1920. Fluorescence in Lepidoptera. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 1920: xxxvi-xxxix. Radley, J. A., & Julius Grant, 1935. Fluorescence analysis in ultraviolet light. Rayleigh, Lord, 1930. The iridescent colours of birds and insects. Proc. Royal Soc. (A) 128: 624-641. Biol. Res. Sect., Armour Res. Found., Illinois Inst. Technology, Chicago 16, Ill., U. S. A. CARADRINA MORPHEUS, A NEW RECORD FOR NORTH MVMbRICA OF A EUROPEAN MOTH (NOCTUIDZ:) In 1954 while on a visit, I left with Dr. A. E. Brower at Augusta, Maine, two or three specimens of a Noctuid that I had taken at light on the balcony of my home in the city of Montreal, Prov. of Quebec. Dr. BROWER did not recognize the species at the time and took them with him to Ottawa, Ont., on a trip at a later date and there, through the kindness of Dr. E. G. Munroe and Dr. D. F. Harpwick, they were identified as Caradrina mor- pheus Hufn., a common species in Europe—illustrated in RICHARD SOUTH’S Moths of the British Isles, plate 151: number 5. The captures listed below would indicate the establishment of this species in both eastern and western Canada. The seven records for British Columbia are all contained in the Canadian National Collection at Ottawa, and it is through the courtesy of Dr. Harpwick that I am permitted to include these western records. Montreal, P.Q.:—? 19 June 1949; 2 2 July 1953; 6 & 2 22 30 June 1954; Q Aawiyeioot 2 9) July 1954: 6 8 June 1955; 2 20 Jume 1955; 2 3 July 1955: & & 2 2 July 1956: & 4 July 1956; 2 12 July 1956;2 22 14 July 1956. New Westminster, B. C.:—@ 12 July 1944 (Mrs. E. SEAL). Mission City, B. C.:—@ 6 July 1953 (W. R. M. Mason); 2 9 July 1953 (EpiITH Mason); @ 11 July 1953 (W. R. Mason); @ 17 July 1953 (S. D. Hicks); 2 30 July 1953 (EpirH Mason). Kamloops, B. C.:—@ 24 June 1955 (D. A. ARNoTT). A. C. SHEPPARD, 5554 Coolbrook Ave., Montreal, P. Q., CANADA 78 Vol.13: no.2 FIELD NOTES A RECENT RECORD OF ANN4PHILA ARV ALIS (NOCTOUMA IN BRITISH COLUMBIA In the B. C. Provincial Museum Report for 1952, p. 26, is a note con- cerning the above species of moth, and expressing the doubt as to the exact locality in British Columbia from which it was recorded. Since that time a specimen was taken by the writer on March 10, 1958, in Saanich, Vancouver Island, from which it is concluded that the Gold- stream on the label on the original specimen was evidently the Vancouver Island place of that name. To my knowlegde, this is the first record for the species in British Columbia since 1903. Annaphila arvalis Hy. Edw. (originally recorded as Brephos fletcheri in British Columbia lists) is known to feed on Montia perfoliata in the cater- pillar stage. Hence it should be looked for where that plant is known to occur; though at the time of appearance of the moth, the plant is hardly above ground. Georce A. Harpy, Provincial Museum, Victoria, B. C.. CANADA SOME SPHINGID RARITIES FROM THE FLORIDA KEYos In August, 1958, my father Epwin and myself went to southern Florida to collect sphinx moths. We spent two days and nights on the Florida Keys where collecting was better than the mainland around Miami had been. On these subtropical islands we encountered a number of sphinx moths which were new to us. We collected four specimens of Protambulyx carterii Roths- child & Jordan at lights on Largo and Matecumbe Key. We took one fresh male of P. strigilis strigilis (Linné) on Plantation Key. Two fresh male specimens of Madoryx pseudothyreus Grote were taken on Key Largo as well as numerous specimens of Xylophanes pluto Fabricius, Erinnyis ello Linné, E. alope Drury, and Herse cingulata Fabricius. Collecting deteriorated notice- ably as we kept driving southward, with nothing to collect on Key West. Back on the mainland a perfect female Pholus fasciatus Sulzer was taken near Coral Gables and a female Cocytius anteus Drury was taken near Belle Glade. In the northern part of the state an [soparce cupressi Boisduval was taken resting on a light pole at Crystal River and a Lapara halicarniea Strecker was taken at Hilliard. Over 380 specimens of Lepidoptera were taken in all in the state, and we considered the journey very successful. It is my own belief that the majority of the sphinx moths taken on the Keys were representatives of an endemic population rather than “mere stragglers” be- cause of their freshness. H. A. FREEMAN of Garland, Texas, and WILLIAM E. SreKer of Madison, Wisconsin, kindly determined the sphingids. WiLLiAM H. Howe, 822 East Eleventh St., Ottawa, Kans., U. S. A. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 79 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS (Under the supervision of Frep T. THORNE, 1360 Merritt Dr., El Cajon, Calif., U.S.A.) ise PVEPRESSIONS OF THE TROPICAL FORESTS OF SOUTHEASTERN BRAZIL AND THEIR LEPIDOPTERA by E. P. WILTSHIRE Before leaving England for Rio de Janeiro, I had noted that several subscribers of the Lepidopterists’ Society inhabited that city; some of these were private citizens, others employees of at least two scientific institutions. A rapid glance at Seitz, Macrolepidoptera of the World, Vol. 5, had shewed me that the neighbourhood of Rio was a favourite collecting ground for Lepi- doptera. It looked as though I should not be able to make any valuable scien- tific discoveries during a stay of a few years there, but that my outlook would be broadened. Now, after a year at Rio, during which all too little time could be spared for entomology, I venture to summarise my impressions of the Lepi- doptera of the city and its neighbourhood and of general conditions affecting their life and their study, in the hope that these may interest readers outside Brazil. They fall into the following subject headings: The study: state of knowledge. The butterfly industry. The habitat: state of botanical knowledge. Representation of groups of Lepidoptera. Characteristic patterns, including mimetic and melanistic; extreme adap- tations. Phenology. Character of the fauna. Breeding, catching, and keeping. THE StTupy oF LEPIDOPTERA AND THE STATE OF KNOWLEDGE Rio is a city of about three million inhabitants. It is the federal capital of one of the largest countries in the world. Brazil’s area is in fact greater than that of the U. S. A., and its population around sixty million souls. The city possesses the world’s most beautiful harbour, surpassing Hong Kong and San Francisco scenically. Tropical forests, rich in dazzling butterflies and teeming with multitudes of less conspicuous forms, hem the city in on several sides and can be reached by car in half an hour from the city’s centre. Air travel is the usual way of visiting parts of Brazil beyond the immediate vi- cinity of the place of one’s residence. 80 WILTSHIRE: Brazilian Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.2 The Sierra Estrela, Petropolis, southeastern Brazil. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 81 Several biological publications are produced regularly by Brazilian in- stitutions, providing a forum for publications of the local naturalists. Taxo- nomic works on Lepidoptera appearing in these are of a high quality. The number of amateur naturalists however is too low to permit the existence of periodicals catering, as in some parts of the world, especially for them. The city of Rio possesses several entomologists, both Brazilian and foreign, with a good knowledge of the butterflies and moths of the neighbourhood based on many years’ experience and study, but none have a detailed knowledge of more than a few families; this is because of the great richness of the fauna, the multiplicity of species, the lack of any popularising or comprehensive work like that of SoutrH’s for the British Isles, and the fact that the volumes of Seitz for the American Noctuidae and Geometride have not been and can never be completed. The Seitz volumes, as far as they go, despite their incom- pleteness and obsolescence, are indispensable for local students; nothing else comparable is available. The Noctuide and Geometride are hardly better known than the Pyralidida and Micros. The types, which must be inspected to identify correctly most of the Lepidoptera one may catch in Brazil (for one cannot rely on an identification based only on Seitz) are mostly to be found in London and Washington, particularly London. In these conditions the local workers are to be congratulated on their actual achievements; their friendly co-operation with visiting entomologists is also noteworthy. At the present rate of study and in view of the great number of forms | think that a hundred years of taxonomic study must elapse before Brazil’s Lepidoptera can be as well known as those of Europe today. Until a general survey of the whole fauna is published, most generalisations can only be tentative, and the spread of the study in Brazil will be retarded. Lepidoptera, moreover, are better known than any other order of insect. How ridiculous therefore were the comments which one already used to hear thirty years ago, to the effect that taxonomists had completed their studies of the world’s insects and ento- mologists should therefore turn to other aspects (non-systematic) of their subject. What can be achieved on incomplete foundations? THE BUTTERFLY INDUSTRY As soon as one steps ashore at Rio, one meets Morpho wings, displayed in the windows of curiosity shops. These dazzling blue giant butterflies pro- vide Brazil with a minor industry and article of export. Many shops shew trays of various sizes; some have detached wings arranged in mosaics or form- ing part of some picture, and these are tasteless products; others on a white cotton field under a sheet of glass, shew a selection of whole (or whole, ex- cept for the abdomen) set butterflies; these offend the taste less; a third type of butterfly-curio on sale, and indeed the rarest, is a vertical transparent glass screen representing a leafy branch on which may be perched four or five choice butterflies. As international and local tastes improve, a further develop- ment of this third line seems to promise the most attractive product of the butterfly industry. 82 WILTsHIRE: Brazilian Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.2 The butterflies of the genus AZorpho, used for the above purposes, and for export to dealers all over the world are mostly produced by German professionals in Southern Brazil, e.g. Santa Catharina, some 500 miles dis- tant. No other genus is demanded in such numbers; but one sees in the tray selections and screens many other beautiful forms of butterfly, and even a few moths. In order to cope with orders of thousands at a time, these profes- sionals, of course, breed the Morphos. ‘This practice would appear to guaran- tee the survival of the species so used, unlike the case of the Bird of Paradise, threatened with extinction by the feather industry. Yet all agree here that Morphos are less abundant in the Rio district than formerly. Tue Hapsitat; STATE OF BOTANICAL _ KNOWLEDGE Rio is situated on the coast just north of the Tropic of Capricorn. Rain may fall in any month of the jear; and the average annual rainfall is 43” and more in the mountains. There is no frost at sea level but a cooler season (May-August) during which heat-waves are not unknown, is called “winter”’ by the inhabitants and not without reason, as wild life responds in a marked way. [he climate is thus tropical but not equatorial. The adjacent mountains have peaks hardly exceeding six thousand feet; the typical mountain forests are those situated between one and three thousand feet, at cloud-level. In the plain, no forest remains, the habitats being either cultivation, marshland, mangrove swamps, or dunes. In the mountains there are various forests under official protection, including those adjajcent to the city of Rio. The mountains of this neighbourhood are, characteristically, towering granite domes, often forming chains, and except where the bare rock is too steep for any soil, were once completely forested. Parts of them are now still forested even where unprotected; other parts have been built on, or cultivated, or converted to pasture. The Rio climate produces a very humid type of tropical forest, particularly at cloud-level, composed of many different species of tree, most of which bloom at a definite season profusely; these trees cannot how- ever be said to have a tree-top layer with a bioccenosis distinct from that at ground level, as has been reported from flatter tropical forests, e.g. the Ama- zon and Guiana. Owing to steep gradients, all biocoenoses are partly inter- mingled. The trees are covered with epiphytes and creepers, such as orchids, bromeliz and woody lianas, and at ground level too there is a wealth of creepers such as Passion-flower, and herbs and shrubs. The tree-trunks of almost all species are covered also with lichens and alge; some of these are red; but the greenish-white lichens are the more expansive and give the forests around Rio their characteristic pale-trunked appearance, almost approaching that of a birch-wood. The Notodontide are especially characterised by cryptic coloration for rest on this type of background. In the immediate vicinity of Rio the number of species of native trees is about four hundred, to which must be added about one hundred introduced kinds in parks and plantations. There is no popular work to aid in identifying these trees, let alone the herbs which must be equally numerous. Whether he seeks known larve on a given foodplant or wishes to describe and publish original observations, the lepidop- terist’s task is thus rendered harder. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 83 REPRESENTATION OF GROUPS To compare strictly the number of species in each family in the local fauna is difficult, as a complete list does not exist, and different methods of sampling must be used for different families. Groups attracted to mercury vapour light, which is the most productive means of capture, will appear to outnumber those not so attracted, e.g. the diurnals, in proportion not corre- sponding to the true. The total number of species of Lepidoptera in the vicinity of Rio is not yet ascertainable but my impression is that it is tenfold that of southern Europe, and twenty or thirty times as many as in the British Isles (about 2200). The Noctuide (=Phalenide) are by far the most numerous family, in richness of species, and in it the Quadrifids outnumber the Trifids. The fam- ily appears to be three times as numerous as the next most numerous groups coming to light, the Geometride and Pyralididae. These two seem to out- number by similar proportions the next most numerous groups, the Arctiide, Notodontide, Sphingide, and Saturniide, which are however better known, having attracted more attention because of their size or colouring. It is re- grettable that the most numerous are the least known. The relative number of species in different groups must not be confused with the number of individuals of a single species. At certain seasons and places, the enormous numbers of one species (Cosmosoma teuthras erubescens) to light, gives the impression that the Syntomidze outnumber all other groups ; at other seasons and places, the Pyralidide. Among the day-fliers the appear- ance during a short flight season of countless individuals of Actinote pellenea makes the Acrzinze (Nymphalidze) seem the most numerous butterfly group in Rio. CHARACTERISTIC PATTERNS, INCLUDING MIMETIC AND MELANISTIC It is commonly said that tropical Lepidoptera are larger and more bril- liantly coloured than temperate ones. It is a fact that there are larger forms in the tropics; and Brazil indeed has the species with the largest wing-span in the world (the Noctuid moth T hysania agrippina). This moth, however, is cryptically marked as in the Hol- arctic genus Boarmia, so as to be inconspicuous when resting on tree trunks. It is also a fact that many Brazilian forms have peculiar colour patterns and others have more brilliant hues than are ever seen in temperate latitudes. The butterflies that combine great size and wonderful colouring are indeed unforgettable sights and some of them are common. Though not in the ma- jority, they are with some reason considered characteristic. But Brazil, and other tropical places, are inhabited by countless small, dull forms as well. There are Brazilian Nolinz, and Eupitheciinz with a similar pattern to the Holarctic species and even smaller. The Epiplemidz, an almost exclusively tropical family consisting entirely of rather small, delicate, cryptically col- 84 WILTSHIRE: Brazilian Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.2 oured moths (only distinguishable by their venation from Geometridz or Drepanide) which fly by day in shady places or at sunset around bushes in the mountains near Rio, are the very converse of what the word “tropical” suggests. Although at least one species of Pyralid is as big as a large Hawk- moth and has usually been mistaken for one, I have never elsewhere bred out such minute leaf-miners as I have near Rio. The Satyridz also have smaller, duller, grass-feeding ground-flying forms than any in Europe. In the Noc- tuide the Brazilian “Wainscots” (Mythimna, Leucania, etc.) are similar to Holarctic forms but if anything smaller; this may be because tropical forest conditions give less scope for the evolution of graminivorous types than the Palearctic and Nearctic regions with steppes and grassy mountains. Thus around Rio one finds patterns typical of temperate forms side by side with characteristic Neotropical patterns; but it is remarkable that in Brazil patterns do not indicate affinity to the same extent that they do in the Palearctic Region, where one can guess without much fear of error that a white butterfly is a Pierid, and a blue a Lycenid; but not so in Brazil. We may call the representation of a similar pattern in unrelated groups “convergence” and may regard it in such places as Brazil where it is so com- mon, in some cases as the result of identical environmental influences on dif- ferent stocks over a very long period. More has been written about mimicry than other forms of convergence, probably because of the conspicuousness of the characteristic patterns; but the district of Rio contains as remarkable examples of cryptic convergence as of mimetic-aposematic convergence. On mimicry the remarks, on the genus Heliconius, of Dr. SEITZ on p.373 of vol. 5 of his great work are still very apt and one cannot do better than summarise them: The acrid-smelling Argynnid Heliconius narcea has a pattern, form and flight which render it indistinguishable on the wing from a number of Danaide, which are also distasteful, including Melinza aethra, Mechanitis lysimnia and Ceratinia euryanassa. Another Argynnid, in a closely related genus, Eueides dianassa, also mimics Heliconius narcea perfectly; less closely related are the females of Eresia eunice and of the Pierid Perrhybris pyrrha and the day-flying females of certain Pericopid and Castniid moths which also mimic the black, yellow, and orange pattern of the above-named butterflies, with which they fly on the outskirts of the city and in the forests around Rio, so that a collector cannot catch a series of any one species without taking some of the other species too. As though sure of the protection afforded by their odour or taste the Heliconius and Danaid models fly in open places with a slow, straight flight, often assembling in groups or alighting on flowers and are not shy nor are they hurt if the thorax is pressed or the wings rubbed ; possible foes must be familiar with their appearance, taste, and smell, and the colours thus become a warning-uniform which the less distasteful mimics profit by wearing. Dr. Srrrz’ observations are still very true but I might add that since his time these warning colours have become adopted, of course unconsciously and 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 85 coincidentally, by the city’s buses or “‘lotacoes’’ which are considered the most dangerous element in its fast-moving traffic and are given a wide berth by other road-users. It may surprise readers familiar with recent work on industrial melanism to hear that melanism occurs in the forests of Brazil. It is quite unassociated with industry. There are of course many dark spots in the tropical forests where sooty coloration is an advantage. One presumes these melanistic species choose such spots for resting. Many families contain a minority of melanic species in various genera; in the Geometridz I have noticed one or two polymorphic species whose vari- eties range from pale to blackish. One of Brazil’s largest species, the migrant Noctuid Erebus odora L. is melanistic in the male sex and would seem to be an advanced type of organism; but other melanic forms seem more primitive. In the family Saturniide, which in Brazil is comparatively numerous and characteristic, some species are large and richly coloured, and highly spe- clalised in some ways, despite the primitive venation of the family; but others are small, dull, and with a melanic tendency; for instance, in the genus Hylesia which is typically mouse-coloured, some species are melanic except for the abdomen which seems to preserve the brown ancestral colouring, concealed by the sooty black wings when in the normal resting position. The genus Automeris, generally characterised by the vividly coloured central eye on the hindwing, contrasting with a cryptically coloured forewing, has one atyp- ical species (4. inornata Walker) where the eye is almost covered with a melanic suffusion. Can one deduce that recently the survival-value, for this species, of the bright eye-warning has proved less than that of a complete melanic cloak? Or is it a primitive melanic form in the early stages of evolv- ing a bright eye, that has changed less rapidly than its relatives in the same environment? Observation of resting habits and breeding experiments would both seem required to answer such a question. Melanism of a different type is also quite common in day-fliers, and in- deed many diurnals in unrelated families shew this tendency. Their melanism may be aposematic or cryptic. The Hesperiidz, which are richly represented around Rio, are largely melanic and cryptic. Most of the Papilio forms, both of the group with yel- low pigmentation and that with red, are strongly melanic. Among the latter group is a form perfectly reproduced in a quite different genus; the predom- inantly black wings are marked on the upper sides with smaller white and red central patches. Other melanic butterflies have the black upper-sides nar- rowly banded with metallic blue. The effect of most of the foregoing is cryptic, it being very difficult to follow such forms with the eye when in flight between patches of bright sunlight and deep shade in the depths of the forest. However the combination of a black upper-side with an orange or yellow cross-band would seem to be aposematic. Insects so marked fly fearlessly and slowly through the glades and are not hard to follow or catch; some of them are doubtless distasteful to predators. This pattern occurs in some Rhopalo- 86 WILTSHIRE: Brazilian Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.2 cera but is borrowed by many Heterocera and those having it are day-fliers. To do justice to this subject a long special article profusely illustrated in colour would be necessary; failing this, the reader who wishes to get an impression of the facies of the Lepidoptera around Rio can hardly do better than turn to the LIFE International magazine number of Nov. 24, 1958, though the melanistic and inconspicuous forms are mostly omitted from the fine illustrations there given. One may conclude with the generalisation that a tropical fauna, to judge from that at Rio, is characterised not so much by larger and more brilliant forms but rather by greater extremes of all kinds, and by a greater richness, both of variety and numbers. PHENOLOGY ‘The Lepidoptera around Rio vary phenologically much the same as do those of subtropical and temperate climates; some species are multivoltine, and the life-cycle of these is as a rule shorter than that of temperate species; others are bivoltine, others univoltine; some have a short adult appearance, others are more spread; some have rigidly short pupal periods of 15 days, while in others individuals of a single generation vary in this period between two weeks and five months. In some species hibernation is obligatory and occurs in the larval stage, though only some of the foodplants lose their leaves: among such is Morpho laertes whose scarlet, hairy big-headed caterpillars hibernate in gregarious masses resembling a fruit and suspended from a twig. Local entomologists also tell me that some individual pupz of other species may hatch after two or three years. The Sphingidce and large Saturniide are on the wing in large numbers in the warmer months but are little seen to light during the cooler; the smaller Noctuide, Geometride and Pyralidiidz, however, appear in fair num- bers to light even when the giants are not to be seen. At sea-level and up to at least a thousand metres’ height, no month in the year passes without one seeing Lepidoptera flying, particularly the day-fliers, but there is a marked increase in numbers in September and a maximum of species and individuals is on the wing in December-April. CHARACTER OF THE FAUNA a The Neotropical has very few species in common with the Palearctic, somewhat more with the Nearctic and Paleotropical faunz. The three species which I have noticed in and around Rio and also come across in the Old World are: Peridroma saucia, Nomophila noctuella, Hymenia (Zinckenia) recurvalis (-fascialis). All three are known to migrate and the last is a root- crop pest, but doubtless they reside and are well-established as well in Brazil as in the Old World. Common genera are somewhat more numerous than species but the fauna as a whole, to one coming from the Old World, has a bizarre and unfamiliar 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 87 aspect. Some of the most characteristic groups of the Palearctic Region, e.g. Zygaena, Agrotis, Argynnis, are virtually absent while others have closely related vicariants (e.g. Phyciodes representing Melitaa). Vanessa and My- thimna (Leucania) are genera with distinct but similar species. ‘The predominance, among the Noctuids, of the Quadrifine over the ‘Trifine, already mentioned, characterises of course both Neotropical and Paleotropical Faune. Characteristic, that is virtually endemic Neotropical groups, are, among others, the Morphine, Heliconiine, Megalopygide, Mimallonidz and in the Noctuide, the Diopsine. As already mentioned there is no lack, around Rio, of small, not highly specialised forms; but one is also struck by the extreme length to which spe- cialisation and adaptations have gone. As regards size and brilliance, the Mor- phinz are unsurpassed ; their social habits are moreover highly developed. As regards length of tail of hind-wings, many families have extraordinary dimen- sions. Hind-wing lobation as a secondary sexual character with vein-reduction characterises several Arctiid genera, and aberrant hindwings characterises quite a number of small Geometride. Larve with extremely urticating and large elaborately branching spines are not easily forgotten; remarkable masses of scales and hair-fringes on adults’ legs, wings, and bodies, combined with an unusual pose in the natural resting position, often serve as a perfect cryptic device, whose existence it is impossible to guess from a conventional mounted museum specimen and which can only be illustrated by the living animal. Many of these specialisations occur in groups, e.g. the Hesperiide and Saturniidew, whose neuration is comparatively primitive and whose Palearctic representatives lack them. The Neotropical fauna might therefore be de- scribed as consisting to quite a large extent of highly specialised and advanced representatives of comparatively primitive groups, with a penetration of rather generalised, small northern types; though one might argue that some, at least of the latter, e.g. the Nolinz, are descendants rather of an almost cosmopolitan early fauna which are not particularly favoured or stimulated by present conditions in Brazil. It is usual to attribute the extravagant specialization of tropical life to the pressure of the struggle for existence over a very long period between forms where climate provides little or no obstacle to dispersion and multipli- cation. ‘The facies or general appearance of the Brazilian lepidoptera finds, per- haps, its most similar counterpart in tropical S. E. Asia. The wide separa- tion and barriers between these two regions suggest that environment rather than affinity may account for the resemblance, which of course is superficial. BREEDING, CATCHING AND KEEPING Finding larve is easy, and breeding them up should be no harder in the Rio district than elsewhere for one living in a suburban house within easy reach of the forest; but most people live in flats, which do not favour breed- 88 WILTSHIRE: Brazilian Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.2 ing. The life histories of the great majority of the Lepidoptera are still un- known. Parasitisation seems more intense than in other places known to me. Catching dayfliers is not difficult in the case of the Hesperiidae and the weaker-fliers; but the larger butterflies are on the whole more difficult to catch; many of them like high trees; the steeper gradients around Rio make these probably easier to catch there than in flatter tropical areas. Flowering bushes sometimes attract numerous butterflies and render the task easier. Many kinds do not need sunshine to persuade them to fly, and may be caught in dull weather to some extent at least. The introduction of mercury vapour lamps as a means of taking moths at night has made it easier to obtain a good series of a single species; hitherto the tropics were notorious for the multiplicity of species of which one suc- ceeded in catching singletons only. So great is the number that comes to the new type of lamp at the best season that the problem is how to cope with the multitude. A small trap is quite impracticable, and less damage is done to specimens if one can tempt them into a large room which acts as a trap. To deal with all families it would be best to have two or three persons working in a team at a single light source. A team of several skilled persons, and much equipment would also be required to set and label the catch that would then result. It is necessary to kill the larger species at once by injection to prevent them damaging themselves and the smaller moths that accompany them to light; this is equally true of the day-flying Morphine and Brassolids, though some collectors make do with squeezing the thorax of these. The collectors in Rio are able to preserve their catches in good condition without undue trouble; the climate is tropical and humid but not badly so, though it would be advisable to avoid the most humid parts, such as Copaca- bana and Leblon. Drying certainly takes a long time unless one accelerates it with heat. On holidays of a week or ten days I have usually tried to set the catch as soon as possible after capture and have reduced the period of setting to as little as three days by the careful application of solar or electrical heat to the boards, or exposing them before a fire or pressure-lamp. Mites are particularly abundant and it is best to coat store-boxes with melted naphthaline and paraffin-wax. The Agency, P. O. Box 114, BAHRAIN, PERSIAN GULF 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 89 BUPTERFLY COLLECTING IN TEXAS AND NEW MEXICO by H. A. FREEMAN ‘The area covered by this paper is so vast that it is almost impossible to cover more than the most interesting localities. I will point out some of the best places to collect based on personal collecting and the notes obtained from other collectors. In Texas we have five distinct zones, the pine woods area of east Texas, the central ‘Texas area in which Dallas is located, the lower Rio Grande valley area, the southwestern area in which Alpine and the Big Bend National park are located, and the panhandle area in which is the very interesting Palo Duro Canyon. Each of these areas will be taken up with some comments as to the best exact localities to visit and the period of the year when collecting is at its height. For East Texas I will deal with one in particular. Situated a few miles north of Tyler is Tyler State Park, in which a person can get a fair example of most of the species of butterflies that occur over the entire area. This park is in a wooded section with a fair sized lake in about the center. The soil is mostly sandy and the prevailing types of vegetation are pines, oaks, cedars, several flowers such as Verbena canadensis and the interesting Button-bush (Cephalanthus occidentalis) and Yucca louisianensis. During March you can collect Incisalia hadros C. & W., Incisalia henrici turneri Clench several species of Papilio, Hesperia metea licinius Edw., Erynnis martialis (Scud.), which is a rarity in Texas, and Megathymus yucce (Bdv. & Lec.). The last named can best be collected by gathering the pupe from the caudex of Yucca louisianensis the first week of March. During September it is possible to get an occasional specimen of Amblyscirtes alternata (Grote & Robinson) in and around Tyler. This is the only place that I have ever found this species in Texas. It might be noted here that the weather plays a very important part in just how successful you are in collecting during March in Tyler State Park as I have found during the past six years that J. hadros has been very hard to locate because of the bad climatic conditions. About the only species that seems to be easy to locate is Megathymus yucce. The central part of Texas in which Dallas is located is characterized by having two distinct types of soil. The prevailing type is black sticky humus and the other is where you find limestone outcroppings. It is in the latter places that you will find your best localities to collect. There is one such place in Dallas on Buckner Blvd. one-half mile west of the drive-in theater. On Yucca arkansana in this area I have now collected around two hundred specimens of Megathymus yucca@ stallingsi Freeman from those plants dur- ing the past six years. During March the Prunus are in bloom and Jncisalia henrici turneri fairly swarms at times around those blossoms. Another inter- esting species that will show up from year to year around that time of the season is Euchloe olympia rosa Edw. Beginning around the last of May and continuing until fall, other species that you can collect in this area are Cogia 90 FREEMAN: Texas and New Mexico Vol.132 no:2 outis Skinner, Amblyscirtes nysa Edw., Amblyscirtes belli Freeman, Polites vibex brettoides (Edw.), Mitoura gryneus castalis (Edw.), and many more, of more or less importance. In this particular area you get strays from all the other four areas of the state. Even though the type locality of dmbly- scirtes eos (Edw.) is Dallas this is distinctly a stray into this area. It is found commonly in the Palo Duro Canyon and around Alpine. It enters the central area more commonly around Palo Pinto and Mineral Wells. There are a number of others like that but one other in particular is worth some comment. I collected a number of Mitoura xami (Reakirt) in and around Pharr in the lower Rio Grande valley; however, one specimen was collected at Lancaster, ten miles south of Dallas, on Ceanothus ovatus Desf. This specimen was collected April 15, 1949, which was considerably off the time that I collected my south Texas specimens (October-December). The Pharr area, which is in about the center of the lower Rio Grande Valley section, is one of the most interesting places to collect as you do not know what you are going to collect from day to day and from one year to the next. This part of Texas is definitely sub-tropical and many of the species that occur as native species are the same as you will find two hundred miles south in Mexico. The number of strays and new records for the United States that turn up in and around Pharr is remarkable. Because of the condi- tion of the land and other factors the best collecting is to be done around the irrigation ditches and canals and along the Rio Grande river. One of the best places to collect was found to be on the La Reforma ranch which is situ- ated north of Hidalgo just off the McAllen road. Any person desiring to find this locality can get there by driving from Hidalgo along beside the rail- road and turn left on a dirt road that has the high power line running parallel with it. Th's turn-off is just about two miles from Hidalgo and you can go forward on this dirt road for about three-fourths of a mile and you will drive into the wooded area. Here is the place where I turned up a num- ber of new United States records and saw my only Morpho in the United States. Butterflies fairly swarm during all the months of the year and only a few of the most interesting will be mentioned. Here along the sides of the road Astraptes fulgerator (Walsh), Pellicia bromias (G. & S.) and costima- cula (H.-S.), Spathilepia clonius (Cramer), Timochares ruptifasciata (Ploetz), Achlyodes thraso (Hbn.), Gorgythion begga pyralina (Méschler), Aguna asander (Hew.), Proteides mercurius (Fab.), Lerodea tyrteus Ploetz, Lerodea edata (Ploetz), Amblyscirtes celia Skinner, Anteos ma@rula (Fabr.), Adelpha fessonia Hew., Chlorippe pavon Latr., Apodemia walkeri G., Lasaia sessilis Schaus, Thecla bazochii G., Thecla facuna Hew., Thecla cestri (Reak.), and many others may be found. Another excellent place to collect is six miles north of McAllen on the road to Edinburg. It is up and down the irrigation canal that crosses under the highway. Just west of Mis- sion two species of Megathymide may be collected, Megathymus yucce wilsonorum Stallings & Turner and Stallingsia maculosus (Freeman). To collect in that part of the state, just locate a nice irrigation ditch that has been there for several years and has had a lot. of vegetation around it. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 91 Every year that I go back to the southwestern part of Texas I learn a little more about collecting out there. When I first started going there in 1940 I found little to collect and I have heard a number of other collectors say the same. You must know the right places to visit or else your whole trip will have been without results. The best place to find good tourists courts . and such is in Alpine. From there you can go in a number of directions. My favorite places are to go to Fort Davis and then on up to the summit of Mt. Locke. Eleven miles from Alpine there is a bridge that crosses a small stream of water which is usually flowing. In this particular area I have found a lot of very interesting butterflies, namely 4 mblyscirtes oslari (Skinner), nysa, nereus (Edw.), eos, enus Edw., texane Bell, and simius Edw., Adopaoides simplex (Felder), Celotes nessus (Edw.), Antigonus evansi Bell and pulver- ulenta (Felder), Cogia hippalus (Edw.), Thorybes drusius (Edw.) and pylades albosuffusa Freeman, Phyciodes picta Edw., Adelpha eulalia D. & H., Papilio multicaudatus Kirby and many others. These species have been col- lected from late May until August. At the summit of Mt. Locke, around the McDonald Observatory, during the first of June, I have seen Strymon polingi (B. & B.) fairly common as they flew around Quercus emoryi and Quercus grisea, and Amblyscirtes phylace (Edw.) could be found flying around the blooms on Linum rigidum and Houstonia nigricans and Oarisma edwardsiu (Barnes) sitting on the ground to dart about for a few seconds and then again alight. During July and August Minois meadi Edw. is common at high elevations throughout that area and many other very desirable butter- _ flies. There are several species of 4 gave and Yucca found in the southwestern part of the state and so far only five species of Agathymus have been col- lected in that particular part of the state, marie (Barnes & Benjamin), macal- pinei (Freeman), florencee (Stallings & Turner), judithe (Stallings & Turner), and chisosensis (Freeman). I am sure that there are others just waiting to be collected. For best collecting results in the southwestern part of Texas locate some wooded canyon or else go up into the mountain areas where there is plenty of vegetation. The flats around Alpine are practically devoid of desirable species of butterflies, as is the case over most of that section. I have found several nice places to collect in the panhandle of Texas. Perhaps the best is in the Palo Duro Canyon. The most productive part of the canyon is below Claude instead of the part near the town of Canyon. About fifteen miles due south of Claude there is a small hill just before you progress down into the canyon proper and it was on this hill that I first collected Megathymus texanus B & McD. and its form “albocincta. ‘There are many other interesting butterflies found on that particular little hill: Papilio multicaudatus, Mitoura gryneus castalis, Erynnis burgessi (Skinner) and meridianus Bell, Hesperia viridis Edw., uncas Edw., Amblyscirtes oslart, simius, and nysa. Down in the bottom of the canyon there are a number of smaller canyons that lead into the main one and it is in these that you have the best results. In one spot I found Pholisora alpheus (Edw.) fairly com- mon. It was interesting to me to note that in one small canyon I would find Amblyscirtes erna Freeman commonly while just a little way off another 92 FREEMAN: Texas and New Mexico Vol.13: no.2 small canyon would yield not a single erna but plenty of genus and both texane and eos. The only two specimens of Megathymus yucca Bdy. & Lec. (I believe this subspecies to be coloradensis Riley), that I collected in three years in the Panhandle were found flying around in one of these small canyons near the main canyon. Another good place to collect is on the Gray’s ranch north of Skellytown. Here Yucca glauca grows very abundantly and during May and the first of June you can catch many fine specimens of Megathymus texanus and its form “‘albocincta”’. The best collecting season in the Panhandle is during the spring as there are only a few interesting species to be collected during the fall months. Hesperia uncas and Amblyscirtes eos are two of the species that are about as common during September as they are during May. If I were to make a suggestion to collectors wishing to collect in Texas I would say that it would be best to select one particular area and concentrate on that place for the entire length of their visit. Most of the state has been collected over in more or less spasmodic trips by a lot of collectors; however, only a very few places have been thoroughly collected. Of those places I would say that the area around Dallas is perhaps the best known in the state and the areas in the west the least known. I have collected around Alpine almost every year since 1940 but actually it is almost virgin territory as far as being well known. In the section around Pharr it is doubtful whether a person would ever get all of the species that occur around that locality, as each year new things make their appearance and ones that were there the year before fail to appear. If a collector is wanting to get into some more or less virgin territory I would suggest the Guadalupe Mountains west and south of Pine Springs, Texas, during May and June. This section of the state has only been collected over in a very poor manner. There are a number of plants that grow in these mountains that also occur in the Chisos Moun- tains, in the Big Bend National Park. Because of the fact that the Chisos Mountains are in a National Park there has been little collecting done there so it is hard to say whether the same butterflies are associated with the plants that grow there and also in the Guadalupe Mountains. If a collector should desire to collect this area I would suggest that they go prepared to camp out, as there are no tourist courts nor places to sleep within miles of the mountains. Actually the state of New Mexico affords a golden opportunity for any collector, as that state has been collected over less than most of the others in our union. Several collectors have collected around Raton, Folsom, Santa Fe, Jemez Springs, Ft. Wingate, Alamogordo, and Silver City; however, the northwestern, west, and southwestern parts of the state have been practically untouched. I have made only brief collecting trips to New Mexico and each time with very good results. On the Canadian river north of Tucumcari many interesting species were collected and observed during May. Around Raton may be found several Hesperia and Speyeria as well as Pholisora mejicanus (Reak.), Strymon falacer godarti Field, Strymon titus immaculosus Comst., especially during the month of August. While driving from Rodeo to Lords- burg I noticed a species of 4 gave growing in the mountains, most likely pal- 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 93 meri, so there should be some 4 gathymus in the baueri group in those moun- tains. I have specimens of Agathymus marie and Megathymus viole Stallings & Turner from near Carlsbad, Megathymus streckeri Skinner from around Santa Fe and Albuquerque and Megathymus texanus from around Folsom. ‘The type locality of Megathymus yucce navajo Skinner is near Ft. Wingate, and I have seen specimens of that subspecies from Zuni Mountains collected during May and June. _ The geography of New Mexico is such that you can find almost any type of country in which to collect. Ihe southeastern section from Carlsbad and Clovis where the elevation is slightly above three thousand feet affords one type of collecting; the mountains that run through the central part northward range up to over twelve thousand feet and are rich in butterflies, especially during the spring and early summer; the mountains northeast of Gallup should show an entirely different fauna, as should the ones northwest of Sil- ver City and would be well worth a collector’s time to investigate. To sum up collecting in New Mexico I would simply say that so little is actually known about the best places to find butterflies in that state almost any mountainous area would be worthwhile. If I were going to do some extensive collecting there I would go to Silver City or Santa Rita during the last of May and work the mountains of that area on through June. Another place that might be worth selecting would be Gallup and visit thoroughly the mountains north of that city. When more work has been done, we can get a much better idea of just where to go to collect in New Mexico. 1605 Lewis Drive, Garland, Texas, U. S. A. THE SAGA OF AN ORPHAN SPEYERIA DIANA LARVA by Witiiam H. Evans All collectors know how important it is to label their specimens accurate- ly. Of course, the small size of labels limits the data to essential informa- tion which does not reveal any of the events involved in the capture of the specimens. Even in the case of a preserved larva, the story behind the label is often interesting. An example of this can be shown in the eventful life of a Speyeria diana Cramer larva now in the preserved collection at Yale University. Perhaps an account written from the viewpoint of this larva will reveal all the important facts. 94 EVANS: Saga Vol.13: meg In September 1957, a badly worn female S. diana was captured in the Smoky Mountains of Tennessee and taken to Yale University where, under the guidance of Dr. C. L. REmrINcToN, she laid four eggs. Apparently the academic life was too strenuous for a lady of her age, for she died a few hours after arrival. The four eggs were entrusted to me for rearing of anything that might emerge. Soon after arrival, three eggs shriveled; but the fourth changed to a darker color. Twenty-eight days after the oviposition, the hero of this epic first saw the full light of day after chewing its way out of the only good egg. Regardless of the number of times it crawled across the paper on the floor of its one-inch-plastic-cube living quarters, it was unable to detach the egg shell from its last two or three segments. Soon he or she (we never learned which) crawled onto the lower surface of the paper and settled down for what should have been a very long nap. Suddenly it was swept off its feet by a small camel-hair brush and dumped into a puddle of water — really only one drop of rain water which had been dripped from a medicine dropper onto a small fragment of paper towel. When the drop spread out and soaked into the paper, the larva was able to escape from the damp surface. A quick trip around the interior of its new home revealed it to be identical with its previous habitation, only the furnishings were different. On the floor were two bits of paper towel, one wet and one dry, and in one corner was a small pile of wet sand just large enough to hold the stem of a tender Viola cornuta leaf. By stretching a bit, the larva managed to reach the leaf and climb aboard without getting its feet wet. After exploring the upper surface, it found a hiding place in the curled edge of the leaf and went to sleep not expecting to be awakened for at least six months; however, he (she?) was not allowed to do what comes naturally, and was soon aroused by the prod of a broom straw. It was bad enough to suffer the discomfort of a clinging egg shell, but to be subjected to the bullying of the brute on the other end of that straw — that was too much! She (he?) coiled into a ball and rolled off the leaf landing in a drop of water on the floor of the box. While strugg- ling out of the water onto a dry bit of paper towel, it dislodged the empty egg shell which had clung to its rear segments forty-eight hours. By the time the larva found its way back to the leaf, it was hungry enough to eat a small notch out of the tender edge. After a few hours rest, it returned to the leaf edge for a full meal. From this time on, it ate and slept alternately without further prodding. Occasionally his (her?) privacy was invaded by a lepidopterist’s prying eye peering through a magnifying glass. After devouring most of the first leaf and part of a fresh one, it molted after 14 days in the first instar. In the first instar, the larva had been a whitish shade; but, after the first molt, it changed to jet black with no markings on the body or spines. During her (his?) 8 days in the second instar it ate several leaves, and grew rapidly, requiring no attention other than the furnishing of new leaves and an occa- sional cleaning of the rearing container. In the third instar, which lasted 10 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 95 days, some of the spines had a narrow orange ring around the base of the shaft. When it molted again, after 7 days in the fourth instar, it had out- grown the plastic box and had to be transferred to a cottage cheese cup with a wire-mesh top. The stems of fresh Viola leaves were pushed through holes in the bottom into water in a shallow jar beneath. It thrived on this diet and doubled its size during 10 days spent in the fifth instar. In the last instar, it was quite a handsome creature with spotless glisten- ing black body adorned with bright red jewels. The red coloring was not actually on the body, but on the lower one-third of each spine shaft. On the first segment, two very long black-shafted spines pointed forward and over and beyond the black head which was colored dark orange along its upper part. Up to this time, the larva had eaten all the leaves supplied in the cheese cup, which was kept in a warm place in its guardian’s living room; however, for some unknown reason, it suddenly became fastidious in his eat- ing habits. It would take only a few bites from each leaf, and then crawl around rapidly five or ten minutes before pausing for a few more bites. When it was taken outside and placed on a Viola plant growing in a flower bed, it quickly devoured a number of tender leaves, then crawled off the plant and back into the rearing container where it rested several hours before getting hungry again. Twice each day for almost three weeks, it was put out te graze in the flower bed while its caretaker guarded it from a lizard that often eyed the larva hungrily. No doubt these brief periods of freedom in the warm December sunshine were the best moments of its life. A few days were chilly and rainy, but the weather was not bad enough to interfere with the daily outings. The larva had been treated as such a pampered pet that one would think it was devotion that caused its lepidopterist caretaker to look at it so often. Actually, a sinister plot was under way, and unfortunately the larva’s 1.Q. was not high enough for it to comprehend what was going to happen to it when it climbed aboard the twig which had always been used to transfer it to its Viola pasture. Its life came to a sudden tragic end when the twig was dropped into a pan of boiling water. EP tho Gwe I must confess that I am the perpretator of this evil deed, but hope it will not be considered murder since the larva sacrificed its life for the sake of science. It was unfortunate in showing structural features which differed so much from other species in the genus that it was imperative to kill it mercifully and in ideal condition in hot water and then preserve it perma- nently in a vial of alcohol. I hope this obituary will serve as a tribute to this heroic larva who made the supreme sacrifice. 8711 La Tuna Canyon Road, Sun Valley, Calif., U. S. A. 96 Vol.13: no.2 A RAPID METHOD FOR MAKING TEMPORARY INSECG® LABELS IN THE FIELD by GrEorGE W. Byers One of the things that makes curators of entomological collections most unhappy is the receipt of specimens with inadequate or otherwise poor field data. At the time and place of collection, specimens must be somehow pre- served and stored for transportation to the laboratory, and it is imperative that, whatever the method of such temporary storage, the minimum essential information regarding collection be inseparably attached to the specimens. Many specimens may be placed together in a vial or jar of alcohol into which is also put an indelible label giving the usual locality, date and collector information and perhaps comments on ecology, etc., of the insects. Another widely used method of grouping specimens is spreading them between layers of cellucotton which are kept within a paper wrapper on which are recorded the field data. But for many kinds of insects, notably the Lepidoptera, these storage methods are not usually acceptable, as they result in too much damage to the individual specimen. This means that lepidopterists and certain others must package their specimens singly or only a few per container; and that in turn means the field data must be applied again and again, once to each packet, envelope or folded paper triangle. This time consuming activity has been avoided by various entomologists in various ways. One resorts to rapid, longhand scribbling of the data, which is bad enough, but another scribbles only abbreviations, which often defy sub- sequent deciphering even by their author. A third entomologist, thinking him- self extremely neat and methodical, enters a clearly penned code number on the triangle or envelope. Museums are filled up with packaged specimens bear- ing only such cryptic numbers because the curator has no means by which to “break” the code. If minimum collection data are to be placed rapidly on every insect con- tainer, in the field, some mechanical device to facilitate the work is clearly in- dicated. Printing with set type is one obvious solution to the problem. If one knows where and about when he will be doing his collecting, he may have labels printed on his containers in advance, perhaps leaving certain blanks to be filled in with variable details of information. This system has the disad- vantages of being expensive and requiring considerable advance planning. Hand set rubber type has been used by a few entomologists. In this case, one has the problem of providing enough pieces of type to allow spelling of all required place names and other data; hand setting in the field also consumes 1Contribution No. 1045 from the Department of Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 97 An inexpensive device for rapid printing of temporary insect labels in the field. a lot of time. There are probably many other ways to meet this problem, but the following is one I have found easy, rapid, inexpensive and quite satisfac- tory in all ways. This might be called a pocket sized mimeograph, as it operates in essen- tially the same way as a standard mimeograph machine. The device consists of a wooden block for convenience in handling, a piece of soft flannel cloth to hold the ink, a layer of rubber or synthetic plastic sponge interposed between the block and the cloth to give an even impression, and a stencil held in place over the inked cloth (see figure). “The wooden block may be cut to whatever dimensions are required but should be about an inch thick so that it may be securely grasped. It is slotted or grooved by a saw cut about one-eighth of an inch wide and of equal depth along two sides, to allow the stencil to be crimped into a fixed position. About a one-eighth inch thickness of sponge is adequate. This should be attached to both the block and the cloth with or- dinary glue, as plastic cements will dissolve the sponge. Canton flannel, such as is used for infants’ gowns, is a good kind of cloth to use and is quite thick enough to hold the necessary ink for a hundred or more impressions. The stencils are cut to the appropriate size from ordinary mimeograph stencil sheets. They should be slightly wider than the inked surface to pre- vent seepage of ink around the stencil .When cutting stencils, I cut also the stiff paper backing, which is then kept interleaved between stencil sheets, preventing them from becoming crumpled when carried in the field kit. While 98 Byers: Field labels Vol.13:3 nog a usable inscription can be cut with a fine tipped stylus using only the stiff paper as a backing, I have obtained better results when the stencil is backed by a small square of plastic sheet having a very slightly rough, rather fabric- like surface. It hardly need be mentioned that the inscription should be so spaced on the stencil that it will not exceed the inked surface and that there will be free ends remaining for fixing the stencil in position on the block. ‘To use the labelling device, one first applies a small amount of mimeo- graph ink (experience will soon show just how much) to the flannel and spreads it evenly with a match stick or piece of an applicator stick. Next, the stencil with the inscription cut into it is inverted and laid on the inked surface in such a way that all cut portions of the stencil will be printed. The ends of the stencil sheet are crimped into the groves on the sides of the block by match sticks or other sticks sandpapered to suitable size. A few initial im- pressions on newspaper or other absorbent surface will even the distribution of ink and absorb any excess ink that might seep through certain parts of the inscription on the stencil. The inscription is then ready to be applied to envelopes or paper triangles. Preparation of the stencil, inking the block and attaching the stencil require perhaps two or three minutes, after one gains a little experience, and impressions can be made about thirty per minute. Thus, in six minutes or so the experienced user can fully label a hundred triangles or envelopes. My field mimeograph kit contains the following items: a. the mimeograph block and sticks for crimping the stencil b. a small cardboard box in which the block, with the last used stencil left in place, is stored between operations a fine tipped (but not sharp pointed) stylus a plastic backing sheet, four inches square, for cutting stencils a supply of stencils cut to proper size and interleaved with stiff paper a small tube of mimeograph ink applicator sticks for spreading the ink sm th o oO a few paper cleansing tissues (accidents will happen! ) All this equipment, together with a few hundred paper envelopes (2 x 31% inch, No.2 drug type), can be stored in a cigar box or equivalent space. The total cost of the materials listed is perhaps $1.50, and only a little work is involved in making the block. But the cost of maintenance is extremely slight, the stencils costing somewhat more than a cent apiece and a small tube of ink lasting many years. Dept. of Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kans., U. S. A. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 99 meio -ANE RUN” TRIP TO TEXAS AND NEW MEXICO by Don B. StTaLiincs, J. R. TurNer, and Paut R. EnrRiicu In the spring of 1959 a series of circumstances led us to plan a four day expedition to various areas of Texas and New Mexico. The STALLINGs- ‘TURNER clan was interested in working on the biology of several species of Megathymus and Agathymus and EHRLICH was badly in need of southern snakes infected with a blood parasite (Haemogregarina serpentium) to use in studies of disease transmission by mites. Our main objective, however, was to explore the Sandia Mountains of New Mexico in search of a new species (representing a new genus or subgenus) of Hairstreak. This search had been triggered by EHRLICH’s discovery of a very unusual, tail-less, Mutouwra-like thecline from this locality, in the collection of No—EL McFartanp, a student at the University of Kansas. Because of pressing business, we were limited to a short foray (May 16-19 inclusive). “The members of our party were VIOLA and JACK STALL- INGS, Mrs. R. C. TurRNer, and the authors. Leaving Caldwell, Kansas, early on the 16th, we headed south under cloudy skies. The weather was clear, however, when we made our first col- lecting stop just after noon near Pampa, Texas. There early, dwarfed Mega- thymus texanus Barnes & McDunnough were taken on the wing. Later we stopped at Elida, New Mexico, where larve of Megathymus yucce coloradensis Riley were examined in Yucca intermedia var. ramosa, and some pictures were taken of a trio of Pronghorn Antelopes. At dusk a stop near Elkins, New Mexico produced some 200 oak feeding larve of an unidentified Hemileuca species, which yielded some 150 pupz. Driving late, we reached White City at the entrance of Carlsbad Caverns National Park, where we spent what was left of the night. Early the next morning, after securing the necessary permits, we began to collect the mesa area, carefully dodging the needle sharp spines of the ubiquitous A gave lechuguilla, which, in spite of our precautions, often pene- trated our boots. The larve of Agathymus maria Barnes & Benjamin were abundant in this plant, while only eight larve of Megathymus viole Stallings & Turner were found in scattered plants of Yucca torreyi. ‘The high temperature kept most snakes under cover, but a number of butterfly species other than “megs” were taken, including: Papilio polyxenes Fabricius, Nathalis iole Boisduval, Eurema nicippe Cramer, Pieris protodice Boisduval & Leconte, Euptoieta claudia Cramer, Melitaa definita Aaron, Strymon meli- nus Hiibner, Mitoura siva Edwards, Plebejus acmon Westwood & Hewitson, Leptotes marina Reakirt, Hemiargus isola Reakirt, Everes comyntas Godart, Thorybes pylades Scudder, Pyrgus communis Grote, Celotes nessus Edwards, Atrytonopsis vierecki Skinner, and Amblyscirtes eos Edwards. Late in the afternoon we drove to the vicinity of Nickle, Texas, where the larve of Agathymus carlsbadensis Stallings & Turner were collected from 100 STALLINGS, ef al.: “Hit and run” Vol 13: no.2 A gave parryi. More excitement was provided, however, by “Herman”, a four and one-half foot Crotalus atrox (Western Diamond-backed Rattle- snake), which was retrieved from under a huge boulder after an hour’s hard digging. Herman proved to be infected with hamogregarines, as demon- strated by the somewhat “sporty” procedure of taking a blood-smear from a vein in the roof of his mouth. That night we traveled north to Albuquerque. The morning of the 18th found us madly chasing Megathymus streckeri Skinner on the lower western slopes of the Sandia Mountains, just north of Albuquerque. These were soon ignored, however, with the capture of our first specimen of the new Hairstreak. Diligent collecting in the lower reaches of La Cueva Canyon produced another dozen. General collecting later that day was rather good, especially along the road south of Placitas (east slope of the Sandias). The day’s catch included: Papilio rutulus Lucas, Papilio multicaudatus Kirby, Nathalis iole Boisduval, Pieris protodice Boisduval & Leconte, Pieris napi Linné, Euptoteta claudia Cramer, Limenitis bredowii Geyer, Apodemia mormo Felder & Felder, Atlides halesus Cramer, Strymon melinus Hubner, Mitoura spinetorum Hewitson, Mitoura siva Edwards, Lep- totes marina Reakirt, Hemiargus isola Reakirt, Everes comyntas Godart, Glaucopsyche lygdamus Doubleday, Epargyreus clarus Cramer, Pyrgus com- munis Grote, Erynnis martialis Scudder, Erynnis propertius Scudder & Burgess, Hesperia viridis Edwards, Hesperia pahaska Leussler, Atrytonopsis vierecki Skinner, and Amblyscirtes enus Edwards. We were back at the new species locality at dawn on the 19th. While waiting for the sun’s warmth to start the bugs flying we discussed the fact that this Mitoura-like insect seemed to associate itself with bear-grass (Nolina microcarpa) rather than the locally abundant juniper. The belief in this as- sociation was strengthened by the discovery (JS) of a specimen of the insect still at rest deep in the foliage of the plant. The association was confirmed minutes later by the discovery (PRE) of a number of Mitoura-like larve feeding on the bloom of a bear-grass plant. Nearly 150 larve were discovered in a one-hour search, and eggs and egg-shells were later found on the plant. A number of the larve were brought back to Kansas where they commenced to pupate within the next three days. On June 6 adults began to emerge. In addition to the living and preserved larve, some 25 adults of the species were taken in the two days. The present authors will describe the life history and habits in a subsequent paper, while the insect itself will be named shortly by EHRLICH and H. K. CLENcH. At 11:30 A.M. we were forced to head for home. We arrived at Cald- well just before midnight, having traveled some 2000 miles in four days. In total we worked with 38 butterfly species, of which 22 were placed in fixative for use in studies of internal morphology. Of three snakes captured, two were infected with hemogregarines. Every objective of the field trip was achieved. (DBS & JRT) Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A. (PRE) Dept. of Biological Sciences, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif., U. S. A. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 101 COLLECTING INCISALIA MOSSII (LYCANIDZ) ON VANCOUVER ISLAND by RicHARD Guppy Incisalia mossii H. Edwards is one of those butterflies whose local dis- tribution and restricted habitat produce an illusion of rarity. Possibly the above remarks apply to all scarce insects, though I suspect there are some species which do actually remain at a very low population density. JONES (Annotated Check list of the Macrolepidoptera of British Co- lumbia) gives the distribution in B. C. as southern Vancouver Island, with a few scattered records for inland points near the southern boundary. In the Lepidopterists News (vol.11: p. 58; 1957) there is a reference by H. K. CLENCH to Incisalia mossii from Vancouver. I suspect that this should cor- rectly read “from Vancouver Island”. The idea that Vancouver and Van- couver Island are the same thing is quite widespread, and will eventually cause some unfortunate mistakes. There is also a Vancouver in the State of Washington. The mixing up of the fauna of an island with that of the ad- jacent mainland is much more regrettable, from a scientific point of view, than would be the case if there were no water barrier. On Vancouver Island Incisalia mossii is confined to dry rocky areas where Sedum spathulifolium Hook. or S. oreganum Nutt. grows. In ten years of hunting the thing, I never thought to connect its presence with Sedum, until it was pointed out to me. Actually the butterflies seldom stray more than a few yards from their breeding sites, and as I eventually learned, you can live nearly on top of a colony and never see one at all. I must point out, in my own defense, that a good part of my trouble stemmed from the extremely early, and extremely brief, flight season of this butterfly. Actually I collected some speci- mens from Mt. Benson, only 3300 ft., as late as June 10th. Ordinarily, the season at that elevation is no more than two weeks later than at sea level. The preceding winter had been one of unusually heavy snowfall, and it may be that this, always much deeper on the mountains, had by the slowness of its melt- ing, held things up that spring. But, nevertheless, the incident did nothing to Increase my ambition to get after them early. Before that time, I had seen a few specimens along the road a mile or so from my home, while engaged in business remote from butterfly collecting. I made some guesses as to where these had originated, guesses that were all wrong. I could have just about heaved a stone onto the point of origin of these butterflies, but I gave it little thought, because I had collected there several times and had seen no mossii. The main object of my forays in this particular spot had always been the big skipper, Erynnis propertius (Scudder & Burgess). This butterfly is just a bit later in first appearance than mossiz, and it continues on the wing very much later. I supposed, however, that I was in time to get at least some stragglers of even the earliest species. 102 Guppy: Incisalia mossit Vol.13: no.2 Most of the foregoing looks like a lot of lame excuses for having taken a long time to get on to a good thing. But at least it does emphasize the extraordinarily circumscribed flight activity of Incisalia mossii. I have found in fact, that nearly all the Lycznidze show in great measure this stay-at- home tendency. That the particular species under discussion seems more so than the others, may be due to the very short period when the adults are on the wing. In 1957, while spending an afternoon with the Erynnis, as usual about the end of May, I netted a worn female J. mossi. I can say honestly that I decided right there on the plan of visiting the place earlier in the following year. But a few months later the Report of the Provincial Museum for 1956 came to hand. In this, among a number of host records for V. I. Lepidoptera, G. Harpy briefly mentions Sedum spathulifolium as the food of I. mossii. I went back then for another look at my little patch, and noted that there was indeed a great deal of Sedum growing there. About that time I became fairly confident that I was not going very far for my J. mossii specimens the fol- lowing spring. This area presents a phenomenon fairly common on southeastern Van- couver Island, a patch of hillside on which the usual coniferous forest is replaced by scattered Garry Oaks and Arbutus. The soil in such places is either non-existent, or thin and sour, very wet in spring, and bone-dry later on. At the time of year when butterfly collecting commences, the aspect 1s far from barren. The greensward which stretches between the trees proves on close inspection to consist only in small part of grass, more of Camass, Buttercups and mosses. As many other wild flowers are present, the scene is one to delight the eye, and distract attention from the serious business of collecting. It may well be asked why, if this place is so attractive, I did not visit it more regularly. The reason is that another very similar area lies even closer to home, in fact one might almost say in my back yard. This is my home ground, the place for a quick look around whenever I have not the time for a trip further afield. It looks almost exactly like the other spot but no Sedum, therefore no J. mossii. Why Sedum does not grow there I cannot say; it may be that it just never happened to get a foothold. In 1958, of course, I was resolved really to watch the Sedum patch for mossit. The first butterflies were unusually early that year. I saw some I[n- cisalia iroides Bdy. and Blues around on April 10th, but then a spell of bad weather kept me waiting until the 20th before I could get out again. Most probably the mossii had been around as soon, or sooner, than the others. My best day was in fact the first day on the spot, when I got ten specimens. After that their numbers dwindled rapidly until May 10th, after which no more were to be found. I will compare this with the flight season of some other very early butterflies. Celastrina pseudargiolus Bdv. & Lec., Incisalia iroides, and Anthocaris sara Bdv. are usually around until the first of June. Erynnis propertius and Glaucopsyche lygdamus Dbldy. are perhaps a week 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 103 later starting, but I have taken both species as late as mid-July, still in fairly good condition. In addition to Mt. Benson summit, which I mentioned earlier, the only other locality for I. mossii I have found is Thetis Lake Park near Victoria. In all three places J. mossii flies along with I. iroides, the proportion being about ten to one in favor of the latter species. ‘These two are difficult to dis- tinguish at a little distance, but I learned to pass up the commoner species almost entirely, by only netting those insects which settled on low herbage. In all the collecting spots I have mentioned, Arctostaphylos uva-ursi Speng. grows in dense mats, and the theory I had formed, which died hard, was that I. mossi fed on this plant, while J. iroides preferred the taller growing Ericaceous plants, such as Arbutus or Gaultheria shallon Pursh. As far as itroides is concerned I was right, and as for mossi, | had just guessed the wrong plant. This method of picking the species would be more nearly perfect if they were not both so fond of sipping from drctostaphylos flowers. I hate to remember now all the attempts I made to get /. mosszi to ovi- posit. It is one of those insects which will just carry its eggs until it dies, rather than place them on the wrong plant. As soon as I tried Sedum, there was no trouble at all. As I am still too short of good specimens to waste any, I have not used many to obtain ova, but enough to provide a rough idea of the larva in its different stages. | was much interested to note that this cater- pillar has been a Sedum-eater long enough to have evolved a complicated sys- tem of protective colouration. The very young larvz feed on the flowers of Sedum, and are yellow to match. When the flowers wither, the caterpillars transfer to the pink-tinged leaves, and later instars are pale pink in colour. I. iroides uses the same system adapted to its particular host plants. Feeding at first on white or pale pink flowers, the larva is white. Becoming green later on, it then feeds on the unripe berries of Gaultheria or Arbutus. Marine Drive, R.R. 1, Wellington, V. L, B. C. CANADA 104 Vol.13-2noZ FOR COLLECTORS SPECIALIZING IN EREBIZA The Alps of Europe have been so well explored for so many years that it is remarkable that new discoveries are still reported in such a popular group as butterflies. Ihe latest addition to the European fauna is Erebia car- pathicola described in the current number of the Entomologist by A. PopE- scU-Gorj and A. ALEXINSCHI. This is a species of moderate size of which 4 males were taken at an altitude of 1,660m- 1,700m on a mountain in the eastern Carpathians. On the upper surface there is a double eye-spot in a small fulvous field on the fore-wing but otherwise the wings are unmarked. The facies looks quite distinctive in the figure, and the male genitalia show an asociation with the pronoe group. ‘Those of your readers who are interested in this genus may have over- looked another new form described in 1953 by D&EscIMoN and DE LESSE as E. serotina (Rev. franc. Lépid.). In this case only two examples were taken, but in the neighbourhood of Cauterets in the French Pyrenees. The butterflies are rather below mid- dle size, the usual submarginal spots on yellow macules are present on the upper surface, and the male genitalia show the characters of the epiphron group. Ihe butterflies were taken at 800m-900m in September, a very late month for these insects when most collectors have gone home, and perhaps this will explain why the form has been overlooked for so long. Another paper of great interest in this connection is that of LorKovIc (Biol. Inst. Zagreb 2:159; 1952) in which he points out the distinctive fea- tures between the two butterflies E. stirius Godt. and E. styx Frr. which have been confused for over 100 years. Whereas stirius has a wide distribution in the Eastern Alps, and has been recorded as far west as the Jura Mts., styx appears to be restricted to the Julian Alps, especially in the Trenta valley where both species fly together. These additions bring the known Eredia species of Europe including the Carpathians, but excluding the boreal species and the rather dubious forms of the tyndarus - cassioides complex, to a total Ota sie L. G. Hiccins, Gracious Pond Farm, Chobham, Woking, Surrey, ENGLAND 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 105 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA (Under the supervision of PETER F. BELLINGER) Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to lepid- opterists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended that every work on Lepidoptera published after 1946 will be noticed here; omissions of papers more than 3 or 4 years old should be called to Dr. BELLINGER’s attention. New genera and higher categories are shown in CAPITALS, with types in parentheses; new species and subspecies are noted, with type localities if given in print. Larval foodplants are usually listed. Critical comments by abstractors may be made. Papers of only local interest and papers from The Lepidopterists News are listed without abstract. Readers, particularly outside of North America, interested in assisting with this very large task, are invited to write Dr. BELLINGER (San Fernando Valley State College, Northridge, Calif., U.S.A.). Abstractors’ initials are as follows: [P.B.] — P. F. BELLinceErR; [I.C.] — I. F. B. Common; [W.C.] — W. C. Coox; [A.D.] — A. DiaxonorF; [W.H.] — W. Hackman; [T.I.] — Taro Iwase; [J.M.] — J. Moucua; [E.M.] — E. G. Munroe; [N.O.] — N. S. Opraztsov; [C.R.] — C. L. Remincton; [J.T.] — J. W. Trpen; [P.V.] — P. E. L. Vietre. B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE Svensson, Ingvar, “Eine neue Art der Gattung Tinea Zeller (Lepidoptera)” [in German]. Opusc. ent., vol. 18: pp. 225-227, 1 pl. 1953. Describes as new T. bothniella (Vasterbotten, Hallfors, Sweden) ; figures adults & genitalia of n. sp. & T. colum- bariella. [P. B.] Swezey, O. H., “A new species of leaf miner in Straussia (Lepidoptera: Gelechiide) Proc. Hawaiian ent. Soc., vol. 15: p. 23. 1953. Describes as new Aristotelia straus- siella (Mt. Tantalus, Oahu); excessively brief description without figures or com- parison. [P. B.] Tams, W. H. T., “Three new high mountain moths from East Africa (Lepidoptera: Heterocera).” Ann. & Mag. nat. Hist., ser. 12, vol. 5: pp. 869-874, 17 figs. 1952. De- scribes as new: (Hepialide) Gorgopis salti (Shira Plateau, 12,450 ft., Kilimanjaro, Tanganyika) ; (Noctuide) SALTIA, and type S. acrophylax (14,500 ft., Kiliman- jaro, Tanganyika), S. edwardsi (11,000 ft., Mt. Elgon, Kenya). [P. B.] Tams, W. H. T., “A pest of coconut palms in Portuguese East Africa.” Bull. Brit. Mus. (nat. Hist.), Ent., vol. 3: pp. 69-73, 14 figs. 1953. Describes as new TROGO- CRADA (monobasic; Limacodide), T. deleter (Micaure) ; figures larva & cocoon. [Be B:] Tams, W. H. T., “Two new representatives of the genus Hypotrabala (Lepidoptera: Lasiocampide) from the Belgian Congo.” Bull. Brit. Mus. (nat. Hist.), Ent., vol. 3: pp. 74-75, 2 pls., 8 figs. 1953. Describes as new H. regalis (Belgian Congo, Lulua, Kapanga), H. guttata fontainei (Belgian Congo, Lusambo). Figures also @ 8th sternum of 6 spp. of genus. Transfers Pseudometa schultzei to Mallocampa. [Ps Bal Thomann, H., “Die Gattung Endrosa in Graubiinden (Lep. Arctiide)” [in German]. Mitt. schweiz. ent. Ges., vol. 24: pp. 413-437, 1 pl., 8 figs. 1951. Describes as new E. kuhlweini subalpina (Minster), E. aurita modesta (Filisur), E. a. tecticola (Soglio). Describes the 4 Swiss spp. & their races & “forms” (many of the latter new here). Plate illustrates 44 specimens in color. [P. B.] Tindale, Norman B., “On a new genus of hepialid moths from Rarotonga in the Pacific islands.” Ann. & Mag. nat. Hist., ser. 12, vol. 7: pp. 13-15, 1 pl Seaags: 1954. Describes as new T02©NGA (monobasic), T. oceanica. [P. B.] Tindale, N. B., “Note on the eucosmid (olethreutid) moth Cryptophlebia ombrodelta (Lower).” Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia, vol. 78: pp. 97-98, 1 fig. 1955. Selects & figures a lectotype labelled “Australia, Lower Coll.”. [I. (Cal . Tindale, N. B., “Revision of the Ghost Moths (Lepidoptera: Homoneura, Family Hepialide) Part VI.” Rec. South Australian Mus., vol. 11: pp. 307-344, 25 figs., 3 pls. 1955. Describes as new: Oxycanus rileyi (Nomnagihé, 25 miles S. of Wangaar, 2000 ft. New Guinea), O. tamsi (Mt. Goliath, 5000-7000 ft., New Guinea), O. xo1s bb 106 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.2 (Dohunschik, Arfak Mts., 1400 m., New Guinea), O. dives (Mt. Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Mts., 6000 ft., New Guinea), O. hecabe (Hunsteinspitze, 1340 m., New Guinea), O. serratus (Wondiwei, Wandammen Mts., 1400 m., New Guinea), O. thasus (Fak Fak, 1700 ft., New Guinea), O. thoe (Wassior, Wandammen coast, New Guinea), O. atrox (Buntibasa district, Kratke Mts., 4000-5000 ft., New Guinea), O. eos (Cyclops Mts., New Guinea), O. perplexus (Ninay Valley, central Arfak Mts., 3500 ft., New Guinea), O. mayri (Mt. Siwi, Arfak Mts., 800 m., New Guinea), O. discipennis (Mt. Siwi, Arfak Mts., 800 m., New Guinea), O. hebe (Fak Fak, 1700 ft., New Guinea), O. glauerti (Western Australia), O. kochi (Aus- tralia), O. armatus (Western Australia). Figures types & ¢@ genitalia; provides key to New Guinea spp. of Oxycanus. [I. C.] Tite, G. E., “On the typical subspecies of Lycena phleas L., and the Scandinavian distribution of the species (Lepidoptera, Lycenide).” Entomologist, vol. 90: pp. 37- 38, 1 map. 1957. Considers L. ~. phleas, L. p. polaris, & L. p. eleus distinct. Map shows Scandinavian records. [P. B.] Toll, Sergiusz, “Additions to the butterfly-fauna of Poland” [in Polish; English sum- mary]. Documenta physiogr. polonia, no. 6: pp. 1-37, 7 pls. 1947. This study has 3 parts as follows: Some new Nepticulide of Poland. In Poland are recorded 102 spp. of this family; the biology of 14 spp. is described (pp. 1-10, 12 figs.). Lycia hano- viensis Heym. and Lycia hirtaria Cl. a different species. The imagos and genitalia are figured. Describes as new L. h. borealis (Krélowiec) (pp. 11-15, 27 figs.). On some Microlepidoptera new or rare of Poland. A number of spp. are described with their biology, without new taxa. (pp. 16-37, 26 figs.). [J.M.] Toll, Sergiusz, “Additions to the butterfly-fauna of Poland (Part II)” [in Polish; English summary]. Documenta physiogr. poloniag, no. 9: pp. 1-26, 3 pls. 1948. 2 parts: Nepticula geimontani Klim. in Poland. Records the finds of the sp. in High Tatra Mts. (Valley of Kondratowa, 1800-2100 m.) and gives some remarks on biology (pp. 1-5, 1 fig.). Studies of some species of the group of Argyroploce oblon- gana Hw. and A. cespitana Hb. more difficult to ascertain and description of two new species. As new are described and figured (imagos & genitalia): A. lewandow- skit (Ludwikow, near Poznan) & A. (Celypa) kirinana (Hsiaoling, Manchuria) (pp. 6-26, 39 figs:). [J. Ma] Toll, Sergiusz, “Family Eupistide (Lepidoptera) of Poland” [in Polish; English & Russian summaries]. Documenta physiogr. polonia, no. 32: pp. 1-293, 38 pls. 1952. Very important monograph of this family. All spp. are described (imagos & larval cases), with remarks on biology. As new are recorded: E. lewandowski1 n.sp. (Prom- no, district Poznan), E. klemensiewiczi Toll (see Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse 1950: p. 83), & E. vlachi n.sp. (Litomefice, northern Bohemia). [J. M.] Toll, S., “Studien tuber die Genitalien einiger Coleophoriden. IX” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 37: pp. 99-101, 1 pl. 1952. Describes as new Coleo- phora parenthella (Losowaja, E. Ukraine), C. gaviepenella (Albarricin, Aragon, & Granada, Spain); compares these spp. with C. laripenella in adult structure & genitalia. [P. B.] Toll, Sergiusz, “Lozopera adelaide sp. n. aus Polen (Lepidoptera, Tortricide)” [in German; Polish & Russian summaries]. Ann. zool., Warsaw, vol. 16: pp. 61-64, 8 figs. 1955. Type locality Baligréd, Kreis Lesko, Poland. [P. B.] Toll, Sergiusz, ‘Versuch einer natiirlichen Gruppierung der europdischen C®cophoride auf Grund des Baues der Genitalapparate, samt Beschreibung von zwei neuen Arten (Lepidoptera)” [in German; Polish & Russian summaries]. Ann. zool., Warsaw, vol. 16: pp. 171-193, 8 pls. 1956. Proposes new subfamilies HERRICHIINA: (in- cluding only Herrichia excelsella), DEUTEROGONIINZ (including only Deutero- gonia pudorina), & PLEUROTIN (including Aplota, Pleurota, Macrochila, To- peutis, & Holoscolia); gives key to subfamilies (including Amphisbatiine, Chima- bacchine, CEcophorine, & Depressariine). Reviews spp. of Borkhausenia, which is divided into 10 subgenera: Fabiola, Schiffermuelleria, Tichonia, Borkhausenia, TELECHRYSIS (type Recurvaria tripuncta), Decantha, METALAMPRA (type (Ecophora cinnamomea), Batia, Lampros, BISIGNA (type Tinea procerella); gives key to subgenera. Maintains distinctness of genera Endrosis, Hofmannophila, Tubu- liferola, & Holoscolia. Describes as new Topeutis adamczewskii (Ukrainian S. S. R., Podolien, Zvenihorod) ; Tubuliferola (TUBULIFERODES), & type T. josephine (Poland, Kreis Cieszyn, Ustron, Mt. Rownika, 750 m.). [P. B.] 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 107 de Toulgoét, H., ‘Description de deux Arctiide nouveaux de Madagascar’ |in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol. 61: pp. 231-234, 4 figs. “1956” [1957]. Descrip- tion of Spilarctia griveaudi & S. vieui, 2 new spp. of Arctiide from East Madagas- Caneel Pav’: de Toulgoét, H., “Descriptions d’arctiides nouvelles de Madagascar (6° note) (Lep.)” fin French]. Anz. Soc. ent. France, vol. 125: pp. 57-73, 1 pl., 13 figs. “1956” [1957]. Descriptions of new spp. of arctiids from Madagascar: Eilema crassicosta, E. mari- oni, E. pseudofasciata, E. distinguenda, E. melanothorax, E. pseudosoror, E. mar- garita, E. comma, E. nonagrioides, E. chinchilla, E. homochroma, E. aspersoides, E. hybrida, E. oberthiiri; Isorropus splendidus, I. lateritea; Fodinoidea staudingeri latas [P. V.] de Toulgoét. H., ‘Note pour servir a la révision systématique des Arctiide malgaches (Lep:)” [an French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol. 61: pp. 178-183. “1956” [1957]. Note on the species of Arctiide from Madagascar described by the old authors. Established synonymies are rejected and other new ones made, after examination of the types. [P. V.] Toxopeus, L. J., “Over de Javaanse subspecies van Delias crithoé Boisd.” [in Dutch]. Tijdschr. Ent., vol. 91: pp. cxvi-cxxiv, 1 map. 1949. Describes as new D. c. cherima (Tjerimai, S. of Cheribon), D. c. centralis (central Java, several localities), D. c. radiata (Lawoe). Describes distribution & variation of this montane sp. in Java. Describes pupa; foodplant Loranthus. [P. B.] C. MORPHOLOGY Bungenberg de Jong, C. M., “Polyploidy in animals.” Bibl. Genetica, vol 27: pp. 111- 228, 11 figs. 1957. Includes discussion of Seiler’s work on the diploid & polyploid fee of Solenobia triquetrella, & of experimental induction of polyploidy in Bombyx. P.B.] Callahan, Philip S., “Serial morphology as a technique for determination of reproduc- tive patterns in Lepidoptera.” Bull. ent. Soc. Amer., vol.2, no.3: p.14. 1956. Abstract. Colombo, Giuseppe, “Sulla struttura e funzione della cromatina delle cellule nutrici e degli oociti nella oogenesi del baco da seta (Bombyx mori L., Lepidoptera)” [in Italian]. Rend. Accad. nac. Lincet, ser.8, vol.22: pp.64-71, 1 fig. 1957. Describes & ioe changes of chromatin & nuclear structure in oocyte & in nutritive cells. P.B. Denucé, J. M., & G. Vandermeerssche, “Etude au microscope électronique des trachées des glandes séricigénes de Galleria mellonella” [in French]. Ann. Soc. Roy. zool. Belg., vol.83: pp.183-188, 3 figs. 1952. Terminal branches of tracheal system intra- cellular; spiral thickenings of tracheal walls extend to end of branches. [P.B.] Denucé, J. M., & G. Vandermeerssche, “Etude au microscope électronique des trachées des glandes séricigénes de Galleria mellonella” [in Flemish; French summary]. Natuurwet. Tijdschr., vol.34: pp.187-190, 2 pls. 1953. Diakonoff, A., “Problemen der terminologie van de genitalia bij de Lepidoptera” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.15: pp.294-295. 1955. Dupuis, Claude, “Sur les principes d’une codification de la terminologie anatomique et morphologique relative aux insectes et quelques questions annexes de nomenclature” [in French; German & Russian summaries]. Beitr. Ent., vol.7: pp.1-16. 1957. Pro- poses a code for morphological terms in entomology, comparable to the International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. The author’s principal recommendations are sens- ible, but their rigid application seems undesirable and their enforcement quite im- possible. [P.B.] Fischer, Ch., “Peroneura” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1948: p.17, 1 fig. 1948. Figures specimen of Aporia crategi with abnormal venation. [P.B.] Frings, Hubert & Mable, ‘““The loci of contact chemoreceptors involved in feeding re- actions in certain Lepidoptera.” Biol. Bull., vol.110: pp.291-299, 4 figs. 1956. Recep- tors which respond to glucose solutions located on proboscis & on functional tarsi in insects studied (Satyride, Nymphalide, Amatide). [P.B.] ; Frizzi, Guido, “L’eteropicnosi come indice di riconoscimento dei sessi in Bombyx mort L.” [in Italian]. Ricerca scient., vol.18: pp.119-123, 5 figs. 1948. Describes a cyto- logical method of determining sex of larve. [P.B.] Gentil, Karl, “Glitterfarben und Dunnblattfarben bei Schillerfaltern” [in German]. Natur und Volk, vol.87: pp.138-141, 5 figs. 1957. Explains structure of iridescent scales of Lepidoptera. [P.B.] 108 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.2 Haines, L. C., ‘‘An extraordinary bilateral gynandromorph butterfly.” Austral. Zool., vol.12: p.262, 1 pl. 1956. Figures a bilateral gynandromorph of Heteronympha merope (Satyride) from New South Wales. [I.C.] Hannemann, H. J., “Die mannlichen Terminalia von Micropteryx calthella L. (Lep. Micropterygide)” [in German]. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., N.F., vol.4: pp.209-222, 9 figs. 1957. Describes morphology of ¢@ genitalia & associated structures, especially musculature. The genitalia are not retracted into the 8th abdominal segment as in other Lepidoptera, & most of the muscles are distinctive. [P.B. ] Hanser, Gisela, “Uber die Histogenese der Augenpigmentgranula bei verschiedenen Rassen von Ephestia kiihniella Z. und Ptychopoda seriata Schrk.” [in German]. Zeitschr. indukt. Abstammungslehre, vol.82: pp.74-97, 23 figs. 1948. Describes devel- opment & pigment content of pigment granules in eyes of normal moths & mutants with reduced eye color. [P.B.] Hosai, Sadao, ‘‘Wing-area of butterflies’ [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.5, no.4: pp.32-34, 2 figs., 2 tables. 1952. Quotients (K) are calculated for 22 spp. by dividing wing-area (A) by the square of wing-length (L.). [T.I.] Ikeuchi, Shingo, “A study on the proboscis and its sensory organ of Rhopalocera from phylogenical point of view” [in Japanese]. New Entomologist, vol.1, nos.3/4: pp.5- 11, 20 figs. 1952. Results conform well with those of Dr. Yagi’s study on the pseu- dopupil. [T.I.] Kettlewell, H. B. D., “A fertile gynandrous Biston betularia L.” Entomologist, vol.88: p.68. 1955. Moth with ¢ antenna on right side only. [P.B.] Kettlewell, H. B. D., “A fertile somatic mosaic in Biston betularia.”’ Entomologist, vol. 88: p.83. 1955. Melanic 2 with patch of typical pigment on wing. [P.B.] Kiriakoff, S .,““De gehoororganen en de systematiek der Lepidopteren” [in Dutch]. Ext. Berichten, vol.14: pp.246-250, 2 figs. 1953. General discussion of tympanic organs & their importance in classification of Lepidoptera. Figures organs of “notodontoid” & “phalenoid” types. [P.B.] Koyama, Nagao, & Shigemitsu Tanaka, “Morphological observation on the develop- ment of the compound eye in the Silkworm (Bombyx mori L.) (2).” Journ. Fac. Textiles Sericult. Shinsu Univ., Ser.A, Biol., no.6: 14 pp., 4 pls. 1956. Gives detailed description of histology of eye development during pupal stage. [P.B.] Kroon, D. B., Th. A. Veerkamp, & W. A. Loeven, “X-ray analysis of the process of extension of the wing of the butterfly.” Proc. nederl. Akad. Wetensch., ser. C, vol.55: pp.209-214, 3 pls. 1952. Study of histological & molecular changes in expanding wing of Aglais urtice. [P.B.] Krumins, Rolfs, “Die Borstenentwicklung bei der Wachsmotte Galleria mellonella L.” [in German]. Biol. Zentralbl., vol.71: pp.183-210, 13 figs. 1952. Describes apparatus (of 3 cells) which forms each larval seta; same cells persist through larval life and (some) into adult stage, producing sete of different types; no new seta-forming cells appear between hatching & development of imaginal epidermis. [P.B.] Kthnelt, Wilhelm, “Der Kopulationsapparat der Schmetterlinge und seine Bedeutung fiir die Systematik” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl. 6sterr. und schweizer Ent., vol.2: pp.46-48, 69-72, 4 figs. 1950. Brief description of basic plan of genitalia of Lepidoptera, with definitions of morphological terms. Description of method of preparation. [P.B.] Lane, Charles (greatly assisted by Miriam Rothschild), “Notes on the brush organs and cervical glands of the Ruby Tiger (Phragmatobia fuliginosa L.).” Entomolo- gist, vol.90: pp.148-151, 3 figs. 1957. Describes & figures abdominal scent organ & discusses scent produced from cervical glands. [P.B.] de Lesse, Hubert, “Recherches cytologiques et biogéographiques sur quelques lépidop- teres rhopalocéres” [in French]. Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol.78: pp.287-291. April 1953. Survey of chromosome numbers in some Lycenide & Erebia (especially E. tyn- darus group) ; notes on distribution of latter. [P.B.] de Lesse, H., “Etude cytologique des Lysandra fixés par M. Beuret” [in French]. Mitt. ent. Ges. Basel, N.F., vol.6: pp.77-80. 1956. Study of the chromosomes of the lycenids L. coridon & L. hispana, collected, bred, & crossed by M. Beuret. [P.V.] Loibl, Hans, ‘‘(Lep. Bomb.) Ein Zwitter von Aglia tau L.” [in German]. Bombus, no.80/81: p.337. 1954. Describes bilateral gynandromorph. [P.B.] Loritz, Jean, “Uber Wirkung der Hornamputation bei Raupen von Celerio euphorbie L. (Sphingide)” [in German]. Roux’ Archiv Entwicklungsmech., vol.149: pp.333- 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 109 338, 5 figs. 1957. Amputation of larval abdominal horn did not affect metamorphosis, but many adults had reduced vitality, & abnormalities in genitalia & other structures were found. In F, generation some larve had horn reduced or absent. [P.B.] Lower, Harry F., “The development of the integument during the life cycle of Persec- tania ewingi (Wwd.) (Lepidoptera: Agrotide).” Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Anat., vol.76: pp.165-198, 7 pls, 31 figs. 1957. Describes structure of epidermis, basement membrane & all cuticular layers of larva, prepupa, pupa, & adult, & changes occurring between stages. [P.B.] Maeki, Kodo, “A cytological study on 16 species of the Japanese Papilionide (Lepi- doptera - Rhopalocera)” [in Japanese; English summary]. Kromosomo, vol.32: pp. 1115-1122, 29 figs. 1957. Gives haploid chromosome number & testis color of spp. of Parnassius, Liidorfia, Graphium, Byasa, & Papilio. All haploid numbers are 30-31, except G. sarpedon (n=—20) & Parnassius eversmanni (n=—62). [P.B.] Mukerji, D., & S. N. Banerjee, ‘““The early embryonic stages of the Silkworm, Bombyx mori, nistid yellow variety.” Proc. zool. Soc. Bengal, vol.5: pp.19-26, 1 pl. 1952. De- scribes development through 30th hour. [P.B. ] Narbel-Hofstetter, Marguerite, “‘La pseudogamie chez Luffia lapidella Goeze (Lépid. Psychide)” [in French]. Revue suisse Zool., vol.62: pp.224-229, 1 fig. 1955. Pre- liminary account of hereditary form of parthenogenetic development in this sp. [P.B.] Nuesch, H., “Ueber den Einfluss der Nerven auf die Muskelentwicklung bei Telea polyphemus (Lepid.)” [in German]. Revue suisse Zool., vol.59: pp.294-301, 2 figs. 1952. Innervation is necessary for development of adult muscles, which are absent if nerves supplying them are cut in pupal stage. [P.B.] Niesch, H., “Das thorakale Nervenmuskelsystem der Puppe von Telea polyphemus (Lep.)” [in German]. Revue suisse Zool., vol.62: pp.211-218, 4 figs. 1955. Detailed oe of muscle rudiments & nerves in head & thorax of diapausing pupa. PsBy Okano, Masao, “Morphology on the pupe of Japanese Lepidoptera (1).” Ann. Rep. Gakugei Faculty, Iwate Univ., vol.3: pp.52-56, 18 figs. 1951” [1952]. Oberthiiria - falcigera (Bombycide) ; Agathia carissima, Hipparchus dieckmanni, Ophthalmodes albosignaria, Angerona nigrisparsa (Geometride) ; Phytometra mandarina, Cucullia fraterna (Noctuide). [T.I.] Pagden, H. T., “The presence of coremata in Creatonotus gangis (L.) (Lepidoptera: Arctiidz).” Proc. R. ent. Soc. London (A), vol.32: pp.90-94, 1 pl. 1957. Photos of living adult ¢ with paired forked vesicles, longer than body, everted from end of abdomen; function unknown. Review of previous observations on similar struc- tures. [P.B.] Palm, Nils-Bertil, “Sexual differences in size and structure of the corpora allata in some insects.” K. Svenska Vetenskapsakad. Handl., ser.4, vol.1, no.6: 24 pp., 17 figs. 1949. Describes & figures glands in Pieris napi & Ephestia kiihniella. Notes on glands of some saturniids. [P.B. ] Palm, Nils-Bertil, “The rectal papille in insects.” Lunds Univ. Arrskr., N.F., Avd.2, vol.45, no.8: 36 pp., 8 figs. 1949. Survey of structures in 22 orders of insects; func- tion uncertain, perhaps reabsorbtion of water. [P.B.] Panov, A. A., “Bau des Insektengehirn[s] wahrend der postembryonalen Entwicklung” [in Russian; German summary]. Rev. Ent. URSS, vol.36: pp.269-284, 3 figs., 2 pls. 1957. Comparative studies & bibliography on brain of new-born insect larve; devel- opment of the brain during the postembryonal period in various insect groups, in- cluding some Lepidoptera. [N.O.] Piepho, Hans, “Uber die polare Orientierung der Balge und Schuppen auf dem Schmet- terlingsrumpf” [in German]. Biol. Zentralbl., vol.74: pp.467-474, 5 figs. 1955. Study of polarity in epidermis of Galleria mellonella, carried out by transplanting pieces of abdominal epidermis in last larval stage & noting resulting distortions of scale orientation on adult abdomen. [P.B. ] Piepho, Hans, & Wolfgang Marcus, “Wirkungen richtender Faktoren bei der Bildung der Schuppen und Balge des Schmetterlingsrunpfes” [in German]. Biol. Zentralbl., vol.76: pp.23-27, 4 figs. 1957. Scale orientation on abdomen of G. mellonella deter- mined by orientation of dividing cells during metamorphosis. [P.B.] Puchta, O. & J. Seiler, “Die Entwicklung des Genitalapparates bei triploiden Inter- sexen von Solenobia triquetrella (Lepid. Psychide)” [in German]. Revue suisse Zool., vol.62: pp.334-337. 1955. Summary of development of reproductive system in inter- 110 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no2 sexes, presented as supporting evidence for Seiler’s theory of the mechanism of inter- sex formation. [P.B.] Puri, V. D., “Studies on the anatomy of sugarcane moth borers. I. Comparative anat- omy of the antenne.” Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B., vol.45: pp.32-42, 4 pls. 1957. De- scribes antennal anatomy in Sesamia inferens & 7 Pyralide. Sexual dimorphism is pronounced in Emmelocera depressella, Bissetia steniellus, & S. inferens. [P.B.] Puri, V. D., ‘Studies on the anatomy of the sugarcane moth borers. III. Comparative study of the head and its appendages.” Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B, vol.46: pp.96-108, 5 pls. 1957. Comparative study of exoskeleton, tentorium, & mouthparts of adults. [P.B.] de Puysegur. K., “Un cas de gynandromorphisme chez Heodes virgauree \.”’ [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol.14: p.122, 1 fig. “1953” [1954]. Figures bilateral gynandromorph. [P.B. ] Ratzendorfer, Carla, “Volumetric indices for the parts of the insect brain. A compara- tive study in cerebralization of insects.” Journ. N. Y. ent. Soc., vol.60: pp.129-152, 1 fig.. 2 tables. 1952. Includes Ephestia kiihniella adults & 7 other unrelated insects. EPYB: Ris, Hans, & Ruth Kleinfeld, “Cytochemical studies on the chromatin elimination in Solenobia (Lepidoptera). Chromosoma, vol.5: pp.363-371, 9 figs. 1952. Material shed by chromosomes in 1st maturation division of eggs is ribonucleoprotein. [P.B.] Schneider, Dietrich, & Karl-Ernst Kaissling, ‘“‘Der Bau der Antenne des Seidenspinners Bombyx mori L. II. Sensillen, cuticulare Bildungen und innerer Bau’ [in German]. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Anat., vol.76: pp 223-250, 26 figs. 1957. Very detailed description of internal anatomy & sense organs of antenne; sense organs number about 20 000 per antenna & include all known types of insect sensilla except photoreceptors. [P.B.] Schwanwitsch, B. N., “O risunke kryla Palearkticheskikh Hesperiide i nekotorykh Ar- gynnis (Lepidoptera)” [in Russian; On the wing pattern in the Palearctic Hes- periide and some Argynnis]. Ent. Obozrenie, vol.32: pp.137-147, 36 figs. 1952. Analyzes wing pattern of Hesperiide, ascertains regularities, & establishes a proto- type pattern for this family. Compares the hind wing pattern with that in Argynnis. [N.O.] Shirozu, Takashi, & Hideho Yamamoto, ‘Morphology of the male genital organ of Argyronome laodice japonica Ménétriés (Nymphalide).” Szeboldia, vol.2: pp.161-168, 4 pls. 1953. The skeletal and membranous parts and muscles are described and illus- trated minutely. [T.I.] Stumm-Zollinger, Elisabeth, “Histological study of regenerative processes after trans- section of the mervi corporis cardiaci in transplanted brains of the Cecropia Silk- worm (Platysamia cecropia L.).” Journ. exper. Zool., vol.134: pp.315-326, 4 figs. 1957. Medial & lateral groups of neurosecretory cells in brain normally connect with each other through the nerves to the corpora cardiaca; if these nerves are cut, the 2 groups of cells become connected by a secondary nerve network. This connection is essential for the production of the brain hormone. It is suggested that the corpora cardiaca function as a site for combination of substances produced by the 2 groups of neuro- secretory cells to form this hormone. [P.B.] Takahashi, Yasuo, ‘Studies on the cuticle of the Silkworm, Bombyx mori L. VIII. Sub- layers of epicuticle.” Annot. zool. japon., vol.29: pp.186-195. 1956. Taylor, J. Sneyd, “Note on the proboscis in the Saturniide.” Ent Rec. @ Journ. Var., vol.69: pp.151-153. 1957. Describes functional proboscis in spp. of Epiphora (seen drinking at puddles) & similar organ in Samia cynthia. [P.B.] Treat, Asher E., “The ctenoid form of the noctuid epaulette.’ Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 1766: 10 pp., 14 figs. 1956. Describes form of ridge overlapping tympanic membrane in various noctuids; when this ridge is provided with branched, spiny teeth it may serve to protect the membrane against parasitic mites. [P.B.] Gy PHYSIOLOGY Fukuda, T., “Conversion of pyruvic acid to alanine in the Silkworm larva.” Nature, vol.180: p.245, 1 fig. 1957. Bombyx mori. Garcia, Isabelle, Marie Tixier, & Jean Roche, “Dégradation L-aminoacidexeoxydasique de la L-arginine chez les insectes aux divers stades de leurs métamorphoses” [in French]. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol.150: pp.468-470, 2 figs. 1956. Study of enzyme mediat- ing arginine degradation in Bombyx mori etc. [P.B.] 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 111 Garcia, Isabelle, Marie Tixier, & Jean Roche, “Sur les dérivés guanidiques présents chez les insectes aux différents stades de leur développement” [in French]. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol.150: pp.321-324. 1956. Study of arginine degradation products in Bombyx mori and other insects. [P.B. ] Gilbert, Lawrence I., & Howard A. Schneiderman, “The quantitative assay of the juvenile hormone of insects.” Anat Rec., vol.128: p.555. 1957. Abstract; Galleria and Saturniide. Glick, P. A., J. P. Hollingsworth, & W. J. Ejitel, ‘Further studies on the attraction of Pink Bollworm moths to ultraviolet and visible radiation.” Journ. econ. Ent., vol. 49: pp.158-161. 1956. Grison, P., & R. Silvestre de Sacy, ‘““Déplacement orienté de la femelle de Cheimatobie Operophtera brumata L. (Lep. Geometride)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol.59: pp.151-154. “1954” [1955]. Wingless 9 2, active at dusk, move toward ver- tical dark objects subtending a horizontal angle of at least 3°; normal reaction is . tree trunks, but vertical painted stripes serve as stimuli under proper conditions. EB. Grossbach, Ulrich, “Zur papierchromatographischen Untersuchung von Lepidopteren- Augen” [in German]. Zeitschr. Naturforsch., vol.12b: pp.462-465, 3 figs. 1957. Study of fluorescent substances in eyes of 30 spp. (8 families) of Lepidoptera; types of sub- stamces present show some correlation with systematic position. [P.B.] Hanec, William, & Stanley D. Beck, ‘“Diapause in the European Corn Borer.” Bull. ent. Soc. Amer., vol.3: p.24. 1957. Abstract; Pyrausta nubilalis. Hanser, Gisela, “Das erste Insekten-Hormon in kristallisierter Form” [in German]. Umschau, vol.56: pp.167-170, 7 figs. 1956. Report of purification of ecdyson & re- view of hormonal control of metamorphosis in Lepidoptera etc. [P.B.] Hanser, Gisela, “Wirkung eines Metamorphose-Hormons bei Ephestia kiihniella (Epi- dermisveradnderungen bei der induzierten Puppenhautung)” [in German]. Zool. Anz., Suppl. no.20 (Verhandl. deutschen Zool. in Hamburg): pp.209-215, 2 figs. 1957. In- jection of ecdyson produces metamorphic changes in isolated abdomen of Ephestia or Galleria larva. [P.B.] Hasegawa, Kinsaku, “Studies on the voltinism in the Silkworm, Bombyx mori L., with special reference to the organs concerning determination of voltinism (a preliminary note).” Proc. Japan Acad., vol.27: pp.667-671. 1951. Evidence from transplantation experiments that hormone produced by subesophageal ganglion stimulates eggs to enter diapause in B. mori & other moths. [P.B. Heimpel, A. M., “Further observations on the pH in the gut and the blood of Cana- dian forest insects.” Canad. Journ. Zool., vol.34: pp.210-212. 1957. Data for a variety of Lepidoptera (Tortricide, Notodontide, Arctiide, Saturniide, Nymphalide). [P.B.] Heller, J.. & T. Chojnacki, “Pyrophosphates in the hawkmoth, Cellerio [sic!] euphor- biz. III. Tracer studies with P.32” Bull. Acad. polon. Sci., Ser. Sci. biol., vol.5: Ppe27/-279" 1957. Heller, J.. & L. Szarkowska, “Does the hemolymph of insects contain uric acid?” Bull. Acad. polon. Sci., Ser. Sct. biol., vol.5: pp.111-113, 3 figs. 1957. Affirms presence of uric acid in pupal sphingids. [P.B.] Heslop, I. R. P., “Times of flight of A patura iris (L.) (Lep: Nymphalidz).” Ext. Ga- zette, vol.8: pp.226-231. 1957. Notes on flight habits as affected by time of day, weather, etc. [P.B.] Hidaka, Toshitaka, “Recherches sur le déterminisme hormonal de la coloration pupale chez lépidoptéres I. Les effets de la ligature, de l’ablation des ganglions et de I’in- cision des nerfs chez prépupes et larves Agées de quelques papilionides” [in French]. Annot. zool. japon., vol.24: pp.69-74. 1956. Hormone produced in central nervous system controls pupal coloration in Papilio xuthus & P. protenor. [P.B.] Hinton, H. E., “Some aspects of diapause.” Science Progr., vol.45: pp.307-320. 1957. Calls attention to distinctions, frequently neglected, between factors determining & those initiating diapause; and between factors terminating diapause & those per- mitting resumption of development. Reviews evidence for hormone-controlled syn- chrony of development in host & parasite. Describes effect of “diapause hormone” on permeability of ovaries and resulting penetration of tryptophane derivatives into egg. [P.B.] Hodgson, Edward S., “A comparative electrophysiological analysis of chemoreceptors in arthropods.” Anat. Rec., vol.128: pp.565-566. 1957. Abstract; including Epargyreus & Limenitis. 112 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.2 Huard, G., & R. P. Corbe, “Recherches photométriques sur Parnassius apollo L. (lépi- doptéres)”’ [in French]. Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol.76: pp.18-21. 1951. Records light- absorbing power of different pattern elements on wings. [P.B.] Ito, Toshio, “Blood phenoloxidase in Bombyx mori II. Change of activity during de- velopment and a certain characteristic of the enzyme.” Jap. Journ. Zool., vol.11: pp. 253-260, 6 figs. 1954. Jacobson, L. A., & P. E. Bakeley, “Effects of moisture during starvation of larve of the Pale Western Cutworm, A grotis orthogonia Morr. (Lepidoptera: Phalenidz).” Canad. Ent., vol.89: pp.465-469, 1 fig. 1957. Mortality lowest at medium (53%) relative humidity. [P.B.] Jarvis, F. V. L., “Further observations on hibernation.” Proc. Trans. south London ent. nat. Hist. Soc., 1950-51: pp.96-106. 1951. Distinguishes spp. which may be induced to emerge from hibernation by application of heat, and those (‘true hibernators”) which cannot. Discusses the nature of diapause in the latter, with examples from some Lepidoptera; speculates on causes of diapause. [P.B.] Karlson, Peter, “Uber die Hautungshormone der Arthropoden” [in German]. Zool. Anz., Suppl. no.20 (Verhandl. deutschen Zool. in Hamburg): pp.203-208, 1 fig. 1957. Review of properties and activity in various arthropods of hormone ecdyson, ex- tracted from Bombyx mori. [P.B.] Kato, Akira, “Some examples of flying formation among paired butterflies” [in Jap- anese]. Shin Konchu, vol.5, no.3: pp.22-23. 1952. 11 instances. [T.I.] Kettlewell, H. B. D., “Unusual behavior of a sound sensitive larva.’ Entomologist, vol.88: pp.97-98. 1955. Larve of Mesocelis montana react to ¢ (but not?) human voice by shaking violently; sensitive to low-frequency sounds only. [P.B.] Kikkawa, Hideo, Zenichi Ogita, & Shozo Fujito, “Studies on the pigments derived from tryptophan in insects.” Proc. Japan Acad., vol.30: pp.30-35, 2 figs. 1954. Dem- onstrates metals in pigments from eggs of certain Bombyx mori mutants. [P.B.] Kleinhout, J., “Spinvermogen, stamoriéntatie en gezichtsvermogen bij de rupsen van de dennespanner, Bupalus piniarius L.” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.17: pp.101-113, 1 fig. 1957. Describes tendency of B. piniarius & Semiothisa litu- rata to move toward tall vertical objects after being blown out of trees; shows that orientation is visual. [P.B.] van der Kloot, William G., & Carroll M. Williams, “Cocoon construction by the Ce- cropia Silkworm. I. The role of the external environment” [in English; German summary]. Behaviour, vol.5: pp.141-156, 1 pl., 7 figs. 1953. Describes cocoon and analyzes pattern of movement of larva in spinning it. Prevention of certain move- ments by crowding, unsuitable locations, etc., results in formation of abnormal cocoons. [P.B. ] van der Kloot, William G., & Carroll M. Williams, ‘Cocoon formation by the Ce- cropia Silkworm. II. The role of the internal environment” [in English; German summary]. Behaviour, vol.5: pp.157-174, 3 pls., 7 figs. 1953. Amount of silk present in silk glands determines spinning behaviour in part, as well as part of cocoon (inner or outer envelope) which is being spun. [P. B.] van der Kloot, William G., & Carroll M. Williams, “Cocoon construction by the Ce- cropia Silkworm. III. The alteration of spinning behaviour by chemical and surgical techniques” [in English; German summary]. Behaviour, vol.6: pp.233-255, 5 figs. 1954. Spinning behaviour is controlled by brain centers in or near corpora peduncu- lata. Spinning behaviour may be deranged by CO, (permanently), CO (temporar- -ily), low O, tensions, or injection of atropine or malononitrile; these agents presum- ably affect the above centers specifically, since behaviour other than spinning was not affected. [P.B.] Kozhantshikov, I. V. ‘““K voprosu 0 zhiznennom termicheskom optimume. IX. Amplituda temperatury kak faktor vy razvitii neparnogo i dubovogo shelkopryadov” [in Russian; To the problem of vital thermic optimum. IX. Temperature amplitude as a factor in development of Ocneria dispar L. and Antherea pernyi Guer.]. Ent. Obozrente, vol.32: pp.27-42. 1952. A comparative analysis of adaptation to temperature changes. [N.O.] Kubo, Moritada, “Peculiar actions of butterflies before egg laying” [in Japanese]. New Entomologist, vol.1, nos.3/4: p.32. 1952. Tappings by forelegs on foodplants prior to oviposition are observed in Polygonia c-aureum, Araschnia burejana, Argyn- nis anadyomene (Nymphalide), and Papilio machaon hippocrates. ['T.1.] 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 113 Kuchlein, J. H., “Insecten in hun overwinteringskwartieren” [in Dutch; English sum- mary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.17: pp.141-142. 1957. Note on hibernation of Acrolepia & A gonopteryx spp. in caves in Limburg. [P.B.] Kuzuya, Takeshi, “Oviposition of Leptidea amurensis (Pieride)” [in Japanese]. Shin Hoe vol.5, no.2: pp.10-11, 1 fig. 1952. Chemical sense of foretarsi is suggested. Lia Legay, J.-M., “Chimiotactisme et apprentissage chez le ver a soie” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Toulouse, vol.86: pp.172-175, 1 fig. 1951. Bombyx mori larve show learning ability in search for food over fixed path. Changes in behaviour in course of development are noted. [P.B.] Levy, Robert I., & Howard A. Schneiderman, “The direct measurement and significance of changes in intratracheal gas composition during the respiratory cycle of the Ce- cropia moth.” Anat. Rec., vol.128: p.583. 1957. Abstract. H. MIGRATION Abbott, Charles H., “A quantitative study of the migration of the Painted Lady Butter- fly, Vanessa cardui.” Bull. ecol. Soc. Amer., vol. 30: p. 27. 1949. Abstract. Amanshauser, Hermann, “Was ist ein Wanderfalter?” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 40: pp. 273-276. 1955. Distinguishes between “true” migration, whick is followed by return flight or by breeding in new territory; ‘catastrophic migration”, ending in death of migrants; and other natural movements (airstream transport, permanent range extension, etc.). [P.B.] Baynes, E. S. A., “Range on migrant insects in Ireland for 1950.” Jrish Nat. Journ., vol. 10: pp. 134-135. 1951. Records of 9 Lepidoptera. [P. B.] Baynes, E. S. A., “Report on migrant insects in Ireland for 1951.” Jrish Nat. Jourz., vol. 10: pp. 247-248. 1952. 9 spp. Baynes, E. S. A., “Report on migrant insects in Ireland for 1952.” Irish Nat. Journ., vol. 11: pp. 45-46. 1953. 12 spp. Baynes, E. S. A., “Report on migrant insects in Ireland for 1953.” Irish Nat. Journ., vol. 11: 195-197. 1954. 10 spp. Baynes, E. S. A., “Report on migrant insects in Ireland for 1954.” Irish Nat. Journ., vol. 11: pp. 286-287. 1955. 10 spp. Baynes, E. S. A., “Report on migrant insects in Ireland for 1955.” Irish Nat. Journ., vol. 12: pp. 25-28. 1956. Including 4 butterflies, 4 sphingids, 1 noctuids, 3 pyralids. (Po Bs] Baynes, E. S. A., “Report on migrant insects in Ireland for 1956.” Irish Nat. Journ., vol. 12: pp. 145-146. 1957. Records of 11 Lepidoptera; comparative numbers, 1950- 56, recorded for 16 spp. [P.B.] Biezanko, C. M., “Migracdes de lepidopteros no Rio Grande do Sul e Uruguai” [in Portuguese]. Chacaras e Quintaes, vol. 92: pp. 485-486, 1 fig. 1955. Migration of Metamorpha stelenes. Foodplants Calliandra, Pithecolobium. [P.B.] Broekhuysen, G. L., “Butterfly migration at Ottenby Bird Observatory.” Ofusc. ent., vol. 18: p. 244. 1953. Pieris brassice & P. napi; S. Sweden. [P.B.] Broquet, M., “Observations sur la migration de la Vanessa cardui L.” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Sci. nat. Ouest France, ser. 6, vol. 1: pp. 33-34. 1952. Observations on northward migration in W. France. [P.B.] Burmann, Karl, ““Wanderfalter auf Gletschern” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 37: pp. 101-103. 1952. Numerous Lepidoptera found freshly dead on snow in E. Alps, evidently killed while flying over mountains; some migrants, and low- land spp. apparently carried up in air currents. [P. B.] Burmann, Karl, “Pyrameis cardui L. in Nordtirol” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 39: pp. 3-5. 1954. Migration records, 1951 & 1952. [P.B.] Burmann, Karl, “Einige Wanderfalterbeobachtungen aus Nordtirol 1953” [in German]. Zettschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 39: pp. 267-269. 1954. Notes on 21 migrant spp. PB: = ee Karl, “Nordtiroler Wanderfalterbeobachtungen 1954” [in German]. Zeztschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 40: pp. 241-244. 1955. Notes on 20 migrants. [P. B.] Burton, J. F., & D. F. Owen, “Insect migration in S. W. France.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol. 90: pp. 66-69. 1954. Southward movement of various insects in October, including 7 Lepidoptera. [P.B.] 114 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.2 Callahan, Philip S., “A possible correlation between the fat content and the reproduc- tive patterns of Pseudaletia unipuncta and migration.” Bull. ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 3: DesZee 1a stGract. Chnéour A., “Migrations des papillons dans le zone méditerranéene, principalement en ce qui concerne la Tunisie” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Sci. nat. Tunisie, vol. 6: pp. 67- 70, 3 pls. 1953. Notes on migration and migrant spp. in North Africa; figures of 20 spp. [P. B.] Cretschmar, Max, “Funde von Laphygma exigua Hb. (Noctuide) im Jahre 1952” [in German]. Zeitschr Lepid., vol. 3: pp. 161-162. 1955. European records of this south- ern migrant. [P. B.] Crozes, J., “Observations et notes de chasse” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. 14: p. 146. 1954. Reports migration of Vanessa cardui at Monte Carlo; records of Papilio festhameli (Aude) & Charaxes jasius (Ariége). [P.B.] Daniel, Franz, “Oekologische und physiologische Probleme bei wandernden Sphingiden” [in German]. Zeztschr. Lepid., vol. 3: pp. 91-100. 1955. Distinguishes between “true migrants”, which invade Europe each year and have a wide range without local variants, and “roamers”, whose migrations are less regular and apparently more subject to weather, and which have distinct local races. Various aspects of biology related to migration are considered. [P. B.] Eliot, N., “Nymphalis antiopa on the Cote d’Azur.” Entomologist, vol. 88: pp. 84-88. 1955. Suggests that species migrates from coastal strip to higher country shortly after emergence and hibernates there, returning in spring. [P.B.] Fassnacht, Joseph, “A propos de Pyrameis atalanta L. et des migrations” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1948: pp. 37-38. 1948. Report of annual southward move- ment; comments by Loeliger. [P. B.] French, R. A., “Migration records, 1954.” Entomologist, vol. 88: pp. 125-130. 1955. Notes on 35 British immigrants, and records of Lepidoptera seen at lighthouses & lightships. [P. B.] French, R. A., “Migration records, 1956.” Entomologist, vol. 90: pp. 227-238. 1957. Records of 48 British immigrant spp. [P. B.] French, R. A., “The Death’s Head Hawk Moth in Great Britain in 1956.” Bull. south- eastern Union sci. Soc., no. 112: 3 pp. 1957. Report on record invasion of the migrant Acherontia atropos. [P.B.]| Harbottle, A. H. H., “The occurrence of Pontia daplidice Linn. in North Cornwall in 1945.” Ent. Gaz., vol. 1: pp. 49-50. 1950. This migrant was common and bred lecally. Notes on larve, reared on Raphanus maritimus. [P.B.] Hayward, Kenneth J., “Migration of butterflies in Argentina, 1953-54.” Proc. Roy. ent. Soc. London (A), vol. 30: pp. 59-62. 1955. Ascia monusta, Libytheana carinenta. Iwase, Taro, “Migration of Parnara guttata (Hesperiide)” [in Japanese]. Trans. Minamiuwa ent. Soc., vol. 2: pp. 7-8. 1953. Migration in Shikoku suggested. [T.I.] Jarvis, F. V. L., “The meteorological approach to entomology.” Ent. Gaz., vol. 1: pp. 201-216, 7 figs. 1950. Simple meteorology with special reference to Great Britain; the influence of weather on migration and other phenomena is discussed. [P. B.] Kawashima, Kenjiro, “Large mass of Parnara guttata Bremer et Gray (Hesperiidze) passed through Tokyo” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol. 6, no. 11: p. 14. 1953. South or southwest flight was observed on Sept 12 (‘13” in error) 1953 (cloudy, windless), in a belt of about 2 km. in width. [T.I.] Kummerer, H., “Migrations” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1948: pp. 69-71. 1948. Reports migrations of Vanessa cardui in Alsace; notes by Loeliger. [P. B.] Kurosawa, Yoshihiko, “Parnara guttata Bremer et Grey (Hesperiide) migrate over Ueno Park (Tokyo)” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol. 6, no. 13: p. 14. Sept. 13 (Sunday) 1953; mass flight in southward direction following light wind. [T.I.] Lempke, B. J., “Trekvlinders in 1951 (twaalfde jaarverslag)” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ext. Berichten, vol. 14: pp. 150-157, 2 figs. 1952. Report on 23 spp. of migrants in Holland. [P. B.] Lempke, B. J., “Trekvlinders in 1952 (dertiende jaarverslag)” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 14: pp. 316-321, 339-345, 4 figs. 1953. 29 spp. [P. B.] Lempke, B. J., “Trekvlinders in 1953 (veertiende jaarverslag)” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 15: pp. 201-206, 213-220, 2 figs. 1954. 26 spp. [P. B.] Lempke, B. J., “Trekvlinders in 1954 (vijftiende jaarverslag)” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 15: pp. 460-467, 2 figs. 1955. 25 spp. [P.B.] 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 115 Lempke, B. J., “Vlindertrek” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ext. Berichten, vol. 16: pp. 71-72. 1956. Request for information on migrants; suggests that Agrotis ypsilon is an immigrant in Holland. [P.B.] Lempke, B. J., “Trekvlinders in 1956” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 17: pp. 189-196, 217-224, 4 figs. 1957. Report on 26 spp. of migrant Lepidoptera in Holland. [P. B.] Lipscomb, C. G., “Continental migrant butterflies in 1957.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol. 69: pp. 232-233. 1957. Notes from Germany. [P.B.] Leliger, R., “Les premiéres expériences de notre centre d’observation de Zurich (Suisse) au sujet des migrations de papillons en 1946” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1948: pp. 27-29, 44-46. Notes on migrations of Plusia gamma, Vanessa spp., pierids, & sphingids. [P.B.] Losada S., Belisario, “Nuevas especies para Colombia localizadas por primera vez por la Seccion de Entomologia” [in Spanish]. Rev. Facult. nac. Agron., Medellin, vol. 7: pp. 325-332, 3 figs. 1947. Includes record of Historis acheronta migrating. [P.B.] Mazzucco, Karl, “Osterreichische Forschungszentrale fiir Schmetterlings-wanderungen. Rundschreiben Nr. 5” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 39: pp. 93-96. 1954. Notes on migrations of Heliothis scutosa, sphingids, Pieris daplidice, & Vanessa spp. in Austria in 1953. [P.B.] Mazzucco, Karl, “Osterreichische Forschungszentrale fiir Schmetterlings-wanderungen. Rundschreiben Nr. 6” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 40: pp. 140-143. 1955. List of migrants recorded in Salzburg; notes on migrants observed in 1954. EP.B| Mazzucco, Karl, “Osterreichische Forschungszentrale fiir Schmetterlings-wanderungen. Rundschreiben Nr. 7” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 21: pp. 89-95. 1956. Gives numerous records of mass movements of Pieris spp. in 1955 in Austria & Bavaria; notes on Vanessa spp.; comments on Amanshauser’s definition of “mi- erant. ~~ LP. B.] Mazzucco, Karl, “Osterreichische Forschungszentrale fiir Schmetterlings-wanderungen. Haus der Natur, Salzburg. Rundschreiben Nr. 8” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 42: pp. 43-45. 1957. Notes on some migrants, especially Acherontia atropos, in Austria. [P.B.] Miles, Philip M., “Immigrant Lepidoptera observed in Wales during 1953.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol. 90: pp. 248-250. 1954. Notes on 9 immigrants, Phlogophora meticulosa included, and on phenology of 2 hibernating nymphalids. [P. B.] Miles, Philip M., “Immigrant Lepidoptera observed in Wales during 1954 and 1955.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol. 93: pp. 184-187. 1957. Includes records of 10 spp. (butterflies, sphingids, noctuids, pyralids). [P.B.] Muspratt, Vera M., “Migrations de Pyrameis atalanta L.” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1949: pp. 34-40, 44, 61-62. 1949. Newman, L. Hugh, “Nymphalis antiopa: migrant or stowaway?” Entomologist, vol. 88: pp. 25-27. 1955. Indirect evidence for importation of this butterfly into Britain on timber ships from Scandinavia. [P. B.]| Nordman, A., “The geographical distribution in Europe of the migrations of the Large White, Pieris brassice, and some remarks on their climatological causes.” Notul. ent., vol. 34: pp. 99-106, 4 maps. 1954. Introduces some new points of view on the migra- tions of P. brassice in central Europe and shows in which areas of the Palearctic region extreme climate conditions exclude the occurrence of the species or at least prevent a higher frequency. [W. H.] Nordstrom, Frithiof, “Fjarilvandring” [in Swedish]. Ext. Tidskr., vol. 74: pp. 102-103. 1953. Gonepteryx rhamni; Celerio lineata livornica. Owen, D. F., “Additional records of insect migration in S. W. France.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol. 90: pp. 112. 1954. Pieris & Colias seen flying south in September. [P. B.] Parsons, R. E., “Migration of the butterfly Appias albina danada.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 47: pp. 394-396. 1947. Penn, George Henry, “Mass flight of ocola skippers.” Lepid. News, vol 9: p. 79. 1955. Rauch, Richard H., “Pennsylvania’s super-flyway.” Penn. Forests & Waters, vol. 3: pp. 116-177, 6 figs. 1957. Includes note on Danaus plexippus migrating. [P.B.] Rothschild, Miriam, “Notes on insect migration on the north coast of France.” Ext. mo. Mag., vol. 93: pp. 375-276. 1956. Reports of minor movements of nymphalids & pierids. [P. B.] 116 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.2 Rudebeck, Gustav, “Some observations concerning migratory movements in Pyrameis atalanta L. together with some general considerations” [in Swedish; English sum- mary]. Opusc. ent., vol. 16: pp. 49-54, 1 map. 1951. Report on northward migra- tion over SW extremity of Sweden. Notes on significance of insect migration. [P. B.] Rzedowski, J., “Nota sobre un vuelo migratorio de la mariposa Danaus plexippus L. observado en la region de Ciudad del Maiz, S. L. P.” [in Spanish; English sum- mary]. Acta zool. mexicana, vol. 2, no. 2: pp. 1-4, 1 map. 1957. Notes on 2 south- ward flights in San Luis Potosi, in October & December. [P. B.] Sevastopulo, D. G., “Field notes from East Africa — VIII.” Entomologist, vol. 88: pp. 37-40. 1955. Notes on migrations of Glycesthia creona infida, Achea thermopera, Libythea labdaca, Achea catocaloides, Catopsilia florella. Larvae of Alenophalera varie gata.attacked by termites. List of butterflies at light. Brown form of Acherontia atropos larva, unlike other forms, does not feed or egest during daytime. [P. B.] Stafford, C. W., “A small migration in Virginia.” Lefid. News, vol. 10: p. 44. 1956. Tanner, Vasco M., “Tortoise-shell butterfly in migration.” Great Basin Nat., vol. 13: p. 8. 1953. Nymphalis californica, in Utah. [P.B.] Teale, Edwin Way, “An apparent migration of the Mourning Cloak.” Lefid. News, VOle FD sups ol 4-Say 1955: Warnecke, Georg, “Wanderfalter in Europa” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 35: pp. 100-106. 1950. General discussion of butterfly migration and of migrant spp. in Europe; notes on information needed. [P. B.] Warnecke, Georg, “Besonderheiten der Wanderfalter-Einflige 1952” [in German]. Iz Titschack, E., ed., Deutscher Entomologentag in Hamburg, 1953: pp: 200-203. Jena: Fischer. 1954. Report on notable flight of Vanessa cardui in Germany. [P.B.] Warnecke, Georg, ‘“Wanderfalter 1948 in Deutschland” [in German]. Zeitschr. Lepid., vol. 3: pp. 65-71. 1955. Notes on 17 spp. of migrants in Germany. [P.B.] Wittstadt, H., “Bericht tiber den Wanderzug von Weisslingen (Pieriden) in den bay- erischen Gebieten im Sommer 1955” [in German]. Nachrichtenbl. bayer. Ent., vol. 5: pp. 12-15, 28-31. 1956. Describes migration of Pieris brassice & P. rape in Donau region, and resulting plague of larve in southern Germany. [P. B.] Yagi, Nobumasa, “On the emigration of butterflies” [in Japanese]. New Entomologist, vol. 1, nos. 3/4: pp. 3-4. 1952. I. TECHNIQUES Harvey, J. K., Improved technique for inflating and mounting insect larve.’ Canad. Ent., vol.89: pp.280-283, 5 figs. 1957. Recommends drying inflated larva over infra- red lamp. Describes procedure in removing gut, etc., inflating, and mounting; de- scribes apparatus for making elbow pins on which to mount larve. [P.B.] Hawkins, John, & J. J. Devitt, “Forecasting hatching levels of the European Corn Borer.” Journ. econ. Ent., vol.45: pp.203-209, 2 figs. 1952. Three methods observed, using regression lines, which will forecast the peak of larval hatching with consid- erable accuracy. [W.C.] Hayano, Ikuo, “Reports on the Richard technique” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol. 5, no.4: pp.5-7, 2 figs. 1952. Reaction of female’s foretarsi to the stimuli of food- plants is discussed, among others. [T.I.] Henson, W. R., “A temperature gradient apparatus for small insects.” Canad. Ent., vol.90: pp. 54-59, 3 figs. 1958. Hohl, F., “Sujet a traiter: Préparation des chenilles. Croquis de l’appareil a souffler” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1950: pp. 3-5, 1 fig. Describes technique for inflating larve. [P.B.] Houyez, P., “Technique: flacons 4 cyanure” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.55: p.36. 1955. Describes method of making cyanide bottle, using plaster bandage. [P.B. | Houyez, P., “Techniques d’élevages” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.55: pp.77-79. 1955. Recommends pierced, used X-ray sheets for walls of rearing cages; nutrient solution for foodplants. Notes on special provisions for pupation, eclosion, etc. [P.B.] Iwase, Taro, “Shephard technique for mating butterflies in captivity’ [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.5, no.4: pp. 2-4. 1952. Japanese version of Dr. Ford’s explanation in his Butterflies (1945), with Swynnerton’s simpler method. [T.I.] Janmoulle, E., “Technique: Utilization de piéges lumineux” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.57: pp. 28-30. 1957. Note on some light- -traps: Rothamsted, Wageningen, & Rob- inson models. [P.V.] 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 117 Janse, A. J. T., “On the scientific value of type material and its care.” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol.10: pp.175-178. 1948. Recommendations on labelling, deposition, and storage, to keep types both safe and available. [P.B.] Kaelin, A., & C. Auer, “Statistische Methoden zur Untersuchung von Insektenpopula- tionen dargestellt am Beispiel des Grauen Larchenwicklers (Eucosma griseana Hb—= Semasia diniana Gn.)” [in German]. Zeitschr. angew. Ent., vol.36; pp.241-283, 423-461, 4 figs. 1954. A study of a population of EF. griseana used to illustrate sam- pling methods and analysis of data by modern statistical techniques. [P.B. ] Koch, Manfred, “Die Totungsspritze” [in German]. Ent. Zeitschr., vol.59: pp.5-9. 1949. Describes method of killing insects with ammonia-filled syringe. [P.B.] Kondo, Shigeki, “Reports on Richard technique” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.5, no.4: pp.8-10. 1952. Papilionide 1, Pieride 2, Nymphalide 9, Satyride 2, Lycenide 4, Hesperiide 1 succeeded. Nymphalide 3, Satyride 1, Pieride 2 failed. [T.1.] de Lesse, H., “Pour des méthodes de récoltes entomologiques pratiques et modernes” [in French]. Entomologiste 11: pp.120-123. “1955” [1956]. Indications for practical and modern methods to collect Rhopalocera. [P.V.] Leston, Dennis, “The stethoscopic cage: a device for hearing the sounds produced by small arthropods.” Entomologist, vol.88: pp.188-189, 1 fig. 1955. Describes cage made of celluloid between 2 funnels, connected by rubber tubing to ear pieces. [P.B.] Lughofer, Franz, “Koderfang der Brephos-Arten” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.39: p.181. 1954. Reports taking 2 spp. in daylight at liquid manure. [P.B.] Miles, Philip M., “A trap designed to collect insects attracted by ‘sugar’.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol.90: pp. 86-87, 1 fig. 1954. Trap consists of section of tree trunk surmounted by a plastic canopy and resting in a plastic cone, beneath which is a killing bottle. PBs] Miller, C. A., “A technique for assessing Spruce Budworn larval mortality caused by parasites.” Canad. Journ. Zool., vol.33: pp.5-17, 3 figs. 1955. Describes method: pro- portion of larve parasitized is estimated from samples, and mortality at time of parasite emergence is calculated (to eliminate mortality of parasitized larve caused by other factors). [P.B.] Miller, L. W., & E. J. Martyn, “A sampling technique for undergound grass grubs.” Journ. Austral. Inst. agric. Sci., vol.18: pp.110-111, 2 figs. 1952. Technique described i estimating larval populations of the pasture pest, Oncopera intricata (Hepialidz). TC: ] Morris, R. F., “A sequential sampling technique for Spruce Budworn egg surveys.” Canad. Journ. Zool., vol.32: pp.302-313, 4 figs. 1954. Describes sampling technique permitting prediction of level of infestation. [P.B.] Morris, R. F., “The development of sampling techniques for forest insect defoliators, with particular reference to the Spruce Budworm.” Canad. Journ. Zool., vol.33: pp. 225-294, 16 figs. 1955. Deals with objectives, all aspects of planning, sampling, & data evaluation. The methods, designed to give as complete a picture as possible of Choristoneura fumiferana populations, deserve application to other insects. [P.B.] Morris, R. F., & C. A. Miller, “The development of life tables for the Spruce Bud- worm.” Canad. Journ. Zool., vol.32: pp.283-301, 1 fig. 1954. Describes methods of sampling and analysis permitting development of tables which show mortality and survivorship in all stages, and factors responsible for mortality; methods developed for Choristoneura fumiferana. [P.B.] Morris, R. F., F. E. Webb, & C. W. Bennett, “A method of phenological survey for use in forest insect studies.” Canad. Journ. Zool., vol.34: pp.533-540, 2 maps. “1956” [1957]. Measurement of shoot growth of host plant in different areas gives an in- dication of phenological differences between these areas, and permits more accurate timing of samples of insect populations. Technique developed in studies on Choris- toneura fumiferana. |P.B.] 5 Ono, Sachio, “My experiments in Richard technique” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.5, no.4: pp.11-12. 1952. 3 examples of success & equal number of failures. [T.I.] Pitman, C. M. B., “Fruit as a bait for moths.” Ent. Rec. @ Journ. Var., vol.69: pp.6-8. 1957. Notes on effectiveness of rotten pears, in comparison with “sugar”. [P.B.] Riley, N. D., “A fungicide of entomological interest.” Ext. Gaz., vol.5: p.62. 1954. Re- ports successful mailing of butterflies papered in envelopes dampened with merthio- late; immediate setting was possible after two months in shipment. [P.B.] 118 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.2 Robinson, H. S., “Prophylactic methods in the rearing of lepidopterous larve.” Ent. Gaz., vol.1: pp.139-141. 1950. Describes methods of sterile rearing; reports that one commercial disinfectant eliminates losses from disease introduced on foodplant. [P.B.] Robinson, H. S., “A new larval detergent.” Ent. Rec. G Journ. Var., vol.63: pp.218- 219. 1951. Reports successful treatment of diseased larve with “T.C.P.” disinfectant. PBs Robinson, H. S., “The effects of light on night-flying insects.” Proc. Trans. south Lon- don ent. nat. Hist. Soc., 1950-51: pp.112-113, 1 pl., 6 figs. 1951. Disucsses properties of various light sources as they affect insects, especially different spectral ranges vis- ible to humans and to insects; and behavior of night-flying insects under artificial illumination. Mercury vapor lamps are best light sources for attracting moths; a trap with such a lamp set over a funnel divided by vertical vanes is very efficient. [P.B.] Robinson, H. S., ‘““The optimum conditions for the occurrence and observation of rare insects.” Proc. Trans. south London ent. nat. Hist. Soc., 1951-52: pp 118-125, 2 figs. 1952. Introduces methods of calculating the probability of occurrence of an insect of known rarity in a sample of a given size. Capture of rarities is favored by proper selection of time and place and by technique permitting collection of maximum num- ber of insects; for night-flying Lepidoptera, these conditions are met by use of light traps, especially on warm, moonless nights with high humidity. [P.B.] Robinson, H. S., “Mercury-vapour lamp technicalities.” Ext. Gaz., vol.4: pp.280-281. 1953. On connecting these lamps, which cannot be used directly on ordinary electric circuits. [P.B.] Robinson, H. S., “Mercury-vapour lamp technicalities. No.2—power factor correction condensers.” Ent. Gaz., vol.5: pp.111-112. 1954. Method of restoring power lost by necessary use of an impedance. [P.B.] Robinson, H. S., & P. J. M. Robinson, “Some notes on the observed behaviour of Lepi- doptera in flight in the vicinity of light-sources together with a description of a light-trap designed to take entomological samples.” Ent. Gaz., vol.1: pp.3-15, 12 figs. 1950. Considers the most effective light source to be that with the maximum surface brightness (therefore, the minimum surface). Describes a light trap, suitable for collecting living specimens, based on this principle. Noctuide and Sphingide taken in this trap in one summer’s collecting are listed by abundance classes. [P.B.] Rohlf, F. James, “A new technique in the preserving of soft-bodied insects and spiders.” Turtox News, vol.35: pp. 226-228, 4 figs. 1957. Larve are dehydrated in alcohol or dioxane and left in anhydrous ether for a day or more; they are then heated near a lamp until all ether has evaporated. The vaporising ether expands the specimen. [P:B.] Ross, Edward S., Insects close up. 81 pp. Berkeley: Univ. Calif. Press. 1953. See re- view in Lepid. News, vol.10: p.57. Rozman, Robert, “Notes on techniques.” Lepid. News, vol.11: p.53. 1958, Salt, R. W., “Extent of ice formation in frozen tissues, and a new method for its measurement.” Canad. Journ. Zool., vol.33: pp.391-403, 6 figs. 1955. Technique ap- plies to larve of Loxostege sticticalis, and other insects. [P.B.] Schams, Ewald, “Uber das Konservieren von Puppen” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges) vol.42: pp-72-74. 1957. Recommends packing pupal shell with cotton wool and gluing parts back in natural position; method said to be superior to preserva- tion of whole pupe, though more laborious. [P.B.] Singh, M. P., “A note on cutworms and their rearing.” In D. K. McE. Kevan, ed., Soil Zoology: pp.281-283. London: Butterworth. 1955. Rearing precautions and gen- eral biology of these noctuid larve. [P.B.] Stahl, C. F., “Trapping hornworm moths.” Journ. econ. Ent., vol.47: pp.879-882, 4 figs. 1954. Large numbers of adults of the Tobacco Hornworm, Protoparce sexta, and of the Tomato Hornworm, P. quinquemaculata, were captured in both bait and light traps, but the use of such traps had little or no effect on the general hornworm population. [W.C.] Straatman, Raymond, “Notes on methods of collecting Indo-Australian Lepidoptera.” Lepid. News, vol.9: pp.74-76. 1955. Surany, Paul, “Continuous mass rearing of the European Corn Borer in the laboratory.” Biol. Notes Ill. nat. Hist. Survey, no.37: 11 pp., 7 figs. 1957. Describes various types of containers used, and techniques used for mass rearing of Pyrausta nubilalis. Larve fed on string beans. [PB 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 119 Swain, H. D., “On stripping and papering insect cabinets.” Ent. Gaz., vol 2: pp.183- 185, 2 figs. 1951. Useful information on procedure in reconditioning old drawers. LP2B.] Symes, H., “Notes on the treatment of hibernating larve.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.69: pp.208-211. 1957. Travassos Filho, Lauro, “Liquido para preservacao das estruturas internas de lepi- dopteros e demais insetos que habitualmente se montam en alfinetes” [in Portuguese; English summary]. Arg. Zool. Est. Sado Paulo, vol.7: pp.439-444, 1 pl. 1950. Recom- mends killing Lepidoptera by injecting fluid which fixes and preserves internal organs. [P.B.] Uhler, Lowell D., “How to make a cyanide killing jar.” Turtox News, vol.31: p.30. 1953. Recommends putting plaster in dry and moistening with atomizer. [P.B.] Vago, C., “Action du permanganate de potassium comme deésinfectant des ceufs d’in- sectes vis-a-vis des viroses” [in French]. Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol.79: pp.138-141. 1954. Treatment of eggs with 1% KMnO, virtually eliminates virus disease in larve. [P.B.] Vanderzant, E. S., “Growth and reproduction of the Pink Bollworm on an amino acid a Journ. econ. Ent., vol.50: pp.219-221. 1957. Describes artificial diet used. W.C.] Vanderzant, E. S., & R. Reiser, ‘‘Aseptic rearing of the Pink Bollworm on synthetic media.” Journ. econ. Ent., vol.49: pp.7-10. 1956. Pectinophora gossypiella reared for 3 generations. [W.C. | Vanderzant, E. S. & R. Reiser, “Studies of the nutrition of the Pink Bollworm using purified casein media.” Journ. econ. Ent., vol.49: pp.454-458. 1956. Media with syn- thetic base successfully used to rear Pectinophora gossypiella, Data on requirements given. [P.B.] Vestjens, W., “Breeding Nymphalis io L. and Aglais urtice L. with artificial light’ [in English; Dutch summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.15: pp.505-509, 3 figs. 1955. Mat- ing and oviposition took place readily in box lit by fluorescent tubes; 4 successive generations of N. zo reared in 3 months. [P.B.] Wagstaffe, Reginald, & J. Havelock Fiedler, eds.. The preservation of natural history specimens. Volume One. Invertebrates. xiii + 205 pp. 139 figs. New York: Philo- sophical Library. 1955. Includes section on Lepidoptera: killing, setting adults, mount- ing genitalia, and preservation of other stages. [P.B.] Waldbauer, Gilbert B., “Freezing: a method for the preservation of insects.” Turtox News, vol.33: p.186. 1955. Recommended for specimens to be dissected. [P.B.] Weaver, Nevin, & Russell C. Thomas, Jr., “A fixative for use in dissecting insects.” Stain Technol., vol.31: pp.25-26. 1956. 5 ml. 40% formaldehyde, 214 ml. glacial acetic acid, 20 gm. chloral hydrate, diluted to 100 ml. with distilled water; said to harden soft parts, soften cuticular structures, and preserve tissue undistorted. [P.B.] Williams, C. B., R. A. French, & M. M. Hosni, “A second experiment on testing the relative efficiency of insect traps.” Bull. ent. Res., vol.46: pp.193-204, 2 figs. 1955. Ultraviolet light more efficient than ordinary light, and Robinson light trap superior to Rothamsted model for Macrolepidoptera. [P.B.] Wyatt, S. Silver, “Culture in vitro of tissue from the Silkworm, Bombyx mori L.” Journ. gen. Physiol., vol.39: pp.841-852, 3 pls. 1956. Wykes, N. G., “The techniques of entomological drawing in water-colours.” Proc. Trans. south London ent. nat. Hist. Soc., 1953-54; pp.98-103. 1955. Describes method of painting Lepidoptera. [P.B.] J. MISCELLANY Munroe, Eugene, “Karl Jordan the lepidopterist.” Trans. Roy. ent. Soc. London, vol. 107: pp. 69-75. 1955. Paclt, J., “Obituary. Felix Bryk. 1882-1957.” Entomologist, vol. 90: p. 192. 1957. Patoéka, Jan, “Za RNDr. Vladislavem Paskem” [in Czech]. Acta Soc. zool. Bohemo- slov., vol. 19: pp. 97-98, 1 fig. 1955. Obituary note with a review of published studies. [J.M.] Pfeffer, Antonin, ‘“tClen korespondent CSAV Julius MiloS Komarek” [in Czech ]. Acta Soc. zool. Bohemoslov., vol. 19: pp. 297-305, 1 fig. 1955. Obituary note with a review of published studies. Prof. Dr. Komarek studied problems about harmful Lepidoptera, namely Lymantria. [J.M.] 120 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.2 Rautenberg, L. E., “Beitrage zur Kenntnis alter naturwissenschaftlicher Werke. Beit- bac’ 6” [in German]. Beitr. Ent., vol.5: pp.60-69, 5 figs. 1955. Describes work by Driimpelmann & Friebe, 1806-1814, on fauna of NE Russia; records animals de- scribed & figured (including Lepidoptera) ; reproduces 3 of the fine plates (2 show Lepidoptera). [P.B.] Rautenberg, L. E., “Beitrage zur Kenntnis alter naturwissenschaftlicher Werke. Beitrag 9. Karl August Friedrich Harzer als Autor und Illustrator” [in German]. Beitr. Ent., vol.6: pp.180-190, 5 figs. 1956. Information on the rare Der Kleine Schmetter- lingsjager, by Harzer (1829) and on the books which he illustrated. [P.B.] Rautenberg, L. E., ““Beitrage zur Kenntnis alter naturwissenschaftlicher Werke. Beitrag 11” [in German; English & Russian summaries]. Beitr. Ent., vol.7: pp.429-444, 4 figs. 1957. Describes the very rare Beschreibung und Abbildung schlesischer Insekten, Schmetterlinge, shown here to be by Carl Richter; lists parts, & Lepidoptera treated & figured. [P.B.] Rautenberg, L. E., “Beitrage zur Kenntnis alter naturwissenschaftlicher Werke. Beitrag 12” [in German; English & Russian summaries]. Beitr. Ent., vol.7: pp.609-631, 4 figs. 1957. Describes the Fauna insectorum Europe (1812-1847) published in 24 parts by Ahrens, Kaulfuss, & Germar, and gives an index to it. [P.B.] Reiss, Hugo, “Direktor Dr. H. Thomann in Landquart (GB) 80 Jahre alt” [in Ger- man]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.40: pp.212-214, 1 fig. 1955. Biographical note on Austrian lepidopterist, with list of publications and of new species discovered by him. [P.B.] Reisser, Hans, “Dipl.-Ing. Hans Kautz}. Ehrenmitglied der Wiener ent. Gesellschaft” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.41: pp.241-245, 1 pl. 1956. Obituary of Austrian lepidopterist who specialized in variation of Pieris napi & P. bryonie. [P.B.] Reisser, [H.], “Dr. Hermann Ronnigert” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 41: pp.210-212, 1 fig. 1956. Obituary & list of publications of Austrian lepidopterist. [P.B.] Reisser, [H.], Leo Schwingenschuss}. Ehrenmitglied der Wiener ent. Gesellschaft” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.41: pp.270-272, 1 pl. 1956. Obituary of Austrian entomologist. [P.B.] Reisser, [H.], “Ludwig Ostheldert. Korrespondierendes Mitglied der Wiener ent. Ge- sellschaft” [in German]. Zeztsch. wiener ent. Ges., vol.41: pp.212-213. 1956. Obit- uary of German lepidopterist. [P.B.] R[eisser, H.], “Robert Spitzt. Ehrenmitglied der Wiener ent. Gesellschaft” [in Ger- man]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.41: pp.245-246, 1 pl. 1956. Obituary of Austrian lepidopterist. [P.B.] Reisser, [H.], “Dr. Egon Galvagnit, Ehrenmitglied der Wiener ent. Gesellschaft” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.42: pp.129-131, 1 pl. 1957. Obituary of Austrian lepidopterist. [P.B. ] Remington, C. L., “How many butterfly species in a day?” Lepid. News, vol.9: pp.77- 73. 1955. | Robinson, H. S., “Some suggestions on the examination of an ethical and a practical problem.” Ent. Gaz., vol.3: pp.45-51. 1952. Considers ethics of killing insects. Denies that light-trap collecting seriously reduces moth population. [P.B.] Roepke, W., “Enkele aantekeningen over het werk vaon Pieter Cramer en over zijn persoon” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.16: pp.22-25. 1956. Bib- liographical notes. Gives dates of publication of parts of Cramer’s Papillons exo- tiques. [P.B.] Ronniger, H., “Ing. Anton Ortner}”’ [in German]. Zeitsch. wiener ent. Ges., vol.39: pp-178-179, 1 fig. 1954. Obituary of Austrian microlepidopterist. [P.B.] Rothschild, Miriam, “Karl Jordan: a biography.” Trans. Roy. ent. Soc. London, vol. 107: ppil-9. 1955. Schaefer, L., M. Teyreaux, & M. Coquillet, “Henri Testout, entomologiste” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol.20: pp.73-78. 1951. Obituary of French lepidopterist ; list of his publications and of new entities he described. [P.B.] Seitz, Adalbert, & Elli Franz, Als Naturforscher durch alle Erdteile. 315 pp., 78 figs. Frankfurt am Main: Kramer. 1951. Collected accounts of Seitz’s collecting trips; many Lepidoptera mentioned. [P.B.] THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1959 OFFICERS President: Eucene G. Munroe (Ottawa, Ontario, Canada) Ist Vice President: Z. Lorkovic (Zagreb, Yugoslavia) Vice President: Jose O:ricica F.° (Rio de Janeiro, Brasil) Vice President: Don B. STALLINGS (Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A.) Treasurer: GeorGE EHLe (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Secretary: PAuL R. Enruicu (Stanford, Calif., U. S. A.) Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expires Dec. 1959: HirosH1 Inove (Yokosuka, Japan) J. W. Titpen (San Jose, Calif., U. S. A.) Term expires Dec. 1960: Dona.p EFF (Boulder, Colo., U. S. A.) . P. H. H. Gray (Digby, N. S., Canada) Term expires Dec. 1961: C. A. CLarKE (Caldy, Cheshire, United Kingdom) G. W. Rawson (New Smyrna Beach, Fla., U.S. A.) and ex-officio: the above Officers and the Editor-in-Chief The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches,...... to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the fiield; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among the lepidopterists of all countries. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. Ail members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the publications but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members—annual dues $4.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members—annual dues $10.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members—single sum $75.00 (U. S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 4, Church Street, Isleworth, Middx., England. Each year a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, and eight numbers in each volume of the News. Ail members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are distributed by the Secretary each year. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society TABLE OF CONTENTS — SOMMAIRE — INHALT A transparent light trap for the field collection of Lepidoptera by I. F. B. Common - - - 2 - “ = Notes on butterfly migrations in the Peninsula of Yucatan by Epuarpo C. WELLING - - . - - Bs Possible migration tendencies of Erebus odora and others by FRANK P. SALA - - - - - = a A new name for Papilio orion Cramer, a preoccupied name by Pappy B. McHENrRyY - - - - 3 Z The life history of Herculia phezalis (Eosalisinie) by JoHN ADAMS COMSTOCK’ - - = ‘ by Georce A. HaRDyY - -— - - = = Z The butterflies of Mississippi —- Supplement No.1 by Bryant & KATHERINE MATHER - - = e Fluorescence in Lepidoptera observed under ultraviolet light by LEONARD S. PHILLIPS - - - ~ 2 a by A. C. SHEPPARD FIELD NOTES On the life history of Incisalia eryphon on southern Vancouver Island Caradrina morpheus, new record for North America of a European moth Vol.13: no.2 Nymphalis californica in Pacific Northwest, 1959; by E. J. NEWCOMER Annaphila arvalis in British Columbia; by Georce A. HArRpy Sphingid rarities from the Florida Keys; by WitL1AM H. Howe ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS Tropical forests of Brazil and their Lepidoptera by E. P. WILTSHIRE - - - = “- Butterfly collecting in Texas and New Mexico by H. A. FREEMAN - - - = a = The saga of an orphan Speyeria diana larva by WILLIAM H. EvANsS~ - - - = z ® A rapid method for making temporary labels in the field by Georce W. BYERS - - - - - - A “hit and run” trip to Texas and New Mexico by D. B. STALLINGs, J. R. TURNER, & P. R. EHRLICH Collecting Incisalia mossii on Vancouver Island by RicHARD GUPPY - - - ~ - ~ For collectors specializing in Erebia; by L. G. Hiccins RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA - - 57-61 62-64 65-66 66 67-69 79 71-72 73-77 78 78 79-88 89-93 93-95 96-98 99-100 101-103 104 105-120 : 4 a ee ee eS Volume 13 1959 Number 3 JOURNAL of the -LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY (Formerly The Lepidopterists’ News) Published by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY : Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue ON PRIMITIVE MIMICRY IN AFRICA EXTREME PAPILIO HYBRIDS NEW CHLOSYNE FROM MEXICO COLLECTING HAIRSTREAK EGGS IN WINTER (Complete contents on back cover) 22 April 1960 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1959 OFFICERS President: EuGENE G. Munroe (Ottawa, Ontario, Canada) 1st Vice President: Z. Lorxovic (Zagreb, Yugoslavia) Vice President: Josz Orricica F.° (Rio de Janeiro, Brasil) Vice President: Don B. STALLINGS (Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A.) Treasurer: GeorGE EHLE (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Asst. Treasurer: Siwney A. HesseL (Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) Secretary: PAUL R. Enruicu (Stanford, Calif., U. S. A.) Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expire Dec. 1959: HirosH1 Inoue (Yokosuka, Japan) . J. W. Titpewn (San Jose, Calif., U. S. A.) Terms expire Dec. 1960: DonaLp EFF (Boulder, Colo., U. S. A.) P. H. H. Gray (Digby, N. S., Canada) Terms expire Dec. 1961: C. A. CLarKE (Caldy, Cheshire, United Kingdom) G. W. Rawson (New Smyrna Beach, Fla., U.S. A.) and ex-officio: the above six Officers and the Editor-in-Chief The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches,...... to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the fiield; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among the lepidopterists of all countries. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members—annual dues $5.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members—annual dues $10.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members—single sum $75.00 (U. S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 4, Church Street, Isleworth, Middx., England. Each year a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the News each year. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is New Haven, Connecticut (see address inside back cover). Application for Second-class mail privileges is pending at Colorado Springs, Colorado. JOURNAL OF Mee LC EPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Volume 13 1959 Number 3 SOME COMMENTS ON PROTECTIVE RESEMBLANCE AMONGST AFRICAN LEPIDOPTERA (RHOPALOCERA)* by V. G. L. van SoMEREN and TJ. H. E. JAckson INTRODUCTION ‘The essence of life is the ability to survive, and the chances of survival of a species largely depend on the degree of plasticity or adaptability exhibited by that species in the struggle for existence. Natural Selection, working on small mutations, inherent in the genetics of all forms of life, is the means whereby adaptation is achieved. he struggle for existence has gone on since the dawn of Life and must therefore be of universal application. The object of this paper is to give certain evidence, so far as African Lepidoptera (Rho- palocera) are concerned, in support of this view on Evolution. CHARLES Darwin, in his Origin of Species, expounded the broad prin- ciples governing the formation of species, and the application of these prin- ciples to the special case of ‘‘Mimicry” and Miillerian Resemblance formed the classical writings of Bates, WaALLACE, MULLER, TRIMEN, POULTON, and others. In so far as Africa is concerned, attention was first focussed on the subject by TRrmeEN, and later by PouLToN and HALE CarpENTER. They were amply assisted in the field by such great naturalists as MARSHALL, SWYNNERTON and CarPENTER himself. It was shown that in Africa “Mimi- ery and Mullerian Resemblance” centered around two compact groups of distasteful butterflies, the Danaide and Acreidz, the mimics being found chiefly amongst the Nymphalidz, Papilionide and Lycznide. The accumulated knowledge was crystalized and ably illustrated by ELTRINGHAM in his African Mimetic Butterflies (1910), and the work has been carried still further by Poutton, CARPENTER and others. SIMPLE OR PRIMITIVE MIMICRY To those who have had the opportunity of extensive collecting in Africa, the impression must have been conveyed at some time or other that numerous species appear deceptively alike. This may be noted in the field, or perhaps * The cost of several of the colored plates with this paper has been financed by the generous support of MarcareT M. Cary, L. B. Doyte, B. HEINEMAN, S. A. HESSEL, R.R. McEtvare, and B. Struck; the remainder has been borne by the authors. — Cie: 121 122 VAN SOMEREN & JACKSON: Mimicry Vol.13: no.3 not even until the end of the days’ collecting when the captures are being examined. Obvious examples of Batesian mimicry and Miillerian Resemblance are noted, but there are others outside these two catagories which obtrude themselves, for example the numerous species of Neptis which were taken flying together in the same area, all black and white, all very similarly pat- terned, some large, some small, not distinguishable on the wing, yet obviously different when closely examined. Some turn out to be common, others rare. ‘Then one may note amongst the captures certain examples which are not Neptis nor Neptidopsis, but female Euptera or even Pseudothyma. Our own experience in the field supplies ample evidence that the theory of Batesian Mimicry and Miillerian Resemblance is sound. We feel however that many simpler and more primitive forms of ‘“‘protective resemblance” have been overlooked, largely perhaps because it was always considered essential to find a distasteful model around which a group could be centered. We submit that this criterion is not always necessary, and further, that since ‘“Batesian and Mullerian Resemblance” are very highly specialised products of evolution, the more primitive groups would be most unlikely to contain distasteful models. It is necessary therefore, to look for much simpler factors in the “models” which would nevertheless be sufficient to bring the forces of Natural Selection into play. The use of the term “primitive” is relative: here a contrast between groups which have evolved specialised glands and fluids to promote protection, thus highly specialised products, and groups which have not. A species may go on mutating and forming other species, which latter will be “younger’’ as species than their ancestors; and conversely, another may not mutate, or may not mutate so fast, and yet may be found today in its original form along with species la and 1b; thus No. 2 might be considered “‘more primitive” than la or 1b. The Miillerian groups present the greatest evolutionary advance amongst Rhopalocera; they possess specialised glands whose secretions are relatively nauseating to would-be predators and thus enjoy a high degree of immunity to attack. Due to this, they have evolved certain pronounced and unusual habits such as slow sailing flight, they select exposed positions for resting, and are almost devoid of “‘fear’’ responses. We suggest that ‘‘Protective Resemblance”’ exists among relatively edible Rhopalocera and can be divided into three natural groups each involving factors other than distastefulness, as follows: A. Large size, great strength, and toughness of integument such as we find amongst the Charaxidine. B. Difficulty of capture, i.e. quickness of flight together with great power of vision and wariness; a form of low flight which is obliterative, the colours of the upperside (browns, blues, and greens chiefly) being emi- nently suited to the environment and blending with high-lights and shadows; a flight close to the ground, in and out of the undergrowth so that the colours appear intermittently. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 123 Examples: Nymphaline, especially Euphedra, Euryphene, Euryphura, and Diestogyna. (The late Prof. HALE CARPENTER suggested the term “dysleptic”’, z.e. dificult to capture, for this group. ) C. Safety in numbers. A species will gain by resemblance to another species, if attacked, by the simple law of average. There is no limit to the number of species that may be so associated. This is the principle involved in Millerian Resemblance amongst associated distasteful species, and there appears no reason why it should not apply to relatively edible species as well. Among a group such as this, it would assure that no one edible species would be preyed upon to the exclusion of the others. “Thus ELTRINGHAM (1910: p.19) quoting from MeELpoLa’s translation of MULLER’s original paper, wrote: “If both species are equally common then both will derive the same benefit from their resemblance — each will save half the number of victims which it has to furnish to the inexperience of its foes. But if one species is commoner than the other, then the benefit is unequally divided, and the proportional advantage for each of the two species which arises from their resemblance is as the square of their relative mumbers.... ILet us suppose that in a given region .. . . 1200 butterflies of a distasteful species have to be destroyed .... and that in this region there exist 2,000 individuals of one (A) and 10,000 of another (B) dis- tasteful species. If they are quite different, each species will lose 1,200 in- dividuals; but if they are deceptively alike, then this loss will be divided among them in proportion to their numbers, the first (A) will lose 200, and the second (B) 1,000. The former (A) accordingly gains 1,000 (or 50 percent.) of the total loss, and the latter (B) only 200 (or 2 percent.) of this number. hus while the relative number of the two species is in the ratio of 1 : 5, the advantage derived by those possessing the resemblance is 25 : 1.” These remarks of course referred to two distasteful species, but they apply equally well to non-distasteful. There is thus an “arithmetic” basis to the degree of advantage accruing, and it is this “arithmetic” aspect, so well exemplified in what we term Simple or Primitive Mimicry among edible groups to which we wish to call attention, and emphasise. “The principle involved in these groups is precisely that quoted by ELTRINGHAM. Although we have cited other attributes which may possibly assist in the protection of the species, this “arithmetic” aspect applies in all groups. We submit the following grouping and examples. PROPOSED GROUPING IN More DETAIL Group A. Nymphalide: Charaxidine. The similarity of colouration and pattern amongst many Charaxes was drawn attention to by Poutton (1926). He cited various examples and these we repeat here with additions and corrections to the nomenclature. The models are common and always larger and are characterised by tough integu- ment, considerable fighting power, strong flight and comparative wariness. 124 VAN SOMEREN & JACKSON: Mimicry Vol.13: no.3 ‘The mimics are always smaller and weaker, and often rare. This is, in fact, a form of Miillerian mimicry in that it involves a deterrant in the models, but of a kind differing from that implied in the usual concept of Miillerian resemblance based on distastefulness. “The resemblance in Group A is one of colour and pattern alone; all are edible. MODEL MIMIC . numenes Hew. 6 . bipunctatus Roths. @ . mixtus Roths. @ & @ . etheocles Cramer @ f. ‘‘alladinis”’ Charaxes tiridates Cramer @ C. tiridates 2 (See Plate 1) . numenes . bipunctatus & cedreatis Hew. 2 C. bohemanni Felder @ (See Plate 1) viola pheus Hew. f. 2 ‘‘pheus” . manica Trimen, f. 2 “pseudophzus” manica Trimen, f. 9 “manica” . fulgurata Aur. f. 9 “fulgens” . fulgurata f. 2 “lunigera” . hildebrandtit Dewitz @ & 9 . baumanni Rog. 6 & @ . opinatus Heron 2 aubyni Poulton f. 9 “aubynv’ C. bohemanni 9 (See Plate 1) C. brutus Cramer . etheocles Cramer f. “etheocles” @ . etheocles f. “catachrous” 2 . etesipe Godart f. 2 “etesipe” C. amelie Doumet 2 C. castor Cramer . etesipe Godart f. 2 “‘castoroides” C. protoclea Feisth. ¢ . anticlea Drury ¢ b] . acheamenes Felder f. 9 “achemenes’ . viola kirki Butler f. 9 “rogersi” C. pelias saturnus Butler C. citheron Felder . violetta Smith ¢@ & @ . ethalion Bois. f. 2 “rose” SVE SUSY A Sree IS Sis SS is) Sota Sis) SS Sie Ss Sa Ss C. ansorgei Roths. . etheocles evansi van Som. Q Many other examples could be quoted, but the above are outstanding amongst this group. PLATE 1.* Group A. Left row (all from Uganda), top to bottom: Charaxes tiridates 2 [C]; C. numenes 9 [C]; C. bipunctatus 2 [MR]; C. cedreatis 2 [MR]. Right row (all from South Africa), top to bottom: C. bohemanni 6 [C]; C. bohemanni 2 [C]; C. viola pheus f. 9 “pheus’? [MR]; C. manica f. 2 “manica” [MR]. * In all plate captions, C—common, M==moderately, R—rare. AFRICAN MIMICRY PEATE 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 127 Group B. Nymphaline. The genera, Euphedra, Euryphene, Euryphura, and Diestogyna possess to a marked degree the characteristics already mentioned for this group. “They are denizens of the great African forest regions, which, it is generally agreed, at one time covered most of the continent. They must therefore be a very ancient group and should show, to great perfection, “Protective Resemblance.”’ There is evidence that the age of the Great Primary Forests in Africa is very far removed in time from the present; thus it is fair to assume that the forest faunua is more primitive than that of the savannah and secondary forests. It was in the latter that the high degree of specialisation first evolved (i.e. the development of glands secreting acrid and obnoxious substances, as in Acrainz and Danaine), in response to the more open and exacting environment. Nevertheless, one cannot assume that the more ancient forest fauna did not also evolve its own forms of protective resemblance, and it is, in part, the object of this paper to draw attention to this fact. A study of the Nymphalinz both in cabinet and in the field amply demon- strates that this is the case; the resemblances amongst the whole group are so bewilderingly alike, that a minute examination is often required for separation of the species, and in some cases, particularly Euphedra, classification is still far from satisfactory. The group feeds in the adult stage exclusively on rotting fruits on the ground, with wings closed after a deliberate perceptable fu// exposure of the upper surface. The underside is cryptic. It is the upperside or exposed sur- face which has been, and still is being modified by Natural Selection. We are convinced that this is no chance resemblance, and the numbers of entirely different models and groups show that it cannot be due to a common environ- ment, parallel development, or consanguinity ; several genera may be involved. In some cases both sexes are affected, in others only one sex, and this applies to both models and mimics. The greater the uniformity of colour, the greater the chance of escape of the weaker less numerous species in the association which conform to this colour and pattern, for it must be remembered that the important predators hunt by sight, and colour is therefore all-important. A glance at the examples cited, where are often involved one sex only, species of different genera, and far removed in time, completely rules out any sug: gestion of consanguinity. The underside patterns retain the ancient characters diagnostic of the species; within minor limits of variation these are extraordinarily constant. This point cannot be overstressed. The models are sometimes larger and are always common and dominant species of a given area; the mimics are weaker and often rare. From amongst several large groups which could be cited, we select to illustrate our point the following examples: 128 VAN SOMEREN & JACKSON: Mimicry Vol.13: no.3 MODEL MIMIC Euphedra spatiosa Mab. ¢ & @ Euphaedra medon innotata Holl. 2 (See Plates 2 & 3) Euphedra herberti Sharpe 92 Euryphene comus Ward 6 & 9 Euryphene phranza moreelsi Aur. 2 Euryphene flaminia Stdg. ¢ & @ Euryphene maximiana Stdg. 6 & Q Euryphene nivaria Ward 6 & @ Euryphene rubrocostata Aur. Euryphene wilwerthi Aur Harmilla hawkeri Joicey & Talbot ¢ & 9 Euphedra zaddachi Hew. Euphedra eusemoides imitans Holl. (See Plate 3) Euphedra sarita inanoides Sharpe 6 & Q Euphedra eberti: Aur. ¢ & Q Euphedra preussi Stdg. 6 & 9 Euphedra xypete cyanea Holl. @ & Q Euphedra xypete cerulescens Smith 6 & Q Euphedra karschi Bartel ¢ & @ Euryphene aurivili Niep. 6 & Q Euryphene phantasia Hew. 2 white bar Euryphene severini Aur. 9 Euryphene chleropis B. Baker @ Euryphene leptotypa B. Baker 9 Euryphene luteola B. Baker 9 Euphedra ceres Fab. Euphedra gausape Butler ¢ & @ (See Plate 4) Euphedra themis aureola Kirby Euphedra cyparissa aurata Carp. 6 & 9 (See Plates 4, 5)? Euryphene sophus sophus Fab. Euryphene congolensis Capron. Euryphene phranza phranza Hew. Euryphene letitia Plotz Euryphene cuttert Hew. Euryphene sp. nov. ? 'The diurnal agaristid moth Xanthospilopteryx longipennis Wk. is thought to be the primary model, but the moth is sporadic in appearance, and field experience shows that E. zaddachi, which is very common, is the model for E. eusemoides imitans. “Note that the uppersides are amazingly alike, but the undersides of all are very different and fully diagnostic of the species. PLATE 2. Group B. All from eastern Belgian Congo. Left two rows: top, Eu- phedra spatiosa [C]; middle, E. flaminia [MC]; bottom, E. zivaria [R]. Right two rows: top, E. medon innotata (& non-mimetic) [C]; middle, FE. maximiana [MR]; bottom, E. comus [MR]. For each species on plates 2, 3, 5, @ is at left, Q at right. PLATE 3. Group B. All from eastern Belgian Congo. Left two rows: top, Eury- phene phranza moreelsi [R]; E. rubrocostata [R]; Euphedra zaddachi {C]. Right two rows: Euryphene wilwertht [MR]; Harmilla hawkeri [R]; Euphedra eusemoides imitans [R]. PLATE 4. Group B. All from Nigeria. Left row: top, Euphedra ceres 6 [C]; 2nd, same, 9; 3rd, E. themis aureola 6 [C]; bottom, same, 2. Right row: top, E. gausape 6 [MR]; 2nd, same, @ ; 3rd, EF. cyparissa aurata 6 [MR]; bottom, same, @. PLATE 5. Group B. All from Nigeria. Left two rows: top, Euryphene sophus sophus (& non-mimetic)) [C]; middle, EF. lJetitia (@ non-mimetic) [MR]; bottom, E. cuttert [MC]. Right two rows: top, E. phranza phranza (@ non-mimetic) [MC]; middle, E. congolensis (@ non-mimetic) ; bottom, E. sp. nov.? [R]. RIO, 2 AFRICAN MIMICRY PEATE. 3 AFRICAN MIMICRY 2) 5 ve i: TS PLATE 4 AFRICAN MIMICRY eet ttt its Be ee | PEATE AFRICAN MIMICRY 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 137 MODEL MIMIC Euryphene absolon Fab. 2 Euryphene subtentyris Strand @ (See Plates 7, 9, 10) Euryphene abesa Hew. & Euryphene zonara Butler 2 Euryphene mazdinga Felder 92 Euryphene cottoni B. Baker 9 Euryphene oxione squalida Talbot 9 Euryphene tkelemba Aur. 2 Diestogyna ribensis Ward ° Diestogyna camarensis Ward @ Diestogyna goniogramma Karsch 9 Diesiogyna luteostriata B. Baker @ Diestogyna saphirina Karsch 2 Diestogyna ituriensis Jackson & Haw. @ Diestogyna intermixta Aur. 9 Diestogyna gambie Feist. 9 Cynandra opis Drury 9 It is usually assumed that the primary models for this group are the species of Catuna, said to be distasteful, but we doubt if they can be con- sidered “inedible” in the same way as Danainz and Acreinz. In the absence of evidence to the contrary, it is assumed that Nymphalide (excluding Danainz and Acreine auct.) and all other families of Rhopalocera (exclud- ing the pierid genus Mylothris) are edible in some degree, as is born out by our experience in the field. We are certain that there is much ‘“‘secondary’’ mimicry centered round the very common female of Euryphene absolon, as- sisted by Catuna. ‘There is some evidence that there are several species amongst the Euphedra eleus group closely mimicking each other, but they require further investigation. Sufficient evidence, however, has been given in support of our contention that the Nymphaline have developed an amazing degree of per- fection in “protective resemblance” built up on an “‘arithmetic’”’ basis. Group C. Pieride, Lyczenidz, Hesperiidz. Pieride: The common red-tipped group of Colotis, the black and white Anapheis and Belenois, and the various species of Eurema are good examples of “Ochlosis”, and it is unnecessary in a brief review such as this to give long lists of species which come within this catagory. The value of this form of resemblance was amply demonstrated during a visit to the Tana River near the Mbere country where the above groups were being preyed upon by numbers of Robber Flies (Asilidz, Diptera). We noted that species of Colotis seemed to be equally common and no one species suffered to the ex- clusion of another. However, in one particular area which was very re- stricted, we found the uncommon species Colotis pallene rogersi Dixey. It was closely associated with its food plant, also a species of very restricted distribution ; but in this same area there were three other very common Colotis, notably the widespread C. evenina Wall. which often has dimorphic females, but at this time all were of the dry-season form with red tips thus presenting 138 VAN SOMEREN & JACKSON: Mimicry Vol.13: no.3 a perfect model for the smaller and rarer C. pallene rogersi. We wanted this species, but for every one secured we netted a dozen C’. evenina. Examples such as this, together with certain lycznids listed hereafter, are probably based on the numerical principle involved in Miullerian Resemblance, as quoted previously, and are not true “Ochlosis’”’ since they consist of one very common model and a scarce mimic. We figure some of the Colotis involved, on Plate 6. ‘These suffice to indicate the similarity: Colotis daira thruppi Butler, C. antevippe Bois., C. evenina casta Gerst., C. pallene rogersi Dixey. Lycenide: “There are numerous examples of this type of mimicry amongst the Lycaznidez, too numerous to list in detail in this brief paper, and it will suffice to mention just a few. The sexes are often dissimilar, and more- over one or other is sometimes non-mimetic. Examples: Liptenine. MODEL MIMIC Liptena ideoides Dewitz 6 & Q Eresina rougeouti Stemp. 6 & @ Eresina conradti Stemp. 6 & 9 Liptena modesta Kirby @ Liptena rubromaculata Strand 9 Teriomima minima Trimen Eresinopsis bichroma Strand Other examples amongst the Liptena centered around L. opaca Kirby could be cited. Most of the Ornipholidotos form a mimetic group centered around the very common O. kirbyi Aur. In the large genus Epitola in which the sexes are dimorphic, many fly together and very closely resemble each other. | PLATE 6. Group C. All Liptenine (left) from Katera, Masaka, Uganda; all Pieride (middle, right) from Emberre, Tana River, Kenya. Left row: top, Liptena ideoides & [C]; 2nd, same, @ ; 3rd, Eresina rougeouti 6 [R]; 4th, same, @ ; 5th, FE. conradti 6 [R]; bottom, same, 2. Middle row: top, Colotis daira thruppi 6 [MR]; 2nd, same, 9 ; 3rd, C. evenina casta 6 [MC]; bottom, same, 2. Right row: top, C. antevippe & [C]; 2nd, same, 9; 3rd, C. pallene rogersi $ [R]; bottom, same, @. PLaTE 7. Group B, All from eastern Belgian Congo. Males non-mimetic. Top two rows (@ above, 9 below): left, Euryphene absolon |.C]; center, E. mandinga [MC]; right, EF. subtentyris [MC]. Middle: left above, E. abesa 6 [MC]; left be- low, same, @; right (large), E. ikelemba 9 [RI]. Bottom two rows (6 above, 2 below): left, E. zonara [MC]; center, E. oxione squalida [MC]; E. cottoni [R]. AFRICAN MIMICRY PEATE 6 PEATE. 7 - AFRICAN MIMICRY 2 ee eee Bac: PEER S494 ¢ 5 3 w —s Yi “8 A WG % AFRICAN MIMICRY PLATE 8 ‘A ; : : ca r vat } 4 H I \ j i { se #3) " ° i . \ (i I 1S } 4 $ i a. K 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 145 Lycenine. ‘There are several groups of associated Lyczeninz which are to be found flying around their food plants (here various species of Loran- thus) which are remarkably alike. “he majority are sexually dimorphic. We cite an outstanding example which we noted in the west Madi, West Nile district of Uganda. MODEL MIMIC Argiolaus ismenias Klug ¢ & 9 Argiolaus crawshayi niloticus Stemp. & (See Plate 8) Bennett, @ non-mimetic Argiolaus menas Drury, 6 non-mimetic Argiolaus vansomereni Stemp. & Bennett, & non-mimetic Dapidodigma hymen Fab. Stugeta marmorea Butler Epamera scintillans Aur., 6 non-mimetic Epamera aphneoides nasissi Riley, d non-mimetic Epamera tasis albomaculata Sharpe, & non-mimetic Among other groups we note: Anthene opalinus Stemp. @ & @ Anthene otacilia benadirensis Stemp. 6 & @ Anthene contrastata Ungemach Anthene talboti Stemp. Virachola livia Klug Virachola dohertyi B. Baker . Virachola suk Stemp. @ Anthene amarah Guérin 2 Virachola suk @ Chloroselas pseudozeritis Trimen Desmolycena rogersi B. Baker All the above are sexually dimorphic and each sex of the mimic closely re- sembles the corresponding sex of the model, above and below. Model and mimic fly together around Acacia trees. Hespertide. Examples of mimetic associations among the African Hes- periids are numerous but still require detailed study. An outstanding associa- tion is to be found among the genus Spialia where all the species are white- PLATE 8. Group C. All from Metu, West Madi, Uganda. Left row: top, Jolaus ismenias @ [C]; 2nd, same, 2; 3rd, I. crawshayi niloticus 6 [C] (non-mimetic) ; 4th, same, @ ; 5th, J. menas 6 [MC] (non-mimetic) ; bottom, same, 2. Center row: top, I. vansomerent @ [R] (non-mimetic); 2nd, same, 2; 3rd, J. hymen 6 [R in this locality]; 4th, same, 2 ; bottom, I. marmorea 9 [MR]. Right row: top, I. scin- tillans & [R] (non-mimetic); 2nd, same, 2; 3rd, I. aphneoides nasissu 8 [MC] (non-mimetic) ; 4th, same, @; 5th, I. zasis albomaculata 6 [MR] (non-mimetic) ; bottom, same, @. 146 VAN SOMEREN & JACKSON: Mimicry Vol.13: no.3 spotted on a dark ground; many fly together, some very common, others very rare. Thus in one area in northern Uganda when we were hunting for Spialia wrefordi Evans, we netted six S. colotes transvaalia ‘Yrimen and about the same number of diomus Hopfter for every one wrefordi. Apart from group associations there are instances where two species of different genera resemble each other closely and fly together: MODEL MIMIC Celiades libeon Druce Pteroteinon tricolor Holl. Celiades forestan Cramer Mopala orma Plotz Cenides dacela Hew. Pteroteinon pruna Evans Kedestes callicles Hew. Kedestes rogersi Druce ‘The foregoing evidence is, we submit, sufficient to support the suggestion that there does exist a simple form of mimetic association which is “Protective Resemblance’’, and there is not the slightest doubt as to the value of this association to the weaker and less common species. The results achieved are In every way parallel to those accruing from Batesian Mimicry and Millerian Resemblance. The groups we have drawn attention to differ only in regard to the fact that distastefulness is not a sine qua non either in the models or associated members. We submit that the evidence here given, amplifies, and does not run contra to the great Theory of Mimicry. It has been suggested that Miillerian Resemblance is in a class by itself and that it does not imply deceit ; we do not subscribe to this view. A preda- tor would obviously be equally deceived between Danaus chrysippus L. and Acraa encedon L., or Acraa pharsalus Ward and A. cepheus L., as it would between Acraa karschi Aur. and Mimacraa krausei Dewitz. All categories of Protective Resemblance result in the same thing, i.e. the increase in the chances of survival of the species concerned, and differ only in the factors by which they are governed to achieve this end. The Miillerian groups are merely the most highly advanced, but even here, as we have shown, the “arithmetic” aspect, so ably demonstrated by MULLER himself, plays an important part. The theory embodied in this paper is not a new one, since A. R. Watvace (1889: p. 245), referring to F. MU.usr’s account of the female of Leptalis melite (L.) imitating one of the common Brazilian Pieride, wrote: “This is evidently not a case of true mimicry, since the species imi- tated is not protected; but it may be that the less abundant Leptalis is able to mingle with the female Pieridz and thus obtain a partial immunity from attack.” Thus the phenomenon to which we draw attention is widespread, and not limited to Africa! PLate 9. Group B. All from Nigeria. Males non-mimetic. Left row: top, Cyz- andra opis & [C]; 2nd, same, 9; 3rd, Diestogyna saphirina 6; 4th, same, Q ; 5th, D. gambie & [C]; bottom, same, @. Center row: top, D. ribensis ¢ [C]; 2nd, same, 9; 3rd, D. goniogramma @ [MR]; bottom, same, @. Right row: top, D. intermixta & [R]; 2nd, same, 9; 3rd, D. camarensis $ [R]; 4th, same, 2; 5th, D. ituriensis 6 [R]; bottom, same, @. PAP TETO TY BRID PEATEs Reena Fig. 1. P. hippocrates (left), P. xuthus (right), and F, hybrid (below). Fig. 2. Left, larva and pupa of P. xuthus, right, same of F, hybrid (Aippocrates x xuthus). AFRICAN MIMICRY PLARE 10 PLATE 10. Undersides of same specimens as in Plate 9. 150 VAN SOMEREN & JACKSON: Mimicry Vol.13: no.3 ‘TERMINOLOGY OF MIMICRY We submit that there is a case for the overhaul of the terminology of Mimicry, from Crypsis to the highly specialised Millerian groups, and that new terms are desirable for the categories we have cited in this paper. We suggest the following broad classification of Mimicry: 1. SIMPLE or PRIMITIVE (Apatetic colouration). ARITHMETIC a) No distasteful model; all edible. CHARAXINZE: as cited by POULTON Where several species centre around abund- and here amplified. ant powerful species b) No distasteful model; all edible. NYMPHALIN®: Euphedra, Eury- Where several species centre around an phene, Euryphura, and Diestogy- abundant successful species whose charac- na, as cited in the text. teristics are: elusiveness, quickness of flight low to the ground; obliterative colouration; acute vision and wariness. ‘‘Dysleptic”’, (dif- ficult of capture) was suggested by CARPEN- TER. c) No distasteful model; all edible. PIERID#: as cited. Where several similarly coloured and pat- Lyc#nw2: Liptenine & Lycenine terned species fly together. Safety in num- as cited. bers; the mortality rate is shared and in ratio to numbers. The term “OCHLOSIS” was suggested by CARPENTER. We propose ARITHMETIC as a better term applicable to all three groups. 2. BATESIAN MIMICRY (Aposematic and Pseudaposematic) . A distasteful model present, around which Acr@#iD#: Bematistes, Acrea. edible species resembling it are associated; i.e. | DANAID#®: with which are associated warning model and deceitful mimics. Nymphalide, Papilionide & Ly- cenide. 3. MULLERIAN RESEMBLANCE (Aposematic colouration; i.e., warning colours). Several distasteful species conforming to a DANAwD@&, Acr@#iD# (African) as common colouration and pattern; degree of so often cited in literature. deterrant character varying in participating members. References Eltringham, H., 1910. African mimetic butterflies. Oxford Press. 136 pp., 10 pls. Poulton, E. B., 1926. Mimicry in African butterflies of the genus Charaxes, with a classification of the species. Verh. III. int. Ent. Kongr. 2: 518-575. Wallace, A. R., 1889. Darwinism. Macmillan & Co., London. 494 pp., 37 figs. (VGLvyS) The Sanctuary, Ngong, P. O. Box 24947, Karen, KENYA and (THEJ) Kapretwa, Kitale) KENYA 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 151 WIDE EXPERIMENTAL CROSSES BETWEEN PArttOXUTHAUS AND OTHER.SPECIES by CHARLES L. REMINGTON _ Since 1953 I have been conducting a series of hybridization studies of the polyxenes-machaon complex of the genus Papilio (see preliminary reports — Remington 1956, 1958). A series of papers is now in preparation on specific groups of crosses and on some general questions such as hybrid sex-ratios and hybrid sterility. The purpose of the present paper is to present the results of the two widest crosses from which we have been able to rear offspring. These were Papilio xuthus 2 X hippocrates 6 and P. polyxenes 2 X xuthus 8. Papilio xuthus Linné is an Asiatic species found from Japan to upper Burma, southward into Formosa, Luzon, and Guam. Its phylogenetic rela- tionships have been in some doubt, and it has been associated with the poly- xenes-machaon group, the glaucus group, and perhaps others. The larval color pattern is not similar to that of species of either group, and the pupal form is likewise very different. Comments on the systematic position of P. xuthus will be found in the Discussion, below. The usual larval foods are various Rutacez. Papilio polyxenes Linné is common in the U. S. A. west to the Rocky Mts., north to southern Canada, and with various little-known relatives ex- tending to northern South America. The usual larval foods are Umbelliferz only. Papilio hippocrates Felder is usually placed as a sub-species of P. machaon Linné, but there are grounds for considering it a separate species. The broods of F, hybrids with European machaon are strongly deficient in females (Clarke & Sheppard 1956 and my later data). There may be a difference in chromosome number; P. machaon in Europe has n=30 (commonly 32 in Finland — see Federley 1938) (Lorkovié 1941), whereas P. hippocrates has n=31 (Maeki 1958). The wings are longer and narrower than in true machaon. Unlike European machaon, hippocrates has in the females a summer form of very large size and extremely dark pigmentation. It is difficult to find from the literature the exact geographic ranges of hippocrates and of the Chinese and Siberian populations of the machaon forms. P. hippocrates (including minor sub-races such as amurensis and sachalinensis) is abundant all over Japan and is present in Korea, Manchuria, Amurland, and Sakhalin (see Eller 1939). This relatively moist and elevated region is bounded on the west by drier plains, and it is possible that there is a gap in which no machaon- like Papilio is present, separating hippocrates from the aliaska-like machaon to the northeast and from the Chinese and Mongolian forms to the south and west. The usual larval foods are Umbellifere and Rutacez. 152 REMINGTON: Wide Papilio crosses Vol.13: no.3 Table 1; (CROSSES OF PU XUTHUS WITH OTHER SPECKES Eggs Minutes Brood Parents lard? fertile hatched in copulo Results SEO yl OR oak 190 ? P= (8) 33+ 24 46 from 8 pupe 362 same Syl 0 aa 183 a S072 2 es DS. & lie. 97 ? (9° of 72) 33 6 from 1 pupa 309 same 24 g + 23-29 see text 305 2 hip. X & xu. 50s 0 pleats 39-56 pie 349 same 63 0 —_— 22-82 —- 3022 amex SG) Syrzacus 25-0 —— 51 — 304 @ glaucus X 6 xu. 9 0 — 48-52 — 315 same 13 IB) 0 0 41-69 — CONTROLS 305 2 6, OX G ee: 2522 0 ee 31 —— 335 same 26 26? 26? 39-135 =— 378 same 1 0 15-42 — 308) Chip xs) hth: 81 many many 7-29 —- 400 @ pol. X @ sib 51 51? 35 38-56 eons 405A same 30 0 —. 163-219 —- 409 same 38 36 29 23-265 a EXPERIMENTAL CROSSES Eighteen attempts to hand-pair P. xuthus with other species resulted in successful initial copulation. Fifteen of these pairs remained in copulo for at least 20 minutes and therefore might have been at least partially fertile. How- ever, no eggs were laid by females of the following 6 pairs: 4 (2 glaucus X & xuthus); 1 (2 polyxenes X SG xuthus); and 1 (@ xuthus X SG hippo- crates). Table 1 shows the results of the remaining 9 xuthus pairings. A few explanatory comments are needed. In the column marked “Minutes in copulo’, where there are two hyphenated numbers the actual separation was not observed; the first number is the minimum duration, the second number the maximum (e.g., @ 309 remained in copulo at least 23 minutes but not more than 29). We had to farm out some of the lots of eggs to collaborators who were not prepared to record color changes which indicate that embryonic development has begun or to keep a tally of the number hatching. Most of the queries (?) in Table 1 are from these lots. The control crosses show, as expected, that there is a much stronger tendency for intraspecific eggs to start development and to hatch than for the interspecific crosses having P. xuthus as one parent. However, they also show 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 153 that a significant proportion of intraspecific eggs do not develop and a few more do not hatch. Note that the three control broods which produced no fertile eggs were from pairings which must have been of very short or very long duration. Long duration is usually caused by abnormal initial coupling, in which event insemination is not effected and disengagement is difficult. From Cross 315 (9 glaucus X xuthus) we got 13 ova, most or all of which showed the distinct mottling associated with embryonic development in eggs of P. glaucus Linné. None hatched. The photographs show the color patterns of the imagines of the three parental species and the F, hybrids from the two crosses from which adults were reared. Ihe most distinctive differences are listed in Tables 2 and 3, along with the expression of each in the hybrids. Wing characters are those of the upperside only; no additional distinctive difference was found on the undersides. If a character in the hybrid is exactly like that of one parent and completely unlike that of the other species, the interspecific difference is probably controlled by a single Mendelian factor. The summer generation of P. xuthus is strikingly different from the spring generation, having all black markings much more extensive, the blue band on the hindwing obsolescent, and so on. The xuthus characters in the ‘Tables are those of the summer generation, because the F, hybrids represent this generation and the pure xuthus reared simultaneously show the typical summer phenotype. SEE CROSS) ©) 2) POLYXENES “1G Po xuTHUS With Brood 324 (F, of 2 polyxenes X GG xuthus) the mother was from stock from Connecticut, the father from a wild larva taken on tangerine at Osaka, Japan. 190 ova were laid from about 23 June to 9 July 1957. The precise numbers of ova which showed the fertility color-change and which hatched were not recorded, but several hatched of the first 145 ova laid. None of the next 32 ova hatched, and none of the final 13 ova even showed the fertility color-change. (It is usual for Papilio females to have decreasing fertility in the course of egg-laying, regardless of the father.) Eight larvae were reared successfully on Umbelliferee and pupated but only two adults emerged, both stunted, crippled males with even lower viability than with the male from Cross 307. There was no possibility of pairing them, and their abdomens apparently lacked normal testes. The two F, hybrids are shown in Plate 1, along with P. polyxenes. Consult Plate 2 for characters of P. xuthus. The 2 F, hybrid fo from 2 polyxenes X SB xuthus are almost identi- cal to normal & polyxenes. Note in Table 2 that of the 14 most conspicuous differences between xuthus and polyxenes males, the hybrids match polyxenes in 11, closely resemble xuthus in only 1, and are intermediate in 2. This great dominance of polyxenes characters is also seen in its hybrids with brucez Edwards (Remington 1958) and with various machaon forms (Clarke & 154 REMINGTON: Wide Papilio crosses Vol.13: no.3 Knudsen 1953, etc.). Although male polyxenes and xuthus nearly always have a prominent median black spot in the pale wedge nearest the forewing apex in the postmedian row, this spot is totally absent in both hybrids. The only other characters of the F, hybrid not shared with & polyxenes are: lighter color in the pale markings, elongation of the second and the last two spots of the post- median row on the hindwings, and a conspicuous dorsal pale patch on the basal half of the antennal club. Table 2. INTERSPECIFIC DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ¢ PAPILIO XUTHUS AND 6 P. POLYXENES AND THEIR EXPRESSION IN THE HYBRID* Character xuthus polyxenes Hybrid 1. Pale markings: creamy white deep yellow ‘int 2. Basad 14 of FW: 4 pale streaks in cell, uniformly dark pol 2 caudad of cell 3. 2nd pale wedge from with black median spotless pol FW apex in p.m. row: spot 4. FW discal cell: heavily striped single apical bar pol— 5. P.m. row of pale spots most much broader about as broad as pol on FW & HW: than long long 6. Submarginal lunules of most much longer about as long as pol FW: than broad broad 7. Basal 1/3 of front cell pale dark pol oie aly’ 8. HW p.m. pale spots: all very long most length = int breadth 9. HW posterior cell: median pale stripe basal 2/3 dark pol to base 10. Outer tail fringe: pale dark pol— 11. Palpi & tegule: whitish black pol 12. Pterothorax: pale laterally all black pol 13. Abdomen: whitish, with wide black with subdor- pol— mid-dorsal and 4 thin sal & subventral subventral black bands row of yellow spots 14. Basal 14 antennal club: big dorsal pale spot no pale patch xu *Symbols in Tables 2 and 3 are: xu = exactly like xuthus, hip = exactly like hippo- crates, pol — exactly like polyxenes, int [= intermediate, xu— t= most like xuthus, hip— = most like hippocrates, pol— —= most like polyxenes, FW = forewing, HW = hindwing, p.m. = postmedian. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 155 My collaborator who reared these hybrids made no notes on the larve. How- ever, the larve of F, polyxenes X xuthus hybrids are undoubtedly similar or identical to those of F, xuthus X hippocrates hybrids described below, so there should be no difficulty in identifying the hybrid larve. We are not con- cerned with recognition of wild-caught hybrids of xuthus X polyxenes, since the ranges of the two species are so widely exclusive that natural hybridiza- tion can not occur. Jhis paper was written in England, and I did not have the actual hybrids nor the pupal shells with me. In the near future I expect to examine the genitalia and pupae of both kinds of hybrids. “There are marked pupal and genitalic differences between P. xuthus and the members of the polyxenes - machaon group. Table 3. INTERSPECIFIC DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ¢ PAPILIO XUTHUS AND P. HIPPOCRATES AND THEIR EXPRESSION IN THE HYBRID Character xuthus hippocrates Hybrid 1. Ground color: creamy white yellow SI 2. FW pale streaks: 1 large below discal only marginal hip— cell, 1 large at anal streak present; margin, 4 small in basal 1/3 of FW discal cell dark with pepper- ing of yellow 3. 2nd pale wedge from with black median spotless hip FW apex in p.m. row: spot 4. 2 transy. pale spots in > thrice as long as < twice as long as hip— FW discal cell: wide wide 5. Black striping along broad narrow xu veins of FW & HW: 6. HW anterior cell: bisected by broad no black patch on hip median black patch basal 2/3 7. HW submarg. lunules: slender fat hip 8. HW anal eyespot: median “pupil” no “pupil” int 9. Length of pale zone of much shorter than longer than dark xu HW anal eyespot: dark zone anterad zone anterad 10. Hair along anal short, inconspicuous long, prominent xu margin of HW: 11. Outer tail fringe: pale dark hip? 12. Basal 44 antennal club: big dorsal pale spot faint pale spot XU THE Cross oF 2 P. xuTHUS X 6 P. HIPPOCRATES lL, AUB 0 ee With Brood 307 (2 xuthus X & hippocrates) the mother was from a wild larva found on tangerine at Osaka, Japan, and the father was from a pupa from Hiroshima, Japan. 97 ova were laid about 20-30 June 1957. Of 156 REMINGTON: Wide Papilio crosses Vol.13 nes the first 72, 9 hatched. The single pupa produced a male on 4 August. We tried to hand-pair this male with a rather old P. xuthus and then a P. hippo- crates. ‘(he hybrid seemed to try feebly to copulate with the first female but would not even try with the second. ‘The x«uthus female was then successfully paired with another male. The general viability of the hybrid was obviously low. This male was soon killed as a study specimen (Plates 2 and 3). ‘The same parental combination also produced some fertility in Brood 309, and 4+ larvae hatched. “Two were preserved for morphological study. Of the two kept for rearing, one died without feeding and the second accepted Ptelea trifoliata leaves, fed slowly, and died at the time of the first molt. The reciprocal cross (Broods 305 and 349) showed no fertility, although the copulations were of effective duration and adequate samples of eggs were laid and closely observed. In its general aspect, the F, hybrid from @ xuthus X CS hippocrates closely resembles summer xuthus and looks quite different from its (spring) @ parent and from hippocrates. But note from JTable 3 that this hybrid is similar to xuthus in 5 detailed characters, to hippocrates in 6, and is inter- mediate in 1. As with polyxenes xuthus hybrids, this male lacks the median black spot in the pale wedge nearest the forewing apex and thus differs from both its parent species. Experimental hybrids are essential to the recognition of natural hybrids in any group of animals. “This hybrid, which should be looked for among supposed variants in Japanese collections, is easily identified in summer individuals by the following combination: ground color very pale, forewing cell below faintly streaked, pale streak partially present in posterior cell of forewing but absent just behind discal cell, “pupil” of anal eyespot present Dut shifted to caudad edge of pale zone, this pale zone much shorter than dark zone in front of it, no median black patch in anterior cell of hind- wing, and dorsal pale patch present on basal half of antennal club. fig WUE Maee The pupa of P. xuthus, seen in profile, has the mid-ventral bend about 135°; the eye-horns are very large and round-tipped and the notch between them is deep; the mid-dorsal thoracic process is long, rounded, and directed forward; and the subdorsal tubercles on abdominal segments 4-7 are low. The pupa of P. hippocrates has a mid-ventral bend of about 150°; the eye-horns are small and pointed and the notch between them is very shallow; the mid-dorsal thoracic process is short, square-tipped, and directed nearly at a right angle to the axis of the pupa; and the subdorsal tubercles on segments 4-7 are very prominent. The pupa of the F, hybrid has a mid-ventral bend like xuthus; the eye- horns are rounded and large but not very long, and the notch is shallow; the mid-dorsal thoracic process and the subdorsal tubercles on segments 4-7 are shown on the color plate. The mid-dorsal markings of the abdomen re- semble those of hippocrates, not xuthus. eo) Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 157 So. ARV 7E. Mr. Epwarp J. Austin kindly undertook to rear the larve of this cross. He photographed the F, hybrid larve in color, and I have been able to analyse the larval characters using his excellent photographs of the hybrids and of pure P. xuthus which he reared simultaneously. The larve of xuthus and hippocrates are so completely different in color pattern that there is little use In making a character-by-character tabulation of differences. The first instar larva of hippocrates is blackish, with a white transverse saddle-mark on abdominal segments 3 and 4, extending down the sides only to the spiracles. After the first instar the subdorsal tubercles on the meso- and metathorax and abdominal segments 1, 2, 5-9 are bright orange, and lateral white patches are present on the thorax and the anterior and posterior parts of the abdomen. In the last (5th?) instar the meso- and metathorax and abdominal segments 1-8 each has: a black transverse dorsal band with a pair of dorso-lateral orange spots; and a black spiracular band and a smaller subspiracular band, each with an orange spot dorsad; there is a prominent black intersegmental band behind each of these 10 segments; the ground color is greenish or whitish; and the head is pale, with bold black lines. The first instar of P. xuthus has the usual white saddle-mark, but it con- tinues cephalad on the sides of abdominal segment 2 and is medially narrowed caudad on segment 5. In the second instar there are large lateral white patches on the thorax, abdominal segments 2-3, and segments 7-8; the tuber- cles are not orange. The last instar is green; the head is pale, apparently un- marked ; there is a continuous black subspiracular stripe along the entire body, bordered ventrally with white; on the metathorax there is a transverse black dorsal band with a lateral eyespot and bordered caudad by an ocellated pale stripe reminiscent of P. eurymedon Boisduval, of the glauwcus group; on ab- dominal segment | is a slender black oblique line continuing across the dorsum and becoming very broad laterally where it fuses with the subspiracular stripe ; on each side is a bold black oblique band from the anterior edge of segment 4 (meeting the subspiracular stripe) to the posterior edge of segment 5 but apparently not quite meeting the opposite stripe mid-dorsally; on segment 6 is a 3rd black oblique like that on segment 1 but not becoming very broad laterally ; on segment 8 is a slender oblique black mark with the same position and form as on segments | and 6; each of the 4 abdominal obliques has a white cephalad edge, most prominent on segments 6 and 8; there are 2 pairs of subdorsal orange tubercles in the black oblique on segment 5. The F, hybrid appears to be much like xuthus in the first 2 instars but has the prominent orange tubercles of hippocrates in the 2nd instar. The mature larva has an intermediate aspect; the body is green; none of the black bands is oblique, but the dorsal transverse bands on abdominal segments 1, 5, and 6 are continuous with the sub-spiracular mark and are much broader than the bands of 2, 3, 4, 7, and 8; the intersegmental band is weaker than in hippocrates; the black subspiracular stripe seems to be discontinuous; 2 pairs of subdorsal tubercles are orange on the metathorax and abdominal seg- ments 1-8; the head appears to be marked like hippocrates. 158 REMINGTON: Wide Papilio crosses Vol.13: no.3 The F, hybrid larvae, when given a choice, preferred Citrus, Ptelea, and Aanthoxylum over Carrot (Daucus). One larva, however, accepted the latter and fed readily on it for several days with no indication of deleterious effects. The hybrid was actually started on tangerine but mainly reared on Xanthoxy- lum, as were the pure xuthus larve. DISCUSSION ‘The extreme inviability of F, hybrids of Papilio xuthus crossed with both P. polyxenes and P. hippocrates was unexpected to me. Species as closely related as recent taxonomists have presumed these to be are expected to show much greater compatibility, on analogy with Sphingidz, Colias, and Saturnide. It suggests that xuthus is not as closely related to the polyxenes- machaon complex as has been assumed by all taxonomists for many years. A search of the literature when I was looking at characters of the hybrid larve gave a promising new line of evidence. Not only are the larve of P. xuthus different from polyxenes and machaon in every aspect of color pattern, but xuthus closely resembles figures of Papilio helenus Linné and has some simi- larities to the figures of larve of P. demoleus Linné, P. polytes Linné, P. poly- mnestor Cramer, and perhaps P. dravidarum Wood-Mason and P. liomedon Moore (Fryer 1911 and Talbot 1939). The larva of P. xuthus is also similar to that of the African demodocus Esper figured by CLARK (van Son 1949), and Serrz (1906) noted the resemblance of the xuthus larva to those of bianor Cramer, demetrius Cramer, and demoleus. JORDAN (1908) men- tioned but did not consider phylogenetically the fact that the oblique-banded type of Papilio larva is found in “xuthus, polytes, memnon, ageus, bianor, etc.” The very brief larval descriptions JoRDAN gave for euchenor Guérin, liomedon, demolion Cramer, gigon Felder, nephelus Boisduval, ambrax Bois- duval, phestus Guérin, egeus Donovan, bridgei Mathew, rumanzovia Esch- scholtz, and protenor Cramer all apply to most characters of xuthus. All these species, like xuthus, feed on Rutaceze, whereas polyxenes, machaon, and most of their near relatives feed on Umbellifera. “There are a few of the latter feeding on Rutacee (e.g., rudkini Comstock and machaon syriacus) or on Artemisia (oregonia Edwards and bairdii Edwards). The pupa of P. xuthus is also very different from that of the polyxenes- machaon group but its form is suggested by those of P. demodocus, dravi- darum, paris, polytes, polymnestor, etc. (but not P. helenus). The hybridization results, combined with these larval and pupal similari- ties, leave little doubt that xuthus is much closer to other species of Papilio than to polyxenes, machaon, hospiton Géné, and their near relatives. Pre- sumably the genitalic characters will give a reliable guide to affinities and will give the same answers as do the larve, pupz, and hybrid compatibility. It will be fascinating to see the results of attempts to cross xuthus with bianor, demetrius, helenus, polytes, memnon Linné, castor Westwood, and other easily available Oriental and African species. It would be surprising indeed if the hybrids of several xuthus combinations with these species were not as viable and fertile as those with polyxenes, hippocrates, and glaucus. PAPILIO HYBRIDS PLATE 1 Top: Papilio polyxenes & (left upperside, right underside). Middle: F, hybrid ¢ 6 from @ polyxenes X 6 xuthus, uppersides. Bottom: same hybrid ¢ 4, undersides. PAGE EZ PAPILIO HYBRID Top left: Papilio hippocrates, summer generation, upperside; top center: P. xuthus ¢, summer gen., upperside; top right: same @, underside. Middle: ¢ F, hybrid from 2 xuthus X< @ hippocrates (left upperside, right underside). Bottom: young larve of F, hybrid 2 xuthus X 8 hippocrates (from color transparencies by E. AusTIN) — right, two instars dorsal view; left, lateral view of larger of two larve. PAPILIO HYBRID PLATE 3 Fig. 1. P. hippocrates (left), P. xuthus (right), and F, hybrid (below). Fig. 2. Left, larva and pupa of P. xuthus; right, same of F, hybrid (Aippocrates x xuthus). 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 163 How can we account for the general similarity of adults of xuthus to those of machaon (and to the glaucus group)? Imaginal color patterns are notoriously poor phylogenetic indicators in Papilio, due in many species to Batesian mimicry. The details of the color pattern of xuthus are close to the “dissimilis” form of P. clytia Linné, which is a tailless mimic of Danaus. This does not indicate that xuthus and clytia are closely related but rather that the color patterns may have little taxonomic significance. In fact, a mimetic explanation deserves consideration. ‘There may be no causal relation- ship behind the color-pattern resemblances of xuthus to the machaon group or the glaucus group. SUMMARY 1. Papilio xuthus, generally considered a close relative of P. polyxenes and P. machaon, was hand-paired with them 10 times. Eggs were laid by 8 of the females and a small proportion of the eggs were fertile in 3 crosses. F, hybrids were reared to maturity in two: 2 i co F; of @ polyxenes X SB xuthus; | & F, of 9 xuthus X SB hippocrates. These 3 3 ov had low vi- ability and matability. 2. Some fertile eggs were laid by a 2 P. glaucus hand-paired with a & P. xuthus, but the embryos died early. 3. The adult F, hybrids of 2 polyxenes X & xuthus have the general appearance of polyxenes; of 14 conspicuous differences between the two par- ental species, the hybrids are like polyxenes in 11, xuthus in 1, and are inter- mediate in 2. 4. The characters of the adult, pupa, and larva of the F, hybrids of @ xuthus X CS hippocrates are compared to those of the parental species. The adult has the general appearance of xuthus, but in 12 detailed charac- ters it resembles xuthus in 5, hippocrates in 6, and is intermediate in 1. The pupz and larvez also have a mixture of the characters of both parents and have an intermediate aspect. 5. Differences and hybrid incompatibility between European P. machaon and its so-called race hippocrates of Japan and the adjacent mainland are dis- cussed ; hippocrates should be considered a separate species. 6. The extreme hybrid incompatibility between P. xuthus and un- doubted members of the polyxenes-machaon group, combined with complete dissimilarity in structures and color-patterns of the larvee and pupz, indicate that xuthus has been incorrectly associated with machaon. The larve and pupz of xuthus are so similar to those of P. helenus, P. demodocus, and other African and Indo-Australian species, that it is probable that xuthus is nearer these species and can be expected to show higher hybrid compatibility with them. 164 REMINGTON: Wide Papilio crosses Vol.13: no.3 References Clarke, C. A., & J. P. Knudsen, 1953. A hybrid swallowtail. Ent. Rec. Journ. Var. 65: 76-80, pls.4-10. Clarke, C. A., & P. M. Sheppard, 1956. A further report on the genetics of the machaon group of swallowtail butterflies. Evolution 10: 66-73, 1 fig. Eller, K., 1939. Fragen und Probleme zur Geographie und zur Rassen- und Artbildung in der Papilio machaon-Gruppe. Verh. VII. int. Kongr. Ent. 1: 74-101, 2 pls, 5 figs. Federley, Harry, 1938. Chromosomenzahlen Finnlandischer Lepidopteren. Hereditas 24: 397-464, 47 figs. Fryer, J. C. F., 1911. Notes on the larve of Papilio polytes, P. demoleus, P. helenus (race mooreanus), and P. polymnestor (race parinda). Spolia Zeylanica 7: 217- 220, 4 figs. Jordan, K., 1908-09. 1. Family: Papilionide, Swallowtails, in The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol.9: 11-109. Lorkovié, Zdravko, 1941. Die Chromosomenzahlen in der Spermatogenese der Tag- falter. Chromosoma 2: 155-191, 13 figs. Maeki, Kodo, 1958. A use of chromosome numbers in the study of taxonomy of the Lepidoptera and notes on the internal reproductive anatomy. Lepid. News 11: 8-9. Remington, Charles L., 1956. Interspecific relationships of two rare swallowtail butter- flies, Papilio nitra and Papilio hudsonianus, to other members of (the) Papilio machaon complex. Amer. Philos. Soc. Year Book 1955: 142-146. Hekate , 1958. Genetics of populations of Lepidoptera. Proc. X. Int. Congr. Ent. 2: 787- 805, 13 figs. Seitz, A., 1907. 1. Genus: Papilio, Swallowtails, in The Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol.1: 8-15. Talbot, G., 1939. Butterflies, voll, in The fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. 600 pp., 3 pls. Taylor & Francis, Ltd., London. van Son, G., 1949. The butterflies of southern Africa. Part I: Papilionide and Pieride. Transvaal Mus. Mem. 3: 237 pp., 41 pls., num. figs. Department of Zoology, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. FOODPLANT OF HYPAUROTIS CHRYSALUS (LYCAINIDAS) IN COLORADO Since no definite record of the foodplant of Hypaurotis chrysalus (Ed- wards) seems to have been published, I am recording some casual observations made on this point several years in western Colorado. I watched individual females lay single eggs in crevices in bark of the common scrub oak, Quercus gambeli Nutt., at the western approach to Rabbit Ears Pass in Routt County, at about 10 miles west of Glenwood Springs in Garfield County, and at about 8 miles east of Somerset in Gunnison County. On 10 August 1954, I took several wild females from the Garfield County locality and confined them with twigs of the oak, in the manner we often use for Theclines. One egg was laid on 12 August and one the next day, both in rough paches of bark. ‘The females then died of overheating in the sun. The eggs were re- frigerated that winter but did not hatch when brought out in spring. Caries L. REMINGTON, Dept. of Zoology, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U.S.A. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 165 A NEW SPECIES OF CHLOSYNE (NYMPHALIDA‘) FROM WESTERN MEXICO by Davip L. BAUER Mexico is particularly rich in species of the genus Chlosyne, and this previously undescribed insect is a large, beautiful black-and-white species. A number of other Chlosyne with black-and-white upper surfaces of the wings have been named. ‘They are: C. melanarge Bates of the definita-erodyle group; C’. hyperia Fabricius and hippodrome Geyer which form their own group; C. marianna Rober of the janais group; and C. adelina Staudinger, quehtala Reakirt, crocale Edwards, and nigrescens Cockerell all belong to the C. lacinia group. In addition there is a black-and-white member of the rosita Hall group, which is being described in another paper (Bauer, in press). Ihe new species differs significantly from all of the above entities. First the male and female genitalia were examined and found to be of the C. janais Drury type, Fig. 2. The genitalic structure separates it from all the above except C. mar- 1anna. It differs from marianna on the upper surface of the wings in the num- ber and size of the white spots, and on the under surface in the maculation which shows considerably more yellow on the secondaries. After comparison with series of the above-named insects in the F. M. Brown, Oxford Univer- sity Museum, and my own collections, and checking the literature, original descriptions, figures, and keys to the genus, I take pleasure in naming this in- sect — Chlosyne gloriosa Bauer, NEW SPECIES MALE. Primaries produced between veins M, and Ms, also at end of vein Cus, causing an elongate angular look. Upper surface of primaries: blue-black with a prominent series of large white median spots beginning at costa and ending at vein M;; these four white spots stand out boldy. “The postmedian series is represented by small white dots, usually obsolete from vein M; to costa and becoming obsolete toward the inner margin. There is also a dash of white in the cell at its base, and two small white dots in the cell along its costal edge. The under surface of the primaries is charcoal black. All the white spots of the upper surface are repeated and larger. The postmedian series is complete. In addition there is a white spot in the cell near where veins M, and Cu, branch, and also a white dot between veins Cuz and 2A in the postbasal area. There are three pale yellow submarginal spots from veins M. to Cus, and a dash of the same color at the base of the costa. Upper surface of the secondaries: solid blue-black in color, and the edge of wing is scalloped between the ends of the veins. The scalloped effect is augmented by a row of white scales adjacent to the white fringe as in hyperia. Under surface of the secondaries is colored as follows. The base of the costa is yellow; next, a basal black band from costa to inner margin; followed by a postbasal yellow stripe, which begins on the costa but does not reach the in- 166 BAUER: New Chlosyne Vol.13: no.3 ner margin. Next, a broad submedian black band extending from costa to in- ner margin and containing a narrow linear yellow spot near the costa and an- other wider one in the cell. Following this an irregular narrow yellow band from costa to inner margin, but interrupted before it reaches the inner margin, and along its outer edge there is a series of jet black spots which partially in- vade it, and are partially in the wide charcoal-black median band. This wide charcoal-black median area also includes the postmedian area and along its inner edge there is a series of five irregularly sized mahogany-red spots ex- tending from vein M, to 2A. The mahogany-red spot nearest the inner mar- gin is the largest. In this same broad median dark area there is a series of postmedian white spots extending from the costa to the inner margin. Along the outer edge of this broad median dark area is a series of large yellow sub- marginal spots followed by a narrow scalloped black line. Between the ends of the veins at the base of the white fringe are one or two rows of pale yellow scales much as in hyperia. ‘The inner margin is narrowly edged with yellow and vein 3A is scaled with yellow. Fringes: snow-white broken by black only at the ends of the veins. Palpi: black with white on the sides. Antenne: black flecked with white and with a dash of white on the club. Head: black with a dot of white between the eyes and white edging around the eyes. Thorax: black above, clothed with some white hairs beneath. Abdomen: black above, three longitudinal pale yellow lines ventrally. Legs: forelegs white tinged with rufous; remaining two pairs deep orange. Female: almost identical to male holotype. The above description will serve for both, except that the primaries are slightly more angular. HOLOTYPE male: Depic, Nayarit, Mexico; August 1Gyels.. ares Davin L. Bauer. Expanse of forewings 50 mm.; length of forewing base to apex 26 mm.; length of hindwing base to outer margin 18.5 mm. ALLOTYPE female: Tepic, Nayarit, Mexico; August 16, 1954; leg. Davin L. Bauer. Expanse of forewings 61.5 mm.; length of forewing base to apex 32 mm.; length of hindwing base to outer margin 23.5 mm. PARATYPES: 13 males and 6 females all collected at epic, Nayarit, Mexico; August 16, 1954; leg. Davip L. BAurr. The holotype and allotype are deposited in the Peabody Museum of Na- tural History, Yale University. One paratype is deposited at the Instituto de Biologia, Mexico City, Mexico, one paratype at the American Museum of Natural History, New York, N. Y., and one paratype in the Kent Wilson collection. The rest of the paratypes will remain in the author’s collection. ‘The type series is remarkably constant in pattern on the upper surface of the wings. On the under surface the pattern is somewhat variable in the number of submarginal spots on the primaries, and in the amount of yellow in the submedian maculation on the secondaries. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 167 Fig. 1. Chlosyne gloriosa: Allotype 2 left, Holotype ¢ right; upperside above, underside below. DISCUSSION ‘The named members of the C. janais group are now: Chlosyne janais Drury Chlosyne marianna marianna Rober Chlosyne gloriosa Bauer Chlosyne inarianna irrubescens Hall. Chlosyne janais is the best known member of the group. It also has the most extensive distribution, being found from southern Texas and Sinaloa, Mexico, southward to Panama. Its large size, black white-spotted primaries, and characteristic bright orange-red discal patch on the secondaries, dist:n- guish it from the other members of the group, but not from similarly macu- lated forms of C. lacinia and C. rosita. HoLLAND (1931) on plate XVIII: fig. 10 figured a specimen of C. lacinia not janais. C. janais can be separated by the absence of the orange-red spot at the anal angle on the under surface of the secondaries, which is so persistent in the C. lacinia group. It can be sepa- rated from all members of the C. rosita group by the presence of the submar- ginal spots on the underside, which are always absent in the C. rosita group. Chlosyne marianna marianna is entirely dull black, spotted with white, on its upper surface. It has been persistently confused with C. hyperia, with which it flies. It differs from hyperia in the duller black of the upper surface, smaller but more profuse white spots on the upper surface particularly at the base of the primaries, and on the under surface of the secondaries, where five reddish postmedian spots are the rule and not six as in hyperia. C. m. marianna is found primarily in the Rio de las Balsas basin south and west of Mexico City; however, it may prove to have a much wider distribution when more Vol.13: no.3 BAUER: New Chlosyne 168 "W0}}0q snSvapx ‘jFa] ‘039 SuawINSa} {yr We sdsejO ‘(SHOd “H ® “897 “Trot APIA ZT “OOrKaTAT “DA “/009T 12 ‘ensy ap ofQ) vivadhy 7 (q - (UOSTIAA WS “997 ‘9S6T AIN[ 62 ‘,0007 9 ‘oorKay] “Tang ‘epeoxsp) vuuviuvM “7 (Dd - (toneg “Ty “q *897 “bc6l ‘sny ‘oorxayy “Avy ‘orday,) vso1s0js "9 (q ‘Sasoneg “]T ‘q ‘847 P56 A[nf “oorxayl “q'T'S ‘eS [q) swuvl QD (Y saudsojys) Jo vIeUED 'Z ‘Bry 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 169 extensive collecting is done. It differs from similarly colored members of the C’. lacinia and rosita groups by the same characters as does C. janais. It is not a subspecies of janais, because it flies with it in several localities. Chlosyne marianna irrubescens Hall (1917) is a little-known form or subspecies. Forspes (1928) omitted it from his key because of inadequate de- scription and no material seen. It was described from Cuautla, Morelos, Mexico. The most pertinent part of HAtw’s description is “similar to C. hy- peria var. marianna Rober, but the hind wings above with a large round spot of mahogany-red in the middle of the wing.” In other words take a typical marianna, add a mahogany-red spot in the center of the secondaries, and you have irrubescens. I have specimens of just such an insect before me. It can be separated from similarly maculated specimens of /acinia and rosita (and there are such specimens) by the same characters as those by which janais and mari- anna are distinguished from them. In the state of Guerrero, Mexico, occa- sional specimens taken with typical marianna have small spots of mahogany- red on the secondaries, and the two seem to inter-grade in the region. There is no approach to janais with its clear-cut orange red patch, for the mahogany- red of irrubescens merges gradually with the black ground. Chlosyne gloriosa differs from marianna in the more angular shape of the fore wing, the deep blue-black color, and the much larger median white spots on the primaries. All the other white spots tend to be reduced in size or to be obsolete. It can be separated from C’. hyperia, with which it flies, by the number of reddish spots on the under surface of the secondaries (see marianna above), and the extensive yellow maculation in the basal area of the same. It differs from Jacinia and rosita in the same way as do janais and marianna. The type locality is the only one from which it is known so far. It was abundant just north of Tepic, where specimens were first sighted sipping moisture from the highway and along the edges in company with C. hyperia, C. eumeda, and lacinia forms. The day was cloudy and we soon went looking for better weather, not realizing that we had left many specimens of a new species. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am greatly indebted to Dr. C. L. Remincron of Yale University for reading the manuscript and making helpful suggestions, also for making ar- rangements for the illustrations. I am grateful to Mr. F. M. Brown for the loan of specimens for study and comparison, and for reading the manu- script, and Mr. Kent Witson for his cooperation and encouragement. References Bauer, D. L., in press. Descriptions of two new Chlosyne (Nymphalidz) from Mexico, with a discussion of related forms. Journ. Lepid. Soc. 14. Forbes, W. T. M., 1928. A key to the Neotropical forms of the genus Chlosyne (Lepi- doptera, Nymphalide). Ann. ent. Soc. America 21: 98-100. Hall, A., 1917. New butterflies of the family Nymphalide. Entomologist 50: 161-163. Holland, W. J., 1931. The butterfly book, rev. ed. Garden City, N. Y.: Doubleday. 424 pp., 77 pls. Rober, J., 1913-1924. iz Seitz’ Macrolepidoptera, American Rhopalocera 5: 1139 pp., 203 pls. Alfred Kernen Verlag, Stuttgart. Apt. 5, Garland Apts., College Sta., Berrien Springs, Mich., U. S. A. 170 Vol.13: no.3 HOST PLANTS OF STRYMON MELINUS ATROFASCIATA In the Lepidopterists’ News (vol.8: p.101) I described my rearing the spring brood of Strymon melinus on certain wild clover species. At that time I supposed that the summer generation would most likely use a similar host. I noticed that the clovers, Trifolium oliganthum Steud. and T. tridentatum Lindl., flowered only in early spring, but there are other plants of the same genus which remain in flower throughout the summer. I reared these first S. melinus larve during a period of extreme abund- ance of the species. Later it became scarce, and I discontinued my experi- ments for a few years. But it was during this time that an interesting clue came to light. While collecting Diptera from the flowers of Anaphalis mar- garitacea Benth., I twice found a whitish lycenid caterpillar in my net. For some reason, I failed to rear either of these larvae. However, the time of year, late August, the plant concerned, and the general appearance of the caterpillars, eliminated every possibility but S. melinus and S. sylvinus Bdv. Strymon melinus being quite plentiful once more in the spring of 1958, I was ready to try them again, with the aid of my new clues. But I now found the plants I used before had disappeared from the area inhabited by the butterflies. So I tried such legumes as I could find, a yellow-flowered clover, probably introduced, and Hosackia parviflora Benth. To this I added, mostly on a hunch, a wild strawberry, Fragaria bracteata Heller. The butter- flies oviposited on all these plants, but when given the opportunity the larve nearly all moved to the flowers and green fruit of the strawberry. I had the usual bother with cannibalism. This occurs usually when some of the larve have gone into the prepupal instar; they are then eaten by their more backward companions. Most of the larvae that were not so destroyed finished their metamorphosis, and all of the imagines were perfect. The summer brood, as I expected, oviposited readily on Anaphalis. | was able to get five pupz from this lot, and the adults emerged after the winter. Looking back on my experiments of 1953, I realize now that, had I of- fered the S. melinus flowers of raspberry, instead of fruit, I might have raised some larve then. But this can apply to the spring brood only; there is no Rubus species native to Vancouver Island which flowers at the time the sum- mer butterflies emerge. Another Rosaceous plant suggested by J. R. J. L. Jones in his B.C. check list, Crataegus, is also probably introduced. At any rate is it seldom seen far from cultivated land and is not found in areas most frequented by S. melinus. It may seem from the above that S. melinus is not very particular what it eats. I think rather that the larvae must feed on pollen or other flower parts, during the early instars at least, and this fact forces the butterflies to choose plants which flower at the correct season. ‘hus the two broods have come to use very different hosts. In Europe, Celastrina argiolus (L.) has long been known to behave in this manner, and I believe it does so in North America also, where there is more than one brood per year. RicHARD Guppy, Marine Drive, R.R. 1, Wellington, B. C. CANADA 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 7 CONCERNING SUBSPECIATION IN WESTERN NORTH AMERICAN EUPHYDRYAS (NYMPHALIDA) by STANLEY G. JEWETT, JR. The description of Euphydryas editha remingtoni by WILLIAM N. BurDICK in a recent issue of this journal (1959) has prompted the following comments. I am keenly interested in Euphydryas and am gradually accumulating a sizeable collection of this genus from various places in western North America. Of equal importance is the knowledge being acquired of the ecological con- ditions under which the different forms exist. Material from this region is not presently easy to identify, and it will probably be some time before an entirely satisfactory systematic treatment can be made. As in the case of many other insect groups reliance should probably not be placed solely on morphological characters for specific and subspecific differences. The pioneer work of GuNpER (1929), Hovanirz (1942), and Hovanitz and Gare (1951) serves as a good basis for understanding the taxonomy of the many forms. But recent, and as yet uncompleted, work by Davip L. BAveER and myself on the genitalia and biology of material from western North America opens questions on the validity of the specific classi- fication proposed by both GuNDER and Hovanirz. Present literature is wholly inadequate to distinguish clearly most subspecies. Euphydryas gillettii Barnes and FE. editha Boisduval are distinctive species readily separable on a number of characters, including details of the male genitalia. “The former is quite stable in color pattern throughout its range, but many subspecies of the latter occur throughout the Cordillera. The really difficult taxonomic problems arise when attempting to classify the chalcedona - anicia complexity. The pattern of the male genitalia is variable as shown by GuNper’s (1929) figures. Two distinct forms of this group fly together at some sites in the Pacific Northwest, and apparently each seeks its own species of Pentstemon upon which to deposit eggs (BAUER observa- tion). A great deal more material and knowledge of their ecological require- ments are needed before the specific and subspecific identification of these forms can be determined accurately. Perhaps several species should be recog- nized. Or perhaps two subspecies now occur at the same location, one or both having originally developed elsewhere. The problem is intriguing and will require much careful work for ultimate solution. The great variation in color pattern among many species of butterflies has led some lepidopterists, for example, GiLtHAM (1956), to question seri- ously that a great many subspecific names for butterflies serve a useful purpose. I confess my own present inability to establish parameters within which to apply subspecific names for Euphydryas, but I believe that this can be accom- plished after more material and ecological data are available for study. Few 172 JewetT: Euphydryas Vol.13: no.3 would question the desirability of separating such different-appearing insects as FE. editha taylori Edwards, a Transition Life Zone subspecies found from Vancouver Island to the upper Willamette Valley in Oregon and topotypical material of E. editha colonia Wright, a Canadian Life Zone subspecies found on Mt. Hood, Oregon, and nearby mountain areas. These subspecies are so very different in appearance that there is very little likelihood of ever con- fusing a single insect belonging to either. The problem is much more difficult when attempting to define the differences among such subspecies as remingtoni Burdick, /awrencei Gunder, edithana Strand, and aurilacus Gunder, all of which also belong to the species editha. There is also a question of the use- fulness of subspecific names for forms, even though morphologically quite distinct, such as FE. editha lawrencet Gunder which so far as known occupies a geographic range consisting of a few acres on a single mountain. BURDICK’S new subspecies of editha from the slopes of Mt. Thielson, Oregon, at an elevation of about six to seven thousand feet represents a popu- lation intermediate in size between that of the colony near the eastern shore of Diamond Lake, perhaps distant by a mile or two and perhaps 1,500 feet lower in elevation, and the colony at the upper limit of Canadian Life Zone on Mt. Thielson, perhaps a mile distant and 1,500 feet higher in elevation. I am confident that examination of the male genitalia would prove that it belongs to the species editha. It certainly represents an insect quite different from any described subspecies of editha, and it is to be hoped that it will be found at other localities in the Oregon Cascades. “The population at the lake has not yet been named — and I believe that it is inadvisable to do so at present — but GUNDER (1931) described the dwarf form near timberline on this mountain and called it Jawrencei. I have a good topotypic series of this (about 50 specimens) and a series from the colony at the lake (about 200 specimens). This latter population is very similar in size and color to several others which exist in Canadian and ‘Transition Life Zones northward to the vicinity of Camp Sherman on Metolius River, Oregon. Material from sev- eral colonies in this general region are in my collection or in that of other Oregon collectors. Burpick has made a significant contribution in proposing an outline for use in describing subspecies of Euphydryas. Most of the items listed are good differentiating characters. Additional ones, both objective and subjective, might be added to enhance the descriptions. For example, data on wing shape, analysis of genitalic differences, and data on ecology and food plants. It is of paramount importance to describe the male genitalia to insure specific identi- fication. Care should be taken to describe morphological differences from and similarities to subspecies described from adjacent geographic areas. Areas of gradation from one subspecies to another should be indicated in so far as possible. In view of the great variability shown in the editha and chalcedona- anicia groups, I suggest that further naming of subspecies be held in abeyance 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 173 until some competent worker prepares a monograph of the genus for the western North American forms based on all available material in both in- stitutional and private collections. Literature Cited Burdick, W. N., 1959. A new race of Euphydryas from the Cascade Range of Oregon (Nymphalide). Lepid. News 12: 165-170. Gillham, N. W., 1956. Geographic variation and the subspecies. Syst. Zoology 5: 110-120. Gunder, J. D., 1929. The genus Euphydryas Scud. of boreal America (Lepidoptera, Nymphalide). Pan-Pacific Ent. 6: 1-8. Gunder, J. D., 1931. Some new butterflies (Lepid., Rhopalocera). Bull. So. California Acad. Sci. 30: 47. Hovanitz, Wm., 1942. Genetic and ecologic analyses of wild populations in Lepidoptera. I. Pupal size and weight variation in some California populations of Melitea chalcedona. Ecology 23: 175-188. Hovanitz, Wm., & Sister Mary Jude Le Gare, 1951. Genetic and ecologic analyses of wild populations in Lepidoptera. II. Color pattern variation in Melitea chalcedona. Wasmann Jour. Biol. 9: 257-310. 7742 §. E. 27th Avenue, Portland 2, Ore., U. S. A. ae EKOUATION OF SUBSPECIATION by L. Paut Grey Algebra is the accepted bedfellow of logic, nowadays; the following ideas have no claim to originality but in the present application perhaps will pro- vide amusement for an idle moment. Variability in wild populations, from the minor differences peculiar to local strains up to the unique character combinations of independent subspe- cies, are assumed to be divergencies which are products of isolation in time and isolation by barriers, which 1s to say, d= ib, 174 GREY: Subspeciation equation Vol.13: mors Granting this to be a logical proposition the ratios derived from trans- positions should hold true also. And, of course, from two knowns the third unknown is predictable, both if d j= — b Divergence can be evaluated by a specialist, not precisely but quite well to such logical symbols as “‘large’’, ‘“‘“medium”’, and “small”, which may be put into the above equation with propriety, using the numerical symbols ‘100’, DOR wands ahOws Some idea of “how large the barrier’? and “how long (large or small) the time’ can be gained from evaluating one against the other, first to a “standard ¢” and then to a “standard 5”. The number taken is immaterial to the answer gained from comparison with known “‘d” since only ratios are concerned, but for convenience “50” may be used. 2 From permutations of the equation, using these numbers, one gets nu- merical answers representing consequences logically following from the prime assumptions, answers which can be read as, e.g., ‘‘time being fixed, barrier ef- fects have been small if divergence is small’’, and “barrier being fixed diver- gence will be small or large proportionately as time has been small or large’, and so on. Next, it 1s possible to show the divergence theoretically to be expected, by putting in large, medium, and small values for 4 against a standard ¢ and vice versa. Specialists usually are bursting with theories of subspeciation rates, times of isolations, severity of present and paleographic barriers, and the like; pos- sibly this formula could be juggled to give them some comfort, or, in the hands of a real mathematician (I am weak in long division) further elabor- ated to bulwark grandiose claims. j My pets (Speyeria) are negligibly subspeciated on the severely barriered Milk River Plateau highlands of interior Montana; the formula says that time has been very small. Again, many subspeciations in the Pacific Coast Ranges will not equate unless a large ¢ or 4 is assumed. Balancing against an unknown standard for either, and being able to see more of “‘barrier” than is known of “time’’, one of the applicable answers implies that “divergence becomes large as barrier is increased, time being fixed”. If b as observed is too small to satisfy, the im- plication becomes “‘reach into paleogeography for some more barrier”’. A still more generalized equation covering the same ground is 7m plus) "Gise which means nothing more than that, given Time, Mathematicians will be able to catch up with Common Sense. Rt. 1, Box 216, Lincoln, Maine, U. S. A. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 175 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS (Under the supervision of Frep T. THORNE, 1360 Merritt Dr., El Cajon, Calif., U.S.A.) fei bREE DING OF THE -THECLINI AND COUPLECTING PHEIR° EGGS IN WINTER by TakeEsH! Kuzuya INTRODUCTION The Theclini is a tribe of the Lycanidz whose range extends over Korea, Japan and Amurland; the main habitat, so-called the headquarters, lies between the Himalayas and West China. A few species belonging to this tribe are also found in Europe and America. This tribe, the Theclini, is thought to be closely akin to the Arhopalini and the Strymonini, and comprises approximately 90 species. In Japan, 23 species have so far been known, forming the most remarkable group among the Japanese butterflies. Brilliant and varied in color, these theclinids are much to the taste of many Japanese lepidopterists. ‘The taxonomical revision of these theclinids had already been made by SIBATANI and ITo by 1946, but, as far as the life-history is concerned, very little had been known until recently. DEVELOPMENT OF THE STUDIES IN THE LIFE-HISTORY OF THE I'HECLINI Before 1945, there had been reared only a few, more or less common species such as taxila, lutea, se@pestriata, pryert, attila, orientalis and ultra- marinus. Yet the breeding was not begun with eggs, but with caterpillars collected on their foodplants. As regards the hibernating stage, C. “(ERANISHI reported in 1936 that sepestriata winters as eggs. He found its eggs in late fall from the twigs of Quercus acutissima, the leaves of which had already fallen off. “Chen in 1937 T. Numura reported the ovipositing habit of J. /utea. Consequently, it became possible to deduce the life-cycle of the Theclini from these facts. Now that the problem of hibernation had been solved, it was easy to conclude that they would be in the larval and pupal stages from April to June, or to the middle of July; everybody knows that the Theclinids are on the wing in early summer, once a year. The study of the life history of Japanese butterflies has been pursued very enthusiastically since the end of war. Thanks to K. Hayasut, breeding has become so popular that in a few years the life-history of almost all Japan- 176 ESPECYALEY) HOR COLLECTORS Vol.13: no.3 ese Hairstreaks came to be universally known to the lepidopterists. He was convinced, by experience, that the eggs of other Theclinids could be found alike, if the collectors living in the neighborhood of the haunts would earnest- ly search for the eggs laid near the winter buds of supposed foodplants. By observing or collecting the female butterflies in the field, the possibility of finding the eggs on those trees was very great. ‘This method advocated by K. Hayasui of collecting the eggs in winter Was immediately applied, and brought forth many discoveries. Of the collec- tors, high school students near the haunts were most diligent egg-hunters. ‘They could collect many kinds of eggs, including those that had been unknown before. The latter ones were reared up to the perfect insects. In this way the eggs, larvae, pupz and also new haunts of almost all Theclinids came to be known within two or three years. The most famous Theclinids in con- nection with life-history are: yuasai, a new species described in 1946 for the first time; fujisanus, one of the rarest Hairstreaks in Japan; hayashii, a new species distinguished from a sibling by the difference be- tween the two caterpillars; and their foodplants ; ataxus, a brilliant, rare Theclinid (this is called the “Wonderful Hair- streak” in India). It would be interesting to mention here how the eggs of each of these butterflies were found, but this matter will be put aside. THE OUTLINE OF THE LirEe-HisToRY OF THE T HECLINI ‘The food of the Theclinids is the young leaf of deciduous trees, which belong to the family Fagaceze, Betulaceze, Juglandacee, Rosacez, Oleacez etc.; only ataxus feeds on an evergreen tree. ‘The perfect insects are generally on the wing in June in flat countries, and in mountainous districts, in July. he butterflies, especially the females, may often be found near their foodplants. The eggs are laid on various parts of the tree, such as buds, twigs, branches and trunk, but never on leaves. The place for oviposition, however, is considerably different according to the spe- cies. ‘Ihe eggs remain attached there for eight to nine months, but meanwhile a few of them may drop and be destroyed. he hibernated eggs hatch in April or May, just when their foodplants are in buds. The newly-hatched caterpillars first eat their way into the opening buds. After the leaves have spread, the larve are usually found on the underside of them, or on the twigs. The larval stage lasts for three or four weeks, and after the third moult the caterpillar eats very fast and greedily, making ready for pupation. The fully grown larve pupate on the underside of the leaves, on the twigs or trunk or elsewhere. The perfect insects come out in about twenty to twenty- five days. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 17 a | As regards the food, there is an exceptional species — jonasi. It lives certainly on leaves, but is ready to catch and devour a kind of aphides too (cf. Lepid. News 7: pp. 45-46; 1953). The three Japanese Strymonids, viz. mera, w-album, and pruni, are quite similar to the Theclinids in their life-history. Goop PoINTs OF COLLECTING THE EGcGs IN WINTER This method has greatly facilitated obtaining breeding-materials. If we want to breed a Theclinid, we may, for instance by beating, get some cater- pillars, but to collect the eggs is superior to this in many points. ‘To specify the merit: 1. Breeding begun with the egg-stage enables us to observe the caterpillar all through its life. u. Winter is the most suitable season for searching for eggs, as there would be no other things to be collected than hibernating eggs, larvee or pup. i. Above all, it is comparatively easy to collect the eggs, and in some cases pretty many eggs can be obtained. In winter no eggs are distinct in color, so that detecting the tiny Theclinid eggs might seem to be quite difficult. But a collector will soon find it not always so after a few visits to the wood where the butterflies frequent. If a Theclinid lives in flocks in a limited part of the haunt, its eggs can be found very easily. Generally speaking, however, the rarity of adult insects is not necessarily in proportion to the difficulty of de- tecting their eggs. It often happened in Japan that eggs of a Theclinid were discovered where the parent butterflies had never been collected. For example, the first record in the Suzuka-range of rare fujisanus was not of the perfect insect, but of the egg laid upon the winter bud of a beech tree, which was collected in January, 1952; later, however, the butterfly was also caught there. With- out this method, it would be extremely difficult to obtain perfect fujisanus. How To Finn Tue Eccs In THE Woop As mentioned before, the foodplant of a species can probably be found out by observing the female butterflies. We may, though not often, come across a female butterfly in the act of laying. Then we have only to watch her. In general, what are of great importance to the collector are the place where many females have been caught, and the tree on which they have been sitting. In this regard, however, the male butterflies do not suggest a good place for collecting eggs. It seems that the males like to fly very high, often far away from their pupation places. Needless to say, the collector is required to be able to identify the food- plants in winter, since most of them are deciduous. Moreover, he had better endeavor to observe in advance the behavior of the female butterflies and re- member both the exact place and the tree. This would possibly save him much time, and would produce satisfactory results. 178 ESPECIALLY FOR COLLECTORS Table 1. by K. Hayashi, 1952; revised by the author, 1955.) Vol.13: no.3 The foodplant and ovipositing habit of each species of Theclini. (Original Places of Number of eggs Species Foodplants Oviposition! laid at a time? 1. Shirozua jonasi Quercus dentata D. (where aphids I. (rarely II) QO. acutissima swarm) Q. serrata 2. Japonica lutea various Quercus B I or II 3. J. sepestriata QO. acutissima 1B aN I Q. serrata 4. Coreana ibara Fraxinus longicus pis D II 5. C. raphealis Fraxinus ? II 6. Artopoetes pryert Ligustrum ibota By Th Ut 7. Araragi enthea Juglandacee B I or II 8. Antigius attilia Quercus spp. Bae wave I or II 9. A. butleri OQ. dentata in cracks of bark II QO. crispula 10. Wagimo signata Quercus spp. A II 11. Jratsume orsedice Hamamellis A I 12. Favonius orientalis Quercus spp. on branching I or II points, er on trunk 13. F. jezoents QO. crispula D I 14. F. hayashit QO. dentata JX. 1 (Ch ID if 15. F. yuasai Q. acutissima A I 16. F. ultramarinus Q. crispula A I Q. dentata 17. F. saphirinus Q. dentata BA I or Il 1305. yujisarius Fagus Been I 19. Neozophyrus taxila Alnus spp. DD. SAB a TEL ofthe 20. WN. aurorinus Quercus crispula A I 21. N. smaragdinus Prunus (cherries) 1° (CG, 1D) I Die IN OTIS Cyclobalanopsis acuta A I 23. N. hisamatsusanus unknown ? ? Supplement on Japanese species of Strymonidia. 1. Strymonidia mera Rhamnus B I or II 2. S. w-album Ulmus various parts I 3. S. pruni Prunus > ? 1 Places of oviposition: A — near the winter buds; B — on the twig; C — on the branch; D — on a rough surface, or in cracks of the trunk. 2 The number of eggs deposited at a time: I — single, sometimes double; II — several; III — many, laid in batches. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 179 Each Theclinid has its own way of laying. The eggs are laid near the winter buds (Type A) ; on the twig (B); on the branch (C) ; on the rugged surface, or in the crack, of the trunk (D); the number of eggs deposited at atime beme single (1); several (11); many, laid in batches (III). See Table I. for the foodplant and ovipositing habit of each species. In addition to the Theclinids, two Strymonids (mera, w-album) are on the ‘lable. The eggs of most of these species that have a tendency to live in flocks are easily obtained. They are usually laid at the base of the winter-buds or on them, otherwise in the forks of twigs as well as on the twigs. As for the spe- cies having wide-spread but sparse distributions, a greater effort must be made in order to obtain their eggs, and the same thing applies to such butterflies that lay their eggs on the rugged surface or on the twigs at very high levels. The eggs are never evenly laid on the trees in a haunt. Almost always there are but a few trees which the females prefer for oviposition. An experi- enced collector would readily find them out. The female butterfly does not deposit her eggs exclusively at higher ley- els of the tree, but often lays at lower levels as well. Table II] will perhaps serve as an example. There is shown in this the relation between the number of eggs and the height at which they were found. Table 2. Relation between the height from the ground and number of eggs of Neo- zephyrus ataxus (from Takita, K., 1952). Height (in cm.) Number collected lower than 25 cm. 3 25——_—_——_ 75 19 75———_——125 25 125——_—_——_-175 17 175—————-225 12 higher than 225 9 As a matter of fact, this method consists in laborious climbing and at- tentive observation. In search of eggs we will have to cut off or bend branches, and in some cases the whole tree should be cut down for the sake of close and efficient examination. But it is not preferable to cut further than the branch. PRESERVATION Or THE CoLiectep Eccs; TREATMENT OF THE NEWLY-HATCHED LARVA The rate of hatching of the collected eggs may be low, if they are pre- served in a room. The twigs or pieces of bark with the eggs should be hung outdoors, more or less exposed to rain and snow. 180 ESPECIALLY HOR COLLECTORS Vol.13: no.3 ‘The time of hatching exactly corresponds to the budding season of the foodplant. Toward this time all the eggs must be examined about twice a day, lest the minute young caterpillars should creep out unnoticed and be lost. On, hatching, the larva makes an opening in the center (7.e., micropyle) of the egg. The larva remains in the egg-shell for a pretty long time after having finished the opening. When an egg is seen making the hole, it would be better to put all the eggs of the same species into a glass receptacle or petri-dishes, together with some opening buds as food. If a hatched caterpillar is found on the twig or fragment of bark, it should at once be transferred to a bud on the soft hairs of a small brush, or on a feather. It is desirable to put a piece of gauze between the dish and the lid, or else the larva may escape through the gap. Once the caterpillar begins to eat, there would be no particular diffi- culties about the breeding. The only trouble is that the caterpillar of some species may turn cannibals as they grow bigger, yet this would quite easily be avoided. EPILOGUE In the preceding paragraphs I have introduced the method of collecting the eggs of the Japanese Theclinids and Strymonids. As for the Theclinids that are absent in Japan, three species, namely guercus, betule and roboris are said to feed in Europe on Quercus, Prunus, and Fraxinus respectively; in America there are two Theclinids — grunus and chrysalus, and the known foodplant for both is also Quercus. The Himalayas, from 7,000 up to 8,000 feet in height, are the haunts of many splendid Theclinids. Their life-histories are still neglected, excepting birupa and odata. The former lives on Rhododendron, and the latter, on a certain walnut tree. In my opinion, it certainly seems that many Himalayan ‘Theclinids are C'yclobalanopsis eaters like ataxus. In conclusion, if these notes give a clue to the breeding of the heclinids whose life-history is still unknown, and if this method were to accelerate suc- cess in breeding the North American Strymonids as well, nothing would be greater than my delight and satisfaction. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am greatly indebted to Mr. K. Hayasutz for his kindness in permitting me to cite his excellent works, and I wish to express my grateful thanks to Messrs. IT. IwasE and T. TAKAkurRA for their helpful advice in preparing this paper. P..S. According to Dr. T. Esaki (Kontyu 21: pp. 33-35; 1954s ultramarinus in this text should be treated as F. cognatus jozanus (Matsu- mura), and F. hayashii in this text should be treated as F. ultramarinus Fix- sen. ““N. ataxus” in Japan is a good species (N. irishimaensis Okajima) sep- arable from N. ataxus Doubleday & Hewitson. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 181 References (as of October, 1955) 1. On Japanese Theclini: Hayashi, K., 1952. How to collect the hibernating Zephyrid eggs for breeding (1)-(3) [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu 5(1): pp.31-34, 4 pls., 2 figs.; 5(2): pp.12-15, 4 pls., 2 figs.; 5(3): pp.35-40, 4 pls, 7 figs., 2 tables. Inoue, M.,. & K. Hayashi, 1952. Photographic album of butterflies in life [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu 5 (9) (special issue): pls.28-35. Iwase, T., 1954. Synopsis of the known life-histories of Japanese butterflies. Lepid. News 8: p.97. Niimura, T., 1937. On the ovipositing habit of Japonica lutea (Hewitson) [in Japan- ese]. Mushi no Sekai 1(9/10): p.50. Oda, K., 1954. Life-history of Coreana raphaelis flamen Leech in Japan [in Japanese]. Butterflies @& Moths 5(3/4): pp.22-24, 6 figs. Okada, Y., 1949. Revised catalogue of the Theclini (Lycenide) of Japan, Korea, Sak- halin, and Formosa. Lepid. News 3: pp. 79-80. Saito, K., M. Osanai, H. Yamauchi, & M. Hara, 1952. Some investigation on a Lycenid butterfly, Wagimo signata (Butler 1881) [with English résumé]. The Chihé, No.7: a2pip., 7 pls. Sibatani. A., 1946. Zweiter Beitrag zur Systematik der Lycenien aus Japan und angren- zenden Gegenden nebst Bemerkungen tiber einige Formen aus Formosa (Lep. Ly- cenide). Bull. Lepid. Soc. Japan 1(3): pp.61-86. Sibatani, A., & S. Ito, 1942. Beitrag zur Systematik der Thecline im Kaiserreich Japan. Tenthredo 3: pp.298-334. ; Takahashi, A. K., Takita & T. Kawachi, 1952. On the life-history of Neozephyrus ataxus kirishimaensis Okajima (Lycenide) [with English résumé]. Kontyi 19 (3/4) : pp.32-37, 1 pl. Takahashi, A., 1955. On the life-history of Iratsume orsedice (Butler, 1881) [with English résumé]. Kontyi 23(4): pp.170-181, 2 pls., 1 fig., 5 tables. Teranishi, C., 1936. Japonica sepestriata (Hewitson) hibernates in the egg stage [in Japanese]. Kansai Konchu Zasshi 4(1): pp.1-2, 1 pl. 2. On Japanese Strymonidia: Okano, M., 1946. The life-history of Strymon mera Janson [in Japanese]. Bull. Tohoku Ent. Soc. 1(2): pp.7-11. Osanai, M., 1951. On the life-history of Strymon w-album fentoni Butler [with English resumé]. The Chuiho, No.5: 12 pp., 1 table, 2 pls. 3. On the Theclini other than Japanese: Davenport, D., & V. G. Dethier, 1938. Bibliography of the described life-histories of the Rhopalocera of America north of Mexico. Ent. Americana (New Series) 17: p. 172 [food-plant of Habrodais grunus]. Frohawk, F. W., 1924. Natural history of British butterflies, vol.2: pp.38-47, pls. 42, 43. London. ae ees , 1934. The complete book of British butterflies: pp.272-279, p1.24 [life-history of Thecla betule and T. quercus|. London. Peile, H. D., 1937. A guide to collecting butterflies of India: pp.193-195 [foodplants of Zephyrus birupa and Chetoprocta odata]|. London. Remington, C. L., 1960. Foodplant of Hypaurotis chrysalus (Lycenide) in Colorado. Journ. Lepid. Soc. 13: 164. Seitz, A., 1908. Die Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde, Vol. 1 (Stuttgart) : p.262 [describes briefly the food-plant and early stages of Leosopis roboris]. Stuttgart. Minami-sonomachi 1-3, Nakaku, Nagoya, JAPAN 182 ESPECIALLY FOR COLLECGTORS Vol.13: no 3 REARING RARE FORMS OF CATOCALA AND APANGSS AND A PLEA FOR MORE REARING OF LEPIDOPTERA by JosEpPH MULLER Among several rare species of Lepidoptera I raised this season (1959) to the adult stage, I am especially proud of the following two. One I raised from last year’s eggs of a female Catocala parta Guenée form “perplexa.” Fifty-three specimens raised from eggs of ‘“‘perplexa’”’ turned out to be 35 (236 0, 122 2 ) form “perplexa” (66%), 2 (16,192) typr cal C. parta (4%), and 16 (100 8, 62 2) melanic form “forbesi’ (30%). One o specimen of the latter had dark yellow secondaries and may go for ab. “petulans.”’ | The others were the offspring of a female 4 pantesis figurata Drury form “preciosa”. The number of specimens raised was twenty-four, and the most interesting part is that all are females! Most of these look different from each other, only two looking alike. There are eight specimens of form “‘preciosia”’. Five of those eight specimens have normal markings on the primaries, and yel- low secondaries with black band and black dot. One specimen differs, as the yellow in the secondaries is blackish. Two specimens have black primaries with two yellow dots each. Five specimens are form ‘‘excelsa”. Four are typical “excelsa” with a reddish dot in black secondaries; the other has all-black primaries with two yellow dots in the secondaries. Five specimens are typical figurata. ‘Three of them have the regular striped markings on the primaries and red secondaries with black band and black dot. Two specimens had black primaries with yellow dots. The remaining six specimens are form “preciosa” also, but instead of black band and dot they all have black secondaries with yellow dots. Three of them have the primaries black too, with two yellow dots each. All the regular markings differ from each other also, be it the size, amount, or length of line in the primaries, or the size of dots in the primaries and secondaries, so that none but two look alike. I am sure that most collectors must agree that it would take many years, maybe a lifetime, to collect series of the above-mentioned forms. How many times must one travel to different parts of the country to sugar for Catocala and how many times does one pick off single specimens of 4 pantesis on black- lights to make up a series of the mentioned forms? I hope that this little article will spur other collectors to do more rearing of Lepidoptera. Not only great surprises await one, especially with many mel- anic forms showing up lately, — it also is a challenge to the collector, not to speak of the proud feeling one has after a successful breeding job well done. Many species are difficult to raise. Some of the most important pointers are: use fresh healthy food only; replace it in time; keep containers clean; do not crowd too many in one container; close holes in bottom of jar tightly when 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 183 food-plant is in water; watch temperature and especially condensation of moisture when larva is in the first instars; do not handle when molting; and keep using bigger containers as the larva grows larger. In most cases the breeder must use his own judgment and have some inventive ideas. The biggest challenge to the collector is getting hibernating larve through the winter and keeping them going in spring, or feeding larve of which the foodplant is not known and rearing them to the adult stage. I, 12s ID), ily lbeloenacim, IN Jeo Us Ss va\. MITOURA JOHNSON! IN OREGON AND CALIFORNIA The rare hair-streak Mitoura johnsoni was described by SKINNER (1904) from specimens taken in British Columbia and the Seattle area. To the writ- er’s knowledge there are no published records of its occurrence south of this region. LEIGHTON’S checklist of the butterflies of Washington (1946) quotes only the original Seattle locus. Don B. FrEcHIN, reporting for the 1951 and 1952 season summaries in the Lepid. News, states (1951) that this form was in evidence, but scarce, in the Olympic Mountains, and (1952) that it made a showing in the Puget Sound area. It is therefore of interest to report the capture of M. johnsoni in the Cascades of Oregon and northern California. The writer collected two freshly emerged females on May 23, 1959, at Lost Prairie, Linn Co., Oregon, a mountain meadow (alt. 3400 ft.) along the South Santiam Highway, 14 miles west of the Cascade summit. On June 2 another female and a male were taken at the same location. On July 4, 1959, a male and female were collected at Tombstone Prairie (alt. 4200 ft.), just three miles west of Lost Prairie, by R. E. WoopitEry. A California record was provided by Dr. M. DovupororrF, who sent the writer a female of M. johnsoni taken at Silver Lake in Lassen County (18 miles east of Mt. Lassen), July 2, 1955. In the interest of recognizing this butterfly when found, it should be pointed out that HoLttanp (Butterfly Book, 2nd ed.) erroneously describes it as “bluish black on the upper side.” It is, of course, reddish brown above (vide SKINNER’S original description, Ent. News 15: 298). HoLLanp’s black-and-white figures are of little help, since the markings closely resemble those of M. spinetorum. ComstocK’s colored figure (Butterflies of Cali- fornia) shows only the under side, which could pass for spinetorum. The crucial difference lies in the color of the upper surface. Ernst J. DorNFELD, 3415 Crest Drive, Corvallis, Ore., U. S. A. 184 Vol.13: no.3 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA (Under the supervision of PETER F. BELLINGER) B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE Toxopeus, L. J.. “On two Appias species from Celebes and a note regarding Delias sthenobea (Boisd.) (Rhopalocera, Pieride).” Zool. Meded., Leiden, vol. 31: pp. 63- 66, 1 pl. 1950. Describes as new 4. paulina zondervani (Tondano, N. Celebes) ; notes on paulina species complex. Sinks D. zebuda to D. sthenobea. [P.B.] Toxopeus, L. J.. “Charaxes baya (Moore) and Charaxes scylax Felder in Java (Lep., Nymphalide).” O. S. R—Publ., no. 35: pp. 5-6. ? 1953. Notes on the identity of these spp., which are possibly conspecific and represent successive invasions of Java (where they fly together). [P.B.] Toxopeus, L. J., “Notes on the genus Amathusia F. (Lep., Rhop.).” O. S. R.—Publ., no. 34: 16pp., 3 pls. ? 1953. Describes as new A. duponti (Buitenzorg, W. Java), A. lieftincki (Tjimadur, S. Bantam, W. Java), A. I. rosieri (Giesting Colony, Lam- pong District, S. Sumatra). Systematic notes, with key to Javan spp. 4. phidippus feeds on palms, not banana. [P.B ] Travassos, Lauro, ‘““Contribuicao ao conhecimento dos Arctiide. XXXVI. Sdébre o gén- ero Graphea Schaus, 1894’ [in Portuguese]. Rev. brasil Biol., vol. 16: pp. 443-452, 26 figs. 1956. Describes as new G. paramarmorea (Nova Teutonia, Brazil), G. pseu- domarmorea (Juquia, S. Paulo state, Brazil) ; redescribes generotype, G. marmorea. PP =Bel Travassos, Lauro, ‘““Contribuicao ao conhecimento dos Arctiide. XXXVII. Género De- molis Hampson, 1901” [in Portuguese]. Rev. brasil. Biol., vol. 17: pp. 9-16, 21 figs. 1957. Transfers Evius albitegula to Demolis; redescribes D. albitegula & generotype, D. albicostata. [P.B.] Travassos, Lauro, ‘‘Contribuicao ao conhecimento dos Arctiide. XXXVII [sic!]. Gén- ero Castrica Schaus, 1896 (Lepidoptera, Heterocera)” [in Portuguese]. Rev. brasil. Biol., vol. 17: pp. 227-234, 18 figs. 1957. Redescribes generotype, C. phalenoides. e183] ‘Travassos, Lauro, “Estudos sobre Adelocephalide Burmeister, 1878 (Lepidoptera, He- terocera)” [in Portuguese]. Rev. brasil. Biol., vol. 17: pp. 309-316, 21 figs. 1957. De- cribes as new Scolesa pseudoargyracantha (Campos do Jordao, Lefévre, S. Paulo, Brazil) ; redescribes S. argyracantha. [P.B.] Travassos, Lauro, & Lauro Travassos Filho, “‘DYSSCHEMATIDA, novo nome para Pericopide Walker, 1869 (Lep. Heterocera)’’ [in Portuguese; English summary]. Papeis avulsos Dep. Zool. Sado Paulo, vol. 10: pp. 77-91. 1951. The lectotype of Peri- copis is congeneric with the type of Dysschema (monobasic), which has priority; this requires a change in the family name. Authors sink Chetone to Notophyson, & give extended synonymy & references for Dysschematide, Dysschema, D. hypoxantha, D. eurocilia, Sermyla, S. transversa, Thebrone, T. tricolora, Notophyson, N. tiresias, N. c. catalina, & N. c. angustilineata. Position of buckley: Druce uncertain. [P.B.] Travassos, Lauro, & Lauro Travassos Filho, “Contribuicao ao conhecimento dos Arctiide (Lepidoptera, Heterocera). XXXIII. Rhina [sic!] euricosilvai, n. sp.” [in Portu- guese]. Rev. brasil. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 213-219, 2 pls. 1954. Describes as new Rhipha euricosilvat (Campos do Jordao, 1200 m., Sao Paulo, Brazil). [P.B.] Travassos Filho, Lauro, “Redescricao de Corematura Butler, 1876 e de suas duas es- pécies (Lepidoptera, Ctenuchide)” [in Portuguese; English summary]. Arg. Zool. Est. Sao Paulo, vol. 8: pp. 89-108, 4 pls., 27 figs. 1952. Redescribes C. postflava & C. chrysogastra. | P.B.| Travassos Filho, Lauro, “RICCIA novo género para Corematura aliaria (Druce, 1890) e descricao do aldtipo dessa espécie. (Lep. Ctenuchide)” [in Portuguese; English summary]. Papeis avulsos Dep. Zool. Sado Paulo, vol. 11: pp. 279-288, 7 figs. 1953. Describes new genus & redescribes type. [P.B.] Travassos Filho, Lauro, “Notas de nomenclatura. II. Prioridade de Druce (1898) em alguns géneros de Ctenuchide (Lep.) atribuidos a Hampson (1898)” [in Portuguese; English summary]. Arg. Zool. Est. Sado Paulo, vol. 8: pp. 333-340. 1954. 6 genera de- scribed by Hampson, 1898, were used earlier in the same year by Druce, without descriptions but with only 1 sp. included in each. Both Druce & Hampson selected mimica as the type of Pseudopompilia. In the case of the other 5 genera, Druce’s 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 185 type (in parentheses) was different from Hampson’s: Holopea (ca@rulea) ; Mesothen (tgnea) ; Psilopleura (polia) ; Urolasia (opalocincta) ; Phenicoprocta (metachrysea). These names, being monobasic & published before 1931, are valid with the types indicated [P.B. | Trawoger, Alois, Eriogaster lanestris L. nova ssp. montana (Lepidoptera, Lasiocampi- dz)” [in German]. Zeitschr. weiner ent. Ges., vol. 41: pp. 248-251, 1 pl. 1956. De- scribed from Innsbruck, 600 m., Austria. [P.B.] Tweedie, M. W. F., “Lithacodia deceptaria Scop., and Nycterosea obstipata (F.) in east Sussex.” Ent. Gazette, vol. 8: p. 28, 2 figs. 1957. Photos of adult of L. decep- taria. [P B.] Urbahn, Ernst, “Die asiatische Geometride Cabera leptographa Wehrli in der Mark Brandenburg gefunden” [in German]. Zeitschr. Lepid., vol. 2: pp. 25-35, 2 pls., 1 fig. 1952. Species new to Europe. Carefully compares & distinguishes C. leptographa, C. exanthemata, & C. pusaria. [P.B.]| Urbahn, Ernst, “Die Jungenstande und das Weibchen von Cabera leptographa Wehrli (Geometridz)” [in German]. Zeitschr. Lepid., vol. 2: pp. 97-104, 1 pl., 3 figs. 1952. Describes previously unknown @, & all early stages; compares latter & @ genitalia with those of other spp. of Cabera. [P..B.] Ureta R., Emilio, “Nuevas especies de Pieride (Lep. Rhopalocera) de Chile y Argen- tina” [lin Spanish]. Bol. Mus. nac. Hist. nat. Chile, vol. 26: pp. 57-71, 2 pls., 1 fig. 1955. Describes as new HYPSOCHILA, & type H. wagenknechti (Rio Seco, Cor- dillera de Elqui, 3200 m., Prov. Coquimbo, Chile), H. w. sulfurodice (Lequena, San Pedro, 3900 m., Prov. Antofagasta, Chile), H. galactodice (El Roble, source of Rio Nuble, Chellan, Chile); CHIONANEMA (subgenus of Hypsochila), & type H. (C.) penwai (Laguna Verde, 5200 m., Cord. de Antofagasta, Chile) ; Phulia illimani ilyodes (Mucar, Cord. de Antofagasta, Chile). H. wagenknechti not actuallly new here, & should be credited to Pefia, who raised wagenknechti (described as a “form” by Ureta) to subspecific rank. [P.B. ] Vazquez G., Leonila, “Estudio y descripcién de una especie nueva de psiquido, Oiketi- cus mortonjonesi spec. nov.” [in Spanish]. An. Inst. Biol., Mexico, vol. 20: pp. 399- 406, 10 figs. 1949. Type locality “Road between Ixtapan de la Sal and Tonatico, Mexico”. Describes larva, case, & pupa; foodplants Prosopis juliflora & Baccharis ramulosa. [P.B.] Vazquez G., Leonila, “Un nuevo psiquido mexicano del género Oiketicus” [in Spanish]. An. Inst. Biol., Mexico, vol. 22: pp. 323-333, 3 pls., 5 figs. 1951. Describes as new O. zihuatanejensis (Zihuatanejo, Guerrero, Mexico). Describes larva, case & pupa; foodplants Cesalpinia palmeri & Bursera sp. [P.B.] Vazquez G., Leonila, “Observaciones sobre pieridos mexicanos con descripcidn de al- gunas formas nuevas. V. Las especies del género [taballia en México” [in Spanish]. An. Inst. Biol., Mexico, vol. 24: pp. 439-444. 1953. Redescribes I. demophile calydonia, I. pisonis kicaha, & I. viardi; names a “form” of last. [P. B.] Vazquez G, Leonila, “Reconsideracién taxénomica de Prestonia clarki Schaus — Phebis (Prestonia) clarki (Schaus) — Lepidoptera-Pieride”’ [in Spanish]. 42. Inst. Biol., Mexico, vol. 26: pp. 477-487, 1 fig. 1955. Detailed redescription & new place- ment. [P.B.] Vazquez G., Leonila, “Papilios nuevos de Mexico. IV” [in Spanish]. 42. Inst. Biol., Mexico, vol. 27: pp. 473-485, 12 figs. 1956. Describes as new Battus philenor insularis (Clarion Is., Revillagigedo group); Graphium belesis occiduus (Zihuatanejo, Guer- rero). Also names 6 new “forms” in Battus, Papilio, & Graphium. |P.B.] Verity, Roger, Les variations géographiques et saisonniéres des papillons diurnes en France. 1. 200 pp. Paris: Rev. Franc. Lepid. 1947-1951. First part covers Hesperiidae, Lycenidz, & Riodinide. Describes as new Heodes (Chrysophanus) tityrus “race” catherinei (Hautes-Pyrénées), H. (C.) t. “race” oceanitis (Deps. Gironde & Vendée), H. (C.) t. “race” mixtalpina (Vallée du Boréon, 1800-2200 m., Alpes-Maritimes), H. (C.) t. “race” minutepunctata (Nimes; La Valbonne) ; Maculinea arion ‘‘race” microchroa (Lardy; Angouléme), M. a. “race” pyreneafuscans (Gédre, Hautes- Pyrénées) ; Lyc@ides idas “race” subsaturior (Mont Aigoual, Gard), L. argyrogno- mon “race” tapinegus (Charente, etc.); Polyommatus icarus “race” claracelestis (Charente-Maritime), P. eros “race” micreros (above Vernet-les-Bains, Col Vert, Hautes-Pyrénées) ; Lysandra amandus “race” pyreneorum (Gédre, Hautes-Pyré- nées), L. coridon “race” ruscinonis (Vernet-les-Bains) ; Agriodietus damon “race” meridioccasus (Lozére); NEOCOVATIA (subgenus of Sirymonidia; type acacie). Proposes aurescens n.n. for Adopaea acteon clara Tutt; magnaglandon n.n. for Ag- 186 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: nor riades glandon oberthiiri Stgr. Also names a seasonal form. Describes local varia- tion of all French spp. of these families, in great detail but with little precision, since most variants are described in purely relative terms. No information on types of new entities. [P.B.] Verity, Roger, Les variations géographiques et saisonniéres des papillons diurnes en France. I. Pp.201-364. 1952. Second part covers Papilionide, Pieride, Libytheide, Apaturide, & Nymphalide: Limenitine & Meliteina. Describes as new Melitea (Cinclidia) phaebe subtusca (Nans-les-Pins, 300 m., Sainte-Baume, Var). [P. B.] Verity, Roger, Les variations géographiques et saisonniéeres des papillons diurnes en France. Part 3, pp. 365-472. 1957. L. Le Charles ed. The book is devoted to the geo- graphical and seasonal variations of the species of Nymphalide and Satyride Lethine of the French fauna. Describes as new: Brenthis ino “race” sesquierilda (E. Pyre- nees); Pararge egeria “race” paulumegeria (Morbihan, Sarthe, & Maine-et-Loire areas); Agapethes galathea nereus “subrace’ macronereus (Gard and Bouches-du- Rhone areas). No indications of holotypes, of type localities, or of collections where types are preserved. [P.V.] Verity, Roger, “The two subgeneric names of butterflies Disparia Vrty. and Simplicia Vrty. replaced, being homonyms.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol. 69: p. 225. 1957. Proposes THERSAMOLYGCENA (type Lycena dispar) & SIMPLOSPINOSIA (type Erebia epiphron) to replace these names. [P.B.] Viette, P., “Contribution a l'étude des Hepialide (7° note). Le genre Trichophassus Le Cerf” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol. 54: pp. 72-73, 3 figs. 1949. Rede- scribes type, T. giganteus. [P.B.] Viette, P., “Contribution a l’étude des Hepialide (8° note). Sur la validité du genre Zelotypia Scott’ [in French]. Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol. 74: pp. 47-49, 2 figs. 1949. Redescribes genus, said to be distinct from Leto, & type Z. stacyi. [P.B.] Viette, P., “Une nouvelle Geometride de Nouvelle Calédonie (lépidoptére)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol. 74: pp. 241-244, 5 figs. 1949. Describes as new NOUMEA (Boarmiine; monobasic), N. fletcheri. [P. B.] Viette, P., “Contribution a l'étude des Hepialide (18™® note). Description d’un nouveau genre et d’une nouvelle espéce’”’ [in French]. Bull mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol. 19: pp. 169-170, 2 figs. 1950. Describes as new PARAHEPIALISCUS (monobasic), P. bal- uensis (Mt. Kina Balu, N. Borneo). Key to related genera. [P.B.] Viette, P., “Contribution a l'étude des Hepialide (20° note). Le genre Drucetella Vtt.” [in French]. Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol. 75: pp. 165-169, 11 figs. 1950. Describes as new D. amazonensis (Obidos, Brazil). Key to the 4 spp. Selects prosopus as type of Pseudo phassus. [P.B.] Viette, Pierre E. L., “Contribution a l'étude des Hepialide (21° note). Description d’une nouvelle espéece” [in French]. Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. nat. Belg., vol. 26, no. 44: 2 pp, 1 fig. 1950. Describes as new Endoclita javaensis (Nongkodjadjar, Tengger, W. Java, 4,000 ft.). [P.B.] Viette, Pierre E. L., “Contribution a l'étude des Hepialide (22°™e note). Hepialide du Musée de Leiden” [in French]. Zool. Meded., Leiden, vol. 31: pp. 67-77, 18 figs. 1950. Describes as new PAROXYCANUS, & type P. noveguineensis (Paniai, New Guinea), P. meeki (Biagi, Mambare, Br. New Guinea, 5,000 ft.) ; PHILPOTTIA (type Pielus umbraculatus) ; Callipielus chiliensis (Valdivia, Chile). Transfers some spp. of Porina to Paroxycanus. Describes @ & Q@ genitalia of Palpifer sordidus & Endoclita sericeus. | P.B.] Viette, P., “Sur quelques espéces de geométrides décrites par Guenée (1857)” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol. 19: pp. 201-206. 1950. Selects lectotypes for numerous spp. from specimens in Paris Museum. [P.B. Viette, Pierre E. L., “Contribution a l’étude des Hepialide (Lepidoptera). (23€™® note)” [in French]. Ann. naturhist. Mus., Vienna, vol. 58: pp. 140-144, 7 figs. 1951. De- scribes as new A: pytus petropolisiensis (Petropolis, Brazil) ; PARAGORGOPIS, and type P. pittioni (Petropolis), P. foetterle: (Petropolis), P. schausi (Araras, S. Paulo, Brazil) ; LAMELLIFORMIA (see also 25th note, below) (type Dalaca prytanes) ; Philenia brasiliensis (Petropolis). [P.B.] Viette, P., “Contribution a l’étude des Hepialide (Lépid.) (24™e note)” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn, Lyon, vol. 20: pp. 95-96, 3 figs. 1951. Notes on genera Cibyra, Hampsoniella, Pseudodalaca, Av pytus, & Schefferiana; & on types of some spp. in these genera, with figures of ¢ genitalia. [P.B.] Viette, Pierre E. L., “Contribution to the study of Hepialide (25th note). On some new or little known species in the British Museum. Ann. & Mag. nat. Hist., ser. 12, vol. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 187 4: pp. 1272-1282, 5 figs. 1951. Describes as new PUERMYTRANS (monobasic), P. chiliensis (Chile); THIASTYX (monobasic), T. catharine (New Bremen, Santa Catharina, Brazil); HEPIALYXODES (monobasic), H. rileyi (Ypiranga, S. Paulo, Brazil); YLEUXAS (monobasic), Y. bradleyi (Carabaya, 6000 ft., S. Domingo, Peru) ; Eudalaca sanctahelena (St. Helena). Also gives description of LAMELLI- FORMIA (see 23rd note, above), in expectation that this paper would appear first. Records of 11 other spp. from Latin America. [P. B.] Viette, P.. “Sur la classification de quelques arctiides de la faune francais (Lep.)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol. 56: pp. 97-98. 1951. Lists 14 genera, with references, type spp., & information on how latter were selected. [P.B.] Viette, P., “Sur quelques noctuelles décrites par Guenée (1852-54)” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol. 20: pp. 159-162. 1951. Selects lectotoype for some 160 spp., -from specimens in Paris Museum. [P.B. | Viette, P., “Les Lithosiide de Nouvelle Calédonie et des Nouvelles-Hébrides (Lep. Heter.)” [in French]. dun Soc. ent. France, vol. 19: pp. 81-96, 29 figs. 1952. Rede- scribes 12 known spp. with figures of genitalia & of some adults. [P.B.] Viette, P., “Note de nomenclature” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France., vol. 57: p. 95. 1952. Proposes EUNOUMEANA n.n. for Noumea Viette (above, 1949), nec Fauvel. [RB] Viette, P., “Results of the Archbold Expeditions. Contribution a l'étude des Hepialide (Lep.) (28°™e note). Nouveaux genres et espéces néo-guinéens” [in French]. Treubia, vol. 21: pp. 257-262, 2 figs. 1952. Describes as new ZAUXIEUS (monobasic), Z. toxopeust (Scree Valleey Camp, 3800 m., central New Guinea); THEAXIEUS, & type IT. diakonoffi (Iebele Camp, 2250 m.), T. roepkei (Mist Camp, 1600 m.). [P.B.] Viette, P., “Sur la synonymie de quelques noms de lépidopteéres” [in French]. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat., Paris, vol. 24: pp. 555-556. 1952. New synonymy in Cosside: Hyp- opta sahare (= Eremocossus senegalensis), Cossus aries (—=C. tahlai, C. bongio- vannit); Pyralidide: Actenia vidualis (=Pyralis marie ludovice), Orobena ful- gura (= Pionea jeannelalis); & Noctuide: Nagia syba (=N. megaruma), Phyto- metra ernestinana (=Xanthoptera coccinifascia). [P.B.] Viette, P., “Les types de tordeuses de Meyrick appartenant au Muséum de Paris” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol. 57: pp. 148-152. “1952” [1953]. Lists Meyrick’s types of Carposinide, Ceracide, Phaloniide, Tortricide, & Eucosmide in Paris Mu- seum, & some types of tineoids omitted from earlier list; many specimens are lecto- types. [P.B.] Viette, P., “Nouvelles descriptions de pyrales malgaches” [in French]. Bull. Mus. nat. Hist. nat., Paris, vol. 25: pp. 483-488. 1953. Describes as new Bocchoris isakalis (near Fort Dauphin, Isaka Forest, SE Madagascar) ; Pyrausta lambomakandroalis (Lam- bomakandro Forest, SW Madagascar); Sylepta malgassanalis (Ankarampotsy, E. Madagascar) ; Polygrammodes faraonyalis (Vohilava, Faraony Valley, E. Madagas- car) ; Entephria vohilavalis (same) ; Hyaloplaga ankarapotsyalis (Ankaraampotsy, E. Madagascar) ; Stenia decaryalis (Moramanga, E. Central Madagascar), S. orien- talis (Ankarampotsy). [P.B.] Viette, P., “Nouvelles pyrales de Madagascar (Lep. Pyralide)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol. 58: pp. 130-134, 7 figs. 1953. Describes as new NHOABE, & type N. mocquerysalis (near Antanambé, NE Madagascar), N. millotalis (Perinet region, E. Central Madagascar); MARIONANA (monobasic), M. paulianalis (Pertinet re- gion); Makela maitsongrossalis (near Maroantsetra, Voloina, NE Madagascar). [P.B.] Viette, P., “A propos de Bradypodicola hahneli Spuler, trouvé sur un parasseux (Lep. Pyralide)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol. 79: pp. 448-451, 2 figs. 1954. Places genus in Chrysaugine; describes 6 & @ genitalia. Reviews 3 known genera whose larve live on sloths. [P. B.] Viette, Pierre E. L., “Les types de tinéides (s.l.) de Zeller de Afrique du Sud” [in French]. Ark. Zool., n.s., vol. 8: pp. 531-539, 12 figs. 1955. Lists types of spp. de- scribed by Zeller (1854); describes & figures ¢ genitalia of some; notes necessary changes in nomenclature, but erects no new entitles. [P.B.] Viette, P., “Notes sur quelques types de Latreille’ [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 56: pp. 88-92. 1956. Note on some South American species of hesperiids described by Latreille and the presence of their types in the Paris Museum. [P.V.] Viette, P., “Nouveaux Gelechiide de Madagascar (Lepidoptera) ” [in French]. Natur- aliste malgache, vol. 8: pp. 209-224, 9 figs. “1956” [1957]. Descriptions of new Ge- 188 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.3 lechiide from Madagascar: Hypatima antsianakella, H. perinetella, H. manjakatom- po; Dichomeris millotella, D. paulianella, D. zymotella; Syncopacma sikoraella; Holaxyra eosella; Trichotaphe xeresella; Lecithocera randimella, L. hildebrandtella, L. cameronella; Acreologa descarpentriesella, A. grandidierella. [P.V.] Viette, P., ““Quelques types de pyrales d’A. Caradja au Muséum national, Paris” [in French]. Entomologiste, vol. 13: p. 6. 1957. List of the types of Pyralide described by A. Caradja in the Paris Museum. [P.V.] Viette, P., “Un Euclasta nouveau d’Afrique orientale (Lep. Pyraustide)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, vol. 62: pp. 36-37, 1 fig. 1957. Description of a new species of East African Euclasta, E. gigantalis (Mt. Elgon, Kenya). [P.V.] Villiers, A., “Papilionides” in Les lépidoptéres de Afrique noire francaise [in French]. Inst. franc. Afr. noire, Initiations africaines, vol. 14, no. 2: 49 pp., 79 figs. 1957. This book, published, like the Lycenide of Mr. H. Stempffer (cf. supra) in the “Af- rican Initiations’, is devoted to the Papilionide of West Africa. Keys for the deter- mination of the two genera & the species. In spite of the publications of Peters & of Berger, we regret the absence of references to the original descriptions & the syno- nyms. [P.V.] Warnecke, Georg, Eugraphe (Agrotis) subrosea Steph.: die Unterschiede der 6ster- reichischen Lokalform kiefert Reb. und der nordwestdeutschen rubrifera Warnecke” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 37: pp. 81-84. 1952. Distinguishes these sspp.; discusses distribution. [P.B. ] : Warren, B. C. S., “A note on the genitalia of Colias australis Verity.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol. 66: p. 36; correction, p. 73. 1954. Figures ¢ genitalia of lectotype, which does not quite match that of australis in the usual sense. [P.B.] Warren, B. C. S., “Erebia tyndarus Esp. and Erebia cassioides Rein. & Hohenw. (Lep. Satyride) two distinct species.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol. 90: pp. 129-131. 1954. Separates spp. on grounds of overlapping range of E. t. tyndarus & E. c. murina. Summarizes races of tyndarus, cassioides, & hispania. Reafhirms fundamental importance of clas- per structure for specific separation, with the extreme statement: “In the selection of structural characters, if these are not correlated to the specific characters of the claspers, it is proof that they are not linked to specific nature’. Misstates facts about differences in chromosome number. [P.B.] Warren, B. C. S., “Erebia tyndarus and allied species: the solution of some long-out- standing problems (Lep., Satyride).” Entomologist, vol. 88: pp. 227-231, 252-259. 1955. Describes as new E. cassioides campestris (path to Hochalmblick Hut, Mall- nitz region, Hohe Tauern). Sinks E. nivalis to E. c. cassioides, E. transylvantiensis to E. n. neleus; E. cassioides of Lorkovic & de Lesse is EF. n. dolomitensis. Presents a revised grouping of the tyndarus & cassioides sections. [P.B.] Warren, B. C. S., “Notes on the species-groups in the genus Erebia.” Entomologist, vol. 88: pp. 28-30. 1955. Objects to de Lesse’s association of some spp. on basis of Q geni- talia & pattern, & points out variability of these characters; regards resemblances & differences in @ claspers as primary, and in other characters as secondary, through- out the genus. [P.B.] Warren, R. G., “A wild hybrid of Erannis leucophearia (Schiff.) X E. marginaria (Borkh.). Lep. Selidosemide.” Ent. Gazette, vol. 8: p. 150. 1957. Watkins, Norman A., “Polyommatus icarus Rott. pairing with Lysandra coridon Poda.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol. 66: p. 23. 1954. Larve obtained from 2 P. icarus; time to hatching abnormally long, but larve not described & not certainly hybrid. [P.B.] Watson, Allan, “A revision of the genus Deroca Walker (Lepidoptera, Drepanidz).” Ann. & Mag. nat. Hist., ser. 12, vol. 10: pp. 129-148, 1 pl., 32 figs. 1957. Describes as new D. hyalina latizona (Hong San, SE Kiangsi, China), D. hidda bifida (Li- kiang, N. Yunnan, China), D. pulla (Ta-tsien-lou, China), D. inconclusa carinata (Tapaisha, S. Shansi). Redescribes genus & all spp. & sspp.; figures upper surface & genitalia; key to spp. [P.B.] Watson, Allan, “A revision of the genus Tridrepana Swinhoe (Lepidoptera: Drepani- de).” Bull. Brit. Mus. (nat. Hist.), vol. 4: pp. 407-500. 2 pls., 155 figs. 1957. De- scribes as new TJ. fulvata brevis (Khasis, Assam), T. lunulata prolata (Talesea, New Britain), 7. sigma (central Buru, Kaka, Tagalago, 2700 ft.), T. acuta (Kandy, Ceylon), T. trialba (W. Celebes, Paloe, G. Rangkoenau, 900 ft.), T. spatulata (Lu- zon, Rizal, Montalban, Philippines), T. albonotata angusta (SE Borneo, Samarinda), T. a. rotundata (W. Bali, Mondoktoempang, 2500 ft.), T. a celebensis (W. Celebes, Paloe, G. Tompoe, 2700 ft.), T. eguinota (central Buru, Kako Tagalago, 2700 ft.), 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 189 T. obscura (Tenggerm Singolongoe, 5000 ft., E. Java), T. unispina (Moupin, Szech- uan, W. China), T. septempunctata nitidior (SW Sumatra, N. Korintji Valley, 5000 ft.), T. olivacea crocata (New Britain, Talesea), T. argentistriga brevilinea (SW Celebes, G. Lampobattang, Parang-bobo Goa, 5000 ft.), T. rectifascia (Mindanao, Lanao, Kolambugan plains, Philippines), 7. fimizta (Li-kiang, N. Yunnan, China), T. rubromarginata indica (Sikkim. Tonglo, 10,000 ft.), 7. maculosa (Li-kiang, N. Yunnan, China), 7. marg:inata (Li-kiang), T. flava contracta (Malay States, Butik Kutu, 3300 ft.), 7. f. unita (N. Celebes, Minahassa). Redescribes all spp.; gives keys to species groups & to spp. [P.B.] Weber, Paul, “SCHNEIDERERIA pistaciella gen. spec. nov. (Lepid. Gelechiide), ein Schadling an Pistazien” [in German]. Mitt. schweiz. ent. Ges., vol. 30: pp. 68-72, 5 figs. 1957. Type locality 40 km. NE of Damascus, Syria; reared from larve on Pista- cia vera. Comparative notes on Recurvaria & E pithectis. | P.B.] Wegener, A. M. R., “A note on Callambulyx rubricosa piepersi Sn. (Lep. Sphingide).” Treubia, vol. 20: pp. 51-53, 1 pl. 1949. Describes & figures first known @. [P.B.] Weener, A. M. R., “On a collection of Rhopalocera from Panaitan Island, with de- scription of a new species.” O. S. R.-Publ., no. 36: pp. 3-7, 1 pl. [1953]. Describes as new Tanecia interrupta, & gives an annotated list of some 70 spp. from an island in Sunda Strait. [P.B.] Wiltshire, E. P., “Middle East Lepidoptera. XIII. Two new species from Jordan.” Entomologist, vol. 89: pp. 237-240, 1 pl., 2 figs. 1956. Describes as new Sideridis chersotoides (Zerqua R. colony) ; Cryphia troughti (same). Figures adults & @ geni- talia. [P.B.] Wiltshire, E. P., The Lepidoptera of Iraq. 162 pp., 17 pls., 6 figs. London: Nicholas Kaye Ltd. 1957. Describes as new: Lithosia muscula brevifurca (Shaqlawa, 2500 ft., Kurdistan) ; Mamestra rhodocaris herkia (Hajji Omran) ; Lithophasia cyaraxes (Haj Omran, near Rayat); Antitype carducha (Shaqlawa, 2500 ft., Kurdistan) ; Epzip- sammia boursini (Shaqlawa) ; Minucia bimaculata pulchrior (YTang-Ab, near Firuz- abad, SW Iran; larva on Pistacia); Nychiodes rayatica (Haj Omran, 6000 ft.) ; Cossus cossus omrana (Haj Omran, 6000 ft.), C. c. kossai (Shaqlawa, 2500 ft.) ; Dyspessacossus fereidum ahmadi (Shaqlawa, 2500 ft.). Also describes 5 ‘“‘forms”. List of 937 spp., with habitat, distribution, & biology of each summarized. There is a foodplant index, & economically important spp. are indicated. Many spp. are fig- ured, & Amsel’s figures of genitalia, etc., of numerous micros are reproduced. See review in Lefid. Journal 13: 33; 1959. [P.B.] Wise, K. A. J., “Two cases of synonymy in the nomenclature of Lepidoptera.” New Zealand Ent., vol. 1: pp. 31-32. 1954. Lists the synonymy of Caloptilia (Gracilari- ide) & Achea janata (Noctuide). [1.C.] Wise, K. A. J., “Pests of stored products in New Zealand. I. Family Phycitide (Lepi- doptera). New Zealand Journ. Sct. Tech. (B), vol. 36: pp. 523-530. 1955. Lists Ephestia sericarium, E. elutella, E. cautella, & Plodia interpunctella, & the products attacked. Includes keys to their identity based on wing and genitalic characters. No figures. [I.C.] Wise, K. A. J., “A new species of Lithocolletis (Lepidoptera: Gracilariide) from New Zealand.” Proc. R. ent. Soc. London (B), vol. 26: pp.26-28, 1 pl., 7 figs. 1957. Describes as new L. hardenbergiella (Aukland; larva mining leaves of Hardenbergia). [P.B.] Wolff, Niels L., “Nepticula benanderella n. sp. (Lep., Nepticulide).” Opusc. ent., vol. 20: pp. 49-53, 8 figs. 1955. Described from Listerlandet, Blekinge, & from Yngsj6, Skane, Sweden; larva on Salix repens. Notes on related spp., with figures of geni- talia. «LPB. Wolfsberger, Josef, “Eine neue Unterart von Cidaria incursata Hb. aus Graubtinden (Lep. Geometr.)” [in German]. Mitt. schweiz. ent. Ges., vol. 26: pp. 233-235, 6 figs. 1953. Describes as new C. 1. altarhetica (Davosertal, Switzerland). [P.B.] Wolfsberger, Josef, “Hadena (Mamestra) texturata kitti Schaw. in den Alpen” [in German]. Zeitschr. weiner ent. Ges., vol. 39: pp. 115-122, 1 pl., 1 map. 1954. Main- tains that kitti is correct name for race, although name was proposed as “var. (ab?)” by Schawerda & presumably has priority at the subspecies level only from the time of its elevation to that level. Lists known records; distinguishes sp. from H. reticu- lata. [P.B.] Zimmerman, Elwood C., “Heliothis in Hawaii (Lepidoptera: Phalenide).” Proc. Haw- aiian ent. Soc., vol. 16: pp. 170-176, 3 figs. 1956. Distinguishes the immigrant H. zea 190 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.3 & the native H. hawatiensis (new status). Records foodplants & parasites. H. inflata recorded from Hawaii in error. [P.B.] Zopp, J., “Celerio-Studien II. Das Genus Rhodafra R. u. J., und seine Stellung zu Celerio Oken” [in German]. Zeitschr. weiner ent. Ges., vol. 39: pp. 37-40. 1954. Re- duces Rhodafra to subgenus of Celerio. Note on similarity of genital structure in Cherocampine. [P. B.] Zopp, Johannes, ““Neue Lyceniden-Formen I” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 39: pp. 128-129. 1954. Describes as new (as “f. (subsp?) n.”) Thestor maure- tanicus maroccanus (Beni-Amar, Morocco) ; also names 3 “forms” in Thestor. [P.B.] D. VARIATION AND GENETICS Ae, Shigeru, ‘Study of heredity in Colias hyale poliographus Motschulsky (Pieride)” [in Japanese]. Iden, vol, 6: pp. 15-19, 10 figs., 5 tables. 1952. Amsel, H. G., “Eidophasia messingiella F. R. f. dorsomaculata Doets (1950) = f. dorsana Caradja (1920) (Plutellide)” [in German]. Zeitschr. Lepid., vol. 3: p. 50. 1953: Ashwell, Derek A., “Experiments with Abraxas grossulariata L.” Proc. Trans. south London ent. nat. Hist. Soc., 1953-54: pp. 129-142, 6 figs. 1955. Describes various crosses involving 2 recessives, one of which is sex-linked. Numerous gynandromorphs produced in some broods. Notes on biology & on rearing techniques. [P.B.] | Baynes, E. S. A., “Albino Maniola juritina Linn. ssp. 1ernes Graves.” Irish Nat. journ., Vole On ps 1352 19515 Benz, F., “Transmission héréditaire d’une mutilation artificielle de la chenille de Ce- lerio euphorbie L.?” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1956: pp. 53-58. 1956. A reply about Loritz’s experiences on the hereditary transmission of artificial ablation of the horn of the larva of this sphingid. This ablation is not hereditary [P.V.] Berhorn, Christel, ““Genetische Untersuchungen am Fliigelgeader der Mehlmotte Ephes- tia kiihniella Zeller” [in German]. Zeitschr. indukt. Abstammungslehre, vol. 82: pp. 448-478, 22 figs. 1948. Describes effects of mutant genes in modifying venation of hind wing under various rearing conditions. [P.B.] Bernardi, G., “Etude de quelques formes individuelles des Anthocharis euphenoides Stgr. et belia L. (eupheno L.) (Lep. Pieride)” [in French; summary in Esperanto]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1947: pp. 97-106, 18 figs. 1947. Names a new “form” & arranges many others in logical order according to nature of pattern alteration. [PEBal Bilek, A., “Etwas fiir Aberrationsfreunde” [in German]. Ent. Zeitschr., vol. 59: p. 16, 2 figs. 1949. Figures aberration of Parnassius apollo. [P.B.] Blackie, J. E., “Aberration of Arctia caja L.” Entomologist, vol. 88: p. 63. 1955. Bleszynski, Stanislaw, “Matériaux a la connaissance de la faune des lépidoptéres des Monts Tatras en Pologne” [in Polish; French summary]. Documenta physiogr. Po- lonie, no. 11: pp. 1-8. 1948. Records 35 spp. new to the Polish part of High Tatra; describes a new variety of Crambus margaritellus from Forest “Bialego” in Polish High Tatra Mts. [J.M.] Boursin, Ch., “Description d’une forme nouvelle de Trichiura crategi L. (Lep. Lasio- campide)” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, vol. 26: p. 111. 1957. Descrip- tion of a new form of T. crategi from West France. [P. V.] Bowden, S. R., “Diapause in female hybrids: Pieris napi adalwinda and related sub- species (Lep.).” Entomologist, vol. 90: pp. 247-254, 273-281. 1957. In offspring of southern P. napi 6 & crossed with the arctic P. 2. adalwinda or the alpine P. bry- onie, 2 2 consistently emerged before ¢ @. Partly sex-linked genetic factors produc- ing “strong” diapause in the arctic & alpine forms is suggested. [P.B. ] Bryk, Felix, “Uber eine Unterdriickung der Fligelzeichnung bei unserem Schwalben- schwanze (Lep. Papilion.)” [in German]. Ofusc. ent., vol.18: pp.65-67, 1 fig. 1953. Names a “form” of Papilio machaon with ground color extended distally. [P. B.] Burmann, Karl, “Etwas tiber die Nordtiroler Phibalapteryx calligraphata HS. (Macrolepidoptera, Geometride)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol. 36: pp.153-155. 1952. Thinks named brown “form” of this sp. is merely a worn speci- men. Notes on Austrian populations. [P. B.] Burmann, Karl, “Die Veranderlichkeit von Symmoca signella Hb. (Gelechiide)” [in German]. Zeitschr. Lepid., vol.1: pp.181-184. 1954. Describes variation, naming 5 “forms;. (earl 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 191 Caruel, Marcel, “Révision des formes et aberrations du Catalogue des Rhopalocéres [de France]” [in French]. Rew. franc. Lépid., vol.13: pp.84-87, 117-121; vol.14: pp-147-153, 261-264; vol.15: pp.21-32, 58-61. 1951-55. Lists & briefly describes named infrasubspecific forms of French Papilionide & Pieride; work terminated by death of author. [P. B.] Caspari, Ernst, & Ingbritt Blomstrand, “The effects of nuclear genes on the structure and differentiation of cytoplasmic particles.” Cold Spring Harbor Symp. quant. Biol., vol.21: pp 291-301, 10 figs. 1957. Includes review of genetic control of pigment formation in testis sheath of Ephestia kiihniella. [P.B.] Castle Russell, S. G., “The influence of thunderstorms on variation of Lepidoptera.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol 64: pp.199-203. 1952. Suggestion made after experiences with finding aberrant specimens immediately following storms. [P. B.] de Castro, Luis, “Charaxes jasius L.; ab. paucivenata, f. nova” [in Spanish]. Bol. R. Soc. espan. Hist. nat., vol.27: pp.277-278, 1 fig. 1950. Describes specimen with re- duced venation. [P. B.] Clarke, C. A., “Pupal coloration in Papilio machaon Linn.” Proc. Trans. south London ent. Hist. Soc., 1952-53: pp.100-103. 1954. Preliminary report, establishing that pupal color (brown or green) is not inherited. [P.B.] Clarke, C. A., & P. M. Sheppard, “A further report on the genetics of the machaon group of swallowtail butterflies.” Evolution, vol.10: pp.66-73, 4 figs. 1956. Gives evidence on genetic mechanisms controlling larval pattern characters, from inter- specific & intersubspecific crosses. Reports excess of @ ¢ in one of latter crosses. Records hybrid larve of P. machaon X P. bairdi. [P.B } Cockayne, E. A., “A new aberration of Plusia gamma Linneus (Lep. Agrotide).” Entomologist, vol.88: p.75, 1 fig. 1955. Named. Cockayne, E. A., & Harold B. Williams, “On Cryphia perla L. ab. albida Colthrop.” Ent. Gazette, vol.7: pp.73-75, 2 figs. 1956. Figures types. [P. B.] Collier, A. E., “A successful rearing of Lysandra coridon Poda ab. syngrapha Ket.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.68: pp.281-282. 1956. F, of normal 6 X “syngrapha” @ wdseneanvetelet 1G 6: normal 9 2: “synerapha” 2 9. [P.B.] Davies, D. L., “Variation in Colias croceus (Fourc.) ab. helice Hb.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.69: pp.205-206. 1957. Describes progeny of 2 9 9 ; appearance of 2 “albis- sima” among many “helice’ suggests that the former variant is environmentally pro- duced. [P. B.] Dowdeswell, W. H., E. B. Ford, & K. G. McWhirter, “Further studies on isolation in the butterfly Maniola jurtina L.” Heredity, vol.11: pp.51-65, 2 maps. 1957. Con- tinuation of study of frequency of number of spots on underside of 2 hind wing in local populations in the Scilly Isles. Populations on the larger islands are similar & constant, except for 2 small isolated populations which, like the populations of the smaller islands, are distinct. In one small island a change in ecology (removal of cattle) has led to shifts in inhabited areas and changes in spot number. [P. B.] Downey. John C., “Ecology and selection in a polytypic species of butterfly.” Bull. ent. Soc. Amer., vol.3: p.22. Sept. 1957. Abstract; Plebejus icarioides. Egelhaaf, Albrecht, “Der Gehalt an freiem Tryptophan und Kynurenin bei den Geno- typen a+ und a yon Ephestia kiihniella wahrend der Entwicklung” [in German]. Zeitschr. Naturforsch., vol.12b: pp.465-472, 6 figs. 1957. Tryptophane & kynurenin content measured in all stages of these allelic forms. In a mutant kynurenin is al- ways absent & trytophane is higher than in wild type; gene a blocks transformation of tryptophane to kynurenin. [P. B. ] Fischer, Ch., “Polygonia c-album Linné” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1947: pp.21-22. 1947. Summarizes seasonal & individual variation. [P. B.] Fischer, Ch., “Quelques remarques sur Polyommatus (Lycena) icarus Rott. Comparai- son entre les exemplaires d’Alsace et ceux du Midi” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mul- house, 1948: pp.57-58. 1948. Notes differences between spring forms of these popu- lations. [P.B.] Fischer, E., “Versuche zur Aktivierung letaler Keimkombinationen” [in German]. Vierteljahrsschr. naturf. Ges. Zurich, vol.97: pp.29-38, 1 pl. 1952. Study of hybrids of Celerio galu & X C. euphorbiea 2. [P.B.] ver Foltin, Hans, “Die Bildung und das Vorkommen nigristischer bzw. melanistischer For- men in Oberosterreich” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.37: pp.89-95. 1952. Surveys theories of origin of melanic forms of Lepidoptera; records spp. with melanic forms occurring in upper Austria. [P.B.] 192 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.3 Foltin, Hans, “Melitea cynthia Hb. Die Nominatform und die hochalpine Rasse alpi- cola Galv. Nachtrag zu der in dieser Zeitschrift 6. Jg. Sonderheft 1954 S. 11 erschienen Arbeit” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl. osterr. und schweizer Ent., vol.8: pp.17-21. “1956” [1957]. Gives descriptions of all named forms of these 2 faces, ee bal Fukaya, Masatsuga, “Strains of the Rice Stem Borer in Japan.” Ber. Ohara Inst. land- wirtschr. Forsch., vol.9: pp.375-376. 1951. 2 strains differ in length of diapause. LP. Bs] Gabler, Hellmuth, ‘Uber die Zunahme der dunklen Farbvarietaten der Nonne” [in German]. Forschungen und Fortschr., vol.21/23: pp.176-177. 1947. Reports increase in frequency of melanic Lymantria monacha in previous 40 years. [P. B.] Gerhardinger, Klaus, “Temperaturversuche mit Thais polyxena Schiff. Ein Nachtrag” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl. osterr. und schweizer Ent., vol.2: pp.52-55, 74-76, 87-89. 1950. Supplement to earlier paper. Compares 200 adults from pupz subjected to temperature shocks with 200 control specimens from same population, & draws conclusions as to which of numerous variants are genetic and which are produced by the temperature shecks. Names a “form” belonging, probably, to latter group. [P. B.] Goodson, A. L., ‘A new aberration of Cenonympha pamphilus Linneus (Lep. Saty- ride). Entomologist, vol.88: p.75, 1 fig. 1955. Named. Goto, Kinjuro, “A perfect melanic aberration of Limenitis glorifica Fruhstorfer (Nym- phalide)” [in Japanese]. Konchu no Kagaku, vol.1: p.2, 1 fig. 1952. Named as new aberration (type, Kyoto). [T.I.] 2 SVits CEELANN. Skell, F., “Ludwig Ostheldert” [in German]. Mitt. miinchner ent. Ges., vol.44/45: pp. 526-531. 1955. Obituary and list of his publications. [P.B.] Ueda, Tsuneichi, “Two Korean entomologists, Cho-Fukusei and Seki-Chumei (Seok)” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.5, no.4: pp.14-15, 1 fig. (photograph of Seok’s fam- ily). 1952. Both are noted lepidopterists. Mr. Seok has been reported killed since 1950, while no information is available on the whereabouts of Mr. Cho. [T.I.] Vallette, Guillaume, & Hector Huidobro, “Pouvoir histaminolibérateur du venin de la chenille processionnaire du pin (Thaumatopaa pitiocampa Schiff.)” [in French]. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol.150: pp.658-661, 1 fig. 1956. Poison from larval hairs of this moth resembles some snake venoms in ability to liberate histamine in mammalian tissues. [P.B.] Wagner, Warren H., “Austin Hobart Clark.” Lepid. News, vol.9: pp.151-157, 1 fig. O55: Warnecke, Georg, “Uber den X. Internationalen Kongress fiir Entomologie in Montreal, Kanada, 17.-25. August 1956. (Mit besonderer Berticksichtigung der Sektion fur Geographische Verbreitung)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.42: pp. 5-12, 19-27, 8 maps. 1957. Report on Congress; explanation of similarity of North American & European fauna, based on geologic history (particularly glacial history) of holarctic region. [P.B.] Weiss, H. B., “An interview with Herman Strecker in 1887.” Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol.41: pp. 201-210. 1953. Reproduces an anonymous interview with Strecker at his home in Pennsylvania. Entertaining and of historical value. [W.C.] Wenzel, Rupert L., “Collection of moths given to Museum.” Chicago nat. Hist. Mus. Bull., vol.26, no.2: p.7. 1955. Reports bequest of the McElhose collection. [P.B.] Wiegand, H., “Bestimmungstabelle der wichtigsten Kiefernschadlinge nach den arteig- enen Kotformen der Frassstadien” [in German]. Forstwirtsch., Holzqwirtsch., vol.3: pp.93-94, 8 figs. 1949. Key to excreta of insects attacking pine, including spp. of Hyloicus, Orgyia, Lymantria, & Dendrolimus. [P.B.] Wyatt, Colin W., ‘“Unvergessliche Ergebnisse” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener Ent. Ges., vol.42: pp.49-53, 2 figs. 1957. Collecting memories, especially of Kashmir. [P.B.] Yamafuji, K., F. Yoshihara, & M. Eto, “Morphological changes in adipose cells in Silkworms after administering nitrite of oxime” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.15: pp.204-206, 1 pl. 1952. Bombyx mort. van der Zanden, G., ‘“Massaal optreden van Acherontia atropos? (Lep.)” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.17: p.136. 1957. Note on old picture showing large numbers of A. atropos in an apiary. [P.B.] EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL Editor-in-Chief: CHARLES L. REMINGTON Associate Editor {Literature Abstracting) : PETER F. BELLINGER Associate Editor (Manager of the Memoirs) : Siwney A. HEsseL Associate Editor (“Especially for Collectors”) : FreD 'T, THORNE Associate Editor (News of the Lepidopterists’ Society): J. W. TILDEN Harry K. CLENcH—N. S. OBRAZTsOV — EUGENE G. MUNROE NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE “JOURNAL” Contributions to the Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society may be on any aspect of the study and collection of Lepidoptera in any part of the world. Particularly appropri- ate are: 1) review papers on subjects of general interest to lepidopterists (such as hered- ity, migration, light traps, etc.) ; 2) papers on such subjects as behavior, hybridization, larve, and comparative taxonomy (papers naming new higher taxa, genera, species, and sub-species—NOT individual variants—will be accepted) ; 3) field notes of more than a very local nature; 4) notes on well-tested techniques. Papers of more than twenty pages will not normally be accepted, but if they are, authors may pay for overage. Manuscripts should be typed if possible, but clear hand-written manuscripts are acceptable. ALL MANUSCRIPTS SHOULD BE DOUBLE SPACED (blank lines alternating with written lines), and wide right and left margins are needed. Use only one side of the paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of the manuscript. — Legends of figures and tables should be written on separate sheets. Half-tones and tables must be kept within economical limits, and authors are normally charged for the cost of engraving and tables. Photographs should be glossy prints. Titles must be kept as short as possible; Latin names of genera and species will be italicized, and authors of such Latin names WILL NOT APPEAR IN THE TITLE of any paper but must appear once in the text. The title should indicate the family of the subject. The style should conform to that used in recent issues of the Journal. PLEASE NOTE EXACT STYLE FOR REFERENCES. Footnotes should be kept at a minimum. The editors reserve the right to adjust style to fit standards of uniformity. At least 50 gratis separates of papers of more than one page (25 of short notes) will be provided to authors if requested at the time galley proof is received for correc- tion. Additional reprints and covers may be ordered at cost, at the same time. Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. C. L. RemMINcTon, Gibbs Re- search Labs., Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U.S.A. Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, should be sent to the News Editor, Dr. J. W. Titpen, 125 Cedar Lane, San Jose, Calif. U. S. A. Address remittances to: Mr. GEORGE EHLE, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster, Penna., U.S.A. Address Society correspondence to: Dr. P. R. Euruicu, Dept. of Biology, Stanford Uni- versity, Stanford, Calif., U.S.A. Printed in U. S. A. By THE DENTAN PRINTING CO., INC. Colorado Springs, Colorado 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol.13: no.3 TABLE OF CONTENTS — SOMMAIRE — INHALT On protective resemblance amongst African Lepidoptera by V. G. L. vAN SOMEREN & T. H. E. JACKSON - - - - - 121-150 Wide experimental crosses involving Pafilio xuthus by CHarLes L. REMINGTON” - - - - - - - - - 151-164 A new species of Chlosyne (Nymphalidz) from western Mexico by Davw L. BAUER - - - ~ - - - - = 165-169 Concerning subspeciation in western North American Euphydryas by Stantey’G. Jewett, JR, - = = + = «= «57 The equation of subspeciation by L. PAuL Grey - - Be FIELD NOTES Foodplant of Hypaurotis chrysalus in Colorado (Lycenidz) by CHARLES L. REMINGTON = - = = = = = © = = 164 Host plants of Strymon melinus atrofasciata (Lycenide) by RICHARD GUPPY ~ She ee es 170 Mitoura johnsoni in Oregon and California (Lycenidz) by BE. J. DORNFELD == <= 2°) = = (9) <9 see 183 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS Breeding Theclini and collecting their eggs in winter by TAKESHI KuUZUYA~ - - - ~ - - - - - 175-181 Rearing rare forms of Catocala and A fpantesis by JOsepH MULLER =. = = 02) 88 See 182-183 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA - - 2 =) = Volume 13 1959 Number 4 JOURNAL of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY (Formerly The Lepidopterists’ News) Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue CHROMOSOMES OF PAPILIONID/ZE HYBRID MEGATHYMIDA AND SATURNIIDZ: NEW CHLOSYNE FROM WASHINGTON 1959 PACIFIC SLOPE MEETINGS (Complete contents on back cover) 1 August 1960 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1959 OFFICERS President: EucENE G. Munroe (Ottawa, Ontario, Canada) 1st Vice President: Z. Lorxovic (Zagreb, Yugoslavia) Vice President: Jose Orricica F.° (Rio de Janeiro, Brasil) Vice President: Don B. STALLINGS (Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A.) Treasurer: GeorGE EHLE (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Asst. Treasurer: Sipney A. HesseL (Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) Secretary: PauL R. Enruicu (Stanford, Calif., U. S. A.) Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expire Dec. 1959: HirosHi Inoue (Yokosuka, Japan) J. W. Titpen (San Jose, Calif., U. S. A.) Terms expire Dec. 1960: Donatp EFF (Boulder, Colo., U. S. A.) P. H. H. Gray (Digby, N. S., Canada) Terms expire Dec. 1961: C. A. CLaRKE (Caldy, Cheshire, United Kingdom) G. W. Rawson (New Smyrna Beach, Fla., U.S. A.) and ex-officio: the above six Officers and the Editor-in-Chief The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches,...... to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the fiield; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these aims (Constitution, Art. Il). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among the lepidopterists of all countries. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members—annual dues $5.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members—-annual dues $10.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members—single sum $75.00 (U. S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 4, Church Street, Isleworth, Middx., England. Each year a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the News each year. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is New Haven, Connecticut (see address inside back cover). Application for Second-class mail privileges is pending at Colorado Springs, Colorado. JOURNAL OF fae LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Volume 13 1959 Number 4 STUDIES OF THE CHROMOSOMES OF NORTH AMERICAN RHOPALOCERA. 1. PAPILIONIDE by Kopo MAEKI and CHartes L. REMINGTON ‘This is the first of a series of papers on the numbers and morphology of the chromosomes of butterflies north of the Isthmus of Panama, with discus- sions of the phylogenetic significance of the cytological data. The first few papers will include, family by family, material collected in three lots during the 1959 season: 1) around the Rocky Mt. Biological Laboratory in western Colorado; 2) in northwestern Mexico, mainly at Ciudad Victoria (Tamauli- pas) and El] Salto (San Luis Potosi) ; and 3) around New Haven, Connecti- cut. MAEKI collected most of the material in Colorado, assisted by REMING- TON and RocerR W. Pease, Jr. The Mexican collection was made by REm- INGTON. [he Connecticut specimens were taken by MAEKI, REMINGTON, and Pease. Eric E. REMINGTON brought in important living males in all three regions, and Dr. J. R. TuRNER took several of the Ciudad Victoria males. New studies will be reported in supplementary papers. Our findings with the cytology of interspecific hybrids will appear elsewhere. METHODS The techniques will be outlined only in this first paper, because they were used identically for all the families of butterflies which we studied. The tests provide by far the easiest material in which to investigate the chromosomes of butterflies. First, meiotic divisions exhibit the chromo- some complement in haploid condition, so that unequivocal counts of the rather large number of chromosomes are much easier to obtain than in somatic or pre-meiotic divisions. Second, several or many dividing cells can usually be found in the male gonads, whereas female meiosis is limited to the maturation divisions in the egg near the time of entry of the sperm. Third, with Rhopalocera, unlike most other Lepidoptera, male meiosis is usually in process in some cysts of the testes even in old, flown adult males; notable ex- ceptions are the Parnassiine, Zerynthiine, Asiatic Graphium, some Hesperi- ide, and Megathymide, where meiosis is nearly over by the time of eclosion. 193 194 MAEKI & REMINGTON: Chromosomes Vol.13: no.4 The collection of testes is a simple procedure. ‘The testes, which are fused into a single mid-dorsal unit in most Rhopalocera, lie near the dorsal wall of the abdomen about one-half to two-thirds of the distance from the base to the anal end. Wild-caught males are held firmly but unharmed and a small incision is made with sharp, fine scissors in the abdominal wall, over the nor- mal site of the testes. A gentle squeeze of the abdomen is usually sufficient to exsert the testes, with little other tissue emerging. The testes of many species differ strikingly in color from the other abdominal contents and are then readily recognized. ‘They are pinched off with a fine forceps and placed in a vial of fixative. We used Allen’s P. F. A. — 3, which has the following form- ula: Rieric acid) 1) Ge Formalin — 15)-@e Glacial acetic acid — LOTce Urea — 1 gram A key number is placed in the vial with the testes. The same number is imme- diately noted along with locality and date on the paper envelope in which the subsequently killed male is placed for permanent reference. The testes are left in the fixative overnight, for up to 24 hours, and then transferred for storage into a vial of 80% ethyl alcohol. A few preliminary examinations of freshly collected testes were made by squash preparations in aceto-orcein and aceto-dahlia stain-fixative, but only with species of which we had large samples. All the studies here re- ported are based on permanent preparations, made at the Gibbs Research Laboratories at Yale University, as follows: the testes were imbedded in paraffin, sectioned at 10u thickness, stained in Heidenhain’s iron hematoxy- lin, and counterstained with Light Green. The slides were studied with a Leitz LABOLUX microscope. Suitable nuclei were drawn with camera lucida, with the microscope having 100% objective and 20X oculars and the drawing set-up giving on the paper a total magnification of 5800. The photographs were taken with a Leitz MIKAS camera through the above microscope, using the 100 objective and a 10 ocular; the actual magni- fication on the negative is 333. One series of counts had to be made primari- ly from sections of the ovaries of Parnassius smintheus, a species in which we found only a single partially satisfactory division in adult males (see below). The slides and specimens from which the gonads were taken are be- ing kept for permanent reference in the research series in the Peabody Museum of Natural History of Yale University. The key numbers on these slides and specimens are noted below in square brackets — [ ] and will allow future workers to examine our material. In addition to the eleven species of Papilionidz described below, we fixed and sectioned testes of 3 Papilio rutulus from Colorado, 2 P. glaucus L. from Connecticut, and 1 P. anchisiades Esper from El] Salto but found no dividing cells. The first two species were very old specimens, but the P. anchisiades was obviously a young, fresh male, and it may be that this species normally completes meiosis before eclosion. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 195 RESULTS 1. Parnassius smintheus Doubleday. The haploid chromosome comple- ment is 7 = 30. This was determined in diploid condition by 6 countable nuclei undergoing oogonial division in the ovaries of a young female with no sphragis (presumably unmated) collected at Copper Lake, el. 10,500’, Gun- nison Co., Colo., on 7 August [199]. In each of these nuclei the 2” comple- ment of 60 was visible. The apparent differences in size shown in the draw- ing are probably due to the orientation of the chromosomes and not to actual differences. Ihe base number was verified in haploid condition from one cell in diakinesis in which 30 chromosomes were seen; this was in a male from Cumberland Pass, 11 August [224]. Testes were also collected from 11 males from Copper Lake (27 July), Cumberland Pass (11 August), and Treasure Mt. (21 August), but no other suitable dividing cells were present. There were many maturation divisions with abnormal meiosis leading to the forma- tion of apyrene sperm. It is usual for Parnassius males to have little or no further normal meiosis after eclosion from the pupal shell. In order to study spermatocyte divisions we will need to collect testes from larve and pupe. This species has recently been listed under the Palearctic phabus (Fab.), but we consider this a premature step not justified without biological evidence. 2. Battus philenor (Linné). The haploid chromosome number is 30. Counts were made in 41 nuclei in 2 males, taken at Ciudad Victoria, Tamps., Mexico, on 1 August [M12] and at El Salto, S. L. P., Mexico, on 4 August [M53]. All suitable nuclei were primary spermatocyte divisions. No normal nuclei at the secondary spermatocyte division were found. The chromosomes of B. philenor are all similar in size. 3. Papilio ornythion Boisduval. The haploid chromosome number is 30. Counts were made in 15 nuclei in the primary spermatocyte division and 13 nuclei in the secondary spermatocyte division, from 4 males taken at Ciudad Victoria, 2 August [M40-A3, M40-A4, M40-A6, M40-A7]. The size of all the chromosomes is similar. Four other males taken with the above 4 showed no meiotic divisions. 4. Papilio cresphontes Cramer. The haploid chromosome number is 30. Counts were made in 8 nuclei in the primary spermatocyte division and 3 nuclei in the secondary spermatocyte division, from 2 males taken at Ciudad Victoria, 1 August [M11-2, M11-3], and 15 nuclei in the primary spermat- ocyte division from a male taken at El Salto, 4 August [M51]. A third male collected at Ciudad Victoria with the first two showed no normal divisions. There appear to be 4 chromosomes distinctly smaller than the other 26; the latter are similar in size. The identifications for P. cresphontes and P. thoas were verified from the male genitalia, which differ widely. 5. Papilio thoas autocles Rothschild & Jordan. The haploid chromosome number is 27. Counts were made in 36 nuclei, all in the primary spermatocyte division, from a single male taken at Ciudad Victoria, 2 August [M40-B]. Estimating chromosome size can be imprecise due to effects of variation in 196 MAEKI & REMINGTON: Chromosomes Vol.13: no.4 fixation and staining processes and the angle of the sections. Nevertheless, it is clear that only 2 very small chromosomes are present, and we estimate that there are 10 medium-sized, 13 large, and 2 very large chromosomes. Assum- ing that the ancestral condition for thoas was n = 30 with a caryotype simi- lar to that of cresphontes, it is possible that the evolution of the present cary- otype of thoas involved a) fusion of two of the four smallest chromosomes and b) fusions of four of the medium- or large-sized chromosomes to produce the two very large elements. As remarkable as the reduced chromosome number in thoas is the very large size of virtually all of its chromosomes, as compared to primary spermatocyte chromosomes in other Papilio. (See discussion below. ) 6. Papilio polyxenes Fabricius. ‘The apparent haploid chromosome num- bers are 30 and 31. This is a remarkable situation and resembles the previous- ly known case of Pieris rapa in Japan, discussed below. Four males of P. polyxenes taken in New Haven Co., Connecticut, 23 August to 7 September, gave counts as follows for 32 nuclei: : Specimen Ist Division 2nd _ Division symbol n= 30 == Si. ji — 30 oil [389] 2 3 0 0 [393] 9 5 0 0 [SZ] + 0 3 0 [345] 1 1 4 0 Total nuclei: 16 9 i 0 The thirty-first apparent chromosome is a smaller body than the other 30 and different in its behavior. This element divides during the primary spermato- cyte division but somewhat later than do other chromosomes, and it is left out of the nuclei resulting from the second spermatocyte division. In the first di- vision the small element is sometimes in the nucleus, giving a count of 31, and sometimes in the cell outside the nucleus, giving a nuclear count of 30. In some instances it does not appear to divide but at anaphase goes to only one daughter nucleus. (See further discussion below.) Aside from the small ele- ment, the chromosomes are all about the same size. No meiotic divisions were found in two other males from Connecticut. 7. Papilio “brucei” Edwards. The nomenclature of this species cannot yet be fixed; a new name may be required. It is the yellow-banded (2.e., zeli- caon-like) Umbelliferze-feeding Papilio of the mountains in Colorado, Wyo- ming, and probably elsewhere but is not the true lowland zelicaon Boisduval of the West Coast, nor is it the Artemisia-feeding middle-altitude true brucei of Epwarps. Genetic studies of this complex will be described soon. The hap- loid chromosome number is 30. Counts were made in 5 nuclei of a single male taken at Gothic, Gunnison Co., Colorado, on 16 July [1]. No secondary spermatocyte divisions were found. The chromosomes are all similar in size. The testes are unusual in this species. They are connected only slightly, where- as the testes of other Papilionine are so broadly joined that the pair appears as a single ovoid unit. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 197 Photographs of chromosomes in spermatocyte divisions. Fig. 1 — Battus philenor (1); fig. 2 — Papilio cresphontes (1); fig. 3 — P. thoas (1); figs. 4a-c — P. polyxenes; fig. 5 — P. “brucer’ (1); fig. 6 — P. palamedes (1); fig. 7 — P. pilumnus (1). 8. Papilio troilus Linné. The haploid chromosome number is 30. Counts were made in 6 nuclei in the primary spermatocyte division and 7 nuclei in the secondary spermatocyte division, all from one male taken at West Rock, New Haven Co., Connecticut, 24 August [390]. All the chromosomes are similar in size. No meiotic divisions were found in a second male collected on 3 September. 9. Papilio palamedes Drury. Vhe haploid chromosome number is 30. Counts were made in 7 nuclei, all in the primary spermatocyte division, from 2 males taken at Ciudad Victoria, 1 August [M9-1, M9-2]. Iwo chromo- somes are distinctly larger than the others and some were much smaller than the several medium-sized elements. 10. Papilio pilumnus Boisduval. The haploid chromosome number is 30. Counts were made in 8 nuclei in the primary spermatocyte division and 9 nuclei in the secondary spermatocyte division, all from one male taken at Ciudad Victoria, 2 August [10-2]. The size and form of all the chromosomes are similar. No meiotic divisions were found in a second male taken the same day. 198 MAEKI & REMINGTON: Chromosomes Vol.13: no.4 11. Graphium phaon (Boisduval). The haploid chromosome number is 30. Counts were made in 5 nuclei in 1 male, taken at Ciudad Victoria on 2 August [M41-2]. These nuclei were all in the primary spermatocyte di- vision. ‘he chromosomes are all similar in size (compare with Japanese Graphium discussed below). It is of unusual interest that spermatocyte divisions were present in a flying (i.e., imaginal) individual of G. phaon. In contrast, G. sarpedon and G. doson in Japan are like Parnassiine, Zeryn- thiine, and Megathymide in having meiosis essentially complete in the male prior to eclosion. The degree of proximity of New World and Oriental-In- doaustralian so-called Graphium is somewhat doubtful on grounds of gross morphology, and the chromosome size and meiotic timing do not strengthen the case for lumping the whole array in a single genus along with the typical Iphiclides Kite Swallowtails. DIscUSSION The latest atlas of chromosome numbers (Makino, 1956) lists published counts for 197 species of Rhopalocera (butterflies) and 194 species of the remaining Lepidoptera (moths), including some corrections of taxonomic listing made by us. Several of these counts, especially by early workers, are surely incorrect, but additional counts have been recorded since 1956 by SAITOH, DE LeEsse, LorKovic, and MAExI and the actual number of valid counts is probably about 200 for butterflies and 200 for moths. here are now about 130,000 described species of Lepidoptera of which about 10% are Rhopalocera. Undoubtedly relatively few new Rhopalocera remain to be named, whereas there may be as many unnamed as named moths. So it is obvious that cytotaxonomy of moths is hardly started, and even for butterflies only a preliminary sampling has been made (and that only for the Holarctic region). Table 1 shows the chromosome numbers of the 32 species of Papilionidz for which counts have been recorded. The 11 species described in the present paper are all new to cytology and are shown in capitals in the Table. For G. podalirius there is also a count of 54 to 58 at the diploid stage by Kernewitz (1915), but this considered an error in view of the precise hap- loid counts of 30 at both spermatocyte divisions by LorKxovic (1941). Munson (1907) reported for P. rutulus 2n = 28 during spermatogenesis, but his Figure 89 clearly shows 32 in a “dividing spermatocyte.” It will be surprising if P. rutulus differs much from m = 30. We collected testes from badly worn males in Colorado but failed to find any normal meiotic stages, and we therefore cannot yet correct or verify the Munson haploid counts. The diploid number is obviously wrong. The Table shows how stereotyped the chromosome number is for the Papilionine, 30 being a rule seldom violated. Our discovery of m == 2/7 for P. thoas is remarkable in view of the frequency of 2 = 30, even in the sibling of thoas, P. cresphontes, and their near relative P. ornythion. ‘The presence of unusually large chromosomes in P. thoas strongly suggests derivation of 1959 ae B. G. Reference Federley, 1938 Lorkovi¢, 1941 Present paper Maeki, 1957 Federley, 1938 Maeki, 1957 Maeki, 1957 Lorkovié, 1941 Present paper Maeki, 1957 Present paper Present paper Present paper Maeki, 1953 Maeki, 1953 Maeki, 1953 Maeki, 1953 Maeki, 1953 Maeki, 1953 Lorkovic¢, 1941 Maeki, 1953 Regnart, 1930 Federley, 1938 Lorkovié, 1941 Present paper Present paper Present paper Present paper Present paper Munson, 1906 Regnart, 1930 Lorkovié, 1941 Lorkovi¢, 1941 Maeki, 1957 Maeki, 1957 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Table 1. CHROMOSOME NUMBERS OF THE PAPILIONIDZ. Species Number (7) Division Parnassiine: Parnassius apollo (L.) 30 Ge Ls OL PARNASSIUS SMINTHEUS Dy. 30 $1; oogon. Parnassius eversmanni Meén. 62 aul Parnassius mnemosyne (L.) 29 QI Zerynthiine: Liihdorfia japonica Pryer 31 dI, Il Liihdorfia puziloi Ersch. 30 dI, Il Zerynthia hypermnestra (Scop.) 31 dI, Il Papilionine: BATTUS PHILENOR (L.) 30 oI Byasa alcinous (Klug) 30 $I, Il PAPILIO ORNYTHION Badvy. 30 oI, Il PAPILIO THOAS L. i oI PAPILIO CRESPHONTES Cram. 30 éI, Il Papilio bianor Cramer 30 $I, Il Papilio helenus L. 30 ol Papilio maackiu Men. 30 $1, Il Papilio protenor Cramer 30 oI Papilio memnon L. 30 41, Il Papilio xuthus L. 30 oI Papilio alexanor Esper 30 Geo Papilio hippocrates Felder 31 oI Papilio machaon L. 30(-33) 41, Il PAPILIO “BRUCEI Edw.” 30 oI PAPILIO POLYXENES Fab. 30, 31 SI, 11(30) PAPILIO TROILUS L. 30 Gly Vl PAPILIO PALAMEDES Drury 30 oI PAPILIO PILUMNUS Bdv. 30 $I, Il Papilio rutulus Lucas error — Graphium podalirius (L.) 30 ous Uf Graphium feisthameli (Dup.) 30 $I, Il Graphium doson (Felder) 30 ou, al Graphium sarpedon (L.) 20 ail, LU GRAPHIUM PHAON (Bdy.) 30 al ———_S— Present paper 1199 200 MAEKI & REMINGTON: Chromosomes Vol: 132%ne4 its reduced number by fusion of 6 of the ancestral elements into 3 thoas chromosomes, producing increased polyteny as well as actual length. Cyto- photometric determinations of DNA might show whether this in fact occurred (Hughes-Schrader & Schrader, 1956). It will be important to examine the chromosomes of geographically distant populations of cresphontes and thoas (e.g., pennsylvanicus F. & R. Cherm. and brasiliensis R. & J.) to see whether the formule » = 27 and n — 30 are consistent species differences. MN = 27 is not the lowest known formula for a papilionid; Graphium sarpedon has only 20, all large, ten of these probably derived by 1 + 1 fusion of 20 of the small ancestral chromosomes such as are now present in the closely related G. doson (doson has 20 small and 10 large chromosomes). The extra element in P. polyxenes is our most notable finding in these new Papilionide. We intend to trace it in F, hybrids with species not normally having the element. Maerkr (1959) had shown that the Japanese so-called race of Pieris rape L. (subspecies crucivora Bdy.) has an extra ele- ment, plus 25 normal chromosomes. ‘This extra element has characteristics of WiLson’s ‘‘m-chromosome” (1925: p.839). “The m-chromosome is very small and is sometimes present in the nucleus (z = 26) and sometimes in the extra-nuclear cytoplasm (m= 25). The European and American populations of P. rape lack the m-chromosome entirely. Pieris melete Mén. of Japan has a base number of 227, and as many as 4 minute supernumeraries may be present in the nucleus. From 0 to 2 supernumeraries may also be found in nuclei of Melanitis phedima (Cramer), a Japanese satyrid with a base com- plement of 2 = 28. The only Papilio with a regular complement of n = 31 is P. hippocrates (Maeki, 1953); in this species all the chromosomes are similar in size, and the indistinguishable 31st chromosome does not appear to be similar to a supernumerary or m-chromosome. SUMMARY 1. Chromosome counts are presented for eleven species of Papilionide, all new to cytology. This brings to 32 the number of species of Papilionide for which chromosome counts are recorded. The new counts are for Par- nassius smintheus (Colorado), Battus philenor (Mexico), Papilio ornythion (Mexico), P. cresphontes (Mexico), P. thoas (Mexico), P. polyxenes (Con- necticut), P. “brucei’ (Colorado), P. troilus (Connecticut), P. palamedes (Mexico), P. pilumnus (Mexico), and Graphium phaon (Mexico). The Parnassius count is primarily from diploid oogonial nuclei; adult males showed no meiotic divisions. All the Battus, Papilio, and Graphium counts are from primary and/or secondary spermatocyte divisions (haploid) in testes of adult males taken in the wild. 2. Graphium phaon differs from G. doson and G sarpedon of Japan in having meiotic divisions in the adult male and in having all the chromo- somes similar in size. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 201 3. The count for Parnassius smintheus is 2n = 60. Eight of the ten Papilionine consistently have = 30. One exception is P. polyxenes with n= 30 and 31 in primary spermatocyte divisions due to the common but not invariable presence of an additional m‘nute element (m-chromosome) which is sometimes extra-nuclear in position. The count for P. thoas of n = 27 is the more noteworthy since its sibling species P. cresphontes has n = 30, like 14 of the 15 other Papilio species reliably reported. (The other exception is P. hippocrates of Japan with n = 31.) The relative sizes within the com- plement suggest that the 2 — 27 set is derived, from an ancestral set with n= 30, by fusion of two tiny chromosomes and 1 + 1 fusions of four larger chromosomes. Another difference is that most of the chromosomes of thoas are much larger than in cresphontes and other species of Papilio. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are grateful to the collectors noted on the first page and to P. SHELDON REMINGTON, Don B., VioLa T., and Jack Sta.iincs for field assistance in Mexico, to Dr. and Mrs. Ross Dickson of Ciudad Victoria for excellent facilities, and to Dr. R. Bruce Nickias of the Department of Zoology of Yale University for discussing the manuscript. This work was supported in all its parts by a research grant (G 3830) from the U. S. National Science Foundation. References Federley, H., 1938. Chromosomenzahlen finnlandischer Lepidopteren. I. Rhopalocera. Hereditas 24: 397-464, 47 figs. Hughes-Schrader, S., & F. Schrader, 1956. Polyteny as a factor in the chromosomal evolution of the Pentatomini (Hemiptera). Chromosoma 8:35-151, 5 figs. Kernewitz, B., 1915. Spermiogenese bei Lepidopteren mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Chromosomen. Arch. Naturgeschichte (A) 81: 1-34, 3 pls., 14 figs. Lorkovié, Z., 1941. Die Chromosomenzahlen in der Spermatogenese der Tagfalter. Chromosoma 2: 155-191, 13 figs. Maeki, K., 1953. Chromosome number of some butterflies (Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera). Jap. journ. genetics 28: 6-7, 5 figs. ok eae , 1957. A cytological study in 16 species of the Japanese Papilionide (Lepi- doptera-Rhopalocera) [in Japanese]. La Kromosomo 32: 1115-1122, 29 figs. oes , 1959. A chromosomal study in fifteen species of the Japanese Pieride (Lepi- doptera-Rhopalocera). Kwansei Gakuin Univ. annual studies 7: 361-368, 32 figs. Makino, S., 1956. A review of the chromosome numbers in animals, rey. ed. 300 pp. Hokuryukan, Tokyo. Munson, J. P., 1906. Spermatogenesis of the butterfly, Papilio rutulus. Proc. Boston soc. nat. hist. 33: 43-124, pls.12-17. Regnart, H. C., 1930. Additions to our knowledge of chromosome numbers in the Lepidoptera. Proc. Univ. Durham philos. soc. 9: 79-83, figs. Wilson, E. B., 1925. The cell in development and heredity, 3rd ed. 1232 pp., 529 figs. Macmillan, New York. Department of Zoology, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. PLATE 1 CHROMOSOMES 2) 0% 2 fee Sue e® ee o6%e ~=,° Mee © ,°e°e ee $ feos ee ee 6.72 ge o° Fe e@ e,® e e@eS% md eo re 8 © 00 eco 6 @ e°, ee @ eee Se © ©. &e eee ofeve ete Ce e r r) e ®@ ee 10a © » la © eo e o%°® ®e.e ® @ ® ©@e ® Ce e* eo ° NZ e @ @ @ € ete ers eee asin . e*.e e % oe ener. nee fics °.%e e e ee @ 10b ain lb eee e 8 e538 e.° eee, 0 r Corcece eee @ ee @ e- @e® eo ofee © e%°, . © © 15 e @ e-ese “°@ @ ae @ e @%e ee eee © @ e@8 @ @ aa 14a @ Be oo eo ® .e itr ee @%eeg Pate eV feo e 2%. 2° %ee 6 e@e@%e @ e ® e? @ e@ 16 te e@ @ @ e oe” © 13b 14b @ @ Fig. 8 — Parnassius smintheus oogonial division; fig. 9 — Battus philenor (1); fig. 10a — Papilio ornythion (1) ; fig. 10b — same (II) ; fig. 11a — P. cresphontes (1): fig. 11b — same (II) ; fig. 12 — P. thoas (1); fig. 13a — P. pilumnus (1); fig. 13b — same (II); fig. 14a — P. troilus (1); fig. 14b — same (II); fig. 15 — P. palamedes (I) ; fig. 16 — Graphium phaon (1). I = primary spermatocyte division; II — secon- dary spermotocyte division. Magnifications on Plates 1 and 2 all 3900 diameters. CHROMOSOMES PLATE 2 Fig. 17 — Papilio “brucez” (1); figs. 18a-20 all P. polyxenes: fig. 18a — (I), no m-chromosome; fig. 18b — (II), no m-chromosome; fig. 18c — (1), m-chromosome as regular member of complement; fig. 18d — (I), m-chromosome in cytoplasm; fig. 19a— m-chromosome unpaired at metaphase plate; fig. 19) — minute element not certainly recognizable; fig. 19¢c — m-chromosome outside nuclear spindle; fig. 20 — m-chromo- somes dividing much later than regular chromosomes. 204 Vol.13: no.4 APPARENT WILD HYBRIDS AMONG THE MEGATHY MID: by Don B. STALLINGs, J. R. TURNER, and’ VioLa N. STALLINGS As our studies of the Megathymidz have progressed, our belief that a good many of the species are of relatively recent origin has strengthened. If this is the situation, then when two species do meet and fly during the same time we should expect more wild hybrids than would be the case of older and more divergent species meeting, since there would have been less time for the newer species to strengthen and complete the “barrier of sterility or inviability.” The problem of recognizing wild hybrids in the field is much more difficult than is generally realized (see Remington, 1958), and for this reason a lot of natural hybridizing of Lepidoptera has been missed. A gathymus evansi (H.A.Freeman) and Agathymus aryxna (Dyar) both occur in Arizona in Ramsey Canyon with their flight periods overlapping. Both we and H. A. FREEMAN are certain that wild hybrids occur but we have not as yet been able to satisfy ourselves which are the true hybrids and which are merely individual variants. We are presently working on a situation in Mexico with a large number of variants within a relatively small area in which we have not as yet ruled out the possibility of hybridization and possibly introgression among the species involved. At the time we described 4 gathymus carlsbadensis (Stallings & Turner, 1957), we mentioned that in the Guadeloupe Mts. near Nickle, Texas, we reared a single specimen ex-larva that was not 4. carlsbadensis. Since then we have secured four more such specimens and now have two males and three females. We are reasonably sure that these specimens are F, hybrids of Agathymus marie & X carlsbadensis 9. ‘The reason that we feel pretty certain of the sex of each parent is that none of the larve or pupz were secured from Agave lecheguilla Torr., which is the food-plant of 4. marie; hence the female had to be 4. carlsbadensis laying eggs on Agave parryi Engelm., the food-plant of 4. carlsbadensis. Furthermore, this would be the expected cross, as generally 4. maria flies after A. carlsbadensis and when the two do interbreed it should be a late female 4. carlsbadensis and an early male 4. maria. This cross was surprising to us due to the fact that 4. marie is in a rather different species-group from that of 4. carlsbadensis. We now feel that Agave chisosensis Mueller does not occur in the Guadeloupe Mts. The plants in this area previously referred to as d4gave chisosensis are, we believe, hybrids of Agave lecheguilla and Agave parryi (and here too, Agave lecheguilla is in a different subgenus from Agave parryi). As a matter of fact, wherever we have seen the so-called species Agave chisosensis we have found both Agave lecheguilla and a parryi-like plant. In the Guadeloupe Mts. we find 4. carlsbadensis and the hybrids (but 19 Lay y) Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 205 AGATHYMUS HYBRIDS STALLINGS & TURNER 206 STALLINGS & TURNER: Hybrids Vol.13: no.4 never 4. maria) using the hybrid plant. As noted in the paper describing J. carlsbadensis, our observations indicated that the hybrid plant was not as compatible to the larve as was true 4 gave parryi, resulting in a larger portion of the larve on the hybrid plants not maturing. An examination of the accompanying plate will indicate how the pre- sumed hybrids seem to have modified characters of both parent species. The color of the spots of the hybrids is lighter than in 4. carlsbadensis, but darker than in 4. maria. We find little variation among the three male presumed hybrids or in the two females. the hatching period of all five specimens falls in the last part of the 4. carlsbadensis flight and the first part of the 4. marie flight. | One of the strange things is that when we have shown these hybrids to lepidopterists not familiar with Megathymide they immediately associate them with 4. maria, while FREEMAN and we associated them with 4. carlsbadensis. To us the genitalia seem to have more of the 4. carlsbadensis characters, al- though the narrow indentation at the base of the female vaginal plate is cer- tainly a character of 4. marie. The presence of hybrids in this area suggests some interesting possibili- tion. REMINGTON (1958) states: “At least in Papilio, and perhaps in Cal- losamia, there is a most perplexing phenomenon: in many interspecific crosses the F, hybrids are highly fertile in backcrosses, and completely sterile in F, X F, pairings.” If this same situation exists with these hybrids then we should expect some 4. marie genes passing over to the Ad. carlsbadensis population. This in turn suggests that perhaps some of the “specific”? charac- ters of A. carlsbadensis, used for distinguishing it from 4d. neumoegeni (Ed- wards), are in fact variations caused by this introgression. FREEMAN has discovered a similar situation in the Hueco Mts. of Texas in which there appear to be hybrids between 4. marie (Barnes & McDun- nough) and 4. judithe (Stallings & Turner). References 5 Remington, Charles L., 1958. Genetics of lepidopterous populations. Proc. X. int. con- gress ent. 2: 787-805, 13 figs. Stallings, Don B., & J. R. Turner, 1957. Four new species of Megathymus. Ent. news 68: 1-17, 4 pls. Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A. PEATE (p: 205): top, Agathymus carlsbadensis; middle, wild presumed hybrids; bot- tom, A. marie. All from near Nickle, Texas (see eo). Left side males, right sige fomelles. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 207 A NEW GEOGRAPHICAL SUBSPECIES OF CHLOSYNE HOFFMANNI (NYMPHALIDE) FROM WASHINGTON STATE by Davin L. BAUER Chlosyne hoffmanni (Behr) is a new combination of generic and trivial names. It is fully waranted by the structure of both the male and the female genitalia of hoffmanni. ‘These are of the same character as those of janais Drury, the type species of the genus Chilosyne Butler. They only distantly resemble the genitalia of either cimxia Linné, type species of the genus Meli- tea Fabricius, see Higgins (1941: p.195), or of athalia Rottemburg, the type species of Mellicta Billberg, see Higgins (1955: p.4). There is a series of genera that range from Euphydryas Scudder to Gnathotriche Felder in which Chlosyne, Mellicta, and Melitza are about midway between the extremes. Both Mellicta and Meliteza are closer to Phyciodes Hiibner than Chlosyne is when judged by the genital structures of the type species. The Chlosyne are distinctive and stand closer to Microtia Bates and Euphydryas. Unfor- tunately no linear arrangement can show all the interrelationships shown by these genitalic structures. “he whole series from Euphydryas to Gnathotriche could be united as a single polytypic genus, Melitza, which would necessitate many subgenera, or, as seems more suitable to me, could be divided into several related genera based on genitalia, life history, and distribution. The male valves of the type species of Chlosyne, Mellicta, and Melitza, and of Phyciodes mylitta are shown in figures 1-4. The valve of Chlosyne is very close to that of e/va Bates, the type species of the genus Microtia Bates. But the female genital structures are very different (Bauer, 1958: p. 97). —< Male Valve: fig.1—Melitea cinxia (L.); fig.2—Mellicta athalia (Rott.) ; fig.3— Phyciodes mylitta (Edw.) ; fig. 4—Chlosyne janais (Drury) ; fig.5—C. hoff mannt; fig.6— C. palla. Lower drawing of figs.1-4 shows external view; other six show internal view. 208 BAUER: New subspecies Vol.13: no.4 I have seen specimens of Washington Chlosyne hoffmanni in various collections labeled Melitawa hoffmanni segregata Barnes & McDunnough, M. palla Boisduval, and M. palla whitneyi Behr. This confusion is the natural result of trying to place taxonomically an insect which does resemble these named varieties, but is not exactly like any one of them. This troublesome insect is found along the east slope of the Cascade Mountains in Washington state from Mount Adams north to the Canadian line. It probably occurs in British Columbia, but as yet I have seen no specimens from that province. It is found from elevations of around 5,000 ft. along the crest of the Cascades to as low as 1,500 ft. in several of the deep canyons. As would be expected with such an altitudinal variation there is a cline from brighter ground and reduced dark markings at lower elevations to contrasting ground coloring and heavy dark maculation at high altitudes. All of the specimens, regardless of the locality, bear the same distinguishing characteristics noted in the de- scription that follows. Chlosyne hoffmanni manchada Bauer, NEW SUBSPECIES HOLOTYPE male: upper surface of the primaries bears the general pattern of the species in the falla group; the wide ruddy-orange marginal band is crossed by very weakly developed dark scaling on the veins; the submarginal ruddy-orange band is broken into a series of spots extending from the costa to the inner margin; these spots are largest in the central portion of the band; all these spots are heavily margined basad with dark scaling, which on some specimens reduces each spot to a mere dot; the next band is ruddy-orange and extends across the wing from the costa to the inner margin and is divided into quadrate spots by dark scaling along the veins; the amount of dark scaling along the veins varies from very heavy to almost obsolete; this series of quadrate spots is pupiled with dots of paler orange; the innermost band is slightly paler than the others and is divided into spots by either ruddy-orange or dark brown scaling along the veins; the basal third of the wings is marked as in C. hoffmanni hoffmanni, but the orange is ruddier, and there is a paler orange bar across the middle of the cell. The under surface of the primaries is marked more like that of C. calydon (Mead) than either C. h. hoffmanni or C. hoffmanni segregata (Barnes & McDun- nough). The upper surface of the secondaries bears the maculation typical of the falla group; the broad ruddy marginal band is crossed by dark scaling along the veins and is heavily bordered basad with dark scaling; the submarginal series of ruddy-orange spots extends from the costa to the anal angle, and is heavily outlined with dark scal- ing; the third (“middle row” of Barnes & McDunnough, 1918) is the broadest, and is slightly darker ruddy-orange than the others; this third row is obsolete on the costa. The fourth, or innermost, spot band is the narrowest and is pale orange-fulvous in color; it tends to be obsolescent from the end of the cell to the inner margin; the remainder of the wing is as in C. hoffmannzi hoffmannt. The color and maculation of the under surface of the secondaries is similar to that of C. p. palla (Boisduval) and C. p. whitneyi (Behr). The maculation is not distinctive. Fringes: mostly black with some white between the ends of the veins on the fore wings, while on the secondaries there is about an even amount of black at ends of veins and white between them. Palpus: heavily clothed with hairs; the terminal half is ruddy-orange-brown shad- ing gradually to white basally. The long hairs on dorsal and ventral surfaces dusky. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 209 Antenna: predominantly ruddy-orange-brown ventrally; the color is paler at the base and deeper on the club; dorsally each segment is flecked with black and strongly marked with white at the juncture of the segments; the club is ruddy-orange-brown and flecked with white dorsally. Head: black heavily flecked with ruddy-orange-brown dorsally; ventrally it is also flecked with creamy-white. Thorax: black thinly covered with brownish hairs dorsally; the lappets, or tegula, are very hairy; the hairs are dark brown tipped with ruddy-orange-brown; ventrally the thorax is very heavily clothed with long creamy-white hairs. Legs: predominantly ruddy-orange-brown, but the inner surface of the femur is scaled with white; there is a little black scaling on the coxa. ~ Abdomen: black dorsally; it is clothed with long brownish hairs anteriorly. There is some creamy scaling at juncture of the segments; the terminal brush of hairs, which hides the genital armature, is pale orange brown; ventrally the coloring is creamy- white with two broken longitudinal black lines. ALLOTYPE female: almost identical with the male holotype; the description of the holotype will suffice, as the only real differences in appearance are a greater con- trast in the ruddy-orange and paler orange coloring. Fig. 7— ¢ paratype from Tumwater Canyon, Wash., 12 June 1951, in Yale Pea- body Museum; upperside left, underside right. HOLOTYPE male: 1,600 feet elevation in ‘Tumwater Canyon, Drury, Chelan Co., Washington, 23 June 1954, Jeg. Davin L. BAuER. Expanse of forewings 37.5 mm. Length of forewing base to apex 20 mm. Length of hindwing base to outer margin 15 mm. ALLOTYPE female: 1,600 feet elevation Tumwater Canyon, Drury, Chelan Co., Washington, 16 June 1958, Jeg. Davin L. Bauer. Expanse of forewings 40 mm. Length of forewing base to apex 21 mm. Length of hind- wing base to outer margin 16 mm. PARATYPES as follows, all from Chelan Co., Washington: 11 oo same data as Holotype; 6 3 co same data as Allotype; 6 do 1,/00 feet elev. Tumwater Recreation Area, 12 June 1951, Jeg. DoNALD P. FRECHIN ; 1 & 1,800 feet elev., Icicle Creek Canyon, 21 June 1955, leg. Davin L. Bauer; 1 o 2,000 feet elev. upper Mission Creek, 30 May 1956, leg. Davin L. Bauer; 1 o& 1,500 feet elev. near Leavenworth, 4 June 1958, leg. Davin L. BAuvER; 5 0 oh 2,500 feet elev. near Gaynor, 4 June 1958, leg. Davin L. BAUER. 210 BAUER: New subspecies Vol.13: no.4 The Holotype and Allotype are deposited in the Los Angeles County Museum, Los Angeles, California, one paratype in the American Museum of Natural History, New York, N. Y., and one paratype in the Peabody Museum, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. | ‘The insect has also been collected and the specimens examined, from the following localities outside of Chelan County: Bird Lake, Mt. Adams, Yakima Co., 6-7 August 1953, leg. S. G. JEwreTT Jr.; Bear Creek, Yakima Co., 28 May 1958, leg. E. J. Newcomer; Sheep Lake, 5,500 feet elev., Yakima Co., 11 July 1958, Jeg. E. J. Newcomer; near Camp Gilbert, 2,700 feet elev., Okanogan Co., 10 June 1956, 3 July 1953, and 12 July 1955, leg. JoHN C. HopFrincer. These are not made paratypes. DiIscUSsION ‘The type series of C’. h. manchada has been compared carefully with the original description of C. h. segregata Barnes & McDunnough (1918) and the figures given of the type; the two paratypes figured by HoLtanp (1931) plate LVII: figs.28, 29; and a short series of topotypes. It has also been compared with series of specimens from other areas of Oregon: — the De- schutes National Forest, Suttle Lake, and Mt. Hood. It was found to be separable from all these Oregon specimens by means of one of BARNEs and McDuNNoUGH’s key characters for segregata, which is stated in the original description as follows: ‘‘on the secondaries the middle row of the three extra discal rows tends toward obsolescence.” In typical manchada this “middle row’ is the broadest, and most prominent, persistent, and bright ruddy-orange- brown; while the rows on either side of it are the ones which tend toward obsolescence. Like segregata it can readily be separated from typical hoffmanni from California by the much narrower innermost spot band of the secondaries, and by its checkered and spotted appearance. When females are caught with the males, the dimorphic females of palla and its northwestern race sterope enable easy recognition and separation of hoffmanni and its geographical subspecies. But if one is to distinguish accu- rately between specimens of the nondimorphic whitneyi and hoffmanni, par- ticularly the northwestern hoffmanni manchada, or if only males are avail- able from a population, the male genitalia should be checked. Positive specific identification can be made because of the differences in the structure of the posterior process of the valva, see figures 5 and 6. The form of this posterior projection is unique to hoffmanni in the palla group, but is very similar to that of the eastern C. gorgone Hiibner; however, these two species are so dif- ferent in wing maculation there need be no confusion. The foregoing information should help in the identification of the species of the palla group not only in the Pacific Northwest, but also throughout the Cascade-Sierra mountain chain. The chief confusion has involved C. palla whitneyi and C. hoffmanni manchada, but the paler form of whitney which 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society PEt flies along the east slope of the Cascade Mountains from British Columbia to Oregon has also been confused with C. acastus. WricHT (1905) figures this form as acastus. His locality, Pasco, Washington, is questionable, but the month, July, is correct. Genuine acastus flies during May in the Steens Mountains of southeastern Oregon. CoNCLUSION The Columbia River gorge is a barrier to the southward spread of the butterflies Erebia vidleri Elwes and Boloria chariclea Schneider into Oregon, as they are not found in that state. Chlosyne hoffmanni has crossed this bar- rier, but the subsequent isolation has resulted in the development of the dis- tinctive Washington population named in this paper. We can thus recognize three geographical populations of the species as follows: Chlosyne h. hoffmanni (Behr) — Sierra Nevada Mts., California. Chlosyne hoffmanni segregata (B. & McD.) — Cascade Mts., Oregon. Chlosyne hoffmanni manchada Bauer — Cascade Mts., Washington. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Thanks are expressed to JOHN C. HopFINGER, S. G. JEWETT JrR., E. J. NEWCOMER, and DoNALD P. FRECHIN for making material from various localities available for study. I am also indebted to F. M. Brown, Litoyp M. Martin and C. L. REmMINcToN for help with this manuscript. The photographs are from the Yale Peabody Museum. References Barnes, W., & J. H. McDunnough, 1918. Notes and new species. Contrib. Nat. Hist. Lepid. Amer. 4: 72. Bauer, David L., 1959. A new subspecies of Microtia dymas from southern California. Lepid. News 12: 97-100. Higgins, L. G., 1941. An illustrated catalogue of the Palearctic Melitea (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera). Trans. Royal Ent. Soc. London 91: 175-365, 16 pls. 215 figs., 7 maps. pisces, , 1955. A descriptive catalogue of the genus Mellicta Billberg (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidz) and its species, with supplementary notes on the genera Melitea and Euphydryas. Trans. Royal Ent. Soc. London 106: 1-131, 2 pls., 4 maps, 88 figs. Holland, W. J., 1931. The butterfly book, rev. ed. 424 pp., 77 pls. Garden City, N. Y.: Doubleday. Wright, W. G., 1905. The butterflies of the west coast of the United States. 257 pp., 31 pls. San Bernardino, Calif.: publ. by author. Garland Apts., College Station, Berrien Springs, Mich., U. S. A. PAD Vol.13: no.4 FURTHER NOTES ON THE DATES OF PUBLICATIONTOER SOME GENERIC AND SPECIFIC NAMES PROPOSED BY BOISDUVAL AND LE CONTE IN THE LEPIDOPTERES DS L’AMERIQUE SEPTENTRIONALE, 1829-1833-[1834] by Cyrit F. pos Passos Since the publication of a paper on this subject in The Lepidopterists’ News (vol.12: pp.121-122; “1958” [1959]), a communication has been re- ceived from Mr. Pappy B. McHenry, of Burbank, California, giving the results of his study of a copy of Boisduval & Le Conte’s Lépidoptéres de l’ Amérique Septentrionale, 1829-1833-[1834] in the Allen Hancock Founda- tion Library at the University of Southern California, ex Boston Society of Natural History Library. This copy appears to be complete, although the wrapper for livraison 8 is not of the original issue but of the Roret re-issue. As a result of this study it appears that three generic and seven specific names proposed in that work will have to be dated and cited from the plates rather than from the text, and that in five of those ten cases the dates of publication of one generic name and four specific names will be advanced by one year. This information is summarized as follows: Generic names A ganisthos [1833] pl52 A graulis ‘ pl.42 Nymphidia pl.37 Specific names A patura celtis (18334 ploy A patura clyton i pl.56 Polyommatus crategi mA pl.37 Melitaa ismeria vs pl.46 Vanessa j album ware so} bs 510) Colias pelidne 1829 pl.21 Argus pseudargiolus [18334 spr3sG Mr. McHenry has questioned also the [June 1833] date of publication of signature 9 containing pp.81-88 and plates 25-27, and it may well be that these should be dated [27 July 1833], but that is a debatable matter con- cerning which all that can be said positively is that they could not have been published prior to 30 June nor later than 27 July 1833. No synonomy hangs on the solution of this problem. Washington Corners, Mendham, New Jersey, U. S. A. LQ'59" Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 213 ISOLATION MECHANISMS IN POPULATIONS OF HYALOPHORA (SATURNIIDZ) by Ropert D. WEAsT As is generally known, species comprising the large moths of the subgenus Hyalophora (=Platysamia, see MICHENER’S revision 1952), freely attract and interbreed when they come into contact with one another. The several species that I have worked with are H. euryalus Bdv. of the West Coast, FAN. gloveri Strecker of the Rocky Mountains, H. cecropia Linné east of the Great Plains, and local colonies of H. columbia J. B. Smith in Wisconsin, Michigan, and Maine. In certain areas where two of the species make contact several things can happen: 1. the species intergrade, forming a fertile, self perpetuating race, e.g., kasloensis Cockerell occuring in parts of Idaho and Montana where H. glov- ert and euryalus merge; 2. the two species remain pure, with occasional hy- brids appearing, but having no noticeable effect on either species, e.g., H. col- umbia and cecropia in local areas; 3. one species replaces the other, e.g., H. cecropia replaces gloveri in certain areas where they make contact. In the early thirties W. R. SweapDNeER did extensive work with this genus which culminated with his treatise “Hybridization and the phylogeny of the genus Platysamia’ (1937). This intensive study revealed a good deal of informa- tion on the relationship of the several species and races plus their habitats, points of contact, and their hybridization. To investigate the reasons for the above occuring as they do, I have for the past ten years been engaged in rearing the hybrids, backcrosses, and the pure species. The crosses have been made in the field by tieing females of one species in the territory of another, or by securing cocoons from various parts of the country and having the adults cage mate. The fact that all species of this subgenus fly during the same hours and that they easily mate and oviposit In captivity greatly facilitates their study. I have noticed no significant differences in the hardiness of hybrid larvz from that of the pure species. When highly selective feeders like columbia, euryalus or gloveri are crossed with cecropia, their range of acceptable foods is increased, but never to the wide selection of pure cecropia. When two re- stricted feeders like euryalus and gloveri are crossed, their food acceptance remains restricted to the acceptable foods of either pure species. The triple cross gloveri & X euryalus 2X cecropia 2 has a very limited food acceptance, even less than the euryalus cecropia. F, hybrid males are normally fertile and can be backcrossed to a pure parent species. F, backcrossed males are equally fertile. Surprisingly, the cross- ing of the three species just mentioned was fertile. Five such matings were se- cured in 1959 and thirty four large cocoons were reared. In 1960 I shall cross these males back to pure gloveri, euryalus, and cecropia females. If I am for- 214 Weast: Hyalophora Vol.13: no.4 tunate in collecting female Columbia cocoons in Wisconsin this winter they shall also be mated to the 3% males, attempting a four-species hybrid. It will be interesting to determine what amount of backcrossing will finally produce viable females, as they are normally barren. A great deal of variability exists regarding the four species to hybridize. ‘These are fertility and physiological differences, depending on the populations involved, for it is clearly one or the other, and sometimes it appears to be both. Here are a few examples as they occur, or could occur in nature. H. cecropia females mated to Arizona gloveri (Madera Canyon, Pima Co.) behave as if they weren't mated. They lay few eggs and continue to “‘send” during subse- quent flight periods. Nevertheless, the few eggs laid by the five females in the experiment produced hybrid larve. In Helena, Montana, the same cross pro- duces very low fertility, but the females will oviposit completely. H. gloveri from the Salt Lake City, Utah, area is more fertile with cecropia but still less than 50%. By contrast, gloveri from Wyoming are highly fertile with cecropia. The reverse pairing is equally fertile. H. ewryalus females are high- ly fertile with cecropia males, but for some unknown reason they often die during or shortly after copulation. The reverse pairing is usually sterile, but I have had two such matings with high fertility. California euryalus females mated to northern gloveri produce good fertility, but like other hybrids only males are fertile. The fertile, self-reproducing form kaslansis occuring where the two species naturally meet in the north is the result of many years of con- tact, unlike the sudden meeting of two pure species. Columbia and cecropia occupy the same areas in United States where columbia occurs. Fertility is high when the two interbreed. The hybrid cocoons and adults are not excep- tionally rare. I believe several factors take place, singly or in combination, when two species occur in the same habitat. These reasons explain, in part, the extent of population isolation or lack of it in this subgenus: 1) females, upon being mated to another species’ male, may re-mate with additional males until one of her own species mates with her; 2) physiological differences may prevent successful copulation even though the female may completely oviposit; 3) fer- tility of many pairings is low or absent; 4) cross-mated females still seek out and oviposit on plants of their own preference, and thus hybrid larva may re- fuse to eat, or thrive on what is available; 5) hybrid larvae comprise but a small percentage of the total larval population, and the odds at survival to the adult stage are low; 6) 50% of the hybrid adults are barren females, and the remaining males are very few compared to the total number of pure males; for that reason, backcrossing is a rare occurance. I am convinced that saturniid moths cannot occur at rare levels in their habitat, due to their short adult life and specialized breeding patterns. ‘The lethal pressures of parasites and birds require that they maintain high numbers scattered over a considerable breeding area. In the light of this, hybrid in- fluence and the drain of population numbers due to useless crossbreeding 1s, under most circumstances, not a major factor in survival. If, however, one 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 215 species should be locally reduced to a low density, and should males of an adjacent species invade the territory (the wind commonly carries males well over ten miles) there might not be enough pure matings to withstand normal pressures. Ihe less common of the two species would be replaced by the other. Considerable evidence has been accumulated regarding the flight distance of males. Some good evidence is also available on oviposition flights of females. This information is important to a better understanding of the species’ ability to invade new breeding areas. It appears quite conclusive that males can detect females up to a distance of a half mile. Through the use of marked males returns are very high within those limits, but drop sharply at greater distances. In Texas I have seen a male Eupackardia calleta Westwood appear as a speck in the distance and fly directly to a female in my yard. Although the actual detecting distance may be something like a half mile, males undoubtedly cover a much greater territory in random flights, being carried predominately over the greater distances by the wind. Here in Des Moines I can expect several hundred male cecropia to arrive at my breeding cage in the course of the flight season. One night alone 43 males were at- tracted. It can be presumed that for every male that arrived, a female emerged in the habitat, since the sex ratio is about 50-50. Thus, if a season total of 300 males arrive, an additional 300 females are to be found throughout the area. There simply are not 600 wild cocoons to be found within a two or three mile radius of my breeding cage. Careful cocoon collecting techniques reveal the density of living cocoons to be much less. The only explanation appears to be that the males have come from distances of many miles, perhaps fifteen miles. To further illustrate this point, a closely related species, H. ( Callosamia) promethea Drury, maintains a large colony in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Four- teen miles west in Waukesha the species definitely does not breed. H. prome- thea females taken to Waukesha invariably attract old, frayed males, in all probability from the Milwaukee area. On the Arizona desert I marked twelve male cecropia and released them at half mile intervals from a caged female. Half of these males returned; the last to arrive came in three days late from the five-and-one-half mile distance. ‘There were no other Saturniidz species to interfere with this experiment on the desert. To see that males can easily traverse many miles, one has only to observe the day-flying males of FE. calleta and H. promethea in open country. Upon taking wing they often quickly disappear from sight, their course being de- termined to a good extent by the wind. It is not unreasonable to assume that under certain conditions they can travel great distances. Should they come somewhere within the half mile attracting distance of a female they will, un- der favorable atmospheric and wind conditions, locate her. Heavily laden females cannot fly great distances, although marked fe- males have been taken at light as far as a half mile from the point of release. They had the full complement of eggs. It is good that a female cannot leave the successful niche at first, since chances of survival of the larve are good 216 Weast: Hyalophora Vol.13: no.4 there — she made it. Females ordinarily commence laying within two city blocks from the point of emergence. After having completed most of their egg-laying they become stronger flyers and can undoubtedly travel several miles. It appears then, that this genus of Saturniide has a quite plastic mobility, not being the sluggish flyers that they are commonly believed to be. ‘They can overcome natural barriers of several miles, and two related species might make contact even though their respective habitats may be separated by many miles. References Michener, Charles D., 1952. The Saturniide (Lepidoptera) of the Western Hemisphere. Morphology, phylogeny, and classification. Bull. Amer. Mus. at. Hist. 98: 335-501, i folky A220 ies, Sweadner, W. R., 1937. Hybridization and the phylogeny of the genus Platysamia. Ann. Carnegie Mus. 25: 143-242, pls. 15-20. 4818 Seneca St., Des Moines 10, Iowa, U. S. A. INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON NOMENCLATURE. NOTICE OF PROPOSED USE OF PLENARY POWERS In accordance with a decision of the 13th International Congress of Zoology, 1948, public notice is hereby given of the possible use by the In- ternational Commission on Zoological Nomenclature of its plenary powers in connection with the following case, full details of which will be found in Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, Vol. 17, Parts 6/8, published on 8 April 1960: Validation of the specific name dardanus Brown, 1776 (Papilio) (Class Insecta, Order Lepidoptera). Z.N.(S) 1403. Any zoologist who wishes to comment on this case should do so in writ- ing, and in duplicate, as soon as possible, and in any case before 8 October 1960. Each comment should bear the reference number of the case in ques- tion. Comments received early enough will be published in the Bulletin. Those received too late for publication will, if received before 8 October 1960, be brought to the attention of the Commission at the time of commence- ment of voting. All communications on the above subject should be addressed as follows: ‘The Secretary, International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum (Natural History), London, S.W. 7., England. W. E. Curna, Assistant Secretary International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society DAT A LIST OF GEOMETRIDZ FROM BAKER COUNTY, OREGON by James H. Baker This list of Geometridz is the result of some twenty years of collecting in Baker County, Oregon. The exact location is the site of our family cabin, located about eleven miles northwest of Baker, in the foothills of the Elkhorn Range, at an elevation of 3800 feet. The Elkhorn Range is a part of the Blue Mountains of the region. Vegetation in the general vicinity is dominated by White Fir and Pon- derosa Pine. Deciduous trees include willow, aspen, poplar and vine maple. Among the shrubs are currant, rose, sagebrush, snowberry bush, and elder- berry. There is a good ground cover of ferns and assorted grasses. “The area is ungrazed and is typical transition life zone. Grateful acknowledgment is extended to those who have helped in the determinations. Dr. J. H. McDUNNOoUGH was very helpful in the determina- tion of the Eupithecia, and identifications of Dysstroma were made by D. C. Frercuson. And to Dr. FREDERICK H. RINDGE of the American Museum of Natural History I am especially indebted for the correct determination of the various other genera. The sequence is that of the 1938 McDunnough Check List. Where two dates are given, these are my earliest and latest records. Brephos infans oregonensis Swett — May 6. Nemoria darwiniata Dyar — June 14, Aug.1. Synchlora liquoraria Gn. — June 24, July 4. Chlorissa banksaria Sperry — July 29. Mesothea viridipennata Hulst — Apr.20, May 19. A ystrota rubromarginaria Pack. — Apr.29, May 19. Scopula quinquelinearia Pack. — July 3, Aug.31. S. ancellata Hulst — July 21, Aug.1 S. fuscata Hulst — July 19. S. sideraria Gn. — May 4, June 16. S. subfuscata Taylor — May 16, Sept.4. Cosymbia pendulinaria griseor McD. — July 2. Nyctobia limitaria nigroangulata Stkr. — May 14. Cladara atroliturata W\k. — May 2. Lobophora magnoliatoidata Dyar — June 10, July 10. Neodezia albovittata tenuifasciata B. & McD. — July 14. Triphosa hesitata Gn. — Apr.8, Aug.20. Hydria undulata Linné — July 10, July 24. Coryphista meadi Pack. — May 9, July 4. Eupithecia misturata Hulst — July 24, Sept.4. E. castigata Hbn. — June 19, July 31. E. albipunctata Haw. — May 26. 218 BAKER: Oregon Geometride . luteata bifasciata Dyar — June 19. . mestosa Hulst — May 7, Aug.1. . plenoscripta Hulst — July 22. . fumata Taylor — July 8. coagulata Gn. — June 11, July 4. . multistrigata Hulst — Aug.1. . perfusca kootenaiata Dyar — June 29, Aug.1. . multiscripta Hulst — May 25. georgit McD. — May 206, Sept.4. subcolorata Hulst — June 16. . cretaceata Pack. — June 15, July 22. . agnesata Vaylor — June 19, Aug.1. meinioin Weide, = Ajo, Jw 15. . ravocostaliata Pack. — May 15. . graefi Hulst — June 30. Horisme intestinata Gn. — June 6, July 10. Eustroma semiatrata Hulst — June 16, Aug.26. E.. atrifasctata Hulst — June 12, July 13. Lygris propulsata Wlk. — June 16, July 24. L. destinata bowmani C. & S. — Aug.11. LL. xylind alse = Jine 29, Septs3: Plemyria georgit Hulst — Aug.25. : Dysstroma walkerata Pears. — July 22. . truncata ochrofuscaria Swett — June 15. . citrata Linné — May 26, Aug.20. . brunneata Pack. — July 4, Aug.5. . formosa Hulst — June 24, July 20. . formosa f. gilvifasciata McD. — July 3, July 23. . formosa f. admiranda McD. — July 4, July 23. . formosa f. boreata Vaylor — July 14. Ceratodalia gueneata Pack. — May 26, Aug.5. Stamnodes topazata Stkr. — July 8. Stamnoctenis pearsalli Swett — July 8. Marmopteryx marmorata Pack. — May 2, May 21. M. animata Pears. — June 15. Hydriomena furcata Thun. — July 30, Sept.3. . nubilofasciata Pack. — June 2. . perfracta Swett. — July 1. . sierra B. & McD. — June 10, July 4. Sh bh bbb a ih SleletS SSS) . ruberata nevada B. & McD. — June 14. . expurgata franclemonti McD. — May 9. Xanthorhoe lacustrata Gn. — July 4. X. designata emendata Pears. — July 11. X. munitata Hbn. — Aug.3, Aug.21. eugcngcegse sees . columbiata pernigrata B. & McD. — June 2, June 10. Vol.13: no.4 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 219 A. defensaria Gn. — June 2, Aug.3. Entephria multivagata Hulst — July 8, Aug.10. Mesoleuca gratulata W\k. — June 3. Epirrhoe plebeculata Gn. — Apr.17, May 5. mealernara Winll.—= June 13, July 12. Spargania magnoliata pernotata Hulst — June 10, Aug.20. Euphyia unangulata intermediata Gn. — July 4, July 13. Enchoria lacteata Pack. — Apr.24. Eulype hastata gothicata Gn. — June 3, June 26. E. subhastata albodecorata Blackmore — May 8, June 8. Perizoma costiguttata Hulst — June 10, June 16. Earophila vasiliata Gn. — May 10. V enusia cambrica Curtis — June 20, July 22. V. pearsalli Dyar — Apr. 19, June 20. Babta semiclarata W\k. — May 30, July 11. Deilinia erythemaria Gn. — July 4. Eudrepanulatrix rectifascia Hulst — May 9, July 19. Drepanulatrix bifilata Hulst — May 9, July 21. D. secundaria B. & McD. — June 1, July 10. D. falcataria Pack. — Apr.17, May 16. D. carnearia columbiaria McD. — June 11, July 26. D. faeminaria Gn. — Apr. 30, June 4. A podrepanulatrix litaria Hulst — May 16, Aug.31. A. quadraria Grote — May 9, Aug.11. A. unicalcararia Gn. — May 18, Aug.31. Sericosema juturnaria Gn. — July 13, Aug.10. S. wilsonensis macdunnoughi Rindge — Aug.1, Aug.11. Philobia ulsterata Pears. — June 16, July 13. Semiothisa adonis B. & McD. — June 2, Aug.4. . dispuncta Wlk. — May 18, July 21. . sexmaculata incolorata Dyar — May 4, Aug.20. . denticulata Grote — May 6, Aug.24. mencinvata Pack. —— June 2, July 10. . nubiculata Pack. — June 2. . curvata Grote — May 6, Aug.1. . irrorata venosata McD. — July 4. . neptaria Gn. — May 26, Aug.24. Itame ribearia Fitch — Aug.10. I. occiduaria Pack. — July 30. I. quadrilinearia Pack. — July 21, Aug.5. Itame exauspicata Wlk. — July 30. I. coloradensis Hulst — July 23. I. plumosata B. & McD. — July 27, Sept.3. I. bitactata W\k. — May 25, Aug.20. Protitame matilda Dyar — June 16, Aug.1. MNNRANAANAN 220 BAKER: Oregon Geometride Elpiste lorquinaria Gn. — July 17, Sept.8. Hesperumia sulphuraria Pack. — June 16, Aug.10. Dasyfidonia avuncularia Gn. — Apr.30, May 7. Hypagyrtis subatomaria Wood. — July 22. Melanolophia imitata Wk. May 16, July 4. Glena nigricaria B. & McD. — Aug.1. Stenoporpia excelsaria Stkr. — July 9. Anavitrinella pampinaria Gn. — July 4. Anacamptodes emasculata Dyar — May 26, Aug.16. /Ethalura anticaria fumata B. & McD. — Apr.24. Coniodes plumigeraria Hulst — Mar.20. Gabriola dyari Vaylor — Aug.20. G. sierre McD. — July 4. Euchlena johnsonaria mollisaria Hulst — June 8, Aug.1. E. tigrinaria Gn. — July 4. E. madusaria ochrearia McD. — June 29, July 4. Epirrhanthis substriataria danbyi Hulst — May 6, June 20. Campea perlata Gn. — May 26, Sept.3. Philedia punctomacularia Hulst — Aug.25. Plagodis approximaria Dyar — May 26, July 4. Anagoga occiduaria Wilk. — May 14, July 13. Hyperetis amicaria H.-S. — May 14. Nematocampa limbata Haw. — July 30, Aug.24. Selenia alciphearia W\k. — June 2, June 11. Pero behrensarius Pack. — May 20, July 9. P. occidentalis Pack. — May 30, July 13. P. morrisonarius Hy. Edw. — June 15, July 13. P. mizon Rindge — July 31. Phengommataa edwardsata Hulst — July 4, Aug.17. Enypia griseata Grossbeck — July 1, Aug.25. Platea trilinearia Pack. — June 2, July 22. Nepytia umbrosaria nigrovenaria Pack. — Aug.24. Somatolophia ectrapelaria Grossbeck — July 18. Caripeta divisata W\k. — May 26, July 22. C’. equaliaria Grote — May 26, Aug.5. Neoterpes trianguliferata Pack. — May 20, July 30. Sicya macularia crocearia Pack. — July 4, Sept.3. Deuteronomos magnarius ochreatus Hulst — Sept.1. Synaxis jubararia Hulst — Sept.12, Oct.1. S. cervinaria Pack. — June 15, July 13. S. barnesi Hulst — Sept.12. Procherodes forficaria combinata McD. — June 22, July 8. Vol.13: no.4 2800 Broadway, Baker, Ore., U. S. A. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 221 MORE LARVAL FOODPLANTS FROM TEXAS by Roy O. KENDALL This is a partial list of larval foodplants from Texas which I have found during the past five seasons. Other larval foodplants from this State will be announced when botanical determinations have been completed. Un- less otherwise specifically stated, all records herein are from Bexar County, ‘Texas. Descriptions of new life histories resulting from these findings will ap- pear in a later publication. The species of Lepidoptera have been arranged al- phabetically under two headings (1) St. Augustine Grass, and (2) Larval Foodplants Other ‘Than Grasses. At the end of this paper will be found a Chart of Larval Foodplants arranged alphabetically by plant family and ge- nus. 1. Sr. AUGUSTINE GRASS St. Augustine Grass, Stenotaphrum secundatum Kuntze, may be found in the yards of urbanites throughout the Gulf States. My own yard is no exception. Aside from providing the home-owner with a desireable lawn, this grass is an important larval foodplant for certain species of Lepidoptera. List- ed here are ten species whose larve I have found will readily eat it. “here must be many others. Amblyscirtes celia Skinner A mblyscirtes nysa Edwards Atalopedes campestris Boisduval Cisseps fulvicollis Hubner Euptychia rubricata Edwards Aylephila phyleus Drury Lerema accius J. E. Smith Lerodea eufala Edwards Lerodea julia H. A. Freeman Weallengrenia otho J. E. Smith We shall now treat each of these species separately providing more de- tail. The larval foodplant referred to in each instance is Stenotaphrum secun- datum unless otherwise named. Amblyscirtes celia. On 29 April 1956 a female was observed ovipositing in nature; more than 20 additional eggs were deposited after capture. An- other gravid female taken 6 September 1958 deposited about 15 eggs. In each instance immature stages were reared to maturity. Amblyscirtes nysa. On 1 April 1956 a female was seen ovipositing in nature. The west side of my house where the early afternoon sun shown upon the grass was the spot chosen. More than 25 additional eggs were deposited in captivity. Another female taken 18 March 1957 deposited 7 eggs. Still a 222 KENDALL: Texas foodplants Vol.13: no.4 third female taken 9 June 1958 deposited only 3 eggs. Lastly, a female taken 2 April 1959 laid a quantity of eggs. Adults, ex ovis, were obtained in each instance. Atalopedes campestris. On 5 June 1956 a female was observed oviposit- ing In nature; this specimen deposited more than 70 additional eggs after cap- ture. On + August 1956 another female was seen ovipositing; it laid 23 more eggs in the breeding cage. On 11 August 1956 a third was seen depositing eggs, but this one first deposited a single egg on Cynodon dactylon Pers. then moving a few feet away deposited another egg on Stenotaphrum secundatum. During the following three summers, 1957, 1958 and 1959 this species was observed depositing eggs on both these grasses without any particular prefer- ence. Larvae were reared to maturity in the first two instances cited. Cisseps fulvicollis. Eggs were obtained from a female taken in copula 12 November 1958, Calcasieu Parish, Louisiana. Larve feed readily on S. secun- ‘datum. ‘Iwo successive broods were reared through on the same foodplant. Al- though this little moth is found in my own backyard where it is attracted to fluorescent blacklight, previous attempts to rear it had not been made. Euptycha rubricata. A gravid female deposited more than 50 eggs in the breeding cage on 7 May 1956. This species does not bond its eggs to the food- plant but simply drops them on the ground near it. Larvae ate with equal zest both Stenotaphrum secundatum and Cynodon dactylon. Again on 11 May 1958 a female readily oviposited in captivity. This time the larvae were fed only S. secundatum. Adults were obtained, ex ovis, in both instances. FAylephila phyleus. On 26 June 1955 a female was seen ovipositing in nature; more than 15 additional eggs were laid in the breeding cage. Other females taken 7 July 1956 and 5 August 1956 deposited a quantity of eggs in captivity. Larve were reared to maturity in each instance. Lerema accius. On 3 July 1955 a female was observed depositing eggs in nature; 10 additional eggs were deposited after capture. Other females taken 11 June 1956, 1 October 1956 and 18 August 1958 deposited eggs in captivi- ty. In each instance adults, ex ovis, were obtained. Lerodea eufala. Females have not been observed, in nature, to deposit eggs. On five occasions however, females have readily oviposited for me in captivity and in each instance the larvz were reared to maturity. Eggs were obtained from different females on the following dates: 7 June 1956 more than 20; 29 June 1956, 18; 14 July 1956, 16; 26 May 1957 a pair taken zm copula, female deposited a quantity of eggs; 27 September 1958, a few. Lerodea julia. A female taken 28 September 1958 deposited 4 eggs on grass from the the spot of capture. On 30 September following, this same female deposited 5 more eggs on S. secundatum. Ten more eggs were deposited by it on 1 October 1958. Larve readily ate S. secundatum and matured in due course. Weallengrenia otho. A female taken 24 May 1958 deposited 15 eggs on grass from the spot of capture in Comal County, Texas. Larve feed readily on S. secudatum and were reared to maturity. The case-bearing habit of this 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 223 species 1s very interesting. I had placed conventional facial tissues in the con- tainer to facilitate cleaning. Much to my surprise these larve cut circular discs from the paper, folded them over to form cases which they carried until outgrown at which time a larger one was fashioned from the same material. Pupation took place within the paper case, and adults emerged in due course. 2. LARVAL FooDPLANTS OTHER THAN GRASSES Antigonus pulverulenta Felder. Four larve were found 6 May 1957 feeding on Wissadula holosericea (Sheele) Garcke. A pupa found 11 May 1957 emerged 15 May. Now I knew where to find this very interesting little skipper. From 19 to 31 May 1957 thirty-two eggs, 135 larve, and 27 pup were found on this foodplant. Also, 46 eggs were obtained from caged fe- males. During the month of June 1957 three eggs and 157 larve were found; 102 eggs were obtained from caged females. Iwo larve were found 12 Oc- tober 1957. During the month of April 1958 three eggs and 6 larve were found. In September 1958 one egg and one pupa were found. By this time I had the larval foodplant growing in my own yard and it has been a pleasure seeing this skipper around my flowers ever since. The larva lives in a shelter fashioned from the leaf by cutting and fold- ing it over. This is the first task of the newly hatched larva. As it grows the shelter is enlarged accordingly. Finally, the larva pupates inside the shelter. Sometimes pupation takes place between two leaves which have been pulled together and held there by strands of silk. Notwithstanding the care this larva takes in protecting itself, all too often it falls prey to parasitism. More about this and the immature stadiums in a separate article. Brephidium exilis Boisduval. Although this species has been taken many times during the past four years it wasn’t until + October 1959 that my wife and I found it swarming at a spot along an old road where it crossed a dry creek. It was late afternoon and skies were cloudy so we didn’t remain very long. We noticed that the greatest activity was centered around a very ob- noxious weed, the identity of which was not known at the time. Several courting males were observed. Thirty specimens were taken within about 15 minutes. On 10 October 1959 we returned to the spot. It was about noon. Adults were even more abundant than a week earlier. We decided to sit on the ground near the “weed” and carfully observe what was going on. At the point of becoming dizzy watching these little butterflies dance around and through this weed, Chenopodium album Linnzus, a female alighted, walked up and down a spike of buds a few times and then very rapidly laid an egg and was off again. I had no sooner announced my observations when my wife said she too had observed the same thing happen at the plant over which she maintained surveillance. Several other females were seen to oviposit, and a number of larvae were found before we departed an hour later. The larve feed primarily on the buds and blossoms of this plant. Larve blend perfectly with the mealy buds. We soon discovered the easiest way to find them was 224 KENDALL: Texas foodplants Vol.13: no.4 to follow ants which were tending the larve for the honey-dew. Anyone not familiar with this larval foodplant will recognize it by the odor of stale urine as he walks through or brushes against the plant. Celotes nessus Edwards. Four larve of this species were found on 4 but- ilion incanum (Link) Sweet 24 September 1956 in Medina County, Texas. The first adult from these larvae emerged 25 November 1956. All other rec- ords are Bexar County, Texas. On 14 March 1957 a gravid female was placed in a breeding cage containing 4. incanum and Malvaviscus drummondtu Torr. & Gray. Eggs were deposited on 4. incanum only. Eggs were found on this foodplant in nature on 17-19 March 1957. Emergence of adults, ex ovis, follows: 16-20 May 1957 (20) ; 21-28 May 1957 (11) ;1-10 June 1957 (9); and 18-21 June 1957 (2). Again on 12 October 1958 larve were found in nature. On 28 May 1959 two females were seen ovipositing in nature on this plant; both were taken and placed in breeding cages. Each deposited more than 15 eggs. Immature stages were reared to maturity. Chlosyne lacinia adjutrix Scudder. My first experience with larve of this species was on 2 July 1955. It was found feeding on the Common Sun- fiower, Helianthus annuus L. It wasn’t long before I was to learn that it would feed on plants other than Helianthus. A single larva was found 4 March 1956 feeding on Verbesina virginica L. in Comal County, Texas. It was reared to maturity. The 1957 collecting season brought swarms of this species to south-central Texas. It was 2 June 1957 that I found larve feeding on both H.annuus and Ambrosia aptera DC. in Medina County, Texas. Thou- sands of larve were to be found along the Medina River where the larval foodplants grow. Again on 21 July 1957 larve were found feeding on 4. af- tera in Kendall County, Texas. These Giant Ragweeds were growing in sandy loam along the banks of the Guadalupe River. At the foot of these plants were numerous ant-lion (Neuroptera) pits. Caterpillars were so plentiful that not infrequently one would be crowded off the plant only to disappear in one of the burrows where hungry ant-lions awaited. During the 1958 and 1959 collecting seasons adults were relatively scarce. A fairly large number of adults and larve were found 17 October 1959 in Atiscosa County, Texas. Here the larvee were feeding on Helianthus cucumerifolius Torr. & Gray growing along the roadside and in uncultivated fields. Colias (Zerene) cesonia Stoll. A female was observed ovipositing on Parosela pogonathera (A. Gray) Vail. 28 September 1958. For two years I had searched in vain for the local foodplant of this species and now that search was ended. Only one egg was deposited after capture. Another female was observed ovipositing on this plant in Medina County, Texas, 23 Febru- ary 1959. Two more females were seen ovipositing on this plant 8 March 1959, and a third ovipositing on Parosela frutescens (A. Gray) Vail. the same day. Iwo of these females were taken and on 13 March 1959 obliged by depositing a quantity of eggs. Adults were obtained, ex ovis, but not before Microgasters had taken a heavy toll. I made the mistake of leaving the larvee unprotected for a few days. On 2 May 1959 two larve were found in nature; 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 225 both proved to be parasitized by Microgasters. “his undoubtedly accounts for the relative scarcity of this species in Bexar and surrounding counties. Larve were successfully reared to maturity on each of the foodplants named. Copeodes minima Edwards. A female taken 20 June 1956 deposited a number of eggs on Cynodon dactylon Pers. Nine adults emerged, ex ovis, be- tween 5-11 August 1956. On 10 March 1957 and 2 September 1958 females were observed ovipositing on C. dactylon in nature. Erynnis funeralis Scudder & Burgess. On 28 March 1959 a female was observed ovipositing in nature on Vicia texana (Yorr. & Gray) Small. A careful examination of other like plants in a 100-yard area along a road dis- closed many eggs. Medicago hispida Gaertn. growing with the ’. texana re- vealed no eggs. Another female taken 29 March 1959 readily deposited eggs in the breeding cage. On 23 May 1959 two larve were found on Indigofera leptosepala Nutt. We also found eggs and larve on this plant in Kerr County, ‘Texas, 25 May 1959. Larve were reared to maturity in each instance. Hemiargus isola Reakirt. On 23 May 1959 larve were found on [ndi- gofera leptosepala Nutt. I observed a female ovipositing on the buds of this plant in Kerr County, Texas 25 May 1959. Careful examination of other plants revealed a number of larve feeding on the buds and blossoms of this plant. Additional eggs and larve were found at this same spot on 3 and 18 July 1959. Eggs were also found on this plant in Kendall County, Texas 19 July 1959. It is interesting to note that the larve tend toward canabalism. Adults were obtained from these immature stages. Lephelisca nemesis Edwards. On 11 August 1956 Mrs. Ropert S$. BLAIR Jr. brought me some larvz which she had found feeding on Clematis henryi Rehd. After rearing them through it was a pleasure to find they were L. nemi- sis. A female was placed in a container with Clematis drummondii Torr. & Gray on 1 October 1956; more than 50 eggs were deposited. Larve readily ate the plant and matured in due course. Adults emerged as follows: 29 be- tween 10-20 November 1956 and 14 between 21-29 November 1956. Again on 8 July 1957 a female deposited 30 eggs on this foodplant. A third female deposited 51 eggs 10 August 1957. In each instance adults were obtained, ex ovis. C. drummondii is a native plant found growing on every fence row in this area. It is here the collector should look to find adults and immature stages alike. Leptotes cassius striatus Edwards. On 2 August 1958 a female was seen flying back and forth over cultivated bean vines, Phaseolus vulgaris L. which had been planted to attract Urbanus proteus L. females. Its movement and course of flight was a touch-and-go action. After observing this flight pattern for about one minute, I netted the specimen. About four inches of the end of a runner containing blossom buds was held inside the lower end of the net with the captured female. Within a few seconds she very carefully placed an ege between the buds in such manner that it was not perceptible to the naked eye. Two eggs were deposited while confined in this manner. A careful search of the bean vines revealed not only other eggs but small larvze feeding on the buds and blossoms. The first adult emerged, ex larva, 21 August 1958. 226 KENDALL: Texas foodplants Vol.13: no.4 Texola elada Hewitson. On 12 July 1959 a female was caged with a sprig of Siphonoglossa pilosella (Ness.) Torr. This plant grows in abundance in the area where more than 300 specimens were taken in 1957. This species has been found in the same area on repeated visits since that time. This fe- male deposited six eggs on the twig provided two days after capture. An- other female deposited two clusters of eggs on this plant on 26 July 1959. Larve fed on this plant without hesitation and matured in due course. Melitaa theona bolli Edwards. This species has been seen flying in very limited numbers during May, June and July for the past three seasons. It wasn’t until this season the larval foodplant was known. On 30 May 1959 WiritaAm A. PLUEMER gave me a number of larve which he had found feed- ing on Leucophyllum texanum Benth. The following day four pupz were formed, and on 8 June 1959 a pair were found in copula, ex larvis. Although 75 eggs were deposited, only one egg hatched and this larva died. Embyos failed to develop completely in the other eggs. Nathalis iole Boisduval. On 30 March 1958 a female was observed de- positing eggs on Thelesperma trifidum (Poir.) Britton. On 15 March 1959 a female deposited eggs on this plant in captivity. Adults were obtained from eggs in each instance. Phyciodes texana Edwards. On 24 May 1956 Mrs. Rosert S. Bair, Jr. brought me a few larve which had been feeding on one of her cultivated flowers, the name of which she could not remember. It wasn’t until long after the larve had perished that the plant was determined to be Jacobinia carnea Nichols. On 9 June 1956 she gave me two pupz, the larve of which had been transformed to Beloperone guttata Brandegee; one of them emerged this same dav. On 9 August 1959 four females were taken in Comal County, Texas. ‘They were confined in glass jars with Siphonoglossa pilosella (Ness) Tor. and Beloperone guttata. The following day four clusters of eggs were de- pos'ted one of which was on B. guttata. Additional eggs were deposited on each of the following four days. Larve were fed S. pilosella, B. guttata, Ru- ellia occidentalis A. Gray, and Ruellia drummondiana (Ness.) A. Gray which they readily ate without showing preference for any one plant. Eggs from these females were preserved, together with 165 pupze and an equal number of larve, and 479 adults were papered. Phyciodes vesta Edwards. 25 October 1958 was the day this species was first observed ovipositing on Siphonoglossa pilosella. On 21 March 1959 a caeged female deposited a quantity of eggs on this same plant. Eggs are laid side by side in clusters. Again, another female deposited 61 eggs in captivity on 27 March 1959. Three females were observed ovipositing in nature on this plant in Kerr County, Texas, on 18 July 1959. A good number of eggs were found on other like plants in this county. A swarm of adults were seen in Comal County, Texas, on 9 August 1959. They were feeding on the blossoms of and courting over a large patch of this plant. One female taken at the spot deposited a quantity of eggs. Adults were obtained, ex ovis, in each instance cited. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society CHART OF LARVAL FOODPLANTS PLANT FAMILY PLANT SPECIES LEPIDOPTERA Acanthacez Asteracez Ambrosiacee Chenopodiaceze Graminee Leguminose Malvaceze Ranunculacee Scrophulariacee Zygophyllaceze Beloperone guttata Jacobinia carnea Ruellia drummondiana, occidentalis Siphonoglossa pilosella Helianthus annuus, cucumerifolius Thelesperma trifidum V erbesina virginica Ambrosia aptera Chenopodium album Cynodon dactylon Stenotaphrum secundatum Dolicholus texensis Indigofera leptosepala Parosela pogonathera, frutescens Phaseolus vulgaris Vicia texana Abutilon incanum Wissadula holosericea Clematis henryi, drummondit Antirrhinum antirrhiniflorum Leucophyllum texanum Porliera angustifolia Phyciodes texana Phyciodes texana Phyciodes texana Phyciodes texana Phyciodes vesta Texola elada Chlosyne 1. adjutrix Nathalis iole Chlosyne |. adjutrix Chlosyne 1. adjutrix Brephidium exilis Euptychia rubricata Copeodes minima Amblyscirtes celia Amblyscirtes nysa Atalopedes campestris Euptychia rubricata Hylephila phyleus Lerema accius Lerodea eufala Lerodea julia Wallengrenia otho Cisseps fulvicollis Thorybes pylades Hemuargus isola Erynnis funeralis Colias (Zerene) cesonia Leptotes c. striatus Erynnis funeralis Celotes nessus Antigonus pulverulenta Lephelisca nemesis Precis lavinia cenia Melitea theona bolli Kricogonia lyside Precis lavinia caenia Cramer. Five larve were found 31 May 1957 feed- ing on Antirrhinum antirrhiniflorum (Poir.) Small. This is the climbing snapdragon that beautifies fence rows and bushes throughout this area. On 7 July 1957 five more larvze were found on this plant. In each instance adults were obtained, ex larvis. 228 KENDALL: Texas foodplants Vol.13: no.4 Kricogonia lyside Latreille. While on a field collecting trip with E. M. KincH of Fort Worth, Texas, 31 March 1957, we stopped at a spot in Atascosa County, Texas, along U. S. Highway 281. Several females were seen ovipositing on Porliera angustifolia (Engelm) A. Gray. These egg-laying females had chosen plants well inside fenced property clearly marked “Posted Keep Out”. Never having made a practice of climbing or crawling through fences I simply observed what was going on and waited somewhat impatient- ly until one came within reach of my net. A single egg was recovered. It hatched and was lost before we returned home a week later. At this same spot a larva was found wandering across the road. It pupated the following day and on 7 April 1957 a male K. lyside emerged. Up to the date of this writing it hasn’t been convenient for me to return to this spot, but I hope to do so during the 1960 collecting season. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I should like to express my appreciation to Dr. ALEXANDER B. KLots and Mr. H. A. FREEMAN for determining certain of the Lepidoptera named herein. I am very grateful to Mrs. ELLEN ScHULZ QUILLIN, Director, Witte Memorial Museum for assistance in determining many of the larval foodplants. I am greatly indebted to my wife, Conway A. KENDALL, for con- tinual help in collecting. References Bailey, L. H., 1924. 4 Manual of Cultivated Plants. Macmillan Co., New York. Ses , 1939. The Standard Cyclopedia of Horticulture. Macmillan Co., New York. Schulz, Ellen D., 1928. Texas Wild Flowers. Laidlaw Brothers, Chicago. Small, J. K., 1913. Flora of Southeastern United States. Published by the Author. Klots, Alexander B., 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. Whitehouse, Eula, 1948. Texas Flowers in Natural Color. Published by the Author, Dallas 5, Texas. 135 Vaughan Place, San Antonio 1, Texas, U. S. A. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society bo bo ve) ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS (Under the supervision of Frep T. THoRNE, 1360 Merritt Dr., El Cajon, Calif., U.S.A.) LEPIDOPTERA COLLECTING IN THE SIERRA SAN PEDRO MARTIR, BAJA CALIFORNIA by DonaLp PATTERSON and JERRY A. POWELL The Sierra San Pedro Martir is Baja California’s highest mountain range and, together with the Sierra Juarez to the north, forms a 175 mile long direct continuation of the coast range in southern California. The San Pedro Martir, which stands isolated in the form of a high plateau, is sepa- rated from the lower Sierra Juarez by San Matias Pass about 100 miles below the international border. These ranges in general fall off in abrupt granite escarpments to the east and descend more gradually in a series of foothills toward the west, thus splitting the semi-desert of the northern part of the peninsula longitudinally. The high tableland of the San Pedro Martir has a width of 25 to 30 miles, averages about 7000’ to 8000’, and is said to support a half million acres of coniferous forests. he highest peaks of the range reach elevations above 9000’ and 10,000’ and form an east rim to the plateau. With its ex- tensive meadows, deep canyons, permanent streams, canadian zone floral ele- ments, and jutting rocky peaks, the range forms a boreal “‘island’’ which is separated by some 175 miles from the nearest comparable mountain areas to the north. An excellent first hand account of the physiography and dominant features of the biota in the area has been given by NELson (1921). An aura of remoteness has surrounded the San Pedro Martir from the time of Indian legends, through the missionary period and on into the pre- sent century. Mining ventures in the foothills have failed, lumbering has been discouraged by the government and farming is not economical, so that even now, a few hunters and a few vaqueros with their cattle are about all who find it profitable to go into this area of no roads, no detailed maps and no permanent inhabitants. Occasional adventurous naturalists have visited the mountains over the past 80 years, and considerable knowledge has accumulated on the plants and the vertebrates of the region, but apparently no lepidopter- ists had previously found prospects of the trip worth their while. The two of us, together with Britt Parrerson, while doing a certain amount of collecting in the lowland areas of Baja California Norte, had be- come increasingly curious over the past few years as to the composition of the butterfly fauna in the remote uplands of the Martir. There were virtually no butterfly records available from these mountains (Powell, 1958). After con- tacting various sources, we decided that late May might offer the best cross section of the spring season for a collecting trip. Snowmelt occurs in April PLYIO ap MjAby/ CAPA UOS os00/ OT Ube Vol.13: no.4 ESPECIALLY FOR COLLECTORS CA So Q °o a 30 2 CSdsDPOH/O, “y HOA a * ~ ee { Ws0209 ‘. Nas ere Te°Gn eee “E25 UPd) °° PEELS, buerly, |. Pao a! a ; Sa Be C oe EY LINYOS) 15 | 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 231 and the summer rains characteristic of the highlands begin about the first of July. We were indeed fortunate in the selection of this time of year in 1958, which had been an especially wet winter, for we found water everywhere and many plants in bloom at all elevations. We have heard that during many years the area is very dry by the first of June. ‘The most practical avenue of ascent into the mountains seems to be via the Meling Ranch at San José on the Rio San Telmo, some 30 miles inland from the coastal highway. ‘There the MeELING family operates a cattle ranch and a small lodge, and there pack animals can be obtained. So it was that on May 25 we found ourselves overlooking the ranch buildings of San Jose nest- ling among the cottonwoods in San Telmo Valley, a welcome sight after a dusty day of driving from San Diego capped by a final 30 miles of typically poor Baja California back roads. We elected to make the trip on foot, with two mules carrying our gear so as to reduce the logistics of packing and handling of animals to a mini- mum and make collecting possible all along the trail. In addition we decided against taking a guide, and we subsequently found, with the aid of a detailed briefing by the Metincs, little trouble in following the well-marked cattle trails over the whole of our 90 mile journey. The lower foothills are traversed by a deteriorating wagon road which had been constructed by a lumbering concern, and it was by means of this road that we hoped to reach Las Encinas and the first permanent stream by the end of the first day. Although the lower slopes were a profusion of blooms (especially Speralcea, Diplacus, Encelia, and Eriogonum) due to the excep- tional rains, the area was very hot and dry, and we found that the climb from the ranch at 1700’ to Las Encinas at 6000’ was more than we should have attempted considering the amount of collecting we were anxious to do. Sun- down found us at 5000’ in the first pifion pines at a small seepage just under the edge of the plateau, some fourteen miles from the ranch. During the first day one man led the mules and two collected; subsequent to that it was necessary to lead each animal separately due to the steep and narrow trails. As was expected, the Lepidoptera of the foothills were those typical of the dry lowlands of southern California. One interesting catch was that of a single male Pyrgus scriptura (Bdv.), an uncommon species in southern Cali- fornia, taken shortly after leaving the ranch. One specimen of Schinia scar- letina (Sm.) was also taken in this vicinity. Although most of the flowers in bloom at the time were not found to be good collecting for butterflies, Erio- gonum fasciculatum was frequented by Philotes battoides bernardino (Bdv.) and a few individuals of Incisalia iroides (Bdv.) and other species. P. battoides EXPLANATION OF MAP Sketch map of Baja California Norte showing location of the Sierra San Pedro Martir, and inset showing detail of the area discussed in the text. Dotted line indicates route followed on the trip. Scale of inset: one and one-half inches equal to ten miles. Inset adapted primarily from Heald (1957). 232 ESPECIALLY FOR COLLECTORS Vol.13: no.4 bernardino was also encountered in large numbers on a small area of damp earth in an otherwise dry wash at about 3500’. A few other species taken in the chamise-sumac chaparral slopes below 4000’ were Colias harfordi Hy. Edw., Nathalis iole Bdv., Leptotes marinus (Reak.), Hemiargus gyas gyas (Edw.), Erynnis lucilius afranius (Lint.), and Stenaspilates apapinaria Dyar. One of the better moth collecting nights was encountered the first night, and our coleman lantern attracted several geometrids, Chlorochlamys hesperia Sperry, Nasusina inferior Hulst, Plata ursaria C. & S., Neoterpes edward- sata Pack., and Drepanulatrix hulsti hulsti Dyar. In addition a number of micros were taken, including Argyrotania niscana (Kft.), Phalonia sp., Eth- mia arctostaphylella (Wlshm.), Aroga paulella (Busck), and Pleurota alba- strigulella (Kft.). ‘The following day, May 27, dawned clear and warm; we were extremely fortunate in having near perfect weather for the entire trip. After a short ascent we attained the first ridge of the high country and dropped a short distance to the welcome sight of the cool, clear stream which flows through Las Encinas, a small lush meadow among the oaks which give the camp its name. Many of our common California butterflies frequented this creek. Papilio rutulus Lucas, P. eurymedon Luc. and Limenitis lorquini lorquini Bdv. flew among the willows, and collecting along the stream produced a number of other species we had not seen the previous day such as 4nthocharis sara sara Bdy., Zerene eurydice Bdv., Hemiargus isola (Reak.) and Thorybes pylades (Scud.). Downstream lupine was in bloom in abundance and a dense population of Plebius icarioides ( ?evius Bdy.) was flying, along with occa- sional examples of Everes amyntula (Bdv.) and worn Glaucopsyche lygdamus australis Grin. Here we entered the Ponderosa Pine forests, which we were seldom to leave during the remainder of our ten day stay in the high country. The trail followed the creek downstream for about three miles into a steep walled canyon of heavy vegetation before leaving this watershed to climb abruptly back onto the plateau. “This canyon looked very interesting and on the return trip proved to be so, as Staphylos ceos (Edw.) and Epargyreus clarus ?huachuca Dixon were taken there, indicating Arizonan elements in the fauna. However, on the trip in we hurried past, anxious to reach the large meadows to the east. We reached La Grulla at 6500’ during the third day and found ourselves looking onto the lower end of a beautiful meadow which stretches amongst the conifer forest for some three miles in a sinuate expanse of lush green grass, following up the water course to the east. Each summer the local people bring cattle here from the distant lowlands, but heavy rainfall of the current year delayed their invasion, and they had not arrived. Two days were spent collecting in and around La Grulla, the area proving to be our most profitable stop for non-lepidopterous insects. The butterfly collecting there was disappointing, the abundant Polites sabuleti tecumseh Grin., and Heliopetes ericetorum Bdy. being the only species not previously encountered. Some interesting micros were taken, however, including a pale Gyros which is seemingly distinct from the Sierra Nevadan G. muiri Hy. Edw. The elusive 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 238 flight of this inconspicuous pyralid was confined to the glaring, white decom- posed granite slopes bordering the meadow, but a little effort produced a nice series. Dr. E. MIUNROE informs us (im / tt.) that the series represents an undescribed species. MUNROE (1959) is reporting on the Pyraustinz col- lected on the trip. Moth collecting in the meadow yielded only some very widespread species, and the night collecting had begun to slacken, for, al- though we were very fortunate with the season and the weather, full moon occurred on May 31 and was already serving to disperse the moth flight con- siderably. However a few species were taken including Eupithecia appendicu- lata McD., Elpiste metanemaria Hulst, Lithostege angelicata Dyar, Pherne subpunctata Hulst, Heterographis morrisonella Rag., Sparganothis sp., and a Martyrhilda species near thoracefasciella (Chamb.). On May 30 we set up our last camp before beginning the long journey back, at the largest of the high meadows, La Encantada, which lies at 7000’ just at the base of the rugged east rim peaks. Although higher, La Encantada proved to be drier, and with a few notable exceptions we did not take Lepi- doptera there not previously seen. A single worn specimen of Mitoura spine- torum (Hew.) was taken on the trail leading into the area. Polites mystic sonora (Scud.), which had been encountered in-a small swale at about 6000’ on the second day, was found here again. “Thus here was another indication of “stepping-stone” distribution from the Sierra Nevadas to the high moun- tains of southern California to the high country in the Sierra San Pedro Martir. One other interesting species at La Encantada and again the sub- sequent day on the higher slopes at about 8000’ was a seemingly distinct popu- lation of the Apodemia mormo complex. Light collecting at this camp was virtually non-existant, with evening temperatures in the low forties and an early morning minimum of about 37° F. However, incidental day collections of moths in the area included Splotis havile (Grt.) taken under dead bark, a single specimen of Cosymbia serrulata Pack., and three pyraustines, Nomo- phila noctuella D. & S., Pyrausta futilalis inconcinnalis Led., and Mecyna mustelinalis ( Pack.). The following day, leaving the mules behind, we made the final few miles ascent to the east rim. The coniferous forests of these higher areas are for the most part heavier and take on a more varied aspect, as lodgepole pine becomes a dominant element, along with many examples of the endemic Martir Cypress, Cupressus montana Wig. On the rocky slopes between the trees manzanita and ceanothus, the latter in bloom at the time, grow in dense thick- ets. Although most of the butterflies here were typical lowland species and those which we had been taking each day, several moths not previously seen were encountered. A single specimen of Pyrausta tatalis Grt. and a striking aegeriid clearwing moth were netted in small open meadows, and several Phobus funerellus Dyar (Phycitine) were startled up from around a fallen burned pine. Single males of Erynnis callidus callidus (Grin.) and E. lacustra (Wet.) were taken, flying together with numerous E. Jucilius afranius (Lint.) and Thorybes pylades (Scud.), and, interestingly, on a peak well above 9000’ several specimens representing a population of Hesperia pahaska 234 ESPECIALLY FOR’ COLLECTEORS Vol.13: no.4 nearest to williamsi Lindsey whose afhnities lie with the fauna of southeastern Arizona rather than to the north. On this peak we stopped for lunch and contemplated a scene that is not often seen in North America, an area in which there has been almost no change in the natural conditions due to the effects of man. Below us to the west stretched the broad tableland of the Martir, the area we had traversed during the past four days, an area of no human inhabitants, no roads, no power lines marring the horizon, and no tin cans or rubbish lining the trails. We were impressed by the fact that the elevational sequence we had crossed had shown little effect in general on the species of butterflies around us. Colias eurytheme Bdvy., a resident of the coast, had been seen all along the way and was taken at the peak; C. harfordi Hy. Edw., first encountered below 3000’ on the first day, had been taken at every stop along the way; Nathalis iole Bdy. was everywhere and remained one of the commonest species flying at 9000’. Precis lavinia caenia (Hbn.) seemed almost to replace its nymphalid relatives, flying in every habitat which we visited on the trip. Among the Lycenide, Incisalia iroides (Bdv.), Leptotes marinus (Reak.), Hemiargus gyas gyas (Edw.), and Plebeius acmon acmon (West. & Hew.) seemed not to be affected by the altitudinal differential. Erynnis lucilius afranius (Lint.) was first taken on the dry hills at about 3000’, subsequently was seen in almost every area, and was, perhaps, the most abundant butterfly on the slopes above 8500’. Apparently the southern latitude of the Sierra San Pedro Mlartir serves greatly to reduce the elevational zoning of the biota. Just before leaving the high peaks to return to our camp at La Encan- tada, a specimen of M/itoura loki (Skin.) was taken on a composite flower. It is difficult to explain its occurrence there at 9000’, since no juniper, the foodplant, was seen in the area. Possibly the specimen had flown up from the juniper belt of the desert slopes to the east. On the return trip out of the mountains we retraced our steps, stopping to collect at the more promising spots. Our best moth collecting nights were these last three, the first at La Sanja, a stream several miles west of La Grulla, and the final two at Las Encinas again on the western edge of the plateau. At La Sanja (6500’) larve were collected on manzanita which sub- sequently proved to be Epinotia subplicana (Wlshm.), a tortricid previously recorded from the foothill areas of coastal central California and thence north- ward. Some of the more interesting of 30 species taken at light June 2 and 3 at Las Encinas were, Dasyspoudea lucens Morr., a noctuid apparently known only as far west as the mountains of southern Arizona, Aseptis perfumosa Hamp., Synedoida scrupulosa Hy. Edw., Merochlora graefiaria Hulst, Ne- moria punctularia B. & McD., Protitame pallicolor Dyar, Hydriomena nevada B. & McD., Pero occidentalis canaster Rindge, Choristostigma zephyralis (B. & McD.), three species of pterophorids, and one widespread tortricid, Endothenia hebesana (Wlshm.). As we passed through the foothills on the last day, we were impressed by the extreme dryness of the vegetation which had been in full bloom ten days before. The flowering season is very short and possibly the flight season 15) Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society oan here for many insects is correspondingly short. Although we considered our- selves fortunate with the number of species of Lepidoptera taken (some 52 butterflies and about 80 moths), four of the butterflies (Melitaa gabbi Behr, Strymon sepium (Bdv.), Lycena gorgon (Bdv.), and Erynnis zarucco funer- alis (Scud. & Burg.) ) were taken only on the last day, on the trail below 4000’, and together with the dryness, served to emphasize that our collection was but a small sample from the overall seasonal sequence. One trip to a relatively unknown place serves only to scratch the surface of the knowledge of the faunal complex of the region, and there is very much yet to be learned about the insects of the Sierra San Pedro Martir. Appar- ently the butterfly fauna consists primarily of southern California lowland species and to a lesser degree of elements from the high mountains of both California and southern Arizona. Only one season has been sampled; there certainly must be a flight following the summer rains. We hope that the present account may serve to stimulate further collecting in this area. We wish to acknowledge with thanks the assistance of the following in determining many of the species mentioned above: WiuILtiam R. BAUveEr, Petaluma, California (Noctuide); JoHN M. Burns, University of Cali- fornia, Berkeley (Erynnis); C. Don MacNerii, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco (Hesperiide) ; Dr. EUGENE Munroe, Entomology iesearem Institute, Ottawa, Canada (Pyraustine); and Dr. Frep H. RrinpGE, American Museum of Natural History, New York (Geometride). The nomenclature systems followed are essentially those of McDUNNOUGH (1938, 1939) and Evans (1953, 1955) emended by the above specialists. The trip which is the basis for the present report was in part supported by the Associates in Tropical Biogeography, University of California, Berkeley. Literature Cited Evans, W. H., 1953. A catalogue of the American Hespertide in the British Museum (Natural History) Part III. Pyrgine section 2. London: British Museum. 246 pp. Bee 7 , 1955. A catalogue of the American Hesperiidae in the British Museum (Na- tural History) Part IV. Hespertine and Megathymine. London: British Museum. 499 pp. Heald, W. F., 1957. Sierra San Pedro Martir — to Baja California’s rooftop. Pacific Discovery 10(5): 4-10. McDunnough, J., 1938. Check list of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America. Part I. Macrolepidoptera. Mem. So. Calif. Acad. Sct. 1: 1-275. SE ARS , 1939. Check list of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America. Part II. Microlepidoptera. Mem. So. Calif Acad. Sci. 2(1): 1-171. Munroe, E., 1959. Pyralide collected in Lower California by Mr. J. Powell. Can. Ent. OW 125-127: Nelson, E. W., 1921. Lower California and its natural resources. Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 16: 1-194. Powell, J. A., 1958. Additions to the knowledge of the butterfly fauna of Baja Cali- fornia Norte. Lepid. News 12: 26-32. 170 Glenwood Ave., Atherton, Calif., U. S. A. and Dept. of Entomology & Parasitology, Univ. of California, Berkeley, Calif., U. S. A. 236 ESPECIALLY FOR COLLECTORS Vol.13: no.4 EXTREME ABUNDANCE OF 4ARACAHNIS ZUNI (ARCTIIDA®) LARVA NEAR ALBUQUERQUE, NEW MEXICO by Noe, McFarLanp Arachnis zuni (Neum.) is usually considered to be a scarce “Tiger- moth’, but many thousands (conservative estimate) of the larvae were seen in various areas to the south and east of Albuquerque, N. M., in September, 1957. In some spots, they were so abundant as to be easily seen from a car going 50-60 m.p.h.. Most were at an altitude of 6000’-7000’ where Pifion Pine, Juniper, Yellow Pine, and Gambel Oak occur together. They were es- pecially abundant on Pigweed, which was growing under the Junipers and other trees. They were also observed feeding on various weeds along the sides of the roads and upon various native shrubs. Some were seen feeding in Chi- nese Elms. They were crossing the roads in considerable numbers, although most remained on plants. This was mid-September. By early October, they began climbing up into trees and shrubs where they would sit, exposed on branches and on the trunks. At this time, many hundreds were observed in the ends of large drains, which went under the highway. Approximately 200 larve were taken in mid-September. They were in the last instar, nearly full-sized. They consumed quantities of Sweet Clover (Melilotus alba Desr.), Pigweed, and other available plants. In October most had finished feeding and settled down in fixed positions, within the box. No cocoon was made. When cold weather arrived, they remained exactly the same. They were housed in an open garage all winter, near the area where they were captured. All winter they remained motionless. In late April, after several weeks of warm weather, they began spinning sticky, web-like cocoons. The “web” was filled with tiny droplets of a clear, viscous substance. A more perfect cocoon of this material was spun within a larger, outer cocoon. Larval hairs were not used in construction of the cocoon. About a week after spin- ning, pupation occurred. About three weeks later, most emergences occurred. ‘The greatest number emerged between May 26th and May 30th. Considering the extreme abundance of the larva, parasitism was sur- prisingly low. Of 191 larve, 48 were parasitized by a Tachinid fly and a few by a large Ichneumon wasp. Parasitism was about 25%. Most of the fly maggots came out of the larve just before pupation in April, and made their Own puparia within the cocoon of the larva. ‘The Ichneumon wasps killed their host before winter and made their cocoon within the larval skin. A number of the pupz (about 10) still had not emerged by June 9th. These pupz looked healthy, but all eventually died without hatching. “They may possibly represent what would have been a small, second emergence. I suspected this possibility when collecting the larvz, because there were quite a few larve only half-grown, while the great majority were much larger. These smaller larvae may have been from eggs laid by moths emerging in July or August, instead of late May. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 237 Without exception, all pupz emerged between 3:30 and 7:00 p.m., the greatest number between 5:00 and 6:00 p.m. All the pupz were removed from their cocoons and taped individually to the roughened sides of a card- board box. Some of the early ones, which were left in their cocoons, damaged themselves in pushing through the very sticky cocoons. All the taped ones emerged in perfect condition. I now have a fine series of this strikingly beautiful moth. There is con- siderable variation. In raising these larvez, I noted great similarity to drachnis picta ( Pack.) larve, in general form and pattern of development. 4. f. picta and A. picta hampsoni (Dyar) also make the very same kind of cocoon, and they also have a long dormant period before spinning the cocoon or pupating. In the case of Arachnis p. picta in southern California, its period of growth is just the re- verse of 4. zuni, but follows the same pattern. Ihe moths fly in October. The eggs hatch soon after and the young larve grow slowly all winter, feeding on annual plants that have started to grow with the early winter rains. In late May and June, 4. picta larve are full-grown. They then spend all sum- mer (which is very hot and dry) in a dormant condition. In September they begin spinning their cocoons, emerging shortly-thereafter (October). The 4. zuni larve were typical of the other members of this genus. The skin was black; the stiff hairs were glistening black. There was no other color but for the spiracles, which were bright red. In 4. #. picta the hair is more of a dark brown, the prolegs magenta. In 4. picta hampsoni the hair is a rich, red brown, or rusty golden brown. Here are details on areas where the larve were extremely abundant: 1) from about 4.6 mi. E. of Tijeras, Bernalillo Co., N. M., to about 7.6 mo. E. of Tijeras, on Hwy. 66 (quite apparent from a moving car). 2) from Tijeras, N. M., south on Hwy. 12 for 4 to 5 miles; the whole strip — both sides of the road. 3) Along the “Torreon Canyon Loop Rd.”, west out of Torreon, Yor- rance Co., N. M. (Manzano Mts.). 21682 Ramona, Apple Valley, Calif., U. S. A. 238 Vol.13: no.4 MINUTES OF THE SIXTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE PACIFIC SLOPE SECTION OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY, 29 and 30 AUGUSieieso The meeting was opened at the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History on the morning of August 9 by Program Chairman Rospert L. LANGsTON and Oscar E. SETTE was chosen Secretary pro tempore. The Director of the Museum, Dr. V. L. VANDERHOOF, gave a cordial and informal address of welcome, pointing out that extending hospitality for group meetings, such as this, was part of the Museum’s policy of serving the community and advancing in- terest in the natural sciences. He was happy to put the Museum’s facilities at the So- ciety’s disposal for this meeting and extended a standing invitation for future meetings. Dr. J. W. TiLpEN responded by expressing the membership’s appreciation of this hos- pitality on this occasion as well as the three previous times of meeting at this Museum. Dr. EUGENE G. Munroe wired “Congratulations and best wishes for a successful meeting of the Pacific Slope branch.” His presidential address entitled “Pyraloid fauna of the western United States’ was read by Dr. PAut R. ExruicnH. It is being pub- lished elsewhere in this Journal. Topic I — ‘‘Non-variable Species” — was opened by RoBerT L. LANGSTON who pointed out, and illustrated with specimens, that certain species are very constant in size, color, pattern and other characters throughout very wide ranges of latitude, longi- tude, elevation and distance. This is in contrast to species that exhibit variation associ- ated with latitude, elevation, season and moisture, spearately or in combination; and this is in contrast also to species displaying semi-discontinuous geographical variation, presumably of genetical origin as distant from environmental influences, and recog- nized by taxonomists as subspeciation. Examples were shown of non-variable and vari- able species from the same gamut of environments for each of the famililes: Danaide, Nymphalide, Lycenide, Pieride, Sphingide, and Geometride. There arise interesting questions concerning the evolution and “success” of the common non-variable species, some of which have become economic pests. Under the title, “Variation in Plebeius acmon and Nymphalis antiopa’, PauLt Op- LER suggested that the non-variability of Nymphalis antiopa could be attributed to the wide ranges of its several food plants, which, coupled with strong flying ability, would lead to free flow of gene variation throughout the gene pool and result in homogeneity over the range of the species. By means of colored slides he illustrated the colors and patterns distinguishing the members of the Plebeius acmon complex, including such taxons as cottlei, monticola, chlorina, and lupini. Having found most of these occuring sympatrically with the widespread “ordinary” acmon, he opined that two species might be postulated; one, a non-variable species consisting of ordinary acmon, the other, a variaable species consisting of the aggregate of the other named entities, which, ac- cording to his experience, seem either to be allopatric, or separated by food plant dif- ferences, or a combination of these. Time being available, Mr. OpLeR showed and dis- cussed colored slides of a number of members of the Apfodemia mormo complex. Under the title, ‘““The distribution of Lycena hermes’, FRED THORNE, from the composite records of his many years’ collecting graphically showed the rise and fall of numbers caught during this species’ flight season, and with colored slides showed the uniformity of this insect despite its occurance in isolated colonies confined to the immediate vicinity of its host, the Red-berry (Rhamnus crocea). This low shrub, re- quiring a certain combination of soil-type, drainage and slope exposure, occurs in small colonies often separated by tens or scores of miles. Peculiarly, although the Red-berry ranges hundreds of miles northward (to Siskiyou County), L. hermes has not been re- corded north of San Diego County, the northern boundary of which coincides with no obvious topographical or climatological barrier. bo io) \O 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society An unusual type of apparently cryptic mimicry was illustrated by colored slide. Because the Red-berry is evergreen, its leaves mature singly. During the flight season of L. hermes a mature leaf appears, here and there, as a bright yellow spot agaist the background of dark green foliage. At a short distance such a leaf appears to the collec- tor’s eye very much like a perched hermes in size and color. But the yellow leaves are substantially more abundant than the butterfly and after repeated disappointments they no longer attract the frustrated collector. Thus the perched butterfly is protected against the predation of the collector, if not against that of natural enemies. At a special session, well attended by members, their wives, and guests, Dr. JoHN A. Comstock portrayed his recent sojourn for “Research and collecting at Puerto Val- larta, Mexico”. His illustrated narrative conveyed a vivid impression of the climate, the flora, the physical facilities and the social amenities of this out-of-the-way tropical locale on the west coast of southern Mexico. His many arresting pictures of the often bizarre larve of the many Macrolepidoptera that posed for his paintings, consisting of hitherto unknown stages, were of signal interest to the members. The members enjoyed Saturday’s luncheon as guests of the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History. At the annual banquet held that evening at El Presidio Restaurant, Lioyp MartTIN entertained with an account of Lepidoptera collecting in southern Ari- zona, prefaced withe an explanation of the climatological basis for the quasi-tropical character of the fauna. His lecture was profusely illustrated with transparencies of living butterflies, night lighting for moths with “black light’ and the apparatus in- volved. Not the least entertaining were some shots of a contest between a skunk and a heterocerologist, each vying to be first to snatch each visitor to the moth sheet. The audience protested the speaker’s refusal to divulge the score. Topic II — “Hesperioidea’” — was opened by the moderator, Dr. J. W. TILDEN, who expressed his great pleasure that the two participants were attacking the prob- lems presented by two of the most difficult genera in the group. JoHn M. Burns’s paper, “Distribution and ecology of American Erynnis”, sug- gested a coherent and rational arrangement of the members of this genus based on the geographical distribution and host plants in addition to the morphological characters. In this arrangement there are a number of instances where eastern and western coun- terparts are evident, at either the species or the subspecies level. C. Don MAcNEILL’s subject, “Oviposition by the genus Hesperia’, included pic- tures of feeding, sunning and ovipositing sites of H. columbia, H. harpalis dodgei and H. lindseyi. The habit of oviposition on arboreal substrate by the last-named intro- duced many interesting features, including the deposition of a number of eggs on a limited area of substrate, as for instance, in a small patch of lichen on a fence post, even though the eggs are laid singly, at different times (as evident from unequal em- bryonic development) and presumably by different females. In the general session, THoMAs C. EMMEL, by colored slides, narrative, and trays of specimens, shared his experiences as ‘“‘A lepidopterist in the tropics of southern Mexi- co”. As assistant to L. Irsy Davis, a Cornell ornithologist who was recording bird calls and songs, he travelled over five thousand miles through tropical Mexico, principally in Chiapas, Vera Cruz, Tobasco, Campeche, Yucatan and Quintana Roo, visiting many habitats inaccessable to ordinary vehicles. His colored slides of habitats and the seven hundred-odd butterfly species he collected bear testimony to the large accomplishment achieved in four months (March to June, 1959) in an activity that was secondary to the primary mission of the trip. In reviewing “Butterfly research: past and future’ Dr. PAuL R. EHLicu discussed problems encountered in working at various systematic levels, from infraspecific tax- onomy to systematic studies of higher classification. He pointed out that modern taxon- omic work, more and more, requires a broad background in such abstruse fields as popu- lation genetics and biometrics, and the use of expensive optical and automatic data 240 Pacific Slope minutes Vol.13: no.4 processing equipment. This makes it increasingly difficult for most amateurs to work in this field. At the same time he stressed the enormous value of their contributions in supplying much of the basic data and materials used by specialists. He suggested that collectors might enhance their contributions: 1. Toward advancing ecological studies — by carefully recording and publishing observations on habits, habitats, distribution, abundance, life histories, host plants, ete. ; 2. Toward advancing studies of subspeciation and evolution — by collecting long series with detailed data and preserving them intact (choosing which specimens to re- tain destroys the statistical value of the sample), and where possible, by collecting year-by-year samples of the same population accompanied by data on relative abun- dance (numbers caught per hour is a handy index) ; 3. Toward advancing anatomical study essential for higher classification — speci- mens are needed of all stages, eggs, larve, pupz, and adults, properly killed and pre- served in fluid. Collecting these can best be done in consultation with a specialist en- gaged in such studies to advise on methods. For instance, larve may be killed in hot water, and all stages may be preserved in 80% ethyl alcchol, but in certain circum- stances there may be other methods equal or superior to these. At the business session, chaired by FreD THORNE, it was decided: To thank Dr. Munroe for his presidential address; the Director and staff of the Santa Barbara Natural History Museum for their hospitality; Levi PHi_iies for do- nating the programs; NELSON Baker for his excellent local arrangements; and ROBERT LaNGston for arranging the interesting program; To maintain the registration fee at its present level and reserve the small accumu- lating balance for a future special good cause; To meet next year in the San Francisco Bay region on August 27 and 28, 1960; and that Dr. J. W. TiLtpEN be Program Chairman and C. Don McNEILL be Chairman for Local Arrangements for the 1960 meeting. A number of members brought interesting exhibits. Among them was one by CHARLES L. HoGuE on the rearing and the curating of life histery specimens of the Noctuide, largely with simple, inexpensive, make-it-yourself equipment; and another by Dr. W. H. LANGE on the life history of some members of the families Eriocraniide and Incurvariide. From Texas, EVERARD M. KINCH sent a series of colored slides show- ing variation in the larva and adult of Ph@bis senne, which were projected during the exhibit period. The fallowing 26 members registered: NELSON BAKER, PETER F. BELLINGER, JOHN M. Burns, PAUL R. EHRLICH, THOMAS EMMEL, AL HABEGGER, M. C. HABEGGER, CHAS. F. HarBIN, RICHARD Hart, CHARLES L. HOGUE, WILLIAM HovanitTz, W. H. LANGE, Rospert L. LANGstoN, Don MAcCNEILL, LLoyp M. Martin, P. McHENrRy, JOE McKEn- NEY, S. S. NicoLtay, PAUL OPLER, JERRY A. POWELL, ALLEN RUPPERT, ELTON SETTE, FreD THORNE, and J. W. TILDEN. Respectfully, Oscar E. SETTE Secretary pro tempore 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 241 Brees LORIN ELAL: ADDRESS TO THE SIXTH PACIFIC SLOPE MEb PING OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY, UG WSaie 959 wap eey RAID FAUNA OF THE WESTERN UNITED STATES INTRODUCTION The western United States is one of the most interesting and complex natural environments in the temperate zone. “he north-and-south trending mountains cause not only long southward extensions of cool zones in warm surroundings, but also, because of the rain-shadow effect, sharp contrasts of moisture and precipitation. No less important is the barrier effect of the mountains and valleys, permitting the differentiation of faunas even though their environments may be similar. ‘These conditions are reflected in the complexity and interest of the py- ralid fauna, still imperfectly known. What I shall do in this paper is to discuss certain types of ranges, with exampes, and then to try to give a gen- eral picture of the fauna, with hints as to promising fields of investigation. ‘TypicaL RANGES Peake ETC ALPINE PYRALIDS. The arctic-alpine region can be defined very roughly as that lying above or north of the limit of trees. In practice it is usually found that the non-arctic or non-alpine fauna penetrates to a certain distance beyond this limit. Typical members of this group have a wide range in the arctic and alpine zones. For historical reasons these were often first described from their relict habitat in Colorado, rather than from their main range in the Arctic. Examples are Orenaia coloradalis B. & McD., which proves to have a wide range in the Canadian Arctic, and Crambus browerellus Klots, originally described from Colorado in the west and Mt. Katahdin in the east, but now known from Alaska to Baffin Island. In gen- eral the alpine ranges of these insects have been poorly studied. “They are usually known from isolated collections in Colorado or Wyoming, much less often from British Columbia; usuatly there is a wide gap in the known range from Colorado or Wyoming to the Arctic. Systematic investigation of the alpine moth fauna in the western U. S. and British Columbia is something that is badly needed. If plants are any guide, interesting and complex dis- tribution patterns will be found. In addition to the arctic-alpine pyralids already discussed, there are other alpine species that are purely Cordilleran. The ranges of these are usually incompletely known; often they are known only from single collections, as, for instance, my Orenaia pallidivittalis from Mt. Stephen, B. C., and Metax- meste nubicola from Colorado. Further discoveries in this group must be ex- pected, with more mountain investigations. In general, typical arctic-alpine pyralid species have not been found south of Colorado, and they tend to occur in the Rockies rather than in the coastal ranges and Sierras, where heavy snowfall tends to squeeze out their zone. 242 Munroe: Presidential Address Vol.13: no.4 2. SUBARCTIC-SUBALPINE AND BOREAL-MONTANE Py- RALIDS. This large group consists partly of widely ranging species, some- times associated with conifers, e.g., Dioryctria reniculella Grt., but often less obviously limited, e.g., Pyrausta fodinalis Led. ‘These species tend to range across Canada and the northern U. S. and to extend southward along the mountains, often to the San Bernardino Mts. and to the Arizona ranges, sometimes — perhaps oftener than we think — far into Mexico and even Central America. Sometimes the wide-ranging northern forms show complex specific or subspecific differentiation in the western mountain region, as in the Udea itysalis and Loxostege commixtalis groups. ‘Then, too, there is a strong group of purely Cordilleran species or groups, e.g., Pyrausta tuolumnalis B. & McD., which ranges from high altitudes in the Sierras to low altitudes in the Yukon, cutting across the transcontinental range of the closely related P. ochosalis Dyar. A good example of a Cordilleran group is the large de- velopment of the metallic-black group of the phycitine genus Pyla. Differentia- tion, both specific and subspecific, within the Cordillera is important, but is too complex to discuss here. 3. VANCOUVERIAN PYRALIDS. ‘The special group of linear Pacific-coast ranges is less important in Lepidoptera than in beetles or plants, but there are some good examples in Pyralide. A striking one is Udea wash- ingtonalis (Grt.), which ranges from northern California to the Aleutians and Pribilofs; it is always strictly coastal except for the typical limited re- appearance in the wet interior zone of British Columbia. Another type of linear Pacific-coast range is shown by Pyrausta perrubralis Pack., which is widely distributed to Arizona and Mexico in the south, but which has a ribbon-like range along the Pacific coast as fas as Vancouver Island. 4. PLAINS PYRALIDS. A large group of pyralids is characteristic of the grassy plains; these include many Crambine, such Pyraustine as Loxo- stege albertalis B. & McD., and Phycitine of several genera, e.g., Sarata, Pyla, and Pima. The plains fauna extends to the foot of the Rockies, and is represented in considerably modified form in the grasslands of the Great Basin and the interior valleys of Washington and British Columbia. 5. CALIFORNIA VALLEY PYRALIDS. A small but special ele- ment appears to exist in the interior valley of California; the species of this area may be of eremic affinity, ¢.g., Noctuelia atascaderalis Munroe, or, on the other hand, even aquatic, e.g., Synclita occidentalis Lange. N. atasca- deralis reappears in the valley country of Oregon, but does not extend south to the Mojave desert. 6. SOUTHWESTERN EREMIC PYRALIDS: © Whe deseneaam subdesert areas of the southwest form an enormous and complex habitat, char- acterized by many widespread species, e.g., Palpita gracilalis Hulst, Diastictis sperryorum Munroe, and a large number of others. A considerable number of species are shared with the dry grasslands and extend northward into Canada on the Prairies or in the interior valleys of British Columbia, e.g., Noctuelia rufofascialis Steph. and Microtheoris ophionalis Zell. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 243 Although the eremic areas are tied together by a common fauna of wide- spread forms, every lepidopterist knows that they are extremely varied both as to habitats and as to details of the fauna. Perhaps the richest area is _Arizona, where plateau and coastal Mexican forms abut on those of the Colorado Plateau and the Mojave and Imperial deserts. This assemblage is liberally studded with high mountain ranges and presents a startling mixture of faunas, which, as the recent work of Lioyp MartTIN and his associates shows, is only beginning to be explored. Lepidoptera-wise, what we badly need is thorough collecting in the plateau and mountain regions of Mexico, which will shed tremendous light on our North American problems. ‘Vo the east, in the mountainous areas of western [exas and southeastern New Mlexi- co, a considerably different desert fauna occurs. This contains a number of endemic species, mostly as yet undescribed. Still farther east, in the Browns- vulle-Pharr area of [Texas is the locality par excellence for tropical invaders; here a mixture of “moist”? and “dry” forms is found. On the west, in Cali- fornia, the low-level Imperial Desert and the higher Mojave Desert have much in common. Many species, for instance several species of Noctuelia, seem confined to this area. Farther north, the Great Basin and the Colorado Plateau are among the least-collected areas in North America, perhaps because they are flanked by more obviously interesting regions. What we know of them suggests that remarkable discoveries await us. The most general characteristic of the eremic fauna is close adaptation to the harsh environment. Extreme food-plant specialization and elaborate water-conserving and diapause arrangements are the rule. A large group of Phycitinze is associated with cactus, boring in the fleshy stems. The Noctuelia group of Odontiinz has developed in a manner closely similar to Schinia in the Heliothidinz, being closely tied to flowers, especially of Composite, in which the larve probably feed, and having developed a number of brightly coloured, diurnal species, with reduced eyes. NATURE OF THE WESTERN FAUNA The western fauna consists of a mixture of Holarctic, purely North American, and Neotropical elements. The last, of course, predominate in the south, the first in the north and at high altitudes. Considering the Pyralide group by group, the Glaphyrine are well represented, mainly by eremic forms. The species are mostly different from those in the east; they run very close in external apparance, but have striking characters in the male and female genitalia. This is an entirely New-World group. The Nymphulinz, recently monographed by LANGE, are characterized by a predominance of stream forms, as opposed to the greater importance of pond species in the east. Species extend throughout the west; they are mainly of Neotropical affinity. In the Scopariinz there are both Holarctic and Central American components. The genus Scofaria, s.str., is less well represented than in the east, but this is compensated for by other genera. In all three of these subfamilies there are numerous cryptic species and careful collecting in a variety of localities is desirable. 244 MunroE: Presidential Address Vol.13: no.4 The Pyraustine are well represented, by genera and species of varied origins. Among the important genera are Pyrausta, Evergestis, and Loxostege, all of which contain numerous extremely close species. ‘The Odontiine are very well represented, especially in the drier regions, in contrast to their poor representation in eastern North America. ‘The strong development of Noctuelia and allies parallels the similar development in the eremic regions of temperate Asia. The North American forms have little direct affinity with Palearctic ones, and even less with the Neotropicals. The Crambine are well represented, again with important Holarctic and Neotropical components, but also with a large native North American de- velopment of the genus Crambus, s.l. The water-loving Schoenobiinz, on the other hand, are poorly represented. Of the pyraline series, the Pyralinz themselves have a moderate repre- sentation, but with a number of purely western species, well distributed among the different regions. The Epipaschiine have a few genera but numerous species. The widely distributed western group centering on Jocara trabalis Grt. presents interesting problems, as does the difficult genus Tetralopha. The western Epipaschiine have considerable affinity with the Neotropical fauna, but little with Old World forms. The mainly American subfamily Chry- saugine is represented by a scattering of species and genera, most numerous in the southwest. The general affinities are tropical. The Galleriine are poorly represented, but the related Macrothecine reach their best development in the Southwest, where there are many un- described species. The Phycitine are represented by a rich array of genera and species; they are well developed in both arid and moist areas, and have a good mixture of Holarctic, native and Neotropical elements. Some of the groups have been mentioned above. HEINRICH’s recent monograph has opened the door to the study of this fascinating group. The related subfamily Anerastiine remains the most poorly known pyralid subfamily in North America. It is well repre- sented in the arid southwest and will certainly repay the efforts of an energetic specialist. ‘CONCLUSION It should be obvious that our knowledge of the western Pyralidz is far from satisfactory. Even in the better-known groups such as Pyraustine and Crambinz, a number of species remain to be discovered. However our dis- tributional and biological knowledge lags far behind that of the taxonomy. What we need is careful and intensive collecting in a wide variety of habitats, to reveal species and establish distributional patterns. Even more do we need life-history studies and careful observations of habits and ecological correlation. EUGENE MUNROE Entomology Research Institute, Research Branch, Canada Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Ont. CANADA 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 245 REVIEWS GeOGRAPEHIC VARIABILITY IN SPE Y ERIA. COMMENTS, REOOKDS AND DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUBSPECIES. By Arthur H. Moeck. 1957. 48 pp., 2 pls., 7 maps. Paper presented to and sponsored by the Milwaukee Entomological Society. [Privately printed in limited edition. A few copies remain available through the Secretary to the Society, Miss Florence Schiller, 2915 North Bartlett Avenue, Milwaukee 11, Wise. 5. A. Price $1.00. ] This is a rambling essay, of a sort rapidly vanishing from the literature, a frankly “unscientific” discourse on the travels, adventures and discoveries made by the author during many summer vacations spent in quest of Speyeria. Oldsters recall when such papers were commonplace. Nowadays, lepi- dopterology is becoming an aseptic science with a technical jargon having few words to spare for the sweat, toil and excitement of the chase in the field where the material originates. The pace has stepped up; rising costs of pub- lication and the taking over by professionals of what once equally was a do- main of amateurs has brought tighter organization and higher scientific caliber to the contents of our journals. But something has gone that was intrinsically worthwhile. “hose who remember HENRy Birp’s delightfully written accounts of Papaipema, to cite a classic example, can attest that basic values were not wholly neglected in the earlier luxuriances. Occasionally, even now, a breath of sweet air man- ages to waft between the rows of statistics, as when the STALLINGS clan write of a hegira into the Southwest for Megathymus, but such literary interludes are becoming rare pleasures. ‘The values which are to be discerned in Moecx’s article are largely of this sort. At the same time, hitherto unpublished records and descriptions are included, of subspeciation probably new to most students. ‘There are some minor annoyances: the print job is atrociously poor; the proof-reading somehow got bungled; the composition is somewhat un- even. Ihe author nevertheless has written a paper which fills a definite need, giving a summary of the genus which is reasonably up-to-date and quite com- prehensive; the freedom from any provincialism is noteworthy but is to be expected from a collector who takes the continent for his playground. In truth, more than any other student, this man has slain his thousands of argynnids. From Maine to California, from Mexico to Manitoba, it is all one to Morck — if a question arises of variation in an isolated desert range, or of where a cline ends, or of where distinctive subspecies may be intergrad- ing, off he goes, the uncanny thing about it all being his knack of blundering into precisely the right spots. His many friends who know of his physical handicaps and his lackadaisical collecting pace would not wager a chipped nickel on his chances of success. But back he comes, with rarities overflowing, from places which more stalwart and supposedly more capable collectors will 246 REVIEWS Vol.13: no.4 not, cannot, or at least do not explore to full potentiality. It may be stretch- ing the legend a bit to say that this one person discovers annually more new facets of Speyeria than do all of the remaining fraternity of Speyeria buffs, but it is not too far from the mark, at that. We can but shake our heads and wonder —. Those procuring this summary of Morck’s field work expecting, from the title, help in classifying a difficult genus may be disappointed. Still, his remarks do add up to an indispensable approach philosophy, which, along with the many little-known variations described, will repay careful reading. The tyro, especially, will be put on the right track. The size of the geographical canvas and the enormity of the problems are given in faithful and rare per- spective. Additionally, the beginner will be disabused of the feeling of in- feriority to the ‘experts’, for Morck clearly puts the case as it really is, namely, that the main source of knowledge lies in the geographically repre- sentative series, in fields and woods which are open to all. ‘The new subspecies described is S. zerene gloriosa, from the vicinity of Selma, Josephine County, southern Oregon toward the coastal slope. Almost equal in interest are descriptions of some other Oregon varients unnamed and not ment‘oned in the standard literature. However, the Oregon data are not singled out for special commendation; there are many of these highly Important references, for almost all of the regions where speyerians occur; the breadth of view is the most appealing feature. L. P. Grey, Route 1, Box 216, Lincoln, Maine, U. S. A. MOTYLE SLOVENSKA. OBLAST SLOVENSKEHO RAJA. {Lepr doptera of Slovakia. The region of the Slovak Paradise.] By Andrej Reip- rich. 1960. 553 pp., 137 figs., 68 pls. Published by the Slovak Academy of Sciences, Klemensova Street 27, Bratislava, Czechoslovakia; price 50.-Kés. In the general part of this work the author introduces a short survey of the studied area, which is shown in two maps (pp. 373-374). The Slovak Paradise is situated in the eastern part of Central Slovakia. The author worked mainly in the neighbourhood of the town Spisska Nova Ves. In the systematic part of the book (pp. 64-365) the author gives in- formation about all 859 recorded species. In this part there are a number of interesting biological observations. The majority of all observed species is figured in the 68 plates. Very nice are the photos of the living butterflies, caterpillars, and their localities. The book is in Czech, with Russian and German summaries (pp. 405-416). The book is of importance to the knowledge of the Lepidoptera in Slovakia. JosEF Moucna, Narodni Museum vy Praze, Praha 2, CDECHOSLOVAKIA 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society bo ss eo) RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA (Under the supervision of PETER F. BELLINGER) Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to Lepid- opterists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended that every work on Lepidoptera published after 1946 will be noticed here; omissions of papers more than 3 or 4 years old should be called to Dr. BELLINGER’s attention. New genera and higher categories are shown in CAPITALS, new species and subspecies are noted, with type localities if given in print. Larval foodplants are usually listed. Critical comments by abstractors may be made. Papers of only local interest and papers from The Lepidopterists’ News and the Journal are listed without abstract. Readers, not in North America, interested in assisting with this very large task, are invited to write Dr. BELLINGER (Dept. of Natural Sciences, San Fernando Valley State College, North- moee Cant. UW. S. A-). Abstractors’ initials are as follows: [P.B.] — P. F. BELiLin- GER e) i; &: B. Common; [| W.C.| — W. C. Coox; [A.D.] — A. D1aKonorr; Dea — VW Ackman, | L.1.)] — I. Iwase; [J-M.] — J. Moucua; [E.M.] — E: Ce iomrorsN:@.) — N-S. Osrazrsov; [C.R.] — C. L. Remrnetron; [J.T.] — J. W. iiepens [PV — P. E. L. Vierre. F. BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES Burmann, Karl, “Aus dem Leben von Crambus luctiferellus Hb. (Lepidoptera, Pyra- lide)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.39: pp.209-218. 1954. Describes egg, larva (reared on Racomitrum canescens) & mating flight. [P. B.] Burmann, Karl, “Ein kleiner Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Lebensweise der Raupen von Acasis (Lobophora) appensata Ev. (Lepidoptera, Geometridz)” [in German]. Nach- richtenbl. bayer. Ent., vol.4: pp.23-26. 1955. Details of larval habits; feeds on leaves & berries of Actea spicata. [P.B.] Burmann, Karl, “Nyssia alpina Sulz (Lepid., Geometride). Einige lebenskundliche Beo- bachtungen aus Nordtirol” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.41: pp.251- 257. 1956. Detailed notes on biology. [P. B.] Burmann, Karl, “Swammerdamia zimmermani Now. (Lepidoptera, Yponomeutide)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.41: pp.187-190, 1 fig. 1956. Describes larva, pupa, & biology; foodplant Saxifraga cesia. [P.B.] Burmann, Karl, “Etwas aus dem Leben der Endrosen (Lepidoptera, Endroside)’’ [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.42: pp.65-72. 1957. General account of biology & habits of Endrosa spp. in Tyrol. [P.B.] Burns, A. N., “Moisture sucking habit among Australian butterflies.” Victorian Nat., vol.70: pp.228-229. 1954. Notes on butterfly spp. observed inbibing moisture from damp surfaces in various localities in Australia. [I. C.] Burns, A. N., & F. Angel, “The Small Brown Azure (Ogyris atanes Feld.)” Victorian Nat., vol.68: pp.183-186, 1 pl. 1952. Descriptions and figures of adults and immature stages of a lycenid taken on Kangaroo Island and in other localities in South Aus- tralia. Larve feed in the bark and shoots of Choretrum glomeratum (Santalacee) and are attended by the ant Myrmophyma ferruginipes. [I.C.] Busbridge, William E., “Moths attacked by birds.” Entomologist, vol.85: p.215. 1952. Stonechats eating Saturnia pavonia. [P.B.] Busch, Theo, “Beobachtungen tiber die Anlockungswirkung des Duftstoffes der 2 2 auf die @ @ von Lasiocampa quercus L. in der Hocheifel” [in German]. Zettschr. Lepid., vol.3: pp.169-170. 1955. Observations on reactions of wild ¢ ¢ to @ scent. [Pea By re. Philip S., “Oviposition response of the imago of the Corn Earworm, Helio- this zea (Boddie).” Bull. ent. Soc. Amer., vol.2, no.3: p.19. 1956. Abstract. Callahan, Philip S., “Reproductive behaviour and oviposition of the Corn Earworm, Heliothis zea (Boddie).” Bull. ent. Soc. Amer., vol2, no.3: p.19. 1956. Abstract. Callan, E. McC., “Observations on the species of Pachyzancla Meyrick (Lep., Py- raustide) in Trinidad.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol.89: pp.160-161. 1953. P. bipunctalis, P. periusalis, P. pheopteralis; records foodplants & discusses economic importance; lists parasites & predators. [P.B.] 248 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.4 Camping, M. W., “Enkele kweekervaringen” [in Dutch]. Ent Berichten, vol.14: pp.359- 360. 1953. Rearing notes on Macrothylacia rubi, Aglia tau, Orgyia antiqua, & Dia- taraxia splendens. \P.B.] Camping, M. W., “De cocon van Orgyia recens Hb.” [in Dutch]. Ent. Berichten, vol. Yap sO. Loos. Capek, Milan, ‘““Einige Bemerkungen tiber die Parasiten der Raupen der Motte Tachy- ptilia disquet Meess” [in Czech; Russian & German summaries]. Folia zool. ent., vol.4: pp 29-32, 2 figs. 1955. 3 spp. of hymenopterous parasites of the caterpillars are recorded: Lycorina triangulifera, Apanteles Capeki, and Perisierola gallicola. (Mie Capek, M., & H. Zwolfer, “A panteles murinane nov. spec. (Braconide, Hym.), ein neuer Parasit des Tannentriebwicklers” [in German; English summary]. Mitt. schweiz. ent. Ges., vol.30: pp.119-126, 5 figs. 1957. Parasite of Choristoneura muri- Nana: |e. i.) Carlier, S. E., “Some leguminous plants and the lepidopterous insects which feed on them.”” Proc. Birmingham nat. Hist. Soc., vol.1&8: pp.75-79, 113-118, 6 pls. 1954; 1955. Figures of plants, with associated Lepidoptera: Lathyrus spp., Vicia cracca, Lotus corniculatus, Hippocrepis comosa, Ornithopus perpusillus; Lepidoptera listed. [bee Bs Carpenter, G. D. Hale, “Homechromie et moyens de défense chez les insectes’’ [in English]. C. R. XIII@ Congr. intern. Zool.: pp.466-467. 1949. Abstract; natural selection as an explanation for cryptic, aposematic, & mimetic patterns. [P. B.] Carter, W. A. C., “Stridulation of Hairstreak pupe.” Ent. Rec. G Journ. Var., vol.64: pp 254-255. 1952. Mechanism not discovered. [P. B.] Carter, W. A. C., “Parasites of Limenitis camilla L.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.66: pp.85-86. 1954. A panteles spp. Cayrol, René, “Influence de l’alimentation et de l’effet de groupe sur la pigmentation des chenilles de Plusia gamma L.” [in French]. C. R. Acad. Sct., Paris, vol.243: pp-601-602. 1956. Larval coloration varies with foodplant, but differences are slight except under crowded conditions, when dark larve are produced. [P. B.] Cepelak, Jiri, “Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Raupenfliegen des Ringelspinners Malacosoma neustrium L.” [in Czech; Russian & German summaries]. Folia zool. ent., vol.4: pp.167-174, 3 figs. 1955. Describes a number of dipterous parasites (Larvevoride) from M. neustrium in S. Slovakia. [J.M.] Cepelak, Jiti, “Beitrag zur Kenntnis der schlesischen Raupenfliegen (Dipt. Larve- voride)” [in Czech; Russian & German summaries]. Acta Rer. nat. Dist. Ostra- viensis, VOl.16: pp. 222- 223, 8 figs. 1955. Lists a number of parasite spp. from Silesia with remarks on their hosts among lepidopterous larve. [J.M.] Cermak, Kvéton, “Insect pests which attack the seeds of our main forest trees” [in Czech; Russian & English summaries]. Prace vyzk. ustavu lesnickych CSR, vol.1: pp.5-87, 32 figs. 1952. Lists a number of insect spp. whose larve attack seeds of forest trees in Czechoslovakia. Lepidoptera are represented by many spp., namely Tortricide. Interesting paper in applied forest entomology. [J.M.] Chalmers-Hunt, J. M., “Observations on Thalera fimbrialis Scopoli in Kent in 1951, with some notes on its early stages.” Ent. Rec. @ Journ. Var., vol.64: pp.10-11. 1952. Fed on Achillea millefolium. Description of egg. [P. B.] Chandy, K. C., “A note on A panteles flavipes Cam., a braconid parasite of the Chelam Stem Borer, “Chilo zonellus Swinh.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.53: pp.6-9, 5 figs. 1955. Records other pyralid hosts; describes biology. [P. B.] Charpentier, L. J., “1954 studies of parasites for sugarcane borer control in Louisiana.” Journ. econ. Ent., vol.49: pp.267-268. 1956. Laboratory and field studies on parasitic control of Diatrea saccharalis. [W.C.] Chaudhry, Gulam-Ullah, “The development and fecundity of the Oriental Fruit Moth, Grapholitha (Cydia) molesta (Busck) under controlled temperatures and humidities.” Bull, ent. Res., vol.46: pp.869-898, 13 figs. 1956. Cheema, D. S., “Studies on the bionomics of the Case-bearing Clothes Moth, Tinea pellionella (L.)” Bull. ent. Res., vol.47: pp.167-182, 1 pl., 2 figs. 1956. Data on biology of all stages and duration of instars, and on effects of temperature, humidity, & light on various activities. [P. B.] Cherian, MG &) V- Margabandhu, “Trichogrammatoidea nana Zehnt. (Hym. Chalci- doidea) — an egg parasite of the sugarcane borer Argyria sticticraspis Hampson: a new record for South India.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.48: pp.157-158. 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 249 1948. Lists recorded hosts; apparently attacks any available lepidopterous egg. [ P.B.] Chetan, MLC. & V. Margahandhu, “Identity of Microbracon brevicornis Wesm and Micrtobracon hebetor Say.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., vol.48: pp.334-337. 1949. Lists numerous lepidopterous hosts of these Hymenoptera. TP. B.] Chevallier, L., “Lampides beticus Linn. in Surrey.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: pp 274-277. 1952. Describes rearing. Chopard, Lucien, Le mimétisme. 335 pp., 100 figs. Paris: Payot. 1949. See notice in Lepid. News, vol.5: p.61. Christie, L., ‘“Notes on rearing Lampides beticus Linn.’ Ent. Gaz., vol.4: pp.202-204. 1953. Careful description of larval habits; larve fed on buds, pollen, and seeds of Lathyrus latifolius. [P.B.] Church, H. F., ‘‘Sex ratios in the Pierine.” Entomologist, vol.90: pp.19-20. 1957. Some data from captures of P. napi, P. brassicae, & P. rape in Britain, showing excess of eB. Ciaccio, G., “Essai d’inoculation de Rickettsia prowazeki et Rickettsia mooseri chez les insectes. Etude des anticorps specifiques” [in French]. C. R. XIII® Congr. intern. Zool.: pp.496-498. 1949. Bombyx mori, etc., may be infected with Rickettsia, & are incapable of forming antibodies. [P. B.] Clark, Edwin C., ‘Survival and transmission of a virus causing polyhedrosis in Mala- cosoma fragile.’ Ecology, vol.38: pp.728-732. 1956. Shows that virus can survive winter on trees & infect larve of this univoltine sp. in spring. [P. B.] Clark, Edwin C., ‘““The Great Basin Tent Caterpillar in relation to Bitterbush in Cali- fornia.” Calif. Fish & Game, vol.42: pp.132-142, 4 figs. 1956. Describes biology of Malacosoma fragile on Purshia tridentata; figures early stages; records other food- plants;: [P. B:] Clark, Gowan, “The life history of Crudaria leroma.’ Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol.14: pp.127-132, 1 pl. 1951. Detailed description; foodplant Mimosa. [P.B.] Clark, Gowan C., “Some pecularities in the early stages of some butterflies.” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol.15: pp.96-98. 1952. Variations in number of instars and length of pupal period in South African spp. [P. B.] Clark, Gowan C., & C. G. C. Dickson, “The honey gland and tubercles of larve of the Lycenide.” Lepid. News, vol.10: pp.37-43, 3 pls. 1956. Clark, Gowan C., & C. G. C. Dickson, “The life history of Lepidochrysops patricia (Trim.) (Lepidoptera: Lycenide).” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Afr., vol.20: pp.114- 116, 1 pl. 1957. Describes all stages & figures them in color; larva feeds on Lantana camara when young & lives in nests of Camponotus maculatus in last 2 instars. [P.B.] Clarke, C. A., “A note on the larva of Maculinea alcon (Lep. Lycenide).” Entomolo- gist, vol.88: pp.49-50, 1 pl. 1955. Young larve fed on Gentiana pneumonanthe ; older larve reared by ants. [P.B.] Clarke, J. F., Gates, “Grant no.1259 (1950). To secure larve and rear moths of the genus Defressaria (CEcophoride) attached to plants of the family Umbellifere and to determine the degree of host specificity of these moths and their evolutionary re- lationship to the host plants.” Yearb. Amer. philos. Soc., 1950: p.136. 1951. Progress report. Gy PHYSIOLOGY Lichtenstein, N., “Proteolytic enzymes of insects. I. Proteases of the Silkworm (Bom- byx mori L.)” [in English; French summary]. Enzymologia, vol. 12: pp. 156-165. 1947. Survey of glycerol-soluble proteolytic enzymes in all stages (not found in eggs) [P.B:] Limpel, L. E., & J. E. Casida, “Iodine metabolism in insects. I. Im vivo metabolism of radioiodide.” Journ. exper. Zool., vol.135: pp.19-27. 1957. Study of retention of in- gested radioiodide & its chemical form in larve of Galleria mellonella, Euchetias egle, & other insects. [P.B.] Magnus, D., “Wie sieht der Kaisermantel sein Weibchen?” [in German]. Umschau, vol. 54: pp. 262-263, 5 figs. 1954. Appearance and disappearance of orange-brown wing color attracts ¢ of Argynnis paphia, even in absence of normal markings, shape, or movement. [P. B.]| Manunta, C., “Sul metabolismo dell’ azoto in Bombyx mori. — III. L’acido allantoin- ico durante lo sviluppo larvale nella razza bivoltina Awojiku” [in Italian]. Rend. 250 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.4 Cl. Sci. fis. mat. nat. Accad. naz. Lincei, ser. 8, vol. 4: pp. 117-121. 1948: Records changes in allantoinic acid content of larva during development, and relates these to problem of nitrogen metabolism. [P. B.] Manunta, C., “Sul metabolismo dell’ azoto in Bombyx mori. — IV. Ricerca degli en- zimi allantoicasi et allantoinasi nei bachi da seta durante lo sviluppo larvale” [in Italian]. Rend. Cl. Sci. fis. mat. nat. Accad. naz. Lincei, ser. 8, vol. 4: pp. 211-214, 1948. Presence of enzyme converting allantoin to allantoic acid in larval tissues. [Po B.] Mivao, Takeo, “Wing-dimension of butterflies in relation to copulation flight” [in Jap- anese]. Shin Konchu, vol. 6, no. 11: pp. 18-19, 1 table. 1953. @ ¢ have more capac- itv to flight than 2 2 do in Pieris rape crucivora. [T.1.] Morita, Hiromichi, Satoru Doira, Kimihisa Takeda, & Mastaro Kuwabara, ‘Electrical response of contact chamoreceptor on tarsus of the butterfly, Vanessa indica.’ Mem. Fac. Sci. Kyushu Univ., Ser. E., Biol., vol. 2: pp. 119-139, 9 figs. 1957. Describes me*hod of stimulation (direct application of solutions to tarsal sensory hair) and recording of impulses. Shows existence of specific receptors for several different sub- stances (sucrose, NaCl, etc.) ; also nervous response to stimulation of tarsal spines & integumentary propricceptors. [P. B.] Moulinier, Claude, “Le glycogéne de l’euf embryonné de Bombyx mori et ses varia- tions dans les conditions habituelles de conservation” [in French]. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. 150: pp. 1402-1403. 1956. Records changes in glycogen content of silkworm egg during diapause. [P. B.] Miller, Hans Joachim, “Die Bedeutung der Tageslange fiir die Saisonformenbildung der Insekten, insbesondere bei den Zikaden” [in German]. Ber. 7. Wanderversamm- lung deutscher Ent.: pp. 102-120, 14 figs. 1955. Larve of Araschnia levana (off- spring of summer generation), reared in artificial day length of 16 hours, developed without diapause into summer form “prorsa’; larve reared in 8-hour day entered diapause (and had not emerged when paper was written). [P. B.] Mutchmor, Jj. A., & W. E. Beckel, “Importance of photoperiod and temperature in inducing diapause in the European Corn Borer, Pyrausta nubilalis (Hon.).” Nature, vol. 181: p. 204. 1958. Larve of multivoltine stock will enter diapause if reared at 65° F. during last instar. Percent entering diapause increases with increasing day length from 4 to 95 hours, but remains low at greater day lengths or in total dark- ness. [P.B.] Nawa, Saburo, & Toshifumi Taira, “Pterins found in Silkworm and Drosophila.” Proc. Japan Acad., vol.30: pp.632-635, 2 figs. 1954. Shows chemical difference in pterin pig- ment between normal Bombyx mori larve and larve of mutant Jem. [P.B.] Niemierko, Stella, ‘Studies in the biochemistry of the Waxmoth (Galleria mellonella). 4. Metabolism of total phosphorus during feeding and during starvation of the larve.” Acta Biol. exper., vol.15: pp.91-99, 1 fig. 1950. Niemierko, Stella, “Studies in the biochemistry of the Waxmoth (Galleria mellonella). 5. Acid soluble phosphorus in the starving larve.” Acta Biol. exper., vol.15: pp.101- 109, 1 fig. 1950. Niemierko, Stella & W., “Studies in the biochemistry of Waxmoth (Galleria mellon- ella). 6. Metaphosphate in the excreta of Galleria mellonella.’” Acta Biol. exper., vol. 15: pp.111-123. 1950. Niemierko, W., & S. Cepelewicz, ‘Studies in the biochemistry of the Waxmoth (Gall- eria mellonella). 1. Growth of the larve and their chemical composition.” Acta Biol. exper., vol.15: pp. 57-68, 2 figs. 1950. Mainly on fat accumulation in developing larve. Notes great variation in number of instars, etc. [P.B.] Niemierko, W., & P. Wlodawer, “Studies in the biochemistry of the Waxmoth (Galler- ia mellonella). 2. Utilization of wax constituents by the larve.” Acta Biol. exper., vol.15: pp.69-78. 1950. Larve use about 50% of ingested wax. [P.B.] Niemierko, W., & L. Wojtczak, “Studies in the biochemistry of the Waxmoth (Galleria mellonella). 3. Oxygen consumption of the larve during starvation.” Acta Biol. ex- per., vol.15: pp.79-90, 1 fig. 1950. Palm, Nils-Bertil, “Storage and excretion of vital dyes in insects. With special regard to trypan blue.” Ark. Zool., n.s., vol.3: pp. 195-272, figs. 1952. Survey of dye reac- tions in some 125 spp., including many Lepidoptera. [P.B.] Petersen, B., O. Térnblom, & N.-O. Bodin, “Verhaltensstudien am Rapsweissling und Bergweissling (Pieris napi L. und Pieris bryonie Ochs.)” [in German; English summary]. Behaviour, vol.4: pp.67-84, 1 fig. 1952. Study of effectiveness of differ- 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 251 ent colors in releasing sexual behaviour in ¢. White 2 Q are more attractive than yellow 2 2 to @ @ of these spp., P. rape, Anthocaris cardamines, & Leptidea sinapis. Evidence from painted models suggests that ¢@ @ perceive ultraviolet reflection from paint & are attracted to whites with such reflectance (though @ has little). [P.B.] ‘Piepho, Hans, “Das Jugendhormon der Schmetterlinge”’ [in German]. Umschau, vol. 53: pp. 9-11, 8 figs. 1953. Review of action of hormone produced by corpus allatum, in Galleria mellonella. [P.B.] Pierantoni, Umberto, “Influenza delle varie luci sullo sviluppo del Bombyx morv” [in Italian; French & English summaries]. Arch. zool. ital., vol.31: pp. 321-326. 1947. Reports differences in sizes of pupe from larve reared under monochromatic light of various wavelengths. Violet light gave largest pupe; yellow light, smallest. [P.B.] Pierpont, W. S., “Polyphosphates excreted by Wax-moth larve (Galleria mellonella L. and dchroia grisella Fabr.).” Biochem. Journ., vol.67: pp.624-627, 1 fig. 1957. Possompés, Bernard, ‘‘Les données expérimentales sur le determinisme endocrine de la croissance des insectes” [in French]. Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol.78: pp.240-275, 16 figs. 1953. Review of hormonal control of insect growth & metamorphosis. [P.B.] Potter, €C., K. A. Lord, J. Kenton, E. H. Salkeld, & D. V. Holbrook, ‘“Embryonic de- velopment and esterase activity of eggs of Preris brassice in relation to TEPP poison- ing.” Ann. appl. Biol., vol.45: pp.361-375, 8 figs. 1957. Powning, R. F., M. F. Day, & H. Irzykiewicz, “Studies on the digestion of wool by insects. II. The properties of some insect proteases.” Austral. Journ. Sci. Res. B., vol. 4: pp.49-63, 6 figs. 1951. Including Tineola, whose ability to digest wool is not de- pendent on proteases. [P.B.] Prat, Henri, “Analyse micro-calorimétrique des variations de la thermogenése chez divers insectes” [in French; English summary]. Canad. Journ. Zool., vol.32: pp.172- 197, 32 figs. 1954. Records of heat production by individual insects under various conditions; records of Galleria mellonella show notable deviations of output at time of eclosion, during egg-laying, & during flight. Some records also for Tineola bissel- Hella APB. | Punt, A., “The respiration of insects during hibernation.” Acta brevia neerland. Physiol., vol.16: p.30. 1948. Reports discontinuous respiration (CO, production) by hibernating larve (Arctia), pupe (Papilio, Sphinx, Agrotis), & adults (Vanessa). PBs] Punt, “A.W, J: Parser, & J. Kuchlein, “Oxygen. uptake in insects with cyclic CO, release.” Biol. Bull., vol.112: pp.108-119, 10 figs. 1957. Includes measurements on pupe of Hyalophora cecropia & Sphinx ligustri. [P.B.] Purmann, Robert, & Fritz Eulitz, “Zur Kenntnis des Erythropterins. Uber die Fligelpig- ment der Schmetterlinge XVI” [in German]. Liebigs Ann. Chem., vol. 559: pp. 169- 174. 1948. On this and related pigments from wings of pierids (Catopsilia argante). eae Ramsay, J. A., “Active transport of potassium by the Malpighian tubules of insects.” Journ. exptl. Biol., vol.30: pp.358-369, 1 fig. 1953. Including Pieris brassicae. Razet, Pierre, “Recherches sur la localisation des enzymes uricolytiques chez les in- sectes’ [in French]. Comptes rendus Acad. Sct., Paris, vol.236: pp. 1304-1306. 1953. Localized in fat body in Bombyx mori & Antherea pernyi. [P.B.] Reali, G., “Effet parasympathycolitique de l’atropine sur les muscles locomoteurs de chenilles de lépidoptéres” [in French]. Trans. 9th intern. Congr. Ent., vol.1: pp.303- 304. 1953. Describes experiments on effects of alkaloids atropin, pilocarpin, & eserin on larve of Galleria mellonella. [A.D.] Rehm, Marianne, “Die zeitliche Folge der Tatigkeitsrhythmen inkretorischer Organe von Ephestia kiihniella wahrend der Metamorphose” [in German]. Roux’ Archiv Entwicklungsmech., vol.145: pp.205-208, 17 figs. 1951. Describes secretory cycle in neurosecretory cells of brain, prothoracic glands, corpora allata, corpora cardiaca, & pericardial cells, throughout life, mainly from histological changes. [P. B.] de Ruiter, L., & IJ. van der Horn, “Short-term oscillations in sign of phototaxis in the Eyed Hawk caterpillar (Smerinthus ocellata L.)” [in English; German summary]. Experientia, vol.13: pp.374-375, 2 figs. 1957. Demonstrates alteration between posi- tive and negative phototaxis in individual larve. [P. B.] Salt, R. W., “Influence of moisture content and temperature on cold-hardiness of hi- bernating insects.” Canad. Journ. Zool., vol.34: pp.283-299, 2 figs. 1955. Study of effects of dessication & exposure to low temperature on cold-hardiness of Loxostege sticticalis & other insects. [P.B.] Pp ye Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.13: no.4 Salt, R. W., “Natural occurrence of glycerol in insects and its relation to their ability to survive freezing.” Canad. Ent., vol.89: pp.491-494. 1957. Glycerol present in Antherea polyphemus pupe (resistant) & Loxostege sticticalis larve (susceptible) ; absent in Anagasta kiihniella (susceptible). Other insects also tested. [P. B.] Sanborn, Richard C., “Experiments on the permeability of the testicular envelope of Samia walkeri.’ Anat. Rec., vol.128: p.617. 1957. Abstract. Schadewald, Gerhard, “Lichtfang” [in German]. Nachrichtenbl. bayer. Ent:, vol: pp-75-80; vol.5: pp.59-62. 1955, 1956. Observations on reactions of moths to light, and related subjects. [P. B.] Schneider, Dietrich, “Elektrophysiologische Untersuchungen von Chemo- und Mechano- rezeptoren der Antenne des Seidenspinner Bombyx mori L.” [in German]. Zeitschr. vergl. Physiol., vol.40: pp.8-41, 22 figs. 1957. Study of electrical potentials recorded in isolated antenne exposed to various stimuli, notably the Q sex attractant scent; 6 antenne have a distinctive response to this substance. [P. B.] Schneiderman, Howard A., & Lawrence I. Gilbert, “The distribution and chemical properties of the juvenile hormone of insects.” Anat. Rec., vol.128: p.618. 1957. Abstract; Saturniide, etc. Seiler, J.. & O. Puchta, “Neue Ergebnisse aus den Intersexualitats-Untersuchungen an Solenobia” [in German]. Zool. Anz., suppl. no.20 (Verhandl. deutschen Zool. in Hamburg): pp.142-143. 1957. In development of reproductive organs in intersexes, both ¢ and @ elements are present from the beginning; this contradicts Gold- schmidt’s theory of intersex development. [P. B.] Shappirio, D. G., & C. M. Williams, “The cytochrome system of the Cecropia Silk- worm. I. Spectroscopic studies of individual tissues.’ Proc. Roy. Soc. London (B), vol.147: pp.218-232, 5 figs. 1957. Demonstrates disappearance of cytochromes ) and c from pupal tissues at onset of diapause, and their reappearance at its termination; their resynthesis is presumably linked to action of prothoracic gland hormone. [P. B.] Shappirio, D. G., & C. M. Williams, “The cytochrome system of the Cecropia Silk- worm. II. Spectrophotometric studies of oxidative enzyme systems in the wing epi- thelium.” Proc Roy. Soc. London (B), vol.147: pp.233-246, 1 figs. 1957. Confirmation of results of paper above, in detailed study of a single tissue. [P. B.] Singh, K. R. P., “Studies on nutrition of Corcyra cephalonica Staint. (Galleriide, Lepidoptera) with special reference to carbohydrate requirements.” Science G Cul- ture, vol.20: pp.339-340. 1955. Stephen, W. P., & A. L. Steinhaus, “Sexual and developmental differences in insect blood proteins.” Physiol. Zool., vol.30: pp.114-120, 1 pl., 2 figs. 1957. Includes data for egg & adult of Smerinthus cerisyi. [P.B.] Stride, George O., “Investigations into the courtship behaviour of the male of Hyfo- limnas misippus L. (Lepidoptera, Nymphalide), with special reference to the role of visual stimuli.” British Journ. Animal Behav., vol.4: pp.153-167, 14 figs. 1957. Models with bright colors, especially if like color of 9, stimulated ¢, while white areas on model had an inhibiting effect. It is suggested that this effect of white is general in Nymphalide, which therefore do not waste time pursuing the common Pieride (though many other moving objects are pursued). This also may explain the failure of H. misippus to develop a form which mimics the local race of Danaus chrysippus at Achimota, which has white hind wings. [P. B.] Tassoni, Joseph Paul, “Studies on the nitrogen and phosphorus content of insect pro- tein.” Physiol. Zool., vol.30: pp.128-132. 1957. In Samia walkert. Teruyama, Kengo, “On the oviposition of Neozephyrus taxila japonicus Murray (Ly- cenide) in nature and in the confined condition” [in Japanese]. New Entomologist, vol.1, nos.3/4: pp.14-17, 2 figs., 2 tables. 1952. 3 92 produced 149 eggs under ‘electric light and flower pot system’ (Richard technique). Foodplants Alnus spp. ea Tolman, Rinke, “Ontmoelingen met Atalanta’s’” [in Dutch; English summary]. E7zt. Berichten, vol.16: pp.75-76. 1956. Reports Vanessa atalanta, migrating along coast, following shoreline & avoiding shorter overwater flight. [P. B.] Umeya, Yoshichiro, “Studies on embryonic development and diapause in insects.” Proc. Japan Acad., vol.20, no.6: pp.1-9. 1950. Classifies diapausing insect eggs, by stage at which diapause occurs, into 5 types, with examples of each type among Lepidoptera. Notes changes in water content of Bombyx mori eggs during develop- ment; suggests that diapause is associated with dehydration (which would protect egg against low temperatures). [P.B.] 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 253 Urbahn, Ernst, “Probleme bei Lichtfang” [in German]. Bericht iiber die Hundertjahr- feier der deutschen Entomologischen Gesellschaft, Berlin: pp.204-207. Berlin: Akad- emie-Verlag. 1957. Notes on some problems in the behaviour of moths in response to light trapping. [P.B. ] Vielmetter, Walter, “Ein auf Ultrastrahlung ansprechender Orientierungsmechanismus bei Tagfaltern” [in German]. Zool. Anz., Suppl. no.20 (Verhandl. deutschen Zool. in Hamburg): pp.102-106, 4 figs. 1957. Demonstrates that Argynnis paphia, when “sunning” itself (wings spread), orients to visible light; but in position assumed at high temperatures (wings folded and directed toward light source) insect orients to infrared radiation. Probably orientation results from perception of temperature dif- ferences on different parts of body and wings. [P.B.] Waku, Yoshio, “Seasonal change of the pupal respiratory metabolism in the Chinese Oak Silkworm, Antherea pernyi Guerin, with special regard to its hibernation and diapause.” Sci. Rep. Tohoku Univ., 4th ser., vol. 23: pp. 101-118, 8 figs. 1957. Com- parative study on diapausing and non-diapausing pupe. In winter the former showed an increase in O, uptake as winter progressed, but only if measurements were made at an artificially high temperature. [P. B.] Williams, Carroll M., “Physiology of insect diapause. X. An endocrine mechanism for the influence of temperature on the diapausing pupa of the Cecropia Silkworm.” Biol. Bull., vol.110: pp.201-218, 5 figs. 1956. Temperatures from 6° to 15° C. (especially) effect some chemical change in brain of diapausing pupe of Hyalophora cecropia which restores brain’s ability to secrete brain hormone. [P. B.] Williams, Carroll M., ‘““The juvenile hormone of insects.” Anat. Rec., vol.128: pp.640- 641. 1957. Abstract. Wyatt, G. R., & G. F. Kalf, “The chemistry of insect hemolymph. II. Trehalose and other carbohydrates.” Journ. gen. Physiol., vol.40: pp.833-847. 1957. This disac- charide made up most of the blood sugar in the insects examined, including Telea polyphemus & other Lepidoptera. [P.B.] Yagi, Nobumasa, “On the effect of parabiosis upon the scale content of wings of each sex in Pieris rape crucivola [sic!] Boisduval.” Proc. Japan Acad., vol.30: pp.498- 503. 1954. Wing scales contain leucopterin macromolecules (¢) or urea crystals (2) (because of sexual differences in protein metabolism). If pupe are joined, scales of resulting adults are intermediate in ultrastructure. [P. B.] Yamafuji, K., F. Yoshihara, & H. Wada, “Formation of oxime in Silkworms after feeding with inorganic nitrogenous salts” [in English; German summary]. Enzy- mologia, vol.14: pp.170-176. 1950. Larve of Bombyx mori, fed nitrates or ammonium compounds, had higher oxime content than control larve. Larve, tissues, or extracts could apparently reduce or oxidize inorganic nitrogen compounds. Conversion of nitrogen salts to amino acids by larve is suggested. [P. B.] Yamafuji, K., T. Kawakami, & K. Shinohara, “On an enzyme in Silkworm which catalyzes the transformation of oximes into amino compounds” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.15: pp.199-203. 1952. Yamafuji, K., H. Omura, & T. Sakamoto, “Variation of the activity of some enzymes in Silkworm by chemical feeding” [in English; German summary]. Enzymologia, vol.15: pp.210-214. 1952. Yamafuji, Kazuo, & Hirohisa Omura, “On the oximase.” Enzymologia, vol.15: pp.296- 302. 1952. Enzyme from Bombyx mori. [P.B.] ERRATA in Vol.12: nos.3-4 — page 137, 2nd line of Ae reference should be: Lepid. News, vol.10: pp.9-14. 1956. Same issue, page 141, volume number for Clench reference should be 9 (not “‘8”). . CORRECTION On p.188 of vol.13, no.3, of the Journal, the abstract of the second paper by B. C. S. WARREN concludes with the remark, ‘“Misstates facts about differences in chromo- some number.” This is completely incorrect, and the sentence should be deleted. My apologies are due to Mr. WARREN for this error. PETER F. BELLINGER 254 Vol.13: no.+ INDEX TO AUTHORS IN VOLUME 13 Baker James as 2c 2 he a ee Le ee 217-220 Bauer. Davidl W222 awn te Os a 165-169, 207-211 Bellinger, Pie oc cele en ele Ae oe ee a 15, 35.4259 Byers, ‘George. We 2 hone ee ee ee 96-98 Caimi, Wis SE ies oe a rN Se ae 216 Coles TER ee She oe NS eel es hd ie stent Common, Ts 5B eee aed See 57-61 Comstock, John. Adamis<.2) use Soe) ae we i ee el 67-69 DMornfelds ais: ke ee es ISP a NOs Se 183 dos’ Passos, E. si eo eee i eee 238-240 Sevastopulo, DAG Sue ee i ee 24-26 Sheppard, Av Ch 224 ke a OS ee ee 77 Stallings, Wont Becca kee -os. eee ee el Re 99-100, 204-206 Stallings) "Viola INe vost co se Ne 204-206 MP aries, Ys IRS eas eA ne vac ta ve ae 99-100, 204-206 van’ Someren, °Vi:Goy Tap: cee a et 121-150 W east, .Robetts Dice acces ey ee tn Serre de re 213-216 Welling; Eduardo: Cy ai. ces she ee eee Ce 62-64 Wiltshire, Es Ps isto ts ce 8 ee ee 79-88 1959 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 255 INDEX TO SUBJECTS IN VOLUME 13 Pica wepidoptera, protective resemblance -..........---.--cc--cccecene-- De eee 121-150, 256 Pacem auarualas in British, Columbia ...--.2---.--ene220c o-oo ce see scteet ones oeeeceee 78 pi mnrmNCCmataekOrmMs Leared je 182-183 APE WTBIS BEOUTET. WN EAA) 0100 (0 Ee cS em OE aes 236-237 Pee CSDM IMMUN DEICP OM he ee a 14-15 EA metiiomMntamuepidoptera 2. 229-235 notommnenmocmueconte, dates Of publication 2... 2.2.0. cee et eee eee ee e 212 baaanameepicoptera: collecting: 2.02.0. ee 79-88 Poe MamOtolS 74-1958), obitWary 220 ee 27-29 Calif. Academy of Sciences centennial volume reviewed ..........------.-----2------------- 35 Caadmauamoarpheus mew to North America 22.1...2.-22c.-0cccccec coe one 77 Mana mmm OmGmKOnINS Teaned: {8 182-183 Guanmunateprogress in the nat l sciences, reviewed 2.20.2. ene. co ened nee eee 35 Chlosyne gloriosa Bauer, new species from Mexico _.......-...-...0.--2.----200---oe------ 165-169 CHospmaenhojimannt manchada Bauer, Mew SSP. ----c.-.-<22--c.sce2ee-eeee ene eee ee 207-211 imo Omlesmonmiapiironide 000 a 193-203 Comeioerw, WILLIAM PHILLIPS (1880-1956), obittiary © 2.22.02 ccl eee 30 GA AEMENINOMACL ACTA 0.2288 8S ea 2535 256 Pecoayinearerecaptivie, Lepidoptera. 1.22.02 24 Heroes neck ycollecting 1m winter 2.202.222 175-181 EE hb toe Fam) TEPC OG seagate c 104 LOGOS «OBIE ACTIN tee) 0 (0) 01 eee eS SIS Ie a ee ers 65-66 Pawieoaora Tearine, attempted in New Jersey 2.202). o cee 17-18 Pomwewnwiye FOR FIELD COLLECTORS ................ 19-26, 79-103, 175-183, 229-237 Eupiyagyas Swbspeciation, in western states 2 -.-22-...-----2ci---cceseccceencnccecenseceeeoss 171-173 Eo Man ARON P STADE (CAT, StaPeS «=e ee etc 24 SPE Dy NCCP UOTE) co sc en na eC 78, 164, 170, 183 PMO ReN@GIIGCHOnEOUItteIMiy swWIMG COLTS. kee eee 73-77 cee plcmesmormelmexas LE pIdOpter a: 2 2i..-csc sik ke 221-228 Geographic variability in Speyeria (Moeck), reviewed ............----..-----0------------ 245-246 CComemidcmorebaken County, Oregon 2.2 scien 2 hee cece cence 217-220 LBL PEP ERIE: fp OAEREULOG: VIE KO) ORS Coy ce ee NR oe 67-69 PCG wPrOOMPNAMES Ie TN ExaS 20 221-228 OP POGUANS@lAtIMNe TIeECHANMISIMS 25-28 2 oe ao ee Nc cece Se mentee 213-216 ig misciationmexpermments with Paprlto. a... cence epee ence aetna seen 151-164 CLPIELGIS OLE Gl GEICO GU THOS eI ls MIN ita Oe OOS i eA Sa es 204-206 ipa qOnismO ny Sdies TOOADIANt 2.0 164 Mi aeas IU CMIC IAN DIDONT ANGE | MASEORY: fccccs.cc-00se2s. asc. che 2 accesce~nccoveeeecuesateectseecesocenbacdeseeeestecee 70 imemacaamosse habitats: in British Columbia 2s 2::1..2.----2----co-c.eeceeceeccete ee 101-103 Madame pidoprera oO}; (VWiltshire), reviewed. 2... ii. ete cece eee cece nee 33 Isolating mechanisms of Hyalophora .......-. STR Meets eis esr ies NT a 213-216 Maacsiemrelatimeanmetcne steld: oe ee ee a el ee 96-98 maprdopicna vo; rag. (Wiltshire), revie Wed --.. occ... ceccneeeeceeccnececeteee nee 33 Lepidopterists’ Society Re Minin SMONMenING Ett TOS ast cos. me ole ea ae Bd ee ee 31-32, 238-240 Paice Crit MENG CRESSEG> eet se 11-13, 241-244 TL SEBAE IPE OS coc a eS ee Re ee 24, 57-61 POMAMOnseO IMUGterHIeS. I YuMCatam oo eco nce ee cette eee eben 62-64 ELAS EOD OI LEP ALM OTE IY 7 Mee ease nO dP UR a ee 65-66 Se EORUIMGAES TE ZAMGETET COREG AE SI a Sec te er OE 121-150, 256 WMisassip pr, butterflies of (Mathers), reviewed -_.........----.---------:--2---eee=---— 33-35 Mlississippinouttertiy checklist, Ist supplement. __.2..-2:.-.-ccceceececce-e neo -- nae certo 71-72 outa wonnson: in Oregon and California 22 2c eeae ene ccereecee eee 183 256 Index to subjects Vol.13: no.4 Moityle Slovenska. (Reiprich), reviewed: 2222.0 22. 2 eee 246 Noctuid moths swarming in’ Kansas«2) vie es eS eee 26 Nomenclature notices 22) 0 es en 216 Nymphalis: caltfornica migration in Northwest 2. eee 64 Oregon. Geometridx 02) Se ee ee 217-220 Papilio: hippocrates, a-distinet species) 2:22-2:22 151-164 Papilio: hybridization experiments.......42.12.. le 151-164 Papilionide™* chromosomes: 2.3.0. te ee 193-203 Philippine butterflies: baited: 0's 19-23 Problema ini Katisas S220) oo ao a bs 15-16 Protective resemblance in “Atpica: 2-230 121-150, 256 Pupal“defenses-against, parasites, 22. 2) ee eee 1-10 Pyralid fauma of western states). 2.0.30. ee 241-244 Rearing. techniques --25 22k eee 182-183 Recenteliterature on epidoptera,abstiacts).2. 36-56, 105-120, 184-192, 247-253 Rewiews of publications: -° 30. ve a ee 33-35, 245-246 Sierra San» Pedro Martin Lepidoptera. 2223 ee ee 229-235 Speperia asymmetry 2121 ee ee 14-15 Speyerta diana) saga ofa vlatvacJA 2 9 ee 93-95 Sphingida in: -Ploridas..20. 25. ge i ee 78 Storing and shipping papered Lepidoptera 2222 25-26 Strymon melinus foodplants 225.00 ee 170 Subspeciation* equation <.2.290 0) ee 173-174 Taxonomy. of Tzepidoptera. 22020. 2s ee 24 Mexas-and New=Mexico collecting: 125 ee 89-93, 99-100 Thechini, collecting eggs in winter 4. ee eee 175-181 Eyphedanus crameri McHenry, new name for orion = 66 Vanessa atalanta taken ‘at night 25 Se 18 CORRIGENDA AND ADDENDA Vol.13: no.3 — page 128: the list of mimics should have included the symbol for female [2] after Euryphene rubrocostata, E. wilwerthi, E. sophus sophus, E. congo- lensis, E. phranza phranza, E. letitia, and the notation ““@ & Q” after E. cutteri and E. “sp, nov.?”; all these are clearly shown by the color plates but were omitted from the list. Same paper, page 145: the caption to Plate 8 shows Jolaus as the genus of all the forms figured; in the text above, the new generic assignments from the Stempffer & Bennett revision are shown, and the plate caption should have had the same genera. Vol.12: nos.3-4 — page 94: the dates for Stallingsia, Turnerina (misspelled “Ter- nerina’), and Agathymus should be 1959 (not 1958”), since FREEMAN’S paper was published 26 January 1959. Vol.10: no.6 — page 207, text line 17: “SCHINDLER” should have been SCHILDER. EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL Editor-in-Chief: CHARLES L. REMINGTON Associate Editor (Literature Abstracting) : PETER F. BELLINGER Associate Editor (Manager of the Memoirs): SwNey A. HEssEL Associate Editor (“Especially for Collectors”) : Frep T. THORNE Associate Editor (News of the Lepidopterists’ Society): J. W. TipENn Harry K. CLENcH —N. S. OBRAZTsOV — EUGENE G. MUNROE NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE “JOURNAL” Contributions to the Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society may be on any aspect of the study and collection of Lepidoptera in any part of the world. Particularly appropri- ate are: 1) review papers on subjects of general interest to lepidopterists (such as hered- ity, migration, light traps, etc.) ; 2) papers on such subjects as behavior, hybridization, lary, and comparative taxonomy (papers naming new higher taxa, genera, species, and sub-species—NOT individual variants—will be accepted) ; 3) field notes of more than a very local nature; 4) notes on well-tested techniques. Papers of more than twenty pages will not normally be accepted, but if they are, authors may pay for overage. ‘Manuscripts should be typed if possible, but clear hand-written manuscripts are acceptable. ALL MANUSCRIPTS SHOULD BE DOUBLE SPACED (blank lines alternating with written lines), and wide right and left margins are needed. Use only one side of the paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of the manuscript. Legends of figures and tables should be written on separate sheets. Half-tones and tables must be kept within economical limits, and authors are normally charged for the cost of engraving and tables. Photographs should be glossy prints. Titles must be kept as short as possible; Latin names of genera and species will be italicized, and authors of such Latin names WILL NOT APPEAR IN THE TITLE of any paper but must appear once in the text. The title should indicate the family of the subject. The style should conform to that used in recent issues of the Journal. PLEASE NOTE EXACT STYLE FOR REFERENCES. Footnotes should be kept at a minimum. The editors reserve the right to adjust style to fit standards of uniformity. At least 50 gratis separates of papers of more than one page (25 of short notes) will be provided to authors if requested at the time galley proof is received for correc- tion. Additional reprints and covers may be ordered at cost, at the same time. Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. C. L. Reminctron, Gibbs Re- search Labs., Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U.S.A. Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, should be sent to the News Editor, Dr. J. W. TitpeNn, 125 Cedar Lane, San Jose, Calif., U. S. A. Address remittances to: Mr. Georce EHLE, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster, Penna., U.S.A. Address Society correspondence to: Dr. P. R. EHRLICH, Dept. of Biology, Stanford Uni- versity, Stanford, Calif., U.S.A. Printed in U. S. A. By THE DENTAN PRINTING CO., INC. Colorado Springs, Colorado 1959 Journal of the Lepidofterists’ Society Vol.13: no.4 TABLE OF CONTENTS — SOMMAIRE — INHALT Chromosomes of North American Rhopalocera. 1. Papilionide by Kopo Magxr & CuHarutes L. REMINGTON = - - - - 193-203 Apparent wild hybrids among the Megathymide by D. B. & Viota N. STALLincs & J. R. TURNER - - - - 204-206 A new subspecies of Chlosyne hoffmanni from Washington by Davw L. BAUER - - - - - - - - - - 207-211 Dates of publication of Boisduval & Leconte, Lépidoptéres by Cyrit F. pos Passos - - - - - - . - - - 212 Isolation mechanisms in Hyalophora (Saturniidz) by Ropert D. WEAST - - - - - - - > - - 213-216 Geometridez from Baker County, Oregon by JAMEes H. BAKER - - - - - - - - - - 217-220 More larval foodplants from ‘Texas by Roy O. KENDALL ~ ie - - - - - - - 221-228 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECORS Collecting in the Sierra San Pedro Martir by DonaLp Patrerson & Jerry A. POWELL - - - =- = 229-235 Extreme abundance of Arachnis zunt larve by NozL McFarRLanD -— - « - - - - - - 236-237 Minutes of the 6th Pacific Slope meetings - - - - - - - 238-240 Presidential Address to the 6th Pacific Slope meetings - - - = 241-244 REVIEWS Moeck, Geographic variability in Speyeria; by L. P. Grey - - 245-246 Reiprich, Motyle Slovenska; by J. MoucHA we a aa 246 Nomenclature notice; by W. E. CHINA - - - - - - - 216 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera’ - - - - - - - - 247-253 Corrections and additions - - - - - - = = = © = 253,256 Index to authors in Volume 13. =) = 9 =: | = =) = 9 =) =e 254 Index to subjects in Volume 13 - - - - =ihin = - = - 255-256 V4 ce vie My SH Noleme 15 | 1961 | Ni Gaber' 1 JOURNAL “eG ne : , of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue NEW AFGHANISTAN RHOPALOCERA CHECKLIST OF THE ITHOMIIDA: FOODPLANT SPECIFICITY IN PLEBEJUS ICARIOIDES AN EXPEDITION TO MEXICO FOR MEGATHYMIDA: (Complete contents on back cover) 9 November 1961 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1960 OFFICERS President: WALTER Forster (Miinchen, Germany) Ist Vice President: FREDERICK H. RinpcGE (New York, N. Y., U. S. A.) Vice President: CLAUDE HERBULOT (Paris, France) Vice President: W. H. T. Tams (London, England) Treasurer: GeorGE EHLE (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Asst. Treasurer: SwNEY A. HesseL (Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) Secretary: PauL R. EuruicH (Stanford, Calif., U. S. A.) Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. PRESTON (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expire Dec. 1960: DonaLpD EFF (Boulder, Colo., U. S. A.) P. H. H. Gray (Digby, N. S., Canada) Terms expire Dec. 1961: G. W. Rawson (New Smyrna Beach, Fla., U.S. A.) C. A. CLARKE (Caldy, Cheshire, United Kingdom) Terms expire Dec. 1962: Harry Krocerus (Helsingfors, Finland) F. M. Brown (Colorado Springs, Colo., U.S. A.) and ex-officio: the above six Officers and the Editor-in-Chief The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches,...... to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the fiield; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these aims (Constitution, Art. Il). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among the lepidopterists of all countries. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members—annual dues $5.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members—annual dues $10.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members—single sum $75.00 (U. S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 4, Church Street, Isleworth, Middx., England. Each year a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the News each year. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is New Haven, Connecticut (see address inside back cover). Application for Second-class mail privileges is pending. at Colorado Springs, Colorado. JOURNAL OF eae LEPIDOPTERISTS’ OOCIETY Volume 14 1960 Number 1 PRESIDENT’S ANNUAL ADDRESS, 1959 PROFESSIONAL AND AMATEUR RESEARCH IN LEPIDOPTERA by EUGENE MUNROE Dear Fellow Members —The subject I have chosen is one | cannot pretend to have thought through in all its ramifications, though it is an im- portant one and one that has received less study and discussion than it merits. However, as a lepidopterist who was an amateur for many years, and who has been a professional for the last ten, I feel I have a foot in both camps. I accordingly venture to express some rather tentative opinions, in the hope that at least they may stimulate other persons to constructive thought. I suppose most of us originally become lepidopterists for the fun of it, whether to satisfy the collector’s or hunter’s instinct, or from a more stud- ious interest in nature. But I am sure that a deeper satisfaction is found when we realize how easy it is to find out something really new, perhaps a new species or some new fact of classification, life history, behaviour or dis- tribution. This is the beginning of research or scientific investigation; it Is here that our particular specialty begins to influence other branches of knowl- edge, and it is here that the amateur and the professional research worker begin to find common ground. There are, however, obvious differences in the conditions under which amateurs and professionals work, and these dif- ferences necessarily influence the selection of projects and the way they are carried out. The amateur has both advantages and disadvantages as compared to his professional colleague. His advantages come mainly from his freedom to choose fields and. objectives. His disadvantages arise from the necessity of financing his work. This often imposes limitations of time, of resources, of training and preparation, and of facilities for publication. Wisely planned research, whether by professional or amateur, will be chosen and arranged to exploit the advantages and to minimize the disadvantages of the investigator’s situation. 2 Munrok: President’s Address Vol.14: no.1 I will not discuss at length the proper course of professional research. My professional colleagues are well equipped to determine their own lines of work, and specific suggestions from me would be presumptuous. I think, however, you will agree that professionals should take the lead in large and expensive projects, and especially those requiring compiex laboratory facili- ties, costly instrumentation, extensive technical assistance, or other major in- vestments of plant and funds. Major entomological studies may conveniently be regional, but they should rarely be based primarily on political boundaries, unless purely economic projects are concerned. Even government research should in my opinion include a generous share of studies with a broad geo- graphic basis and on a fundamental scientific plane, for it is only from such broad perspectives that stable classifications and sound theoretical interpre- tations of general applicability can be derived. This is particularly important nowadays, when an increasing share of research is government-conducted or government-supported, and when private capital to support individual lines of interest is not quite as freely available as it once was. ‘The professional and his employing organization also have a responsibility to encourage, as- sist and coordinate the activities of serious amateurs. We have, for instance, in North America an acute lack of identification manuals, and particularly of up-to-date manuals suitable for use by the amateur or by the general or economic entomologist. Our professional lepitopterists should certainly be taking a leading part in the preparation of such manuals. This, and indeed the whole field of professional encouragement of amateur observation and research, is much better developed in Europe than in America, and we could learn much from the highly developed and co-ordinated body of amateurs that exists there. Recent progress in Japan has also been exemplary. One has only to glance at the superbly produced and highly scientific and accurate handbooks now being produced there and the large volume of entomological periodicals, both professional and amateur, to realize the great strides being made in that country, and the excellent cooperation between professionals and amateurs. ‘Turning now to the amateur lepidopterist, I think one of his most dif- ficult problems is often to decide what he can do usefully. It is easy to fall into the rut of making the same old collection of common butterflies and partly identified larger moths that has been made by dozens or hundreds of collectors before. With a little thought and care much more interesting and useful activities are possible. I do not, of course, mean that collecting is useless or overdone. But for collecting to be useful its results should be communicated; this means first of all accurate identification, and secondly publication of lists of captures. The second step, without the first, is worse than useless. In the present state of literature accurate identification is possible for many butterflies, especially the eastern ones, thanks to Ktorts’ excellent handbook, and for a number of the more distinctive species of moths, by a judicious use of old pictures and new manuals and lists. For a few special groups of moths, such as the Phycitinee and several groups of tortricoids, accurate identification is within the reach of those willing to take the trouble to make genitalic preparations. By and large, however, the moths 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 3 are not fully identifiable from literature. “This means that the help of spe- clalists must be sought, and that, if possible, the amateur should personally make comparisons with the material of one or another of the large museum or university collections, which fortunately are fairly well distributed through the continent. Regional lists, based on accurate identifications, and_pref- erably with annotations on habitats, seasons, relative abundance and other biological data, will certainly be welcome contributions to knowlegde for a long time to come. Accurate observation, in conjunction with literature and in consulta- tion with specialists, will certainly bring the collector in contact with taxon- omic puzzles, of which very many still remain unsolved, even iamong seem- ingly well-known groups such as butterflies. Often the critical aspects of such problems are best studied by the field collector on the spot, who can investigate life-histories, habits, seasonal occurrence and behaviour, and who can often detect biological differences in the living insect that are inaccessible to the museum taxonomist. However, pure systematics is only the beginning of entomology. Other aspects of the subject are equally important and often much more poorly understood. We know relatively little about the biology of most species, yet this can be investigated by direct methods and often with little special equip- mint. Time, industry and the willingness to make accurate observations are all that is required. Life-histories, for instance, are unknown for a very large proportion of our North American Lepidoptera, in spite of the dense population and high educational standards of our continent. Even super- ficial color descriptions of early stages are greatly to be desired, though of course technical anatomical descriptions are much better. Where insects are reared, some specimens should always be preserved, if the material permits, in some suitable liquid preservative. This will permit later technical descrip- tion and comparative study, even if these are not possible at the time. Food- plant records are of the greatest importance, and should in general be pub- lished, even where they confirm previous findings. It is desirable that plant identifications should be checked by a competent authority, and of course evidence of actual successful feeding is necessary before a host-plant associa- tion is worthy of acceptance. Rearing may also yield most valuable information as to parasites. “he parasitic Hymenoptera and Diptera, in spite of intensive study, are still far from being thoroughly known. Their host-relationships are even less ade- quately known. A parasitized egg, larva, or pupa, which we are apt to think of as “spoiled’’, may yield a scientific result far more interesting than a per- fect adult specimen would have done. We should, therefore, try to resist the impulse to “throw away the nasty fly” and instead preserve it carefully, with an accurate host association. Specialists are available at, or through, most of the major entomological organizations who will be only too happy to study parasites of Lepidoptera and to put the identifications to use. Even butterfly parasites are, as a group, poorly known, and for many groups of moths our knowledge is little more than fragmentary. oy ity + MUNROE: President’s Address Vol.14: 64 r i a “ie af A tremendous field lies open in the study of lepidopteran behaiour. Butterflies are, on the whole, the most easily observed because of their di- urnal habits, but even the daytime habits of night-flying moths are full of interest, and ingenious students will easily find it possible to investigate noc- turnal habits as well. Various forms of protective behaviour are well known in a general way, but we have little detailed information on particular spe- cies—photographs of resting positions, for instance, have not been published in any systematic manner. Courtship and mating behaviour is interesting both intrinsically and because of its ecological implications. The problem of “assembling” in different species needs detailed experimental study. Activity of butterflies and moths in general is poorly known. We do not know how far individuals normally travel, how much they move around, or how much they are attached to particular places or territories. These are all things that could easily be investigated for particular species by alert amateurs. Reactions to various stimuli—to light, to odors, to colors, to vegetation, etc., provide a rich field for study. Experiments with marked individuals offer possibilities here. We all know that local differences in temperature and humidity have a strong influence on the activities and distribution of Lepidoptera, and that different parts of a sugar line, for instance, may be good or bad on different nights because of local variations in atmosphere conditions. However, we sadly lack documented evidence on phenomena of this kind. Careful and systematic observation would go a long way towards supplying the lack. A further area of critical knowledge within reach of the amateur is the study of numbers and mass movements of Lepidoptera. We have little com- parative information on the actual numbers or densities of lepidopterous populations in different areas or in the same area at different times, though fairly simple sampling methods are available for observing and calculating such data. We do not know with much accuracy where and how given populations originate, whether they are sedentary and conservative, or whe- ther they are dissipative, and maintained or reconstituted by colonists from other sources. Population studies of this sort can, of course, tie in closely with individual behaviour and activity studies such as were mentioned previ- ously. . There are many other fields in which intelligently directed curiosity can yield valuable information. How much do caterpillars eat? How does this vary with conditions promoting slow or fast growth? What is the weight of living Lepidoptera at different stages? How does feeding b~ Lepidoptera affect the growth of the host plants? How effective are Lepi- doptera as pollinators, and do they have specific relationships with certain plants? One could go on almost indefinitely, but I promised not to give an exhaustive list. If I have suggested a few ideas for learning interesting things without elaborate equipment, I shall have fulfilled my intention. Entomology Research Institute, Research Branch, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, CANADA 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 5 Pao OY OF HYBRIDS BETWEEN PAPILIO _XUTHUS AND ith Po ROLY XENES-MACHAON GROUP by SHIGERU ALBERT AE Papilio xuthus Linné (pl.1: fig.2) is found commonly but only in East Asia. It is distributed in Japan, Korea, Manchuria, Amur, China, North Burma, Formosa, Luzon, Guam, etc. It is very common in most parts of Japan, but becomes rare toward the northern part of Hokkaido. It seems also uncommon in hot regions, as in Formosa. In Japan, it 1s usually not found in the high mountains, unlike P. hippocrates Felder & Felder (Fig. 1), which is found in the high mountains as well as the lower places. The adult of P. xuthus resembles the adult of the P. machaon group, and P. xuthus is usually placed in the P. polyxenes-machaon group. However, the pupa and larva of P. xuthus do not resemble the pupz and larve of species of that group. ‘They rather resemble the pupz and larve of P. protenor demetrius Cramer, P. memnon thunbergii von Siebold, P. helenus nicconicolens Butler, and P. macilentus Janson in Japan. ‘he pupe and larve of these four Japanese black swallowtails resemble each other closely. “The larval and pupal resemblances between P. xuthus and P. helenus Linné were pointed out by REMINGTON (1960). These four black swallowtails are Rutacee feeders as is P. xuthus. ‘Therefore, the phylogenetic position of P. xuthus in the genus Papilio is in- teresting and a study of it may help in analyzing the evolutionary process of species in the genus. Dr. C. L. Remincron obtained very important data in this problem by interspecific crossings between P. xuthus and the polyxenes-machaon group (1960). Namely, he succeeded in obtaining one male hybrid between P. hip- pocrates and P. xuthus and two male hybrids between P. polyxenes Linné and P. xuthus. Since P. hippocrates is very common in Japan as well as P. xuthus, it is very easy to work on hybridization of these two species in Japan. Therefore, the writer obtained many hybrids of this kind in 1958 and 1959 at Nanzan University, Nagoya, Japan, following Dr. REMINGTON’s work in 1957. The writer also obtained some hybrids between P. xuthus and P. poly- xenes (Fig.3) and between P. xuthus and P. “brucei Edwards” (Fig.4). The data are not sufficient to give a final conclusion on the relation between P. xuthus and P. machaon relatives, and crossing experiments are still in pro- gress in the writer’s laboratory, along with hybridization tests between P. xuthus and the four above-mentioned Japanese black swallowtails. However, it takes years to complete this kind of work. Therefore, the writer presents here the data mainly in genetics of interspecific characters on the hybrids be- tween P. xuthus and P. machaon relatives obtained in 1958 and 1959, so that they are available for the workers in the same field. 6 AE: Papilio xuthus hybrids : Vol.14: no.1 Pupe of P. polyxenes and P. “brucei’’ were reared by the writer in 1957 at Yale University and the Rocky Mountain Biological Laboratory re- spectively and sent to the writer at Nanzan University in winter by the kind- ness of Dr. REMINGTON. ‘The so-called “brucei” is the high mountain Papilio of Colorado and is considered by REMINGTON not to be true brucei (Maeki & Remington 1960: p.196). A permit to import these pupz to Japan was given to Nanzan University by the Agricultural Ministry of Japan. P. hippo- crates pupz were obtained by the rearings of local wild larve and eggs from local wild females in the fall of 1957 and 1958, and wild P. xuthus pupze were collected from Karatachi (Poncitrus trifoliata Rafin., Rutacez) fences in Nagoya and Osaka in the winters of 1957-1958 and 1958-1959. Wild adults of P. hippocrates and P. xuthus in the vicinity were also used in 1958 and 1959, especially males. The prefix of individual designation used for P. “brucei”, P. hippocrates, P. polyxenes, and P. xuthus are respectively B, H, P, and X. The individual designation of a female was also used as the designation of its brood. When a female mated twice or more, this brood was separated; e.g. H-3a and H-3b. All the matings were obtained by hand-pairing (Clarke & Sheppard, 1956). Eggs were obtained from females in glass cylinders on potted food plants. The containers were placed under incandescent and fluorescent lights. For the rearing of larve, insect cages about 30 cm. cubed were used. These experiments were carried on exclusively in a double screened rearing room to prevent any accidental release of American butterflies in 1958. This room was windowless and lighted by fluorescent and incandescent lights usually during the day time but with no definite period. The rearing of the larve of the hybrids between P. hippocrates and P. xuthus in 1959 was carried on at the windowside of the laboratory. here was no control of temperature or humidity, and no heater was used in either room. REMINGTON (1960) pointed out that P- hippocrates should be placed as a species separate from P. machaon, and the writer has no objection on it. Hyesrins BETWEEN Papilio xuthus AND P. hippocrates Nine P. hippocrates females were hand-paired with P. xuthus males in 1958. Only two of the females, H-3 and H-11, laid fertile eggs. Broods H-3a and H-11 were obtained from them. One more female laid a few eggs but they were all infertile. H-3 was remated with another P. xuthus male and later again with a P. hippocrates male, and Broods H-3b and H-3c were obtained. Seven P. xuthus females were hand-paired with P. hippocrates males in 1958. Four females laid eggs, but only one, X-26, laid fertile eggs. The fertility of matings is shown in Table 1. An egg is yellowish white when laid, and if it starts a development, a brown mottling or ring appears (Rem- ington, 1960). This phenomenon was used as an indication of fertilization. When a larva is well formed in an egg shell, the egg color turns black. All larvz which hatched in Brood X-26 were put into plastic containers with Seri (CEnanthe stolonifera DC., Umbelliferee) and Karatachi. The 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 7 larvae which chose Karatachi were reared on Karatachi. “he number of larve which started to feed on Seri was larger than the number which started to feed on Karatachi. Fifteen larve of Brood H-3a were reared on Seri, 14 on Natsumikan (Citrus natsudaidai Hayata) and 4 on Karatachi, respectively. The larve which were reared on Natsumikan were moved to Seri at their 4th instar, because of the shortage of fresh Natsumikan leaves. The larvez of H-3b were reared on Mitsuba (Crytotania japonica Hassk., Umbelliferz), and the larvae of H-3c were reared on Seri. he number of pupz which were obtained from these rearings and the pupal lengths are shown in Table 3. Although the eggs of Brood H-3c were laid after the female mated with a wild P. hippocrates male for more than one hour, the larve from them were identified as hybrids. Broods H-3a, X-26, and X-27 (from eggs laid by a wild P. xuthus) were reared at the same time (April to May), and the pupz of X-27 were larger than the pupz of the hybrids. Therefore, the small size of the hybrid pupz are not seasonal. Since three pupe of P. xuthus, which were obtained from the larve reared on Seri, were as large as the other P. xuthus reared on Karatachi, effects of food plant on hybrid larve do not seem to be the cause of the small size. [P. hippocrates larve feed on Umbellifere and occasionally on Rutacez, and P. xuthus feeds on Rutacez in nature in Japan (Esaki & Shirozu, 1951) ]. No difference in developmental rates was observed in these rearings. The P. hippocrates larve were not reared at the same time, but their summer form, which comes from spring larve, is usually larger than the summer form of P. xuthus. “The hybrid butterflies which emerged from these small pupa were consequently very small. Loss during the larval stage in hybrids was noticeable. Some definitely died of diseases, but some deaths could have been due to hereditary causes from hybridization. Some pupz were malformed to some extent. The larve of Brood H-11 were reared outdoors under a net and fed on Natsumikan branches. Some of them reached the 4th instar, but all died without having another molt. Some additional data were obtained in 1959. Ten P. hippocrates females were hand-paired with P. xuthus males. Seven of the females laid eggs, and the eggs laid by five of them contained some fertile ones. “Iwelve P. xuthus females were hand-paired with P. hippocrates males. Nine of the females laid eggs, and the eggs laid by four of them contained some fertile eggs. “Table 2 shows the fertility of these matings. Only one larva, which hatched from the eggs laid by female H-29-13, was reared on Seri and reached the pupal stage. This was sent to Mr. K. Maegxt for chromosomal study. The two larve which hatched from the eggs laid by female H-29-16 were killed accidentally. Fifteen larva which hatched from the eggs laid by female H-34-5 were reared on Seri, and 6 pupz were obtained; four of them emerged. Forty of the larve from female X-70 were reared on Seri and 14 pupz were obtained. A few were sent to Mr. Maerxt for chromosomal study, and 5 adults were obtained from the remaining pupz. Seven and eight larve from the same female were reared respectively on Inuzansho (Fagara schinifolia Engl., Rutacez) and cultivated carrot (Daucus carota L.). All of them died dur- 8 AE: Papilio xuthus hybrids Vol.14: no.1 ing their larval stages. Four larve from female X-97 were reared on Citrus, but died during their larval stages. Seven larve from female X-103 were reared on cultivated carrot; one reached its pupal stage but did not emerge. Eleven larvae from female X-107 were given a choice among cultivated car- rot, Seri, and Inuzansho. Four, four, and three started to feed on cultivated carrot, Seri, and Inuzansho respectively. However, all of them died during the larval stages. The main cause of larval loss during the above rearings seems to be virus diseases. “These hybrid pupz were as small as the hybrid pupe in 1958. The larve of P. xuthus and P. hippocrates are completely different in color pattern, and the hybrid larve share some characters with one parent and show intermediate expression in other characters. [he writer’s observa- tions essentially coincide with REMINGTON’s (1960). In general, the hybrid larve resemble P. xuthus in the first 2 instars and show somewhat intermedi- ate (rather close to hippocrates) appearance in the last instar (Plate 2: figs. 1-3; Remington 1960: plates 2, 3). The mature larva of P. hippocrates is extensively variable in the width of the black area. Sometimes the black area covers almost all the green area and sometimes the green area is pre- dominant. “This variation seems environmental and the same tendency ap- pears in the hybrid larve. The pup of P. xuthus and P. hippocrates are also quite different. The hybrid pupze show somewhat intermediate appearance. he ground color of P. hippocrates pupz is brown or green and that of P. xuthus is variable, but able to be classified as green, brown, or orange. The ground color of the hybrid pupz is as variable as P. xuthus, but they are either green or brown and no orange appears, although the numbers of the pupz examined are not enough to conclude that orange pupz are absent in hybrids. Otherwise, the writer’s observations coincide with REMINGTON’s (1960) in the detailed characters (Remington 1960: plate 3). The twenty-nine adults which emerged were all males (Table 1). REMINGTON (1960) pointed out that this hybrid closely resembles summer P. xuthus in general appearance, but the writer’s hybrids more resemble sum- mer P. hippocrates females than either sex of summer P. xuthus. Summer P. hippocrates females are darker in melanin pigmentation and paler in the ground color than summer P. hippocrates males. The ground color of sum- mer P. hippocrates female is indistinguishable from that of the present hy- brids. REMINGTON (1960) also made character-by-character comparisons among the male parental species and the hybrid. The writer’s hybrids coin- cide with REMINGTON’s in 8 detailed characters (2nd pale wedge from fore- wing apex in postmedian row, 2 transverse pale spots in forewing discal cell, hindwing anterior cell, and hindwing submarginal lunules resemble P. hippocrates; length of pale zone of hindwing anal eyespot, hair along anal margin of hindwing, and basal 14 antennal club resemble P. xuthus,; and hindwing anal eyespot is intermediate). Four points of difference from REMINGTON’S analysis are as follows: 1) ground colors are somewhat vari- 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 9 able in the hybrids and in general they are intermediate between the parental species; 2) four pale streaks in forewing discal cell, which are present in P. xuthus and absent in P. hippocrates, are always present in the hybrids but they are not so clear as in P. xuthus; 3) black-striping along veins of fore- wing and hindwing, which is broad in P. xuthus and narrow in P. hippocrates are rather intermediate than most like xuthus; 4) outer tail fringe, which is pale in P. xuthus and is dark in P. hippocrates, is variable in the hybrids — in some it is hippocrates-like, in some it is xuthus-like, and in others it is in- termediate (Figs. 5, 6; Remington 1960: plates 2, 3). One prominent reciprocal difference was found in the pre-pupal stage. Many hybrids between P. hippocrates female and P. xuthus male succeeded in making a silk girdle passed around the thorax in their prepupal stage and consequently normal pupation took place. However, no hybrid between P. xuthus female and P. hippocrates male succeeded in making a girdle in the prepupal stage and the pupe hung only by the tip of the abdomen or often dropped. Consequently almost all pupz were malformed to some extent and most of the hybrid butterflies failed to extend their wings fully. HYBRIDS BETWEEN P. polyxenes FEMALE AND P. xuthus MALE Five hand-pairings of this kind were obtained and eggs were also ob- tained from all the matings. However, only two matings were fertile, and from these Broods P-1-70 and P-1-73a were obtained. The second female was remated with another male P. xuthus and again it laid fertile eggs (Brood P-1-73b). The fertility of matings is shown in Table 1. All larve of Brood P-1-70 were put into a plastic container with Seri and Karatachi when they hatched. The number of larvze which started to feed on Seri was larger than the number which started to feed on Karatachi. Larve were reared on either food plant as selected by the larve themselves. This rearing was carried on at the same time as the rearings of 1958 reported in the previ- ous section. Their developmental rates showed no difference in comparison with the rearings in the previous section. Twelve pupz were obtained from Brood P-1-70. Only one pupa was obtained from Brood P-1-73a and none from Brood P-1-73b. The hybrid pupz were very small, and consequently the butterflies were too (Table 2). The larve of P. polyxenes and P. hippocrates are very similar except in the color of the larval spots. These are always orange to red in P. hippocrates and orange or yellow in P. polyxenes. This color was always yellow in the P. polyxenes which the writer used. Consequently, in the hybrid larvee, these larval spots were always yellow. In the other characters, they were exactly the same as with the hybrids between P. hippocrates and P. xuthus (Pl. 2: figs. 4a, 4b). | The pupz of P. polyxenes and P. hippocrates are indistinguishable and both of them have green or brown ground color. The pupal color of the hy- brids is brown or green, and the other characters are the same as with the 10 AE: Papilio xuthus hybrids Vol.14: no.1 Table 1. PAPILIO XUTHUS HYBRIDIZATION Kind of Eggs Eggs Eggs Eggs Ima- Mother Father matings? Brood laid fertile blackened hatched gines® H-3 X-18 Hee eX H-3a 62 58 58 33 83 ¢4 H-3 X-18 &/or H X X H-3b 18 9 9 3 0 X-25 H-3 X-18 &/or H X X H-3c 81 8 7 3 0 X-25 &/or or H-5 H H-29-13 X-85 inl Oe OX H-29-13 4 3 2 1 0 H-29-16 X-96 ex OX H-29-16 14 7, 9 2s 0 H-29-15 X-94 Hx H-29-15 2 1 1 0 H-34-2 X-127 lal ye st H-34-2 2 2 2 0 H-34-5 X-129 Hx xX H-34-5 45 39 38 1S) 4¢¢4 X-26 H-5 Xe DK al X-26 199 189 189 179 12¢ 6 X-70 H-30 DGGE X-70 167 163 163 552 564 X-97 H-33 2S DK Jal GT) 4 4 4 4 0 X-103 1-36 Decl X-103 12 10 10 7 0 X-107 H-36 eS Jel X-107 23 ih 11 11 0 P-1-70 X-17 Pioxex P-1-70 58 46 46 34 946 P-1-73 X-36 Pax xX P-1-73a 55 31 17, 10 1¢ P-1-73 X-38 Pa ox P-1-73b 42 21 18 9 0 B-3-9 X-24 BN ex B-3-9 109 98 97 30 546 X-16 B-3-6 xX X B X-16 64 60 52 + 0 CONTROLS X-27 wild xX X X X-27 43 43 43 43 59 X-72 X-73 XX X-72 36 33 33 31 16° X-62-6 X-62-2 DCX X-62-6 31 30 30 tS 4 X-100 3=wild Xe XG X-100 18 18 18 18 15 X-123 ~=—wild Xe XE. X-123 234 Zi 229 228 4° X-124 ~=wild DCD KEK X-124 Tats} 2 112 112 5 X-126 =wild Xe X-126 249 248 248 248 12 H-29 wild Hix Hl H-29 225 224 223 223 16° H-34 wild jal . °° ® e@@e @ 17b 18a 18b 17a 06 @ r 9 e : e® @e@ ee o® e%,@ oe 8% ee? @ @°@ @@% @ ee, ® ®e © ® ed a ® @ ® . @®@ @ 28 ele, ® ®e ete 2 e% oe, oe eee @ oe i vee eq 00 eee TS . a) : @ Co 4 oe © .°. 20b @°e 1 ° 19a 9b 20a @® 6 e ® @ e ® ee S 0,° @ @ oe O80 ee oe cote acts @ 20% ae eo? 2la 8 @ 21b Fig. 15a — Euchloe ausonides (1); fig. 15b — same (II); fig. 16a — Colias eurytheme (1); fig. 16b — same (II); fig. 17a — C. philodice (1); fig. 17b — same (ies tre 18a C. alexandra (1); fig. 18b — same (II); fig. 19a — C. scudderii (1); fig. 19b — same (II); fig. 20a — C. meadii (1); fig. 20b — same (II); fig. 21a — Zerene cesonia (1); fig. 21b — same (II). 43 44 MAEKI & REMINGTON: Chromosomes Volit4= nat 6. Colias meadii Edwards. N=31. Counts were made in 15 nuclei (1) and 12 nuclei (II) from 3 males [189, 216, 218] taken in Gunnison Co., Colorado, found at Copper Lake, el. 10,500’, on 2 August, and Cumberland Pass, el. 11,500’, on 11 August 1959. As with other high altitude butterflies, dividing cells and also germ cells were few in number. About 7 or 8 chromo- somes are large, 4 or 5 small, and the remainder medium-sized. 7. Zerene cesonia (Stoll). N = 31. Counts were made in 26 nuclei (I) and 23 nuclei (II) all in the testes of a single male [M7] taken at Ciu- dad Victoria, 1 August 1959. About 15 chromosomes are somewhat larger than the others. 8. Anteos clorinde (Godart). N = 31. Counts were made in 41 nuclei (I) and 46 nuclei (II) in testes of 5 males [M6-1, M6-3, M6-4, M6-5, M6-6] taken at Ciudad Victoria, 1 and 2 August 1959. There is some diver- sity of chromosome size. 9. Pheebis philea (Johansson). N = 31. Counts were made in 53 nuc- lei (1) and 39 nuclei (II) in testes of 7 males [M5-1, M5-2, M5-3, M5-4, M5-5, M5-6, M5-7], taken at Ciudad Victoria, 1 and 2 August 1959. There Is some diversity of chromosome size. 10. Kricogonia lyside (Godart). N = 31. Counts were made in 81 nuclei (I) and 58 nuclei (II) in testes of 7 males [M28-1, M28-2, M28-3, M28-4, M42-1, M42-2, M42-3] taken at Ciudad Victoria, 1 and 2 August 1959. The chromosomes are all similar in size. Assuming that two species, K. lyside and K. castalia (Fabricius), were present at Ciudad Victoria, we had separated two groups of males and their fixed testes. It is believed by present taxonomists that these two “‘species”’ represent only one. The chromo- somes being indistinguishable in our two groups, we can offer no cytological test of the species question in Kricogonia. It is possible, of course, that. most closely related but discrete species show no conspicuous chromosomal differ- ences. 11. Eurema proterpia (Fabricius). N = 31. Counts were made in 30 nuclei (I) and 32 nuclei (II) in testes of 2 males [M31-1, M31-2] taken at Ciudad Victoria, 2 August 1959. As with other Eurema, there is little size difference among the chromosomes. 12. Eurema mexicana (Boisduval) or E. boisduvaliana Felder & Fel- der. N = 31. Counts were made in 24 nuclei (I) and 33 nuclei (II) in testes of one male [M37-2] taken 2 August at Ciudad Victoria. In contrast to E. lisa, meiotic divisions were very numerous and the testes much larger. Un- fortunately, in one vial testes were fixed together of two males which appeared in the field to be of the same species. When Dr. A. B. Kiors checked the specimens, one proved to be FE. boisduvaliana and the other E. mexicana, but meiotic divisions were present in testes of only one of the specimens and there is no way of knowing which. It is highly probable that both species have a haploid number of 31 since all 4 North American species studied by us show CHROMOSOMES gee. ° e,° e @ o* feces @8e6 0° og fe © ©ee,0 pO @ %.8e6 Cid e, hy DOB DET Riding ee we @,° e e® ve ® e e @ e@.@e°e P Peace © © sects @8@ Se, ak ae e nes ‘ e 4° 24a 24b e,°? ee ® 0 ee, eee e® Poort, hd @ oie e e Pd @ cere ® @ 26b @ 26a @ ®@e@ 2 @ re @ @ Phd e e@o@ @ 28 PLATE 4 Fig. 22a — Anteos clorinde (1); fig. 22b — same (II) ; fig. 23a — Phebis philea (1) ; fig. 23b — same (II); fig. 24a — Kricogonia lyside (1); fig. 24b — same (II) ; fig. 25a — Eurema proterpia (1); fig. 25b — same (II); fig. 26a — E. mexicana or boisduvaliana (1); fig. 26b — same (II) ; fig. 27a — E. nicippe (1); fig. 27) — same (II) ; fig. 28 — E. lisa (1); fig. 29a — Appias drusilla (1); fig. 29b — same (II). 45 46 MAEKI & REMINGTON: Chromosomes Vol.14: no.1 this number; however the two known Japanese species show 2 = 29 and n —= 31, respectively, and it will be essential to check the present case with un- questionably correlated specimens and testes. 13. Eurema nicippe (Cramer). N = 31. Counts were made in 6 nuclei (I) and 15 nuclei (I1) in testes of 2 males [M$-1, M3-2] taken at Giuidad Victoria, | August 1959. 14. Eurema lisa (Boisduval & Leconte). N = 31. Counts were made in 19 nuclei (1), in testes from 2 males [314-A, 314-B] taken at West Rock, New Haven Co., Connecticut, 3 Sept. 1959. The gonads were small and had few dividing cells, none in the secondary division. [5. Appias drusilla (Cramer). N = 32. Counts were made mpl02 nuclei (1) and 76 nuclei (II) in testes of 6 males [ 143-1, M43-2, M43-3, \M43-4, M43-5, M43-6] taken at Ciudad Victoria, 2 August 1949. All the chromosomes are similar in size. 16. Pieris napi macdunnoughiti Remington. N = 25. Counts were made in 18 nuclei (1) and 8 nuclei (II) in testes of 3 males [14, 15, 16] taken at Gothic, Colorado, 17 July 1959. All the chromosomes are similar in size. Testes of one P. napi oleracea Harris fixed as soon as it eclosed from refrigerated pupz from Katonah State Park, Berkshire Co., Massachusetts, reared by H. P. WILHELM, showed no dividing cells. It is essential to deter- mine the precise count for this and other so called mafi races:in view of the count shown below for P. virginiensis and those for Palearctic populations (see Discussion, below). 17. Pieris virginiensis Edwards. N = 26. Counts were made in 13 nuclei (I) and 2 nuclei (II) in testes of 2 males [+26, 427] reared from larve taken at New Ashford, Berkshire Co., Massachusetts, by W. J. REIN- THAL. he pupe had been refrigerated since late summer 1959 and removed to 20°C on 2 April 1960; both hatched 5 days later, and the testes were re- moved and fixed on the same morning. The chromosomes are like those of P. napi macdunnoughii but there is an additional very small element (see Dis- cussion, below). 18. Pieris rapa rape. (Linné): N = 25. Counts were made im ioZ nuclei (1) and 106 nuclei (II), in testes of 13 males [322, 325, 326, 335, 338, 339, 340, 342, 343, 349, 350, 355, 383] taken in New Haven Co., Connecticut, 5 to 19 Sept. 1959. Without exception these 268 nuclei show ex- actly 25 elements. ‘Thus the small ‘‘m-chromosome” present in the nucleus or the cytoplasm in the Japanese P. rapa crucivora is not in the individuals we have studied from Connecticut. (See Discussion, below. ) 19. Pieris beckerii Edwards. N = 26. Counts were made in 8 nuclei (I) and 6 nuclei (II) in testes of 2 males [35-1, 35-3] taken at Iola, Gun- nison Co., Colorado, 18 July 1959, by R. W. Pease, Jr. A third male taken at the same time showed no meiotic divisions. All the chromosomes are simi- lar in size. CHROMOSOMES PEATE S & © 6 e @ € on e ee ee e*e e%e , @ ‘enue. ee Ps e oo ee @ td) ® Ps e 3lb 3la e%e 6 6 e%e € e @ ® © eG @ e 7 } e ee%e e @8@ @ © eee? ° cas eee 33b ee @ r @® Se, 6 ooo be @e © ee G6 @6@ @@ 6 @ e e eee eosee 86 See Ce ef 35b 35a @ g 00% ee e°e eecece eee @ eo” 2° 36b Fig. 30a — Pleris rape rape (1); fig. 30b — same (II); fig. 31a — P. napi macdunnoughi (1); fig. 31b — same (II); fig. 32 — P. virginiensis (1); fig. 33a — P. beckerii (1); fig. 33b — same (II) ; fig. 34a — P. occidentalis (1); fig. 34b — same (II) ; fig. 35a — P. calyce (1); fig. 35b — same (II); fig. 36a —Ascia monuste (1) ; fig. 36b — same (II). 48 MAEKI & REMINGTON: Chromosomes Vol.14: no.1 20. Pieris occidentalis Reakirt. N = 26. The chromosomes are all similar in size. This use of the name is not meant to imply any firm convic- tion on the relation of occidentalis to protodice Boisduval & Leconte or to calyce. The insect we are calling occidentalis is very similar to protodice of the eastern states and may well be the same species and not even a worthy subspecies. It tends to be fairly common at middle altitudes in Colorado, al- though it sometimes flies to the tops of the highest peaks. It should be re- membered that in the East P. protodice is a characteristically restless butter- fly with extensive emigration going on all the time; P. protodice is often found in Connecticut, sometimes even breeding in large numbers, but it is never a permanent resident and temporary colonies do not survive most, if any, winters. Its western population (or perhaps distinct species), occidental- is, apparently has the same long-distance movement and may turn upanywhere in Colorado. In contrast to BRown, et al. (1956), we regard calyce as a very different entity and are inclined to believe that it will be recognized as a dis- tinct species when more is known of its biology (and perhaps morphology). It is consistently much smaller than occidentalis, is restricted to high altitudes (we know it well in Boulder County and Gunnison County), and has a dif- ferent aspect in color, markings, and shape from all protodice-occidentalis pop- ulations known to us. The insect we call calyce is not the spring brood of occidentalis, which closely resembles form “‘vernalis” of the eastern protodice. None of these problems affects the use of chromosome characters with which this paper is concerned, because we have found no chromosomal differences be- tween calyce and occidentalis. It would of course have simplified the taxono- my if calyce had turned out to have a different number, as P. virginiensis does. Our counts of occidentalis were made in 86 nuclei (1) and 47 nuclei (II) in testes of 4 males: 3 taken at Gothic, el. 9,500’, Colorado, 28 and 29 July 1959, [143, 155, 156] and 1 male [278] taken near Somerset, el. 7,800’, Colorado, 15 August 1959. All these males had large testes. 21. Pieris calyce Edwards. N = 26. Counts were made in 23 nuclei (I) and 9 nuclei (II) in testes of 5 males taken at Copper Lake, el. 10,500’, Gunnison Co., Colorado, on 1 August [180-1, 180-2, 180-3, 180-5] and 7 August 1959 [204]. One of the [180] specimens seems to be occidentalis, not calyce. Three other males, from Copper Lake, Gothic, and Cumberland Pass, showed no meiotic divisions. The chromosomes are all similar in size. The gonads were rather small, and the chromosomes showed a poor affinity for the stain, a condition commonly found in Nymphalide with imaginal winter dia- pause and in various high altitude butterflies. (See remarks under P. occz- dentalis, above). 22. Ascia monuste (Linné). N = 27. Counts were made in 14 nuclei (I) and 1 nucleus (II) in testes of 2 males [M4-1, M4-3] taken at Ciudad Victoria, 1 August 1959. A third male taken at the same time shows no meio- tic divisions. One chromosome is much smaller than the others. CHROMOSOMES PLATE 6 Fig. 37a — Achalarus toxeus {1); fig. 37> — same (II; wt=—16); fig. 37¢ — same (II; n=17) ; fig. 38 — Erynnis icelus (1); fig.39 — E. persius (1); fig. 40 —E. baptisie (1); fig. 41 — Grais stigmaticus (1); fig. 42 — Ochlodes sylvanoides (1) ; fig. 43 — Nastra ’herminieri (1); fig. 44 — Euchloe ausonides (1); fig. 45 — Colias eurytheme (1); fig. 46 — C. philodice (1); fig. 47a — C. meadii (1); fig. 47 — C. meadii (II); fig. 48 — Zerene cesonia (1). 49 PLATE 7 CHROMOSOMES Fig. 49a — Anteos clorinde (1); fig. 49> — same (II) ; fig. 50 — Phebis philea (1); fig. 51a — Kricogonia lyside (1); fig. 51b — same (II) ; fig. 52 — Eurema pro- terpia (1); fig. 53 — E. mexicana or boisduvaliana (11) ; fig. 54 — Appias drusilla (1) ; fig. 55 — Pieris rape rape (1); fig. 56— P. napi macdunnoughii (1); fig. 57 — P. calyce (CL) < wig. S80 Peaccidentalis (A), ie) een beckeri (1); fig. 60a — Ascia monuste (1); fig. 60b — same (II). 50 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 51 Table 2.1 CHROMOSOME NUMBERS OF THE HESPERIOIDEA. Species Number (7) Division Reference 1. HESPERIIDZE A. Celiadine: Bibasis aquilina (Speyer) 29 4 (A) Maeki, 1953 Choaspes benjamini (Guérin) 31 BG) Maeki, 1953 B. Pyrgine: “ACHALARUS TOXEUS (Ploétz) 16 @ Cl JUD) Present paper OBIOIDES CA TILLUS (Cramer) 31 3 (1) Present paper Spialia orbifer (Hubner) 30 me 88) Lorkovié, 1941 Pyrgus malve (L.) 31 GuGlL) 2 Gl) Federley, 1938 Lorkovi¢, 1941 Pyrgus onopordi (Rambur) 30 A (UL Be) Lorkovié, 1941 Pyrgus serratule (Rambur) 30 3 (1) Lorkovi¢c, 1941 Pyrgus alveus (Hubner) 24 $ (OE IUDs 2 (4) Federley, 1938 Lorkovic, 1941 Carcharodus alcee (Esper) 3A @ OEL00) Lorkovié, 1941 Carcharodus lavathere (Esper) 30 @ (Ok 10} de Lesse, 1953 Erynnis montanus (Brem.) 31 QuCEe rn) Maeki, 1953 Erynnis tages (L.) 31 Qs) Lorkovié, 1941 ERYNNIS ICELUS (Scudd.&Burg.) 30 BCE) Present paper ERYNNIS JUVENALIS (Fab.) 30 Gu Gk ells) Present paper ERYNNIS HORATIUS (Sc. & B.) 31 $ (I, II) Present paper ERYNNIS PERSIUS (Scudder) 31 AOE I00) Present paper ERYNNIS BAPTISIZE (Forbes) 31 $ (I, IT) Present paper PRIN NES GUCIETUS (Sc. & B.), 31 aCe aL) Present paper GRAIS STIGMATICUS (Mab.) 31 $ (I, II) Present paper Daimio tethys (Meén.) 30 } (1) Maeki, 1953 C. Hesperiine: Thymelicus lineola (Ochs.) 29 6 ADs Sap) Federley, 1938 Ochlodes venata (Br. & Grey) 29 (28) 6 CE Ih). Se Gy Ll) Federley, 1938 Lorkovi¢, 1941 OCHLODES SYLVANOIDES(Bd.) 29 A (GE gp) Present paper Ochlodes ochracea (Brem.) [Japan] 24 3 (1) Maeki, unpublished NASTRA L’7HERMINIERI (Latr.) 30 oul) Present paper Thoressa varia (Mutr.) 31 4 (II) Maeki, 1953 Polytremis pellucida (Mur.) [Japan]16 3 (1) Maeki, unpublished Pelopidas mathias (Fab.) [Japan] 16 SEL) Maeki, unpublished Parnara guttata (Br. & Grey) 16 $ (1) Maeki, 1953 2. MEGATHY MIDE A. Megathymine: MEGATAYMUS VIOLZE S. & T. 27 6 (II) Present paper STALLINGSIA MACULOS4A(Fr.) 50 6 (II) Present paper Be 2 cialine : AGATHYMUS MARIZE (B. &B.) 21 Sale Tis) Present paper 'Table 1, for the Papilionide, is in Part 1 of this series of papers (Journ. Lepid. Soc. 13: 199; 1960). 52 MAEKI & REMINGTON: Chromosomes Vol.14: no.1 Table 3. CHROMOSOME NUMBERS OF THE PIERIDZ. Species Number (7) Division Reference A. Pierine: Anthocaris scolymus Butler 31 6 (1,18) Maeki, 1953, 1959 Euchloe cardamines (L.) 31(-32) 6 (Tie eas) Federley, 1938 Lorkovi¢, 1941 Euchloe crameri Butler 31 GE eh) Lorkovié. 1941 EUCHLOE AUSONIDES ULucas 31 Ge leat) Present paper Colias croceus (L.) 31 @ (OR), 200) Lorkovic, 1941 Federley, 1942 COLIAS EURYTHEME Bdv. Bi 6 (1, NS Present paper COLIAS “PHILODICGE (Godart)y 31 6 (Lt) Present paper COLIAS ALEXANDRA Edw. 31 G00) Present paper COLIAS SCUDDERII Reak. 31 AGG 00) Present paper Colias hyale (L.) 31(-32) SO UO se 2G0) Lorkovié, 1941 Federley, 1942 Colias erate (Esper) 31 d (I, Il) Maeki, 1953, 1959 Colias paleno (1.) 31 (-32) QE 00), 2 0) Federley, 1938, 1942 Maeki, 1959 Colias nastes Bdvy. 31 2 (I) Federley, 1942 Colias hecla Lefebre 31 2 G0) Federley, 1938, 1942 COLIAS MEADII Edw. 31 SE sEo) Present paper ZERENE CESONIA (Stoll) 31 Qh 10o) Present paper Gonepteryx rhamni (L.) 31(-32) GLOGS) 2 (CL) Beliajeff, 1930 Federley, 1938 Lorkovi¢, 1941 Maeki, 1959 Gonepteryx mahaguru (Gistel) 311 4 (I, IT) Maeki, 1959 ANTEOS CLORINDE (Godart) oul @ (OG 00) Present paper Hebomoia glaucippe (L.) 17 4 (I, Il) Maeki, 1959 PHCEBIS PHILEA (Joh.) 31 & (I, IT) Present paper KRICOGONIA LYSIDE (Godart) 31 G (OL s05) Present paper Eurema leta (Bdv.) 29 ANGE IU) Maeki, 1959 Eurema hecabe (L.) 31 Ga leet) Maeki, 1953, 1959 EUREMA PROTERPIA (Fab.) 31 & (Cl, 100) Present paper EUREMA [MEXICANA Badv. or BOISDUVALIANA F. & F.] 31 Gacleslele) Present paper EUREMA NICIPPE (Cramer) 31 @ (UG 100) Present paper EUREMA LISA (Bdv. & Lec.) 31 4 (1) : Present paper APPIAS DRUSILLA (Cramer) 32 é (I, 1) Present paper A poria crategi (L.) 25 (-26) SOE, 20) Kernewitz, 1914,1951 Beliajeff, 1930 Federley, 1938 Lorkovic, 1941 Maeki, 1953, 1959 Aporia hippia (Brem.) 25 O(a, Eel) Maeki, 1959 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 53 Table 3 — continued. Pieris brassice (L.) 15 3 (I, 11), 2 (1, 11) Henking, 1890 Doncaster, 1912 Beliajeff, 1930 Federley, 1938, 1942 Lorkovié, 1941 Pieris rape rape (L.) 25(-26?) SOL CS) Beliajeff, 1930 Federley, 1938 Lorkovi¢, 1941 Present paper Pieris rape crucivora Bdy. 26 (-25) 67(1; 1) Maeki, 1953, 1959 Pieris manni Mayer 25 é (1, Il) Lorkovié, 1941 Pieris bryonie Ochs. 25 QAO) Lorkovié, 1941 Pieris napi napi (L.) Ds Qu IDs (ae) Henking, 1890 Federley, 1938 Lorkovié, 1941 P. N. MACDUNNOUGHII Rem. 25 QC E309) Present paper Pieris napi nesis Fruhst. 26 jG) Maeki, 1959 PIERIS VIRGINIENSIS Edw. 26 OCR UO) Present paper Pieris ergane Hubner 26 }$ (I, IL) Lorkovié, 1941 Pieris melete Mén. 27-31 $ (I, 11) Maeki, 1953 Pieris daplidice (L.) 26 }$ (I, II) Lorkovi¢, 1941 PIERIS BECKERII Edw. 26 nls LE) Present paper PIERIS OCCIDENTALIS Reak. 26 $ (I, IL) Present paper PIERIS CALYCE Edw. 26 8 GGI05) Present paper ASCIA MONUSTE (L.) Dik AOG AG) Present paper B. Dismorphiine: Leptidea sinapis (L..) 26-41 6 bal). 2 (1) Federley, 1938 Lorkovié, 1941 Leptidea morsei Fenton 54 3d (1) Lorkovié, 1941 Maeki, 1958, 1959 Leptidea amurensis (Mén.) 61 6: CELE) Maeki, 1958, 1959 Leptidea duponcheli Staud. 104 $ (1) Lorkovié, 1941 Discussion Tables 2 and 3 show the chromosome numbers of the 32 species of Hes- perioidea and +8 of Pieridz tor which counts have now been recorded. Of the 36 species described in the present paper 34, plus 1 subspecies, are new to cytology and are shown in capitals in the Tables. Some major groups are notably constant in number. Of the 19 known Pyrgine, 17 have n = 30 or 31. The count of 16 for Achalarus toxeus is an extreme variant but can be accounted for by 1 + 1 fusions of all but one chromosome (the X-chromosome?). “The 9 Hesperiine shown in Table 2 are diverse, but we will soon publish accounts of several more species having n — 29, and this seems to be the most usual number for the many small brown temperate-region hesperiines. The 3 »=16 Asiatic species appear to 54 MAEKI & REMINGTON: Chromosomes Vol.14: no.1 be in a distinctive phylogenetic line. Their caryotype is remarkably similar to that of 4. toxeus. Our finding of n = 48 for the hesperiine Asbolis capuct- nus (Lucas), to be reported in detail in our forthcoming supplementary pa- per, is an extreme departure from the previously published counts for any Hesperiidz. ‘The chromosomes of the Pierine are now well enough known to show that on cytological grounds there are two very discrete groups: the Euchloini with 31 as the usual base number and the Pierini with 25-26 as most char- acteristic. [here is no cytological support for the separation of the Colias relatives from the Euchloe relatives. “The known American Pieride have no large variants in number, dscia monuste and Appias drusilla having only one more chromosome than their relatives. In the known Old World Pieri- nz two species have large differences from their nearest relations: Pieris brassicae (n = 15 instead of 25 or 26) and Hebomoia glaucippe (n = 17 in- stead of 31), and we will soon describe an African Leptosia with n = 12. It will be of great interest to work out the numbers for the many American Dismorphiinz, in view of the wide numerical range and the suggestion of polyploidy in the one Palearctic dismorphiine genus, Leptidea. The family Megathymide is structurally and biologically divergent and specialized as compared to the Hesperiide, and the megathymids also prove to be distinctive chromosomally. All 3 known species (and genera) have totally different numbers: » = 21, » = 27, and n = 50) Dhevlattermsncne highest known count for any Hesperioidea. Too few of these remarkable Skippers have been worked out for safe generalizations to be made. We in- tend to give this group special attention, with the help of the STALLINGs, ‘TURNER, and FREEMAN group of specialists. The introduced Pieris rapa rape is believed to have come to North America from Europe in the 19th Century. Our many counts all agree with those of BELIAJEFF (1930) and LorxKovic (1941) for eastern European material. FEpERLEY (1938) reported » = 26 for both spermatocyte and oocyte divisions in P. rapaw from Finland. There is a need for counts from a substantial series of Scandinavian, especially Finnish, P. rape to determine how regular is the haploid number of 26 in that region and whether the 26th element is a normal chromosome or a m-chromosome. (See our remarks on the m-chromosome in our first paper, page 200.) In the Japanese P. rape crucivora there is one m-chromosome in addition to the 25 normal chromo- somes, and this minute element was found (Maeki, 1959) sometimes among the normal chromosomes and sometimes in the cytoplasm outside the nucleus. If Finnish P. rapa consistently have the m-chromosome there will be a sug- gestion of phylogenetic affinity with the Japanese race. If there is a 26th normal chromosome there will be the possibility that hybridization experi- ments will show that the Finnish stock is not true rape but an unrecognized sibling or a member of a 26-chromosome species such as P. ergane. A similar situation exists in so-called Pieris napi. HENKING (1890), FEDERLEY (1938), and LorKkovic (1941) found » = 25 in spermatocyte 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 55 divisions in European material (FEDERLEY also reported n — 23 in a fe- male). We found 2 = 25 regularly in race macdunnoughi in Colorado. MAEKI (1959) showed that the number is 26 consistently in the Japanese “subspecies mnesis and that the extra chromosome is apparently a regular autosome, not a m-chromosome. (His earlier report (1953) of » = 25 was corrected in the later paper.) It is now suggested that mesis is a species dis- tinct from true mdafi, as is certainly true for the North American virginiensis (2 = 26). In the eastern U. S. A. P. virginiensis is mainly more southern than P. napi but has an overlap zone of sympatry in Masachusetts and Ver- mont and perhaps to the west as well. It is univoltine and very early in its flight, whereas napi is commonly bivoltine and even its first brood is later than the single brood of virginiensis. There is some tendency for foodplant separation, with P. virginiensis larve always on Dentaria and P. napi on sev- eral Crucifere including Dentaria. Our finding of a chromosome difference Is a piece of clinching evidence for the full species status of virginiensis, and the long debate on the question appears to be ended. The cytological data are not significant in clarifying the status of mem- bers of three other complexes we have examined. In these there are no differ- ences in chromosome number. This need not indicate conspecifity (and cer- tainly does not in the second and third complexes), since separate species often have identical haploid numbers. Pieris occidentalis and P. calyce (see notes above) both have n = 26. In the sibling species group including Eryn- nis baptisie, E. lucilius, and E. persius, all three prove to have n = 31. The eleven known species of Colias, some phenotypically extremely alike, all have n = 31. However, the five Colias we have studied have 7 large chromosomes clearly distinguishable in the metaphase plate of the primary spermatocyte division; we found these larger chromosomes still recognizable in the second- ary spermatocyte division only in C. alexandra and C. scudderii; possibly this is a significant character. SUMMARY 1. Chromosome counts are presented for 11 species of Hesperiida, 3 of Megathymide, and 22 of Pieride. All the Hesperiidze are species new to cytology. No Megathymide had previously been studied. Of the Pieridz, 20 species are likewise new and another count is the first for an American sub- species (Pieris napi macdunnoughii). The cytologically new species are: Achalarus toxeus (Mexico), Chioides catillus (Mexico), Erynnis icelus, ju- venalis, horatius, persius, baptisie, and lucilius (all Connecticut), Grais stigmaticus (Mexico), Ochlodes sylvuanoides (Colorado), Nastra lherminiert (Connecticut), Megathymus viola (Mexico), Stallingsia maculosa (Texas), A gathymus maria (Texas), Euchloe ausonides (Colorado), Colias eury- theme and philodice (Connecticut), C. alexandra, scudderti, and meadii (all Colorado), Zerene cesonia (Mexico), Anteos clorinde, Phabis philea, Kri- cogonia lyside, Eurema proterpia, nicippe, and [mexicana or boisduvaliana] (all Mexico), EF. lisa (Connecticut), 4 ppias drusilla (Mexico), Pieris vir- - 56 MAEKI & REMINGTON: Chromosomes Vol.14: no.1 giniensis (Massachusetts), Pieris beckerii, occidentalis, and calyce (all Colo- rado), and Ascia monuste (Mexico). All these counts are from spermatocyte divisions. 2. Meiotic divisions are numerous in most adult, flying males of Pieri- de and Hesperiide. Meiosis has almost or entirely ended by the time of eclosion in males of the Megathymidez, the five high mountain Hesperiide, and the many early spring Erynnis brizo examined by us. 3. The haploid number tends to be 30 or 31 for Pyrgine, 29 for Hes- perine, 31 for Euchloini (including the Colias group) and 25-26 for Pier- ini. Some deviant species have been found in each of these groups. The num- bers for Megathymide are widely scattered, the three known species (each in a separate genus) having 2 = 21, 27, and 50, respectively. +. The North American sibling species, Pieris napi and virginiensis, have haploid numbers of 25 and 26, respectively. Japanese supposed P. napi (“‘subspecies”’ nesis) has n = 26. The Japanese P. rape crucivora has an ex- tra minute element not present in the European and American P. rape rape. In both cases the Japanese forms may actually prove to be separate species rather than subspecies. 5. Three other complexes of possible or positive sibling species prove to have no difference in number among the similar forms: Pieris occidentalis and calyce; Erynnis persius, baptisia, and lucilius; and Colias spp. 6. The haploid number is only mentioned for Asbolis capucinus, Och- lodes ochracea, Polytremis pellucida, and Pelopidas mathias; descriptions and full records will be reported in later papers. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are again grateful to Dr. and Mrs. Ross B. Dickson of Cuidad Victoria, Mexico, for fine facilities, to P. SHELDON and Eric E. REMINGTON, to Dr. J. R. Turn- ER, and to Don B., Viota T., and Jack STALLINGS for field assistance in Mexico, to Eric E. REMINGTON and RocGer W. PEAsE, JR. for many of the Colorado and Connecti- cut specimens. Don B. STALLINGS sent us the living pupe of Stallingsia maculosa. Joun M. Burns (for Erynnis) and ALEXANDER B. Kuiots (for Eurema) kindly checked determinations in their special groups. This work was supported in all its parts by a research grant (G 3830) from the U. S. National Science Foundation. References Baliajeff, N. K., 1930. Die Chromosomenkomplexe und ihre Beziehung zur Phylogenie bei den Schmetterlingen. Zeitschr. induk. Abstamm.-und Vererbungsl. 54: 369-399. Doncaster, L., 1912. The chromosomes in the oogenesis and spermatogenesis of Pieris brassicae, and in the oogenesis of Abraxas grossulariata. Journ. genetics 2: 189-200. Federley, H., 1938. Chromosomenzahlen finnlandischer Lepidopteren. I. Rhopalocera. Hereditas 24: 397-464, 47 figs. Wr. ....... 1942. Chromosomenzahlen von vier Tagfaltern von ozeanischen Inseln. Her- editas 28: 493-495. Henking, H., 1890. Untersuchungen tiber die erster Entwicklungsvorgange in den Eiern der Insekten. I. Das Ei von Pieris brassice L. nebst Bemerkungen itiber Samen und Samenbildung. Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. 49: 503-564, pls.24-26. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 57 Kernewitz, B., 1914. Uber Spermiogenese bei Lepidopteren. Zool. duz. 45: 137-139. Sal eels , 1915. Spermiogenese bei Lepidopteren mit besonderer Berticksichtigung der Chromosomen. Archiv. Naturgeschichte (Ad) 81: 1-34, 3 pls., 14 figs. de Lesse, H., 1953. Formules chromosomiques de Boloria aquilonaris Stichel, B. pales D. et Schiff., B. napea Hoffm. et quelques autres Lépidoptéres Rhopalocéres. Rev. franc. lépid. 14: 24-26, 1 pl., 5 figs. Lorkovi¢, Z., 1941. Die Chromosomenzahlen in der Spermatogenese der ‘Tagfalter. Chromosoma 2: 155-191, 13 figs. Maeki, K., 1953. Chromosome number of some butterflies (Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera). Jap. journ. genetics 28: 6-7, 5 figs. Seem. , 1958. On the cytotaxonomical relationship in Leptidea (Lepidoptera-Rhopalo- cera). Jap. journ. genetics 33: 283-285, 6 figs. PRS uf , 1959. A chromosomal study in fifteen species of the Japanese Pieride (Lepi- doptera-Rhopalocera). Kwansei Gakuin Univ. annual studies 7: 361-368, 32 figs. EAR Ee , & C. L. Remington, 1960. Studies of the chromosomes of North American Rhopalocera. I. Papilionide. Journ. lepid. soc. 13: 193-203, 3 pls. Department of Zoology, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. A CORRECTION ON HESPERIA PAWNEE IN MICHIGAN Since the publication of my article entitled, ‘“Observations of Hesperia pawnee in Michigan” (Lepid. news 12: 37-40; 1958), I now realize that a serious error in determination was made. All of the records and observations for H. pawnee Dodge in Michigan referred to in this article should be those of H. ottoe Edw. This error was first called to my attention by Mr. C. Don MAcNEILL of the California Academy of Sciences after I had sent him specimens determined by me as pawnee. I then shipped to MAcNEILL, later to Dr. A. W. LinpseEy, additional pawnee specimens (my determinations) of both sexes from several localities over a wide range of dates, including the pair originally determined as pawnee by Mr. W. D. FIELp of the U. S. Na- tional Museum, for further examining. In each case the specimens were found to be Hesperia ottoe! Dr. LINpDSsEy stated that my dates of capture, June 19 to August 9, were sufficient to separate the two species, as pawnee flies later than oftoe in the same area. Recently, in checking the left valve of several males in my collection, I found the terminal tooth shorter than the basal tooth — characteristic of oftoe. It is entirely possible that H. pawnee may occur in Michigan in the same habitat as that of oftoe but during late August and September. In time, I hope to explore this possibility and will report any interesting results. M. C. Nietsen, 3415 Overlea Dr., Lansing 17, Mich., U. S. A. 58 Vol.14: no.1 NOTES ON 4GATHYMUS IN TEXAS, AND THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES FROM MEXICO (MEGATHYMIDZ®) by H. A. FREEMAN As more extensive study is made of the habits and life histories of the various known species of dgathymus the less we seem to know about them. Some few years ago it seemed as if all the species known fit into a definite pattern with each one using a specific 4d gave as a host plant. Since working with d gave lecheguilla Vorr. we have found this to be untrue. Apparently many species do have very definite 4 gave host plants; however in the /eche- guilla group it is not unusual to find two or possibly three species of 4 gathy- mus in the same plant. In the Hueco Mountains of Texas there occur ap- parently three species of 4 gave. One is a broad-leafed species in the parryi group, with a sordid white shade to the leaves. Another is /echeguilla, while in between there is either a hybrid of the two or what is called chisosensis Muller. In this particular area only Agathymus marie (B. & B.) is found in the lecheguilla. In the “chisosensis’ plants I have found 4A. maria and A. juditha (S. & T.), plus one that I thought at first to be a new species; how- ever as it has characteristics of both maria and juditha | presume it to be a hybrid of the two species. In the parryi-like Agave only judithe and three specimens of this possible hybrid were found, with no marie ever haying been observed. During July 1949, while returning home from the Big Bend section of ‘Texas with my family, I located a colony of /echeguilla growing about twenty- eight miles north of Del Rio on the highway to Sonora. I did not stop at that time to examine those plants; however if I had I would have located a new species as I have since found that they contained the recently described 4 ga- thymus estellee (S. & T.) as well as A. marie. On 28 August 1958 I brought home seven specimens of 4 gave lecheguilla from 28 miles north of Del Rio, Texas, containing what I thought to be larve of Agathymus maria. 1 did not examine the larve in the field else I would have detected that they were not all maria. Each plant had fairly fresh frass near the base of the leaves; however no trap doors had been constructed on that date: Four of the larvz made their doors during the first week of September, and on 24 September a female este//ee emerged, the first one to be scen from the United States. On the following day two males and another female emerged. Only one maria came from this group of plants, a female about two weeks later. On 4 July 1959 I brought home eleven plants from the same location and on 5 September I dug up 21 more plants; from those 32 plants 31 males and 27 females emerged from 3 September to 8 October. One plant had eight pupz, while two others had seven in each. All specimens were estellea except three which were marie. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 59 Eight miles west of Dryden, Texas, I dug up nine Jecheguilla plants that were infested with larve. From these, two males and three females of este/- lee emerged during September (9-27), and three males of marie emerged during October (11, 13, 18). Twelve miles south of Juno, Texas, five infested plants were carried home from which two males of este/lee emerged during September (21, 23) and one female marie which emerged 18 October. One of the plants con- tained a female pupa of este//lee which died and the other contained a female pupa of marie which was not able to get out of its pupal skin and thus eventually died without expanding. ‘The above-mentioned specimens of estelle« differ slightly from specimens obtained from the type locality, near General Bravo, Nuevo Leon, Mexico, in that the spots on the upper surface of the secondaries are somewhat nar- rower and a little lighter in coloration. The spots on the upper surface of the primaries are somewhat longer and the female genitalia shows slight devia- tions ; however not enough to indicate that it is more than individual variation. This is a new 4 gathymus record for the United States. Several years ago | learned that there were three specimens of an 4 gat/y- mus in the United States National Museum tentatively identified as Mega- thymus smithti Druce. Mr. WiLiiAm D. FIELD of that institution, was kind enough to loan those specimens to me and when I examined them I at once saw that they were specimens of an undescribed species. In 1957 STALLINGS and TURNER made a special effort to get more specimens of this new species and some of the information contained in the following description is based on their results. It gives me great pleasure to name this species after WILLIAM D. Fretp of the United States National Museum because of his help in this particular project as well as in others. AGATHYMUS FIELDI H. A. Freeman, new species Male (upper side): Primaries are brownish black, with some lighter brown hairs and scales near the base. There is a spot near the end of and extending across the celi. The three subapical spots are somewhat linear and the one in interspace 6 is somewhat out oi line, being nearer the apex. The two extradiscal spots are small and are situated outward from the subapical and discal spots. The discal band is com- posed of three separated spots, which are in line, the one in interspace 1 is somewhat broadly columnar, the one in interspace 2 is round, and the one in interspace 3 is pointed inward at the top toward the cell spot. All spots are creamy yellow in color. Fringes are alternately brownish black and creamy. Secondaries are brownish black, sparsely overscaled with brown hairs over the basal half of the wing. There is a discal band composed of five small creamy spots, the ones in interspaces 2-5 form a straight line, while the one in interspace 6 is minute and situated above the spots in interspaces 4 and 5. The discal band is situated one- third of the way inward from the outer margin toward the base. Fringes are alter- nately brownish black and creamy yellow. FREEMAN NEW AGATHYMUS Agathymus fieldi. Top row: ALLOTYPE 4, Guadalajara, Mexico, 27 Sept. 1957: 2nd row: HOLOTYPE @, Guadalajara, Mexico, 30 Sept. 1957 (upper surfaces left, under surfaces right). 3rd row: left, pupal cremaster; middle, ¢ uncus; right, 9 genital plate (Paratypes, same locality as Holotype). Bottom: ¢ valva (Paratype, same locality). Photographs by Don B. STALLINGS. 60 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 61 Male (under side): Primaries are somewhat lighter brownish black than above, with some grayish scales near the apex. All spots reappear and are more yellowish in color. Secondaries have the ground color grayish black with an indistinct darker discal area. There are three indistinct sordid white spots below the costal area. Thorax above is brown, somewhat lighter beneath. Abdomen is of the same colora- tion as the thorax. Palpi beneath are gray. Legs are brown. Antenne are tan above, beneath sordid white, with the club black. Size of ALLOTYPE made — primaries: base to apex 24 mm., apex to outer angle 14 mm., outer angle to base 18 mm.; secondaries: base to end of Cu, 17 mm., costa to anal angle 20 mm.; total expanse 48 mm. (average of the paratypes 48 mm.) Female (upper side): Primaries are brownish black, with a tan area midway be- tween the base and spot in interspace 1. All of the spots found in the male are present and the spots in interspaces 1, 2, and 3 are larger; the one in interspace 2 is 4 mm. wide. Fringes are alternately brownish black and tan. Secondaries are brownish black, with some hairs of the same color near the base. The discal band is very similar to that found in the males except in some cases the spots are a little larger. Female (under side): Primaries are very similar to the male except the spots are somewhat larger. Secondaries are like the male except the discal band is faintly visible. The thorax, abdomen, palpi, legs, and antennez are the same as in the male. Size of HOLOTYPE female — primaries: base to apex 25 mm., apex to outer angle 16 mm., outer angle to base 19.5 mm.; secondaries: base to end of Cu, 19 mm., costa to anal angle 20 mm.; total expanse 50 mm. (average of the paratypes 50 mm.). ‘Type material: Described from 31 specimens. 18 males and 10 females were collected in the larval stage during August 1957 at Guadalajara, Mexico, Jalisco Highway 15, Kilometer 724, elevation +400 feet, by STALLINGS and TURNER. The remaining two males and a female were collected at Guada- lajara, Mexico, with no other data present and were borrowed from the United States National Museum for this study. The HOLOTYPE and ALLOTY PE are in the Stallings and Turner Collection, along with 12 male and four female Paratypes. One pair of Paratypes will be placed in the fol- lowing collections: CHARLES L. REMINGTON, Yale University; American Museum of Natural History; and the United States National Museum, plus their original two males and one female. ‘There are two pairs of Paratypes in the author’s collection. Superficially 4. fieldi does not closely resemble any other known species of Agathymus. Actually the wing shape is a great deal like Stallingsia macu- losus (Freeman) and the general coloration is somewhat similar. “The males have the maculation on the primaries arranged much as in 4. aryxna (Dyar), while the females resemble specimens of 4. baueri (S. &. T.) that have re- duced maculation. he coloration is much darker black than either of these two species. Ihe maculation on the upper side of the secondaries slightly re- sembles 4. remingtoni (S. & T.). The male genitalia bear some slight re- semblance to 4. hoffmanni (Freeman), whereas the form of the female geni- tal plate slightly resembles some members of the marie complex. ‘The cre- master also bears some resemblance to members of the marie complex. This particular species does not seem to fit into any of the known species complexes as it appears to be a connecting link between the baueri complex and the marie complex. The general coloration, maculation of the secon- 62 FREEMAN: A gathymus Vol.14: no.1 daries, general shape of the female genital plate, and cremaster of pupa ap- proach those of the remingtoni group of the maria complex. ‘The maculation of the primaries and what is known of the life history would indicate a baueri complex relationship. When more information is known this species may well represent another species complex. Host plant: dA gave tequilana Weber. Life history: What is known of the life history of this species was ob- served at the type locality by STALLINGS and TURNER on 24 August 1957, while they were collecting the larvae. They inform me that the tan trap doors were on either side of the leaf and that the day that they were found the larve were cutting holes in the leaves just prior to making their trap doors. Some of the burrows were not powdered on that date while others were. A few larvae used two leaves with their burrow, while most used but a single leaf. “here was no frass to be observed anywhere. The larve were a sordid green with pink tints. Pupz resemble those of the marie complex in general shape and size. I wish to express my deepest thanks to the National Science Foundation for a very generous research grant, making it possible for me to continue my work with the Megathymide. 1605 Lewis Drive, Garland, Texas, U. S. A. CAPTURE OF NYMPHALIS J-ALBUM IN MARYLAND ANI INTIGuslIe This note was stimulated by the observation of BRYANT MATHER (1959) concerning the capture of butterflies at night and by his restatement of the Editor’s desire for further information in this field. On the night of August 22, 1941, I noticed a perfect specimen of Nymphalis j-album Boisduval & Leconte hanging from the light fixture of an open side porch of a friend’s house in a northern residential section of Baltimore city. It was easily captured because it seemed to be lethargic and I simply knocked it off into a killing jar. This capture is of interest in that it occurred at 9 p.m. and in that it 1s the first recorded capture of this species in Baltimore since that of OTTo Luccer in 1882 (January 2nd!) as reported by CLARK (1932). References Mather, Bryant, 1959. Vanessa atalanta taken at Atlantic City at 2 A.M. Journ. lepid. SOG. US eo. Clark, Austin H., 1932. The butterflies of the District of Columbia and vicinity. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 157: 245. W. A. ANpDERSEN, 509 Spring Ave., Lutherville, Md., U. S. A. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 63 A METHOD FOR ESTIMATING THE WING RADIUS IN VEE PDO Rai RA Dy ole ESE Gray. In measuring the wing radius of spread Lepidoptera, or their antenne, by means of a ruler, dividers, or callipers, there is a risk of damaging the specimens. C. B. WILLIAMS developed a device for measuring specimens through the glass cover of the cabinet drawer; it consists of two plates of glass with identical scales on each, one superimposed on the other in exact register, about 1.5 cm. apart. This appears to be a simple solution for measur- ing the expanse of the spread wings, or the radii of light-coloured wings, but is difficult for radii of such species as Vanessa cardui L., Nymphalis antiopa L., and many others whose wing-bases spring from a mass of dark hairs in which the zero points of the scale are lost. The author has found it possible to obtain satisfactory measurements of wing radii, and lengths of straight antenne, by placing a translucent ruler on the glass cover, provided that the distance between the plane of the object and the scale marks on the ruler is known. The discrepancy between the ob- served and the true values, caused by parallax, can be overcome by the appli- cation of a divergence-factor to the observed values. 13) e ==) A Fig. f. Measuring chamber. A measuring chamber, simulating a fraction of a Cornell-type cabinet drawer, was made as follows (see Fig. 1): the top was removed from a rectangular wooden box, of 14” material, measuring 8%” by 314”, by 2” high inside. An opening 214” wide was made in the middle of one side, to admit light. Lengthwise slots were cut in the top edges of the two long sides to 64+ Gray: Wing radius Vol.14: no.1 accommodate two sides of a 314" square glass plate (A); they were cut as deep as the thickness of the glass. The edges of the plate lying in the slots were bound with gummed paper tape (B), with narrow straps of the same to serve as hinges (B, B) on the far (window) side. A pinning card of compressed paper pulp is shown in dotted outline in the diagram, resting on microscope slides (C), which are held in place on the box floor by paper straps; the slides raise the card so that the points of the pins are not damaged. The distance from the pinning surface to the top of the glass plate should be 4 cm. The author uses two layers of slides to adjust the card to the required height. A card of the shape shown is easy to move horizontally. For observing specimens mounted with the underside upwards, a small piece of plasticine can be used to hold the head of the pin; it is shown in Fig. 1 as embedded in a hole (P) in the pinning card. In operation the pinned specimen is placed with the wing to be measured as nearly horizontal as possible. A zero mark on the translucent ruler, a cm./ mm. scale, is placed so that it (say the 5 cm. mark) is coincident with the base of the wing when viewed with one eye, at normal vision height (the au- thor uses a Magni-focuser No. 7) then, without moving the head, the position of the apex of the wing in relation to another mark on the scale is noted. For example, the apex of a forewing with radius measured directly as 27 mm. may coincide with the 25 mm. mark from zero; one of 25 mm. with the 23 mm. mark. If both wings lie in the same plane below the scale only one fac- tor is required to convert the observed into the true values; if they lie in dif- ferent planes factors applicable at these different planes must be found. This was done as follows: a duplicate scale, of white celluloid with black markings, was placed below the plate at various distances below the plane of the observer’s scale; these distances were provided by different num- bers of microscope slides arranged in a pile on the pinning card; the exact distances were determined by means of an identical scale held vertically with the marks in juxtaposition with the marks on the observer’s scale. The fol- lowing results were obtained: Distance Observer’s scale Divergence below zero at 50 mm. (a); factor observer’s 100 mm. mark at b—a scale, mm. basic scale mm. (b) eee: 10 101.5 1.03 15 102.5 1.05 20 103 1.06 25 104 1.08 30 105.5 1.10 Allowance has also to be made for divergence at different horizontal dis- tances from the zero point. The averages of the horizontal divergences, at 20, 30, 40, and 50 mm. distances, at each vertical distance, brought the di- vergence factors to 1:04,91.05, 1-07; 12084 and 1210: 1960 Wertical distance jim, from toh scale to base scale Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 65 SOS es ots ee ea 1. 0f 0203 of oF 06 OF 08 09 10 Factors The nomogram above was constructed from the above ‘corrected’ fac- tors. This allows for insects fixed on pins between 1.0 and 2.5 cm. below the head; the useful factors thus lie between 1.04 and 1.10 for normally pinned insects. The following tests were made with butterflies: 1. Wings at 20 mm. below observer’s scale; factor 1.07. Forewing Radius by Divergence Estimated radius direct measure reading radius mm. mm. mm. P. rape L. 23.0 21.0 22.5 C’. eurytheme Bdv. 26.0 24.5 26.2 C. philodice Godt. 28.0 26.0 27.8 V. cardut L. 33.0 31.0 33.0 P. polyxenes Fab. 38.5 36.0 38.5 2. Wings at various distances below observer’s scale; random specimens of C. philodice. Direct Divergence Distance Factor Estimated measure reading below scale radius mm. mm mm mm Ail. 25 27 1.09 27.3 29 Defy 20 1.07 28.9 28 26 18 1.06 27.6 26 24 20 1.07 25.4 21 20 20 1.07 21.4 7agl 2/5) 1) 1.065 26.6 23 2125 18 1.06 22.8 66 Gray: Wing radius Vol.14: no.1 ‘The average values from 23 specimens, of which the above seven are a part, were as follows; by direct measure 25.98 + 0.42; by estimation 25.76 mm. A random series of C. eurytheme, 5 males and 4 females, was measured and found to have a mean forewing radius of 25.8 mm; the radii were then estimated after readings through a glass cover on the storage box, as well as through the glass of the small box; the results were, for measurements in the storage box 25.6 mm., and for those in the small box 25.5 mm. Comparative measurements and estimates have so far been quoted for objects lying between 20 and 40 mm. For comparisons of objects extending less than 20 mm. the antennae of 10 V’. cardui were examined by both methods; the mean of the measured lengths was 15.9 mm. and that of the estimated was 16.0 mm. In order to demonstrate the correlations of values obtained by the two methods the figures for forewing radii and antennal lengths of 9 Colias philo- dice males, reared in Quebec Province in November 1952, from eggs laid by one female, are given below: Wings Antenne Estimated Measured Estimated Measured mm. mm. mm. mm. 23.54 23.5 9.1 9.0 24.61 25.0 9.6 9.5 24.61 25.0 9.6 9.3 24.61 PHS\A0) 9.6 9.5 24.08 23.5 9.1 9.0 24.61 25.0 9.4 9.5 24.08 24.5 9.1 9.0 23.54 24.5 | 9.1 9.0 22.47 DOS | 9.1 9.0 Means and their standard deviations: for wings, Estimated: 24.01 += 0.279 Measured: 24.26 = 0.396 for antenne, Estimated: 9.3 = 0.14 Measured: 9.2 = 0.14 Correlation coefficients: for wings, Estimated X Measured, r= 0.9827 for antenne, Estimated X Measured, r = 0.8875 n= 7, P < .01 for both sets. A method of this kind should be useful to students of other orders of insects as well as to lepidopterists. Reference Williams, C. B. 1943. A safe method of measuring the wings of set butterflies. Proc. Roy. ent Soc. London 18:3-5. R. R. 2, Digby, Nova Scotia, CANADA 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 67 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS (Under the supervision of Frep T- THORNE, 1360 Merritt Dr., El Cajon, Calif., U.S.A.) THE PRESERVATION OF LEPIDOPTEROUS LARVZE USING THE INFLATION AND HEAT-DRYING TECHNIQUE by H. E. HammMonp INTRODUCTION The preservation of lepidopterous larve by the inflation and heat-drying method is the method adopted when specimens are required for cabinet dis- play or in making up life-history cases and is particularly useful for those who wish to study the color and superficial structural characteristics of the larve. This method, too, is a very great help to the field-worker for, as his collection grows, he absorbs a great deal of knowledge and except in the case of critical species, he is enabled to name promptly most of the species al- ready encountered. Apart from this, the formation of a well-preserved and neatly mounted collection of larval skins is a real asset to the appearance and value of his collection of imagines giving, as it does, a wider and more interesting aspect to the whole. The preservation of skins by this method takes but little longer than does the setting of imagines and the whole process can be completed in a matter of minutes with the resultant mount ready for the cabinet. It is to be regretted that the preservation of larve is not more univers- ally practised and the object of this paper is to explain and illustrate a sim- ple method, in the hope that others will be encouraged to take up this absorb- ing work. A number of the more critical species need to be bred to make certain of larval identity for very few can claim to identify larva of more than a frac- tion of the species. This alone makes the project well worth the effort and if one adds to this the increase in botanical knowledge which must automat- ically be acquired it can give the thoughtful student a great deal of pleasure and profit. My own collection has been formed over many years and now embraces about 90% of the British species. To effect this I estimate I have, to date, preserved some 25,000 specimens and many collaborators and institutions are the richer by drawing on the surplus. This does, I am informed, give me the experience necessary to try to pass on to others what I have learned of the subject. Before passing on to the main part of this paper 1 must make one re- mark. Do please pay strict regard to detail; it is so important, | want to stress the point. Success does so much hinge on care. 68 ESPECIALLY FOR COLLECFORS Vol.14: no.1 APPARATUS This is neither bulky nor expensive and the handyman can easily con- struct some of it. It consists of the oven, spirit (alcohol) lamp or bunsen burner, glass blowpipe jets, rubber inflator, silk or cotton covered copper wire, pins and a few miscellaneous items to be mentioned later. Thick alass windows hetd by clips Removable i Aperture for inser Fing larva, Stand Fig. 1. Hammond-pattern drying oven, heated by a Bunsen burner. {> THe Oven. I use one type only - a rectangular box with a removable lid. It is made of aluminium to avoid rust, but a box made from stout tinplate will answer as well. A suitable size is about 7 inches (18 cm.) long x 4 inches (10 cm.) wide x 2!4 inches (6 cm.) deep. This will accommodote all larvz likely to be dealt with unless it is desired to preserve some of the very large tropical species. At one end is cut a circular aperture for admission of the skin. The aperture should be be about 114 inches (3.5 cm. approx.) in di- amter. In the lid is cut an aperture 5 inches (12-13 cm.) x 14% inches (4 cm. approx.), and in the sides similar apertures 5 inches (12-13 cm.) x 1 inch (25-30 cm.). Over these apertures are placed pieces of glass slightly larger than the aperture. These are held in position by clips of brass or other soft metal. It is necessary to ensure that glass and metal fit perfectly to avoid loss of heat. I advocate a fairly loose lid, for occasionally a skin may pop off the jet and speed in recovery is essential; a few seconds’ contact with the oven base will ruin a good skin. If a piece of non-ferrous gauze is fitted at about 14 inch (4 mm.) from the oven base it will minimize the possibility of damage if recovery of the skin is reasonably prompt. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 69 ‘The drying oven is placed on a stand which may be another box cut to a suitable size and trimmed neatly to make a framework. If a spirit lamp is used for heating it must be protected from draughts, but must have ample ventilation or it will continually be extinguished or get over-heated and burst into flames. With a bunsen burner, the stand will need longer legs. An ordinary cocoa can or similar container can be used with or without the lid in place of a more complicated oven. An aperture must, of course, be made at one end. The chief disadvantages of this form of oven are a ten- dency to overheat and the impossibility of watching progress without contin- ual withdrawal of the skin for inspection; with the glass windows perfect observation and control is possible. Flat metal or fine wire gauze (not zinc, which melts over a flame) can be used as a substitute, but drying takes much longer and burnt fingers are usually a further penalty. Spirit lamp Bunsen burney Fig. 2. Alternative drying ovens. 2. SoURCE OF HEAT For speed in operation and complete control of the heat a bunsen burner is much to be preferred, but as many would-be enthusiasts are relegated to the garden shed for “blowing” their larve, a spirit lamp can be used effec- tively in such circumstances. It is necessary, however, to use either a some- what smaller oven or compensate for the gentler, but less easily controlled heat, by using a lamp of suitable size or, in the case of large ovens, to use two lamps. Temperature, of course, must be constant and not allowed to rise or the skins will be discolored or scorched. With the oven I use (as described) in conjunction with a bunsen burner, I have the top end of the bunsen burner 2 inches (5 cm.) from the oven base and after igniting the gas, adjust the flame so that its tip just touches the oven base without any lateral spreading. After reaching maximum heat at this adjustment I can do a hundred skins, if necessary, without even looking at the flame. Any other oven would, of course, need a different flame adjustment but very little variation would be needed for oven of comparable size and thickness of the metal used. 70 ESPECIALLY FOR COLLECTORS Vol.14: no.1 3. “CHE GLaAss BLOWPIPE. A stock of various sized jets should be available if many larve are to be prepared. Many dealers in scientific apparatus will supply these cheaply but they are extremely simple to make. Take a piece of glass tubing about 8-10 inches (20-25 cm.) in length. Hold this centrally over a bunsen flame until soft, continually rotating it to keep the jet central to the tube. When it is sufficiently hot draw the two ends gently and steadily apart, when the heated portion will narrow to a fine waist. After cooling, mark with a fine file and snap into two portions. If the two ends are rough, hold for a second only in the flame to smooth them. A longer period will close the jet and make it use- less. If any jets get broken they may be re-drawn by placing two together— end to end — in the flame until red hot. The two ends will adhere, when one may be drawn out. The other piece will need to be fused to a piece of waste tubing when it, too, may be re-drawn. Drawn ovl in Flame a ———~ Snag in half hete Watch- sprin 2) clip ee metal band Fig. 3. Above, making the jets: glass tube drawn out in flame to narrow waist. Below, the method of attaching the spring clip to the glass jet, to hold the caterpillar skin firm during inflation and drying. A point to remember is that the longer the portion which is actually heated, so the longer and finer will be the resultant nozzles. Onto the tubing slide a metal band and insert a piece of watch-spring to act as a clip to se- cure the skin to the jet. In practice I find that a piece of fine copper wire wound around the tube and clip is most effective in holding them in position. Before these are assembled the watch-spring should be made red-hot at one end and about 1g inch (3 mm. approx.) bent at right angles. In the tip of the short piece thus formed a V-cut should be made with a fine file so that it fits snugly on the tip of the glass jet. Only heat the extreme end of the spring or the temper of the whole will be lost. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 71 Reserve bulb in protective bag ee Pumping bulb Fig.4. Above, the arrangement of the double-bulb pump. Below, the apparatus for supporting the jet. ee DHE INFLATOR. If a sufficiently long blowpipe is used, the skin can be inflated by mouth. I do not recommend this as the pressure is, naturally, intermittent and mois- ture is apt to enter and delay the drying. A far better method is to purchase a rubber double bulb of the type used for throat sprays. Most drugstores stock them or will obtain one at a small cost. A medium size is best, and make sure it is of good quality with the reserve bulb of fine, flexible rubber. ‘These bulbs are made in segments and are apt to split at the joints. They can be repaired with self-adhesive rubber strips as used for bicycle tire re- pairs, but I prevent splitting by removing the net protector and affixing strips of the rubber along all the seams prior to use. A good quality bulb thus treated will last for years and do thousands of skins if not ill-treated. It should never be exposed to high temperatures and if allowed to get very cold will turn hard but can be easily softened if gently warmed prior to use. Of “I bo ESPECIALLY. FOR: COLLECRORS Vol.14: no.1 course, if anyone wishes to go in for a pressure bottle worked off the water faucet, or even to the length of purchasing an electric diaphragm pump, it would make mass-production easier but will not give such good results owing to a lesser degree of control. 5. OTHER APPARATUS. You will also need a small glass jar to hold spirit, setting needle, forceps, scissors, a few small wooden rollers of various sizes (about 6 inches (15 cm.) long znd the thickness of pencils or smaller — a graduated one is, perhaps, better), silk or cotton covered copper wire, entomological pins, a sheet of cork for use when mounting, blotting paper, a tube of glue (not gum), vaseline. 6. Support For THE JET. When doing several larve it is helpful to use a support to hold the jet and skin whilst drying, thus leaving both hands free to prepare the next skin for drying. A simple piece of apparatus is all that is needed. A piece of wood about 6 inches (15 cm.) square for the base, with a central upright piece and an arm secured horizotally on a line with the oven opening is all that is necessary. The jet may then be clipped to this with a largish spring paper clip. Mine is rather more ambitious as it is of metal and the hori- zontal arm slides up and down the upright and is secured with a wing nut and bolt, and the arm is made in two pieces with universal joints to allow the jet to be manipulated to any angle. 7. Katitinc AGENT. Larve may be killed in the cyanide bottle or by dipping into spirit. Al- cohol of good strength is excellent but I simply use methylated spirit (wood alcohol) and find it perfectly satisfactory. It is quick in action and being so cheap can be replaced often, thus avoiding the use of a soiled fluid. The larve should be removed as soon as dead and placed to dry on blotting paper. This applies particularly to the hairy species for, if wet when the larval con- tents are being removed, the hairs are more liable to fouling. SELECTION OF SUITABLE LARVE The caterpillar must be mounted to look as natural as possible. This can only be done if a suitable specimen is chosen. No matter what care is taken during inflation, a success cannot be made of a larva molting, and nothing looks worse than an oversized, balloon-like object. Some caterpil- lars assume different markings at each instar (between each molt) and you may wish to show the changes; but if only one specimen is required, it is best to wait until the final larval molt and “blow” it about one day after it has recommenced feeding. Never, on any account, attempt ‘‘blowing” just before the molt or just before pupation, for the outer skin, which is all we 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 73 require, is then not only lacking in color, but is extremely thin and even if successfully emptied, always distends in an unnatural manner. The exceptions to this are the larger Hawk-moths and other very large species. Unless it is absolutely necessary to show the final instar it is by far the best to “blow” these larger species in the penultimate larval instar, for if one wishes to have a neat mount it is almost impossible to avoid stretching the skin in the heat when fully grown. Should it be necessary to preserve these large species when fully grown I do not use the normal oven but stand a metal box of suitable size upright over the flame and suspend the skin in it. By so doing a minimum of air-pressure is required to keep the skin shapely and thus much of the oversize is obviated. It does, of course, take longer to dry out. Fig. 5. Examples of over-inflated (left), correct (center), and under-inflated (right) larval skins. All are Deilephila elpenor L. (Sphingide), and the left larva Was remarkable in lacking a left eye-spot and in having segmental abnormalities on abdominal segment V. 7+ ESPECIALLY FOR COLLECTORS Vol.14: no.1 The hairy species are worth spending more time on. If the skin is placed in a very hot oven the hairs are liable to curl in the heat. This can be avoid- ed if the operator has patience enough to start off the drying in a cold or cool oven and allow it to heat up as drying continues. “—[he same remark applies to a number of the fawn and light brown Geometridz, which often turn red or pink if placed in a hot oven; by the exercise of patience in start- ing off with a cool oven, better results are obtained. Should these skins turn reddish do not discard them, as they almost invariably tone down after a few weeks in the cabinet. The green larve also pose a problem, as they almost certainly will lose all or most of the color, generally when emptied, and of course heat aggra- vates it. I will deal with this later. EMPTYING THE SKIN Place several thicknesses of blotting paper on a perfectly flat surface and on this lay the dead larva on its back, with the anus away from you. I stress on its back, because no larva is hairy underneath (the side we are about to roll), and the colors we wish to retain, those of the back and sides, are in this way less likely to be damaged, while the larval liquid has more chance of getting away freely. With the forefinger on the roller, gently press the abdominal con- tents towards the anus, so that a little pressure is evident at the anal opening. With the needle carefully prick the slightly protuding gut, which will give the liquid a chance to escape and thus avoid bursting the skin. Move back the roller about one quarter the length of the larva and gently roll towards the anus. this will start the contents emptying. Again move the roller back, this time halfway towards the head and once more roll to the anus. The third time go right back to the head and roll yet again. The great secret of success is to do this very gently. Do not attempt it in one or two rolls but start by giving half a dozen gentle rolls; this will give you the touch needed to retain the colors. Neither is it necessary to extract every atom of mois- ture; far better to leave the skin a little too moist than too dry to begin with. In all probability the entire digestive tract will come away with simple rolling; should it not, however, seize the protruding part at the anus and gently draw it out with the forceps, whilst holding the skin in the left hand; it can then be snipped off as near the head as possible. If it is allowed to remain within the skin it will contract in drying and show as a dark blob through the skin. Avoid allowing any moisture to touch the sete of a hairy larva. ‘The larval skin is now ready for inflation and drying, but before pro- ceeding further make sure the oven is sufficiently hot. “The insertion of a finger into the round aperture will, with practice, be a good guide to this. A moderate heat is required. Too high a temperature will scorch or discolor the skin whilst, 1f too low, the job can become tedious. The safest plan is to regulate the heat so 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society | at that a small skin, e.g., a fully grown X. fluctuata (Garden Carpet) is thor- oughly dry in about 2 minutes, a medium one, e.g., B. brassicae (Cabbage Moth) in + minutes, and large ones, such as the Hawk-moths, is approxi- mately 8 minutes. With practice, a good average working speed is 10 to 12 skins an hour, including emptying, fixing to blowpipe, and drying. Never empty more than one skin at a time as they dry out quickly and then, especially if small, be- come difficult to fix satisfactorily to the jet. FIXING TO THE BLOWPIPE ‘Take the skin between the thumb and forefinger of the left hand with the anus away from you and the anal claspers facing you so that the merest trifle of the anal end of the body is visible. Moisten the end of the fine nozzle of the blowpipe with the lips or with the merest suspicion of vaseline and carefully insert it into the anus for not more than 1! inch in the case of very small larve and proportionately more for larger skins, according to the size of the opening; with the spring clip secure the smallest possible portion of the V-shaped anal flap so firmly that the skin will not blow off when in- flated. Two clips are sometimes needed for the larger species. If two are used, endeavor to secure the skin to the rear of the anal claspers. Never insert the jet further than is necessary as it makes it more diffi- cult to be removed after drying and is liable to split the skin or remove a patch of pigment. INFLATION AND DRYING Give a gentle squeeze to the inflator. If properly secured, the skin will fill out to its former natural size. Be careful not to use too much pres- sure or a distended skin will result, which cannot be rectified. At the same time do not allow the skin to droop or sag. Insert the inflated skin into the oven and continue to blow only just strongly enough to keep the skin in a natural position until it remains as you require it without further pressure. Owing to the impossibility of removing the head contents by rolling, this part and the first segment are always the last to dry, and a good test to find out if all is thoroughly dry is to remove the skin from the oven and gently touch the head from in front, with a finger or the setting needle. If all is as it should be the whole skin will be rigid. If the head is still moist and further drying is necessary, a slight movement will be noticed. When dry the caterpillar is ready for removal from the jet. Whether moisture or vaseline has been used, a skin will occasionally stick to the glass; this may be cured by adding a spot of benzine to the offending part, which will loosen it in a few seconds. It also helps when removing the skin from the jet when several skins are to be blown, to use several blowpipes and allow each to get cold before removing the skin, thus allowing the hot glass to shrink. 76 ESPECIALLY FOR COLLECTORS Vol.14: no.1 Occasionally a skin will, when inserted into the oven, decide to be awkward and curve sideways into a semi-circle. This unpleasing attitude may be remedied by removing from the heat whilst still flexible, and by touching the convex side of the skin on the hot oven the convex side will be slightly shrunk and the skin straightened. Do this several times along the length of the skin if necessary. Never do this after the skin is hardened but first relax the skin by suspending it (still on the jet) in hot water. Then re- inflate and shape as above. Relaxing in hot water may also be done with older skins providing no punctures exist in the skin. If punctures or cracks exist, leave well alone, especially if it is a rare species. When relaxing older skins add a few drops of carbolic acid to the water to kill any mould spores which may be lurking and awaiting a chance to start growth. TINTING I am not in favor of painted larve; they do not please the eye at all, and water-colors invariably cause distortion of the skin. Very few larve, however, lose sufficient color to make them unsightly. The chief offenders are the green species and usually the color can be satisfactorily restored with- out causing offence to the fastidious. Use no water at all but employ dry pigment dissolved in spirit. —The dyes used by the ladies for household articles will serve but are not very lasting. A substance known in Britain as chryso- dine, used by anglers to dye blow-fly larve for bait, is very satisfactory and is usually obtainable from fishing tackle stores. “This substance (or similar) should be dissolved in a little spirit and kept as stock. It is very strong, and a few drops should be suitably diluted to the appropriate tint, as needed. This dilute dye will run smoothly and being transparent will not ob- scure any important characteristics but it will stain any white surface if al- lowed to spread. I have tried out many substances but always come back to chrysodine. Some skins need a second application after an interval. In the case of very hard chitinous skins the dye tends to run into beads. Lay on plenty, leave until it begins to dry, and then go over the skin with a tuft of cotton-wool. Sufficient will remain to effect a pleasing finish. If a skin takes too much color or is too deep in tone when stained it may readily be toned down or completely removed by the application of clean spirit. I do not recommend internal coloring; the result is usually a patchy mess. MOouUNTING FOR THE CABINET Wire or fine twigs form the simplest and probably the best style of mount for cabinet use. If twigs are used, push a pin through one end and glue it firmly before mounting the skin. It is also necessary to see that the twig conforms to the underside contours of the skin and it should fit neatly betweeen the legs and claspers. If wire is used, it is only necessary to twist one end round a pin, bend the wire to shape, and glue the larva to the wire with a suitable adhesive. Data labels are then added and the mount is ready for the cabinet. 1960 ~ Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 77 47959 aS aes Linke IN SOIL VARIOUS GRASSES - PRESERVED PRESERVED Flouréh rnstar 19 19 H. E. HAMMOND H. E. HAMMOND BRED.JE-Knicur BiRrinGHAr aaah ees i e TAS 1 nH TEC OINA: L-)MPuRA- VARIOUS GRASSES PRESERVED PRESERVED 6-FER 1960 A0ct19S9 H. E. HAMMOND H. E. HAMMOND Fig. 6. Upper left, sketch of the bizarre larva of Stauropus fagi L. (Notodontidz) mounted on a twig which is supported on a pin. Lower right, sample portions of data- label strips, showing printed blanks above and, below, completed labels ready to go on pins under larve. LABELLING Labelling is undoubtedly the most important part of any collection of scientific objects but is so often regarded as unnecessary or at best, by care- less folk, as a necessary nuisance. Someone once said “a good collection con- sists of a series of labels illustrated by specimens.” ‘This is more true today than ever it was. Fortunately I learned this early and have always labelled my specimens accordingly. Of course, styles of labelling must suit the indi- vidual but all relevant facts should be shown. I have all my labels printed as 4-line and specify plenty of spare space at the top and bottom to allow for any additional information to be written in. I carry a large assortment such that when a good number of species feed on any particular pabulum, I have the foodplant name printed individually. It all saves time and adds neatness to the label. The very minimum information shown is: locality with county, district, state, or whatever is needed; name of species, name of foodplant, date of preserving, and of course the name of the person preparing the speci- men. If the name of the breeder or captor is different from the preparator, this can also be added at the top or bottom of the label or on the reverse. These 4-line labels can be cut into two if required, and placed on the pin so that both can be read without handling the specimen. Where a specimen is bred ab ovo | indicate this by simply adding the female sign after the locality name. I also carry a stock of labels which do not indicate the foodplant, for use with specimens which have fed on the less common plants. Written de- tails should be done with a fine nib, using a permanent black ink. Some col- 78 ESPECIALLY FOR COLLECTORS Vol.14: no.1 lectors’ labels are a model of neatness but some, alas, are untidy and illegible and written with ink which fades; they are but little credit to the owner. MOUNTING FOR LIFE History CASES A life history display, showing not only the full series of stages but also a sample of the food plant with the larva mounted thereon in a feeding or resting attitude, is a great improvement in the usual cabinet series. Either natural or artificial twigs, leaves, or grasses may be used. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am greatly indebted to DoNAtp ALLEN, F.R.P.S., F.R.E.S., F.R.S.A., who con- tributed the photographs for the plates; the photograph of a living larva in Plate 6B, upon which Mr. ALLEN’s photograph of a preserved skin has been superimposed, is by the late ALFRED E. ToncGE. Sincere thanks are due to Mrs. K. G. V. SmirH who typed the manuscript and to Mr. K. G. V. SmirH for his excellent line-drawings for the figures. My special thanks are due to the Amateur Entomologists’ Society (London) who have permitted me to use the photographs and extracts from my original paper “Pre- serving Caterpillars — How to “Blow” and “Pickle” Larve Successfully.” This paper is still available as Leaflet No.20 from the A.E.S., 1 West Ham Lane, London, E. 15, at the modest price of 1s.2d. post free (U.S. 15 cents). 16, Elton Grove, Birmingham, 27, ENGLAND MAINE BUTTERFLY SEASONS — GOOD OR BAD? by A. E. BROWER The request for information on the poor collecting seasons for Lepidop- tera concerns directly a subject in which I have been interested and in which I have been keeping some records for the past tweny-nine seasons in Maine. Any statements comparing seasons need to be based upon comparative knowl- edge over a considerable period of time. When Henry Davin THOREAU travelled through Maine over one hundred years ago, making detailed ob- servations on the life he saw, he remarked on the great dearth of wild flowers and animals in the climax forest which dominated the greater part of Maine. He also noted the rapidity with which Aster, Solidago, Fireweed and some other genera came in on land cleared of the forest, and that insects were com- mon with the flowers. Much of the cleared land became farm and pasture land, but great areas were heavily cut, often devastated by fire, and left to nature. The timber cut reached a maximum in 1909. The mantle of soil re- cently spread by the last ice sheet was probably already becoming low in lime and some other elements when the land was cleared. These elements and the 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 79 scanty accumulation of humus by the forest rapidly decreased in the cleared land. Soon many plants found their environment unfavorable, and abandon- ment of farm lands began and still continues. he forest began to reclaim the fields and pastures. I know of more than one cellar hole in which large trees are growing, and of former settlements without an inhabitant. “Thousands of acres are reverting annually to the category of forest land. “The amount of land supporting roads, buildings, cities and manicured lawns has increased steadily. Along with these changes has been an inevitable decrease of some of the more commonly seen and widely distributed butterflies. One species of butterfly, Pieris rape (L.), has, like the introduced weeds on which it feeds, increased until it swarms in areas, and the Alfalfa Butterfly (Colias eurytheme Bdv.) has recently colonized this region. In 1949 we had a notable flight of the Thistle Butterfly (Vanessa cardui L.) and in 1957 a great flight of Red Admirals (Vanessa atalanta L.) across Maine, but in both instances the butterflies came from far south of our border. Native species which increased with the clearing of the forest have, in turn, decreased as their environment became less favorable. The native species presumably al- ways occurred in far less numbers than have been repeatedly reported in the middle West or far West. The writer has actually caught in the Ozark Mountains of south Missouri more butterflies in one day, and day after day, when collecting for jewelry workers, than he has seen some seasons in MIaine, especially if Pieris rape is excluded. Apparently even larger numbers occur in the West. Some of the local butterflies or species occurring in very re- stricted areas of Maine do occur in good numbers some seasons. The last few seasons have had long periods of cold cloudy weather with comparatively few butterflies to be seen. In 1959 I was afield on some of the better days for Theclas, and I made some trips to the special habitats they frequent, but with- out seeing a specimen all season. If one is out at the right time and in favor- able local habitats and not a specimen is seen, one or more poor seasons can be expected to follow. Collectors agree that collecting for diurnals in general has been extremely poor in Maine. In casting about for an explanation of the poor collecting seasons, spray- ing has been advanced as an explanation or as the explanation. As BoDEN- HEIMER has pointed out in his book on Insects as Human Food, the Americans and west Europeans are the only peoples on earth who do not regularly use one or more insects as human food, and insects are a most important portion of the diet of many peoples. Insects were staple items in the diet of some American Indian tribes and were used by many tribes. But now in America the grower is being faced with a mounting demand for fewer and fewer larve of the Blueberry Fruit-fly per ton of blueberries, and for ever more nearly perfect apples. Control the pests; produce more nearly perfect produce. This demand has forced the grower to apply one to many applications of powerful sprays year after year in an attempt to eliminate crop pests. Possible effects on the other life of the blueberry barrens, apple orchards or potato fields has not mattered. The same attitude has dominated attempts to control mosquitoes 80 ESPECIALLY FOR COLLECTORS Vol.14: no.t and pests of man’s shade trees. Despite these multiple applications to such crops, often of heavy dosages of spray materials, many insects, weeds, birds and animals are maintaining a high population in close contact with these heavily sprayed agricultural areas, possibly other more susceptible species are being eliminated without being noticed. The economic entomologist who is forced to study the biology of the particular pest species to determine the most effective time for spraying; who struggles to secure an application which will give 95% or higher kill, to reduce loss, and to hold down the number of necessary spray applications, can be expected to demand proof that other wild life is generally decimated, especially outside the area covered by the spray. This will not apply to aquatic life where the effect of a spray may show for a considerable distance beyond the area actually covered by spray. But few gov- ernmental agencies have initiated comprehensive studies on the complex and often long-time effects their spray operations might have on the web of life. ‘To determine these over-all effects of a spray program requires a large outlay of time and money. . Spraying of nonagricultural or forest lands is often singled out for ad- verse criticism. In the case of habitats of limited extent, such as salt marshes, an attempt to spray the whole habitat could have disastrous effects on some species, other than the ones the spray was aimed at. On forest lands in Maine the dosages have been low and only one application has been made in a year. In 1958 when the only large forest acreage was sprayed (against the Spruce Budworm), less than 1.8% of the forested area was sprayed; and but a small part of an area sprayed has been resprayed or is included for respray in 1960 spray plans. Studies on spray effects have not shown any important effect on other groups of life in the spray area. One of twenty-five light traps has been operated during thirty days for years in an area sprayed in 1954 and 1958, but no obvious change in the yearly catch of many thousands of moths has been noticed. Close study might be expected to show a change in some species vulner- able at the time of spraying. No change in the numbers of Spruce Budworm (Choristoneura fumiferana Clem.) would be evident because a resident popu- lation of this species is poorly attracted to light and the value of the traps de- pends upon their attractiveness during a flight or migration. Due to the far larger number of species of moths, nocturnal flight, and adverse effect of cold nights on collecting in Maine, changes in moth population are far harder to determine and evaluate than for butterflies. If sprayed areas are added to- gether the total average acreage sprayed per year is not much over one per cent of the area of Maine. The numbers of Lepidoptera on favored local habitats where I have collected repeatedly in the past have not been decimated by sprays applied many miles away. There must be some other explanation for the poor butterfly collecting. 8 Hospital St., Augusta, Maine, U. S. A. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 81 THE FIRST SOUTH AMERICAN CONGRESS OF ZOOLOGY AND THE LEPIDOPTERA The First South American Congress of Zoology took place between the 12th and the 24th of October 1959 in the La Plata Museum, the Argentine Republic, with the attendance of more than 327 delegates, mainly from 10 South American countries. A total of 268 scientific papers were approved, including 57 of Entomol- ogy, eight of which were on Lepidoptera. These papers will be published along with the discussions they raised, in the Proceedings and Papers of the First South American Congress of Zoology, the publication of which will be under the direction of the Scientific Committee of the Province of Buenos Aires. This volume will also include the 19 reports approved by the Congress. Two field trips were organized: one to Chascomus, the other to the delta of the Parana River. The Governor of the Province of Buenos Aires held a reception for the delegates at his home, and the County of Chascomus pro- claimed them guests of honor. At a plenary session, it was resolved that the next congress should be a Latin American one, and a Provisional Committee was set up, which included the Organizing Committee of the First Congress and the following members: SALVADOR DE ToLepo Piza Jr. (from Brazil), Luis CAapurro S$. (from Chile), FRaNciIsco SaEz (from Uruguay), ALonso GAMERO REYES (from Venezuela) and SALvapor L. DE LA TorrRE Y CALLEJAS (from Cuba). The decision as to where the congress should take place was put off until March. Among the main resolutions approved at the plenary session, we wish to set off the one which recommends “‘the setting up of a South American Group for Zoology Nomenclature with the purpose of considering all problems re- lated to the naming of neotropical fauna.” Dr. Ricarpo N. OrFiLa and Jose Pastrana (both from the I. N. T. A. Institute of Buenos Aires) and the writer were the authors of two of the reports approved at the plenary session: in one, ‘‘a universal nomenclature is recommended for writing the dates on specimens for collections, and the use of Roman numbers is suggested for the month and Arabic numbers for the day on which the specimens were picked up.” In the other report, “uniformity is recommended in the illustra- tions representing the genital organs of Lepidoptera in scientific papers.” The eight papers on Lepidoptera presented at the congress were: “Aislamiento y estudio de principios activos urticantes de las espiculas de imagenes de Hylesia sp. (Family Hemileucide),” by M. E. Jorc. “Sobre la identidad de Pieris mencia Ramsden (Family Pieride),” by SL DE LA SPORRE y CALLEJAS. “Nuevas especies de Lepidépteros para la fauna del Uruguay,” by C. M. BIEZANKO, A. RUFFINELLI, & C. S. CARBONELL. “Observaciones sobre Namuncuraia mansosotoi Orfila (Family Hemi- leucide)”, by RAUL J. LLANo. “Quimioreceptor osmosensible en larvas de Morpho catenarius”’ by M. E. Jore. 22 Vol.14: no.1 “Dos nuevas especies del género Midila (Pyralidide) neotropicales,”’ by J. A. PASTRANA. ‘“Geometridz del Parque Nacional Lanin II’, by R. N. Orvrira & S. SCHAJOVSKY. “Nuevos Orneodide neotropicales’, by J. A. PASTRANA. The following members of the Lepidopterists’ Society attended the Con- gress: A. BREYER (Argentine), BIEZANKO (Brazil), and the writer (Cuba). SALVADOR LUIS DE LA ToRRE Y CALLEJAS, Delegate of the University of Oriente, CUBA THE BIRD AND EHRLICH COLLECTIONS DONATED We THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY The Department of Entomology of the American Museum of Natural History proudly announces the accession of two outstanding collections of North American Lepidoptera. The Papaipema (Noctuide) collection of HENry Pirp was built up over a period of 60 years. Most of our knowledge of the species and the life histories in this group was the result of the research of Mr. Birp. This fact has been acknowledged in the writings of Hampson, Draupt (in Seitz’ Macrolepidoptera of the World), and Forxpes. The collection consists of 1,118 specimens of moths; of this total, 32 are holotypes, 10 are allotypes, and 63 are labelled as paratypes. The collection contains the primary types of all the species and forms described by Birp in this and related genera, plus the holotype of Papaipema harrisi ab. mulieris Strand. In addition, it contains early stage material and examples of the larval workings of nearly every species, over +00 reared parasites, and 64 genitalic slides. “Three volumes of manuscript notes, descriptions, illustrations and correspondence on this group of moths have been depositd in the library of the American Museum. The Paut R. Enreicu collection consists of 2,193 specimens, including 122 paratypes and 132 genitalic slides, of North American Erebia (Satyride). This collection is probably the finest one in this genus from North America ever assembled by a private collector. As a matter fact, several of the popu- lations included in it are not even represented in most museum collections. Doctor EurRiIcH, now of the Department of Biological Sciences at Stanford University, has collected the group extensively in the subarctic and arctic regions of Alaska and Canada. In this way he has been able to build up a firsthand knowledge of the ecology, flight habits, and occurrence of this genus. Several papers have resulted from his studies and field work, and more will be published as Dr. EHRLICH continues collecting and studying Erebza. The specimens from both collections have had identifying labels placed on their pins, and have been incorporated into the collection of the Museum. FreDERICK H. Rinpce, Associate Curator, Dept. of Entomology, The American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y., U. S. A. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 83 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA (Under the supervision of PETER F. BELLINGER) Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to Lepid- opterists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended that every work on Lepidoptera published after 1946 will be noticed here; omissions of papers more than 3 or 4 years old should be called to Dr. BELLINGER’s attention. New genera and higher categories are shown in CAPITALS, new species and subspecies are noted, with type localities if given in print. Larval foodplants are usually listed. Critical comments by abstractors may be made. Papers of only local interest and papers from The Lepidopterists’ News and the Journal are listed without abstract. Readers, not in North America, interested in assisting with this very large task, are invited to write Dr. BELLINGER (Dept. of Natural Sciences, San Fernando Valley State College, North- ridge, Calif., U. S. A.). Abstractors’ initials are as follows: [P.B.] — P. F. BELin- GER; [-C.] I. F. B. Common; [W.C.] — W. C. Cook; [A.D] — A. DtaKonorF; LW.H.] — W. Hackman; [T.I.] — T. Iwase; [J.M.] — J. Moucua,; [E.M.] — E. Gy Munro: ; ['N:O:] — N. S. Osraztsov; [C.R.] — C. L. Remincron; [J.T.] — J. W. diner PV.) — PP. E. L. Vietre. D. VARIATION AND GENETICS Hartwieg, Fritz, “Zwei neue Geometriden-Formen” [in German]. Zeitschr. Lepid., vol.1: pp.163-164. 1951. Names “forms” of Comibena pustulata & Thalera fimbrialis. [PB] Hartwieg, Fritz, “Zwei neue Formen von Myelois cribrella Hbn. (Pyralide, Phycitine)” [in German]. Zeitschr. Lepid., vol.2: p.104. 1952. Names 2 “forms.” [P. B.] Harvey, George T., ‘“The occurrence and nature of diapause-free development in the Spruce Budworm, Choristoneura fumiferana (Clem.) (Lepidoptera: Tortricide).” Canad. Journ. Zool., vol.35: pp 549-572, 1 pl., 9 figs. 1957. Most larve are univoltine irrespective of light conditions; their behaviour leading to diapause is described. A strain has been selected which will develop directly under day length of 15 hours or more; genetic control of behaviour apparently multi-genic. [P. B.] Hoffmann, Emil, “Apolloraupen mit zitronengelber Fleckung” [in German]. Ent. Nach- richtenbl., Vienna, vol.1: pp.74-75. 1954. Reports several broods, from various locali- ties, of Parnassius apollo larve with yellow, instead of orange, spots. [P. B.] Hopkins, G. H. E., “Two undescribed aberrations of British butterflies.’ Entomologist, vol.88: pp.73-75, 1 pl. 1955. Names variants of Cenonympha tullia & Pararge megera. [P.B.] Huard, G., & J. M. Corbe, “Etudes biométriques sur les surfaces portantes de Parnas- sius apollo L. Premiére note” [in French]. Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol.77: pp.356-362, 4 figs. 1952. Study of variations in wing area. [P.B.] Ito, Yoshiaki, “Geographical variation of butterflies, an interpretation of Dr. Hovanitz’s thesis’ [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.6, no.10: pp.2-6, 3 figs. 1953. Iwase, Taro, “Dr. Hovanitz and Colias (Pieride)” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.6, no.13: pp.2-4, 2 figs. 1953. Further comments on Ito’s paper (above). [T.I.] Jakob, Otto, “Kurzer Bericht tiber den Fund eines Freilandhybriden von D. euphorbie 2 X lwornica 6 [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., Burgdorf, vol.3: p.41. 1949. Adult very similar to Deilephila livornica, but reared from larva apparently identi- cal with that of D. euphorbie. [P.B.] Kasy, F., “Uber ein melanistisches Stiick von Antitype canescens (Dup.) und ein geschwarzes Exemplar von Maraschia grisescens Osth. (Lep.,Agrot.)” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl. osterr. und Schweizer Ent., vol.9: pp.1-2, + figs. 1957. Describes & figures melanic specimens & names one. [P. B.] Kauffmann, Guido, “Spialia sertorius parataras n. forma (Lep. Hesperiide)” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl. osterr. und schweizer Ent., vol.2: pp.90-93, 2 figs. 1950. New “form” named. [P. B.] Kautz, Hans, “Pieris napi L. mod. 6 2 hibernica Schmidt. Richtige Schreibweise” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.35: p.154. 1950. Corrects spelling of “form” name. [P. B.] 84 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.14: no.1 Kautz, Hans, “Richtigstellungen und Erganzungen zum Aufsatz ‘Die gelben Formen von Pieris napi L.’ (Zeitschrift der Wiener Entomologische Gesellschaft, 35 Jg., 1950, S. 42-50)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.37: pp.43-44. 1952. Corrections. Kautz, Hans, “Die Riickschlags- und Zukunftsformen von Pieris napi L.” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.40: pp.151-156, 1 fig. 1955. Believes pattern evolution in this sp. is orthogenetic, but that some specimens are “out of step.”’ Divides named aberrations into “past forms” (with darker ground or increased markings), & “future forms” (with lighter ground & reduced markings). Figures hypothetical “Ur-zapz”’ (dark with heavy pattern) & concludes that eventually P. napiz will be completely white & patternless. [P. B. ] Kessler, P., “Parasemia plantaginis L.”’ [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl. osterr. und schweizer Ent., vol.2: pp.51-52. 1950. Preliminary note on a reared ¢@ form with yellow abdomen. [P. B.] Kettlewell, H. B. D., ‘‘Melanism and an answer to J. W. Heslop-Harrison.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.68: pp.286-290. 1956. Industrial melanism in moths; reply to criticism. [P. B.] Kettlewell, H. B. D., “The contribution of industrial melanism in the Lepidoptera to our knowledge of evolution.” Adv. Sci., vol.13: pp.245-252, 6 pls. 1957. Summary of his recent work on industrial melanism. Figures 17 British moths in which melanic forms are known, & gives data on genetics & frequency of forms. Reports that when Biston betularia & & were released in an industrial area, recovery of melanics ex- ceeded recovery of light form, while in uncontaminated area the reverse was true. Experiments show a significant tendency for both forms to settle on most concealing background. Larve of the melanic forms develop more slowly than larve producing normal adults, and melanic forms tend to emerge later; this can be explained either by selection (contamination is least early in year) or by the possibility that larve of melanic forms are able to excrete toxic substances better by prolonged develop- ment. In Cleora repandata melanic form survives better (as larva) under conditions of starvation or polluted food. Selection of 22 by 6 6 Biston betularia appears to depend on temperature, melanics being preferred at higher temperatures & normals at lower temperatures. Author believes the current spread of melanics in Britain is a redevelopment of an old phenomenon, and that melanics were widespread when the forests of Britain were largely coniferous. Reports that in Scotch pine forests melanics & normals co-occur in balanced polymorphism; in Cleora repandata, melan- ics are more conspicuous at rest, but normals are more conspicuous in flight, when predation is also frequent. [P.B.] Kobayashi, Hiroshi, “Aberrant form of Taraka hamada Druce (Lycenide)” [in Japan- ese]. Trans. lep. Soc. Japan, vol.3: p.16, 1 fig. 1953. Beautiful specimens of ab. abbreviata are displayed in half-tone photos. [T.I.] Komai, Taku, “Genetics of butterflies (3) — on Neozephyrus taxila (Lycenide)” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.5: no.6: pp.5-8, 1 fig., 3 tables. 1952. Four forms of © 2 are discussed. [/1. 1.] Kromer, Erich, ‘“Aberrationsberichtigungen sowie neue Aberrationen von Pieris napi L. und Pieris bryonie O. Bemerkenswerte Funde in Niederosterreich und Tirol” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.40: pp.209-212. 1955. Names 2 aberrations; remarks on 2 others. [P. B. | Kromer, Erich, “Weitere Aberrationsberichtigungen und neue Aberrationen von Pieris napi L. und Pieris bryonie O-? [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.41: pp.285-287. 1956. Names 3 aberrations; notes on others. [P.B.]_ Kuhn, Alfred, “Die Wirkung der Mutation va (venis abnormibus) bei Ptychopoda seriata’ [in German]. Zeitschr. indukt. Abstammungslehre, vol.82: pp.430-447, 12 figs. 1948. Describes effects of gene producing variable disturbances in venation. fee Bal Kiihn, Alfred, “Zur Genetik der hellaugigen Mehlmottenstamme” [in German]. Zeitschr. indukt. Abstammungslehre, vol.82: pp.136-154, 17 figs. 1948. Analysis of effects of the 3 alleles of the a series, and modifier genes, on eye color in Ephestia kiihniella. [P.B.] Kummerer, H., “Une aberration des Heodes hippothoé L.” [in French; summary in Esperanto]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1947: p.54. 1947. Kurosawa, Yoshihiko, “7 melanic forms of Argynnis in the collection of the National Science Museum of Japan. Notes on aberrant forms of Japanese butterflies (1)” [in English & Japanese]. Natural Science & Museums, vol.20, nos.1/2: pp.13-16, 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 85 2 pls. 1 fig. on cover. 1953. 7 aberrations, all unnamed: 5 of A. laodice japonica, 1 of A. ruslana lysippe, & 1 of A. charlotta basalis (Nymphalide). [T.1.] Landsman, H., “Geslechtsdimorphisme bij Lampra fimbriata Schreber cso [pur Dutch]. Ent. Berichten, vol.14: p.48. 1952. Notes on some named “forms.” [P.B.] Lane, Charles, & Miriam Rothschild, “Notes on relative abundance of pale and dark forms of the Dark Arches (Xylophasia monoglypha (Hufn.) (Lep., Caradrinide).” Ent. mo. Mag., vol.93: pp.379-380. 1956. Note on differences in frequency in nearby localities in different years. [P.B.] “Lpk.” [B. J. Lempke], “A patele tridens Schiff., f. virga Tutt” [in Dutch]. Ent. Be- richten, vol.13: p.336, 1 fig, 1951. Lempke, B. J., “On some forms of Aglais urtice L.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.68: pp.282-285. 1956. Nomenclature of some aberrations. [P. B. ] Lemvigh-Hammer, K., “En aberration” [in Danish]. Lepidoptera, Copenhagen, 1947: pp.41-42, 2 figs. Names aberration of Polyommatus icarus. [P.B.] Lenek, Oskar, ‘Eine zweite Generation von Das. pudibunda L. (gen. est. f. pygmea)” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., Vienna, vol.4, no.2: p.3. 1957. Describes & names “summer generation” (reared broods of small moths which emerged in July). [P. B.] Loberbauer, Rudolf, “Eine neue Form von Lygris pyraliata Schiff. (dotata Stgr.)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.37: p.26. 1956. Named. Loritz, Jean, “Note sur Lithina partitaria Hb. en France méridionale” [in French]. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Marseille, vol.10: pp.1-9. 1950. Describes adult & variation; names 2 “forms.”’ Reviews distribution. Foodplants Teucrium & Thymus. [P.B.] Mack, Wilhelm, “Uber die Variabilitat der Rhyacia subrosea Steph. ssp. kieferi Rbl. aus dem steirischen Ennstale” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.36: pp.61- 63. 1952. Describes variation in reared series. [P.B.] Meier, Bern., “Colias electo L. ssp. croceus Fourc. F. in. circumcincta nova’ [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1948: p.57, 1 fig. 1948. Meise, Alfred, “Dyscia fagaria Thbg. Fang und Variationsbreite’ [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.40: pp.353-355, 1 pl., 1 fig. 1955. Figures series, show- ing variation; collecting notes. [P.B.] Meyer, J., “Eine neue Form der amerikanischen Catocala relicta Walker” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.37: pp.7-10, 2 pls. 1952. Describes & figures experi- mentally produced variants of C. relicta, C. fraxini, & a hybrid between these spp. fe 338 Miyao, Takeo, “Seasonal variation in the wing-length of Colias hyale poliographus Motschulsky (Pieride)” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.6, no.5: pp.16-20, 2 figs., 5 tables. 1953. The length of the forewing is shortest & most variable in the May brood from hibernated larve. [T.1.] Murayama, Shuichi, ‘Some new forms of butterflies from Honshu” [in Japanese; Eng- lish summary]. New Entomologist, vol.3: pp.35-37. 1953. Names new “abs.” of Celastrina sugitaniu & Wagimo signatus, & a spring form of Pieris napi. [P.B.] Neustetter, Heinricht, “Einiges tiber die Zucht von Sarrothripus revayana Sc. mit ihren Formen und Sarr. degenerana Hb.” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., Vienna, vol.1: pp.73-74. 1954. Briefly describes both spp. & named “forms” of first; notes on larve & biology. [P.B.] Nicolesco, E. V., “Sur une nouvelle aberration du lépidoptére Melitea maturna L. — ab. confusa nov. ab.” [in French]. Bull. Sect. Sci. Acad. Roumaine, vol.30: pp.216- ZA N94 7. Nicolesco, Eugen V,, “Sur une nouvelle aberration de Melitea recueillie en Roumanie: Melitea didyma O. ab. minor nov. ab.” [in French]. Notationes biol., vol.6: pp.146- 148, 3 figs. 1948. Single @ specimen differs from typical form in size, color, & structure of genitalia. [P.B.] Okano, Masao, “Une forme aberrante de Papilio machaon hippocrates Felder et Felder” [in Japanese]. Bull. Téhoku ent. Soc., vol.2: p.49, 1 fig. 1953. A melanic ¢, un- named. [1.5] Parsons, R. E., “On the butterfly Delias descombesi leucacantha Fruhstorfer.” Journ. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. vol.47: pp.554-556. 1948. Names a new “form” of 2. De- scribes larva & pupa. Foodplant Loranthus ligustrinus. [P.B.] Petersen, Bjorn, “Notes on Scandinavian Rhopalocera.” Proc. Trans. south London ent. nat. Hist. Soc., 1950-51: pp.107-111, 1 fig. 1951. On geographic variation in popula- tions of Pieris nafi & its causes. Northern & southern populations develop rapidly when reared at similar temperatures; intermediate populations develop more slowly & adults are larger. Explanation is that rapid development is of selective advantage 86 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.14: no.1 in northern & in southern (double-brooded) populations, but not in intermediate population, where it would result in abortive second generation emerging in fall. Other aspects of variation also considered. [P.B.] Popesco-Gorj, Aurelian, ‘‘Contributions a l’étude des lépidoptéres de la region Sinaia et des Monts Bucegi’”’ [in French]. Notationes Biol., vol.6: pp.138-145, 1 pl. 1948. Notes on variation & distribution of 12 spp. (in Frebia, Pararge, “Chrysophanus”, Zygena, CEonistis, Cidaria, & Horisme). Names 3 “forms.” [P. B.] Reuss, F. A. Theodore, ‘“‘On the changeability of eye color in Gonepteryx rhamni L. in correlation with different degrees of physical and psychical activity” [in English; German summary]. Zeitschr. Lepid., vol.1: pp.101-105. 1951. Reports that eyes are initially green but darken at time of first flight; thereafter they are brown, darken- ing to black during active flight in sunshine. [P. B.] Rijkoort, P. J., “De erfelijkheid van het melanisme bij Dasichyra [sic!] pudibunda L.” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.15: pp.473-475. 1955. Melanic form “concolor” dominant to normal form. [P. B.] Robson, J. P., “Variation in the November Moth Opforinia dilutata (Schiff.) (Lep.: Geometride).” Ent. Gazette, vol.7: pp.199-200, 2 pls. 1956. Figures numerous adult fOuMISS) [LPs Bel Roos, Gustav, “Clossiana frigga frigga (Thnbg.) ab. exmacula (Lep. Rhop.)”’ [Swed- ish]. Opusc. ent., vol.18: pp.229-230, 1 fig. 1953. Names suffused aberration. [P. B.] van Rossem, H. M., “A new form of Pieris rape L.” Ent. Berichten, vol.15: p.147. 1954. Named. Ryszka, Hans, ‘‘Noch einmal Pieris napi ssp. britannica Vty. mod. hibernica Schmidt” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl. osterr. und schweizer Ent., vol. 2: pp.99-100. 1950. Corrections to earlier paper (in Jiener ent. Rundschau). [P. B.] Saitoh, Kazuo, “On an example of gynandromorphism a Colias hyale poliographus Motschulsky (Pieride)” [in Japanese; English summary]. Kontyi, vol.20: pp.18-21, 1 pl. 1953. Male valva & edceagus side by side with female bursa copulatrix & lamina dentata. [T. I.] Schneider, H., “Zuchtberichte” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., Vienna, vol.2, no.6: pp.6-7. 1955. Report on rearing several spp.; records variants in broods of Colias hyale, Arctia caja, A. villica, & A. hebe. [P.B.] Schutze, Eduard, “Starkes Auftreten melanistischer Formen von A patele (—Acronycta) alni L.” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.40: pp.127-129, 1 pl. 1955. Names a melanic ‘form’ & gives notes on some others (also melanic). Dark forms have entirely replaced typical specimens in Kassel since 1940. [P. B.] Schwartz, Viktor, “Zur Phanogenese der Fligelzeichnung von Plodia interpunctella”’ [in German]. Zeztschr. indukt. A bstammungslehre, vol.85: pp.51-96, 24 figs. 1953. Describes factors interacting to produce wing pattern, and various mutant genes which modify pattern. [P.B.] Schwingenschuss, Leo, “Einige neue Lepidopterenformen aus Nieder6sterreich” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.39: pp.177-178. 1954. Names “forms” of Polia persicaria, Chloroclystis rectangulata, & Asthena candidata. [P.B.]| Sevastopulo, D. G., “The genetics of East African Lepidoptera.” Entomologist, vol.85: p.260. 1952. Records variation in intensity of adult maculation, presumably multi- factorial, in Spilosoma maculosa, & green (instead of brown) larval form, probably a simple recessive. [P. B.] Smith, S. Gordon, OA ertauods of British Lepidoptera.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol. 66: pp.97-98, 1 pl. 1954. Names & figures 12 (moths). [P. B.] Smith, S$. Gordon, “Notes on Arctia caja L. with description of a new aberration.” Entomologist, vol.88: pp.241-242, 1 pl. 1955. Names a melanic aberration; notes on other melanic specimens. [P. B. ] Smith, S$. Gordon, “New aberrations of Arctia caja (Linn.) (Lep: Arctiide).” Ent. ae vol.8: pp.90-92, 2 pls. 1957. Names & figures 10, all from related broods. PAB Speyer, W., “Die Flugzeit von Cheimatobia brumata” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.39: pp.20-23. 1954. Local populations of this sp. differ in season of adult emergence, each being genetically adapted to local climate so that eclosion takes place at latest possible date. Gives notes on diurnal flight time, duration of over- wintering egg stage, & effect of cold on adults. [P. B.] Stammeshaus, H. J. L. T., “New forms of Dutch butterflies.”’ Ext. Berichten, vol.15: p.271, 1 fig. 1954. Names 5 “forms” (Pieride, Nymphalide, Satyride). [P.B.] 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 87 Sterzl, Otto, “Bemerkenswerte Lepidopterenfunde am Prebichl (1204 m.) in Steier- mark” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.39: pp.179-181, 2 figs. 1954. Names a “form” of dAnaitis preformata. Records Heliothis scutosa & some geo- metrids. [P. B.] Stipan, Franz, “Pieris bryonie O. und Pieris napi L. I. Berichtigung und Nachtrag zur VerOffentlichung in dieser Zeitschrift 4. Jahrg. Nr.1-3, $.33 ff. II. Erganzungen zum Handbuch P. bryonie O. und P. napi L. von Dr. L. Miller und Ing. H. Kautz” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., Vienna, vol.1: pp.36-43. 1954. Corrections to earlier paper (in Ent. Nachrichtenbl. osterr. und Schweizer Ent.). Notes on P. napi & P. bryonie, with tables showing “correct” names for over 100 possible variant forms. [P. B.] Storace, Luciano, “Note sul Papilio demodocus Esper (Lepidoptera, Papilionide)” [in Italian]. Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat., Genoa, vol.68: pp.127-142, 13 figs. 1956. Cata- logue of named races & ‘“‘forms” & discussion of their status. Figures valves of some. [P.B.] Thompsen, J. Antony, ‘Interim note on Pieris napi L.’ Proc. Trans. south London ent. nat. Hist. Soc., 1952-53: pp.120-125. 1954. Names a ‘“‘form’”. Notes on variation & on biology of all stages. [P. B.] Vazquez G., Leonila, “Observaciones sobre pieridos mexicanos, con descripciones de algunas formas nuevas” [in Spanish]. dz. Inst. Biol., Mexico, vol. 19: pp. 469-484, 4 figs. 1948. Notes on variation in spp. of Pseudopieris, Dismorphia, Hes perocharis, Zerene, Phebis, & Aphrissa, from S. Mexico; names some “forms”. [P. B.] Vazquez G., Leonila, ‘“Papilios nuevos de Mexico” [in Spanish]. 4x. Inst. Biol., Mex- ico, vol. 19: pp. 233-240, 3 figs. 1948. Describes “forms” & aberrations of 6 spp. of Papilio; names most. [P.B.]| Vazquez G, Leonila, ‘“Observaciones sobre pieridos mexicanos. II. Phebis senne eubule L. y sus formas en Mexico” [in Spanish]. An. Inst. Biol., Mexico, vol. 21: pp. 417- 429, 2 figs. 1950. Summarizes seasonal & individual variation. [P.B.] Vazquez G., Leonila, ‘“Observaciones sobre pieridos mexicanos con descripciones de al- gunas formas nuevas” [in Spanish]. dn Inst. Biol., Mexico, vol. 22: pp. 533-555, 2 figs. 1951. Extended discussion of variation in Anteos clorinde, A. marula, & Phebis intermedia. [P.B.] Vazquez G., Leonila, “Observaciones sobre pieridos mexicanos con descripciones de al- gunas formas nuevas. IV. Zerene cesonia Stoll” [in Spanish]. Az. Inst. Biol., Mexi- €o, vol. 23: pp. 257-267, 2 figs. 1952. Deseribes variation. [/P.B.] Vazquez G., Leonila, “Observaciones sobre Papilios de Mexico, con descripciones de algunas formas nuevas; una especie nueva para Mexico y localidades nuevas de algunas otros” [in Spanish]. An. Inst. Biol., Mexico, vol. 24: pp. 171-175, 2 figs. 1953. Notes on variation in P. laodamus & P. philolaus; P. oberthueri new to Mexico. eee] Vazquez G., Leonila, ‘‘“Observaciones sobre pieridos mexicanos, con descripcion de al- gunas formas nuevos. VI. Dos formas nuevas de Phebis (Rhabdodryas) trite Linn.” [in Spanish]. 4x. Inst. Biol., Mexico, vol. 25: pp. 389-390. 1954. Wagner, Hans, “Beobachtungen im Sammeljahr 1955” [in German]. Nachrichtenbl. bayer. Ent., vol. 5: pp. 57-59. 1956. Describes black larva of Panthea caenobita (per- haps a simple recessive mutant). Reports some offspring of spring generation of Pieris napi entering diapause instead of emerging in same year. Records Callimorpha quadripunctaria from Bavaria. [P.B.] Walsh, Geo. B., “Industrial melanism at Scarborough.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol. 91: pp. 231-233. 1955. Notes on appearance of melanics in this area, away from heavy industry; comments by Kettlewell. [P.B.] Wark, D. C., “A heritable variation in tobacco of palatability to looper caterpillars (Plusia argentifera).” Journ. Austr. Inst. agric. Sci., vol. 21: pp. 189-192, 2 figs. 1955. Variable palatability of tobacco varieties to young larve of P. argentifera (Noctuide) shown, though no discrimination observed in moth oviposition. [I.C.] Warnecke, G., “(Lep. Notodont.) Drymonia querna F. n.f. concolora’ [in German]. Bombus, no. 76/77: p. 322. May 1953. Wilcke, H., “Zucht und Besonderheiten yon Hibernia aurantiaria Esp.” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., Burgdorf, vol. 3: pp. 52-53. 1949. Notes on variation, adult be- haviour, and rearing. [P.B.] van Wisselingh, T. H., “Bijzondere vangsten van Macrolepidoptera in 1954” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 15: pp. 388-390. 1955. Unusual rec- ords in Holland; names a “form” of Pheosia gnoma. [P.B. 88 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.14: no.1 Classey, E. W., L. Christie, & G. Haggett, “Calophasia lunula Hufn. in Britain.” Ent. Gaz., vol. 5: pp.66-70, 3 pls. 1954. History of this recent arrival in Britain; notes on collecting larve; desecription of larve and pupz, and figures of these and adults. Close, R., ‘“‘A muscardine fungus on a caterpillar of Antherea eucalypti Scott (Lepi- doptera, Saturniide).” New Zealand Ent., vol.2: pp.1-2. 1956. The fungus Beauveria bassiana recorded from a larva of the Australian species, A. eucalypti, now estab- lished in New Zealand. [I.C.] Cloudsley-Thompson, J. L., ‘The significance of fluctuating temperatures on the physi- ology and ecology of insects.” Entomologist, vol.86: pp.183-189. 1953. Gives evidence from work on various insecis that fluctuating temperatures, within tolerable range, may accelerate growth and increase longevity & fertility. [P.B.] Cockayne, E. A., “Hadena compta Schiff. (Varied Coronet) at Dover.” Ent. Gaz., vol. 2: pp.76-79. 1951. Rearing notes on this rare British species. [P.B.] Cockayne, E. A., ‘‘Notes on the larva of Luceria virens Linneus.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var. Volos. ppiZ 71-2735, tose Collier, A. E., ‘“Larve of Limenitis camilla L. affected by parasites.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol. 65:145-146. 1953. Meteorus sp. Collier, A. E., “Hibernation of Lysandra coridon Poda in the larval state.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.68: pp.33-34. 1956. Some larve hatch in fall instead of spring. fPeBal Comstock, John Adams, “Collecting butterflies in the coastal area of Mexico near Man- zanillo, Colima, with notes on the life history of a rare skipper.” Bull. southern Calif. Acad. Sct., vol.52: pp.43-45, 2 figs. 1953. Describes early stages of Timochares ruptifasciata; foodplant an undetermined sp. of Malpighiacez. [P.B. ] Comstock, John Adams, “Life history notes on four southern Arizona butterflies.” Bull. Southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol.52: pp.127-136, 3 figs. 1953. Describes early stages of Asterocampa leilia and A. subpallida, eggs of Philotes rita and Emesis zela ares. [P.B.] Comstock, John Adams, “Life history notes on Ascia monuste crameri.” Bull. southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol.53: pp.46-49, 1 pl. 1954. Describes and figures early stages. Reared on species of Rhamnacez; other foodplants listed. [P.B.] Comstock, John Adams, “Notes on the early stages of Forsebia perleta (Hy. Edw.), Lepidoptera: Phalenide.” Bull. Southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol.53: pp.166-168, 1 fig. 1954. Describes larva and pupa; foodplant Cercidium torreyanum. [P.B.] Comstock, John Adams, “A partial life history of a California butterfly.” Bull. southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol.54: pp.57-60 (correction, p.168), 2 figs. 1955. Records Plebeius sepiolus hilda ovipositing on flowers of Trifolium involucratum; describes egg & young larva. [P.B.] Comstock, John Adams, “Brief notes on the life histories of six California moths.” Bull. southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol.54: pp.60-66, 11 figs. 1955. Descriptive notes on early stages (foodplants in parentheses) : Aseptis characta (Artemisia) ; Andropolia lichena (Ribes malvaceum) ; Palada scarletina (Stephanomeria virgata) ; Heteranassa minor (Prosopis juliflora); Drasteria howlandi,; Glaucina golgolata (Eriogonum fascicu- lamin) masa Comstock, John Adams, “Miscellaneous notes on North American Lepidoptera.” Bull. southern Calif. Acad. Sct., vol.54: pp.30-35, 3 figs. 1955. Describes and figures: egg of Heliconius charitonius vazqueze@; egg of Euptoieta claudia (new foodplant rec- ords: Borrhavia intermedia, Metastelma arizonicum); early stages of Neoterpes ed- wardsata (Geometride) (foodplant Romneya coulter1). [P.B.] Comstock, John A., “The egg, and first larval instar of a geometrid moth from Ari- zona.” Bull. southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol.54: p.105. 1955. Destutia rubricincta form ‘nigripuncta’. Comstock, John A., “The egg and young larva of a geometrid moth from California.” Bull. southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol.54: p.105. 1955. Pherne subpunctata. Comstock, John A., “A surmise confirmed.” Bull. southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol.54: p.167. 1956. Neoterpes edwardsata feeding on Romneya coulteri. [P.B.] Comstock, John A., “Is this a new and giant clothes moth?” Bull. southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol.55: pp.51-53. 1956. Records of Litoprosopus coachella feeding on cloth & paper. [P.B.] EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL Editor-in-Chief: . Cuar.es L. REMINGTON Associate Editor (Literature Abstracting) : PETER F. BELLINGER Associate Editor (Manager of the Memoirs) : SIDNEY A. HESsEL Associate Editor (“Especially for Collectors’) : Frep T. THORNE Associate Editor (News of the Lepidopterists’ Society): J. W. TiLpen Harry K. CLencH —N. S. OBRAzTsov — EuGENE G. MUNROE NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE “JOURNAL” Contributions to the Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society may be on any aspect of the study and collection of Lepidoptera in any part of the world. Particularly appropri- ate are: 1) review papers on subjects of general interest to lepidopterists (such as hered- ity, migration, light traps, etc.) ; 2) papers on such subjects as behavior, hybridization, larvz, and comparative taxonomy (papers naming new higher taxa, genera, species, and sub-species—NOT individual variants—will be accepted); 3) field notes of more than a very local nature; 4) notes on well-tested techniques. Papers of more than twenty pages will not normally be accepted, but if they are, authors may pay for overage. Manuscripts should be typed if possible, but clear hand-written manuscripts are acceptable. ALL MANUSCRIPTS SHOULD BE DOUBLE SPACED (blank lines alternating with written lines), and wide right and left margins are needed. Use only one side of the paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of the manuscript. Legends of figures and tables should be written on separate sheets. Half-tones and tables must be kept within economical limits, and authors are normally charged for the cost of engraving and tables. Photographs should be glossy prints. Titles must be kept as short as possible; Latin names of genera and species will be italicized, and authors of such Latin names WILL NOT APPEAR IN THE TITLE of any paper but must appear once in the text. The title should indicate the family of the subject. The style should conform to that used in recent issues of the Journal. PLEASE NOTE EXACT STYLE FOR REFERENCES. Footnotes should be kept at a minimum, The editors reserve the right to adjust style to fit standards of uniformity. At least 50 gratis separates of papers of more than one page (25 of short notes) will be provided to authors if requested at the time galley proof is received for correc- tion. Additional reprints and covers may be ordered at cost, at the same time. Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. C. L. REMINGTON, Gibbs Re- search Labs., Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U.S.A. Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, should be sent to the News Editor, Dr. J. W. TitpEN, 125 Cedar Lane, San Jose, Calif., U. S. A. Address remittances to: Mr. Grorce EHLE, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster, Penna., U.S.A. Address Society correspondence to: Dr. P. R. Enruicu, Dept. of Biology, Stanford Uni- versity, Stanford, Calif., U.S.A. Printed in U. S. A. By THE DENTAN PRINTING CO., INC. Colorado Springs, Colorado 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society TABLE OF CONTENTS — SOMMAIRE — INHALT Annual President’s Address by EUGENE MUNROE = - = - - 2 e Ee Hybrids between Papilio xuthus and the P. polyxenes-machaon group by SHIGERU ALBERT AE - - - = - - 2 Preliminary redefinition of North American Hairstreak genera by J. BENJAMIN ZIEGLER ” - - s = i hs ‘Taxonomic notes on Nearctic Rhopalocera. 1. Hesperioidea by Cyrit F. pos Passos = = - - = 2 Chromosomes of Nearctic Rhopalocera. 2. Hesperioidea & Pieride by Kopo MAEk1 & CHARLES L. REMINGTON - < - = Notes on Agathymus in Texas and a new species from Mexico by H. A. FREEMAN - ° - - « “- - s A method for estimating the wing radius in Lepidoptera by P. H. H. Gray - - - - - = = Fl FIELD NOTES Danaus gilippus in Ohio by WiLLt1AM M. GILBERT - “ - = a 2 A correction on Hesperia pawnee in Michigan by M. C. NIELSEN - = - - = is a Nymphalis j-album at light in Maryland by W. A. ANDERSEN - - - - “ < a ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS Preservation of larve by inflation and heat-drying by H. E. HAMMOND - - - = a 2 s Maine butterfly seasons — good or bad? by A. E. BROWER - + - - - = ee ws South American Congress of Zoology; by S. L. DE LA ‘TORRE ¥ CALLEJAS Vol.14: no.1 Bird and Ehrlich collections given to American Museum; by F. H. RINDGE RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA - - - 1-4 5-18 19-23 24-36 37-57 58-62 63-66 36 57 62 67-78 78-80 81-82 82 83-88 Volume 14 1960 Number 2 JOURNAL of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue FIRST INSTAR LARV OF SATURNIIDE NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF TORTRICIDE CHROMOSOMES OF LYCHNIDE AND NYMPHALIDE “ \ "NEW MEXICAN CHLOSYNE Wy ~. (Complete “contents on back cover) 31 March 1961 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1960 OFFICERS President: WALTER Forster (Miinchen, Germany) 1st Vice President: FREDERICK H. Rinpce (New York, N. Y,, U.S.A.) Vice President: CLAUDE HERBULOT (Paris, France) Vice President: W. H. T. Tams (London, England) Treasurer: Georce EHLE (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Asst. Treasurer: Swney A. HesseL (Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) Secretary: PauL R. EuruicH (Stanford, Calif., U. S. A.) Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expire Dec. 1960: DoNALD EFF (Boulder, Colo., U. S. A.) P. H. H. Gray (Digby, N. S., Canada) Terms expire Dec. 1961: G. W. Rawson (New Smyrna Beach, Fla., U.S. A.) C. A. CLARKE (Caldy, Cheshire, United Kingdom) Terms expire Dec. 1962: Harry Krocerus (Helsingfors, Finland) F. M. Brown (Colorado Springs, Colo., U. S. A.) and ex-officio: the above six Officers and the Editor-in-Chief The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches,...... to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the flield; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among the lepidopterists of all countries. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterisis’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send-to the Treasurer the full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members — annual dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members — annual dues $15.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members — single sum $75.00 (U. S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 4 Church Street, Isleworth, Middx., England. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the News each year. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is New Haven, Connecticut (see address inside back cover). Application for Second-class mail privileges is pending at Colorado Springs, Colorado. JOURNAL OF fea LEPIDOPTERISTS DOCIETY Volume 14 1960 Number 2 A SYUDY OF FIRST INSTAR LARVZ OF THE SATURNIIDZ&, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO NEARCTIC GENERA by RocrEr W. PEaAsE, Jr. INTRODUCTION First instars of many species of Lepidoptera have been described, usually with non-comparative and non-technical descriptions. Occasionally it has been done with an eye toward interpreting structures of the mature larve and correctly homologizing them with those of other groups. ‘This has been singularly successful, since the first instar represents a link with the past in that primitive characters may occur in this stage which are completely modi- fied after the first molt. This paper will consider first instar larve in their own right with only passing reference to other stages of development. Such concentration may seem arbitrary until an attempt is made to classify first in- star larve using a key constructed for mature larve. ‘The number and degree of structural changes taking place during the first molt require that a separate study be made of the first instar just as exclusive comparative studies have been made of adults, pupz, and later instar larve. The original intention was to include only the Nearctic genera of the Saturniida, but a few species from other areas were available and since their structures suggested some interesting problems, they are included. The sub- families represented are the Saturniine, Hemileucinz, Citheroniine, Rhescyn- tidine, and Agliine. There are about as many systems of setal nomenclature as there have been workers in the field. Only a few have been applied to the first instar larve of the Saturniide. Packarp (1905,1914), following Dyar, used numbers to identify a few sete, numbering them from the dorso- to ventromeson. He depicted first instar larvze of many species of Saturniide in color and by line drawings. Unfortunately, sete are omitted from many of the color figures, and some plates do not agree with descriptions in the text (¢.g., Coloradia pandora). Abdominal segments eight, nine, and ten are also sometimes con- fused. On the other hand, the line drawings, which are Dr. PACKARD’s own, agree more closely with actual specimens. As a means to quick visual identi- 89 90 PEASE: First instar larve Vol.14: no.2 fication of larvae, the color figures are, of course, unsurpassed, but they should not be considered structurally complete. FRACKER (1929) constructed a key to the mature larve of North American Saturniide using his system of Greek letters to identify setae. Char- acters used in his key will sometimes hold for the first instar. Particularly important are the relationships of the most dorsal setae on segments eight and nine of the abdomen. In the following discussion the setal nomenclature of GERAstmov (1935) as modified by Hinton (1947) is followed as closely as possible. The almost mathematically precise definitions of groups of sete could be applied to the Saturniide even though this family was not included in HintTon’s paper. The notations of FrAcKer, Forses, or HernricH are alternate systems. For comparisons and synonymy see Hinton (1947) and Prererson (1948). Those setee which occur throughout the Lepidoptera in the first instar are called primary sete. Secondary sete appear in succeeding instars but are usually absent in the first. It is an indication of advancement in the Satur- nudz that some of them have numerous secondary sete in the first instar. HINTON recognized two types of sete: long or tactile setae and microscopic or proprioceptor sete. The former are generally distributed over the body, while the latter are restricted to areas where overlapping of cuticle is likely to occur, such as at the juncture of segments. Most of the microscopic setz on specimens preserved in alcohol were not clearly visible with the resolution and magnification (150) used. Except for a single series of aberrant Hemi- leuca larvee, the microscopic sete will be omitted from this discussion. Characters such as crochets, head structures, and thoracic legs are prob- ably as diagnostic as body sete, but they have not been so widely used and are less easily studied. Some reference will be made to the crochets on the prolegs. All structures except the most prominent may be ruined if specimens preserved in alcohol were ever allowed to dry out. The more conspicuous sete are usually in satisfactory condition even in some of the most severely shrunken specimens. It is hoped that the key presented here will eventually be extended to include all the prominent structures of first instar larve. A few terms need to be redefined for use with the first instar. If a seta is referred to as PRIMITIVE, it consists of a single stiff filament rising directly from the body wall. Presumably, this is the ancestral form. Chalazz are extensions of cuticle bearing one to several sete. FRACKER (1929) de- fines scolus as a ‘‘spinose projection” of the body wall, with reference to the Saturniide. The scoli of later instars, however, are homologous to structures in the first instar which are clearly divided into a chalaza and a seta. Here the term CHALAZA will be used for any projection on the body wall bear- ing primary sete which are still distinguishable from secondary sete. SCOLUS will be reserved for similar structures in the Saturniine having secondary seta on the chalaze which cannot be separated from the primary setae. As a general rule, the sete of first instar larve of Saturniide never be- come fused. It is the chalazz which are fused to a varying degree. For ex- 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Soctety 91 ample, on the dorsomeson of the ninth abdominal segment, all Hemileucinz have a single chalaza. This bears two primary sete, one from each side of the body, whose chalaze are united. Very rarely an individual larva will have a seta split or forked, but in two individuals seen (one each of Arsenura and Hemileuca), the fork occurred on only one side of the body. PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SET ‘The primary sete are divided into several groups defined by their position and recurring on each segment. They are: dorsals (D1 and D2), subdorsals (SD1 and SD2), laterals (L1 and L2), subventrals (SV1 and SV2), and ventral (V1). In addition there are two extra sete (XD1 and XD2) on the cervical shield of the prothoracic segment. The homologies of the setz on the tenth abdominal segment are not clear at present. The abbreviations T-1, T-2, T-3, and A-1 to A-10 will be used to indicate thoracic and ab- dominal segments numbered from anterior to posterior. When fusion of chalazz takes place, it occurs first within groups of sete and then between different groups. Only the letters of the setal groups will be used to describe such united structures. For example, D would refer to a structure homo- logous to the dorsal sete (D1 and D2) and XD-SD would be a structure made up of the two SD setz combined with the two XD sete of the pro- thoracic segment. On the cervical shield of the prothorax (J-1) there are six primary sete. In most Saturniide four of these are represented by two large bifurcate chalazz or scoli on the anterior part of the shield and two primitive sete on the posterior margin (Fig.l). In the Saturniine the bifurcation has disappeared, and the two scoli bear numerous secondary sete. Anthere@a and A ctias show increasing degrees of fusion of the bases of the two scoli, the top being plainly double in the former and single in the latter (Figs.3 and 4). On the posterior edge of the plate, two single sete rise directly from the shield without chalazz. One is usually mesocaudad of the first chalaza, and the second is about midway between the two chalaze. Dryocampa rubicunda (Fig.2) offers a chance to observe the relationships of the sete when their chalaze are reduced and almost wholly absent. The sete of the more dorsal anterior pair are of subequal length, while one seta of the pair below them is longer than the other. In the higher Lepidoptera, XD1 and XD2 are of equal length and are on the anterior part of the cervical shield. The subdorsal group (SD1 and SD2) is below these with SD1 longer than SD2. The dorsal group (D1 and D2) forms the remaining sete, with D1 shorter and more dorsal than D2. Therefore, in the Saturniide the more dorsal of the two anterior pairs of sete on the cervical shield will be called XD, the more lateral SD, the more dorsal of the single seta D1, and the more lateral single seta D2. D1 and D2 vary in their length relationship. Those on T-1 are of nearly equal length in most Saturniide. In Eacles imperialis D1 is bullet- shaped and much shorter than the normally developed D2. 92 PEASE: First instar larve Vol.14: no.2 On the meso- and metathorax (T-2 and T-3) the dorsal group is borne on a single chalaza or scolus in all Saturniide. On the abdominal segments D1 is antero-mesad of D2 and is usually on a chalaza. D1 is always present on A-1 to A-9 but may be fused on A-8 across the dorsomeson, in which case it is flanked on either side laterocaudad by D2 (Fig.15). D2 is present on A-1 to A-9 in the Hemileucine, Citheroniinz, and Rhescyntidine but is fused on the dorsomeson of A-9 (Fig.18). The Saturniinea may have D2 con- spicuous on all abdominal segments (Saturnia — Fig.22), reduced to a weak bristle (Actias — Fig.23), or missing on A-9 and conspicuous on the other abdominal segments (Hyalophora, Samia — Fig.24). The SD group consists of two sete below the D group. SD1 and SD2 are both tactile on the thoracic segments and are borne on fused chalaze. On abdominal segments, SD2 is prespiracular and microscopic. It usually looks like a small puncture when visible at all. SD1 is borne on a chalaza and is similar to abdominal D1. The lateral group (L) is subspiracular on the abdomen and prespiracular on the prothorax. It consists of two sete (L1 and L2) on J-1 and A-1 to A-8. Only L1 is present on T-2 and T-3 although it is usually specialized in the same manner as L1 on the abdomen. In the Saturniine, L1 is a well de- veloped scolus on all segments except A-9, while L2 is of primitive form occurring caudad to L1 on A-1 to A-8 (Fig.15). On the prothorax L2 is mixed with the secondary sete of the lateral scolus (L1), but it can often be identified by its thinner more fragile appearance. In subfamilies other than the Saturniine, L1 and L2 may be borne on the same chalaza at equal heights (Eacles imperialis on A-1 to A-7 — Fig.7), on different chalazz (Rhescyntis meander — Fig.8), or on the same chalaza with L2 projecting caudad at halfmast (4utomeris io — Fig.6). L2 is sometimes inserted slightly ventrad of L2 on A-1 to A-6 and slightly dorsad of L2 on A-7 and A-8. E. imperialis and Neocarnegia basirei have L2 projecting caudad from the base of L1 on T-1 and A-8. Also there are one to three secondary sete on L of ‘T-1 in these species. The subventral group (SV) normally consists of two sete on I-1 and A-3 to A-6, one seta on T-2 and T-3, one or two sete on A-1, A-2, A-7, A-8, and one seta on A-9. The group is situated just above the true legs on the thoracic segments. If more than the allotted number of sete occur, there is usually a larger number on T-1 than on T-2 and T-3. The Saturniine have at least two subventral setz on all thoracic segments arranged in a more or less horizontal line (Fig.5). SV is a scolus on T-1 in Rothschildia. The Citheroniine, Rhescyntidine, and Hemileucine have two sete on T-1 and only one on T-2 and T-3. On the proleg-bearing abdominal segments, the SV are primitive setae borne on the distal part of the proleg, one lateral and one anterior. In some Saturniinze one or more sete are arrayed horizon- tally between the sclerotized plate bearing the secondary sete on the prolegs of A-3 to A-6 and the body (Fig.36). None of the species which lacked secondary sete had SV1 and SV2 in this position. Therefore, SV1 and SV2 are probably mixed with the secondary sete. SATURNIIDZE PLATE 1 SV1-SV2 *} First thoracic segment (T-1): fig. 1 — Automeris io; fig. 2 — Dryocampa rubi- cunda; fig. 3 — Antherea polyphemus, fig. 4 — Actias luna. Second thoracic segment (T-2): fig. 5 — Hyalophora cecropia. Fourth abdominal segment (A-4): fig. 6 — Automeris 10; fig. 7 — Eacles imperialis; fig. 8 — Rhescyntis meander; fig. 9 — Samia cynthia. Eighth abdominal segment (A-8): fig. 10 — Hemileuca maia; fig. 11 — D. rubicunda; fig. 12 — Syssphinx heiligbrodti. 94 PEASE: First instar larve Vol.14: no.2 On abdominal segments A-1, A-2, A-7, and A-8, the number of sub- ventral setz 1s variable. Uusually there are two sete arranged vertically on the first two abdominal segments. A third seta sometimes appears between the two. Specimens from the same batch of eggs have differed in the number of setae which they possess in this group even from one side of the abdomen to the other. Except for SV1 on A-1, A-2, A-7, A-8, and A-9, the subventral sete are primitive. SV1 on some or all of these segments may be on a chalaza and follow the modification of other sete of the species under consideration. In some Hemileucinee SV1 of A-7 and A-9 are on chalaze while the chalaze of A-8 are much reduced or absent. In general, the instability of the sub- ventral setze on segments without prolegs impairs their usefulness as taxonomic characters. However, the larger number of sete in this group on the thoracic segments of the Saturniinz in comparison with other subfamilies is a constant character. ‘There is some question as to whether a lateral or a subventral seta occurs on the ninth abdominal segment (A-9) in the Saturniide. The sete on A-9 are arranged in a more or less vertical array unlike other abdominal segments. The three most dorsal setae (two in some Saturniine) are easily identified as the two (or one) members of the dorsal group (D1 and D2) and the tactile seta of the subdorsal group (SD1). The seta close to the ventromeson is obviously a member of the ventral group (V1). The Hemileucine (Fig. 16) possess one other seta situated below the level of the lateral group on other segments. Either the lateral or the subventral group is missing. he seta and chalaza are similar to the subventral group of A-7 in some species, so the seta is probably SV1. The Saturniinz (Fig.22) have two sete in this area, both of primitive form. A specimen of Hyalophora cecropia was found in which both setae were present on the left side of A-9, but only the outer one occurred on the right side. This suggests that both sete are members of the subventral group in the Saturniinze with the lower seta secondary. The Citheroniinze and Rhescyntidinze also have two sete, but their form varies greatly. Syssphinx heiligbrodti (Fig.18) and Dryocampa rubicunda (Fig.17) have both setaze unmodified. However, the outer seta is larger, has a more prominent chalaza, and is level with L of A-8 or above it. In contrast the lower seta of E. imperialis (Fig.20) and Citheronia is more prominent and resembles L1 of other abdominal segments. The other seta is always small in comparison. Although the size relationship varies, the position of the two setee is very nearly the same in Syssphinx, Dryocampa, Eacles, and Citheronia. The higher seta of Rhescyntis meander (Fig.21) has the saw-shaped structure peculiar to most seteze on the upper two-thirds of the body in this species, but the lower seta is of primitive form. A probable interpretation is that the lateral group is typically absent on A-9 of the Saturniide with the exception of the Citheroniinz and perhaps the Rhescyntidinz. Since A-9 is smaller than the other abdominal segments, the loss of L1 may have been due to crowding of the sete and to the increased flexibility of the segment which would result from a more spacious arrange- SATURNIIDZE PLATE 2 D1 (right) D1 Eighth abdominal segment (cont.): fig. 13 — Eacles imperialis; fig. 14 — An- therea polyphemus; fig. 15 — Actias luna. Ninth abdominal segment (A-9): fig. 16 Hemileuca maia; fig. 17 — Dryocampa rubicunda; fig. 18 — Syssphinx heiligbrodti; fig. 19 — Citheronia regalis; fig. 20 — E. imperialis; fig. 21 — Rhescyntis meander; fig. 22 — Saturnia pavonia, fig. 23 —Actias luna; fig. 24 — Hyalophora cecropia. 96 PEASE: First instar larve Vol.14: no.2 ment. Development of a subventral chalaza as in Eacles, Citheronia, and Automeris with a corresponding loss of the lateral seta would serve to protect the larva’s flank and to eliminate crowding. Numerous secondary setze on nearby chalaze and on the anal prolegs in the Saturniine may be sufficient protection without modification of the subventral setz. The ventral seta V1 is posterior to the thoracic legs on T-1 to T-3. It is usually difficult to detect. On A-1 and A-2 V1 is mesad of the subventral seta. It is on the inner side of the prolegs of A-3 to A-6 and near the meson on A-7 to A-9. On A-8 it is often nearer the meson than on A-7 and A-9. The tenth abdominal segment in its probable primitive form (Hemi- leucine) bears five setz on the suranal plate, five on the lateral sclerite of the proleg, one seta on the anterior of the proleg, and three stubby setz on the mesal side of the anal proleg (Fig.25). There is a tendency towards fusion of the three most anterior sete on the suranal plate. All setz on this plate are separate in Rhescyntis meander (Rhescyntidine) and in Dryocampa and Anisota (Citheroniine). Progressive fusion is clearly indicated by comparison of Syssphinx heiligbrodti (Fig.28), Citheronia regalis (Fig.29), and Eacles imperialis (Fig.30). In the first of these, the three sete are fused only at the base, in C’. regalis they are borne well up on the chalaza, and in E. im- perialis a secondary seta or two are present. Saturniine have a scolus on the suranal plate with two or three sete inserted behind it (Fig.33). Secondary sete, when present, are usually limited to the lateral plates of the prolegs and to the chalaze of the primary sete. All Saturniinz have sec- ondary sete on the more prominent chalaze. New World genera may have thorny cuticular eruptions of the cuticle of the chalaze but usually have no secondary sete on them. Eacles has extra sete on the chalaza L of T-1 and the fused chalazz of the suranal plate. Comparison of Hemileuca, Automeris, and Hyalophora cecropia might suggest that the secondary sete of the Satur- niinz, which are mixed with and inseparable from the primary sete, have de- veloped directly from the cuticular processes of the Hemileucine. These range from the tiny bristles of Hemileuca to the conspicuous spines in Automeris. That this is not the case is indicated by the fact that some genera of the Sa- turniine (Saturnia and Calosaturnia) lack fusion of D1 on A§8, and all have D2 of A-9 unfused. These setz are almost always fused on the dorsomeson in New World species (exceptions are Dryocampa and Anisota which have only D2 of A-9 fused). In Aglia tau D1 is fused on A-8, but because of the size of the chalazz on A-9 it is not certain whether they were once fused or whether they merely cover more surface of the dorsum and hence appear to approach fusion. A series of specimens of Hemileuca maia from Long Island may shed a little light on the method of development of secondary sete. In these, extra tactile setae occur on the dorsum of the mesothoracic to eighth abdominal seg- ments and tend to displace the microscopic seta MXD1 which is lateroanterior to D1 (Fig.48). Three times an extra seta was also found near D2. In one larva, both MXD1 and the tactile seta are present anterior to D1 (Fig.51). SATURNIIDE PA Ries Last abdominal segment: fig. 25 — Automeris 10 — dorsal plate, lateral aspect of proleg and ventral view (half only); fig. 26 — Eacles imperialis — lateral plate of proleg; fig. 27 — Neocarnegia basirei — lateral plate of proleg. Dorsal plate: fig. 28 — Syssphinx heiligbrodti; fig. 29 — Citheronia regalis; fig. 30 — E. imperialis; fig. 31 — N. basirei; fig. 32 — Rhescyntis meander; fig. 33 — Samia cynthia; fig. 34 — Aglia tau. PLATE 4 SATURNIIDZZ Naval AQ) \ ul Abdominal prolegs (A-3): fig. 35 — Actias selene; fig. 36 — Hyalophora ce- cropia; fig. 37 — Attacus atlas; fig. 38 — H. cecropia — anal proleg; fig. 39 — Citheronia regalis with crochet remnants; fig. 40 — Rhescyntis meander crochets; fig. 41 — Rothschildia orizaba crochets. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 99 In all other individuals, when a tactile seta occurs anterior to D1, its position is close to where MXD1 would normally be, and MXD1 is not visible. In view of the presence and proximity of both MXD1 and the tactile seta on one specimen, it is not certain that this tactile seta represents a mutation of the microscopic seta. The occurrence of the extra tactile seta was not con- stant from segment to segment nor even symmetrical from left to right. On the same specimens, there is a tendency for the chalaza D2 of A-9, which are fused on the dorsomeson, to separate and fuse with D1. The tactile seta in some instances even migrated part way up the chalaza of D1 so that the structure began to resemble the fused D group of the thoracic segments (Fig. 50). It is interesting to note that Pseudohazis has three sete rising from chalazaz XID, SD on T-1, and SD on T-2 and J-3. This seems to be con- stant. Packarp (1914) figures first instar larve of Pseudohazis with three- forked chalazez. Related species have only two sete on these chalaze. The source of the third seta is not clear. The secondary tactile sete of the Saturniine may have appeared by a process of random mutation, with selection collecting the setz on the chalaze. It may be significant that the sete sometimes migrated up the stem of the chalaza in some of the Hemileuca maia. [See the chart below for a com- plete list of these setzee.] Another explanation would be that the secondary sete of the Saturniine arose by a lengthening of cuticular processes similar to the development of the processes indicated by comparison of Hemileuca and Automeris. As mentioned above, the Saturniinze could not arise from the Hemileucine directly. Hemileuca maia — distribution of aberrant MXD1 sete on 5 specimens from West Hampton, Long Island, New York, ova collected by S. A. HEssEt. TYPE OF SETA ON SUCCESSIVE SEGMENTS 1 Bmeeeme 2) 15 Al A2 A3 A4 AS AG AT AS A-9 #1 LEFT M M M M M M M M ae Mies as RIGHT | M M M a M i M a T ae M #2 LEFT M? M IL 2 ieee Ze Vi Me AR Nic anee elt RIGHT | M? M M IV oe eae Te Mi ize Vina eh cong) ) E18) Dal i M M M M M M M M M M M RIGHT | M M M M M M M M M M M #4 LEFT M? M as M M ar M M ar a M RIGHT | Me M DED AED Vi M ED ar alk M M +M 5 LER M ABA Deeks & ac AS ay als At T as ED RIGHT | M AS TED: T, anfiD). 7b T ali TED S231 T£D 1 Symbols: M = microscopic; TfD = tactile seta fused to D1; T = tactile. 2 D2 double. 3 #1 has no fusion of D2 on dorsomeson of A-9. BEALE 5 SATURNIIDZE 44 47 Dl i t HEAD-) Di | MXD1 pal D2 ey Mak re HEAD} 49 5 | Dorsal sete (D) of second thoracic segment (T-2): fig. 42 — Hemileuca maia; fig. 43 — Automeris io; fig. 44 — Citheronia regalis; fig. 45 — Syssphinx heilig- brodti; fig. 46 — A. io showing position of eversible gland on first abdominal segment (A-1). Aberrant sete of Hemileuca maia: fig. 48 — normal left side A-2 of specimen #1; fig. 49 — MXD1 abnormal right side A-2 specimen #1; fig. 50 — extra sete associated with D1 and MXD1 apparently missing on right side A-1 specimen #5; fig. 51 — extra seta associated with D1 and MXD1 present on right side A-2 specimen #4. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 101 A glia is unique among the species examined in that it possesses a lengthy XD group on J-1 and D group on T-3, while T-2 has a much smaller D-chalaza bearing two long and two shorter sete. Several sete are behind this chalaza on the segment. It is probable that the two long setz represent D1 and D2, which are fused on T-1 and T-3. There are a few secondary setz scattered over the body, and eruptions of cuticle on the long chalazz of T-1, I-2, and A-8 bear single secondary sete. Aglia also has a remarkable chalaza projecting caudally on the dorsomeson of the tenth abdominal seg- ment (Fig.34). CRrROCHETS ‘The most general arrangement of crochets seems to be a single series of crochets of similar size on the inner side of the distal part of each proleg. ‘The embedded ends are distinctly bent or hooked as well as the free ends of the crochets except in the Saturniine, which have the embedded ends blunt. When the crochets are deeply set in the fleshy pad (spatula) on the proleg, the connections between the ends are obscured and there is an appearance of two rows of crochets where only one occurs, as in Rhescyntis meander (Fig.40). Crochet remnants, from what may once have been an outer row, are found in some specimens of Citheronia regalis and Eacles imperialis (¥ig.39). Not all specimens have them. In the Saturniinze and in Citheronia, Eacles, and Syssphinx of the Citheroniine, the crochets in the middle of the series are shortened forming a more or less C-shaped pattern (Fig.41). ‘The number of crochets seems to be distinctive, as the following counts for Saturniine show: Antherea, Actias, Calosaturnia 18 or more Saturnia 15-18 Hyalophora, Samia 13 - 16 Rothschildia 10-12 Counts apply to prolegs on the third to sixth abdominal segments. A larger number of crochets always appears to the anal prolegs. The number of crochets may be related to the size of the larva, at least in some of the New World forms. Cuitheronia, Eacles, and Rhescyntis me- ander are large and have at least 20 on each segment, while the small Dryo- campa rubicunda has 7 to 9 crochets, and the Hemileucine have 6 to 9. Attacus atlas, however, has only 13 to 16 crochets, as do Hyalophora and Samia. EVOLUTION AND TAXONOMIC VALUE OF LARVE Characters in the immature stages of Lepidoptera have long been used for aid in defining taxonomic groups. First instar larve, in particular, show less variation within taxa than adults. Species within genera may be almost identical. 102 PEASE: First instar larve Vol.14: no.2 Because of the almost cataclysmic changes which take place during meta- morphosis, speculation is justified as to whether larve, including the first instar, could diverge faster than their imagines in the course of evolution. This would seem possible, since in Lepidoptera most external structures of the imago do not develop from external larval structures but instead arise at the end of the larval period from small, previously quiescent groups of cells, the “imaginal discs.” Larval-specific selective factors could not affect them nearly as much as the larval structures. Predators and parasites are examples of such selective factors. Many are particular as to the stage (egg, larval instar, pupa, or adult) which they attack but not as particular about the species (Howarp and WILLISTON in ScupDDER, 1889). Since immature and mature stages need not occur at the same season, the effects of climate may differ. The very great mortality which occurs between oviposition and pupal eclosion and the relatively long duration of this period in most species of Lepidoptera, indicates that the brunt of natural selection (aside from courtship recognition factors) is borne by the immature stages. For example, in a quantitative study of natural populations of Philegethontius sextus (Johan.) and P. quinquemaculatus (Haw.) (Sphingide) Lawson (1959) found 98 per cent mortality in larval stages alone. Yet, species differences are usually assumed to be greater in adults than larve. A model which might result in larval divergence follows. Suppose that some selective factor was focused on larve of several species but affected the imagines not at all. Random variation could remain the same for individuals in all stages, but since selection was concentrated on larve, net evolution would be greater in larval characters than in those of the adult. It is hardly to be expected that all species would adapt in the same way. Some would become more unlike as a result of selection. Meanwhile, no adaptation to this factor has been required of the adult. “Thus, it seems possible that larval dif- ferences could accumulate faster than those in adult structures. Species could not evolve solely by larval adaptation since the sexually mature stages must be reproductively isolated. ‘Thus, for populations of the same species which were geographically isolated and had evolved different larval characters, the removal of spatial barriers would at first permit interbreeding with resulting larval polymorphism. A behavioral difference in the imago, however, might serve to isolate re- united forms although they retained similar imaginal morphology. To a tax- onomist looking at museum specimens, the adults would appear similar but the larve different. Eventually, the imagines would probably become more unlike as selective factors acted upon them more strongly than on the larve, their evolutionary divergence overtaking that of the immatures. The following examples may make this more convincing. A favorite be- havioral mechanism for isolating species in the Saturntidz is the time of day or night during which a female will release the scent which attracts males. The time is characteristically different for each species. Fortunately for tax- onomists, adults of these moths usually have conspicuous differences. But, in the Notodontide, the adults of the genus Datana are difficult to separate al- 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 103 though mature larve can be identified at a glance. Sibling species such as Erynnis lucilius Scud. & Burg., E. persius Scud., and FE. baptisia Forbes ( Hes- periide) have different food-plants, but adults are difficult or impossible to determine in unlabelled dried specimens even from genitalia. A conspicuous color difference makes separation of the first instar larvzee of two of the species a simple matter. First instar larve of FE. baptisie are orange while those of E..lucilius are pale greenish white. First instar larve should be particularly helpful in taxonomic studies either (1) when morphology of the imagines differs greatly but the larve retain similar characters, or (2) when larve have changed and the mature stages have not diverged greatly. Each requires evolutionary conservatism in one stage and divergence in another. “The majority of cases fall into the first category. However, a classic example of dissimilar larve but superficially similar adults is that of Automeris (Hemileucine) and the Saturniine. Until MosHeEr (1914) classed Automeris with the Hemileucine on the basis of pupal characters and FRACKER (1929) reached the same conclusion on larval characters, the genus was often placed in the Saturniine. Characters have since been found in the adult for placing the genus correctly. In passing, it should be noted that the setae are quite homogeneous in the Hemileucinz but that there is a diversity of types in the Citheroniine and Rhescyntidine. In the first group the larve have stinging sete, and larval evolution may have proceeded along physiological lines. In the latter groups the product of evolution is more readily seen as the result of setal modification. Key To First INstar LARVAE OF SATURNIIDZ ‘The key was constructed from the following species, from North America unless a locality is noted. All specimens are in the larval collection at Yale University. HEMILEUCINZ: Automeris coresus Bdv. (Argentina), 4. io Fabr., A. pamina Neum., Coloradia pandora Blake, Dirphia baroma Schaus (Brasil), D. curitiba Draudt (Brasil), D. epiolina Felder (Brasil), Hemi- leuca maia Drury, H. neumoegeni Hy. Edw., H. nevadensis Stretch, Hylesia nigricans Berg( Argentina), Pseudohazis spp; CLTHERONIIN: Syssphinx (Bouvierina) heiligbrodti Harvey, Adeloneivaia apicalis Bouvier (Brasil), Anisota oslari Roths., Dryocampa rubicunda Fabr., Citherona brisotti Bdvy. (Argentina), C. regalis Fabr., Eacles imperialis Drury, Neocarnegia basiret Schaus; RHESCYNTIDINZE: Rhescyntis (Arsenura) meander Walker (Brasil); SATURNIINZ: Actias luna L., A. selene Hubner (India), An- theraa polyphemus Cramer, Attacus atlas L. (Borneo), Calosaturnia waltero- rum Hogue & Johnson, Dictyoploca japonica Moore (Japan), Hyalophora (H.) cecropia L., H. (H.) euryalus Bdv., H. (Callosamia) angulifera Walk- er, H. (C.) carolina Jones, H. (C.) promethea Drury, Rothschildia orizaba West., Rhodinia fugax Butler (Japan), Saturnia(S.) pavonia L. (Germany), Samia cynthia L.; AGLIINZE: Aglia tau L. (Germany). The Brasilian larve were preserved by F. PLAUMANN, those from Argentina by J. FORSTER, those from Germany by J. REICHEL, and those from India, Japan, Borneo by C. L. Remincton. The nomenclature largely follows MIcHENER (1952). 104 PEASE: First instar larve Vol.14: no.2 Notes: 1. Descriptions are for one half of the body, i.e. reference to two sete would mean the larva actually possessed four, with two arranged symmetric- ally on each side. 2. Whenever the word ‘“‘fused’’ is used, it applies to the chalaze of the setze, i.e. “DI fused on dorsomeson’”’ means that the chalaze of the first dor- sal seta from each side of the body are united so that the two sete now arise from a common base. 3. Segments are numbered posteriorly T-1, T-2, T-3 for the three thoracic segments and A-1 to A-10 for the abdominal segments. THE Key 1. Pro- and metathorax (T-1 and T-3) with dorsal chalaze much longer than those of mesothorax (T-2); dorsal sete of T-2 short, bearing 4 branches with 2 of these longer than the others; chalaza of dorsal seta D1 of abdominal segment eight (A-8) fused on dorsomeson; no fusion on A-9; last abdominal segment (A- 10) with a conspicuous posteriorly projecting chalaza on dorsomeson (Fig. 34) ; elongated chalaze have numerous thorny projections of cuticle usually bearing a secondary seta; some secondary sete on body, lateral plates of prolegs, and anal PROC oyster set ere eee rok een acne ee, tere e aeaaeeS Subfamily AGLIIN (Aglia tau) Chalaze of T-1 and T-3 never prolonged without similar extension of chalaze of T-2; A-10 never with posteriorly projecting chalaza on dorsomeson; if cuticle of chalaze is erupted with thorny projections, secondary sete are usually absent from their tips; secondary sete, if present, usually confined to the lateral plates of the prolegs (short hairlike sete on the elongated chalaze in Syssphinx) _...-.-.---------- eo 2. Scoli (usually XD, SD, L, D) on thoracic and abdominal segments bear 5-12 sete of subequal length usually attached near the top (Fig. 5); dorsal scoli on A-9 never fused on dorsomeson; second dorsal seta (D2) of A-9 often absent; scoli subequal in height or at least none several times as long as others; anal prolegs with as many as 18 sete on lateral sclerotized plate; second lateral seta (L2) on prothorax (T-1) often not distinguishable from secondary sete of scolus L1; on A-1 to A-8 second lateral seta (L2) is of primitive form and separated from secondary sete of scolus L1 (Fig.9). (Subfamily SATURNIINZE) __.- 6 Chalaze usually bearing only one or two primary sete at the top; some times 4-6 shorter processes around the sete; second dorsal seta (D2) always present on A-9, fused on dorsomeson and borne on a chalaza (Fig. 16) ; some chalaze may be much longer than homologous chalaze on different segments, particularly those on the thorax and A-8 and A-9; anal prolegs with three sete mesad, one anterior, and five on lateral sclerotized plate (Fig. 25); primitive lateral seta (L2) on T-1 present and projecting caudad from the base or near the base of L1; L2 may rise from chalaza of Livon A-1 to A-8 2:40.20 ee 3 3. T-2 with chalaza of dorsal seta (D) several times as long as other thoracic chala- ze; no fusion on dorsomeson of A-8 (Fig.11). (Some CITHERONIINZ®) ............ le Ba 5 ASU A Ce De DRTC Be Oooo adalah ae eee Anisota, Dryocampa. D on T-2 not the only prolonged thoracic chaiaza; D1 fused on dorsomeson of A-8 -. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 105 4. Chalaze of dorsal. (D) and subdorsal (SD) sete of T-2 and T-3 and first dorsal seta (D1) of A-8 at least twice as long as chalaze on A-1 to A-7, A-9 and A-10; chalaze may have thorny cuticular projections; some sete of suranal plate on A-10 usually borne on prominent chalaze (Figs. 28 to 31); primitive sete on posterior edge of cervical shield (D1, D2) on T-1 shorter than chalaze of D on T-2; no Zcirsilalle Gllawreueley, @invews aU re 1 Gly ay lan ale erase it tee ls NB Ener seu oon eer OEE 5 Chalaze of thoracic sete subequal to those of abdomen; all chalaze without cuticular eruptions except at the top surrounding the primary sete; chalaze of sete on suranal plate inconspicuous; primitive sete on posterior edge of cervical shield (D1, D2) usually as long as chalaze of D on T-2; eversible glands often visible GamicesmikaclcvoneA-tvamnd A-7 (Rig, 46) (..00% 2.2. 14 5. Chalaze granulated without prominent cuticular thorns; many sete barbed and flattened giving appearance of a double-edged saw; subventral (SV1 and SV2) and ventral (V1) sete of A-3 to A-6 without this modification; only one seta on the lateral plate on A-10 has this shape; double-hooked crochets on prolegs deeply embedded in spatula giving the illusion of two rows; lateral sete (L1 and L2) Moniemnomeseparare chalaze on A-1 ‘to Aq. occa ccceceeteete see aeconeenneees Pome ee he Subfamily RHESCYNTIDIN/E (Rhescyntis meander) Chalaze with cuticular thorns; sete relatively smooth; crochets shallowly embedded in spatula and obviously composed of a single row with occasional remnants (3- 4) of an outer row; usually three or more sete of the suranal plate borne on one chalaza (Figs. 28 and 29); Li and L2 with chalaze at least partly fused on A-1 OMe Semen Sonam: CMM ELE RONTLN A) aes cece eect cteeceeneea ce eeseneeces 20 6. Only primary sete (SV1, SV2, V1) present on prolegs of A-3 to A-6; secondary sete occur on the anal prolegs; D-2 usually present on A-9 (Figs. 22, 35) _......... 7 All prolegs have secondary sete on the lateral sclerotized plates (making a total of 9-12 sete on prolegs of A-3 to A-6) ; D2 never present on A-9 (Figs. 24, 36) .... 10 7. Chalaze of D1 on A-8 entirely separate; D2 a conspicuous seta on all abdominal ea 1 Seer? ems en Sos, SSE te NU AS ee Se ee See 8 Chalaze of D1 on A-8 partially or wholly fused on dorsomeson; D2 may be missing Gif: BLED) acco sclsc aa ASI Me ea P00 et ere ec 9 8. Height of SD and D scoli less than twice width; XD-SD of T-1 present on an- terior edge of cervical shield as a continuous band of sete _.. Saturnia, Dictyoploca Height of SD and D scoli greater than twice width; XD-SD of T-1 are two separ- ate groups of sete with prominent chalaz@ -..............-...-------- Calosaturnia, Caligula 9. Secondary sete of D and T-2, T-3 and abdominal segments recurved with tips pointing caudad; width of L scolus on T-1 less than half the width of the seg- Ment , M., and Cu, Aces equidistant at origin; Cu, from lower angle, Cu, from behind middle of discal cell, but distinctly before two-thirds; A, distinct tornad; basal fork at A,,, a quarter of entire vein. Hind wing (fig. 2) subtrapezoidal, broader or narrower than forewing; costa gently arched; apex rotundate, sometimes slightly projected; termen below it, straight 114 OsprAztTsov & POWELL: Decodes Vol.14-: no.2 or concave; tornus broadly rounded; dorsum convex or straight externad, strongly arched basad. Seven veins; S slightly undulate, almost straight; R and M, long stalked; M, and Cu, closely approximated toward lower angle of discal cell; M, lacking; Cu, from slightly behind three-quarters of discal cell. Cubitus without pecten. Male genitalia (figs. 3-8). TTegumen moderately broad with more or less oblique shoulders; pedunculi rather long and narrow; saccus complete. Valva elongate, weak, narrowed apicad; length larger than width; costa more or less sclerotized, often strong; sacculus either developed as a rather weak fold, or long with a free point bent downwardly; upper basal angle of valva more or less produced; no pulvinus and processus basales. Uncus slender, tapering, spinulate; gnathos rather long with a spoon-like dilated middle process; socii weak, drooping, dilated, rather large. Ful- tura superior sclerotized, forming a dilated, shield-like middle plate over edceagus. Fultura inferior sclerotized, more or less high, subtrapezoidal with two apical points; caulis moderate, joined to or close to cecum penis; two weak, haired papille on dia- phragma dorsolaterad from fultura inferior. A“dcagus slender, more or less long bent or elbowed, slightly tapering apicad; cecum penis elongate; no cornuti. Female genitalia (figs. 9-14). Papille anales floricomous with caudal lobes more or less broad and cephalary parts narrow. Sinus vaginalis wide; lamella antevagi- nalis narrow, fused with a sclerotized, more or less long antrum; lamella postvaginalis dilated with cephalary angles rotundate. Ductus burse moderate or rather short, sometimes slightly sclerotized on certain places; no cestum. Corpus burse rotundate or slightly elongate, finely punctate or smooth; signum stellate or ribbon-like, scobinate. Ductus seminalis merging with corpus burse caudad, sometimes through its slightly produced caudal part. Remarks. In the venation of hind wing this new genus approaches the Palearctic genera Tortricodes Guenée, Oxypteron Staudinger, and Oporopsamma Gozmany, but differs from all of them in having the subcostal area of the forewings distinctly broader and all branches of the vein R correspondingly longer. Moreover, in De- codes, Rz of the forewing terminates distinctly at the costa, while in the above Pale- arctic genera it reaches the termen or at least (Oporopsamma) the apex. All of the latter genera have the antenna in the male more or less fasciculate-ciliated, the pro- boscis greatly reduced, and the maxillary palpus rudimentary or absent. All of them have the socii much narrower, and the middle process of the gnathos is never spoon- like. In addition, Tortricodes has no fultura superior, and in Oxypteron the gnathos is semimembranous, fused with anal tube. A dilated sterigma is typical of the females of the above Palearctic genera. The venation of hind wings of the Neotropical genus Rhythmologa Meyrick is also similar to that of Decodes, but in Rhythmologa the forewing vein R. terminates below the wing apex, and the sterigma of the female is underdeveloped. ‘The six known species of the genus Decodes, according to their male genitalia, might be distributed among two groups. In one of them (john- stont, aneuretus, and bicolor) the sacculus is strongly sclerotized and ends in a free tip; in the other group (montanus, basiplaganus, and fragarianus ) it is weak, developed merely as a fold at the lower margin of the valva. For the present time it would seem imprudent to treat these groups as separate subgenera, especially with regard to a similar specific modification of the sac- culus in the genus Cnephasia Curtis where it cannot be valued as a subgeneric character. At our present knowledge, the genus Decodes is exclusively Nearctic. All of the six known species are recorded in California, but two of them (dasz7- plaganus and fragarianus) have a wider distribution in North America. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 115 NortH AMERICAN Decodes SPECIES Group | x Decodes fragarianus (Busck), NEW COMBINATION Tortricodes fragariana Busck, 1919, Proc. ent. soc. Washington 21: 52 Barnes & Busck, 1920, Contr. nat. hist. Lepid. North America 4: pl.32: fig5. Blackmore, 1920, Rept. Brit. Columbia prov. mus. for 1919: 19; 1921, zbid. for 1920: 24; Forbes, “1923” [1924], Mem. Cornell univ. agr. exp. sta. 68: 488. McDunnough, 1939, Mem. so. Cal- ifornia acad. sci. 2: 58, no.7456. Peronea elapsa Meyrick, 1922, Entomologist 55: 255 (substitute name, by mistake). A gray species having the color of the forewings variable from nearly a uniform mouse gray to having a distinct antemedian whitish band preceded by a dark band and followed by an ill-defined dark area, a pale area, and a pale subterminal spot. Male. — Forewing length 6.3 to 8.0 mm. Head: labial palpus, second segment narrow, about six times longer than wide, not expanded apically, about as long as vertical diameter of eye; gray exteriorly, the scales tipped with whitish, white to grayish interiorly; terminal segment less than half the length of second, slightly nar- rower, dark gray exteriorly, paler interiorly. Antenna gray, annulated paler above, scape whitish below. Head with tufts of dense, prominent, dark gray scales tipped with whitish. Thorax: gray above including tegula, mottled indistinctly with paler, brownish white scales; metanotum unscaled except for weak whitish tufts at sides posteriorly; a tuft of elongate brownish gray scales, minutely tipped with white pro- jecting from below base of tegula posteriorly under wings; underside scales large, whitish. Pro- and mesothoracic legs gray exteriorly, each marked with whitish on the coxa, lower margin of femur, median and terminal band on tibia, and terminal bands on tarsal segments, whitish exteriorly; metathoracic legs whitish throughout. Forewing: about 2.75 times longer than greatest width, costa curve slightly flattened at about middle; ground color mouse gray, usually with markings indistinct, con- sisting of a broad, dark fascia in costal half of wing at basal one fifth, bordered internally and externally by more or less distinct black lines, sometimes preceded by some red brown overscaling in basal area, followed by a broad pale fascia bordered outwardly by an incomplete narrow band cf upraised black scales which are followed by a few brownish scales; outer half of wing usually showing almost no markings; sometimes an indistinct, irregular row of upraised black scales from near end of cell, curving downwards toward tornus. Cilia gray, tipped with whitish. Underside pale gray, darker along costa; costa whitish at middle, marked in outer half with five in- distinct whitish blotches. Hindwing: pale silver-gray throughout, cilia margined bas- ally by a row of short, darker scales, underside similar Abdomen: shining silver-gray above and below including prominent, dorsal tuft on eighth segment. Genitalia as in fig.3 (drawn from plesiotype, San Francisco, JAP slide No.488, 20 slides exam- ined) ; fultura superior rounded apically with lateral margins straight; socii small, rounded; shape of valva variable, depending upon mounting technique; edcagus evenly curved, more strongly so than in montanus or basiplaganus. Female. — Length of forewing 6.5 to 8.4 mm. Head: essentially as described for male; color, especially of labial palpus tending to be whiter. Forewing: more dis- tinctly marked than male; less distinctly marked specimens show some brownish scal- ing at base, borders of dark fascia indicated by upturned black scales at least in mid- dle of wing, outer border of pale submedian fascia, when the latter is not evident, indicated by central tuft of upraised red-brown scales; specimens vary through suc- cessive degrees to a distinctly banded form as follows: basal patch red-brown, dark fascia at one-fifth, distinctly bordered with a black band outwardly and inwardly on costal half of wing, blending with basal patch towards dorsum; broad whitish sub- median band across wing, expanding on dorsum, indistinct outwardly, bordered out- wardly below cell by a row of upturned black scales; outer half of wing mouse gray 116 OsRAzZTsoV & POWELL: Decodes Vol.14: no.2 with suggestion of a second white postmedian band blending into ground color, most evident on dorsal half, with whitish in the terminal area and along margin towards tornus. Underside as described for male, with more distinct costal spots in heavily marked specimens. Hindwing: as in male, darker towards apex; underside as in male. Abdomen: dull gray above, paler below; genital tuft gray to brownish, prominent. Genitalia as in fig.9, (drawn from plesiotype, Redwood City, JAP slide No.518, 17 slides examined) ; plate of antrum very short, broadly emarginate at junction of ductus burse; ductus burse longer than corpus bursx, with a sclerotized curvature at about middle, corpus burse very weak (frequently broken or lost in dissections) without any signum, with only some minute spicules along the central portion. Known range: British Columbia; Oregon; California; Utah; Colorado; New Mexico. Type: HOLOTYPE male (genitalia on slide, prepared by C. HEIN- RICH on February 25, 1919), Victoria, British Columbia; deposited in the United States National Museum, and examined by the present authors. Other material examined: BRITISH COLUMBIA: | (genitalia on slide prepared by A. Busck on November 16, 1922), Kaslo (Dyar, 39013) ; 533,82 2 (genitalia on slides, prepared by C. HermnricH on January 29, 1919, by A. Busck on October 3, 1925, and April 1929, and JAP slide Nos. 466°, 4939), Victoria, September 1, 1903, August 17, 1918, September 14-16, 1920 (E. H. Brackmore), August 21 and September 9, 1921, Aug- ust 30, 1922 (W. R. Carter), deposited in U. S. National Museum; 1 ? (genitalia on slide no. 105-Obr.), Victoria (A. J. CRAKER), deposited in American Museum of Natural History. OREGON: 1 (genitalia on slide, prepared by A, BusckK on April 8,° 1929), “Oregon 7 CAMIRORNia: 230° (one has the genitalia on slide no.341-Obr.), Berkeley, June, deposit- ed in American Museum of Natural History and U. S. National Museum; 923038, 782 2 from various localities, Sonoma County south to San Diego County, data to be given in detail elsewhere. COLORADO: 1 (genitalia on slide no. 1-Obr. 3/9 1960), Glenwood Springs, August 1893. NEW MEXICO: 506,22 2 (genitalia on slides, prepared by C. HEINRICH on January 29, 1919, and A. Buscxk on September 30, 1919—figured in BARNES & Busck, 1920, Contr. nat. hist. Lepid. North America 4: pl.32, fig.5—, January 15, 1923; and January 11 and October 2, 1925; and JAP slide No. 479), Hell Canyon, September 10, 1916 (C. Hetnricx), deposited in U. S. National Museum; 1 (genitalia on slide no.344-Obr.), Galisteo, Septem- ber 4, 1916 (C. Hernricy), deposited in American Museum of Natural History. UTAH: 42 @ (genitalia of two of them on slides, prepared by A. Busck on October 10, 1923, and May 9, 1925), Provo, August 20719105 October 1-2, 1912 (T. SpaLpInG), deposited in U. S. National Museum. Decodes basiplaganus (Walsingham), NEW COMBINATION Sciaphila basiplagana Walsingham, 1879, Illustrations typical specimens Lepidop- tera Heterocera 4: 23, pl.65: fig.8. Fernaid, 1882, Trans. Amer. ent. soc. 10: 17. Grote, 1882, New check list North American moths: 58, no.69. Tortrix basiplagana, Fernald, “1902” [1903], Bull. U. S. nat. mus. 52: 484, no. 5412. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 117 Cnephasia basiplagana, Meyrick, 1912, in Wagner, Lepid. catalogus, pt.10: 45; 1913, in Wytsman, Genera insectorum, fasc 149: 45. Barnes °& McDunnough, 1917, Check list Lepidoptera Boreal America: 178, no.7406. McDunnough, 1939, Mem. so. California acad. sci. 2: 58, no.7464. Tortricodes basiplagana, Busck, Proc. ent. soc. Washington 21: 52. Barnes & Busck, 1920, Contr. nat. hist. Lepid. North America 4: pl.32: fig.4. A dark and light banded species, superficially indistinguishable from certain dis- tinctly marked individuals of fragarianus. Female. — Forewing length 8.5 to 8.8 mm. Essentially as described for the extreme distinct marked form of fragarianus. Forewing: about 2.65 times the greatest width, costa evenly curved. Basal patch brownish; a transverse band at basal one-fifth bending outward at middle, margined with black; submedian band whitish, expanding to- wards dorsum to a round projection along dorsum, bordered below cell and above dorsal projection by upraised black scales; mouse gray in outer half of wing, inter- rupted by an incomplete, whitish band on dorsal half at outer third and an ill-de- fined subterminal whitish band and subapical blotch. Genitalia: as in fig.10 (drawn from plesiotype, Petaluma, JAP slide No.470, eight slides examined) ; plate of antrum well defined, short without emargination; ductus burse short, without sclerotized area; corpus burse strong, round, with patch-like signum and dense comb-like scobi- nation, most pronounced around signum. Male. - Length of forewing 8.0 mm. The one dry specimen available for study is damaged, but superficially appears essentially as described for female, although not so distinctly banded, with the pale antemedian area grayish. Genitalia: as in fig.4 (drawn from plesiotype, Pleasant Hill, JAP slide No.496, two slides examined) ; fultura superior short, the basal width of dilated portion shorter than the length; produced slightly apically, the lateral margins showing a slight sigmoid curvature. Known range: California; Arizona; Texas; Illinois; New York; Penn- sylvania; Massachusetts. Type: HOLOTYPE, male (genitalia on slide no.5356), Bosque Co., Texas, October 12, 1874 (BELFRAGE); deposited in the British Museum, and examined by OBRAZTSOV. Other material examined: CALIFORNIA: 1¢ (JAP slide No.508), Cotati, Sonoma Co. X-7-36; 19 (JAP Slide No. 470), Petaluma, Sonoma Co. [X-20-39 (E. C. JouNnston) deposited in Canadian National Collection; 1g, 32 2 (JAP Slides, Nos.504, 510, 521), Pleasant Hill, Contra Costa Co., [X-(15, 20)-58, X-2-59 (W. E. Fercuson) ; 12 (JAP Slide No.517), Redwood City, San Mateo Co., X-13-59 (P. H. ARNAuD, Jr.) deposited in California Academy of Sciences. ARIZONA: 26'0', 12 (genitalia on slides, prepared by A. Busck on September 21, 1925, and April 20, 1929; slide no. 3-Obr. 2/25 1960), Prescott, October 1-7; 20, 12 (genitalia on slides, prepared by A. Busck on September 1, 5, and 22, 1925), Mohave Co., Sep- tember 8-15, and October 16-23; 16, 62 2 (genitalia of 12 on slide no.1- Obr. 2/25 1960), Paradise, Cochise Co., August 24-31, and September 8-30; 1g (genitalia on slide no.2-Obr. 2/25 1960), South Arizona. TEXAS: 19 (genitalia on slide no.4-Obr. 2/25 1960), Kerrville, October 1908. ILLI- NOIS: 12 (genitalia on slide, prepared by A. Busck on December 5, 1938), Putnam Co., September 22, 1937 (M. O. Gt—enn). NEW YORK: 230,22 2 (genitalia on slides, prepared by A. BuscK on September 20 and 21, and October 1, 1925), Ithaca, September 9-26, 1924 (Cornell Uni- 118 OsBRAZTsoV & POWELL: Decodes Vol.14: no.2 versity Expedition) ; 2¢'6', 22 @ Six Mile Creek, Ithaca, August 29 and September 9, 1923 (J. G. FRANCLEMONT), all of the above specimens depos- ited in Ul. S. National Museum; 7¢'¢', 199 9 (genitalia or Wo vance on slides nos.343-Obr. and 104-Obr., correspondingly), Pelham, Westchester Co., September 2 and 24, and October 2, 1954 (A. B. Ktiors), deposited in American Museum of Natural History. PENNSYLVANIA: 1¢ (genitalia on slide, prepared by A. Busck on September 30, 1919; figured in Barnes & Busck, 1920, Contr. nat. hist. Lepid. North America 4: pl.32, fig.4), New Brighton, September 23, 1905 (H. D. Merrick). MASSACHUSETTS: 1¢ (genitalia on slide, prepared by A. Busck on April 18, 1929), Cohasset, September 28, 1907 (O. Bryan); these specimens deposited in U. S. Na- tional Museum. DECODES MONTANUS Powell, NEW SPECIES Superficially resembling fragarianus but with a strongly contrasting, well defined basal patch; usually the remainder of the markings diffuse and pale. Female with a conspicuous band of dark scales on the seventh abdominal sternite. Male. — Length of forewing 8.7 mm. Head: labial palpus, second segment nearly clyindrical slightly expanded distally, three times longer than maximum width, slight- ly longer than vertical eye diameter; gray exteriorly, the scales tipped with white, less broadly so distally, whitish interiorly with a few brownish scales apically; terminal segment about half the length of second, brownish, the scales tipped with white, more broadly so interiorly. Head tufts prominent, not aporessed, the scales whitish below, dark brown on outer half, tipped with white deeply notched; loose tuft of whitish scales under eye. Antenna brown, annulated paler; scape white below. Thorax: tegula dark brown at base, lighter brown distally. apical scales broadly tipped with white. Thorax above banded as follows: dark at base, followed posteriorly by a pale brown- ish white band and a narrow dark brown band; posterior half of mesonotum light brown, the scales tipped with white. less broadly so posteriorly; metanotum unscaled except for thin white hair brush on each side posteriorly. Thorax below white; pro- and mesothoracic legs brown exteriorly, marked with white as follows: coxe irregular- ly speckled, femora below, tibie banded above at middle, tarsal segments apically band- ed; whitish interiorly (described from paratopotype; holotype lacks both mesothoracic and one metathoracic legs). Metathoracic leg whitish tibia and tarsus faintly tinged with brown exteriorly. Forewing: length about 2.8 times greatest width; costa evenly curved, slightly bowed at base. Upperside with basic arrangement of markings as in fragarianus. Basal area tan, blending to darker brown on dorsum. Transverse band at basal one-fifth dark chocolate brown, well defined by marginal darker lines, blending dorsally with darker part of basal area: remainder of wing essentially brownish white; outer margin of antemedian white band indicated by a short row of dark scales above the fold; costal area beyond narrow costal portion of antemedian band brownish, slight- ly darker than remainder of wing. the shading extending towards dorsum in a blunt spur outside the median row of dark scales: costa with about eight short. obscure, dark, oblique dashes in shaded area; a vertical, well defined dark line in terminal area; dor- sal margin with about six irregular, dark spurs between basal band and terminal line. Fringe long. pale brownish, scales white tipped, extending conspicuously above apex. Underside pale brownish, lighter towards dorsum. costa with ill-defined but contrasting whitish area along middle third. Hindwing: shining whitish. pale brownish towards apex; fringe with basal pale brown band: underside similar. Abdomen: holotype abdo- men treated in caustic solution and placed on slide; genitalia as in fig.5 (drawn from paratype, Donner Summit, JAP slide No.460, three specimens examined) ; socii large; arms of gnathos bowed at middle, short; fultura superior elongate, produced and nar- 1969 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 119 rowed apically; valva with membranous projection at end of sacculus, costal margin strongly bowed; edeagus only slightly curved, longer than in basiplaganus. Female. — Length of forewing 9.1 mm. Essentially as described for male. Labial palpus more extensively marked with white. Thorax above rubbed on allotype but ap- pears to be darker and less conspicuously banded than in male. Allotype lacks one meso- and one metathoracic leg. Forewing: more contrastingly marked than in male. Basal band darker, well defined with some brown scales in middle; antemedian band well defined, pale gray, margined outwardly by nearly complete row of dark scales; costal area and spur above dorsal expansion of antemedian band darker gray, well de- fined. Subterminal line not so well defined as in male. Abdomen: tan or pale brown (although this may be due to artificial discoloring) ; underside of seventh segment with a conspicuous posterior margin of large purple-black scales which expands laterally into huge tufts (these are very noticeable on the whole specimen). Genitalia as in fig. 11 (drawn from paratype, Donner Summit, JFGC slide No.4385: four slides examined) ; plate of antrum more elongate than in basiplaganus, longer than its median width, tapering at junction with ductus burse, not emarginate; ductus burse short; corpus burse strong, round with a stellate, patch-like signum and tiny comb-like scobination most pronounced around signum. The specimens from Donner Summit are larger (length of forewing 9.8-9.9 mm.) and apparently have the markings paler and less well defined, although both are somewhat rubbed. However, the genitalia of both sexes match the remainder of the widely distributed type series, and the dark scale band of the seventh abdominal sternite on the female is quite distinctive. HOLOTYPE male, Mt. Lowe, Los Angeles Co., California, Sept. 18, 1925 (E. Piazza) deposited in California Academy of Sciences. ALLO- TYPE female, Mt. Shasta, Siskiyou Co., Calif., Aug. 19, 1939 (E. C. JOHNSTON) deposited in Canadian National Collection. Six PARA- TYPES, all California: 16°, 19 Donner Summit, Nevada Co., VIII-7-35 (E. C. JoHNsTon) ; 19 Mill Valley, Marin Co., [X-9-48 (H. B. LeEcu) ; Zomeevice blermon, Santa Cruz Co., LX-(5-8)-31 (H. H. Kerer); Io with same data as holotype (abdomen lost), deposited in collections of American Museum of Natural History, Canadian National Collection, Cali- fornia State Department of Agriculture, U. S. National Museum, and au- thor. Three additional female specimens examined in alcohol: 22 2 Soquel, Santa Cruz Co., [X-24-43; 19? Calimesa, Riverside Co., IX-14-43, not desig- nated as paratypes, in California Department of Agriculture collection. Additional material examined by Opsraztsov: 204 (genitalia on slides, prepared by A. Busck on January 12 and 14, 1925), San Diego, Cal- fornia, October 6, 1919 (K. R. CootipcE); 40%, Mt. Hermon, Santa Cruz Co., California, September 5-8, 1931 (H, H. Kerrer) all deposited in U. S. National Museum. Group II DECODES JOHNSTONI Powell, NEw SPECIES A gray species with elongate, narrow forewings which are quite variable in color, ranging from uniform pale gray through a darker form with basal third of wing inside oblique line and terminal area flushed with white to a distinctly marked form having a crescent-shaped black spot in the basal white area and the dividing line and outwardly adjoining area black. 120 OsprAztTsov & POWELL: Decodes Vol.14: no.2 Male. — Length of forewing 10.2 mm. Head: labial palpus narrow, second seg- ment slightly longer than vertical eye diameter, narrow at base, expanding gradually to apex, length about 3.5 times greater than apical width, gray exteriorly, the scales dark, tipped with white, whitish interiorly; terminal segment slightly longer than half the length of second, rounded at apex, dark gray exteriorly, the scales only narrowly margined with white, lighter interiorly. Antenna gray, segments obscurely annulate with whitish basally; underside of scape white. Head with tufts prominent, compact, dark gray, the scales only shallowly notched in the narrow whitish apical band. Thorax: tegula and mesonotum dark gray, not banded; metanotum unscaled, with small lateral tufts. Underside whitish. Pro- and mesothoracic legs dark gray exteriorly, the tarsal segments with narrow white apical bands; whitish interiorly; metathoracic leg whitish, suffused with grayish exteriorly, tibial spurs and tarsal segments except apical bands, gray. (The holotype lacks the meso- and metathoracic legs on one side.) Fore- wing: costa evenly but only slightly curved from base to apex; apex rounded acute, ter- men very oblique; length about three times greatest width. Gray, basal area whitish, its outer margin indicated by an obscure line from inside basal one-third of costa towards anal angle, notched inwardly just above fold and disappearing below fold; terminal area outside cell diffused by whitish blending into darker gray of outer costal area towards apex. Fringe short, whitish with a basal row of short gray scales. Underside uniform gray; costa indistinctly marked with several whitish spots on outer half. Hindwing: grayish, paler basally. Fringe whitish with a basal row of short brownish scales from before apex to first anal vein. Underside paler. Abdomen: gray, darker below; tufts of eighth segment conspicuous, silvery, shaded with purplish below. Genitalia as in fig.6 (drawn from paratype, Alpine Lake, JAP slide No.369; three slides examined) ; socii small; costal margin of valva heavily sclerotized, produced apically into expand- ed portion; sacculus heavily sclerotized, free end longer than in other known Decodes. Female. - Length of forewing 9.8 mm. Essentially as described for male but more heavily marked with white. Head, labial palpus, antenna, thorax paler. Forewing: more distinctly marked due to the heavy white overscaling. Basal one-third whitish, more distinctly so costally and outwardly; outer margin of whitish area, a line from inside basal one third of costa obliquely outward, broadly notched inward above fold and just above dorsum, ending a little before anal angle; area outside this dark gray, shading gradually to whitish in terminal area; indication of two vertical black lines in terminal area. Underside, hindwing and abdomen as in male. Genitalia as in fig. 13 (drawn from paratopotype, JAP slide No.485, three slides examined) ; plate of ant- rum small but heavily sclerotized, joining ductus burse without emargination; ductus burse with light sclerotized curvature just before corpus burse; signum ribbon-like, weakly formed to base of ductus seminalis, not expanding towards center of bursa. HOLOTYPE male and ALLOTYPE female, Mt. St. Helena, Napa Co., California, March 7, 1940 and March 24, 1939, respectively, (E. C. JOHNSTON), deposited in Canadian National Collection. Fourteen PARA- TYPES, all California, as follows: 16, The Geysers, Sonoma Co., III-19- 39 (E. C. JoHNston); 12 same data as holotype, 19 same data except ITI-26-46; 1¢, Spring Mt., Napa Co., III-25-46 (E. C. Jonnston), 1 2 same data except I1V-2-40; 59 @ Mill Valley, Marin Co., III-12-20 (E. P. Van DuZEeE); 1, Alpine Lake, Marin Co., III-30-56 (J. Powe), 19 same locality, [V-1-59 (J. M. Burns); 12 Mt. Tamalpais, Marin Co., IV- 3-07 (F. X. WituiaMs); 1° San Francisco, ‘“V” (F. X. WriLiiaMs), de- posited in American Museum, California Insect Survey, California Academy of Sciences, Canadian National Collection, U. S. National Museum, and author’s collection. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 121 Length of forewing of paratypes, 9.2 to 11.0 mm. The variation in color of the forewings is remarkable. A less distinctly marked form exists (dv, 2 Marin Co.) in which the wing is uniform whitish gray with a few scattered small groups of black scales in areas of black on the marked varieties. The variation is gradual, and more distinctly marked forms than in the above description have the basal white area interrupted by a black crescent spot, which varies in development, and a blackish suffusion outward from the margin of the light basal area. In extreme forms the crescent spot is shaped like the neck of a swan, which begins at the base of the dorsal margin, the head of which is in the middle of the basal area with the beak extending out- ward on the fold. The species is dedicated to the late Epwarp C. JOHNSTON, formerly of Petaluma, California, who, in building probably the largest collection of Cal- ifornia Microlepidoptera ever assembled, provided many valuable records for the present study, including nearly half of the known specimens of the en- demic California Decodes species. DECODES ANEURETUS Powell, NEw SPECIES A dark gray species having the forewing marked only by an indistinct, oblique, pale grayish antemedian band and an indication of pale banding in the terminal area, the pale areas margined by dark, upraised scales. Female. - Length of forewing 10.2 mm. Head: labial palpus cylindrical, narrow; second segment about one-fifth longer than vertical diameter, about four times longer than wide, very little expanded apically, dark gray above and exteriorly towards apex, the scales only narrowly tipped with white, blending to whitish basally exteriorly and below, white interiorly; terminal segment about one-half the length of second, rounded apically, dark gray, interior whitish basally. Antenna gray, scape and first twelve segments below white. Head with tufts of prominent, dense, dark gray scales which are only minutely tipped with whitish. Thorax: tegula and mesonotum dark gray showing no color pattern, metanotum unscaled, lateral posterior tufts short, dense; ventral side of thorax whitish. Pro- and mesothoracic legs gray exteriorly with indication of whitish at tibial and tarsal segment apices, whitish interiorly; metathoracic leg whitish, tibia and tarsal segments obscurely mottled with pale brown exteriorly, spurs brown below. Forewing: costa nearly straight for about basal third, sharply curved there, then nearly straight to apex. Length about three times greatest width. Dark gray, only indis- tinctly marked. Three antemedian, incomplete transverse lines of upraised, dark scales: first at basal one-sixth of costa, angling outward, bending inward in cell, disappear- ing below fold; second parallel, obscure at costa, more distinct in cell, bending slightly at fold, disappearing below fold; third at bend in costa, the most distinct of the three, angling outward towards dorsum just before anal angle, disappearing below cell. Area inside first line pale grayish; between first and second darker, blending into pale of base at dorsum; area between second and third lines whitish, forming an oblique pale band, the most distinct marking on the wing. Ground color uninterrupted be- tween third line and end of cell; apical area paler, gray to whitish, marked by three parallel, outward curving lines of dark scales in middle. Area between the first two lines slightly darker. Fringe long, pale gray, scales with subterminal darker bands, the rows forming three more or less distinct bands. Underside gray; base of cell with a patch of upraised white scales; outer half of costa indistinct but broadly marked with whitish, surrounding three rather distinct gray subcrescentic spots bordering costa; sub- marginal area and fringe mottled whitish. Hindwing: whitish basally, brownish margin- ally, darkest at apex; veins brown towards margin. Fringe white with a basal brown band around apex disappearing before anal area. Underside similar, costa and veins brownish throughout. Abdomen: the abdomen of the unique female has been treated 122 OsRrAzTsOV & POWELL: Decodes Vol.14: no.2 in caustic solution and is on a slide. No unusual external features were noted. Geni- talia as in fig.12 (drawn from allotype, JAP slide No.481; one specimen examined) ; plate of antrum weakly sclerotized, narrowly emarginate at junction of ductus burse; ductus sclerotized and folded just before corpus burse; signum gradually becoming broader towards center of corpus bursz. Male. - Length of forewing about 9.9 mm. Essentially as described for female. The unique male appears to be an older, somewhat more worn specimen, and the markings are only faintly indicated. Forewing: almost unicolorous gray, with an indi- cation of the broad submedian pale band; white markings on underside of costa re- stricted to four rather distinct, oblique dashes. Abdomen: on slide, genitalia as in fig. 7 (drawn from holotype, JAP slide No.463, one specimen examined) ; socii moderately long, reaching over half the length of the short gnathos; costal margin of valva weak- ly sclerotized but with an expanded base and definite apex; sacculus heavily sclero- tized, free end narrow, short. HOLOTYPE male and ALLOTYPE female, Carmel, Monterey Co., California, April (“IV”) (A. H. VacHELL), deposited in American Mu- seum of Natural History. ‘The types, which were recently discovered among unworked Kearfott Collection material at the American Museum, have at some time in the past become moldy, and the appendages are somewhat obscured by dry fungal parts which remain despite an attempted cleaning. DECODES BICOLOR Powell, NEW SPECIES A large species having the costal half of the forewing white, the dorsal half dark gray. Female. - Length of forewing 11.9 mm. Head: labial palpus cylindrical, the seg- ments not expanded apically; second segment about as long as vertical eye diameter, four times longer than wide; gray exteriorly, the scales tipped with white, less broadly so apically on the segment; basally white interiorly; terminal segment about one-half the length of second; gray with scattered whitish interiorly. Antenna gray, annulated paler, basal ten or twelve segments white anteriorly and below. Head tufts conspicuous, loose, dark brown, the scales moderately notched at tips, very contrastingly and dis- tinctly tipped with white. Thorax: tegula whitish; mesonotum pale gray (probably showing two paler transverse bands, but specimens available mostly rubbed) ; meta- notum unscaled except having rather dense, flat, lateral, white tufts. Ventral side of thorax pale brownish-white. Pro- and mesothoracic legs nearly uniform gray-brown exieriorly, showing only faint banding on tarsal segment apices; paler interiorly. Me.achoracic leg whitish, coxa exteriorly, tibial spurs, and last four tarsal segments brown. Forewing: three times longer than greatest width; costa evenly bowed in basal half, less so apically; apex acute. Color pattern divided by a longitudinal line begin- ning just below fold at base crossing fold in an oblique line near base to near costal margin of cell at basal one-fifth of wing, angling downward slightly through middle of cell, turned upward just basad of end of cell to costal margin of cell, then straight to apex of wing. Area above this line white, more completely so adjacent to line end basally; outer half of costa and apex blending to dark grayish. Area immediately below the line dark brown, darkest in cell, shading gradually to lighter gray-brown along dorsal margin, palest at tornus. Fringe short, pale brownish white. Underside uniform brown, an elongate pale spot at base in middle. Hindwing: brownish white, paler basally; fringe long, white, with a brown band on base around apex of wing. Underside similar, the veins brown. Abdomen: shining brownish white, darker below. Genitalia as in fig.14 (drawn from paratopotype, JFGC slide No. 4375, two slides examined); plate of antrum large, heavily sclerotized; ductus burse without sclero- tized band; signum ribbon-like, not extending beyond base of ductus seminalis. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 123 Male. - Length of forewing about 11.6 mm. External characteristics as described for female. (Only two males available for study, both badly damaged.) Head and thorax (mostly lacking scales) apparently not differing from female. Wings: (one pair of wings of allotype removed and bleached for study of venation; JFGC slide No.4374) marked as female. Genitalia: as in fig.8 (drawn from paratype. Mill Valley, JAP slide No.477; two slides examined) ; socii long, reaching to apex of short gnathos; costal margin of valva and the sacculus heavily sclerotized; tip of sacculus free, flared, rounded. FIOLOTYPE female and ALLOTYPE male, Mt. St. Helena, Napa County, California, April 18, 1939 (E. C. JoHNstTon) deposited in U. S. National Museum. Fifteen PARATYPES, all California, as follows: -O'same data as holotype; | @ McCloud, Siskiyou County, VI-5-35 (E. CP lormnston) = 12 Foresthill, Placer Co., VIII-31-37 (W. R. Bauer); 19 The Geysers, Sonoma Co., V-9-39 (W. R. Bauer); 12 same locality, IV-28-40 (E. C. Jounstron) ; 1¢@ Pope Creek, Napa Co., IV-6-57, at light GiawoweErn)): 1° Mill Valley, Marin Co., V-3-24 (E. P. VAN DUZEE) ; 1 @ same locality, I1I-17-26; 29 @ same locality, 1V-19-50 (H. B. LEEcH) ; 1 @ same locality, [V-29-58, light trap; 1 9 Descanso, San Diego Co., “1914” (WS) Wricon); 49 9 Pine Valley, San Diego Co., IV-17-50 (E. C. JOHNSTON ), deposited in collections of American Museum of Natural His- tory, British Museum, Canadian National Collection, California Insect Sur- vey, California Academy of Sciences, San Diego Museum of Natural History, U. S. National Museum, and author. Forewing length range of paratypes, 10.1 to 11.6 mm. All of the para- types from the northern part of the range match the holotype description well. The San Diego County specimens show considerable variation in re- placement of the costal white by gray, especially apically. One specimen 1s nearly entirely gray, showing the characteristic contrasting white and dark above and below the line only in the cell. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT The senior author (N. S. O.) is a Research Fellow, Department of Insects and Spiders, American Museum of Natural History, and his work for the present paper Was supported by a research grant from the U. S. National Science Foundation. Literature Cited Busck, A, 1919. Two microlepidoptera injurious to strawberry. Proc. ent. soc. Wash- ington 21: 52-53. Fernald, C. H., 1903. Tortricide. in: Dyar, A List of North American Lepidoptera. Bull. U. S. nat. mus. 52: 448-489. McDunnough, J., 1939. Checklist of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America. Part II, Microlepidoptera. Mem. so. California acad. sci. 2: 1-171. Meyrick, E., 1912. Tortricide. in: Wagner, Lepid. catalogus, Pars 10: 1-86. Walsingham, Lord Thos. de Grey, 1879. North American Tortricide. I/l. typical spec. Lep. Het., British mus. 4. xi + 84 pp., 17 pls. [N.S.O.] Department of Insects and Spiders, American Museum of Natural History, Niewa Worle 242) Ni Yeuy ULES. A: and [J.A.P.] Department of Entomology, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., U. S. A. PLATE 1 DECODES Fig.1. Decodes, head, lat genitalia of Decodes spp., ventral aspect, moved, a = edeagus, lateral aspect: ganus (Walsingham); fig.5. D. montanus Powell. eral aspect: fig.2. Decodes, wing venation; figs.3-5, male spread, edeagus and fultura inferior re- fig.3. D. fragarianus (Busck) ; fig.4. D. basipla- DECODES ee BEA Ziad eS Zn “SUZ Male genitalia of Decodes spp., ventral aspect, spread, edeeagus and fultura in- ferior removed, a = edceagus, lateral aspect: fig.6. D. johnstoni Powell; fig.7. D. an- euretus Powell; fig.8. D. bicolor Powell. PEATE 3 DECODES Female genitalia of Decodes spp., ventral aspect: fig.9. D. fragarianus (Busck) ; fig.10. D. basiplaganus (Walsingham) ; fig.11. D. montanus Powell; fig.12. D. an- euretus Powell; fig.13. D. johnstoni Powell; fig.14. D. bicolor Powell. 1960 : Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 127 MeUDIDS OF THE CAROMOsSOMES OF NORTH AMERICAN RHOPALOCERA. 3. LYCAINIDA, DANAINA!, SATYRINA, MORPHINA: by Kopo MagExki and CHarteEs L. REMINGTON This paper is a continuation of our first two, which gave the sources of most of our material, our techniques, and an account of the chromosomes of Papilionide, Pieridae, Hesperiide, and Megathymide (Maeki & Reming- ton, 1960a, 1960b). The subject of the fourth, concluding, paper of this series will be the remaining groups of the family Nymphalide. In general, EHRLICH'S reclassification (1958a, 1958b) of the Rhopalocera is accepted, and we follow him in placing the Riodinids in the Lycanide and the Danaids, Satyrids, and Morphids as subfamilies of the huge family Nymphalidz. The inclusion of the Lycznidz in the present paper is not meant to suggest close phylogenetic affinity with the other groups but is merely for convenience in fitting the size requirements of this Journal. Similarly, the Pieridze were paired with the Hesperioidea in our preceding paper only for convenience. Most of the specimens for which the chromosomes are reported here were taken in 1959. We now are processing many additional species from North America, for which counts will be published in a supplementary paper, and there are 4 Danaine and 1 Satyrine in our forthcoming report on S. A. Hessel’s 1960 African material. As before, the numbers in square brackets are the designations of indi- viduals studied and can be found on the specimens and slides preserved for permanent reference in the Peabody Museum of Yale University. In the fol- lowing lists “n’’ represents the haploid chromosome number, “I”’ refers to the primary spermatocyte division and “II” to the secondary spermatocyte di- vision. No female meiosis was investigated in these groups. Fixed testes of several species not listed below were sectioned and ex- amined but did not show any meiotic divisions. For some of these species we have studied enough testes to conclude that divisions are rare or absent after eclosion of the imago (or barely possibly that divisions are limited to a brief time of day when we would not normally be dissecting and fixing material, such as 5:00 a.m.). The numbers of specimens of these species are as fol- lows: several Incisalia augustinus (Westwood), I. polios Cook & Watson, and I. irus (Godart) from Connecticut and New Jersey, 6 Florida Satvrium favonius (J. E. Smith), 7 Colorado Gi neis chryxus Doubledav, 4 Colorado Erebia callias Edwards, 3 Colorado FE. epipsodea Butler, 11 Florida Eupty- chia hermes (Fabricius), and 3 Florida FE. areolata (J. E. Smith). Fewer testes were examined but all gave negative results for the following: 1 Colo- rado Plebejus sepiolus (Boisduval), 1 Colorado Chrysophanus titus (Fab- ricius), 2 New Mexico Sandia macfarlandi Ehrlich & Clench, 1 Colorado CE neis uhleri Reakirt, 1 Colorado Canonympha ochracea Edwards. 128 MAEKI & REMINGTON: Chromosomes Vol.14: no.2 Ae DY CZENTD AL: 1. Calephelis virginiensis (Guérin). N = 45. Counts were made in 3 nuclei (I) and 4 nuclei (II) in testes of one male [F81] taken in the Cork- screw Swamp, near Immokalee, Collier Co., Florida, 19 April 1960, leg. K. Maeki. There are 9 chromosomes distinctly larger than the remainder. This is the first Riodinid species to be studied cytologically. 2. Lycana helloides (Boisduval). N = 24. Counts were made in 28 nuclei (I) and 18 nuclei (II) in testes of one male [63] taken at Gothic, el. 9500’, Gunnison Co., Colorado, 20 July 1959. About 7 chromosomes are large, about 12 are medium, and about 5 are smaller in size. There is some uncertainty about the placement of this Colorado form in L. helloides or L. dorcas (Kirby) (see Clench, 1958: p.59). 3. Lycaena nivalis (Boisduval). N = 24. Counts were made in 106 nuclei (1) and 68 nuclei (II) in testes of 11 males [9, 29-1, 29-2, 29-3, 34-1, 34-2, 34-3, 34-5, 99, 101, 102] all taken at Gothic in July 1959. Six other males showed no meiotic metaphases. The size relations of the chromosomes are similar or identical to those of L. helloides. One anomalous metaphase plate at the second division in male No. 99 shows 25 elements, instead of 24; the other nuclei have 24 elements in this individual. There is a possibility that this male is a hybrid. 4. Lycaena snowi (Edwards). N = 24. Counts were made in 12 nuclei (I) in the testes of one male [183] taken at Copper Lake, el. 11,000’, Gunnison Co., Colorado, 1 Aug. 1959. No suitable secondary spermatocyte divisions were found. As with L. helloides, there are 7 large chromosomes. Probably L. snowi is a race of L. cupreus (Edwards), but for the present we list it as distinct. 5. Lycaena hypophleas (Boisduval). N = 24. Counts were made in 31 nuclei (1) and 28 nuclei (II) in the testes of 3 males [331, 333, 381] taken in New Haven, Connecticut, September 1959. “Two chromosomes are dis- tinctly smaller than the remainder; the others are uniform in size and are rather large. We classify hypophileas as a full species until its genetic relations with Palearctic forms are better known. 6. Lycaena rubidus (Edwards). N = 38. Counts were made in 87 nuclei (1) and 52 nuclei (II) in testes of 5 males [175, 190-1, 190-2, 190-3, 190-4] taken at Gothic, 31 July and 2 Aug. 1959. There are 6 or 7 large and 5 or 6 small chromosomes. 7. Lycaena heteronea (Boisduval). N = 68. Counts were made in 106 nuclei (1) and 93 nuclei (II) in the testes of 9 males [64-1, 64-3, 64-4, 64-5, 77-1, 77-2, 77-3, 7\-1, 92-1] taken at Gothic on 20) and=22™}mlyioees Two chromosomes are very large, 5 or 6 medium, and the others small. 8. Icaricia icarioides (Boisduval). N = 24. Counts were made in 23 nuclei (I) in testes of one male [106-2] taken at Gothic, 23 July 1959. There are 7 large, 13 medium, and 4 small chromosomes. Two other males showed no countable nuclei. CHROMOSOMES PLATE 1 o° te, e@ @ e ¢ @ 4 & @ e@ ® e e- e° 8 ev ® @e @o* ce Se ®@ e,° ®@e Ce @ eeece 6 & Ce e, Ce 0 00e8 ry DAS 0% x aa VO e & COOce ee ee @00%e4 erence oe” 2%_208 ee 1b 2a ap la e @ @ - ®@ o°*, : AY e @ 6 @ é @ @.4 e Ce © ee ee ocete 2 e ee ee @ 0 @ @ 2 ee & @ ® @ O eee © 00% « — 6 e@ © ©~6@ © @%e é é @ 3b 3¢ 3a e@@ 4 ® e@208 eo 0% © e bate TY o%, ° e See @@ &e@ ee @ @ @e tee Ge eeeae eo ®%e°%e ee.” 7° © e € 5b 5a 4 ee ] C@ As e erie e e e @ ee e @ ® & ( ) e Ge @ 6 Ge ° e @ ee a Po e e oe, * e ee eo e,e° Ce © oh 9% en, e0@ ® Se o® &ge® é ele e fee e e © oO, @ © @ of ee d @ ®e Wa EC e 6a e @ Ce aie! ¢6 C500 CO ce oa @ 0 eee? eee © ge @9%@ ee? * GAO oe 000 O° EB OS PO oe 6. ? Se sien eesit cc OIG ps Gok ores 6b Fig. 1a — Calephelis virginiensis (1); fig. 1b — same (II); fig. 2a — Lycena helloides (1); fig. 20—same (II); fig. 3a—L. miwalis (1); fig. 3b —same (Il; 2= 24); fig. 3c — same (II; » = 25); fig. 4 — L. snowi (1); fig. 5a — L. hypophleas (1) ; fig. 5b — same (II); fig. 6a — L. rubidus (1); fig. 6b — same (II); fig. 7a — L. heteronea (1); fig. 7b — same (II). 129 130 MAeEKI & REMINGTON: Chromosomes Vol.14: no.2 9. Lycaides melissa (Edwards). N = 24. Counts were made in 18 nuclei (I) in testes of one male [114] taken at Gothic, 24 July 1959. No suitable metaphase nuclei in the secondary division were found. ‘The size relations of the chromosomes appear to be exactly like those of J. icarioides and J. glandon. 10. Agriades glandon (de Prunner). N = 24. Counts were made in 13 nuclei (II) in testes of one male [93] taken at Gothic, 22 July 1959. No countable nuclei in the primary division were found. A second male showed no meiotic divisions. This is rusticus (Edwards), presumed to be a race of the holarctic 4. glandon. 11. Everes amyntula (Boisduval). N = 24. Counts were made in 26 nuclei (I) and 17 nuclei (II) in testes of 2 males [109, 110] taken at Gothic, 23 July 1959. There are 5 chromosomes distinctly larger than the other 19; the latter are rather uniform in size. A third male showed no meiotic divisions. 12. Everes comyntas (Godart). N = 24. Counts were made in 11 nuclei (II) in testes of 2 males taken in New Haven, Connecticut, 3 Sept. [319-2] and 19 Sept. [395] 1959. No suitable primary divisions were found. No countable nuclei were found in testes of 4+ other males taken with No. 319-2. There appear to be 4+ large, 18 medium, and 2 small chromosomes, and this seems to be a significant distance from the 5-19-0 size relations of E. amyntula. The species distinctness of these two Everes has been questioned by several authors (e.g., Clench, 1958: pp. 59-60). 13. Eumaus debora (Hibner). N = 24. Counts were made in 66 nuclei (1) and 22 nuclei (II) in the testes of one male [M16] taken at Ciudad Victoria, “Tamaulipas, Mexico, 1 Aug. 1959. The caryotype includes 8 or 9 larger, 11 or 12 medium, and 4 smaller chromosomes. 14. Satyrium sylvinus (Boisduval). N = 41. Counts were made in 10 nuclei (1) and 14 nuclei (II) in the testes of one male [282] taken near Somerset, Gunnison Co., Colorado, 15 Aug. 1959. There appear to be about 10 chromosomes distinctly larger than the others, but all are large. 15. Calycopis cecrops (Fabricius). N = 24. Counts were made in 15 nuclei (1) and 7 nuclei (II) in testes of 2 males [F154, F192] taken at the Archbold Biological Station, Highlands Co., Florida, 21 and 22 April 1960, Jeg. K. Maeki. Many additional suitable nuclei were present and could have been counted. There are 20 large and 4+ small chromosomes. A third male taken at the same time had no meiotic divisions, only maturing sperms. 16. Strymon melinus Hubner. N = 24. Counts were made in 16 nuclei (I) and 34 nuclei (II) in testes of 3 males taken on West Rock, New Haven, Connecticut, 23 Aug. [393] and 3 Sept. [318-1, 31322] aiieteGe chromosomes are large, but 12 are slightly smaller than the others. B. NYMPHALIDAZ — DANAINE: 1. Danaus gilippus (Cramer). N = 29. Counts were made in 181 nuclei (I) and 96 nuclei (II) in testes of 3 males [M31, M32-1, M32-3] taken at Ciudad Victoria, 2 Aug. 1959. All nuclei show 4 large chromo- CHROMOSOMES @ &e : @ ec vies e € eee @ ce, *, @e e ® & fen” see & 8 9 e%e e o.° e © e 0@ ® ee 0° & we e@ Cera er te € aie e 1lb lla e. Oa) (NMieoslavia i) —— 72.24 A grodiatus amandus (Finland) — n= 23 (timimes) —= aS 24 A grodietus coridon (France) — n= 88 (Yugoslavia) — n=90 A grodiatus argester (SW. Spain) — n= 131-134 (SIS, Sjozim, S, Wiewes)) — pe 27151 Minois dryas (Yugoslavia) — 2n=54 GQiapan) a —— a — 8 Erebia hispania (Pyrenees) — n= 24 (Siena Nevaday opain, 7.25). SUMMARY 1. The chromosome numbers and some size relations are reported for 16 species of Lycenidz and 7 species of the first three subfamilies of the Nymphalidz (sensu lato). Of these, 22 are species new to cytology, and the other (Agriades glandon rusticus) is the Nearctic race of a species known previously only from European material. No counts had previously been recorded for any Riodinids, Danaids, or Morphids. The cytologically new species are: Calephelis virginiensis (Florida), Lycaena helloides, nivalis, snowit, rubidus, heteronea (all Colorado), L. hypophleas (Connecticut), Icaricia icarioides, Lycaides melissa, Everes amyntula (all Colorado), E. comyntas (Connecticut), Eumaus debora (Mexico), Satyrium sylvinus (Colorado), Calycopis cecrops (Florida), Strymon melinus (Connecticut), Danaus gilip- 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 145 pus and eresimus (Mexico), Erebia magdalena, Cercyonis pegala, C. ctus, CGineis lucilla (all Colorado), and Morpho peleides (Mexico). All these counts are from spermatocyte divisions. 2. Meiotic divisions are numerous in many adult, flying males of ‘Lyceenide, Danainez, and Morphine, but 5 species of ‘Theclini with early spring flight periods showed no divisions. Meiosis has usually been completed before eclosion in males of Satyrine. 3. The haploid number tends to be 24 for the Lyceninz and 29 for the Satyrine. There are two principal exceptions: in the Lyczenines, many species of Agrodigztus have more than 24 (up to 190-191); in the Satyrids, many species of Erebia have far fewer than 29 haploid chromosomes. 4. The suggestion of polyploidy in butterflies is not strongly supported, partly because exact multiples of the typical haploid number are not usual among species with high numbers. Fission, with reduced polyteny, is more likely. Some form of fusion is the probable cause of deviants with very low numbers. 5. The haploid number is only mentioned for 11 Japanese species: Taraka hamada, Antigius attilia, Chrysozephyrus aurorinus, Favonius cog- natus, Japonica sepestriata, Ussuriana stygiana (all Lycenide) ; and Caduga sita, Pararge deidamia, Ypthima motschulskyi, CEneis asamana, and CZ. daisetsuzana (all Nymphalide, sensu lato). Desenpuions and full records will be reported in later papers. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are especially grateful to Mr. RicHArp ARrcHBOLD for providing excellent facilities at the Archbold Biological Station and for arranging transportation during the field collecting in Florida of one of us (K. M.). Again, we acknowledge the help on our 1959 Mexican trip of the several associates noted in our previous papers. Noe, B. McFaruanp generously sent us two living male pupe of his superb new species, Sandia macfarlandi Ehrlich & Clench; these hatched en route and their testes were dissected and fixed very soon afterward, but unfortunately there were no sperma- tocyte divisions, and even younger material will be needed before meiosis can be ob- served in the male. Our work was supported in all its parts by grants (G 3830 and G 12350) from the U. S. National Science Foundation. References Beliajeff, N. K., 1930. Die Chromosomenkomplexe und ihre Beziehung zur Phylogenie bei den Schmetterlingen. Zeitschr. induk. Abstamm.-und Vererbungsl. 54: 369-399, 3 pls. Clench, H. K., 1958. [Review of Colorado Butterflies, Part III.| Lepid. news 11: 57-60. etm , in press. Theclini - hairstreaks in Ehrlich, P. R., How to know the butterflies. Ehrlich, P. R., 1958a. The higher systematics of the butterflies. Lepid. news 11: 103-106, ik nyse, sees et , 1958b. The comparative morphology, phylogeny and higher classification of the butterflies (Lepidoptera: Papilionoidea). Univ. Kansas sci. bull. 39: 305-370, 64 figs. Federley, H., 1938. Chromosomenzahlen finnlandischer Lepidopteren. I. Rhopalocera. Hereditas 24: 397-464, 47 figs. 146 MAEKI & REMINGTON: Chromosomes Vol.14: no.2 at oleae ee , 1942. Chromosomenzahlen yon vier Tagfaltern von oceanischen Inseln. Hered- itas 28: 493-495. de Lesse, H., 1951. Divisions génériques et subgénériques des anciens genres Satyrus et Eumenis (sensu lato). Rev. franc. lépid. 13: 39-42. Peso baruss , 1952. Quelques formules chromosomiques chez les Lycenide (Lépidoptéres Rhopalocéres). C. R. acad. sci. (Paris) 235: 1692-1694, 3 figs. eee , 1953a. Formules chromosomiques nouvelles du genre Erebia (Lep. Rhopal.) et séparation d’une espéce méconnue. C. R. acad. sci. (Paris) 236: 630-632, 7 figs. se a , 1953b. Formules chromosomiques de Boloria aquilonaris Stichel, B. pales D. et Schiff., B. napea Hoffm. et quelques autres Lépidoptéres Rhopaloceres. Rev. franc. lépid. 14: 24-26, 1 pl., 5 figs. iia Nie , 1953c. Formules chromosomiques nouvelles du genre Erebia (Lépid. Rhopal.). @. R. acad. sci. (Paris) 237: 758-759, 3 fies: fer eh , 1954a. Formules chromosomiques nouvelles chez les Lycenide (Lépid. Rhopal.). CARS acad | sci..( Paris) 237 17s 7.83. dieses , 1954b. Formules chromosomiques nouvelles chez les Lycenide (Lépidoptéres Rhopalocéres). C. R. acad. sci. (Paris) 238: 514-516, 5 figs. alee EY , 1955a. Nouvelles formules chromosomiques dans le groupe d’Erebia tyndarus Esp. (Lépidoptéres, Satyrine). C. R. acad. sci. (Paris) 240: 347-349. catia , 1955b. Etat actuel de la systématique du groupe d’Frebia tyndarus Esp. (sve Note complémentaire. Rev. franc. lépid. 14: 258-259. Pee te , 1955c. Une nouvelle formule chromosomique dans le groupe d’Erebia tyndarus DS. (Lépidoptéres Satyrine). C. R. acad. sci. (Paris) 241: 1505-1507, 3 figs. eee , 1956a. Etude cytologique des Lysandra fixés par M. H. Beuret. Mitt. ent. Ges. Basel (n. F.) 6: 77-80. ee 1956b. Notes on the species-groups in the genus Erebia: a reply. Entomologist 89: 278-282. eM a I. , 1958. Description de deux nouvelles espéces d’Agrodietus (Lép. Lycenide) séparées a la suite de la découverte de leurs formules chromosomiques. Lam billionea 57: 65-71, 4 figs. mire , 1959a. Description d’une nouvelle sous-espéce d’A grodietus hopfferi H. S. (Lep. Lycenide) et de sa formule chromosomique particuliére. Bull. mens. soc. linn. Lyon 28: 149-151. tSeeein , 1959b. Sur la valeur spécifique de deux sous-espéces d’Agrodietus (Lep. Ly- cenide) récemment décrites. Bull. mens. soc. linn. Lyon 28: 312-315, 5 figs. Lorkovi¢, Z., 1938. Studien tiber den Speziesbegriff. II. Artberechtigung von Everes argiades Pail., E. alcetas Hffgg. und E. decolorata Stgr. Mitt. miinchener ent. Ges. 28: 215-246, 8 figs. sunas OM , 1941. Die Chromosomenzahlen in der Spermatogenese der Tagfalter. Chromo- soma 2: 155-191, 13 figs. hex bean. , 1949. Chromosomenzahlen-Vielfachung bei Schmetterlingen und ein neuer Fall funffacher Zahl. Rev. suisse zool. 56: 243-249, 4 figs. aR at , 1952. Beitrage zum Studium der Semispecies. Spezifitat von Erebia stirius Godt. und E. styx Frr. (Satyride). Zeitschr. Lepid. 2: 159-176, 2 pls., 4 figs. Kiet me , 1953. Spezifische, semispezifische und rassische Differenzierung bei Erebia tyn- darus Esp. I, Il. Bull. int. acad. sci. Yougoslavie (Zagreb) 294: 269-358, 8 pls. oie , 1958. Some pecularities of spatially and sexually restricted gene exchange in the Erebia tyndarus group. Symp. quant. biol. (Cold Spring Harbor) 23: 319-325, 4 figs. Lorkovié Z., & H. de Lesse, 1955. Note supplémentaire sur le groupe d’Erebia tyndarus Esp. Lambillionea 55: 55-58. Maeki, K., 1953a. Chromosome numbers of some butterflies (Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera). Japanese journ. genetics 28: 6-7, 5 figs. Rea , 1953b. A chromosome study of Japanese butterflies (Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera). Kwansei Gakuin Univ., annual studies 1: 67-70. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 147 Maeki, K., & S. Makino, 1953. Chromosome numbers of some Japanese Rhopalocera. Lepid. news 7: 36-38. Maeki, K., & C. L. Remington, 1960a. Studies of the chromosomes of North American Rhopalocera. 1. Papilionide. Journ. lepid. soc. 13: 193-203, 2 pls, 7 figs. 1960b. Idem. 2 WHesperiide, Megathymide, and Pieride. Journ. lepid. soc. 14: 37-57, 7 pls. Nabokov, V., 1945. Notes on Neotropical Plebejine (Lycenide, Lepidoptera). Psyche 52: 1-61, 8 pls. Riley, N. D., 1958. The genera of Holarctic Thecline: a tentative revision. Proc. X. int. congress ent. 1: 281-288. Shirozu, T., & H. Yamamoto, 1956. A generic revision and the phylogeny of the tribe Theclini (Lepidoptera; Lycenide). Sieboldia 1: 329-421, pls 35-85. NED fe , 1958. Systematic position of the genus Curetis (Lepidoptera; Rhopalocera). Sieboldia 2: 43-51, 15 figs. Stempffer. H., 1937-38. Contribution a l’étude des Plebeiine palearctiques. Bull. soc. ent. France 42: 211-218, 296-301, 28 figs. Valle, A., 1948. Preliminary data on the chromosome cycle of Lyc@ides idas L. Experi- entia 5: 388-389, 3 figs. Warren, B. C. S., 1936. Monograph of the genus Erebia. 407 pp, 104 pls. British Museum (Nat. Hist.), London. White, M. J. D., 1954. Animal cytology and evolution, 2nd ed. 454 pp, 147 figs. Univ. Press, Cambridge. Ziegler, J. B., 1960. Preliminary contribution to a redefinition of the genera of North American hairstreaks north of Mexico (Lycenide). Journ. lepid. soc. 14: 19-23. POSTSCRIPT After the manuscript for this paper had gone to the printer, we received a major new work on Rhopalocera chromosomes by H. DE LESSE Caan et variation chromosomique chez les Lépidoptéres, Rhopaloceres, dz. nat., zool. biol. anim. (12) 2: 1-223, 222 figs.). ‘The DE LEssE er es: was finished in May, 1958, but was not published until 1960 (received at Yale 21 Oct. 1960). We expect to summarize some of the many important findings from this paper later, but it is not possible to include the relevant data on Satyrinze and Lyczninz in this postscript. ~The haploid number is listed for the first time for 48 species of Lycznine and 33 of Satyrinz, and counts are confirmed with new material for many previously recorded species. There are also 13 new counts for Hesperiidae and 9 for Pieride, as well as many for Nymphalinz which we will add to the table in our concluding paper of this series. There is a summary list of all the 174 species for which DE Lesse has made counts, and the caryotype findings are painstakingly com- pared with those from genitalic characters. The results are considered in terms of geographic distribution of the taxa and of the sympatry and sterility rela- tions of several of the most interesting complexes. There is also a discussion of variation of chromosome number and its interpretation. All the species are European and Middle Eastern, except Erebia callias from Colorado. Department of Zoology, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. 148 Vol.14: no.2 DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW CHLOSYNE (NYMPHALID£) FROM MEXICO, WITH A DISCUSSION OF RELATED FORMS by Davin L. BAUER Some years ago while examining the series of Chlosyne lacinia Geyer in the collection of F. M. Brown, I noticed five specimens without marginal or submarginal spots on the wings. These specimens were all from northeastern Mexico and this along with their other peculiarities interested me, so I set them aside and continued to examine the series. Later among the specimens of Chlosyne lacinia quehtala Reakirt, I found five more specimens which also did not have a trace of the marginal or submarginal spots on their wings. These last specimens were from southwestern Mexico. As soon as possible I examined the genitalia of these two insects to see if they were just another variation of the protean C’. lacinia, of which I had already checked many forms, or something new. I was both surprised and delighted to find the genitalia were definitely not like those of true /acinia. Comparison with the genitalia of other species of Chlosyne showed them to be most like those of C. janais Drury. ‘The next summer, 1954, a trip was taken to Mexico and several colonies of the first insect were found, its habits were observed, and a good series was collected, but only one specimen of the second insect was captured. However, that same year, and also two years later, KENT H. WILSON was collecting Papilio in Mexico, and knowing of my interest in the Chlosyne he collected as many as he could and sent them to me for study. In the lot was a good series of the second insect, collected by him in the state of Guerrero. In the meantime a search through the Zoological Record and the extensive entomo- logical literature at the University of Washington Library brought to light Hauu’s (1924) description of two Chlosyne which also lacked the submar- ginal spots on the wings. He named these two insects C. rosita, from western Guatemala, and C’. montana, from Mexico, and gave excellent figures of the types. In his description of C’. rosita he wrote: “I first met with this interest- ing species nearly twenty years ago, but hesitated to describe it owing to its similarity to certain forms of C. lacinia. Mr. Talbot, however, has now been good enough to dissect a specimen, and informs me that it is quite clear that it is distinct, and that it seems to come nearer to C’. janais Drury than to C’. lacinia.”’ I now had adequate series and information for a serious study of these insects. This past year M. SPELMAN sent me specimens of C. rosita from Cata- maca, Vera Cruz, Mexico, and Tuxtla Gutierrez, Chiapas, Mexico, and also San Salvador, El Salvador. Comparison of my specimens from north- eastern Mexico with HALw’s description and figures and with the specimens from Mr. SpELMAN, showed that they are a northern subspecies of C. rosita. I take pleasure in naming this hitherto unnamed insect for F. MARTIN Brown of Colorado Springs, Colorado, in whose collection the first speci- mens were discovered. BAUER NEW CHLOSYNE 150 Bauer: New Mexican Chlosyne Vol.14: no.2 CHLOSYNE ROSITA BROWNI Bauer, NEW SUBSPECIES HOLOTYPE male. Upper surface of the primaries, jet black; two small white spots in discal cell; median series of spots large, prominent, and white in color, not confluent; postmedian series composed of seven small white dots, which are variable in size and shape; no trace of marginal or submarginal spots. Under surface of the primaries glossy charcoal black in color; markings of upper surface repeated below, but all spots are larger and pale yellow in color; basal quar- ter of costa yellow tinged with rufous. Upper surface of the secondaries with large orange-yellow discal patch shaded or margined with rufous along its edges; one deep rufous or black spot in discal cell; base and costa black; one yellow spot along costa and confluent with discal patch; area between vein 2A and inner margin pale yellow; a broad black band along outer margin, through center of which runs a partial series of white dots; no marginal or submarginal spots. Under surface of secondaries predominantly pale yellow, with broad outer mar- gin of glossy charcoal black in which is central row of white spots, these spots largest near costa and becoming smaller near anal angle; in basai area is diagonal black band from costa to inner margin; narrow row of black spots across postbasal area; series of five deep rufous spots included along outer edge of yellow area; no marginal or submarginal spots. Fringes: alternately black and white. Head: black marked with white middorsally. Palpus: black above and white beneath. Antenna: black banded with white at juncture of segments; club black, shad- ing to white ventrolaterally. Thorax: black marked with white ventrally. Legs: femur largely black but with some pale orange scaling along inner side; tarsus and tibia of forelegs white, those of other legs pale orange. Abdomen: charcoal black with each segment edged with white; a pale yellow ventral stripe along each side. ALLOTYPE female. On upper surface pattern and coloring are as in male Holo- type, but discal patch on secondaries paler; under surface same in pattern and color- ing, but all white spots larger and the postmedian spots elongated into dashes. HOLOTYPE male: El Salto; 1,600 feet elevation, San Muis> Potosi: Mexico, 29 July 1954, leg. Davin L. Bauerr. Length of forewing base to apex 23 mm., apex to outer angle 15 mm., outer angle to base 15 mm.; range in type series: base to apex 20-24 mm., apex to outer angle 12-15 mm., outer angle to base 13-15 mm. Length of hindwing base to outer margin 15 mm.; range of type series 13-16 mm. ALLOTYPE female: same locality as Holotype, 27 July 1954, leg. D. L. BAvER. Length of forewing base to apex 28 mm., apex to outer angle 19 mm., outer angle to base 17 mm.; range in type series: base to apex 24-28 mm., apex to outer angle 14-17 mm., base to outer angle 16-19. Length of hind wing base to outer margin 20 mm.; range in type series 18-20 mm. PARATYPES: 26 ¢¢ and 10 282, all from Mexico, as follows: 7 64 and 1 2, same data as Holotype; 3 ¢¢é and 2 2 2, same data as Allo- Fig. la — Chlosyne rosita browni, Allotype 9, upperside; fig. 1b — same, underside; fig. 2a — C. rosita browni, Holotype ¢, upperside; fig. 2b — same, un- derside; fig. 3a — C. riobalsensis, Allotype 2, upperside; fig. 3b — same, underside; fig. 4a — C. riobalsensis, Holotype ¢, upperside; fig. 4b — same, underside. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 151 type; 6 64 and 1 &, same locality and collector as Holotype, 26 July 1954; 6 24 and 2 22, same locality and collector as Holotype, 28 July 1954; 1 4, same locality as Holotype, 25 August 1954, Jeg. P. R. EHRLICH; iow lkio uriication, lamps., 26 July 1954, leg. D. L. Baupr; 1 3 and 1 ¢, El Bonito Valles, S. L. Potosi, 28 June 1940, Jeg. HoocsrraaL & Kieren 16 and | 2, 60 mi. S. of Ciudad Victoria, Tamps., 6 July 1936, leg. H. D. THomas; 1 ¢, Galena, Nuevo Leon, 29 April 1941, leg. J. & R. Ports; 1 @, 24 mi. S. of Montemorelos, Nuevo Leon, 19 July 1954, deg. P. R. EHRLICH. The Holotype and Allotype are deposited in the Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University. One paratype is deposited at the Instituto de Biologia, Mexico City; one at the American Museum of Natural History, New York; five (3 $¢, 2 2°) to be returned to F. M. Brown; two (1 6, 1 2) to Paut R. Enreiicu; the rest remain in the author’s col- lection for the present. This northern subspecies is remarkably constant in coloring and pattern. Its main differences from C. r. rosita are shown in the following _ list. 1. Upper surface of the forewing (the pattern is the same in both) : r. rosita - all white spots small; rosita browni - median series of white spots larger than other spots. 2. Upper surface of the hindwing (the pattern is similar) : a. r. rosita - discal patch occupies basal half of wing; rosita browni - discal patch occupies basal two-thirds of wing. b. r. rosita - area from vein 2A to inner margin black; rosita browni - area from vein 2A to inner margin pale yellow. 3. Under surface of the primaries (the pattern is similar) : a. tf rosita - base of costa black; rosita browni - base of the costa yellow tinged with orange. b. r. rosita - all white spots small ; rosita browni - all white spots larger, particularly the median series. 4. Under surface of the secondaries (the pattern is similar) : a. r. rosita - area from vein 2A to inner margin black with small yellow spot in middle; rosita browni - area from vein 2A to inner margin yellow except at anal angle. b. r. rosita - series of rufous spots separated from discal patch by black scaling ; _rosita browni - series of rufous spots not definitely separated by black from discal yellow patch, at most a few black scales along inner edge. Both C. r. rosita and rosita browni may easily be separated from all other Chlosyne which may have similar color patterns, by the complete ab- sence of marginal and submarginal spots. For separation of C. rosita browns from C. montana I believe quoting from Haxv’s description concerning the discal patch will enable easy recognition of montana: “Hindwings with the 152 Bauer: New Mexican Chlosyne ‘Vol.14: no.2 red area of a pale pinkish tone, not reaching the base, but taking the form of a broad transverse band crossing the wing and becoming whitish at the innen margin.” As already mentioned, the quehtala-like Chlosyne from the state of Guerrero does not have marginal or submarginal spots on the wings, and the male genitalia are nearer those of C. janais than C. lacinia. ‘The genitalia of this insect were found to be almost identical with those of C’. rosita. How- ever, it is impossible with our present information to know whether this insect is a very distinct subspecies of rosita or a closely related full species. But because of the different shape of the primaries, the considerably different ratio of the length of the primaries to the length of the secondaries, and the very different maculation and coloration of the wings, it is described below as a separate species. “The name is taken from that of the river in whose basin most of the specimens have been collected. CHLOSYNE RIOBALSENSIS Bauer, NEW SPECIES HOLOTYPE male. Upper surface of the primaries jet black; the most prominent markings on this surface are the four large median white spots from costa to vein M.,; rest of median series to inner margin much smaller or obsolete; postmedian white dots small and becoming obsolete toward costa and inner margin. Under surface of the primaries glossy charcoal black; maculation same as on upper surface with addition of a small white spot at end of discal cell; costa pale orange at base. Upper surface of the secondaries jet black, with only a trace of the postmedian white dots. Under surface of the secondaries glossy charcoal black; a dash of yellow at base of costa; small postmedian red spots in cells Cu, and Cu,; postmedian series of white dots mere points of white and in almost submarginal position. Fringes: white interrupted by black at ends of veins. Palpus: black dorsally and white ventrally. Antenna: black with each segment narrowly edged with white; club black above and white beneath. Head: black with dash of white between eyes. Thorax: entirely black. Legs: femur black; tibia and tarsus of foreleg white, those of other legs pale orange. Abdomen: black with ventral whitish stripes. ALLOTYPE female. Upper and under surfaces of the wings marked as in male, as are all other markings. HOLOTYPE male: Mexcala, 2,000 feet elevation, Guerrero, Mexico, 17 July 1956, Jeg. Kent H. Witson. Length of forewing base to apex 20 mm.; variation in length of forewing in type series 18.5-22 mm. Expanse of forewings 36 mm. Length of hindwing base to outer margin 15 mm.; varia- tion of length of hindwing in type series 13-15 mm. ALLOTYPE female: Milpillas, 2,300 feet elevation, Guerrero, Mex- ico, 4 July 1956, leg. Kent H. Witson. Length of forewing base to apex 25 mm.; variation in length of forewing in type series 22-25 mm. Expanse of forewings 48 mm. Length of hindwing base to outer margin 19 mm.; varia- tion in length of hindwing in type series 17 - 19 mm. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 153 PARATYPES: 19 ¢@¢ and 4 28 all from Mexico as follows: 2 é 6, same data as Holotype; | ¢, same data as Allotype; 4 4 4, same local- ity and collector as Holotype, 13-15 July 1956; 6 $4 and 1 &, same locality and collector as Holotype, 29-30 July 1954; 3 6 6, same locality and collector as Allotype, 5-6 July 1956; 1 6, Alpuyeca, Morelos, Mexico, 10 Pusust 1954 Jeg. D. L. Bauer; 2 66 and 3 2 2, Rio de las Balsas, 2,400 feet elevation, Guerrero, Mexico, 26 June 1941, Jeg. J. & R. Ports. The Holotype and Allotype are deposited in the Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University. One paratype is at the Instituto de Bio- logia, Mexico City; one at the American Museum of Natural History, New York; four will be returned to F. M. Brown; the remainder will be dis- tributed between the collections of KENT H. WILSON and the author. Fig. 5. Male clasps: a) Chlosyne lacinia; b) C. riobalsensis. The naming of this insect adds to the genus Chlosyne one more member with a strictly black-and-white upper surface of the wings. C. riobalsensis need not be confused with any of the previously described members of the genus, for it may be separated from all of them by the complete absence of marginal and submarginal spots on both surfaces of all the wings. If there is ever any doubt as to the specimens being C. riobalsensis or C. lacinia quehtala (with which C. riobalsensis flies), a check of the male gentitalia will unques- tionably decide the matter - see figure 5b. SUMMARY It may be helpful to review the various named species and subspecies, which have been described to date, as not having any trace of the marginal or submarginal spots on the wings, and give the references to original descrip- tions and type localities. Hatt (1924) named two members of this group. The first in order of pages was Chlosyne rosita, described from a series of specimens collected at Moran, Palin, and Escuintla in western Guatemala during the months of August, September, and October. The second, named as Jacinia montana, was described from a series of twenty specimens collected on Mount Popoca- tepetl at 10,000 feet elevation. Although Hatt placed this insect as a member 154 BavER: New Mexican Chlosyne Vol.14: no.2 of lacinia, a careful study of his description and his excellent figures of the type shows that there is no trace of the submarginal or marginal spots. This, together with its general appearance, places it in the rosita group. ‘Two more members of the group are now described: C. rosita browni and C. riobalsensis. At present the systematics of the group is as follows: Chlosyne rosita rosita Hall — El Salvador to Gulf coast of Mexico Chlosyne rosita browni Bauer — northeastern Mexico; possibly southern Texas Chlosyne montana Hall Mt. Popocatepetl, Mexico Chlosyne riobalsensis Bauer — southwestern Mexico. HAL. noted that the two he described were fairly constant, not variable as are the populations of C. lacinia. He also stated that the forewings are elongated, “narrower and more produced” than in the forms of lJacinia, and “almost as in gaudialis Bates”. This more elongated forewing is very charac- teristic of C. rosita rosita and C. rosita browni, but it is not prominent in HALv’s figure of C. montana nor is it mentioned in the description. In C. riobalsensis the wings are of typical Chlosyne shape with only a few specimens showing a slight tendency to be produced at the apex. C. riobalsensis is the only member of the group which shows some variation in the pattern. This variation takes the form of remnants of the discal patch appearing on the under surface of the secondaries. I have in my possession two more Mexican specimens of this group, which differ from any of the named members. But since I have only one specimen of each I am hoping to get more before describing or discussing them. One is from the state of Guerrero and the other from Lake Chapala, in the state of Jalisco. I would be interested in examining any Chlosyne which do not have marginal or submarginal spots on the wings, but their possessors should write before sending specimens. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Thanks are expressed to Mr. KENT H. Witson and Mr. M. SpELMAN for making material available for study. I am much indebted to Dr. C. L. REMINGTON and Mr. F. M. Brown for reading the manuscript and making helpful suggestions, and also for the loan of specimens. References Bauer, David L., 1960. A new species of Chlosyne (Nymphalide) from western Mex- ico. Journ. lepid. soc. 13: 165-169, 2 figs. Forbes, W. T. M., 1928. A key to the forms of the genus Chlosyne (Lepidoptera, Nymphalide). Ann. ent. soc. Amer. 21: 98-100. Hall, Arthur, 1924. Descriptions of two new forms of Chlosyne (Lep. Nymphalide). Entomologist 57: 241-242, 4 figs. General Delivery, Heppner, Oreg., U. S. AY 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 1 Wn Wn NOTES ON SIAMESE TWINS OF PARTHENOS (NYMPHALIDZ&) by JuLIAN N. JUMALON Parthenos salentia Hopfter is a vigorous, active nymphalid always identi- fied with the swampy places, or areas near streams. Fairly large, stout-bodied and conspicuous, it can easily be detected from the distance, due to a charac- teristic jerky, swift glide. Conspicuous too during its flight are the rows of large, close white spots banding the forewings from below the apex running downward toward the middle of the inner margins where the bands end with a large blotch of greenish-brown, which develops into a wider, black-smeared daub toward the center of the hind-wings, fusing with a broad black margin. ALAA NG The writer had developed acquaintance with Parthenos salentia in Leyte, Samar, Zamboanga del Norte and Lanao in Mindanao, and also in Mindoro. During the University of San Carlos scientific expedition to Agusan-Surigao in 1958, our party found the swamps around Lake Mainit to be the metro- polis of this lively nymph. Hundreds of them could be observed on sunny mornings romping from their abode in the pandanus grove toward the near- by wooded hills where we encountered them gamboling in twos or more, and more often, traveling alone up and down the slopes with great energy. This butterfly was rather rare in Cebu before the war. A few years af- ter liberation, a trickle of reports indicated that P. salentia had been seen at 156 JUMALON: Siamese Twins Vol.14: no.2 several places in Cebu. Finally, an enthusiastic newcomer stumbled onto a swampy area about twelve kilometers north of the city where the butterfly found ideal conditions to thrive in abundance. Here, in one of his frequent visits, ALBERT Liao spied what appeared to be a couple of Parthenos salentia flying in coitu. ‘The pair appeared to find it easiest to glide against gravity. Their flight from branch to branch was exceedingly taxing. With little effort, he took it on the wing, and found, to his amazement, that he was pinching two bodies joined at the thorax. The specimen has two normal bodies with their usual complements of antenne and legs, but each body possesses only one fore- and one hind-wing, both of normal size. The bodies are joined by the sides of the thoraxes. The color of wings and markings are normal except for one of the two spots in the left hind-wing which is much smaller. “The specimen when offered to the writer was mounted in a Riker frame. his was relaxed and set again to as- sume correct position of wings, and in so doing, one of the antenne was broken and glued back. ‘The insect appeared to be several days old when caught. ‘That, in its utter clumsiness in its flight it escaped predators, is surprising. It was learned recently from observers that the place by the swamp had almost been depleted of its Parthenos by high school children who frequented it in the past three years. This butterfly is however spreading over a wide area in this island-province, and its foothold here is undoubtedly permanent. University of San Carlos, Cebu City, PHILIPPINES ANTEOS CLORINDE NIVIFERA (PIERIDA) IN COLORADO On the first of September, 1960, Mr. JoHN Justice of Denver wrote to me and reported the capture of a second specimen of this tropical pierid in the Denver region. The first capture is referred to on p.388 of Colorado Butterflies (Brown, Eff, Rotger, 1957). I quote here from Mr. Justice’s letter: “On August 29, 1960 I cap- tured a white angled sulphur butterfly. The location was near the place where the highway to Boulder leaves the Valley Highway, just north of Denver, in Adams County [Westminster, Adams Co.]. I found the butterfly in a bed of zinnias and caught it while it was sipping nectar from a red zinnia . The wing span is just over 314 inches [the earlier specimen measured 334 inches]. . . . The wings are only slightly rubbed, but they are chipped in four places... 7 This summer I have noticed subtropical nomads several times in Colo- rado. During July Phebis eubule was seen twice during the second week near Ouray, Ouray Co. During August both Phabis eubule and Ascia mon- uste were in our garden at Fountain Valley School, near Colorado Springs, El] Paso Co. The former has been seen two or three times a week and the latter on August 27th. F. Martin Brown, Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo., U.S.A. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 157 A STRIKING MELANIC MALE OF PAPILIO GLAUCUS by James A. EBNER is normally an abundant and attractive species, freely roaming the forest trails and roadsides alike. During the first three weeks of June it is often encountered in great numbers, eagerly visiting flowers, mud puddles and fresh manure. Despite its great abundance and extensive range, the species appar- ently varies little. It is easily understandable to imagine the writer’s shock upon finding a melanic male canadensis in exquisite condition. “he specimen happened to be discovered among an accumulation of normal Canadian ‘lig- ers. collected by Louis ALLEN, of Milwaukee, while vacationing in Forest County. His account of this amazing capture follows: “On June 16, 1958, I found P. canadensis fairly swarming in the vicinity of Crandon, Forest County, Wisconsin. Since the species is comparatively easy to take when occupied at feeding itself, I decided to collect them leisurely upon fresh manure piles in the area. At approximately 2:00 pm. (CDT) a likely spot for collecting them was found alongside MacArthur Trail, an asphalt road intersecting with U. S. Highway 8 about two miles east of Crandon. Here, several hundred yards south of the main highway, a score or so of canadensis were enjoying themselves in this rather foul environ- ment. In looking over the assembled group busily dining, I couldn’t help but notice one individual considerably darker than its other male companions. I[ netted it easily and ushered it quickly into the cyanide bottle. The tempera- ture at this time was in the upper sixties and the wind was out of the north- west at about ten miles per hour.” In northern Wisconsin Papilio glaucus canadensis Rothschild & Jordan Papilio glaucus melanic ¢, upper surface at left, lower surface at right. ‘The more noteworthy features regarding the coloration of this melanic are enumerated below: Upper surfaces of primaries: marginal yellow spots distinct and typical; black submarginal border greatly enlarged, extending and obliterating the apical and discal stripes of normal canadensis; prominent clear yellow patch in the postmedian discal area; larger more nebulous patch of suffused yellow in the median portions of cells Cu, and Cu,; yellow in the basal areas unaffected and bright. 158 Vol.14: no.2 Upper surfaces of secondaries: yellow lunules normal; black submarginal border enlarged and radiating inwardly to the mid point of the disc where it terminates abruptly with the usual discal stripe; central surfaces a granulated smoky black; basad of the discal stripe the average yellow of canadensis predominates. Under surfaces: generally primaries and secondaries but modified extensions of upper surfaces; irridescent blue scaling of the secondaries superbly developed when contrasted to: the orange marginal lunules and the exaggerated smudgy black portions inwardly. The head, thorax, and abdomen do not vary noticeably from normal canadensis. Although the genetical complexities regarding this specimen or other similar melanic forms are little understood by the writer, it is clearly evident that this particular individual should be announced to fellow butterfly en- thusiasts. For this reason the specimen is figured as a matter of permanent scientific record. The plated specimen is contained within the private collection of its captor, L. ALLEN of Milwaukee, Wisconsin. 13002 W. Cameron Ave., Butler, Wis., U.S. A. A RECORD OF BOLORIA SELENE IN OREGON In so far as I can ascertain from searching the literature, Boloria epi- thore (Edwards) is the only Boloria recorded from the state of Oregon. It is taken generally throughout western Oregon and through the mountain areas of eastern Oregon. Although considerable searching has been done in the Mt. Hood area, to my knowledge Boloria rainieri (Barnes & McDun- nough) never has been taken on the Oregon side of the Columbia river. I have, however, taken it in numbers on the eastern slopes of Mt. Adams only 35 miles north of the Columbia river. Three years ago while collecting in the Big Summit Prairie section of the Ochoco Mountains in central Oregon Harotp Rice collected a good series of a Boloria entirely different which proved to be Boloria selene tol- landensis (Barnes & Benjamin) upon identification by L. Paut Grey. The range of tollandensis has been described as Colorado and north through the Rockies, extending into portions of Idaho and Washington. It is possible that it could be taken in the Wallawa and Blue Mountains of eastern Oregon although there are no records of its capture from that area. On 14 June, 1958, accompanied by Mr. Rice, James H. BAKER, and STANLEY G. Jewett, I made a special trip to the Big Summit Prairie for two days’ collecting but we were plagued with inclement weather for all but two hours on the morning of the 15th. Although the Prairie has a total length of about twenty-five miles, and a width of approximately ten miles, tollandensis was taken only in one small, marshy ravine that was open and grassy and of not over ten acres. Brown, Err, and RotcEer (Colorado Butterflies: p.64; 1957) report similar local and restricted habitats for to/- landensis in Colorado. In a brief period of sunshine approximately twenty specimens were taken. Although similar habitats occur and collecting has been done, no other part of the Prairie has been productive. Since collections from this area have been made three years in a row it is safe to assume that the colony is well established. Ray ALBRIGHT, Route 1, Box 277, Dayton, Oreg., U. S. A. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 159 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS (Under the supervision of Frep T. THorRNE, 1360 Merritt Dr., El Cajon, Calif., U.S.A.) CONTAINERS FOR REARING LARVA, CONSTRUCTED EASILY AND QUICKLY by JosEPH MULLER In my leisure time I often browse through the older issues of The Lepi- dopterists News. Doing just that, I came upon the article “Some Simple Equipment for Rearing Larve”’ by RicHarD Guppy (Lepid. news 11: 227-229; 1958). Comparing his methods with mine gave me the idea to des- cribe my own home-made containers, being used successfully for many years. Before arriving at the containers I presently use I worked with large- mouthed gallon jars. An ink bottle filled with water containing food plant was placed on the bottom of the jars. The top was covered with cloth, held in place with rubber band or string. Finding that many young larve, once they left the food plant or fell to bottom of jar, had a tough time to find their way back or died in doing so, I eliminated the ink bottle. Instead, I had a hole drilled in the bottom of the jars, the size of a quarter-dollar, mak- ing it easier for wandering larve to get back to it, as food plant now was touching the bottom of the jar. Still, these were not the desired containers. In using these glass jars I had to stick to certain sizes of jars, while smaller glass jars collected moisture on the sides so fast and thick that a large per- centage of larve stuck there and drowned. After more experimenting I stumbled on plastic. Now, at last, I was able to make my own containers in any size I wished quickly, moisture free, neat-looking, and I have been using them for the last ten years. The small plastic containers are especially handy for freshly merged larve, as almost anything will do to raise full grown larve in. The average sized and most easily made container I build out of an empty coffee can which I cut to about half of its height. Plastic, usually bought in sheets or rolls, is available in different thicknesses. It is better not to use it too heavy as it is much easier to fit together, but it should stand up by itself. Plastic must be cut straight to prevent larvz to escape on bottom or top of container. After it is cut to the desired height, averaging 6-12 inches, it is fitted very tightly in inside of the can, overlapping about one inch on a side and held together with “‘Mistik Tape’. One strip I tape to the inside and one to the outside of the plastic, overlapping one inch on bottom and top which then I bend to the inside of the cylinder. Plastic glue, in my experi- ence, is messy to handle, and plastic when not heavy enough will bulge either inward of outward, making openings for larve to escape. ‘“‘Mistik Tape’ makes a neat, job, besides it can be taken off again, to use the cylinder to 160 ESPECIALLY FOR COLLECTORS Vol.14: no.2 make different sizes. Around tops of coffee cans one finds a metal band which is easily taken off. This ring fits perfectly over cloth on top of the cylinder and holds the same in place so that no larve can escape. Food plant comes through a role on the bottom of the can which itself stands on top of a container filled with water. The bottom of the can is covered with white paper to absorb moisture and is exchanged when the receptacle is cleaned. I prefer white paper because the fine dust-like frass will be de- tected immediately, before any chewing on food plant by caterpillars can be found. This is very important, especially when the food plant of larve is not known, enabling one to present a different bouquet in time before larve die. When having only a few larve to feed, I make of course smaller con- tainers. Looking closely around the house, one always will find some kind of a can or even a hard paper container for the bottom part of the receptacle. When food plant has to be changed I have a second one handy with fresh food in which I drop larve. For growing larve I use larger containers. I have just finished building four containers 12 inches high and a diameter of 10 inches. For the bottom part I used a very hard paper drum. These drums are available in all sizes. “The only difficulty is to hold close in place a top, as no rubber band or string can be used. Thinking of the perfect job the ring of a coffee can does, I make a similar ring out of soft metal bands rivet- ed together with “Speedy Rivets’, the whole job taking only minutes. Every hardware store will handle both metal bands and rivets. Plastic cylinders are also nicely used over potted food plants in flower pots or tin cans. Larve too large for these containers I feed in wider, hard paper drums or wooden barrels. One or two bottles, depending on the size of the barrels, contain food plant. Burlap bags are used for covering, fastened with strings. Barrels must be kept in a cool place, and in hot spells during summer, bags are soaked in water, keeping leaves fresh longer. More than one hundred larvee of Catocala 1 fed and had pupated in one barrel without losing a single one at one time. For full grown Sphingide larve, which are best raised to the last stage in sleeves outdoors, I prepare a heavy layer of sphag- num moss on the bottom for them to pupate in. Larve which are still feeding after three days (most will have disappeared in the moss) I transfer to a different receptacle to prevent them from squashing already pupating larve. I get a lot of pleasure out of chasing butterflies in the field, sugaring and light collecting, but the greatest satisfaction I get rearing scarce and in- teresting species from the egg to the adult stage. Describing my home made containers, | hope to encourage some beginners to do more rearing with the help of these easily and quickly constructed plastic receptacles. Early this spring (1960), I have almost one thousand larve (mostly Catocala) hatching, and I can hardly wait until the time comes to transfer the tiny larve to my already prepared containers. R. D. 1, Lebanon, Niji e0eeemee 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 161 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA (Under the supervision of PETER F. BELLINGER) F. BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES Comstock, John Adams, ‘‘Notes on metamorphoses of the Giant Skippers (Lepidoptera: Megathymine) and the life history of an Arizona species.” Bull. southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol.55: pp.19-27, 3 figs. 1956. Describes mature larva & pupa of Mega- thymus evansi. [P B.] Comstock, John Adams, ‘Notes on the life history of a rare Arizona sphinx moth, Xylophanes falco Walker.” Bull. southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol.55: pp.102-106. 5 figs. 1956. Describes mature larva & pupa; foodplant Bouvardia glaberrima. [P.B.] Comstock, John A., “Brief notes on the life histories of two Arizona geometrid moths.” Bull. southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol.56: pp.99-100. 1957. Describes larva & pupa of Philobia aspirata (from Black Walnut), & egg & young larva of Pero modestus. [P.B.] Comstock, John Adams, “Life histories of two southern Arizona moths of the genus Caripeta.” Bull. southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol.56: pp.88-96, 4 pls. 1957. Describes & figures early stages of C. hilumaria (reared on willow, probably not the normal foodplant) & C. macularia (reared on oak). [P.B.] Comstock, John Adams, “Notes on the early stages of two western American moths.” Bull. southern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol.56: pp.42-47, 6 figs. 1957. Describes mature larve & pupe of Cisthene nexa & Agriopodes viridata; both feed on the lichen Ramalina combeoides. [P.B | Comstock, John Adams, “Notes on the metamorphosis of an Agave-boring butterfly from Baja California, Mexico.” Trans. San Diego Soc. nat. Hist., vol.12: pp.263-276, 1 pl. 1957. Describes mature larva & pupa of Megathymus comstocki & compares them with those of M. stephensi. Foodplant Agave orcuttiana. [P.B.] Coombs, C. W., “The insect fauna of an empty granary.” Bull. ent. Res., vol.46: pp.399-417, 2 pls., 2 figs. 1955. Reports survival in unused warehouse of some stored products pests, including 4 Lepidoptera [P. B.] Coppel, H. C. & M. G. Maw, “Studies on dipterous parasites of the Spruce budworm, Choristoneura fumiferana (Clem.) (Lepidoptera: Tortricide). III. Ceromasia auri- caudata Tns. (Diptera: Tachinide).” Canad. Journ. Zool., vol.32: pp.144-156, 16 figs. 1954. Describes parasite & biology. Eggs are laid on leaves & ingested by larve; parasites develop during pupal stage of host. Hyphantria cunea is another host. [P. B.] Coppel, H. C., & M. G. Maw, “Studies on dipterous parasites of the Spruce Budworm, Choristoneura fumiferana (Clem) (Lepidoptera: Tortricide). IV. Madremyia saundersi (Will.) (Diptera: Tachinide).” Canad. Journ. Zool., vol.32: pp.314-323, 16 figs. 1954. Describes parasite attacking larve of many Lepidoptera. [P. B.] Coppel, H. C., & B. C. Smith, “Studies on dipterous parasites of the Spruce Budworm, Choristoneura fumiferana (Clem.) (Lepidoptera: Tortricide). V. Omotoma fumi- ferane (Tot.) (Diptera: Tachinide).” Canad. Journ. Zool., vol.35: pp.581-592, 15 figs. 1957. Describes morphology & biology. [P. B.] Cornwell, P. B., L. J. Crook, & J. O. Bull, “Lethal and sterilizing effects of gamma radiation on insects infesting cereal commodities.” Nature, vol.179: pp.670-672, 2 figs. 1957. Including Ephestia spp. & Sitotroga cerealella. Cowley, J., “Pararge egeria captured by a dragon fly.” Entomologist, vol.86: p.151. 1953. Cox. H. C., “Feeding habits of European Corn Borer larve on selected field corn in- breds and single cross hybrids.” Joawa State Coll. Journ. Sct., vol.30: pp.343-344. 1956. Abstract. Cretschmar, Max, “Ein Gartenschlafer als Konkurrent beim Lichtfang”’ [in German]. Zeitschr. Lepid., vol.1: p.30. 1950. Dormouse Eliomys quercinus taking moths at light. [P. B.] vines Crooke, Myles, “An outbreak of the Pine Looper Moth (Bupalus pimiarimus, L.) at Cannock Chase in Staffordshire, and some notes on the biology of this pest.” Trish Forestry, vol.10: pp.60-63, 3 figs. 1953. Figures larva & adults. [P. B.] 162 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.14: no.2 Crooke, Myles, ‘“‘The Pine Looper Moth.” Quart. Journ. Forestry, vol.48: pp.36-38, 1 pl. 1954. Biology of Bupalus piniarius. |P.B.] Crooke, Myles, “Host of the overwintering generation of Trichogramma evanescens Westw. (Hym., Trichogrammatide).” Ent. mo. Mag., vol.92: p.368. 1956. Recorded from eggs of Bupalus piniarius. [P.B.] Cumber, R. A., “Injury to Phormium caused by insects, mites, and molluscs.” JN. Z. Journ. Sci. Tech., Sect.A, vol.36: pp.60-74, 20 figs. 1953. Lepidoptera attacking the plant are Oxycanus signata, Stathmopoda phlegyra, Tortrix postivittana, Cuephasia jactatana, (Eceticus omnivorus, Orthoclydon prefectata, & Persectania steropastis. Le, 18s Cunningham, J. R, “A note on the Ghost Moths — family Hepialide. Abantiades hyalinatus (Herrick Schaeffer).” Pap. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, vol.89: p.151. 1955. Life history notes: larve occur in silken tunnels in the ground, leading to the roots of Eucalyptus amygdalina upon which they feed. [I. C.] Curtis, W. Parkinson, “Epischnia bankesella Rich. (Lep. Phycitide).” Journ. Soc. Brit. Ent., vol.3: pp.278-279. 1951. Larve fed successfully on Inula crithmoides from clift edge (normal habitat of moth) but rejected same plant sp. from salt marsh. [P. B.] Curtis, W. Parkinson, “The Robin (Erithacus rubecula melophilus Hartert) attacking insects.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol.92: p.10. 1956. Including Noctuide, Pieris, Aglais, Vanessa (adults). [P.B.] Daniel, F., “Beobachtung tber die Lebensweise hochalpiner Vertreter der Gattung Hepialus (Lep.-Hepialide)” [in German]. Mitt. miinchner ent. Ges., vol.40: pp.203- 206. 1950. On the flight periods of 2 alpine spp. H. carna 6 @ fly in the morning, while 2 @ are emerging; latter fly & deposit eggs in afternoon; ¢ ¢ probably live only 1 day. H. fusconebulosus & 4 fly for about 20 minutes at dusk; 992 fly & deposit eggs at night. [P.B.] Daniel, Franz, “Beitrage zur Lebensweise von Selenephora lunigera f{. lobulina Esp. (Lep. Lasiocamp.)” [in German]. Mitt. miinchner ent. Ges., vol.41: pp.251-257. 1951. Spring & summer ‘generations’ in Bavarian lowlands are actually 2 races, each with an annual cycle. [P. B.] Darlington, Emlen P., ‘Notes on blueberry Lepidoptera in New Jersey.” Trans. Amer. ent. Soc., vol.78: pp.33-57. 1952. Records (some from literature) of nearly 100 spp. of Lepidoptera feeding on Vaccinium or Gaylussacia; notes on habits of some. [P. B.] Darlow, H. M., “Callophrys rubi L., a new foodplant.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: p.19. 1953. Mature larva on Hieracium pilosella. [P.B.] Darlow, H. M., “Stridulation in Laphygma exigua Hib. and Agrotis segetum Schf.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.65: p.20. 1953. Adults; mechanism unknown. [P. B.] Darteville, E., “Nouveau cas de transport de pseudoscorpion par un papillon” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.54: pp.34-35. 1954. Pseudoscorpion attached to leg of Sterrha aversata. |P.B.] Das, G. M., “Insects and mite pests of jute.” Science & Culture, vol.14: pp.186-190. 1948. Records Diacrisia abliqua, Anomis sabulifera, Laphygma exigua, Prodenia litura, Tarache crocala, & Scopula emmissaria feeding on Corchorus spp. [P.B.] Daviault, Lionel, “La tordeuse a téte verte de l’épinette: Tortrix packardiana Fern.” [in French]. Ann. de TACFAS, vol.16: pp.147-151, 1 fig. 1950. Describes all stages & records parasites & predators. [P.B.] Davis, C. J., ““New host and insect records from the island of Hawaii.” Proc. Hawaiian ent. Soc., vol.15: pp.85-86. 1953. Including spp. feeding on Acacia koaia: Amorbia emigratella & Lycena blackburni (leaves), Argyroploce illepida (seeds), Orthomy- cena sp.. Enarmonia walshinghami, & Decadarchis minuscula (twigs). [P.B.] Davis, C. J., “Some recent lepidopterous outbreaks on the island of Hawaii.” Proc. Hawaiian ent. Soc., vol.15: pp.401-403. 1955. Including Pseudaletia unipuncta & Laphygma exempta, with lists of grasses attacked & parasites reared. [P.B.] Delamare Debouteville, C., & R. Paulian, “Cycle evolutif d’un peuplement nidicole en Basse Cote d’Ivoire” [in French]. Bull. Mus. nat. Hist. nat., Paris, vol.19: pp.453- 455. 1947. Records Monopis megalodelta larve from nests of weaver birds. [P. B.] Delucchi, Vittorio, & Jean Verbeke, “Habrocytus milleri n. sp., ectoparasite de Coleo- phora frischella L.” [in French]. Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. nat. Belg., vol.29, no.3: 14 pp., 19 figs. 1953. Describes biology of this hymenopteran. [P. B.] Demuth, R. P., “Birds and moths.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.67: pp.157-158. 1955. Notes on birds feeding on moths remaining near light trap in morning [P. B.] 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 163 Dever, D. A., “Identification of the larve of the more important insect pests of sour cherry in Wisconsin.” Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., vol 43: pp.83-88, 1 pl. 1954. Brief descriptions and setal maps for Grapholitha packardi, Mineola scitulella, Ar- chips argyrospila, & Spilonota ocellana. [P.B.] Diadechko, N. P., “Parasites and predators of the American White Moth” [in Russian]. Nauchn. Trudy Inst. Ent. Fitopatol. Akad. Nauk URSR, vol.5: pp.106-109. 1954. Hyphantria cunea. [Not seen]. Diakonoff, A., “Case bearing Lepidoptera IV.” Ent. Berichten, vol.14: pp.134-137, 5 figs. 1952. Describes 3 cases belonging to undetermined spp. of Lepidoptera, collected deadibodas, Java. [P. B.] Dickson, C. G. C., ‘The life history of Phasis pyrais Trim. (Lepidoptera: Lycenide).’’ Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol.11: pp.50-62, 1 pl., 1 fig. 1948. Detailed descrip- tions of all stages. Foodplant Zygophyllum flexuosum,; larve ‘milked’ by ants. [P.B ] Dickson, C. G. C., “The larva and pupa of Pseudonympha trimeni Butl. (Lep.: Saty- ride).” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol.12: pp.173-174. 1949. Describes adult larva and pupa; foodplant Danthonia stricta. [P.B.] Dickson, C. G. C., “The life-history of Charaxes pelias pelias Cram. (Lepidoptera: Nymphalide).” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol.12: pp.109-117, 2 pls. 1949. Detailed description; foodplant Rafnia amplexicaulis. [P.B.| Dickson, C. G. C., “Recently observed food-plants of some Cape lepidopterous larve (4th series).” Journ ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol. 16: pp.73-76. 1953. Records of foodplants and plants, etc., selected for oviposition; 46 spp. (15 families). [P.B.] Dickson, C. G. C., “Note on oviposition of Thestor basutus (Wllg.) (Lep.: Lycenide).” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol.17: p.140. 1954. Eggs laid en Vernonia natalensis, but presence of ant Anaplolepis custodiens probably more significant for this (pre- sumably) myrmecophilous sp. [P. B.] Dickson, C. G. C., “On the association of Lepidochrysops patricia (Trim.) (Lepidoptera: Lycenide) with ants.” Journ. ent. Soc. southern Africa, vol.18: pp.48-49. 1955. Pupz found in nests of Camponotus sp. Foodplant (young larve) : Lantana salvifolia. iP. Bil van Dinther, J. B. M., “Laphygma frugiperda S. & A. and Mocis repanda F. in Suri- name.” Ent. Berichten, vol.15: pp.407-411, 427-431, 5 figs. 1955. Describes all stages & biology of these noctuids. [P. B.] van Dinther, J. B. M., “Caterpillars injurious to Brassica species in Surinam.” Ent. Berichten, vol.16: pp.201-206. 1956. van Dinther, J. B. M., “Soy bean insects.” Ent. Berichten, vol.16: pp.104-107, 3 figs. 1956. Describes life histories of Surinam Lepidoptera: Laphygma frugiperda, A grotis repleta, & Anticarsia gemmatilis. [A. D.] van Dinther, J. B. M., “Three noxious hornworms in Suriname.” Ent. Berichten, vol.16: pp.7-9, 26-28, 42-44, 3 figs. 1956. Describes all stages & biology & figures adults of Protoparce sexta paphus (on tobacco, tomato, peppers), Erinnyis alope (on papaya), & Pseudosphinx tetrio (on Plumeria). [P.B.] van Dinther, J. B. M., “Notes on the moth Arsenura armida erythrine (F.).” Ent. Berichten, vol.17: pp.229-232, 2 figs. 1957. Describes all stages & biology; larve feed on Erythrina glauca & cacao in Suriname. [P. B.] van Dinther, J. B. M., “Papilio anchisiades anchisiades Esper, a citrus pest of minor importance.” Ent. Berichten, vol.17: pp.213-216. 1957. Describes all stages. [P. B.] Docters van Leeuwen, W. M., “Kweek van Macrothylacia”’ [in Dutch]. Ent. Berichten, vol.14: pp.30-31. 1952. Rearing notes. Docters van Leeuwen, W. M., “On the biology of some Javanese Loranthacee and the role birds play in their life-history.” Beaufortia, vol.4: pp.103-207, 10 pls., 23 figs. 1954. Records numerous insects feeding on plants of this family, including Tajuria cippus, Delias spp., Dasychira mendosa, & Euproctis cataba. [P.B.] Dodge, Harold R., ‘‘Defoliating insects in the northern Rocky Mountains in 1955.” Northwest Sci., vol.31: pp.38-42, 1 map. 1957. Includes host records for Choristoneura spp., Hemerocampa pseudotsugata, Zeiraphera griseana, Archips cerasivorana, Mala- cosoma sp., Tortrix cockerellana. [P. B.] Doring, Ewald, “Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Cremaster von Microlepidopteren” [in German]. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., N.F., vol.1: pp.23-32, 64 figs. 1954. Describes & figures cremaster of 32 spp. of micros. [P. B.] 164 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.14: no.2 Doring, Ewald, “Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Cremaster der Lepidopteren (Lep.)” [in German]. Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr., N.F., vol.2: pp.326-331, 20 figs. 1955. De- scribes & figures cremaster in 20 spp. (Hepialus & Microlepidoptera, especially Zygenide & A geriide). [P.B.] Doring, Ewald, Zur Morphologie der Schmetterlingseier [in German]. 154 pp., 61 pls. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag. 1955. See review in Lepid. News, vol.10: p 56. van Doesburg, P. H., jr., “Enige waarnemingen betreffende de waard-parasiet relatie bij Bupalus (Lep. Geometride) en Carcelia (Dipt. Tachinide)” [in Dutch; German summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.16: pp.173-175, 2 figs. 1956. Donahue, Ralph J. & Mildred L., ““A moth that likes company.’ Natural History, vol. 66: pp.201-203, 7 figs. 1957. Habits of larve of Harrisina americana. [P.B ] Donohoe, Heber Clark, “The bionomics of the Raisin Moth, Ephestia figulilella Greg- son.” Summ. Ph.D. Theses Univ. Minnesota, vol.3: pp 47-49. 1949. Abstract. Douglass, J. R.. K. E. Gibson, W. E. Peay, & J. W. Ingram, “Western Bean Cutworm as a pest of corn.” Bull. ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 2, no. 3: p. 19. 1956. Abstract; Loxa- grotis albicosta. Douglass, J. R., J. W. Ingram, K. E. Gibson, & W. E. Peay, “The Western Bean Cut- worm as a pest of corn in Idaho.” Journ. econ. Ent., vol. 50: pp. 543-545, figs. 1957. Loxagrotis albicosta, which has been a pest of beans, reported attacking ears of corn around Twin Falls, Idaho. [W.-C. ] Drees, H., & H. Schwitulla, “Bekampfung einer Epidemie von Malacosoma neustria L. durch die Tachine Carcelia gnava Meig.” [in German; English summary]. Zeit- schr. Pflalnzenkrankh., vol. 64: pp. 215-228, 3 figs. 1957. Describes biology & life cycle of a parasite developing on M. neustria & Arctia caja. [P.B.] Dresner, Edgar, ‘The toxic effect of Beauveria bassiana (Bals.) Vuill. on insects.” Ohio State Univ. Abs. doct. Diss., vol. 61: pp. 117-122. 1951. Including Phthorimea operculella, abstract. Drilhon, A., & C. Vago, “Discrimination entre deux types étiologiques de flacherie chez Bombyx mori. Diagnostics différentiels par l’electrophorése” [in French]. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. 149: pp. 39-42, 1 fig. 1955. Method of distinguishing the form of this disease caused by Bacillus cereus from one of unknown cause. [P. B.] Drooz, A. T., & D. M. Benjamin, “Parasites frem two Jack-pine Budworm outbreaks on the Upper Peninsula of Michigan.” Journ. econ. Ent., vol. 49: pp. 412-413. 1956. Lists larval & pupal parasites of Choristoneura pinus ['W. C.] Dufrane, A., ‘““Chernétes et lépidoptéres” [in French]. Bull. & Ann. Soc. ent. Belg., vol. 92: pp. 61-63, 1 fig. 1956. Presence of pseudoscorpion Withius cecus on Tinea bisk- raella from S. Tunisia. [P. V.] Dunk, H. C., “Observation on the early stages of Apatura iris Linn.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol. 66: pp. 135-137. 1954. Dunn, Paul Hayden, ‘The susceptibility of certain common insects to Bacillus thuring- iensis Berliner.” Ohio State Univ. Abs. Masters’ Theses, no. 74: pp. 29-30. 1955. Ab- stract; including 9 Lepidoptera. Dziurzynski, Adam, ‘Contributions to the knowledge of the development and morpholo- gy of Antispila petryi Mart. and other species of the genus Antispila occurring in environs of Cracow, Poland” [in Polish; English summary]. Docum. physiogr. Polon., nr. 28: pp. 1-55, 12 figs. 1952. Important study on biology and morphology of this Spa jenvied Bec N. T., “Egg-laying of butterflies in close confinement.” Ext. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol. 66: pp. 276-277. 1954. Reports Pieris hybrid 2 2 laying in small boxes while in transit. [P. B.] Ebeling, Walter, & Roy J. Pence, “Orange Tortrix on avocados.” Calif. Agric., vol.11, no.8: pp.13-14, figs. 1957. Habits of Argyrotenia citrana. [W.C.] Edwards, E. O., “The foodplants of the Chequered Swallowtail, Papilio demoleus sthenelus Macleay, 1826 (Lepidoptera: Papilionide).” Proc. Roy. zool. Soc. New South Wales, 1954-55: pp.63-64. 1956. Reports that in western Queensland the larvae of this species feed on Psoralea patens and P. tenax (Leguminose). The ovipositing adults are not attracted to Citrus, one of the host plants previously recorded for the species, in coastal areas. [I. C.] Eisenbeiss, H., “From caterpillar to butterfly.” Nat. Hist., vol.65: pp.184-185, 8 figs. 1956. Pupation and emergence of Papilio machaon. Elfferich, N. W., “Kweek van Leucodonta bicoloria Schiff.” [in Dutch; English sum- mary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.17: pp.137-138, 1 fig. 1957. Describes rearing; photos of larva & adult. [P. B.] 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 165 Eliescu, Grigore, ‘“‘Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Verteilung der Eier yon Tortrix viridana L. auf den Zweigen in Hinblick auf die Abschatzung der Befallsintensitat” [in German]. Beitr. Ent., vol.5: pp.462-472, 10 figs. 1955. Plot of egg distribution along twig follows regular curve, greater concentration being near tip; initial slope of curve is a measure of expected population size. [P. B.] Eliot, N., “Dragon-fly preying on Humming-bird Hawk Moth.” Entomologist, vol.88: p.21. 1955. Macroglossa stellatarum. Eliot, N., ““A natural check to a Gypsy Moth plague.” Entomologist, vol.89: pp 5-8. 1956. Records larvevorid parasite. Also records parasites (2 new records) of Liby- thea celtis & Nymphalis antiopa. [P.B.] Elton, E. T. G., “Infestation of ‘moll’ sheets by Achroia grisella Fabr. (Lep., Pyra- lide)” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol.16: pp.12-14. 1956. Larve reported attacking material (modified cork) used as pinning sheets in insect boxes. eB] Ene, M., & H. Almasan, “Destruction of eggs of the Gypsy Moth (Lymantria dispar L.) by insectivores in the forests of Badadag” [in Roumanian]. Revista Padurilor, vol.70: pp.225-226. 1955. [Not seen]. Etcheverry C., Maria, “Identificaciones lepidopterologicas” [in Spanish; English sum- mary]. Rev. chilena Ent., vol.3: pp.126-131. 1954. Records following spp. bred from alfalfa in Chile: Hemiargus ramon, Leptotes trigemmatus, Laphygma frugiperda, Rachiplusia ni, Prodenia eridania, Anticarsia gemmatilis, Heliothis armigera; key to aouilts: oe. B:) Evans, William H., “Foodplants of Pero macdunnoughi.” Lepid. News, vol.10: p.168. LOS 7: Fallig, P. W., “The Ichneumonide or parasitic Hymenoptera of Georgia.” Emory Univ. Mus. Bull. no.9: 78pp. 1950. Lists hosts, including numerous Lepidoptera; no host index. [P. B.] Fearnehough, T. D., “A note on rearing Hydriomena ruberata Freyer” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: p.88. 1952. Larval behaviour & pupation; reared on sallow. eee. Fearnehough, T. D., “Experiments with eggs of Lysandra coridon.”’ Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.69: pp.230-231. 1957. When eggs containing fully formed larve which appeared to be hibernating normally were opened, larve emerged & began to feed. eB] Feddersen, Tage, “Mere om Calotenia celsia’ [in Danish]. Ent. Meddelelser, vol 26: pp.506-507. 1953. These noctuids are attracted to flowering heads of Festuca & Calamagrostis. Sp. apparently well established in Denmark. [P. B.] Ferriére, Ch., “Les parasites de Lyonetia clerckella prés de Lausanne” [in French]. Mitt. schweiz. ent. Ges., vol.25: pp.145-146. 1952. Records 8 parasites & their fre- quency. [P.B.] Ferriére, Ch., “Parasites de Lyonetia clerckella en Valais (Hym. Chalcidoidea)” [in French]. Mitt. schweiz. ent. Ges., vol.25: pp.29-40. 1952. Describes 6 eulophids (2 new spp.) reared from this moth. [P. B.] Ferriére, Ch, “Observations sur les parasites de l’hyponomeute du pommier’ [in French]. Mitt. schweiz. ent. Ges., vol.26: pp.149-150. 1953. Records 11 parasites of Hyponomeuta malinellus. [P.B.] Fiedler, H. G., “Biologie und Bekampfung der Kaffeeminiermotte Ostafrikas unter Berucksichtigung des Klimas” [in German]. Zeitschr. angew. Ent., vol.31: pp.38-76, 8 figs. 1949. Biology and control of Leucoptera caffeina and L. coffeella. The moths are similar but differ in structure and habits at all stages (which are carefully de- scribed). Some parasites recorded. [P. B.] Fiedler, O. G. H., “Entomologisches aus Afrika (Beobachtungen tiber Kaffeeschadlinge). IV. Ist der Kaffeeziinsler wirklich ein Schadling?” [in German]. Zeitschr. angew. Ent., vol.32: pp.304-306. 1950. Biology of Thliptoceras octoguttale (Pyralidide) on coiee! [P. B.] Fife, L. C., C. B. Cowan, & J. W. Davis, “Factors influencing winter carryover of Pink Bollworm in central Texas.” Journ. econ. Ent., vol.50: pp.642-644. 1957. Effects of weather and host plant conditions on overwintering of Pectinophora gossypiella. [W. C.] Figueroa Potes, Adalberto, “El cogollero del tomate en el Valle del Cauca. Keiferia lycopersicella (Busk) Lepidoptera — Gelechiide” [in Spanish; English summary]. Acta agron., Palmira, vol.1: pp.1-18. 1950. Biology & control; brief description of stages. [P.B.] 166 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.14: no.2 Finlayson, L. H., & V. Ann Walters, “Abnormal metamorphosis in saturniid moths infected by a microsporidian.” Nature, vol.180: pp.713-714. 1957. Infection of Hyalophora cecropia, Antherea pernyi, & A. polyphemus with Nosema sp. results in adults with some pupal, or even larval, structures. Parasite apparently upsets hor- mone balance locally. [P. B.] Fischer, Ch., ‘‘Quelques indications concernant l’élevage et l’hivernage de Gastropacha quercifolia O. et G. populifolia Esp.” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1948: pp.86-88. 1948. Notes on biology & rearing. [P.B.] Fischer, Franz, “Zur Zucht der Raupen von Heliothis scutosa, Schiff.” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl. osterr. und schweizer Ent., vol.3: pp.183-184. 1951. Foodplants Artemisia, Anthemis arvensis. |P.B.] Fischer, Franz, “Interessante Beobachtungen bei einigen bekannten Noctuiden” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl. osterr. und schweizer Ent., vol.4: pp.38-43. 1952. Rearing notes on Perigrapha cincta, Hylomania conspicillaris, & Episema glaucina. Pe Ba] Flores, Hilario, ‘Acerca de la atraccion sexual a distancia en los lepidopteros” [in Spanish]. Graellsia, vol.8: pp.19-22. 1950. Shows that attraction of ¢ by virgin 9 cannot be by electromagnetic radiation. [P. B.] de Fluiter, H. J., “Insecten, schadelijk bij het kruisingswerk met populieren” [in Dutch]. Tijdschr. Ent., vol.94: pp.vii-xi. 1951. Records Amathes circellaris, A. lota, Epiblema nisella, Steganoptycha minutana, & Tachyptilia populella, damaging Populus. [P.B.] Foltin, Hans, “Neues und Wissenwertes aus Oberosterreich. Biologisches tiber einige Falterarten” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., vol.39: pp.407-411. 1954. Biological notes on Cerura furcula, Hoplitis milhauseri, Hadena gemina, Amphipyra livida, & Hylophila prasinana; describes 2nd generation adults of last. [P.B.] Ford, Leonard T., “Ethmia bipunctella Fabr.”’ Ent. Gaz., vol.1: p.28. 1950. Describes egg and larva; foodplant Echium vulgare. [P.B.] Ford, Leonard T., “Ethmia terminella Fletcher (sexpunctella Hiibner).” Ent. Gaz., vol.2: p.139. 1951. Describes larva; foodplant Echium. [P.B.] Ford, L. T., “Notes on Microlepidoptera.” “Winter work for the microlepidopterist.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.67: pp.294-295, 328-329. 1955. Foodplants & methods of collecting various British spp. [P. B.] Ford, L. T., ‘A note on the ova and larva of Heterographis oblitella (Zeller) (Lep: Phycitide).” Ent. Gazette, vol.8: p.27. 1957. Ford, R. L. E., “Insects associated with the plant (Enanthe phellandrium.” Ent. Gaz., vol.1: p.27. 1950. Depressaria nervosa feeds on flowers, D. ultimella in stems; two parasites recorded. [P. B.] Fountain, H. G., “The life history of Parage megera Linn.” Proc. Birmingham nat. Hist. philos. Soc., vol.18: pp.29-30. 1949. Description of all stages & emergence. Raa Fransen, J. J.. & P. Nieuwdorp, “De invloed van de voedselplant op de ontwikkeling van de Ringelrups (Malacosoma neustria L.)” [in Dutch]. Medded. Direct. Tuin- bouw, vol.12: pp.404-405. 1949. Comparson of larval development on 20 spp. of trees. [P. B.] Franz, Jost, “Ein Vergleich des europdischen und des nordarikanischen Tannentrieb- wicklers (Choristoneura murinana (Hb.) und C. fumiferana (Clem))” [in German; English summary]. Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankh., vol64: pp.578-584, 4 figs. 1957. Points out great similarity in biology of these spp., & some differences in larval behaviour. EP. Bal Franz, J.. & A. Krieg, ““Virosen europdischer Forstinsekten” [in German; English sum- mary]. Zeitschr. Pflanzenrankh., vol. 64: pp. 1-9. 1957. Survey of viruses recorded from European forest insects (mainly Lepidoptera—13 spp.) and general discussion of their biological significance. [P. B.] Fraser, F. C., “Argynnis aglaja L. (Lep. Nymphalide) the prey of a frog, Rana tempor- aria L.”’ Ent. mo. Mag., vol. 88: p. 199. 1952. Fraser, F. C., “Cerura vinula (L.) (Lep., Notodontide) larva feeding on Salix repens L.” Ent. mo. Mag., vol. 90: p. 251. 1954. New foodplant record. [P. B.] Fraser, F. C., “High infestation of larve of Dasychira fascelina (L.) (Lep., Lyman- triide) by Amblyteles fossorius (L.) (Hym., Ichneumonide).” Ent. mo. Mag., vol. 90: spe 235 8e got Fraser, F. C., “Duplicated beak-marks on wing of Nymphalis io (L.) (Lep., Nymphali- dz). Ent. mo. Mag., vol. 90: p. 3, 1 fig. 1954. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 167 Fraser, F. C., “High mortality of larve of Euphydryas aurinia (Rott.) (Lep., Nymph- alide) from parasitization by Apanteles bignelli Marsh. (Hym., Braconide).” Ext. mo. Mag., vol. 90: p. 253. 1954. Fukazawa, Hiromu, “Observation on the hatching of eggs of Luehdorfia puziloi Er- schov. (Papilionide)” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol. 4, no. 10: pp. 14-16, 2 figs., SEtainles: 0195 1. Fukuda, Haruo, “Yearly life-cycle of Celastrina albocarulea Moore in Kytsht (Lycen- ide).” Shin Konchu, vol. 6, no. 5: pp. 21-22. 1953. Foodplants: Prunus (Rosacez), Dicalix (Symplocacee), I/ex (Aquifoliacee), & Viburnum (Caprifoliacee). [T.I.] Fullaway, D. T., “New species of Hymenoptera.” Proc. Hawaiian ent. Soc., vol. 16: pp. 40-44. 1956. Includes parasites reared from Cremastobombycia lantanella, Myelois ceratonie, & Opogona sp. [P. B.] Gabler, H., “Nonnenauftreten in Sachsen” [in German]. Allg. Forstzeitschr., vol.2: pp.108-109. 1947. Outbreak of Lymantria monacha, notes on population density, mortality, & predators. [P.B ] Gabler, Hellmuth, “Beobachtungen tiber den Kiefernprozessionsspinner” [in German]. Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankh., vol.58: pp.92-96, 4 figs. 1951. Notes on biology & control of Cnethocampa pinivora. [P.B.] Gabler, Hellmuth, “Die Tachine Carcelia processionea Rtzbg. als Parasit des Kiefern- prozessionsspinners Cnethocampa pinivora Tr.’ [in German]. Zeitschr. angew. Ent., vol.34: pp.294-296, 3 figs. 1952. Notes on biology and morphology of parasite; men- tions some other larvevorid flies attacking Cnethocampa. [P.B.] Gabler, Hellmuth, “Beitrag zur Kenntnis von tierischen Forstsamenschadlingen”’ [in German]. Beitr. Ent., vol.3: pp.479-487, 8 figs. 1953. Biology of Epiblema penkleri- ana, E. nisella, Orthosia circellaris, Xanthia gilvago, & other insects attacking buds & catkins of various trees. [P. B.] Garcés O., Carlos, & Luis Gallego F., ‘““Algunas enfermedades y plagas que atacan al Manzano en Antioquia” [in Spanish]. Rev. Facult. nac. Agron., Medellin, vol.7: pp.443-494, 20 figs. 1947. Notes on biology & control of pests of apple in Colombia, including Carpocapsa pomonella, Automeris janus, & Phobetron hipparchio; poor figures of larve & adults. [P.B.] Gardiner, B. O. C., “Wasps attacking Pieris brassice L.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.64: p.355. 1955. Gardiner, Brian O. C., “Some observations on breeding Catocala fraxini L” Ent. Rec. & Journ Var., vol.68: pp.202-205. 1956. Successful rearing, through 2 generations, on Black Poplar. [P. B.] Gardner, F. W., “Breeding of Psodos coracina Esp.” Ent. Gaz. vol.1: pp.47-48, 1 fig. 1950. Describes early stages; reared on Calluna vulgaris and Erica darleyensis. | P.B.] Gauss, Rudolf, “Die Larchenminiermotte Coleophora laricella Hb., ein neuer Schadling and der Douglasie?” [in German]. Zeitschr. angew. Ent., vol.40: pp.52-54, 2 figs. Feb. 1957. Reports of this sp. mining needles of Douglas Fir. [P.B.] Gavrilovic, DuSanka, & Ljubodras Jankovic, ‘Ecological observations on caterpillar Gypsy Moth (Lymantria dispar L.) 1950-51” [in Serbian; English summary]. Acad. serbe Sci. XXXI, Inst. Ecol. Biogeogr., no.4: pp.113-137, 8 figs. 1953. Most larval hatching from 6 to 10 A.M., none at night. New larve at 17°—20° C. fast for 4-6 days before feeding. Molting solitary for 1st & 2nd instars, social later. @ larve molt 5 times, 2 2 6 (80%) or 5 (20%) times. Larve feed (or at least defecate) most at night. [C.R.] Gavrilovic-Zeéevic, DuSanka, “Contribution to the knowledge of the Gypsy Moth’s laying at Ada Huja 1949/50” [in Serbian; English summary]. Acad. serbe Sct. XXXI, Inst. Ecol. Biogeogr., no.4: pp.93-111, 5 figs. 1953. Detailed analysis of ovi- position sites. [C.R.] Geier, P. “Enseignements écologiques du recensement par sondage d’un grand ensemble de pontes de Cacecia rosana L. (Lep., Tortricide), exposées aux attaques d’un para- site (Trichogramma cacecie Marchal, Hym., Chalcidide) et de predateurs ornithoi- ogiques” [in French; English summary]. Mitt. schweiz. ent. Ges., vol.29: pp.19-40, 8 figs. 1956. Describes method of sampling for studying distribution of C. rosana egg masses in orchard. Describes distribution of clusters (not uniform). Considers effects of parasite on population negligible; bird predation, directed against the most dense concentrations of egg clusters, may support rather than diminish the abundance of the species. [P. B.] 168 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.14: no.2 Geier, P., “Observations sur les parasites du Carpocapse (Cydia pomonella L.) prés de Genéve” [in French; English summary]. Revue suisse Zool., vol.64: pp 497-525, 19 figs. 1957. Records 6 larval parasites & 2 hyperparasites; describes biology of para- sites & their effects on Codling Moth populations. |P. B.] Geoffrion, Roger, “Influence de divers facteurs écologiques sur la fecondité de la cochy- lis (Clysia ambiguella Hb.) et du carpocapse (Laspeyresia pomonella L.)” [in French]. C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, vol.241: pp.1222-1225. 1955. Reduction or absence of light during larval period reduces number of eggs laid. [P.B.] Hinton, H. E., “Protective devices of endopterygote pupe” Trans. Soc. Brit. Ent., vol.12: pp.49-92, 23 figs. 1952. Deals with passive methods (pensile cocoons, pro- tective or warning color, protective resemblance) and active devices; the latter in- clude mandibles, stridulatory organs, “gin traps” of hardened cuticle between ad- jacent, movable segments, etc. Distinguishes between devices effective against large (mostly vertebrate) and small predators. A stimulating paper on a neglected sub- ject. [P.B.] Hinton, H. E., “The larvae of the species of Tineide of economic importance.” Bull. ent. Res., vol.47: pp.251-346, 216 figs. 1956. Describes larvae of 32 spp., with fig- ures of setal patterns & other structural characters; key to these larvae. Notes on habits of 16 other spp. [P.B.] Hinz, Rolf, ‘Zur Systematik und Okologie der Ichneumoniden I (Hym.)” [in Ger- man]. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., N.F., vol.4: pp.86-90. 1957. Records parasites of Pieris hrassice, Gonepteryx rhamni, & Miana ophiogramma. {P.B.] Hiraga, Sota, ‘Breeding of Celastrina sugitanii Matsumura (Lycenide)” [in Japa- nese]. Essa Konchu Déhédkai Kaihé, vol.6: pp.83-89, 5 figs. 1952. Foodplant: ZEsculus turbinata. [T.1.] Hiraga, Sota, “Life-history of Erebia niphonica Janson (Satyride)” [in Japanese]. Essa Konchu Déhékai Kaihé, vol.6: pp.1-5, 5 figs. 1952. Foodpiants: grasses. [T.1.] Hiraga, Sota, “Life of Maculinea arionides (Lycenide)” [in Japanese]. Shin Kon- chu, vol.5, no.2: pp.16-18, 3 figs. 1952. Preliminary report on the phyto-predaceous habitable Hiromoto, Senta, “Growth of caterpillars (Papilionide)” [in Japanese]. Shin Kon- chu, vol.5, no.1: pp.14-18, 2 figs., 8 tables. 1952. Weights of consumed leaves, ex- cretion, and increase in larval weights are measured and compared in each larval instar of Papilio xuthus, P. protenor demetrius, & Menelaides alcinous. [T.1.] Hirose, Makoto, “A mass of eggs produced by the joint laying of two or more females of Neozephyrus taxila (Lycenide)” [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, vol.5, no.4: pp. 34-35. 1952. Hodgson, S. B., “Biston betularia attacked by a wasp.” Entomologist, vol.90: p.243. 1O5 72 Hoffman, Emil, ‘“Biologische Beobachtungen bei unseren heimischen Parnassius-Arten der apollo-Gruppe”’ [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., Vienna, vol.1: pp.79-86. 1954. Notes on rearing & biology of P. apollo, P. delius, & P. phabus styriacus. Points out that size of P. apollo adults depends on food plant; those reared on Se- dum maximum are larger than those fed S. album. [P.B.] Holloway, Paul H., “Insects and ivy-bloom.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.63: pp.275- 277. 1956. Records insect visitors, especially moths. [P.B.] Houtman, G., ‘““Twee mineerders, schadelijk voor het appelblad: Nepticula malella Hb. en Phytomyza heringiana Hendel” [in Dutch]. Ent. Berichten, vol.14: pp.67- 70, 6 figs. 1952. Notes on biology of these miners in apple leaves. [P.B.] Howard, J. O. T., “Celerio galii Schiff. at Dorking.” “Breeding Celerio galii Schiff.” Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var., vol.67: pp. 235-236, 277-278. 1955. Account of rearing a British immigrant. [P.B.] Howarth, T. G., “Notes on Catocala fraxini L. - a British resident species.” Ent. Gaz., vol.1: pp.41-44, 4 figs. 1950. Describes rearing; photos of larve. The species appears to be resident in Kent. [P.B.] Howarth, T. G., “Notes on the life history of Margaronia unionalis Hbn.” Ent. Gaz. vol.1: pp.87-88, 1 fig. 1950. Describes early stages; figures pupa. Reared on Jas- minum officinale. [P.B.] Howe, R. W., & J. A. Freeman, “Insect infestation of West African produce imported into Great Britain.” Bull. ent. Res., vol.46: pp.643-668, 8 figs. 1955. Reports on stored products pests found in shipments of ground nuts, cocoa, and some other ma- terials; Ephestia cautella, Corcyra cephalonica, and Plodia interpunctella found in many shipments of all types. [P.B.] tal : } a EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL Editor-in-Chief: CHARLES L. REMINGTON Associate Editor (Literature Abstracting) : PETER F. BELLINGER Associate Editor (Manager of the Memoirs) : Swney A, HESseL Associate Editor (‘Especially for Collectors”) : FreD T. THORNE Associate Editor (News of the Lepidopterists’ Society): J. W. Titpen Harry K. CLENcH —N. S. OBRAZTSOV — EUGENE G. MUNROE NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE “JOURNAL” Contributions to the Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society may be on any aspect of the study and collection of Lepidoptera in any part of the world. Papers of more than twenty pages will not normally be accepted, but if they are, authors may pay for overage. ALL MANUSCRIPTS SHOULD BE DOUBLE SPACED (blank lines alternating with written lines), and wide right and left margins are needed. Use only one side of the paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of the manuscript. Legends of figures and tables should be written on separate sheets. Half-tones and tables must be kept within economical limits, and authors are normally charged for the cost of engraving and tables, Photographs should be glossy prints. Titles must be kept as short as possible; Latin names of genera and species will be italicized, and authors of such Latin names WILL NOT APPEAR IN THE TITLE of any paper but must appear once in the text. The title should indicate the family of the subject. The style should conform to that used in recent issues of the Journal. PLEASE NOTE EXACT STYLE FOR REFERENCES. Footnotes should be kept at a minimum. The editors reserve the right to adjust style to fit standards of uniformity. At least 50 gratis separates of papers of more than one page (25 of short notes) will be provided to authors if requested at the time galley proof is received for correc- _ tion. Additional reprints and covers may be ordered at cost, at the same time. Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. C. L. Remincton, Gibbs Re- search Labs., Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U.S.A. Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, should be sent to the News Editor: Dr. J. W. TitpEN, 125 Cedar Lane, San Jose, Calif., U. S. A. Address remittances to: Mr. GreorGe EHLE, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster, Penna., U.S.A. Address Society correspondence to: Dr. P. R. EHRLICH, Dept. of Biology, Stanford Uni- versity, Stanford, Calif., U.S.A. Printed in U. S. A. By THE DENTAN PRINTING CO., INC. Colorado Springs, Colorado 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol.14: no.2 TABLE OF CONTENTS — SOMMAIRE — INHALT A study of first instar larve of the Saturniide by Rocer W. PEASE, Jr. - - - ~ ~ - - - - 89-111 Data on Decodes, a new North American cnephasiid genus, with new species by N. S. Osraztsov & J. A. POWELL - - - - - - - 112-126 Chromosomes of North American Rhopalocera. Part 3 by Kopo Magrxr & CHARLES L. REMINGTON - - - - - 127-147 Descriptions of two new Chlosyne from Mexico by Davw L. BAUER~ - - - - - - - - - - 148-154 Notes on Siamese twins of Parthenos by JuLtian N. JUMALON - - . - - = - ° - 155-156 A striking melanic male of Papilio glaucus by James A. EBNER~ - ~ - - - =e ee - BS Nic: 157-158 FIELD NOTES Anteos clorinde nivifera in Colorado; by F. M. BRown - - 156 A record of Boloria selene in Oregon; by R. ALBRIGHT - . - 158 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS Containers for rearing larve, constructed quickly and easily by JosEPH MULLER “ - - - - - ~ - - 159-160 ? RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA - - - - - 161-168 Volume 14 1960 Number 3 JOURNAL cf the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publi¢é par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN In This Issue HIGHER CLASSIFICATION OF PAPILIONIDA2 NEW MELANIC CATOCALA CHROMOSOMES OF NYMPHALIDA® MOUNTAIN COLLECTING IN JAPAN (Complete contents on back cover) 16 June 1961 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 1960 OFFICERS President: WALTER Forster (Miinchen, Germany) Ist Vice President: FREDERICK H. RinpcE (New York, N. Y., U. S. A.) Vice President: CLAuDE Hersutor (Paris, France) Vice President: W. H. T. Tams (London, England ) Treasurer: | GrorcE Ente (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) Asst. Treasurer: Swwney A. HEssEt (Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) Secretary: Pau R. Euruicu (Stanford, Calif., U. S. A.) Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) EXECUTIVE COUNCIL Terms expire Dec. 1960: Dona.p Err (Boulder, Colo., U. S. A.) P. H. H. Gray (Digby, N. S., Canada) Terms expire Dec. 1961: G. W. Rawson (New Smyrna Beach, Fla., U. S. A.) C. A. CLARKE (Caldy, Cheshire, United Kingdom) Terms expire Dec. 1962: Harry Krocerus (Helsingfors, Finland ) F. M. Brown (Colorado Springs, Colo., U. S. A.) and ex-officio: the above six Officers and the Editor-in-Chief The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches,...... to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among the lepidopterists of all countries. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: Active Members — annual dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) Sustaining Members — annual dues $15.00 (U. S. A.) Life Members — single sum $75.00 (U. S. A.) Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 4 Church Street, Isleworth, Middx., England. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the News each year. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is New Haven, Connecticut (see address inside back cover). Application for second-class mail privileges is pending at New Haven, Connecticut. JouRNAL OF Tue LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Volume 14 1960 Number 3 HARMONIZATION OF CONCEPTS OF HIGHER CLASSIFICATION OF THE PAPILIONIDA® by EucENE Munroe and Paut R. EHRLICH Previous work carried out independently by us on the basis of largely different sets of characters (Ehrlich, 1958; Munroe, 1953, and in press ) led to interpretations of papilionid classification that were in harmony in major outline, though they differed in several points. Consultation and joint examination of certain characters has permitted resolution of all the points of difference and of some points of uncertainty in our previous arrangements. The present paper can be considered a supple- ment to and revision of our individual contributions on this subject. Our earlier classifications agreed in considering the Baroniine, Parnassiinze and Papilioninze as subfamilies of Papilionidee, in considering the phyletic separation of Baroniine as considerably antedating that of the Parnassiinz and Papilionine, in considering the Zerynthia and Parnassius groups as not fundamentally distinct, and in associating Lamproptera with the Graphiini and Cressida and Euryades with the Parides complex. We differed mainly in that (1) Enruicu classified Teinopalpus in a separate tribe of the Papilionine, whereas MUNROE placed this genus in the Graphiini; and (2) Exritcu placed Battus and provisionally Troides and Ornithoptera in the Papilionini, whereas Munroe placed them with Cressida, Euryades and Parides. Also, (3) although we are agreed that genera have been far too finely divided in recent work on several groups of butterflies, Munroe divided the genera Parides and Graphium as understood by Enruicu, who did not carry his work to the generic level. This division was based on genitalic and other characters. MuNROE attempted a more detailed phylogenetic classification than did Euruicu, whose interests were in a broader field. Some points of major uncertainty remained, however, in Munror’s classification. The most important of these were: (1) the phylogenetic relationship of the 169 170 Munroe & Enriicu: Papilionidze Vol.14: no.3 Parnassiinze and the Troidini; (2) the relationship of the red-tuberculate Aristolochia-feeding larval type to the green, Lauracee-feeding type; and (3) the origin and internal phylogeny of the Papilionini., Points oF Previous DIFFERENCE The points of difference seem best resolved as follows:- (1) Teinopalpus appears to have real affinities with the most primi- tive Graphiini, but it differs in the inflation of the frons and the associated hypertrophy of the palpus, in lacking sclerotized patagia, in having smaller tentorial crests, in the weak development of the cubito-vannal cross-vein, in the sexual dimorphism and specialization of the pattern and wing-shape, in the atypical wing-venation, and in the reduced antennal scaling. It appears to be a matter of individual preference whether the differences or the resemblances should be emphasized. Possibly the best solution is to recognize Teinopalpiti and Graphiiti as subtribes of Graphiini. Teinopalpus lacks the spine of the prodiscrimen, as do other Graphiini except Dabasa. The statement to the contrary in Ehrlich (1958) resulted from an error in proofreading. (2) Troides and Ornithoptera, as stated by MuNRoE and hinted by EHRLICH, are typical members of the Cressida - Parides complex. The name Troidini is to be preferred over Cressidini for the union of the two tribes recognized by Forp, as names based on Troides are older in the literature and Forp’s Troidini form by far the larger constituent of the combined group. Ornithoptera and Troides are undoubtedly derived from a common ancestor more like Troides than Ornithoptera, for Troides has no specialization of pattern or wing-shape that is not found or suggested in Ornithoptera, whereas Ornithoptera has greatly specialized pattern and strong sexual dimorphism and has lost the Parides-like sex-scaling on the anal margin of the hind wing, still evident in Troides, and has substituted a new set of sex-scaling on the upper surface of the fore wing. The retention of slight sclerotization of the patagia and the longer free course of R, indicate a separation of the Troides-Ornithoptera complex from a position near or below the base of the present genus Parides, but this conclusion requires confirmation from examination of a wider range of species. Battus is far more widely different. The narrow spinasternum and the absence of definite sensory pits on the under surface of the antenna indicate a separation of Battus from the remaining Troidini before the separation of the Cressida - Euryades and the Parides - Troides stocks. These four genera agree in having the two specializations, broad spinasternum and definite sensory pits. On the other hand, the detailed structural correspondence of the Aristolochia-feeding, fleshy-tubercled 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society a bral larva, of the arcuate, flanged pupa, and of the male genitalia indicates beyond possibility of coincidence the direct relationship of Battus with the other Troidini. Battus is, however, by far the most distinctive genus of the tribe, and it is probably best here also to recognize two subtribes, Battiti and Troiditi. (3) The generic separations advocated by Munroe appear to be reason- ably founded. In the Troidini, Pachlioptera, comprising P. hector, aristolochiz, polydorus and allies, is a compact group, certainly closely related to Parides and presumably derived from it, but differing in the radical character of near-abortion of the valves and pseuduncus and enlargement and sclerotization of the socii apparently to take over a clasping function. These differences are supported by minor differences in the structure of the female genitalia and in the larve and the pupe. Cressida and Euryades are not closely related to Pachlioptera as assumed by Forp on the basis of an observation copied from TaLsBor and based in the first place on misinterpretation by the latter of an external examina- tion of the male genitalia. In the Graphiini, division of the New World Kite Swallowtails (Eurytides), which, like the related Old World genus Lamproptera, retain the uncus and socii as a composite structure, from the main group of Old World species (Graphium), in which the uncus is aborted, appears to be satisfactory and to define homogeneous groups. The three groups of Old World Kite Swallowtails that retain the free R, that is characteristic of most Eurytides also all have peculiar genitalia. The Australian species leosthenes retains the uncus weakly as a finger- like structure; MuNnroE has proposed the genus Protographium for this species. Protographium is apparently a relict connecting link between the large genera Graphium and Eurytides. The payeni-evan group is very distinct in genitalia from Graphium; it resembles it in having lost the uncus, but has large horny socii, articulated firmly with the eighth tergite; it also differs from Graphium in the short cell and distorted discocellulars, in the weak sclerotization of the patagia and in having a small spine on the prodiscrimen, lacking in Graphium. This group forms a very distinct genus for which the name Dabasa is available. The European species podalirius, together with its Tibetan representative podalirinus, constitute the third group with free Ry. In this group the male genitalic structure is fundamentally similar to that of Graphium, but the valve is very simple and unusually elongate. The larva is unusual in appearance and food plant and has segmental red spots. This com- bination of characters would support separation of these two species as the genus Iphiclides. This separation has the advantage of making Graphium homogeneous for anastomosis of Sc and Ry. However, the separation is a weak one, and some students may prefer to unite these 172 Munroe & Enruicn: Papilionide Vol.14: no.3 two genera. To summarize, these separations represent either rather large phyletic cleavages (Eurytides, Graphium, Dabasa) or distinct and well-characterized side-lines or relics (Pachlioptera, Iphiclides, Protographium). They are on a considerably coarser plane than the divisions currently fashionable in such groups as the Blues and Coppers. With the possible exception of the separation between Iphiclides and Graphium, they should be retained. Points oF PREvIouS UNCERTAINTY (1) Relationship of Troidini to Parnassiinze and to other Papilionine. The key to this problem appears to be the cubito-vannal vein. This was previously considered by Munroe to be a primitive character, but we now believe this interpretation to be erroneous. No similar vein is found in other families of butterflies, so far as our reading extends; it is certainly lacking in a variety of forms examined by us. No comparable vein is found in higher groups of moths, including Cossidee and Castniidz. The vein is also absent or rudimentary in the two other subfamilies of Papilionide, Baroniinze and Parnassiinz. The nearest parallel we have found outside of Papilioninze is the sclerotized root of lst V found in Limenitis and certain other Nymphalide. It is possible that the vein present in Papilioninze is such a root stalked for a certain distance with Cu; alter- natively it may be a structure formed de novo. It is noteworthy that in Teinopalpus, which has perhaps the most primitive genitalia of any papilionine, the vein is weakly developed. At any rate it seems highly probable that this vein is an unusual specialization, characteristic of the Papilioninz, and that it indicates with great probability that this sub- family is a natural and monophyletic group, as would be suggested by their considerable uniformity in wing-venation and palpal structure, and by the possibility of harmonizing the different larval and pupal types without undue stretching of the imagination. As the Graphiini have more primitive genitalia, legs and antennze than the Troidini, which resemble Parnassiinzee mainly in the early stages and in the presence in certain species of a sphragis, we must conclude that the Troidini are derived from an ancestor which on the defining characters of scaled legs, scaled antennee and free, complete male genitalia we would be forced to refer to the Graphiiti. There is therefore no question of direct relationship of the Parnassiinze and Troidini. There must have been a graphiine intermediary, though probably one more closely similar to generalized Troidini and Parnassiinze than are existing species of Graphiini. We may recall at this point that the existing troidine genus Battus has apparently never acquired two of the most prominent speciali- 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 173 zations of the remaining Troidini. This involves the corollary conclusion that the Parnassiinz-like features of Euryades and Cressida are secondary; this applies particularly to the narrowed, Parnassius-like valve. The sphragis in these genera and in certain primitive Parides may indeed be derived from the same source as that of Parnassius, though perhaps only as a common tendency, rather than as an overt character in an un- broken line. (2) Relationship of red-tuberculate, Aristolochia-feeding larva to green, sometimes brown, sometimes spinose, Lauracez - or Rutaceex - feeding larva. The solution of this problem is bound up with that of the previous one. If we assume, as we apparently must, that the Papilioninee are a homogeneous, monophyletic group, it is ascribing too much to coinci- dence to suppose that the red-tuberculate, Aristolochia-feeding larva has been independently developed in the two groups Parnassiinze and Troidini from smooth, green, Lauraceze-feeding, skipper-like or pierid- like ancestors. On the other hand, it is not hard to imagine a reversion from Aristolochiaceze to the lauraceous food-plant that characterizes several primitive hesperiids and pierids. The acquisition, perhaps several times, of a cryptic, green or brown, coloration would also be easy. It may be noted further that larvee of many species in Graphiini and Papilionini retain red spots and/or tubercles in the final instar, while all known species are tuberculate and many red-spotted in earlier instars. This permits a decision between the alternative hypotheses presented in Munroe's paper. The red-tuberculate, Aristolochia-feeding larva must be primitive, at least for the Parnassiinze and Papilionine. It follows that the primitive Graphiini must have had red-tubercled larve, probably somewhat Zerynthia-like in aspect, and feeding on Aristolochia. The hearsay reports of the larva of Lamproptera that were cited by MuNROE (in press ) appeared to fill this need, but unfortunately Mr. Kent WiLson (in litt.) informs us that these reports were erroneous and can be dis- regarded. Mr. Wirson’s description of the early stages of Lamproptera will be awaited with interest. Larve of the Eurytides lysithous group have tuberculate and spotted larvee, but there is a possibility of mimicry of Parides larvee. In our present state of knowledge it cannot safely be assumed that all red spots and all tubercles are homologous. Comparative morphological study of a wide range of larve is badly needed. It may be noted parenthetically that the larva of the primitive though aberrant Teinopalpus is described as being smooth and green. It may be repeated for good measure that we have no knowledge or incomplete knowledge of several of the really critical life histories for phylogenetic interpreta- tion, viz.: Teinopalpus, Lamproptera, and Dabasa from Asia and Baronia from Mexico. Munroe & EHRLICH PAPILIONID Zz Parides Pachlioptera Dabasa PAPILIONINI Iphiclides | Graphium Protographium Troides Ornithoptera Hurytides Lamproptera Cressida Furyades Battus Teinopalpus BATTITI TROIDITI GRAPHIITI TEINOPALPITI TROIDINI GRAPHI INI PARNASSI INAE PAPILIONINAE BARONI INAE PAPILIONIDAE PIERIDAE Apparent sequence of separation of papilionid lines. The significant feature of this diagram is the order of the bifurcations. 174 1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 175 (3) Origins and internal phylogeny of the Papilionini. This problem continues to present many points of uncertainty. The most probable origin of the tribe still appears to be from the higher Graphiini. The presence of the spine of the discrimen is a point of similarity between Papilionini and Troidini that can be added to the well-known ones. This spine is lacking, however, in Battus, the troidine genus that has other Papilio-like characters. Dabasa, unlike other Graphiini, has the spine, though weakly. This would support the possibility that this genus arose close to the point of separation of Papilionini from Graphiini. On the whole it seems likely that the spine has been acquired independently in the Papilionini and the Troidini. It is obvious that final answers on the precise ancestry of the Papilionini are not possible on the evidence available to us. Still less can the vexed questions of the internal phylogeny of the Papilionini be properly resolved. This must await the results of more comprehensive studies than time or material have permitted us to make. References Ehrlich, Paul R., 1958. The comparative morphology, phylogeny and_ higher classification of the butterflies (Lepidoptera: Papilionoidea). Univ. Kansas sci. bull. 39: 305-370. Munroe, Eugene, 1953. The phylogeny of the Papilionide. Proc. 7th Pacific sci. congr., Auckland, 1949 4: 83-87. Munroe, Eugene, in press. The generic classification of the Papilionida. Canadian ent., supplement 17. (EGM) Entomology Research Institute, Research Branch, Canada Agriculture, Ottawa, Ont., CANADA and (PRE) Dept. of Biological Sciences, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif., U. S. A. A NEW ENTOMOLOGICAL SERIAL The Society Library has received the first two numbers of Esakia published by the Hikosan Biological Laboratory, Faculty of Agriculture, Kyushu University, Fukuoka, Japan. They include nine short papers by present or former members of the laboratory shaff; among these are two by MHrrosu1 Kuroxo describing new microlepidoptera (Gracilariidee and Cosmopterygidz ). The issues are well illustrated by photos and line drawings. Members desiring further information are advised to write to the Chief of the Laboratory, Professor Ker1z6 YASUMATSU. P. F. BELLINGER 176 Vol.14: no.3 NEW LARVAL FOODPLANT FOR ERYNNIS ZARUCCO (HESPERIIDAZ) FROM LOUISIANA by Roy O. KENDALL While visiting my father-in-law, LawRENcCE ALFoRD, September 13, 1959 at Leesville, Vernon Parish, Louisiana, I took the liberty to examine the Black Locust trees, Robinia pseudoacacia L., which grow in his yard. At the front of this property is a clump of trees ranging in height from about five to fifteen feet. On these I found numerous larve of Epargyreus clarus Cramer. A short distance from this clump of trees, about three hundred feet, were two more small bushes about six feet high. I now proceeded to examine these and was pleasantly surprised to find five Erynnis zarucco Lucas larve hidden in leaf nests. The nests or protective shelters consisted of two or three leaflets pulled together and held there by strands of silk, typical of the genus. The larve were all in the last instar. Except for one which was preserved, all pupated in their leaf shelters during the next two days. Of the pupz, one was preserved; the remaining three emerged September 22 & 23, 1959. It was interesting to note the similarity of E. zarucco larva to that of E. funeralis Scudder & Burgess from Bexar County, Texas. A descriptive comparison based on this limited sample of E. zarucco follows: Erynnis funeralis: Larva tan with dorsolateral yellow line segmentally punctuated with bright yellow squarish spots; indistinct whitish granula- tions. Head angled, black with two distinct orange-yellow spots on each cheek; a third spot at the uppermost part of the head tending to form a single large spot at the crown; below this a small spot not always distinct. Erynnis zarucco: Larva cream colored with dorsolateral yellow line segmentally punctuated with yellow squarish spots not quite so brilliant as E. funeralis; distinct whitish granulations. Head angled, black with six distinct orange-yellow spots. Determination of the adults was made by Joun M. Burns of the University of California, at Berkeley. 135 Vaughan Place, San Antonio 1, Texas, U.S.A. 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 77 A NEW MELANIC FORM OF CATOCALA CONNUBIALIS FROM NEW JERSEY (NOCTUIDZ) by JosEpH MULLER During 1956 to 1959 I caught seven dark Catocala at black lights, which I was not sure where to place at first. They look somewhat like Catocala micronympha form “gisela”, but with the outer margin and the basal area concolorous or nearly so. Since I have never caught micro- nympha in this area, I thought these melanic specimens might be a dark form of C. connubialis race pulverulenta Brower, which is taken at bait and light. In 1959 I obtained eggs from two females of pulverulenta, and reared them to adults the following spring. Among the offspring were normal pulverulenta and the melanic form. Exact count was not kept of pupze, and of specimens given away and set free; but of the reared specimens approximately 67% were typical pulverulenta, 11% pulverulenta with brown band showing clearly, and 22% the unnamed melanic form (see figures ). The latter is hereby named as follows. CATOCALA CONNUBIALIS PULVERULENTA form “BROWERI” Muller, NEw FoRM This new form is a true melanic, having a deep sooty black shade over the whole of the forewings, head, and thorax, and having an extension of the black bands on the hind wings. These black bands are commonly fused near the anterior margin, and the inner band extends basally and over the disk from the inner margin. The brown or light band just outside the transverse posterior line is variable and shows more or less definitely across the dark shading, and the ground color may be lighter between the transverse anterior line and the base. The reniform and _ sub- reniform are not discernible, unless as a faint subreniform ring. Specimens are the same size as normal pulverulenta. HOLOTYPE female: Lebanon, Hunterdon County, New Jersey, 16 July 1958, at black light, leg. Josep MuLier. Deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. ALLOTYPE male: same data, except reared from egg in 1960. PARATYPES: four females, 23 July 1958, 27 June, 8 July, and 16 July 1959; two males, 2 July 1956 and 26 July 1958, all six at black light; ten males and nine females reared from eggs and emerging in 1960. A pair of reared paratypes is in the collection of A. E. BRowrr, Augusta, Maine; the three specimens figured, including one paratype, are deposited in the Peabody Museum of Natural History of Yale University; the allotype and other paratypes are in the author’s collection. 178 MULLER: melanic Catocala Vol.14: no.3 Catocaia connubialis pulverulenta, reared forms from Lebanon, New Jersey. Top — form “broweri” (paratype); middle — brown-banded form; bottom — typical pulverulenta. (photo Joun Howarp) My thanks to Dr. Brower for examining this new form and critically reading this manuscript. It is a pleasure to dedicate this new form to him. Dr. BRoweER now considers pulverulenta to be a subspecific name, not that of a form. R. D. 1, Lebanon,’ Ne J0Ueesaeae 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 179 STUDIES OF THE CHROMOSOMES OF NORTH AMERICAN RHOPALOCERA. 4. NYMPHALINAS, CHARAXIDINA, LIBYTHEINA# by Kopo Maexkr and CuHaries L. REMINGTON This paper concludes the report of our first systematic survey of the groups of the Rhopalocera. The first supplement, giving new counts for species of various families, is in preparation. Our preceding papers (Maeki & Remington, 1960a, 1960b, 1961) gave notes on our techniques and sources of material and presented new data and discussions of the cytotaxonomy of the Hesperiide, Megathymide, Pieride, Papilionide, Lyceenidz (sensu lato), and part of the Nymphalidez (s. l.). For the Nymphalidz we are following the subfamily classification of Enruicu (1958), but we include the Libytheine as one more subfamily of the Nymphalidz. In some compelling characters they seem to us closer to the Nymphalidz than do the Danainz, among others. Most of the specimens for which the chromosomes are reported here were collected in 1959. Some additional species of Nymphalidz are included in our first supplementary paper, and there are counts for several Acrezeinze and Nymphalinz and one Charaxidinze in our forth- coming paper on African species. As with the previous groups, we have noted in square brackets our designations of the individuals studied; this number will be found on the specimen and the slides of its testes, all preserved for permanent reference in the Peabody Museum of Yale University. In the lists that follow, “n” represents the haploid chromosome number, “I” refers to the primary spermatocyte division and “II” to the secondary spermatocyte division. No females were studied in these groups. Fixed testes of several species not in the following descriptive list were sectioned and examined but did not show any meiotic divisions. The numbers of specimens of these species are as follows: 1 Euphydryas near phaeton (Drury ) from Connecticut; 1 Chlosyne nycteis (Doubleday & Hewitson ); 1 Vanessa atalanta (Linné) from Connecticut; 5 Nymphalis milberti (Godart) from Colorado; 1 Polygonia vau-album ( Schiff.) from Connecticut; and 1 Limenitis arthemis (Drury) from Vermont. 180 MaeEki & REMINGTON: Chromosomes Vol.14: no.3 A. NYMPHALIDAt — NYMPHALIN/:: 1. Dryas julia (Fabricius). N = 31. Counts were made in 25 nuclei (I) and 20 nuclei (II) in testes of 8 males [M54-1, M54-2, M54-3, M54-4, M54-6, M54-7, M54-8, M54-9] taken at El] Salto, S. L. P., Mexico, 4 August 1959. Three chromosomes are distinctly smaller than the others, which are fairly uniform in size. 2. Dione juno (Cramer). N = 31. Counts were made in 7 nuclei (1) and 5 nuclei (II) in testes of 1 male [M55] taken at El Salto, 4 August 1959. Four chromosomes appear to be small and 27 large. 3. Euptoieta hegesia (Cramer). N = 31. Counts were made in 20 nuclei (II) in testes of 1 male [M15] taken at Ciudad Victoria, Tamps., Mexico, August 1959. The caryotype shows 1 large, 27 medium, and 3 distinctly smaller chromosomes. No primary divisions were found. 4. Speyeria cybele charlottii (Barnes). N = 29. Counts were made in 80 nuclei (I) and 30 nuclei (II) in testes of 7 males [245, 246, 247, 259, 263, 261, 958] taken about 6 miles east of Somerset, Gunnison Co., Colorado, August 1959 and 17 July 1960. Divisions were plentiful and sufficient counts were easily obtained; very many more could have been added, but it was clear that the number was invariable in these 7 males. The same number was consistently found in 3 males [1015, 1017, 1019] taken at Rabbit Ears Pass, 22 July 1960. Several individuals from near Somerset with diverse numbers in a single pair of testes were also studied and will be reported separately in a paper on hybridization. As with some of the following species of Speyeria, it is likely that the cybele concept of L. P. Grey represents a superspecies of several genetically partly incompatible populations which must eventually be regarded as separate species. Possibly some of these young species will even prove to have different chromosome numbers, but we have not yet sampled sufficiently to have data bearing on this point. 5. Speyeria aphrodite ethne (Hemming). N = 29. Counts were made in 30 nuclei (I) and 20 nuclei (II) in testes of 3 males [254, 256, 266] taken 6 miles east of Somerset, 15 August 1959. There appear to be four size classes in the normal caryotype: 2 largest, 6 large, 20 medium, 1 small. As with S. cybele charlotti and S. atlantis nikias, the sample from the Somerset locality also included males with various numbers of non- synapsing chromosomes in the first meiotic division and therefore pre- sumably of hybrid origin. 6. Speyeria coronis halcyone (Edwards). N = 30. Counts were made in 20 nuclei (I) and 20 nuclei (II) of 3 males [701, 702, 703] taken in Clear Creek Canyon, el. 6300’, 26 June 1960, leg. C. L. Remrneron & J. Donap Err. There are 4 large, 16 medium, and 10 small elements. Three CHROMOSOMES PLATE 1 ®@ ee & ro. a e e@ er e @ @ . e e eo* .° © e o* ee, 6 e® OD e e @e@eee @ erate e@ @ ee @® e ee ee Ses 6 2 ee ee @%e® 2? 0,4 @ Ce @ bch Wed eae Se wellexe Pee? % caie : Sane ] ad 1b oe 2b e oot o0 Ce : C] e oestgere ee, % 08 ar © e.*% e Peee®® °..°e ©@ @ r ) ee @ e ee td eo ee 3 *o% ae ee 4a 4b ee @ ® e 8 e oe ~%0 e° 20 00% «6 a e whe e eo”e e e, © e@ @e © %e cee O°, td eo fe @"e eS @ bd e @ e®eee =) o%6 e@ 6 eo @ @ Ge * @ ee O20 e e e 08 @ @ ¢ Ser elite? 5 5b e ® vie a 6a 6b e*%@ e @e® ee coeee® oot g fe @2 °ese® os ceee @ Coe e° Coe, 2 @e Ae 7b Fig. la— Dryas julia (1); fig. lb —same; fig. 2a — Agraulis juno (1); fig. 2b— same; fig. 3 — Euptoieta hegesia (11); fig. 4a —Speyeria cybele charlottii (1); fig. 4b — same (II); fig. 5a—S. aphrodite ethne (1); fig. 55—same (II); fig. 6a—S. coronis halcyone (1); fig. 6b —same (II); fig. 7a—S. zerene sinope (1); fig. 7b— same (II). [On plates 1-5 are camera lucida drawings of caryotypes, not necessarily showing precise size relationships of individual chromosomes; magnifications all 3900 diameters; I = primary and II = secondary spermatocyte divisions. ] i8] 182 MaeEkt & REMINGTON: Chromosomes Vol.14: no.3 other males [707, 724, 726] taken at the same time showed no suitable divisions. One other male [704]taken with these gave an anomalous count which will have to be discussed later. 7. Speyeria zerene sinope dos Passos & Grey. N = 29. Counts were made in 10 nuclei (I) and 10 nuclei (II) in testes of 2 males [1060, 1061! taken on the western slope of Rabbit Ears Pass, Routt Co., Colorado, 23 July 1960, leg. C. L. & P. S. Remincron. A third male taken at the same time showed no suitable divisions, but many more excellent nuclei could have been counted in these 2 males. There are 7 large, 21 uniformly medium, and 1 small chromosomes. 8. Speyeria callippe meadii (Edwards). N = 30. Counts were made in 15 nuclei (I) and 15 nuclei (II) in testes of 1 male [166] taken at Gothic, Gunnison Co., Colorado, 30 July 1959. The number was later verified in a second male [756] taken 6 miles east of Somerset, 29 June 1960. Two chromosomes are distinctly larger and 2 smaller than the other 26, rather uniform elements. No meiotic divisions were found in two males [104, 757] taken at the same localities in 1959 and 1960. 9. Speyeria egleis secreta dos Passos & Grey. N = ? Counts were made in testes of one male [1030] taken on the western slope of Rabbit Ears Pass, 22 July 1960, leg. C. L., P. S., & E. E. Remincrton, A rapid tally shows an unclear condition which requires longer study before interpreta- tion can be appropriate. We have fixed testes of 15 other secreta males and must section some of these before the caryotype of this paradoxical Speyeria can be reported with certainty. 10. Speyeria atlantis nikias (Ehrmann). N = 29. Counts were made in 80 nuclei (I) and 65 nuclei (II) in testes of 11 males [25, 48, 49, 50, 59, 79, 80, 107, 164, 167, 305] taken at Gothic, 17 to 30 July and 22 August 1959. A twelfth male [979] taken at Gothic, 18 July 1960, showed several primary divisions, all with n = 29; this male is of the uncommon “Appalachian type” with very dark disc on the underside of the hind wing. Other males [1045, 1075] taken 2 mi. E. of Clark and on the west slope of Rabbit Ears Pass, Routt Co., Colorado, 22 and 23 July 1960, by C. L. & J. E. Remincron also showed n = 29 in the several primary spermatocytes examined. Two chromosomes are very large, 6 moderately large, and the other 21 are uniform and a little smaller. As with S. charlottii and S. ethne (above), a few males showed some asynaptic first metaphase chromosomes; they are probably wild hybrids between separate species of the superspecies atlantis. 11. Speyeria hydaspe sakuntala (Skinner). N = 29. Counts were made in 10 nuclei (I) and 10 nuclei (II) in testes of 1 male [1051] taken on the west slope of Rabbit Ears Pass, 23 July 1960, leg. C. L. CHROMOSOMES PLATE 2 € ® ed r eo°, @ oo 200% © 040°, at ove 2 @ oe ®e Cee e * ‘ © ee @ee..® e@ ee @teeee e808 Seats oes >. aces ¢ ee @ e Peeo%ee eer? ee @ ®e 2 Ad 8b @e ®e e Ba 78 9b ee oe e e.°e eo ®,c0ee e° ca 500 ® r | a e@ . e ) @ e e @ece e@ ®@ @ ee ee 4 o,° “2 0ee ee 0c? @0°, 0° @ ® bd é e Co%ee @e® @ ee 2®@ 6 e @e Se e °e sats 10b eee? 10a lla lb a : @@ ® e * e*e e ee See : e° ee ® © @ @ ® e oe % ees co -.ee ) °°, 0° @ ere Cee @ @ cect e @® See ee 0%" ©, 0% 0 e ONY e At @oc@ @ ete eee Ce @ e l2a 12b 13a 13b ee oo, ° 676 Po %e e erece © oe @ a0 @e @® e@, @ @ e @ ° ©. °@ Ps EO on ee? 4 2 @ °.° e® Ge © ©, ee 8S © @ ee e é 6 & eee @ ereae ee 0° one Oe C.0' eg fee : e@ oe coe l4a 14b 15a 15b Fig. 8a — Speyeria callippe meadii (1); fig. 8b — same (II); fig. 9a — S. atlantis, variant; fig. 9b—same (II); fig. 10a—S. atlantis nikias (1); fig. 10b—same (II); fig. lla—S. hydaspe sakuntala (1); fig. llb—same (II); fig. 12a—S. normonia eurynome (1); fig. 12b—same (II); fig. 13a— Boloria titania (1); fig. 13b—same (II); fig. 14a—B. selene (1);fig. 14b—same (II); fig. 15a—B. eunomia (1); fig. 15b — same (II). 183 184 Maeki & REMINGTON: Chromosomes Vol.14: no.3 REMINGTON. Suitable divisions were numerous in this male. There are 2 very large, 5 moderately large, 18 medium, and 4 small elements. Other males taken at the same time showed many abnormal meiotic metaphases and will have to be re-studied when more time is available. 12. Speyeria mormonia eurynome (Edwards). N = 29. Counts were made in 50 nuclei (I) and 40 nuclei (II) in testes of 4 males [5, 11, 12, 31] taken at Gothic, 17 July 1959, and 1 male [203] taken at Copper Lake, el. 10,800’. Gunnison Co., Colorado, 7 August 1959. The count was verified in numerous nuclei from 3 males 1763, 784, 785] taken at Gothic, 30 June and 2 July 1960. The caryotype shows 2 chromosomes distinctly larger and 2 or 3 distinctly smaller than the other 24 or 25. 13. Boloria titania helena (Edwards). N = 31. Counts were made in 20 nuclei (I) and 20 nuclei (II) in testes of 5 males [21, 53-1, 53-2, 184, 186] taken near Copper Lake, 17 and 19 July and 1 August 1959. In general, the chromosomes are extremely uniform in size, but 1 small element is visible in primary spermatocyte metaphases. 14. Boloria selene tollandensis (Barnes & Benjamin). N = 30, Counts were made in 10 nuclei (I) and 10 nuclei (II) in testes of 1 male [860] taken at Gothic, 9 July 1960, leg. W. A. Christian. The count was verified in a second male [859] taken at the same time. There are 1 large, 27 medium, and 2 small elements. No meiotic divisions were found in 2 other males taken at Gothic, 10 and 25 July 1960. 15. Boloria eunomia celestis (Hemming ). N = 28. Counts were made in 15 nuclei (I) and 10 nuclei (II) in testes of 1 male [54] taken at Copper Lake, 19 July 1959. There are 3 large, 22 medium, and 3 small elements. 16. Euphydryas anicia eurytion (Mead). N = 31. Counts were made in 10 nuclei (I) and 10 nuclei (II) in testes of 1 male [828] taken at Copper Lake, 4 July 1960, There are 1 very large, 10 fairly large, and 20 smaller chromosomes. This is the high altitude form. A complicated cytological condition in a lower sample is being discussed elsewhere. 17. Chlosyne harrisii (Scudder). N = 31. Counts were made in 5 nuclei (I) in testes of 1 male [542] taken at Karner, Albany Co., New York, 7 June 1960, leg. R. W. Pease, Jr. There are 6 large elements, the others being uniform and smaller. No secondary divisions were found. 18. Chlosyne palla (Boisduval). N = 31. Counts were made in 20 nuclei (1) in testes of 1 male [27] taken at Gothic, 17 July 1959. This count was verified in numerous primary spermatocyte divisions in a male [790] taken at Gothic, 2 July 1960. Seven other males [85, 86, 87, 778, 779, 788, 789] taken at Gothic, July 1959 and 1960, and 1 male [1113] taken at Rabbit Ears Pass, 23 July 1960, showed no meiotic divisions, CHROMOSOMES o°% ry © . ee ® . oT be eo ~oo° @ 0°%e @@ e : eo ® ee @e® @@ e e "e eoee l6a 16b @ Se e ee @ @e °. o, eee eee? eo” eee? 18 19a Ce oz) “cee e. Je © cece e° e e @ Fee ® © ee %e, e ©e,® ecco eee ® ee e@ @®? ® ee e 20 21 ose ®@ “eee e Cee oie o®%® oe @ feee® ie e © *.% 0%. Ae 7? op stee” o° °° 23a 23b PLATE Fig. 16a — Euphydryas anicia eurytion (1); fig. 16b—same (II); fig. 17— Chlosyne harrisii (1); fig. 18 —C. palla (1); fig. 19a — C. dametas (1); fig. 19b — same (II); fig. 20 — Phyciodes tharos (1); fig. 21 — P. phaon (1); fig. 22 — Polygonia zephyrus (1); fig. 23a — Vanessa virginiensis (1); fig. 23b—same (II). 185 186 MaeEkt & REMINGTON: Chromosomes Vol.14: no.3 and no secondary spermatocytes were found in male 27. The chromosomes are uniform in size. 19. Chlosyne dameetas (Skinner). N = 31. Counts were made in numerous nuclei (I) and (II) in testes of 2 males [26-2, 51] taken near Copper Lake 17 and 19 July 1959. A third male [26-1] taken with 26-2, showed no suitable nuclei. While there is no difference in number be- tween this high altitude sibling and C. palla, there appears to be a significant difference in size distribution; C. dameetas has 2 large, 23 medium, and 6 small chromosomes. 20. Phyciodes tharos (Drury ). N = 31. Counts were made in 20 nuclei (I) of 1 male [317-4] taken at West Rock, New Haven, Connecticut, 3 September 1959. No secondary spermatocyte divisions were found. Four other males taken with this one showed no suitable meiotic divisions. 21. Phyciodes phaon (Edwards). N = 31. Counts were made in 13 nuclei (I) in 3 males [F107, F111, F112] taken at the Corkschew Swamp, near Immokalee, Collier Co., Florida, 19 April 1960, leg. K. Markt. Three chromosomes are about one-third the size of the others. No secondary divisions were found. No meiotic divisions were found in 8 other males taken at the same time nor in 4 males taken at the Archbold Biological Station, 22 April 1960. 22. Polygonia zephyrus (Edwards). N = 31. Counts were made in 15 nuclei (I) in testes of 2 males [111-1, 111-2] taken at Gothic, 23 July 1959. No secondary divisions were found. All the chromosomes are similar in size. Both of these males had passed the preceding winter as aduits and were extremely battered and worn. A third male [288] taken at Gothic 17 August 1959 had no meiotic divisions; it was fresh and had undoubtedly emerged within a few days. 23. Vanessa virginiensis (Drury). N = 31. Counts were made in 15 nuclei (I) and 5 nuclei (II) in testes of 1 fresh male [336] taken at West Rock, 7 September 1959. There are 2 large. 25 medium, and 4 small chromosomes. 24. Junonia ceenia (Hiibner). N = 31. Counts were made in 9 nuclei (I) and 10 nuclei (II) in testes of 1 male [M22-1] taken at Ciudad Victoria, 1 August 1959. A second male taken at the same time showed no meiotic divisions. There are 4 distinctly smaller chromosomes; the others appear to be uniform in size. 25. Junonia evarete zonalis (C. & R. Felder). N = 31. Counts were made in 25 nuclei (1) in testes of 1 male [M33-1] taken at Ciudad Victoria, 2 August 1959. At this locality these two Junonia were flying together in approximately equal numbers, both were fresh, and no phenotypic intermediates were found: — clear justification for their CHROMOSOMES PEATE ot%e ee°% ee 0 0%, e? oe. e or ete eee © ere6 * * eo, 6 Se ) ee @o® Coo toe ca cece V © eoe® 24a 24b 25 maa ° oe & ® . @ee r 6 6 e e ] 3s e & t & a e® @ @ ® pig °° eee © ee @e° @ s eo? Ce ese ee e @ eS ee® @ Seee * s o- °,0 e oe a 26 27a 27b ee°% @ et %%, ee,” ° © ee cose @ ee Ce Pe @ 252° eo © e@ See ts ° & essere @@ e e@ @ ee @ ee ee @0@ @ ,e-ee e o:@. *° 2% 8 @ e* @ e 3 e e ey ‘ eo e@ eee 28b e ° ° ; 28a 29a 9b © e®.%@ o “e ots @ od oo ot yoke Ce @ e @°9 ©,°e e008, 9 ee? Ce @ one? e ee 30a 30b Fig. 24a — Junonia cenia (1); fig. 24b—same (II); fig. 25—J. evarete (1); fig. 26 — Anartia fatima (1); fig. 27a — A. jatrophe (1); fig. 27b — same (II); fig. 28a — Metamorpha steneles (1); fig. 28b — same (II); fig. 29a — Hamadryas glauconome (1); fig. 29b— same (II); fig. 30a — Biblis hyperia (1); fig. 30b—same (II). 187 188 MaAeEkt & REMINGTON: Chromosomes Vol.14: no.3 being ranked as separate species. The caryotype showed no numerical difference, hardly surprising in a group as invariable as the Nymphalini, even from genus to genus. However, the size relations are different, J. evarete having 6 small chromosomes, and all the other 25 synapsed chromosomal units are somewhat smaller than those of J. caenia. 26. Anartia fatima (Fabricius). N = 31. Counts were made in 15 nuclei (I) in testes of 2 males [M19-1, M19-3] taken at Ciudad Victoria, 1 August 1959. No secondary divisions were found. A third male taken at the same time showed no suitable nuclei for counts. Six chromosomes are somewhat smaller than the others, which are uniform in size. 27. Anartia jatrophe (Johannson). N = 31. Counts were made in 20 nuclei (I) and 15 nuclei (II) in testes of 2 males [M2-1, M2-3] taken at Ciudad Victoria, 1 August 1959. A third male taken at the same time had no suitable divisions, the caryotype shows 27 large and 4 smaller chromosomes. The same number characterizes race guantanamo Munroe in Florida, where we found numerous primary and secondary divisions with n = 31 in 2 males [F91, F122] taken at the Corkscrew Swamp, 19 April 1960, leg. K. Markt. 28. Metamorpha stelenes (Linné). N = 31. Counts were made in 20 nuclei (I) and 15 nuclei (II) in testes of 2 males [M27-1, M27-2] taken at Ciudad Victoria, 2 August 1959. There are 26 chromosomes with large but diverse size and 5 small elements. 29. Hamadryas glauconome (Bates). N = 31. Counts were made in 16 nuclei (I) and 7 nuclei (II) in testes of 2 males [M57-1, M57-2] taken at El Salto, S. L. P., Mexico, 4 August 1959. There are 25 rather uniformly large and 6 smaller chromosomes. 30. Biblis hyperia (Cramer). N = 28. Counts were made in 18 nuclei (I) and 13 nuclei (II) in testes of 5 males [M1-1, M1-3, M1-4, M1-5, M1-6] taken at Ciudad Victoria, 1 August 1959. A sixth male taken at the same time showed no meiotic divisions. There are 3 large, 21 medium, and 4 small chromosomes. The caryotype, like the facies of the imago, suggests that the relationship of this genus to its supposed near relatives such as Hamadryas should be re-investigated. 31. Limenitis weidemeyerii (Edwards). N = 30. Counts were made in 30 nuclei (1) and 30 nuclei (II) in testes of 6 males [2, 125, 127, 158, 176, 177] taken near Gothic, on 16, 27, 28, and 31 July 1959. Dividing cells were numerous even in males which had presumably been flying for many days. There is little diversity of chromosomal size in this species. 32. Limenitis astyanax (Fabricius). N = 30. Counts were made in 15 nuclei (I) and 20 nuclei (II) in testes of 2 males [385, 386] taken at West Rock, 23 August 1959. There are 2 elements smaller than the other PLATE 5 CHROMOSOMES © ®@ 6 @ ®@ bd © ee ® ® 6 ee e® a © bd eo" @@ @ cee ® °e ee ° e e. @ fe ee @°@ e,°2 0 @ eve 0% ees @® ee @ ® AIO e ® ee ee? eve @%e 9° © ese @ . *° oo ; @o°,° cee. e ® e xe ‘ 3la 31b 32a 32b ee e®@ ee ef%e &@ e*2%e @ ®@ r ) e @ee e166 6 @e e @ e ee0e o*®,e@ ee e e a) eo eve .® e e® @@e0e SO @ 002% 'e @ *o% % 6 ee . e.® ©ecee0 cece 00% o* 2° es ®@®@ ~ e ofee*? 33b 8 = f 33a 34a 34b 6 @ SJ & wove” one. ¢ e @ @ @ ee ,° @ @ oe 00° @ e®0e8e & ee %e 8 ee °.°.e ° @e@Fe @ oo? one @ 6 Seek @ e ee? 0 @ @ e ry e® ©oe e ee r @ © @ ® @ 35a 35b @@ © e,°e 36a 36b © @ 2 e°? e% ee® € @ © e ©e oe 0 csee® o * hd a @e*, @ os cee e @ e Sia 37b Fig. 3la — Limenitis weidemeyerii (1); fig. 3lb—same (II); fig. 32a—L. astyanax (1); fig. 32b — same (II); fig. 33a — L. archippus (1); fig. 33b — same (II); fig. 34a — Asterocampa celtis (1); fig. 34b —same (II); fig. 35a —A. leilia (1); fig. 35b—same (II); fig. 36a—An@a aidea (1); fig. 36b—same (II); fig. 37a— Libytheana bachmanii (1); fig. 37b — same (II). 189 190 MAEKI & REMINGTON: Chromosomes Vol.14: no.3 28, which are fairly uniform in size. A “proserpina’-type, presumed to be a hybrid with arthemis, taken at the same time shows no synaptic failure in the 15 primary spermatocyte divisions found. 33. Limenitis archippus (Cramer). N = 30. Counts were made in 45 nuclei (I) and 35 Nuclei (II) in testes of 4 males [320-1, 320-2, 320-3, 320-4] taken at Woodbridge, New Haven Co., Connecticut, 3 September 1959, and 1 male [409] ex-pupa 6 October 1959, mother from Woodbridge. There are 12 large, 15 medium, and 3 small elements. 34. Asterocampa celtis (Boisduval & Leconte). N = 31. Counts were made in 30 nuclei (I) and 20 nuclei (II) in testes of 5 males [344, 348, 391-1, 391-2, 391-3] taken on West Rock, 23 August to 11 September 1959. There are 28 large and 3 smaller chromosomes. The condition of the wings indicates that 4 of these males were young; the other was very battered and undoubtedly old, but nevertheless normal meiosis was still taking place in its testes. 35. 2-5 kB ae 2 See ee eee ee 19-23 1960 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 255 INDEX TO SUBJECTS IN VOLUME 14 Agathymus fieldt Freeman, new species from Mexico ...............-..-20---0-20-000-00---- 58-62 (BEE Sr GS Teme NESE Sig SS eo re da RN 58-62 PMMMeMnEGeSearek ai WepidOpter a: s..co a2 eos calc neceat cde eens meen nee en enedencnneee 1-4 APE DOS CUEPGLUG TLS AC aa 0 OL6) (05 of: 6 (0 eRe ee a a 156 Bird collection to American Museum of Natural History ..........0.2.2..-..----------- 82 eA CMMI ONCE OM Noes wee te a 158 Eeaminia, aWaitat im: Omtario, 2... --ccce ccc ccen6o secede cee enc conve cbd eu ondetcceceopuecdneee 230 Butterflies of Formosa in colour (Shirozu), reviewed ............-----.-..-.-------0-000-----+ 243 Cavenaalliusa-on tir logs in Vancouver Island -...---2.-.c..20.--eeeceee oe ee eects 240 Catcala connubialis form “broweri’ Muller, new form ............----...0----000-------- 117-178 MON teresa arsed yy CENT ONMOSOMN CS: 252 fe cee ccc eee Scenes 179-201 Chlosyne riobalsensis Bauer, new species from Mexico ........-----------------------—- 148-154 Chlosyne rosita browni Bauer, new subspecies from Mexico .......--------------------- 148-154 Chromosomes of North American Rhopalocera ............--..--------------- 37-57, 127-147, 179-201 Neate REECE INROMIOSOINCS ost eels Jie Sk ee ee i 127-147 eer ip pirseiiiy OV MIOHe or on Lo 36 Decodes aneurectus Powell, new species from California -...-.......--.-....---------------- 121-122 Decodes bicolor Powell, new species from California. .....................-..200-00--0----- 122-123 Decodes johnstoni Powell, new species from California -..............-.2------------------- 119-121 Decodes montanus Powell, new species from California ..............-..--.----..-----.------ 118-119 raacmOpraztsov~ new genus of Dortricidae _- oon ence ccecteeece eee 113-114 Ehrlich collection to American Museum of Natural History —..........---.--.-.- 82 LEPORD: LGEUGL: TOO) WIG i 77 6 Be B00 XS) 0 a Sea ee eee ee 239-240 Puna ECO™ LOOM plant. 1M. WOUWISIAMA ; 222202 eee 176 Bob weVArioy FOR FIELD COLLECTORS |... 67-80, 159-160, 203-207, 237-240 REP RVTAMTIPULCIICLIID. \ILE TIStOLY,, CCC. 2.2.2.2... Jocsccsea nc en2 seen Dace eset seet cee nacteotecennene 209-226 [PUTETLAD) ~INIOM TRESS) sete ae Sea ee ee BGs Sis (62s. 156,158 230 242 Hommosae nitienjpiics of (Shirozu), teviewed, 22-2 ieee ete 243 Hamstreak genera, redefinition of North American -..2....222.--2..-.-g0-0c1etenneeee eet 19-23 icapomanpawneean Michigan, Correction’ 2-22-00... ieee 57 Fetes p Cain GAMO INRONMOSOMIES. <2) oe ne ee a eee eee 37-57 Pes cigtinGl een ecUXOMOMCs NOES ooo ee ee a ecceccce alten 24-36 How to know the butterflies (Ehrlich & Ehrlich), reviewed ..............---------- 201-202 Hybrids between Papilio xuthus and the P. polyxenes-machaon group .....--- 5-18 iepanrecolicctine mountain butterflies 2-2-2 n esol ele ee 203-207 iaivaleucmurs imMarinal, evolutiomary Cates \-).2.-.---ce-c.-c-2--n--ccde eee secesecesecesecnceseenese 101-103 Lepidopterists’ Society steers ta eattatetl MP NG CICS iis re a eae Se Sl ee 1-4 DUTIES DEMME. ELNUOLOTCESSTON 0 0 (ots eat Ne ee OL a De 179-201 area oe OM ROMO SOMES tes nes eee es eas eee lo 127-147 MeO psispscraanezolus i light trap 222-2.) -22c.ssenencanecae-ateeeseceene ence ceeeeteee eee 242 Re Mate Cte ISCASOIMS so 2) NG piano Ho Se ee ie AN soa Seca seskeet Sucacdaneaen sce 78-80 Markie techniques for population studies --._..-..c.-2--.u-.-ce neat 221-229 vis SEER TOR TUG DS ICE ON a 0G oo) 0m (ekstreme Se Oe en eee 37-57 Rents PREROLIEC MECC RERONEIMDISOTI CS 2 ee es tee Le eae ands she antatececuenie 127-147 Misweviexieo, buttertly collecting in north :....2.--.-22-0..------4--cs--snenet <2 eoneneeenencneee 237-238 i srigny pune biraee, «Cel aay eOKO Loy 09 ets ee ee eee a st oa nS 179-201 Means cavum atlieht in Maryland: q2222..<..2ccs-2eccccce-acncescceenee anne eet eecnenenee eens 62 aA PTIT CMC EIY GALS AYINCLATING ATUALC occ ees tN a oe hk sated Soe hatc stv ateceeenneceentecintene 157-158 Eagan Chee EOE Ts CLASSIPIC ALTON) « ! . 2 4 x iH est t = ‘ . is or 7 : rh - z { : Pa toy E al v3 4 : i ‘ J 3 i x > =e ft : ; ‘ i f - at ih a ~ w i Ly ‘ t= yi , = i j ¢ ‘ { Fi | y : a a i | ‘ | t | “= vf Ite “hy i ‘ ie 3 aes j tee i ee f re : A o ‘ \ 1 ) = > ? 1) . 4 ‘ x } i S “ A l 5 : , ve j t q F i f By t hee : ‘ pele { ieee } : P + os : ‘ i ' Hy Coe ; 241 ' i i A he iene By ys SONNE, aes we hy A ° ‘ Wes ks % Th, : aS Sa We a a Ce wre eS ee ten wt Se eA es *tN-t ih WR ees SPR Sa Mee pw Sihe aa ¥ Troe We ey, Ses Ie a x oa oan a rhe a ei a bel Ot | eR EES = oe 2 ath mn SR 2 ih Se se ~~ . a ape Y, is kk ee es * ss SO Se ee how Lit VU L wee te Ate Secon away VA See VWeere thee Pa oth eta ta ta SOY EATEN TARGA ATA ee Wee Ss bona Sree i wad Mia ath an, 0 9 We a lh Pe A de Weg wad Pda’ Oa Ot See “alc catnk oF Mh oes een A EON FLT iy ak iad 74 par Sig ttrey Qe ed hone racer A euti + SW es BAF OS pierre teh t> Per ae ery - Pine ey te renters eer . A =uge = Pegs . . 7 . ha i mi ap a x : ro" , ; Seyerent tiene N Lew Brewer ted $ f . , . ’ 7x ( 2 2A OS Are ab oe Tec) : ; r : 5 r c : - . r . “a oor at MD LS oe BRIE ne EtG Sg F Poe OF tee yer Pe ee oe bee abla PPM Maden eid Vee ey Cty OOF Oke ee ee OE Te Sabet Th Gh ih Tah res Saat OVE Se re EL, 7 raced Tea rere ‘ eh a, aes ArirGaticen Pelee wpe Or he owt + Tisha ey Ve re Ove ; ; r Kee Se be ser 4 BS Ltt rl wera weer ts : sok Op * , : oy is ‘ : 4 aie Pay ye ae SP ee Seg - 4 re Le aor ey See, it Sok fa ton ah im St Seek Bo aie ee 5 WAS Wepre ts be piney, So Toma oe P A ee : ‘ as ¥ re eae ae a i 4 ’ j “0 eee ee ae CeCe ie i < eR peepee vere aise i” ee a Te {1 ye Sy CVE Ona ah te te ei ’ : Sr aapy, ye ap 3 Gye UN 7) obs J > 2 fi A 3 j ay yes OP wy shy , SP ait OR Me BOLI A DEST ip" 5” aor ef gage ead Fite gis Pde %, lea F-e/ pte? wy Up.